summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
commite0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch)
tree60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/README115
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE1733
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.pdfbin0 -> 1264211 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex14048
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.pdfbin0 -> 658049 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.tex1338
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.pdfbin0 -> 561448 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.tex517
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.pdfbin0 -> 429994 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.tex137
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.pdfbin0 -> 640546 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.tex828
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.pdfbin0 -> 480998 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.tex239
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.pdfbin0 -> 494312 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.tex100
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.pdfbin0 -> 558010 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.tex508
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cmsdocs.sty384
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/dates-test.bib3794
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/legal-test.bib259
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/notes-test.bib3038
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate-trad.bbx5
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate.bbx4179
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-notes.bbx2932
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/biblatex-chicago.sty155
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx355
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate.cbx306
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-dates-common.cbx3815
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-notes.cbx7119
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-american.lbx948
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-brazilian.lbx791
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-british.lbx115
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-finnish.lbx904
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-french.lbx909
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-german.lbx1053
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-icelandic.lbx544
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-ngerman.lbx1053
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norsk.lbx837
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norwegian.lbx837
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-nynorsk.lbx838
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-swedish.lbx839
42 files changed, 55572 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/README b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d075042ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/README
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+IMPORTANT NOTE:
+
+This is the package formerly known as biblatex-chicago-notes-df. It
+is designed for use with the latest version (3.10) of biblatex. The
+package contains the 16th-edition Chicago style files only, as I have
+removed the long-obsolete 15th-edition styles in preparation for the
+forthcoming 17th-edition revisions. If you have used the package
+before, then you should be sure to consult the RELEASE file to find
+out what alterations you may need to make to your .bib files and
+document preambles to bring them up to date. Most particularly please
+note that Biber is now required for the author-date styles, and very
+strongly advised for the notes & bibliography style (version 2.10 is
+designed for use with the latest biblatex).
+
+README (version 1.0rc5, 2018-01-16):
+
+Biblatex-chicago contains three biblatex styles implementing the
+specifications of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. The
+"notes & bibliography" style was formerly available in the package
+biblatex-chicago-notes-df, and is intended primarily for writers in
+the humanities. The "author-date" style, generally favored by writers
+in the sciences and social sciences, comes in two flavors. The 16th
+edition of the Manual has brought the presentation of sources in this
+style much more into line with the notes & bibliography specification,
+especially regarding the formatting of titles. If you still require
+titles to be capitalized sentence style, and article titles, for
+example, not to be enclosed in quotation marks, then you may now use
+the traditional author-date style ("authordate-trad"), which provides
+these features while in all other respects following the 16th-edition
+specifications.
+
+This is a beta release, but its feature set is already fairly
+extensive. If you have used the package before you may, after
+perusing the RELEASE file, want to look at the changelog at the end of
+biblatex-chicago.pdf, which contains cross-references to more detailed
+explanations about how this update will affect parts of your .bib
+file. If you are just getting started, the best way to learn the
+system is to read the Quickstart section in that same file, then read
+either cms-notes-intro.pdf or cms-dates-intro.pdf, each of which are
+fully cross-referenced and contain links to the complete reference
+guide to both styles in sections 4 or 5 of biblatex-chicago.pdf. The
+package also contains annotated .bib files (notes-test.bib and
+dates-test.bib) which each offer over 100 entries demonstrating how to
+present a wide range of sources, nearly all of them taken from the
+Chicago Manual of Style itself, so that you can compare the output of
+your system (cms-notes-sample.tex, cms-dates-sample.tex,
+cms-trad-sample.tex) or my system (cms-notes-sample.pdf,
+cms-dates-sample.pdf, cms-trad-sample.pdf) with the actual examples in
+the Manual.
+
+I have, wherever possible, attempted to maintain backward
+compatibility with the standard biblatex styles, but there are a
+significant number of situations where I have been unable to do so,
+which means that switching among various styles while using the same
+bibliography database will not be as simple and painless as it could
+be. If you can see ways better to preserve this compatibility, or
+indeed to improve the package in any way whatsoever, please let me
+know, or better yet, send a patch. If the styles don't behave as you
+expect or if you discover a bug, I'd be very happy to hear about it,
+but do please read biblatex-chicago.pdf first, as you may find that
+your question has already been answered there. If you do find a bug,
+please send me the .bib entry, your LaTeX preamble, and your output
+.log, so that I can try to reproduce it here. My email address is at
+the head of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+Installation:
+
+With the recent proliferation of files, I have adopted the directory
+structure found in biblatex.zip, so if you want to place these files
+in your TeX directory tree instead of in your working directory, I
+recommend the following, which should be familiar from the main
+biblatex package:
+
+ - The twenty files biblatex-chicago.sty, chicago-notes.cbx,
+ chicago-notes.bbx, chicago-authordate.cbx, chicago-authordate.bbx,
+ chicago-authordate-trad.cbx, chicago-authordate-trad.bbx,
+ chicago-dates-common.cbx, cms-american.lbx, cms-brazilian.lbx,
+ cms-british.lbx, cms-finnish.lbx, cms-french.lbx, cms-german.lbx,
+ cms-icelandic.lbx, cms-ngerman.lbx, cms-norsk.lbx,
+ cms-norwegian.lbx, cms-nynorsk.lbx, and cms-swedish.lbx are located
+ in the latex/ subdirectory, itself further subdivided into bbx/,
+ cbx/, and lbx/. The entire contents of this latex/ directory,
+ including its subdirectories, can go in
+ <TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago, where
+ <TEXMFLOCAL> is the root of your local TeX installation -- for
+ example, and depending on your system, /usr/share/texmf-local,
+ /usr/local/texmf, or C:\Local TeX Files\. You may need to create
+ this directory first, and after copying the files there please
+ remember to update your TeX file name database so that TeX can find
+ them.
+
+ - The twenty files biblatex-chicago.tex, biblatex-chicago.pdf,
+ cms-notes-intro.tex, cms-notes-intro.pdf, cms-dates-intro.tex,
+ cms-dates-intro.pdf, cms-trad-appendix.tex, cms-trad-appendix.pdf,
+ cms-notes-sample.tex, cms-dates-sample.tex, cms-trad-sample.tex,
+ cms-legal-sample.tex, cms-notes-sample.pdf, cms-dates.sample.pdf,
+ cms-trad-sample.pdf, cms-legal-sample.pdf, notes-test.bib,
+ dates-test.bib, legal-test.bib, and cmsdocs.sty can all be found in
+ the doc/ directory in the package archive, the last 18 in the
+ examples/ subdirectory. You can place all of this in
+ <TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago.
+
+Changelog: See the RELEASE file, and also the end of
+biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+Copyright (c) 2008-2018 David Fussner. This package is
+author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or
+modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License,
+either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part
+of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This
+software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, either
+expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
+warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c2ad051b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE
@@ -0,0 +1,1733 @@
+Release notes for version 1.0rc5 [2018-01-16]:
+
+ - Recent releases of biblatex have introduced some compatibility
+ problems for biblatex-chicago, particularly with regard to the
+ handling of the "origlanguage" field (now a list), but also through
+ the renaming of several other fields and declarations, e.g.,
+ \DeclareSortingTemplate. I have improved the handling of the
+ "origlanguage" list by including many new bibstrings in the
+ package's localization files, but other changes to formatting
+ macros have made backward compatibility with older releases of
+ biblatex difficult or impossible. Please upgrade to version 3.10
+ -- which has received the most testing -- to use these styles.
+
+ - As I mentioned in the initial Notice of biblatex-chicago.pdf, the
+ 17th edition of the Manual has now appeared, and my development
+ energies from this point will be devoted to upgrading all styles to
+ conform to it. You can still file bug reports against the 16th
+ edition, but the next major feature release will be based on the
+ 17th. In preparation for these changes, I have removed all the
+ 15th-edition files from the package.
+
+Other New Features:
+
+ - After fielding multiple requests over the years, I have added three
+ new entry types -- Jurisdiction, Legal, and Legislation -- to allow
+ the presentation of court cases, laws, treaties, congressional
+ (parliamentary) debates and hearings, constitutions, and executive
+ documents. The first ("round" and "square") and last ("canada",
+ "constitution", "hansard", "hearing", "uk", and "un") introduce a
+ number of new "entrysubtypes" to help with formatting quirks,
+ including the presentation of Canadian and UK materials for
+ inclusion in an otherwise US context. There are also several new
+ options ("legalnotes", "noneshort", "short", and "supranotes") for
+ controlling the output. I have documented all of this in section 6
+ of biblatex-chicago.pdf, a separate section both because the
+ specification really comes from the Bluebook rather than the
+ Manual, and also because they are the only entry types treated
+ identically by the notes & bibliography style and the author-date
+ styles (itself a formatting quirk). You can also look at the
+ sample files legal-test.bib and cms-legal-sample.pdf to see how you
+ might construct your database entries. Support for Bluebook
+ citations is in its infancy, so if you have ideas for sorting out
+ its complexities more elegantly or spot any inaccuracies then I
+ would be happy to hear about it. The implementation is intended
+ mainly for American documents, but there is some rudimentary
+ localization for the other languages supported by biblatex-chicago.
+ The actual citations in such contexts would, let it be noted, fall
+ outside of the Bluebook spec.
+
+ - I am grateful to Gustavo Barros for providing a Brazilian
+ Portuguese localization for biblatex-chicago, contained in the
+ cms-brazilian.lbx file.
+
+ - Gustavo also pointed out a couple of instances where the package's
+ \bibstrings couldn't accommodate the needs of his localization, so
+ with his help I've split the "recorded" string into "discrecorded"
+ and "songrecorded", then added it to all the .lbx files. I've also
+ added two new \bibstrings for the "lista" field format: "subverbo"
+ and "subverbis". I've added them to all the .lbx files, but only
+ cms-brazilian.lbx differs from the default. If other languages
+ need this change please let me know.
+
+ - The same user also suggested a fix to Patent entries: removing the
+ comma from between the dates when the language doesn't use a comma
+ in lists.
+
+ - Timo Thoms pointed out some annoying inconsistencies when using the
+ hyperref package with the author-date styles, and I have attempted
+ to rectify them. In citations, only the "date" portion should act
+ as a link, if there is a "date", otherwise a "title" or perhaps a
+ "shorthand" will link to the entry in the list of references. If
+ you have entries that you believe should present hyperlinks but
+ don't, you can try setting the new "hypertitle" option in their
+ "options" fields. Alternately, you can set the option to "true"
+ globally in the preamble and then "titles" and "shorthands" will
+ serve as links whether there's a "date" or not. Cf. section 5.4.3
+ in biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Bertold Schweitzer requested that the styles allow using the string
+ "forthcoming" in the "pubstate" field to present sources that are
+ yet to be published. This is now supported in all styles, and has
+ the additional benefit of rendering recourse to the \autocap
+ command unnecessary, as the styles print \bibstring{forthcoming}
+ where the "year" would normally appear. Using the "year" field
+ itself is, of course, still supported too.
+
+ - The same user requested that I allow "newspaper" as an exact
+ synonym of "magazine" in the "entrysubtype" field of Article,
+ Review, Periodical, and Suppperiodical entries. I have provided
+ this in all styles, and whereever you see "magazine" in the
+ documentation then "newspaper" will work in exactly the same way.
+
+ - Bertold also suggested that, following the example of Philip Kime's
+ biblatex-apa package, I support the use of "related" functionality
+ when presenting reviews, so that you can, for example, easily
+ present multiple reviews of the same item. I have provided this
+ functionality in all styles. To enable it you'll need to set the
+ "relatedtype" field to "reviewof" in Article, Review, or
+ Suppperiodical types. You should also read the documentation in
+ section 4.2.1 or 5.2.1 in biblatex-chicago.pdf, as this
+ "relatedtype" works somewhat differently from the others. The
+ standard, manual way of citing such works remains, of course,
+ available.
+
+ - Jan David Hauck suggested that there was a need for an
+ "unpublished" "entrysubtype" to the Report type, which would
+ present the "title" in quotation marks (or plain roman in
+ authordate-trad) instead of italics. I can't quite tell if the
+ Manual agrees, but I have fulfilled this request in all styles.
+
+ - The same user pointed out that standard biblatex and the discussion
+ in the Manual both suggest providing "venue", "eventdate",
+ "eventtitle", and "eventtitleaddon" fields for the Unpublished
+ type, thereby allowing for the further specification of unpublished
+ conference papers and the like. I have added these fields in all
+ styles.
+
+ - At the request of N. Andrew Walsh, the notes & bibliography style
+ now offers a way to disambiguate references to different sources
+ which would ordinarily produce identical short notes, that is,
+ where the "author" and "labeltitle" are the same. Biblatex's
+ "uniquework" option is now active by default, and biblatex-chicago
+ provides three new user options, one for choosing a disambiguating
+ field, one for setting the punctuation between that field and the
+ rest of the short note, and one for formatting the field using
+ parentheses or square brackets -- "shortextrafield",
+ "shortextrapunct", and "shortextraformat", respectively. Please
+ see section 4.4.3 in biblatex-chicago.pdf for the details, and note
+ that "shortextrafield" has to be set for the mechanism to print
+ anything at all.
+
+ - User Pétùr spotted two long-standing bugs: first, that the
+ "url=false" option didn't stop the printing of the "urldate", and
+ second that empty parentheses would appear in some circumstances
+ around non-existent "dates" in the author-date styles. I have
+ fixed both.
+
+ - Philipp Immel wondered whether I could address a long-standing bug
+ when presenting a "subtitle" after a "title" that ends in an
+ exclamation point or question mark. This bug has existed since the
+ first release of the 16th-edition styles, and I think I've finally
+ solved it now (after the release of the Manual's 17th edition).
+
+
+Release notes for version 1.0rc4 [2017-05-02]:
+
+Another bug-fix release.
+
+ - Marko Wenzel reported, and helped to fix, a fairly major problem
+ with the date handling in the author-date styles, an issue I hadn't
+ spotted when doing the date-related updates for 1.0rc2.
+
+ - I've also fixed a long-standing inaccuracy in the date-handling
+ code of Patent entries in the author-date styles. Such entries now
+ behave as the documentation claims they do.
+
+Release notes for version 1.0rc3 [2017-04-20]:
+
+This is a minor bug-fix release.
+
+ - Charles Schaum reported a whitespace bug that appeared when using
+ multiple languages with Babel. This was introduced in the last
+ release by some careless editing by me, and should be fixed now.
+
+ - Charles also pointed me to a discussion about a problem using
+ BibTeX with biblatex-chicago. Ulrike Fischer very kindly suggested
+ an elegant solution, and I have integrated it into this release.
+
+Release notes for version 1.0rc2 [2017-03-26]:
+
+This is an interim release designed mainly to fix a number of subtle
+issues, pointed out by several users, that appear when you use the
+newest version of biblatex (3.7). These were mostly concentrated in
+the date-handling code, which I believe now behaves correctly, and
+should do both with the newest biblatex and with somewhat older
+releases. A much larger set of new features is still pending, but I
+have fixed some other bugs and added a few new options:
+
+ - J. P. E. Harper-Scott pointed out that, in ordinary British usage,
+ day numbers are presented as plain cardinals rather than ordinals.
+ The Manual itself also prefers this format, not only for
+ American-style dates but also for British ones, so I think the
+ previous behavior of the package was a bug. I have in both styles
+ set the default presentation of British day numerals to be plain
+ cardinals, providing a new preamble option "ordinalgb" restoring
+ the previous default and printing ordinal dates when using the
+ "british" language with Babel.
+
+ - I have, in both styles, attempted to provide an improved \partedit
+ macro, the old one being inconvenient for users writing in French.
+ The new macro should work now without manual intervention to
+ provide the correct form of the preposition (de or d'). If you are
+ using the "french" option to Babel, please take care to remove any
+ hand-formatting you might have provided in these contexts.
+
+ - Jan David Hauck has both reported a bug in the \gentextcite code in
+ the author-date styles and also pointed me to its solution, as
+ provided by moewe on Stackexchange. It turned out there were other
+ bugs in that code, now also fixed.
+
+ - User laudecir requested a way to present a "shorthand" even in the
+ first citation of a given work. The new "shorthandfirst" option in
+ the notes & bibliography style can be set to "true" either in the
+ preamble or in individual entries, and should make this
+ functionality simpler to activate than the \shorthandcite command.
+
+ - Also in the notes & bibliography style, Stefan Björk requested a
+ way to turn off the printing of "url," "doi," and "eprint"
+ information in notes but not in the bibliography. The new
+ "urlnotes" option, which you can set to "false" in the preamble or
+ in individual entries, provides this. Please note that it does not
+ apply to Online entries.
+
+ - Several users pointed out the presence of warnings in .log files
+ caused by deprecated grammar in the default Sorting Schemes of both
+ styles. These should now be fixed.
+
+Release notes for version 1.0rc1 [2016-06-07]:
+
+ - The 15th-edition styles are now obsolete, and have been moved to a
+ new obsolete/ subdirectory. You can still use them as they stand,
+ but they won't compile against the newest biblatex, so you'll have
+ to make sure that you have an older version (2.9a, perhaps). If
+ you are still using them, I strongly urge you to consider switching
+ to the the 16th-edition styles, which contain many new features and
+ bug-fixes.
+
+ - The old Chicago-specific option "usecompiler" is deprecated, and
+ has been replaced by the standard biblatex "usenamec". If you have
+ been using the former in your preamble or in your .bib entries,
+ please replace it with the latter, which works better across the
+ board. "Usecompiler" still "works," just not very well.
+
+ - Stefan Björk has very generously provided a Swedish localization
+ file for the package -- cms-swedish.lbx -- which can be loaded and
+ used with babel just like the other localizations.
+
+ - I have added support for "related" functionality to all the Chicago
+ styles, including all the standard biblatex "relatedtypes". It is
+ turned on by default in all styles, but you can turn it off, or
+ alter where the information is printed, using the "related" option
+ in the preamble or in individual entries. In the notes &
+ bibliography style, "related" information is printed by default
+ only in the bibliography, but you can change that by setting the
+ option. In the author-date styles, it will only ever print in the
+ list of references, depending on the option's setting. Please see
+ sections 4.2.1 and 5.2.1 of biblatex-chicago.pdf for the details.
+
+ - I have improved the name-handling code in all styles, regularizing
+ the functioning of the "namea", "nameb", and "namec" fields with
+ respect to the other, standard biblatex names. The former two in
+ particular are newly available in the Collection and Periodical
+ entry types, and biblatex-chicago now recognizes the standard
+ "usenamea", "usenameb", and "usenamec" toggles, the last replacing
+ the deprecated "usecompiler" (as above). You can also now use the
+ "nameatype" field just as you would an "editortype", extending the
+ possibilities for identifying certain roles attached specifically
+ to "titles" as opposed to "booktitles" or "maintitles".
+
+ - After a request by user BenVB, I have added support for the
+ biblatex "shortjournal" field, which allows you to present
+ abbreviated "journaltitles" in all the styles. You can use the
+ "journalabbrev" option to control where in your document these
+ abbreviated forms will appear. By default, the field is ignored in
+ the notes & bibliography style, and appears only in citations in
+ the author-date styles. You can also print a list of journal
+ abbreviations, rather in the manner of a list of shorthands, using
+ a command like: \printbiblist{shortjournal}. Even though the
+ Periodical entry type uses the "title" and "shorttitle" fields in
+ place of "journaltitle" and "shortjournal", these entries are
+ included in this functionality, and controlled by the same
+ "journalabbrev" option. Please see s.v. "shortjournal" in sections
+ 4.2 and 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Following a request by Arne Skjærholt, and his generous provision
+ of some code to get me started, I have implemented a new
+ \gentextcite citation command in all styles. The "gen" part of the
+ name refers to the genitive case, and it adds a possessive ending
+ -- 's by default -- to the author's name in what is otherwise an
+ ordinary \textcite. You can change the added ending however you
+ want, using a third optional field to the citation command, and you
+ can control to which names the ending is added in a \gentextcites
+ multicite command by using the "genallnames" preamble and entry
+ option. Please see sections 4.3.2 and 5.3.2 for the details.
+
+ - Stefan Björk pointed out that "url", "doi", and "eprint"
+ information could be totally ignored in some entries when you used
+ the abbreviated cross-referencing functionality accessed through
+ the "crossref" and "xref" fields. At his request, I have provided
+ a new "xrefurl" entry and preamble option for all the styles to
+ control the printing of this information in abbreviated notes or
+ bibliography (reference list) entries. Please see sections 4.4.3
+ and 5.4.3 for the details.
+
+ - In a related change, I have stopped child entries inheriting "url",
+ "doi", and "eprint" fields from their cross-ref'd parents, so if
+ your documents rely on this behavior please note that you'll have
+ to provide such fields manually in the child entries.
+
+ - Roger Hart long ago requested a way to control the punctuation
+ before "book-", "main-", or plain "titleaddon" fields, and I have
+ finally added it in this release in the form of two entry and
+ preamble options, "ptitleaddon" and "ctitleaddon", available in all
+ styles. By default, the former prints \addperiod\addspace, hence
+ its name, and the latter \addcomma\addspace, but you can change
+ either or both depending on which field you are using and which
+ sort of entry it appears in -- the default output can be your guide
+ to which option(s) to change. Please see the available valid
+ option keys in sections 4.4.2 and 5.4.2.
+
+ - The same user also long ago requested that the notes & bibliography
+ style make it possible to use "Idem" when two consecutive notes
+ cite different works by the same author. You can now use the
+ standard biblatex option "idemtracker=constrict" in your preamble
+ to activate this in your documents, but please be aware, first,
+ that the Manual doesn't exactly approve of this and, second, that
+ you'll only see "Idem" in short notes, never in full ones, which
+ seems to be the standard biblatex way of implementing this.
+
+ - Also only in the notes & bibliography style, I have added a
+ "shorthandpunct" option to control the punctuation that appears
+ before the first appearance of a "shorthand" and/or a
+ "shorthandintro" in a long note. The default is \addspace, but you
+ can change it in your preamble or in individual entries. Please
+ see the available valid option keys in section 4.4.2 of
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - After reading a discussion started by Ryo Furue at github, I have
+ added, in the author-date styles only, a test to some spacing
+ commands to prevent line breaks immediately after abbreviation
+ dots. These tests apply only in running text, never in the list of
+ references, where good line breaks are already hard enough to find.
+
+ - In addition to moving the 15th-edition styles into an obsolete/
+ subdirectory, I have also reorganized the author-date style files,
+ adding chicago-dates-common.cbx, which contains the code that is
+ common to the "trad" and the standard "authordate" styles. Nothing
+ has changed in terms of loading the styles, the changes being
+ designed primarily to ease maintenance.
+
+ - I have created two new documentation files (and an appendix) to
+ provide short introductions to the Chicago styles, introductions
+ which attempt to fill the gap between the Quickstart section of
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf and the fuller documentation contained in
+ sections 4 and 5 of that file. Both cms-notes-intro.pdf and
+ cms-dates-intro.pdf are fully hyperlinked so you can move easily
+ from formatted citations and (annotated) references to .bib entries
+ and back, with marginal references to the fuller discussions in
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf. There is also a short cms-trad-appendix.pdf
+ file to discuss a few entries that would need special treatment for
+ the "trad" style. The sample files for each style still exist, but
+ I intend them mainly for testing purposes, while many more
+ (annotated) entries are still available for consultation in
+ notes-test.bib and dates-test.bib.
+
+ - I have made a number of other small enhancements to and fixed
+ numerous bugs in all the styles, including some subtle inaccuracies
+ in author-date citations spotted by Arne Skjærholt and some macros
+ in InProceedings entries that had been missing for years. I have
+ provided some default values for counters in biblatex-chicago.sty
+ that aid in breaking long urls across lines, but I make no pretense
+ that these fully adhere to the Manual's specifications. I have
+ added a few \bibstrings, currently missing in standard biblatex, to
+ cms-german.lbx for use with the "related" functionality.
+ Recommendations for better ones would be gratefully received.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9i [2016-05-16]:
+
+ - This is another interim release, allowing the use of biblatex 3.4
+ for those who want to try it. I have also fixed one old formatting
+ error when "n.d." appears in author-date citations. A full
+ feature-release based on 3.4 is imminent.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9h [2016-03-22]:
+
+ - This is an interim bug-fix release, updating the styles so that
+ they will work with biblatex 3.3. The notes & bibliography style,
+ as pointed out by several users, wouldn't compile at all with the
+ newest biblatex version, and all styles had inaccuracies in the
+ presentation of names due to changes in the name-handling code in
+ biblatex. I've done some testing against biblatex 3.3, and fixed
+ all the errors I've spotted, but there may still be parts of my
+ code that need updating to work well with the current version, so
+ you can still downgrade to an earlier biblatex -- I recommend 2.9a
+ -- if 3.3 doesn't work for you. The next release will be a feature
+ release, so if you've made a request, it should be fulfilled then.
+
+ - I've also fixed a couple of long-standing bugs, one in the entry
+ options controlling abbreviated cross-references and another in the
+ formatting of the "prenote" field, the latter identified (ages ago)
+ by Bernd Rellermeyer.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9g [2014-08-21]:
+
+ - Alexandre Roberts found a showstopper in the functionality related
+ to the new "inheritshorthand" option in the notes & bibliography
+ style, and I found an unpleasant bug in the formatting of
+ abbreviated cross-references in the same style. This release, I
+ hope, fixes both, but is in all other respects identical to 0.9.9f.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9f [2014-08-15]:
+
+ - I've made the alterations needed to bring the styles into line with
+ the latest version of biblatex (2.9a). This is the version that
+ has been tested most thoroughly with biblatex-chicago, so I
+ strongly recommend using it.
+
+ - I fixed several inaccuracies in the presentation of abbreviated
+ cross-references in all the Chicago styles, and while I was working
+ on that portion of the code it seemed an opportune moment to
+ fulfill some feature requests bearing on the same area of
+ functionality.
+
+ - First, following a request from Alexandre Roberts, I have added the
+ "inheritshorthand" option to the notes & bibliography style, which
+ allows child entries to inherit the "shorthand" field from their
+ parents. This in turn allows the shorthand itself to appear in
+ place of the usual abbreviated citation of parent entries
+ cross-referenced by several different child entries, thereby saving
+ some space. (This behavior was already available in the
+ author-date styles, so the option is unnecessary there.) You'll
+ need to use "skipbiblist" in the "options" field of child entries
+ to make the list of shorthands work correctly. Please see the
+ documentation of the "shorthand" field for the full explanation.
+
+ - Second, following a request from Kenneth Pearce, I have added to
+ all Chicago styles the capacity to combine abbreviated
+ cross-references with the presentation of the original text of
+ translations (via the "userf" field) or of the original publication
+ details of an essay or chapter you are citing from a subsequent
+ reprint (via the "reprinttitle" field). See the documentation of
+ those fields, and also of "crossref," and note that you can now,
+ taking certain precautions as outlined in the "shorthand" docs,
+ combine the "userf," "crossref," and "shorthand" fields. This
+ mechanism contains a great many moving parts, so please report any
+ problems you might have with it.
+
+ - Third, and finally, following a bug report by Mark van Atten I have
+ fixed all Chicago styles so that the biblatex "backref" mechanism
+ works properly in biblatex-chicago, including in those entries that
+ use abbreviated cross-references, and in those that use the "userf"
+ or "reprinttitle" fields. I can't see any instructions concerning
+ this in the Manual, so I've left the formatting of "backref" lists
+ in the hands of biblatex itself. If the default behavior doesn't
+ match your needs, let me know, as it's possible I could add some
+ further options for modifying it.
+
+ - I have added a new "compresspages" option to all the Chicago
+ styles. If set to "true" it automatically compresses page ranges
+ in the "pages" and "postnote" fields, allowing you to type ranges
+ naturally, e.g., 101--109, and letting the package follow the
+ Manual's rules for you. (In this case, it would yield 101-9 in the
+ document.) Thanks are due to David Gohlke who brought to my
+ attention a discussion that took place a couple of years ago on
+ Stack Exchange regarding the automatic compression of page ranges.
+ Biblatex has long had the facilities for providing this, and though
+ the Manual's rules (9.60) are fairly complicated, Audrey Boruvka
+ fortunately provided in that discussion code that implements the
+ specifications. As some users may well be accustomed to
+ compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files, and in
+ their "postnote" fields, I have made the activation of this code a
+ package option.
+
+ - Several users, most recently David Gohlke, have requested a way to
+ alter the punctuation that appears just before the "postnote"
+ argument of citation commands. This allows, in the notes &
+ bibliography style, citations to fit better into the flow of text,
+ while in the author-date styles it allows you very easily to insert
+ comments, which follow a semi-colon, inside parenthetical text
+ citations. This punctuation is a complex issue in the Manual, but
+ as a first stab at enabling this greater flexibility, I have
+ introduced the "postnotepunct" package option. Set to "true," it
+ allows you to start the "postnote" field with a punctuation mark
+ (. , ; :) and have it appear as the \postnotedelim in place of
+ whatever the package might otherwise automatically have chosen.
+ Please note that this functionality relies on a very nifty macro by
+ Philipp Lehman which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling
+ this option "experimental." Note also that the option only affects
+ the "postnote" field of citation commands, not the "pages" field in
+ your .bib file. Note, finally, that if you are using the new
+ "compresspages" option then any "postnote" field starting with a
+ punctuation mark will require you to do the compression of page
+ ranges yourself.
+
+ - I've added a new inheritance declaration so that InCollection
+ entries can inherit from Book entries the same way they inherit
+ from MVBook.
+
+ - I've fixed a fair number of other bugs, including two in the Ibidem
+ mechanism pointed out by Bernd Rellermeyer, one in the printing of
+ dates, and one in the \textcite command in the notes & bibliography
+ style, these last two pointed out by Kenneth Beesley. The
+ presentation of all the periodical entry types (without an
+ "entrysubtype") has also been made more accurate.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9e [2014-01-29]:
+
+ - This minor release fixes a regression in the Ibidem mechanism in
+ the notes & bibliography style, spotted by Harold Bellemare, and
+ present in the package since version 0.9.9c. In all other respects
+ this release is identical to 0.9.9d.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9d [2013-10-30]:
+
+ - I am marking the 15th-edition styles as "strongly deprecated." I
+ recommend that you switch to one of the 16th-edition styles as soon
+ as is practicable. The older styles still work, but in the next
+ major release I shall mark them as "obsolete," and cease updating
+ them.
+
+There are four changes in this release that may, depending on various
+factors, require alterations in your documents or .bib files:
+
+ - Following requests by Kenneth L. Pearce and Bertold Schweitzer, I
+ have modified and extended the mechanism for creating abbreviated
+ citations when several parts of the same collection are included in
+ a reference apparatus. To the InCollection, InProceedings, and
+ Letter entries of previous releases, I have added InBook, Book,
+ BookInBook, Collection, and Proceedings entries. Only InBook
+ entries join the former three in having this functionality turned
+ on by default --- if you don't want this, it will require
+ intervention either in the preamble or in the "options" field of
+ individual entries. This intervention will be via the new
+ "longcrossref" option, which controls the behavior of the four
+ essay-like entry types and defaults to "false," while the new
+ "booklongxref" option controls the four book-like types and
+ defaults to "true." The useful settings for the options differ
+ slightly between the author-date and the notes & bibliography
+ specifications, so please see all the details in the docs of the
+ "crossref" field in sections 4.2 and 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - On the same subject, in the notes & bibliography style, I should
+ mention that in the first, full citation of one part of a
+ collection in a note, the code no longer uses a separate citation
+ of the parent entry to supply parts of what you see printed. (This
+ led to numerous inaccuracies.) If your setup uses a side-effect of
+ the old code to print data that hasn't even been inherited by the
+ child, you may find that you need to change some "xref" fields to
+ "crossref" fields to make it work correctly now. This situation
+ will, I imagine, be very rare, but you can look at white:ross:memo
+ in notes-test.bib to see an example.
+
+ - In the author-date styles, several users have been frustrated by
+ the lack of an approved way of setting the "cmsdate" option in the
+ preambles of their documents, and Kenneth L. Pearce requested that
+ I attempt to ease the burden on users by looking at this again.
+ With this release, you can now set "cmsdate" either to "both" or
+ "on" in the preamble, and it will affect all entries (except Music,
+ Review, and Video) with multiple dates. You can still change this
+ setting in the "options" field of individual entries, but what you
+ won't be able to change there is the new call to \DeclareLabeldate
+ which puts the "origdate" first in the list of dates when Biber
+ searches for a "labelyear" to use in citations and in the list of
+ references. If you have been using the "switchdates" mechanism to
+ get the "origdate" as the "labeldate," your .bib files may need
+ some editing in order to use the new preamble options. Please see
+ the documentation of the "date" field in section 5.2 of
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf for all the (voluminous) details.
+
+ - Following a request by Rasmus Pank Rouland, I adapted new biblatex
+ code in the \textcite(s) commands in all styles to make them fit
+ more elegantly in the flow of text. Upon reconsideration of the
+ commands in the notes & bibliography style, I slightly modified
+ them, but _only_ when used inside a foot- or endnote. In this
+ context, by default, for both \textcite and \textcites, you'll now
+ get the author's name(s) followed by a headless _short_ citation
+ (or citations) placed within parentheses. You can use
+ \renewcommand in the preamble of your document to redefine the new
+ \foottextcite and \foottextcites commands to change this
+ formatting. See section 4.3.1 of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+Other New Features:
+
+ - This release includes support, in all styles, for biblatex's
+ multi-volume entry types: MVBook, MVCollection, MVProceedings, and
+ MVReference.
+
+ - If you use Biber, I have added several new inheritance schemes to
+ all styles to make cross-referenced entries work more smoothly:
+ InCollection entries can now inherit from MVBook just as they do
+ from MVCollection entries; Letter entries now inherit from Book,
+ Collection, MVBook, and MVCollection entries the same way an InBook
+ or an InCollection entry would; the "namea," "nameb," "sortname,"
+ "sorttitle," and "sortyear" fields, all highly single-entry
+ specific, are no longer inheritable; and the "date" and "origdate"
+ fields of any MV* entry will _not_ be inherited by any other entry
+ type.
+
+ - Following a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, I've added to
+ Unpublished entries in all styles the possibility of including an
+ "editor," "translator," etc.
+
+ - Thanks to bug reports from Denis Maier and Bertold Schweitzer, I
+ corrected inaccuracies and outright bugs in many entry types in all
+ Chicago styles that appeared when there was a "booktitle" and not a
+ "maintitle" or vice versa. This also involved another rewrite of
+ the code handling the "volume" field and other related fields in
+ all non-periodical entry types that use them.
+
+ - On the subject of the "volume" field, I added a new preamble and
+ entry option, "delayvolume," to the notes & bibliography style. In
+ long notes where this data isn't printed before a "maintitle," this
+ option allows you to print it _after_ the publication information
+ rather than _before_ it, as may sometimes help clarify things,
+ according to the Manual. This applies to the non-periodical entry
+ types only.
+
+ - On the same subject, in all styles, I have added a new preamble and
+ entry option, "hidevolumes." This controls whether, in entries
+ where a "volume" has been printed before a "maintitle," any
+ "volumes" field present will also be printed, in this case _after_
+ the "maintitle." By default, this is set to "true," so that the
+ "volumes" field won't appear in such circumstances.
+
+ - On the same subject, I have modified, in all styles, the field
+ format for the "part" field, so that if the field contains
+ something other than a number, biblatex-chicago will print it as
+ is, capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the usual
+ bibstring, thus providing a mechanism for altering the string to
+ your liking. I have also decoupled the "part" field from the
+ "volume" field, allowing it to be printed even in the absence of
+ the latter, thereby providing a means to refer to segments of a
+ larger work that don't easily fit the established schemes. The
+ iso:electrodoc entry in dates-test.bib shows an example of how this
+ might work.
+
+ - There is a new "omitxrefdate" preamble and entry option in the
+ notes & bibliography style. It turns off the printing of the
+ child's "date" next to its "title" in abbreviated book-like entries
+ _only_, in both notes and bibliography.
+
+ - Clea F. Rees requested a way to customize the punctuation when a
+ volume and a page number appear together like so: "2:204." You can
+ use \renewcommand in your preamble to redefine the new
+ \postvolpunct command to achieve this, in all styles. If your
+ document language is French, cms-french.lbx redefines this already
+ and prints something like "2 : 204."
+
+ - I extended, in all styles, the functions of the "userd" field,
+ allowing it to modify a "date" field if it hasn't already been
+ captured by another date specification in the entry.
+
+ - A bug report from Mathias Legrand helped clear up inaccuracies in
+ the presentation of ordinal numbers in all styles.
+
+ - For the author-date styles, another bug report by Kenneth Pearce
+ resulted in the addition of the "labelyear" to the default "cms"
+ sorting scheme so that more entries in the reference list are
+ sorted properly without further user intervention.
+
+ - George Pigman found an odd punctuation-tracking bug in the
+ author-date styles. This has been fixed.
+
+ - Marc Sommer found a bug in the presentation of the "prenote" field
+ in the author-date styles. This has been fixed.
+
+ - In the notes & bibliography style, I improved the behavior of
+ abbreviated foot- and endnotes when using the hyperref package.
+
+ - I modified the date-presentation code in all the language files
+ (cms-*.lbx) provided by the package. Now, if an entry contains a
+ "(*)year" and an "(*)endyear" that are exactly the same, and there
+ aren't any further month or day specifications, then the "(*)year"
+ alone will be printed. This allows for the clearing of spurious
+ "(*)endyears" inherited from parent entries.
+
+ - I discovered some unpleasant side effects of my arrangement of the
+ .lbx files devoted to Norwegian, and reverted to the arrangement as
+ originally provided by Håkon Malmedal.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9c [2013-03-15]:
+
+ - I am marking the 15th-edition styles as "deprecated." I recommend
+ that you switch to one of the 16th-edition styles as soon as is
+ practicable. The older styles still work, but haven't received any
+ updates or bug fixes for this release.
+
+ - Antti-Juhani Kaijahano has very kindly provided a new Finnish
+ localization for biblatex-chicago, called cms-finnish.lbx. As you
+ will see if you look through it, it is still something of a work in
+ progress. If you would like to fill some of its lacunae, please do
+ let me know.
+
+ - Following a report by Bertold Schweitzer, I have added the "namea"
+ and "nameb" fields to Article and Review entries in all three
+ 16th-edition Chicago styles. As in all the book-like entry types,
+ they allow you to associate an editor or a translator specifically
+ with a "title" rather than, in these cases, with an "issuetitle."
+ See the docs on these entry types in sections 4.1 and 5.1 in
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Thanks to another report by Bertold I have, in all three
+ 16th-edition Chicago styles, corrected inaccuracies in the
+ presentation of the Report entry type. The "number" now appears
+ immediately after the "type," and the "type" itself is now
+ capitalized properly depending on its context in an entry.
+
+ - A third report by Bertold, detailing inaccuracies in the treatment
+ of the "volume" and "volumes" fields in certain contexts, has
+ resulted in a complete rewrite of the presentation of these (and
+ several related) fields in all non-periodical entry types in all
+ three 16th-edition Chicago styles. This won't require any changes
+ to your .bib files, but the output you see may, in some reasonably
+ unusual situations, change. Please let me know if something
+ doesn't look right to you.
+
+ - A fourth report by Bertold revealed some inadequacies with multiple
+ date presentation in the two 16th-edition author-date styles,
+ issues that particularly involved cross-referenced entries. In
+ addition to some general fixes in the code, I have also slightly
+ changed the functioning of the "cmsdate=both" and "cmsdate=on"
+ switches. If, and only if, a work has only one date, and there is
+ no "switchdates" in the "options" field, then "cmsdate=on" and
+ "cmsdate=both" will both result in the suppression of the
+ "extrayear" field in that entry. See the "date" field docs in
+ section 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Following a report by Antti-Juhani Kaijahano, I have modified the
+ presentation of author-less Article and Review entries in the
+ reference list of both 16th-edition author-date styles. If such a
+ source had a "magazine" "entrysubtype," the styles would already
+ use the "journaltitle" at the head of the entry in the list of
+ references, but if there was no "entrysubtype" the entry would
+ appear in the list "date" first. Now, in keeping with the Manual
+ (14.175), the "title" will appear first, in both reference lists
+ and in-text citations. See especially under Article in section 5.1
+ of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Several users have pointed out annoying formatting errors in the
+ 16th-edition styles. Evan Cortens spotted two bugs in the notes &
+ bibliography style, one of which, under various circumstances,
+ introduced extra spaces into long notes and the other of which
+ affected the formatting of the "type" field in Thesis entries. I
+ have fixed both, also applying the latter fix to several other
+ entry types that use the "type" field. Bertold Schweitzer pointed
+ out a formatting bug with the "issuesubtitle" field in the
+ author-date style, now fixed. Mark Sprevak reported some spurious
+ spaces appearing in headers and footers when using the titleps
+ package; the culprits were errors in the cms-*.lbx files, now
+ cleaned up.
+
+ - I have rectified a number of other errors, in particular making the
+ automatic provision of abbreviated cross-references more robust in
+ InCollection, InProceedings, and Letter entries, improving the
+ behavior of the "postnote" field in certain corner cases, fixing
+ bugs in the handling of "pagination" and "bookpagination" fields,
+ and slightly altering the placement of the "addendum" field in
+ book-like entries to bring it closer to the Manual's specification.
+ A number of other, smaller improvements should also bring the
+ styles into closer conformity with the specification.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9b [2012-12-06]:
+
+ - This release contains a new variant of the author-date style,
+ available as the "authordate-trad" option when loading
+ biblatex-chicago. This provides the traditional, plain,
+ pre-16th-edition Chicago title handling -- sentence-style
+ capitalization, absence of quotation marks in Article titles and
+ the like -- but in all other respects follows the 16th-edition
+ specification, as suggested by the Manual (15.45). Remember that
+ the "headline" package option can be used to turn off the automatic
+ sentence-style capitalization, meaning that titles will appear as
+ presented in the .bib file, at least as far as capitalization is
+ concerned. Please see especially the documentation under "title"
+ in section 5.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf for the details.
+
+ - I have updated calls to \DeclareLabelname and \DeclareLabelyear in
+ several .cbx files so that the package works correctly with the
+ most recent version (2.4) of biblatex.
+
+ - Following a request by Norman Gray, and adapting code by Audrey
+ Boruvka, I have included a \textcite (and a \textcites) command in
+ the notes & bibliography style for the first time.
+
+ - Following a request by Daniel Possenriede, I have added in all
+ three 16th-edition styles a new switch, "only", to the "doi"
+ option, which prints the "doi" field when present and the "url"
+ field only when there is no "doi." The package default remains,
+ however, "true".
+
+ - I am grateful to Baldur Kristinsson for providing an Icelandic
+ localization file for biblatex-chicago, called cms-icelandic.lbx.
+ You'll see if you look through it that it is still something of a
+ work in progress, but it should cover most needs in that language
+ very well. If you would like to fill in some of the gaps please
+ let me know.
+
+ - I am also grateful to Håkon Malmedal for providing Norwegian
+ localizations for biblatex-chicago, contained in the files
+ cms-norsk.lbx, cms-norwegian.lbx, and cms-nynorsk.lbx.
+
+ - I have added a new British localization, cms-british.lbx. The
+ "british" option to babel should now work without further
+ intervention. For further details on the usage of all these
+ localizations please see section 6 of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Several users have reported a bug that resulted in doubled
+ bibstrings in certain contexts. This happened only when using
+ localizations for which biblatex-chicago didn't have explicit
+ support, and it should now be fixed.
+
+ - I have changed the way the 16th-edition author-date styles handle
+ the Ibidem mechanism. In the absence of a "postnote" field you no
+ longer get empty parentheses, but rather a standard in-text
+ citation. If you do have a "postnote" field, then only that will
+ appear.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9a [2012-07-30]:
+
+ - I have made a few changes to biblatex-chicago.sty to allow the
+ package to work with the latest version (2.0) of biblatex. In all
+ other respects this release is identical to 0.9.9. If you do use
+ the package with biblatex 2.0, please let me know if there are
+ issues I need to address. Thanks to Charles Schaum for alerting me
+ to some of them.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.9 [2012-07-05]:
+
+This release contains, for the first time, the style files for the
+16th edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. If you wish to begin
+using the newest specification, then there are some changes you'll
+have to make to your .bib files, which I summarize here. First, I
+consider the notes & bibliography style, then author-date. After
+that, you can find a listing of more general changes to the package,
+followed by the changes I've made to the 15th-edition styles.
+
+Notes & Bibliography:
+
+ - The specification for Music entries has been significantly altered
+ for the new edition. You no longer need to worry about the
+ \textcircledP and \textcopyright signs in the "howpublished" field,
+ which will be silently ignored, and the "pubstate" field now
+ reverts to its usual function of identifying reprints or, in this
+ case, reissues. The spec really only requires a record label
+ ("series") and catalog number ("number"), though "publisher" is
+ still available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally,
+ on the dating of musical recordings, so that the "eventdate" gives
+ the recording date of a particular song or other portion of a
+ recording, the "origdate" the recording date of an entire album,
+ and the "date" the publishing date of that album. Please see the
+ full documentation in biblatex.pdf.
+
+ - The specification for Video entries has also been clarified. For
+ television series, the episode and series numbers go in
+ "booktitleaddon" instead of "titleaddon" and, as with Music
+ entries, the "eventdate" will hold the original broadcast date of
+ such an episode, or perhaps the recording/performance date of,
+ e.g., an opera on DVD. The "origdate" will still hold the original
+ release date of a film, and the "date" the publishing or copyright
+ date of the medium you are referencing. Please see the full
+ documentation in biblatex.pdf.
+
+ - You should add CustomC entries to provide bibliographical
+ cross-references from multiple pseudonyms back to the author's
+ name.
+
+ - In SuppBook entries, the Manual now requires you to provide the
+ page range (in the "pages" field) for the specific part you are
+ citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or afterword.
+
+ - In Patent entries, the Manual now prefers sentence-style
+ capitalization for titles, which you'll need to provide yourself by
+ hand.
+
+ - When a descriptive phrase is used as an "author," you can now omit
+ an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help with
+ alphabetization in the bibliography.
+
+ - A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available.
+
+ - On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred to
+ an access date for online material. You can use the new "userd"
+ field to change the string introducing the "urldate," which
+ defaults to being an access date.
+
+ - Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a
+ forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the
+ "publisher" field with the usual keyword "and".
+
+ - I have implemented a reasonable, less-flexible facsimile of the
+ Biber-only command \DeclareLabelname which should work for those
+ using any backend. It allows biblatex to find a name for short
+ notes outside the standard name fields, including, notably, in the
+ "name[a-c]" fields. This should reduce the instances where you
+ need a "shortauthor" field to provide such a name.
+
+ - The Chicago-specific setting of another Biber-only command,
+ \DeclareSortingScheme=cms, allows non-standard fields to be
+ considered by biblatex's sorting algorithms, which should reduce
+ the instances where you need a "sortkey" or the like in your
+ entries. If you aren't using Biber, the package reverts to the
+ standard "nty" sorting scheme.
+
+Author-Date:
+
+ - All title fields now follow the rules for the notes & bibliography
+ style as far as punctuation, formatting, and capitalization are
+ concerned. Biblatex-chicago-authordate will deal with most of this
+ automatically, but if you have any hand formatting of lowercase
+ letters within curly braces in your .bib file, you will need to
+ restore the headline-style capitalization there. Also, you'll need
+ to be more careful when you provide quotation marks inside titles,
+ remembering to use \mkbibquote so that punctuation can be brought
+ inside nested quotation marks. These revisions will apply
+ particularly to "title," "booktitle," and "maintitle" fields.
+
+ - The one exception to these rules is in Patent entries, where
+ sentence-style capitalization of the "title" is now specified.
+ You'll have to provide this by hand yourself, as in the notes &
+ bibliography style.
+
+ - Because of these changes to title formatting, you'll need to
+ observe the difference between Article and Review entries, where
+ the latter contain generic, "Review of ..." titles and the former
+ standard, specific titles.
+
+ - The presentation of "shorthand" fields has changed. You no longer
+ need to use the CustomC entry type to include cross-references from
+ shorthands to expansions in the list of references. Now, simply
+ using a "shorthand" field in an entry places that "shorthand" in
+ citations and at the head of the entry in the list of references,
+ where it will be followed by its expansion within parentheses. The
+ new system will require help with sorting in the reference list --
+ placing the "shorthand" also in a "sortkey" should do the trick.
+
+ - On the subject of CustomC entries, the Manual now recommends using
+ cross-references in several contexts, particularly when a single
+ author uses more than one pseudonym. Adding CustomC entries makes
+ this happen.
+
+ - There have been significant changes when presenting book-like
+ entries with more than one date. If you are using the "cmsdate=on"
+ option, or indeed simply placing the earlier date in the "date"
+ field and the later one in "origdate," the presentation will be the
+ same as before, but you should understand that the Manual no longer
+ recommends this "origdate"-only style. It prefers, instead, to
+ present either the "date" alone or both dates in citations and at
+ the head of reference list entries. When presenting both dates,
+ there is now no longer a choice between the "old" and "new" options
+ for "cmsdate," but only the "both" option. If you have "old" or
+ "new" in your .bib files, they will be treated as synonyms of
+ "both".
+
+ - The specification for Music entries has been significantly altered
+ for the new edition. You no longer need to worry about the
+ \textcircledP and \textcopyright signs in the "howpublished" field,
+ which will be silently ignored, and the "pubstate" field reverts to
+ its more usual function of identifying reprints or, in this case,
+ reissues. The spec really only requires a record label ("series")
+ and catalog number ("number"), though "publisher" is still
+ available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally, on the
+ dating of musical recordings, which means that such entries will
+ fit better with the author-date style. It also means that I have
+ had to redefine the various date fields. The "eventdate" gives the
+ recording date of a particular song or other portion of a
+ recording, the "origdate" the recording date of an entire album,
+ and the "date" the publishing date of that album. The earlier date
+ is the one that will appear in citations and at the head of
+ reference list entries. Please see the full documentation in
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - The specification for Video entries has also been clarified. For
+ television series, the episode and series numbers go in
+ "booktitleaddon" instead of "titleaddon" and, as with Music
+ entries, the "eventdate" will hold the original broadcast date of
+ such an episode, or perhaps the recording/performance date of,
+ e.g., an opera on DVD. The "origdate" will still hold the original
+ release date of a film, and the "date" the publishing or copyright
+ date of the medium you are referencing. The earlier date, once
+ again, is the one that will appear in citations and at the head of
+ reference list entries. Please see the full documentation in
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - In SuppBook entries, the Manual now requires you to provide the
+ page range (in the "pages" field) for the specific part you are
+ citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or afterword.
+
+ - The author-date style now prefers longer bibstrings in the list of
+ references, bringing it into line with the notes & bibliography
+ style. Generally, the package will take care of this for you, but
+ if you've been using abbreviated strings in "note" fields, for
+ example, you may want to change them so that they conform with the
+ strings the package provides. In some circumstances the \partedit
+ macro, and its relatives, may help.
+
+ - When a descriptive phrase is used as an "author," you can now omit
+ an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help with
+ alphabetization in the bibliography.
+
+ - A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available.
+
+ - On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred to
+ an access date for online material. You can use the new "userd"
+ field to change the string introducing the "urldate," which
+ defaults to being an access date.
+
+ - Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a
+ forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the
+ "publisher" field with the usual keyword "and".
+
+ - The 16th edition of the Manual is less than enthusiastic about the
+ use of "Anon." as the "author," preferring instead that the "title"
+ or the "journaltitle" take its place. If you do decide to get rid
+ of "Anon.," new facilities provided by Biber -- see next entry --
+ should mean that biblatex no longer requires assistance when
+ alphabetizing such author-less entries.
+
+ - The Chicago-specific setting of the Biber-only command,
+ \DeclareSortingScheme=cms, allows non-standard fields to be
+ considered by biblatex's sorting algorithms, which should reduce
+ the instances where you need a "sortkey" or the like in your
+ entries.
+
+ - The Chicago-specific setting of the Biber-only command
+ \DeclareLabelname allows biblatex to find a name ("label") for
+ citations outside the standard name fields, including, notably, in
+ the "name[a-c]" fields. This should reduce the instances where you
+ need a "shortauthor" field to provide such a name.
+
+Other New Features:
+
+ - For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed publishing
+ information about the original edition using the new "origlocation"
+ and "origpublisher" fields. You can also use the "origlocation" in
+ Letter or Misc (with "entrysubtype") entries to identify where a
+ published or unpublished letter was written. These uses apply to
+ both Chicago styles.
+
+ - Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take
+ advantage of biblatex's facilities for citing "eprint" resources.
+ There is also a new "eprint" option, set to "true" by default,
+ which controls the printing of this field in both Chicago styles.
+ You can set the option both in the preamble and in the "options"
+ field of individual entries. The field will always print in Online
+ entries.
+
+ - I have added a new citation command, \citejournal, to the notes &
+ bibliography style to allow you to present journal articles using
+ an alternative short note form, which may be a clearer form of
+ reference in certain circumstances. Such short notes will present
+ the name of the "author," the "journaltitle," and the "volume"
+ information.
+
+ - I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard
+ biblatex \citeauthor command, which may be useful for references to
+ works from classical antiquity.
+
+ - I have added a new "cmsdate=full" switch to the author-date style,
+ which only affects citations in the text, and means that a full
+ date specification will appear there, rather than just the year.
+ If you follow the Manual's recommendations concerning newspaper and
+ magazine articles only appearing in running text and not in the
+ reference list, this option will help.
+
+ - I have added a new "avdate" option to the author-date style, set to
+ "true" by default in biblatex-chicago.sty. This changes the
+ default setting of \DeclareLabelyear in Music, Review, and Video
+ entries to take account of specialized instructions in the Manual
+ for finding dates to appear in citations and at the head of
+ reference list entries. Setting "avdate=false" in the options when
+ you load biblatex-chicago restores the default settings for all
+ entry types.
+
+ - The Manual has added recommendations for citing blogs, which
+ generally will need an Article entry with "magazine"
+ "entrysubtype." You can identify a blog as such by placing "blog"
+ in the "location" field. If you want to cite a comment to a blog
+ or to other online material, the Review entry type, "entrysubtype"
+ "magazine" will serve. The "eventdate" dates the comment, and any
+ timestamp that is required can go in "nameaddon." These
+ instructions work in both styles.
+
+ - Photographs are no longer presented differently from other sorts of
+ artworks so, in effect, in both styles, the Image type is now a
+ clone of Artwork, though retained for backward compatibility.
+
+ - Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new facilities
+ for presenting "shorthands" in both Chicago styles. In both, there
+ are two new "bibenvironments" which you can set using the "env"
+ option to the \printshorthands command: "losnotes" formats the list
+ of shorthands so that it can be presented in a footnote, while
+ "losendnotes" does the same for endnotes. In both styles, there is
+ a new preamble option, "shorthandfull", which prints the full
+ bibliographical information of each entry inside the list of
+ shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a
+ bibliography or list of references. In the author-date style, you
+ need to set the "cmslos=false" option as well, in order for this to
+ work. In the notes & bibliography style, I have added a new
+ citation command, \shorthandcite, which prints the "shorthand" even
+ for the first citation of a given work.
+
+ - Following suggestions by Roger Hart, I have implemented three new
+ field-exclusion options in the notes & bibliography style. In all
+ three cases, the field in question will always appear in the
+ bibliography, but not in long notes, which may help to save space.
+ The fields at stake are "addendum," "note," and "series,"
+ controlled respectively by the new "addendum", "notefield", and
+ "bookseries" options. All of these are set to "true" using the new
+ "completenotes" option in chicago-notes.cbx, but you can change the
+ settings either in the preamble or in the "options" field of
+ individual entries. Please see the documentation of these options
+ in biblatex-chicago.pdf for details on which entry types are
+ excluded from their scope.
+
+ - Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have redefined
+ the \bibnamedash in biblatex-chicago.sty, which should now by
+ default look a little better in a wider variety of fonts.
+
+ - At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added
+ \DeclareLanguageMapping commands to biblatex-chicago.sty for all
+ the languages biblatex-chicago provides. If you load the style in
+ the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings
+ manually yourself.
+
+ - I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly with
+ regard to date ranges.
+
+Changes to the 15th-edition styles:
+
+ - To continue using the 15th-edition styles, for whatever reason,
+ please remember to specify either "notes15" or "authordate15" when
+ loading biblatex-chicago in your preamble.
+
+ - For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed information
+ about the original edition using the new "origlocation" and
+ "origpublisher" fields. You can also use this field in Letter or
+ Misc (with "entrysubtype") entries to give the place where a
+ published or unpublished letter was written. These uses apply to
+ both styles.
+
+ - Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take
+ advantage of biblatex's facilities for citing "eprint" resources,
+ but only in the author-date style. There is also a new "eprint"
+ option, set to "true" by default, which controls the printing of
+ this field. You can set the option both in the preamble and in the
+ "options" field of individual entries. The field will always print
+ in Online entries.
+
+ - I have added a new citation command, \citejournal, to the notes &
+ bibliography style to allow you to present journal articles using
+ an alternative short note form, which may be a clearer form of
+ reference in certain circumstances. Such short notes will present
+ the name of the "author," the "journaltitle," and the "volume"
+ information.
+
+ - I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard
+ biblatex \citeauthor command, which may be useful for references to
+ works from classical antiquity.
+
+ - I have added a new "cmsdate=full" switch to the author-date style,
+ which only affects citations in the text, and means that a full
+ date specification will appear there, rather than just the year.
+ If you follow the Manual's recommendations concerning newspaper and
+ magazine articles only appearing in running text and not in the
+ reference list, this option will help.
+
+ - I have provided a new option, "headline", which turns off the
+ automatic transformations that produce sentence-style
+ capitalization in the title fields of the author-date style. If
+ you set this option, the word case in your title fields will not be
+ changed in any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform
+ your titles into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to
+ determine capitalization.
+
+ - Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new facilities
+ for presenting "shorthands" in the author-date style. There are
+ two new "bibenvironments" which you can set using the "env" option
+ to the \printshorthands command: "losnotes" formats the list of
+ shorthands so that it can be presented in a footnote, while
+ "losendnotes" does the same for endnotes. There is also a new
+ preamble option, "shorthandfull", which prints the full
+ bibliographical information of each entry inside the list of
+ shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a list of
+ references. You need to set the "cmslos=false" option as well in
+ order for this to work.
+
+ - Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have redefined
+ the \bibnamedash in biblatex-chicago.sty, which should now by
+ default look a little better in a wider variety of fonts.
+
+ - At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added
+ \DeclareLanguageMapping commands to biblatex-chicago.sty for all
+ the languages biblatex-chicago provides. If you load the style in
+ the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings
+ manually yourself.
+
+ - I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly with
+ regard to date ranges.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.8d [2011-11-15]:
+
+ - Some minor fixes to both styles for compatibility with biblatex
+ 1.7.
+
+ - Kenneth Pearce found an error in the formatting of BookInBook
+ titles in the author-date style's list of shorthands. This should
+ work properly now.
+
+ - Jonathan Robinson spotted some inconsistencies in the way the notes
+ & bibliography style interacts with the hyperref package.
+ Following his suggestion, short notes now point to long notes when
+ the latter are available, but to bibliography entries instead when
+ you have given the "short" option to biblatex-chicago.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.8c [2011-10-12]:
+
+ - Emil Salim pointed out some rather basic errors in the presentation
+ of InProceedings and Proceedings entries, errors that have been
+ present from the first release of the style(s). These should now,
+ belatedly, have been put right. This doesn't require any changes
+ to your .bib files.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.8b [2011-09-29]:
+
+ - Christian Boesch alerted me to some bad date-formatting errors
+ produced when using the styles with the "german" option to babel.
+ A little further investigation revealed similar problems with
+ "french," and before long it became clear that date handling in
+ biblatex-chicago was generally, and significantly, sub-optimal.
+ The whole system should now be more robust and more accurate.
+
+ - The new date-handling code shouldn't require any changes to your
+ .bib files, but users of the author-date style may want to have a
+ look at the documentation of the Letter and Misc entry types, and
+ of the four date fields, for some information about how the changes
+ could simplify the creation of their databases.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.8a [2011-09-21]:
+
+ - Fixed a series of unsightly errors in the author-date style,
+ discovered while working on the pending update to the 16th edition.
+
+ - Fixed bugs uncovered in both the author-date and the notes &
+ bibliography styles thanks to Charles Schaum's adventurous use of
+ the "origyear" field.
+
+ - Added two new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files to fix potential
+ bugs in some of the audiovisual entry types.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.8 [2011-08-31]:
+
+ - Starting with biblatex version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
+ author-date specification you will need to use Biber to process
+ your .bib files, as BibTeX (and its more recent variants) will no
+ longer provide all the required features. Unfortunately, however,
+ the current release of Biber (0.9.5) contains bugs that make it
+ tricky to use with biblatex-chicago. These bugs have been
+ addressed in 0.9.6 beta, which is available for various operating
+ systems in the development subdirectory of your SourceForge mirror,
+ e.g., ... b/project/bi/biblatex-biber/biblatex-biber/development.
+ (If, by the time you read this, Biber 0.9.6 has already been
+ released, then so much the better.) Please see the start of
+ cms-dates-sample.pdf for more details.
+
+ - The switch to Biber for the author-date specification means that
+ biblatex now provides considerably enhanced handling of the various
+ date fields. I have attempted to document the relevant changes in
+ cms-dates-sample.pdf and in the "date" discussion in
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf, but in my testing the only alterations I've
+ so far had to make to my .bib files involve adhering more closely
+ to the instructions for specifying date ranges. Biber doesn't like
+ {1968/75}, and will ignore it. Either use {1968/1975} or put
+ {1968--75} in the "year" field.
+
+ - In the notes & bibliography style, and mainly in Article, Letter,
+ Misc, and Review entries, previous releases of biblatex-chicago
+ recommended using the \isdot macro when you needed both to define a
+ field and not have it appear in the printed output. This mechanism
+ no longer works in biblatex 1.6, and while addressing the problem I
+ realized that relying on it covered over some inconsistencies and
+ bugs in my code, so from this release forward you will need to
+ modify your .bib and .tex files to use other, more standard
+ mechanisms to achieve the same ends, in particular the
+ \headlesscite commands and declaring "useauthor=false" in the
+ "options" field. Please consult the documentation in
+ biblatex-chicago.pdf section 4.3.1, s.v. "isdot," for a list of
+ example entries where you can see these changes at work.
+
+ - The 16th-edition files are well under way, but still a work in
+ progress.
+
+Other changes in 0.9.8:
+
+ - Fixed the \smartcite citation command in, and added a \smartcites
+ command to, chicago-notes.cbx, so that the notes & bibliography
+ style no longer prints parentheses around citations produced using
+ \autocite(s) commands inside \footnote commands. Many thanks to
+ Louis-Dominique Dubeau for pointing out this error.
+
+ - Fixed a problem with the \lbx@fromlang command, which biblatex 1.6
+ no longer defines. Many thanks to Rembrandt Wolpert and Aaron
+ Lambert for pointing this out, and to Charles Schaum for posting a
+ temporary workaround in a newsgroup post.
+
+ - Version 1.6 of biblatex no longer allows you to redefine the
+ "minnames" and "maxnames" options in the \printbibliography
+ command, so I've defined "minbibnames" and "maxbibnames" in
+ biblatex-chicago.sty, instead. These parameters have been
+ available since version 1.1, so this is now the earliest version of
+ biblatex that will work with the Chicago styles. Of course, if the
+ (Chicago-recommended) values of these options don't suit your
+ needs, you can redefine them in your document preamble.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.7a [2011-03-17]:
+
+ - Added the \smartcite citation command to chicago-notes.cbx so that
+ the notes & bibliography style will work with biblatex 1.3.
+
+ - Added bibstrings "byconductor" and "cbyconductor" to the .lbx
+ files, mistakenly omitted in version 0.9.7.
+
+ - Minor fixes to the docs.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.7 [2011-02-15]:
+
+ - The CustomA and CustomB entry types are now obsolete. Any such
+ entry in your .bib files will be ignored. Please use Letter and
+ BookInBook, respectively.
+
+ - If you still have any CustomC entries containing introductions,
+ afterwords, or the like, please change them to SuppBook, as I have
+ reclaimed CustomC in order to provide alphabetized cross-references
+ to other, separate entries in a bibliography or list of references.
+
+ - The directory structure of the package archive has changed. I've
+ copied that used by the biblatex package, so now you will find a
+ latex/ directory with further bbx/, cbx/, and lbx/ subdirectories,
+ and a doc/ directory with an examples/ subdirectory. The files are
+ the same as in the previous release, merely organized differently.
+
+Other changes in 0.9.7:
+
+ - I have added three new audiovisual entry types to both styles,
+ Audio, Music, and Video. The documentation of Audio in sections
+ 4.1 and 5.1 of biblatex-chicago.pdf contains an overview of the
+ three, and the details for each type are to be found under their
+ individual headings.
+
+ - I have added several new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files for
+ these new audiovisual entry types. This means that the
+ "editortype" fields can now be set to "director," "producer," or
+ "conductor," depending on your needs. You can also set the fields
+ to "none," which eliminates all identifying strings, and which is
+ useful for identifying performers of various sorts.
+
+ - I have transformed the CustomC entry type to enable alphabetized
+ cross-references -- the "c" is meant to be mnemonic -- to other,
+ separate entries in a reference list or bibliography. In
+ particular, this facilitates cross-references to other names in a
+ list, rather than to other works. In author-date, in a procedure
+ recommended by the Manual, this now allows you to expand shorthands
+ inside the reference list rather than in a list of shorthands. In
+ both styles, you can now provide a pointer to the main entry if a
+ reader is looking an author up under, e.g., a pseudonym or other
+ alternative name.
+
+ - I have introduced the "userc" field, intended to simplify the
+ printing of the cross-references provided by CustomC entries. The
+ standard \nocite command works as well, but the additional
+ mechanism may be more convenient in some circumstances.
+
+ - You can now provide an "eventdate" field in Music entries to
+ identify, e.g., a particular recording session. It will be printed
+ just after the "title."
+
+ - In the notes & bibliography style, I have now implemented the
+ "shorthandintro" field, which allows you to change the string
+ introducing a shorthand in the first, long note. It works just as
+ it does in the standard biblatex styles.
+
+ - I have added six new field-exclusion options to both styles, all of
+ which can be set both in the document preamble and/or in the
+ "options" field of individual .bib entries. Three of these --
+ "doi," "isbn," and "url" -- are standard biblatex options, the
+ others -- "bookpages," "includeall," and "numbermonth" -- are
+ chicago-specific.
+
+ - I've added the "juniorcomma" option to both styles, which can be
+ set in the document preamble and/or in the "options" field of
+ individual entries. It allows you get the traditional comma
+ between a surname and "Jr." or "Sr."
+
+ - I fixed some old inaccuracies in the syntax of shortened notes and
+ bibliography entries presenting multiple contributions to one
+ multi-author (or single-author) volume. For the most part the
+ changes won't affect your .bib files, but there may be cases where
+ you need to choose your entry types carefully in order to get the
+ results you want. For the details, please consult the "crossref"
+ docs in section 4.2 of biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Several other bug fixes -- see biblatex-chicago.pdf for details.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.5a [2010-09-07]:
+
+ - This fixes an elementary and show-stopping mistake in
+ biblatex-chicago.sty, a mistake disguised if you use the csquotes
+ package, which I do in all my test files. Many thanks to Israel
+ Jacques and Emil Salim for pointing this out to me.
+
+ - These files have now been tested with biblatex 0.9c and 0.9d, which
+ both work fine.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9.5 [2010-09-03]:
+
+Users upgrading from biblatex-chicago-notes-df may need to alter a few
+things in their .bib files and in their document preambles.
+
+ - If you used \usepackage{biblatex-chicago} to load the package, now
+ you need \usepackage[notes]{biblatex-chicago} instead. (The
+ default if you don't choose between "notes" and "authordate" is, in
+ fact, "notes," so even if you don't make this change it should all
+ still work.)
+
+ - If you used \usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df]{biblatex} to load
+ the package, then be aware that you now need style=chicago-notes
+ (or style=chicago-authordate) instead.
+
+ - If you are still, for some reason, using the \custpunctc macro in
+ your .bib files, it is now obsolete. Its function has been taken
+ by the punctuation-tracking code present in biblatex for a long
+ while now.
+
+ - I have slightly improved the Misc entry type that uses an
+ "entrysubtype." If you are citing archival letters or other
+ letter-like sources (memoranda, reports, telegrams), then you're
+ already using the "origdate" field, and that's still correct. If
+ you're citing non-letter-like sources (interviews, wills,
+ contracts, personal communications received by yourself), then
+ putting the date into the "date" field will slightly improve
+ compliance with the specification, at least as I interpret it.
+ Nothing untoward will happen if you don't make this change, and the
+ distinction can be difficult to draw, but it needed mentioning
+ nonetheless.
+
+ - I've improved the "number" field in Article, Periodical, and Review
+ entries. You can now put a series or range of numbers into the
+ field and the style will print them prefixed by the appropriate
+ bibstring, singular or plural.
+
+ - I've improved author-less Manual, Article, and Review entries (the
+ latter two with magazine "entrysubtype"). In previous releases of
+ biblatex-chicago-notes-df you needed a "shortauthor" field to make
+ sure either the "organization" (in Manual entries) or the
+ "journaltitle" (in Article and Review entries) appeared in short
+ notes. The style now automatically takes a name for short notes
+ from those fields, though you can still use "shortauthor" if you
+ wish to present it differently, e.g., in an abbreviated form.
+ Again, you probably needn't change anything in your .bib files, but
+ being aware of this may make entries simpler to construct in the
+ future.
+
+ - I've marked the Custom[A-C] entry types as deprecated, in
+ preparation for reusing them for other purposes in the next major
+ release. Please change CustomA to Letter, CustomB to BookInBook,
+ and CustomC to SuppBook in your .bib files.
+
+Other changes in 0.9.5:
+
+ - The Chicago author-date style is now implemented in the package,
+ and therefore the package name has changed to biblatex-chicago. A
+ number of the files inside the package also have altered names --
+ the README file and biblatex-chicago.pdf contain the complete list.
+
+ - I've now implemented the biblatex field "pubstate" in both styles.
+ In the author-date style, it is strongly recommended you use it to
+ identify reprints by putting the string "reprint" there. The
+ requirements for formatting such entries are relatively complex,
+ and the style does the right thing automatically. In the notes &
+ bibliography style, you can also use the field in the same way to
+ identify reprints, though placing the \reprint macro in the
+ "location" field still works as it always has. Don't, please, use
+ both methods in the same entry.
+
+ - I've improved the functioning of Patent entries to make them more
+ compliant with the specification.
+
+ - Entries with a classical "entrysubtype" may behave slightly
+ differently now, as I've improved the provision of punctuation
+ before certain kinds of page or location specifiers even when
+ citing works by their traditional divisions. This should, once
+ again, make the package more compliant.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9a [2010-03-20]:
+
+ - Small, quick fixes for immediate compatibility with biblatex 0.9a.
+
+Release notes for version 0.9 [2010-03-18]:
+
+As I noted in the README file, users will have to modify their .bib
+files somewhat to work properly with this release of biblatex-chicago.
+Some of these changes result from the disappearance of certain fields
+in biblatex itself -- particularly the "day" and "origyear" fields --
+so you should at least skim through Lehman's RELEASE file first to
+familiarize yourself with what it means for your setup. The changes
+required for Chicago are as follows:
+
+ - In CustomA (Letter) entries, the counter-intuitive reversal of
+ roles between "year" and "origyear" has been eliminated. In common
+ with other entry types, the "year" (or "date") field now refers to
+ the publication date of the collection. The new "origdate" field
+ now holds the date the letter was written. In short, change the
+ "date" (or "year," "month," and "day") to "origdate," and change
+ "origyear" to "year" (or "date").
+
+ - In Misc entries with an "entrysubtype," used to cite unpublished
+ sources from a named archive, exactly the same reversal of roles
+ was in place, and is now eliminated. The new "origdate" field now
+ holds the date the letter was written or the interview conducted,
+ so change the "date" (or "year," "month," and "day") to "origdate."
+ (Under most circumstances, therefore, such entries won't have a
+ "date" field defined.) Also, the use of the exact string "letter"
+ in the "entrysubtype" field is no longer required. Using
+ "origdate" prints the date where you want it, so anything at all in
+ "entrysubtype" will do the trick, with "letter" being as good as
+ anything else, meaning you don't actually have to modify this
+ field.
+
+ - In Patent entries, you need to make similar changes. The
+ "origdate" field now holds the date the patent was filed, and the
+ "date" field identifies when the patent was granted, if it was
+ granted. You no longer need a specially-formatted "addendum" field
+ for these entries. In short, change the "date" (or "year,"
+ "month," and "day") to "origdate," and put the date from the
+ "addendum" field into "date." Any supplemental information you
+ want printed after the dates of the patent can still be given in
+ the "addendum" field, but most such entries won't require this.
+
+ - The "userd" field is now obsolete. If by some chance you are still
+ using it, please move any information found there into the
+ "edition" field.
+
+Other changes in 0.9:
+
+ - Added the files cms-german.lbx (with its clone cms-ngerman.lbx) and
+ cms-french.lbx, which allow the creation of Chicago-like references
+ in those languages.
+
+ - Added the package option "annotation" to allow the creation of
+ annotated bibliographies.
+
+ - Added the new biblatex BookInBook entry type, which functions as an
+ alias to CustomB.
+
+ - Following biblatex's example, using the editortype field now turns
+ off the package's usual string concatenation mechanisms.
+
+ - Added support for the new editor[a-c] and editor[a-c]type fields,
+ which function as they do in the standard biblatex styles.
+
+ - My modified csquotes.cfg file is now obsolete, and has been removed
+ from the package. Please upgrade to the latest version of
+ csquotes.
+
+ - Added bibstrings to help with internationalization. The new ones
+ you might use in a .bib file are: pseudonym, nodate,
+ revisededition, numbers, and reviewof.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.9d [2010-02-16]:
+
+ - Bug fix release, the last in the 0.8.9 series, intended for use
+ with biblatex 0.8i, _not_ with 0.9. See note above.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.9c [2009-11-04]:
+
+ - Bug fix release. The details are in biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.9b [2009-09-09]:
+
+ - Fixed several bugs, both recent and venerable. Please upgrade to
+ the latest version of biblatex (0.8h at time of writing), though I
+ have attempted to maintain backward compatibility at least with
+ 0.8e.
+
+ - Experimental version of the "reprinttitle" field, which allows you
+ to provide original publication details of essays or chapters you
+ are citing from a later reprint. See the pdf file for all the
+ details.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.9a [2009-07-05]:
+
+ - Minor fixes to allow compatibility with biblatex 0.8e. The package
+ still works with 0.8d and 0.8c, as well.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.9 [2009-07-02]:
+
+ - The default way of loading the package has changed. Please see the
+ documentation for all the details, but in short, if you used to
+ load it with a command like:
+
+ \usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df,further-options]{biblatex}
+
+ you should now load it like so:
+
+ \usepackage[further-options]{biblatex-chicago}
+
+ - All single-letter bibstrings are now obsolete. Please use \autocap
+ instead
+
+ - You should be using at least biblatex version 0.8c. 0.8d would be
+ even better.
+
+ - The package-specific bibstrings have been removed from the .cbx and
+ .bbx files and gathered in a new file, cms-american.lbx. This
+ changes somewhat the way the package interacts with babel, making
+ it simpler if you want the defaults, but more complicated if you
+ require non-standard features. In short, assuming you use the
+ default loading option I've just described, then babel's main text
+ language can be american or english, or alternately you can turn
+ off babel altogether, and the strings should be available
+ automatically.
+
+ - Added two new entry types, Artwork and Image.
+
+ - Added a new bibliography and entry option usecompiler, set to true
+ by default in biblatex-chicago.sty.
+
+ - Added the new bibliography option footmarkoff to
+ biblatex-chicago.sty. This turns off the optional formatting of
+ marks (in-line instead of superscript) on foot- or endnotes,
+ returning you to the LaTeX defaults.
+
+ - Added the new citation command \headlesscite, which works like
+ \headlessfullcite but allows biblatex to decide whether to print
+ the full or the short version of the reference.
+
+ - Adopted biblatex's end-of-entry punctuation system, which fixes
+ issues several users have been seeing with the solution I offered
+ in previous releases.
+
+ - Added a modified csquotes.cfg file (in the XeLaTeX subdirectory) to
+ address issues users were having when using XeLaTeX with
+ biblatex-chicago. Please see the docs for the details.
+
+ - Added a new shorthandibid option that allows you to print "Ibid."
+ after repeated references to an entry which contains a shorthand
+ field. Previously, the shorthand itself would always be printed,
+ and this behavior remains the default if you don't set this option.
+
+ - Added a clone of biblatex's natbib option, so that users who use
+ \usepackage{biblatex-chicago} instead of \usepackage{biblatex} can
+ still have access to the biblatex's natbib compatibility code in
+ bibnatex.def.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.5a [2009-06-14]:
+
+ - Quick and dirty fix to allow compatibility with biblatex 0.8d.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.5 [2009-01-10]:
+
+ - At least version 0.8b of biblatex now required -- even better, get
+ the latest (0.8c).
+
+ - Adopted the "American" punctuation tracker provided by biblatex,
+ which fixes many small formatting errors and eliminates the need
+ for \custpunct commands, but requires that you use \mkbibquote when
+ quoted material appears inside a bibliography field.
+
+ - Loading babel with "American" as the main text language now
+ _strongly_ recommended.
+
+ - The CustomC entry type now allows referencing any sort of post- or
+ pre-matter via the type field, though the old mechanism remains in
+ place for backward compatibility. The new SuppBook and
+ SuppCollection entry types are aliased to CustomC, and therefore
+ work in exactly the same way.
+
+ - The new SuppPeriodical entry type is aliased to Review, and Letter
+ to CustomA.
+
+ - For InReference entries the postnote field of a citation command is
+ now automatically treated as an alphabetized encyclopedia entry,
+ that is, it will be placed in quotation marks and prefaced with the
+ string "s.v." This may allow multiple citations of the same
+ reference work without multiplying .bib entries.
+
+ - The biblatex option "usetranslator" is now set to "true" by
+ default, which means entries will automatically be alphabetized by
+ their translator in the absence of an author or an editor.
+
+ - I've added some color-coding to biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf to
+ highlight new or significantly revised sections.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.2.2 [2008-11-24]:
+
+ - Fixed spurious commas in some bibliography entries.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.2 [2008-11-03]:
+
+ - Fixed several formatting glitches between citations in multicite
+ commands and also after some prenotes.
+
+Changelog for version 0.8.1 [2008-10-22]:
+
+ - Updated the .bbx and .cbx files to work with biblatex 0.8. This
+ most recent version of biblatex is now required for
+ biblatex-chicago-notes-df to work.
+
+ - The origlocation field is now obsolete, and has been replaced by
+ lista. Please update your .bib files accordingly.
+
+ - The single-letter \bibstring commands I provided in version 0.7 are
+ now deprecated. In most cases, you'll be able to take advantage of
+ the automatic contextual capitalization facilities introduced in
+ this release, but if you still need the single-letter \bibstring
+ functionality then you should switch to \autocap, as I shall be
+ removing the single-letter bibstrings in a future release. See the
+ \autocap docs for all the details.
+
+ - The userd field is now deprecated, as biblatex 0.8 allows all forms
+ of data to be included in the edition field. I shall be removing
+ userd in a future release, so please update your .bib files as soon
+ as is convenient.
+
+ - Added the usera field, which holds supplemental information about a
+ journaltitle in article and review entries. See the documentation
+ of the field for details.
+
+ - Other minor fixes and additions. See the full changelog for more.
+
+Changelog for version 0.7 [2008-08-18]:
+
+ - First public release
+
+Copyright (c) 2008-2018 David Fussner. This package is
+author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or
+modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License,
+either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part
+of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. This
+software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, either
+expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
+warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d6c6e3b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e4d189b2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,14048 @@
+%
+% This file documents the biblatex-chicago package, which allows users
+% of the biblatex package to format references according to the
+% Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition.
+%
+\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+\usepackage{vmargin}
+\setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1.65in}{.9in}{1.75in}{.6in}{0pt}{0pt}{12pt}{24pt}
+\setlength{\marginparwidth}{1in}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}
+% \usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage[scaled=0.9]{ClearSans}
+\usepackage[p]{zlmtt}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}
+%\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
+\usepackage[pdftex]{xcolor}
+%\usepackage[dvips]{xcolor}
+\newcommand{\mycolor}[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+% Some generic settings.
+\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\newcommand{\mymarginpar}[1]{\marginpar{\flushright#1}}
+\newcommand{\colmarginpar}[1]{\mymarginpar{\mycolor{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\mybigspace}{\vspace{\baselineskip}}
+\newcommand{\mylittlespace}{\vspace{.5\baselineskip}}
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {0mm}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
+\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {1}%
+ {0mm}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {.5\baselineskip}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
+\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {1}%
+ {0mm}%
+ {\baselineskip}%
+ {.5\baselineskip}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
+\renewcommand{\paragraph}{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {\baselineskip}%3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
+ {0mm}%
+ {}}%
+\makeatother
+\begin{document}
+\begin{center}
+ \sffamily\large\bfseries The biblatex-chicago package: \\
+ Style files for biblatex
+
+\vspace{.3\baselineskip}
+\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries David Fussner\qquad Version 1.0rc5 (beta) \\
+\href{mailto:djf027@googlemail.com}{djf027@googlemail.com}\\ \today
+
+\end{center}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+\footnotesize
+\tableofcontents
+\end{multicols}
+\normalsize
+\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}
+\section{Notice}
+\label{sec:Notice}
+
+\textbf{Please be advised that this package is beta software. The
+ \textsf{biblatex} package by Philipp Lehman, Philip Kime, Audrey
+ Boruvka, and Joseph Wright is now quite stable, but I am still in
+ the process of taking advantage of the many enhancements it has
+ accumulated in recent releases. As it has for several years, The
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package itself implements the 16th edition
+ of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, which has recently been
+ replaced by the 17th edition. This is therefore the last feature
+ release for the 16th edition, though bug-fix releases will continue
+ for a while yet. In preparation for the switch to the 17th edition,
+ I am removing all 15th-edition files from the package, as they have
+ long since been obsolete. I also very strongly encourage all users
+ who haven't already done so to switch to \textsf{Biber} as their
+ backend; it has long been a requirement for the author-date styles,
+ but it is now becoming indispensable for accessing all the features
+ of the notes \&\ bibliography style, as well.}
+\mylittlespace\\
+\textbf{I have tried to implement as much of the \emph{Manual's}
+ specification as possible, though undoubtedly some gaps remain. If
+ it seems like this package could be of use to you, yet it doesn't do
+ something you need/want it to do, please feel free to let me know,
+ and of course any suggestions for solving problems more elegantly or
+ accurately would be most welcome.}
+
+\mylittlespace\textbf{Important Note:} If you have used
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} before, please make sure you have read the
+RELEASE file that came with the package. It details the changes
+you'll need to make to your .bib database in order for it to work
+properly with this release. If you are new to these styles, please
+read on.
+
+\section{Quickstart}
+\label{quickstart}
+\reversemarginpar
+
+The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package is designed for writers who wish
+to use \LaTeX\ and \textsf{biblatex}, and who either want or need to
+format their references according to one of the specifications defined
+by the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}. This package includes two
+versions of the \emph{Manual's} \enquote{author-date} system, favored
+by many disciplines in the sciences and social sciences, and also its
+\enquote{notes \&\ bibliography} style, generally favored in the
+humanities. The latter code produces a full reference in a first
+footnote, shorter references in subsequent notes, and a full reference
+in the bibliography. Some authors prefer to use the shorter note form
+even for the first occurrence, relying on the bibliography to provide
+the full information. This, too, is supported by the code. The
+author-date styles produce a short, in-text citation inside
+parentheses --- (Author Year) --- keyed to a list of references where
+entries start with the same name and year.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace The documentation you are reading covers all three of
+these Chicago styles and their variants. I recommend that users new
+to the package read this Quickstart section first, perhaps then
+passing on to whichever of the two introductory files,
+\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf} or \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, is
+relevant to their needs, returning here afterward for more details on
+those parts of the functionality concerning which they still have
+questions. Much of what follows is relevant to all users, but I have
+decided, after some experimentation, to keep the instructions for the
+two author-date styles separate from those pertaining to the notes \&\
+bibliography style, at least in sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and
+\ref{sec:authdate}. Information provided under one style will often
+duplicate that found under the other, but efficiency's loss should, I
+hope, be clarity's gain, and much of what you learn using one style
+will be applicable without alteration to the other. Within the
+author-date section, the \textsf{authordate-trad} information really
+only appears separately in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, s.v.\
+\enquote{title.} Throughout the documentation, any \mycolor{green}
+text \colmarginpar{\textsf{New!}} indicates something \mycolor{new} in
+this release.
+
+\mylittlespace Here's a list of things you will need in order to use
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}:
+
+\begin{itemize}{}{}
+\item The \textsf{biblatex} package, of course! The current version
+ --- 3.10 at the time of writing --- has received extensive testing,
+ and contains features and bug fixes upon which my code relies.
+ \textsf{Biblatex} requires several packages, and it strongly
+ recommends several more:
+ \begin{itemize}{}{}
+ \item e-\TeX\ (required)
+ \item \textsf{etoolbox} --- available from CTAN (required)
+ \item \textsf{keyval} --- a standard package (required)
+ \item \textsf{ifthen} --- a standard package (required)
+ \item \textsf{url} --- a standard package (required)
+ \item \textsf{babel} --- a standard package (\emph{strongly}
+ recommended)
+ \item \textsf{csquotes} --- available from CTAN (recommended).
+ Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (5.1b).
+ \item \textsf{bibtex8} --- a replacement for \textsc{Bib}\TeX, which
+ can, with the right com\-mand-line switches, process very large
+ .bib files. It also does the right thing when alphabetizing
+ non-ASCII entries. It is available from CTAN, but please be aware
+ that this database parser no longer suffices if you are using the
+ Chica\-go author-date style with any version of \textsf{biblatex}
+ from version 1.5 onward. For that style, and to take full
+ advantage of all the features of the notes \&\ bibliography style,
+ in particular its enhanced handling of cross references, you must
+ use the following:
+ \item \textsf{Biber} --- the next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+ replacement by Philip Kime and François Charette, available from
+ SourceForge. You should use the latest version, 2.10, to work
+ with \textsf{biblatex} 3.10 and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and it
+ is required for users who are either using the author-date styles
+ or processing a .bib file in Unicode. See
+ \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf} and, for example, the
+ \textsf{crossref} documentation in section~\ref{sec:entryfields},
+ below, for more details.
+ \end{itemize}
+\item The line:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[notes]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
+ \end{quote}
+ in your document preamble to load the notes \&\ bibliography style,
+ the line:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[authordate,backend=biber]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
+ \end{quote}
+ to load the author-date style, or the line:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[authordate-trad,%
+ backend=biber]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
+ \end{quote}
+
+ to load the traditional variant of the author-date style. Any other
+ options you usually pass to \textsf{biblatex} can be given to
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} instead, but loading it this way sets up a
+ large number of other parameters automatically, parameters whose
+ absence may surprise you when processing your documents. You can
+ load the package via the usual \cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex\}},
+ adding either \texttt{style=chi\-cago-notes} or
+ \texttt{style=chicago-authordate}, but this is intended mainly for
+ those, probably experienced users, who wish to set much of the
+ low-level formatting of their documents themselves. Please see
+ sections~\ref{sec:loading} and \ref{sec:loading:auth} below for a
+ fuller discussion of the issues involved here.
+\item You can use \cmd{usepackage[notes,short]\{biblatex-chicago\}} to
+ get the short note format even in the first reference of a notes \&\
+ bibliography document, letting the bibliography provide the full
+ reference.
+\item If you are accustomed to using the \textsf{natbib} compatibility
+ option with \textsf{biblatex}, then you can continue to do so with
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you are using
+ \cmd{usepackage\hfill\{biblatex-chicago\}} to load the package, then the
+ option must be the plain \texttt{natbib} rather than
+ \texttt{natbib=true}. If you use the latter, you'll get a
+ \textsf{keyval} error. Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and
+ \ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.
+\item By far the simplest setup is to use \textsf{babel}, and to have
+ \texttt{american} as the main text language. (\textsf{Polyglossia}
+ should work, too, but I haven't tested it.) As before,
+ \textsf{babel}-less setups, and also those choosing \texttt{english}
+ as the main text language, should work out of the box.
+ \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} also provides (at least partial) support
+ for Brazilian Portuguese, British, Finnish, French, German,
+ Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish. Please see below
+ (section~\ref{sec:international}) for a fuller explanation of all
+ the options.
+\item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx, chicago-authordate.cbx,
+ chi\-cago-authordate-trad.bbx},\break
+ \textsf{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx},
+ \textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}, \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx},\break
+ \textsf{chi\-ca\-go-notes.cbx}, \textsf{cms-american.lbx},
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}}, \textsf{cms-british.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-fin\-nish.lbx}, \textsf{cms-french.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, \textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx},\break \textsf{cms-norsk.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-norwegian.lbx}, \textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}, and \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago.sty}, all
+ from \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, installed either in a system-wide
+ \TeX\ directory, or in the working directory where you keep your
+ *.tex files. The .zip file from CTAN contains several
+ subdirectories to help keep the growing number of files organized,
+ so the files listed above can be found in the \texttt{latex/}
+ subdirectory, itself further divided into the \texttt{bbx/},
+ \texttt{cbx/}, and \texttt{lbx/} subdirectories. If you install in
+ a system-wide directory, I suggest a standard layout using
+ \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>\slash
+ tex/latex/bib\-latex-contrib/biblatex-chicago}, where\
+ \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>} is the root of your local \TeX\ installation
+ --- for example, and depending on your system and preferences,
+ \texttt{/usr/share/texmflocal}, \texttt{/usr/local/share/texmf}, or
+ \texttt{C:\textbackslash{}Local TeX Files\textbackslash}. Then you
+ can copy the contents of the \texttt{latex/} directory there,
+ subdirectories and all. (If you install into your working
+ directory, then you'll need to copy the files directly there,
+ without subdirectories.) Of course, if you choose to place them
+ anywhere in the \texttt{texmf} tree, you'll need to update the file
+ name database to make sure \TeX\ can find them.
+\item The very clear and detailed documentation of the
+ \textsf{biblatex} system, available in that package as
+ \textsf{biblatex.pdf}. Here the authors explain why you might want
+ to use the system, the rules for constructing .bib files for it, and
+ the (numerous) methods at your disposal for modifying the formatted
+ output.
+\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf},
+ \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, and \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf},\break
+ the first two of which contain introductions to some of the main
+ features of the Chicago styles, while the third documents some of
+ the alterations you might need to make to your .bib files to use the
+ \texttt{trad} style. All three are fully hyperlinked, allowing you
+ easily to jump from notes or citations to an annotated bibliography
+ or reference list, and thence to the .bib entries themselves. If
+ you ensure that these three are in the \texttt{examples} directory
+ just below this one, marginal links there will take you to further
+ discussions here. The file \textsf{cmsdocs.sty} contains code and
+ kludges designed specifically for compiling
+ \textsf{cms-dates-intro.tex}, \textsf{cms-notes-intro.tex} and
+ \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.tex}, so please \emph{do not} load it
+ yourself anywhere else, as it redefines and interferes with some of
+ the macros from the main package.
+\item The annotated bibliography files \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
+ \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and the not-yet-annotated
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}}, all of which will acquaint you
+ with many of the details on how to get started constructing your own
+ .bib files for use with the two \textsf{biblatex-chicago} styles.
+\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf},
+ \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}, \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}, and
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}}. The first shows how my
+ system processes \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
+ \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex}, in both footnotes and bibliography,
+ the second and third are the result of processing
+ \textsf{dates-test.bib} with \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex} or
+ \textsf{cms-trad-sample.tex}, and the fourth processes
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} using
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sam\-ple.tex}}. All of these files are in
+ \texttt{doc/examples/}, and the \textsf{sample} files, aside from
+ the last named, are mainly included for testing purposes.
+\item The file you are reading, \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, which
+ aims to be as complete a description as possible of the rules for
+ creating a .bib file that will, when processed by \LaTeX\ and
+ \textsc{Bib}\TeX, at least somewhat ease the burden when you try to
+ implement the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}'s specifications.
+ These docs may seem frustratingly over-long, but remember that you
+ only need to read the part(s) that apply to the style in which you
+ are interested. Much of the information in section~\ref{sec:Spec}
+ is duplicated in section~\ref{sec:authdate}, so even if you have a
+ need for multiple styles then using one will be excellent
+ preparation for the others. If you have used a previous version of
+ this package, please pay particular attention to the sections on
+ Obsolete and Deprecated Features, starting on
+ page~\pageref{deprec:obsol}. You will find the sixteen previous
+ files in the \texttt{doc/} subdirectory once you've extracted
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.zip}. If you wish to place them in a
+ system-wide directory, I would recommend:\,\,\,
+ \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},\\
+ all the while remembering, of course, to update the file name
+ database afterward. (Let me reiterate, also, that if you currently
+ have quoted material in your .bib file, and are using \cmd{enquote}
+ or the standard \LaTeX\ mechanisms there, then the simplest
+ procedure is always to use \cmd{mkbibquote} instead in order to
+ ensure that punctuation works out right.)
+\item Access to a copy of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style} itself,
+ which naturally contains incomparably more information than I can
+ hope to present here. It should always be your first port of call
+ when any doubts arise as to exactly what the specification requires.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{License}
+\label{sec:lppl}
+
+Copyright © 2008--2018 David Fussner. This package is
+author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or
+modified under the conditions of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License,
+either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part
+of all distributions of \LaTeX\ version 2005/12/01 or later. This
+software is provided \enquote{as is,} without warranty of any kind,
+either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the
+implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
+purpose.
+
+\subsection{Acknowledgements}
+\label{sec:acknowl}
+
+Even a cursory glance at the cbx and bbx files in the package will
+demonstrate how much of \textsf{biblatex's} code I've adapted and
+re-used, and I've also followed some of the advice the authors have
+given to others in the \texttt{comp.text.tex} newsgroup and on
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com}{Stackexchange}. In particular,
+Philipp Lehman's advice on constructing \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}
+was invaluable. The code for formatting the footnote marks, and that
+for printing the separating rule only after a run-on note, I've
+adapted from the \textsf{footmisc} package by Robin Fairbairns, and
+I've borrowed ideas for the \texttt{shorthandibid} option from Dominik
+Waßenhoven's \textsf{biblatex-dw} package. I've adapted Audrey
+Boruvka's \cmd{textcite} code from
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/67837/citations-as-nouns-in-biblatex-chicago}{Stackexchange}
+for the notes \&\ bibliography style, and her page-number-compression
+code for both styles from the
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{same
+ site}. I am very grateful to Gustavo Barros for the new Brazilian
+Portuguese localization, to Stefan Björk for the Swedish localization,
+to Antti-Juhani Kaijahano for the Finnish localization, to Baldur
+Kristinsson for providing the Icelandic localization, and to Håkon
+Malmedal for the Norwegian localizations. Kazuo Teramoto and Gildas
+Hamel both sent patches to improve the package, and Arne Skjærholt
+provided some code to get me started on the new \cmd{gentextcite}
+commands. There may be other \LaTeX\ code I've appropriated and
+forgotten, in which case please remind me. Finally, Charles Schaum
+and Joseph Reagle Jr.\ were both extremely generous with their help
+and advice during the development of this package, and have both
+continued indefatigably to test it and suggest needed improvements.
+They were particularly instrumental in encouraging the greatest
+possible degree of compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.
+Indeed, if the task of adapting .bib files for use with the Chicago
+style seems onerous now, you should have tried it before they got
+their hands on it.
+
+\section{Detailed Introduction}
+\label{sec:Intro}
+
+The \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, implemented here in its 16th
+edition, has long, in America at least, been one of the most
+influential style guides for writers and publishers. While one's
+choices are now perhaps more extensive than ever, the \emph{Manual} at
+least still provides a widely-recognized, and widely-utilized,
+standard. Indeed, when you add to this the sheer completeness of the
+specification, its detailed instructions for referencing an enormous
+number of different kinds of source material, then your choice (or
+your publisher's choice) of the \emph{Manual} as a style guide seems
+set to be a happy one.
+
+%% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace These very strengths, however, also make the style
+difficult to use. Admittedly, the \emph{Manual} emphasizes
+consistency within a work, as opposed to rigid adherence to the
+specification, at least when writer and publisher agree (14.70).
+Sometimes a publisher demands such adherence, however, and anyone who
+has attempted to produce it may well come away with the impression
+that the specification itself is somewhat idiosyncratic in its
+complexity, and I can't help but agree. In the notes \&\ bibliography
+style, the numerous differences in punctuation (and strings
+identifying translators, editors, and the like) between footnotes and
+bibliographies and the sometimes unusual location of page numbers; in
+both styles the distinction between \enquote{journal} and
+\enquote{magazine,} and the formatting differences between (e.g.)\ a
+work from antiquity and one from the Renaissance, all of these tend to
+overburden the writer who wants to comply with the standard. Many of
+these complexities, in truth, make the specification very nearly
+impossible to implement straightforwardly in a system like
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- options multiply, each requiring a particular
+sort of formatting, until one almost reaches the point of believing
+that every individual book or article should have its own entry type.
+Completeness and usability tend each to exclude the other, so the code
+you have before you is a first attempt to achieve the former without
+utterly sacrificing the latter.
+
+\subsection*{What \textsf{biblatex-chicago} can and can't do}
+\label{sec:bltries}
+
+In short, the \textsf{biblatex} style files in this package try to
+simplify the task of following the two Chicago specifications along
+with their major variants. In the notes \&\ bibliography style, the
+two sorts of reference are treated separately (as are the two
+different note forms, long and short), and you can choose always to
+use the short note form, even at the first citation. In the two
+author-date styles, a series of options allows you to choose which
+date (original printing, reprint, or both) appears in citations and at
+the head of entries in the list of references. In all styles,
+punctuation is placed within quotation marks when needed, and as a
+general rule as many parts of the style as possible are implemented as
+transparently as possible. Thanks to advice I received from Joseph
+Reagle Jr.\ and Charles Schaum while these files were a work in
+progress, I have attended as carefully as I can to backward
+compatibility with the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles, and have
+attempted to minimize both any changes you need to make to achieve
+compliance with the Chicago specification, and indeed also any changes
+necessary to switch between the two Chicago styles. There is no doubt
+room for improvement on this score, but even now, for a substantial
+number of entries, any well-constructed .bib file that works for other
+\textsf{biblatex} styles will \enquote{just work} under
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. By no means, however, will all entries in
+such a .bib file produce equally satisfactory results. Using this
+documentation and the examples in \textsf{dates-test.bib} and/or
+\textsf{notes-test.bib}, it should be possible to achieve compliance,
+though the amount of revision necessary to do so will vary
+significantly from .bib file to .bib file. Conversely, once you have
+created a database for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it won't necessarily
+work well with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. Indeed, most, quite
+possibly all, users will find that they need to use special formatting
+macros within the .bib file that would make such a file unusable in
+any other context. I strongly recommend, if you want to experiment
+with this style, that you work on a copy of any .bib files that are
+important to you, until you have determined that this package does
+what you need/want it to do.
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace When I first began working on this package, I made the
+decision to alter as little as possible the main files from Lehman's
+\textsf{biblatex}, so that my .bbx and .cbx files would use his
+original \LaTeX\ .sty file and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ .bst file. As you
+proceed, you will no doubt encounter some of the consequences of this
+decision, with certain fields and entry types in the .bib file having
+less-than-memorable names because I chose to use the supplementary
+ones provided by \textsf{biblatex} rather than alter that package's
+files. With additions to the standard data model now possible, this
+will be one of the directions for future development, particularly if
+other styles are adopting certain broad conventions. Needless to say,
+I'm open to advice and suggestions on this score.
+
+\section{The Specification:\ Notes\,\&\,Bibliography}
+\label{sec:Spec}
+
+In what follows, I attempt to explain all the parts of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that might be considered somehow
+\enquote{non standard,} at least with respect to the styles included
+with \textsf{biblatex} itself, though in the section on entry fields I
+have also duplicated a lot of the information in
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of
+the system. Headings in \mycolor{green} \colmarginpar{\textsf{New in
+ this release}} indicate material new to this release, or
+occasionally old material that has undergone significant revision.
+Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the \emph{Chicago Manual
+ of Style}, 16th edition. The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} contains
+many examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, should produce the same output as you
+see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output, where
+the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state of
+affairs which does sometimes occur. I have provided
+\textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}, which shows how my system processes
+\textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I have also included the reference keys
+from the latter file below in parentheses.
+
+\subsection{Entry Types}
+\label{sec:entrytypes}
+
+The complete list of entry types currently available in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, minus the odd \textsf{biblatex}
+alias, is as follows: \mycolor{\textbf{article}}, \textbf{artwork},
+\textbf{audio}, \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
+\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
+\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
+\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}},
+\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual},\textbf{misc}, \textbf{music},
+\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings},
+\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}),
+\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings},
+\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias
+\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook},
+\textbf{suppcol\-lec\-tion}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
+(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
+\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}.
+
+\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
+differences between these types and the standard provided by
+\textsf{biblatex}. If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is
+safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles. In
+general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here,
+unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given
+entry type. As a general and important rule, most entry types require
+very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, so it
+seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in the
+next section.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{article}} \emph{Chicago Manual of
+ Style} (14.170) recognizes three different sorts of periodical
+publication, \enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and
+\enquote{newspapers.} The first (14.172) includes \enquote{scholarly
+ or professional periodicals available mainly by subscription,} while
+the second refers to \enquote{weekly or monthly} publications that are
+\enquote{available either by subscription or in individual issues at
+ bookstores or newsstands or online.} \enquote{Magazines} will tend
+to be \enquote{more accessible to general readers,} and typically
+won't have a volume number. Indeed, by fiat I declare that should you
+need to refer to a journal that identifies its issues mainly by year,
+month, or week, then for the purposes of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} such a publication is a
+\enquote{magazine,} and not a \enquote{journal.}
+
+\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use
+the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} ---
+\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off
+the page numbers with a colon, as required by the \emph{Manual}. If,
+however, you need to refer to a \enquote{magazine} or a
+\enquote{newspaper,} then you need to add an \textsf{entrysubtype}
+field containing the exact string \texttt{magazine} or, now, its
+synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The main formatting differences
+between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper} and a plain \textsf{article} are
+that the year isn't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers
+are set off by a comma rather than a colon. Otherwise, the two sorts
+of reference have much in common. (For \textsf{article}, see
+\emph{Manual} 14.175--198; batson, beattie:crime, friedman:learning,
+garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet,
+mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation, saberhagen:beluga,
+warr:ellison, white:callimachus. For \textsf{entrysubtype}
+\texttt{magazine}, see 14.181, 14.199--202; assocpress:gun,
+morgenson:market, reaves:rosen, sten\-ger:privacy.)
+
+\mylittlespace It gets worse. The \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of
+books, plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of
+\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,}
+distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review
+itself. In \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, happily, Lehman provided a
+\textsf{review} entry type which will handle a large subset of such
+citations, though not all. The key rule is this: if a review has a
+separate, non-generic title (gibbard; osborne:poison) in addition to
+something that reads like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you need an
+\textsf{article} entry, with or without the \texttt{magazine}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, depending on the sort of publication containing
+the review. If the only title is the generic \enquote{review of
+ \ldots,} for example, then you'll need the \textsf{review} entry
+type, with or without this same \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle using
+\texttt{magazine}. On \textsf{review} entries, see below. (The
+curious reader will no doubt notice that the code for formatting any
+sort of review still exists in \textsf{article}, as it was initially
+designed for \textsf{biblatex 0.6}, but this new arrangement is
+somewhat simpler and therefore, I hope, better.)
+
+\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a
+generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the
+latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field. Standard \textsf{biblatex}
+intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to
+be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the
+additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
+entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
+powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+to do what you want. Here, however, if all you need is a
+\textsf{titleaddon}, then you want to switch to the \textsf{review}
+type, where you can simply use the \textsf{title} field instead.
+
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details.
+
+\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication here.
+First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that much of what goes into a
+\textsf{titleaddon} field stays unformatted --- no italics, no
+quotation marks --- this plain style is the default for such text,
+which means that you'll have to format any titles within
+\textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with \cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. (The
+\textsf{related} mechanism just mentioned provides this
+automatically.) Second, the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar plain
+style for the titles of other sorts of material found in
+\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries,
+letters to the editor, interviews, the names of regular columns, and
+the like. References may contain both the title of an individual
+article and the name of the regular column, in which case the former
+should go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in
+\textsf{titleaddon}. As with reviews proper, if there is only the
+generic title, then you want the \textsf{review} entry type. (See
+14.203, 14.205, 14.208; morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.)
+
+\mylittlespace Third, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has, I
+believe, subtly changed its recommendations in the case of
+\enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features} (14.207).
+Unfortunately, these changes aren't entirely clear to me. First, it
+suggests that such pieces are \enquote{best dealt with in text or
+ notes.} If, however, \enquote{a bibliography entry should be
+ needed, the name of the newspaper stands in place of the author.}
+The examples it provides, therefore, suggest quite different
+treatments of the same material in notes and bibliography, and they
+don't at any point that I can see recommend a format for short notes.
+I've implemented these recommendations fairly literally, which means
+that in an \textsf{article} entry, \textsf{entrysubtype}
+\texttt{magazine}, or in a \textsf{review} entry,
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and \emph{only} in such
+entries, a missing \textsf{author} field results in the name of the
+periodical (in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) being used as the
+missing author, but \emph{only} in the bibliography and in short
+notes. In long notes, the \textsf{title} will appear first, before
+the \textsf{journaltitle}. Note that the use of the name of the
+newspaper as an author creates sorting issues in the bibliography,
+issues that will mostly be solved for you if you use \textsf{Biber} as
+the backend. If you don't, or if the \textsf{journaltitle} begins
+with a definite or indefinite article with which you can't dispense,
+then you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure that the
+bibliography entry is alphabetized correctly. (See
+lakeforester:pushcarts and, for the sorting issue,
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts} below.)
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following
+the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often
+has an \textsf{editor}, it is not too unusual for a \textsf{title} to
+have, e.g., an \textsf{editor} and/or a \textsf{translator}. In order
+to allow as many permutations as possible on this theme, I have
+brought the \textsf{article} entry type into line with most of the
+other types in allowing the use of the \textsf{namea} and
+\textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate an editor or a translator
+specifically with the \textsf{title}. The \textsf{editor} and
+\textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology with other entry types,
+are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if one is present, and
+with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual string concatenation
+rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace Fifth, if you've been using
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for a while, you may remember using
+the single-letter \cmd{bibstring} mechanism in order to help
+\textsf{biblatex} decide where to capitalize a wide variety of strings
+in numerous entry fields. This mechanism was particularly common in
+all the periodical types, but if you've had a look in
+\textsf{notes-test.bib} while following this documentation, you'll
+have noticed that it no longer appears there. The regular whole-word
+bibstrings still work as normal, but the single-letter ones are
+obsolete, replaced by the \cmd{autocap} macro, which itself only
+occurs twice in \textsf{notes-test.bib}. Basically, in certain
+fields, just beginning your data with a lowercase letter activates the
+mechanism for capitalizing that letter depending on its context within
+a note or bibliography entry. Please see \textbf{\textbackslash
+ autocap} below for the details, but both the \textsf{titleaddon} and
+\textsf{note} fields are among those treating their data this way, and
+since both appear regularly in \textsf{article} entries, I thought the
+problem merited a preliminary mention here.
+
+\mylittlespace Sixth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort
+of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the
+\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the
+\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype}, is what you'll
+need. (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would
+normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and
+retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement
+isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.) The \textsf{note}
+field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with
+the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines),
+whether you are citing one article or the whole issue
+(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). Indeed, this is a somewhat
+specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of
+information you need to include in an \textsf{article},
+\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, then you shouldn't put
+it in the \textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or
+perhaps \textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer).
+
+\mylittlespace Seventh, if you wish to cite a television or radio
+broadcast, the \textsf{article} type, \textsf{entrysubtype}
+\texttt{magazine} is the place for it. The name of the program would
+go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the episode in
+\textsf{title}, and the network's name in the \textsf{usera} field.
+Of course, if the piece you are citing has only a generic name (an
+interview, for example), then the \textsf{review} type would be the
+best place for it. (8.185, 14.221; see bundy:macneil for an example
+of how this all might look in a .bib file. Commercial recordings of
+such material would need one of the audiovisual entry types, probably
+\textsf{audio} or \textsf{video} [friends:leia], while recordings from
+archives fit best either into \textsf{online} or into \textsf{misc}
+entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype} [coolidge:speech,
+roosevelt:speech].)
+
+\mylittlespace Eighth, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
+(14.243--6) specifies that blogs and other, similar online material
+should be presented like \textsf{articles}, with \texttt{magazine}
+\textsf{entrysubtype} (ellis:blog). The title of the specific entry
+goes in \textsf{title}, the general title of the blog goes in
+\textsf{journaltitle}, and the word \enquote{\texttt{blog}} in the
+\textsf{location} field (though you could just use special formatting
+in the \textsf{journaltitle} field itself, which may sometimes be
+necessary). Comments on blogs, with generic titles like
+\enquote{comment on} or \enquote{reply to,} need a \textsf{review}
+entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}. Such comments make
+particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon}
+fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal}
+in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the details on how this
+works.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you
+browse through \textsf{notes-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many
+of the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article} and
+\textsf{review} (and, indeed, \textsf{periodical}) types attempt to
+address. It may be that in future releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} I'll be able to simplify these
+procedures somewhat, but in the meantime it might be of some comfort
+that I have found in my own research that the unusual and/or limit
+cases are really rather rare, and that the vast majority of sources
+won't require any knowledge of these onerous details.
+
+\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has
+pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were
+straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks. The
+\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such
+references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to
+include them in the bibliographical apparatus at all. Still, it's
+easy to conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might
+be desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this
+purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined. The two I
+chose to include in previous releases were \textsf{artwork} and
+\textsf{image}, the former intended for paintings, sculptures,
+etchings, and the like, the latter for photographs. The 16th edition
+of the \emph{Manual} has modified its specifications for presenting
+photographs so that they are the same as for works in all other media.
+The \textsf{image} type, therefore, is now merely a clone of the
+\textsf{artwork} type, maintained mainly to provide backward
+compatibility for users migrating from the old specification to the
+current one.
+
+\mylittlespace Constructing an entry is fairly straightforward. As
+one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author} and the name of
+the work in \textsf{title}. The \textsf{type} field is intended for
+the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper, albumen print
+--- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an
+etching. You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note},
+and the current location in \textsf{organization},
+\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of
+generality. The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types,
+uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the
+first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence,
+use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for
+you. (See \emph{Manual} 3.22, 8.193; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.)
+
+\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.193) says
+that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set
+ in roman.} If you should need to include such a work in the
+reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype}
+for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could
+use the \textsf{misc} entry type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
+Fortunately, in this instance the other fields in a \textsf{misc}
+entry function pretty much as in \textsf{artwork}.
+
+\mybigspace Following \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} the request of
+Johan Nordstrom, I have included three entry types, all undefined by
+the standard styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual
+sources in accordance with the Chicago specifications. The
+\emph{Manual's} presentation of such sources (14.274--280), though
+admirably brief, seems to me somewhat inconsistent; the proliferation
+of online sources has made the task yet more complex. For the 15th
+edition I attempted to condense all the requirements into two new
+entry types, but ended up relying on three. For the 16th edition, in
+particular, I also need to include the \textbf{online} and even the
+\textbf{misc} entry types, which see, under the audiovisual rubric. I
+shall attempt to delineate the main differences here, and though there
+are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not
+obvious, at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help you
+maintain consistency.
+
+\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical
+recordings that do not have a video component. This means, for
+example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records,
+and tapes. The \textbf{video} type includes most visual media,
+whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding or of
+any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia. The
+\emph{Manual's} treatment (14.280) of the latter suggests that online
+video excerpts, short pieces, and interviews should generally use the
+\textbf{online} type (harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant).
+The \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in the
+others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like} manner.
+Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones would use
+\textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype} (shapey:partita) --- as do
+such favorite educational formats as the slideshow and the filmstrip
+(greek:filmstrip, schubert:muellerin, verdi:corsaro). The
+\emph{Manual} (14.277--280) sometimes uses a similar format for audio
+books (twain:audio), though, depending on the sorts of publication
+facts you wish to present, this sort of material may fall under
+\textsf{music} (auden:reading). Dated audio recordings that are part
+of an archive, online or no, may be presented either in an
+\textsf{online} or in a \textsf{misc} entry with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, the difference mainly being in just how closely
+associated the \textsf{date} will be with the \textsf{title}
+(coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech).
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to
+\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly
+straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in
+\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries. Indeed, please note that I
+compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other
+audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue
+for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an
+\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a
+\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a
+\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see
+schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song
+from a cycle. If the medium in question needs specifying, the
+\textsf{type} field is the place for it. Finally, the
+\textsf{titleaddon} field can specify functions for which
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated handling, e.g., a
+librettist (verdi:corsaro).
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{book}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
+can automatically provide abbreviated references in notes and
+bibliography when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref}
+field. The functionality is not enabled by default, but you can
+enable it in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
+\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
+section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. Cf.\ harley:ancient:cart,
+harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this might look.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the
+means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other
+contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or
+articles. Such an entry can have a \textsf{title} and a
+\textsf{maintitle}, but it can also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all
+three of which will be italicized when printed. In general usage it
+is, therefore, rather like the traditional \textsf{inbook} type, only
+with its \textsf{title} in italics rather than in quotation marks. As
+with the \textsf{book} type, you can automatically enable
+abbreviated references in notes and bibliography, though this isn't
+the default. Please see \textbf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
+section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. (Cf.\ \emph{Manual} 14.114,
+14.127, 14.130; bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, and
+bernhard:themacher for the new abbreviating functionality; also
+euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly
+different presentations in 14.127 and 14.130. Although the
+specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or
+variation. Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to
+maintain consistency.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two
+entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below
+--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
+\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as
+books. In the interests of backward compatibility,
+\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-notes} will so format such an entry, which
+uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
+\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
+\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
+\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}.
+(See clark:mesopot.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{collection}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} entry type, but the package can automatically
+provide abbreviated references in notes and bibliography when you use
+a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The functionality is
+not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the preamble or in
+the \textsf{options} field using the new \texttt{booklongxref} option.
+Please see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and
+\texttt{booklongxref} in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. See
+harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
+might look.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is
+obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
+error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type
+instead.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is
+obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
+error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook}
+type instead.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you
+to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
+the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as
+recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the
+\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf} and \textsf{related}
+mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to
+other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). The lecarre:cornwell entry, for
+example, would allow your readers to find the more-commonly-used
+pseudonym \enquote{John Le Carré} even if they were, for some reason,
+looking under his real name \enquote{David John Moore Cornwell.}\ As I
+read the specification, these cross-references are particularly
+encouraged, bordering on required, when \enquote{a bibliography
+ includes two or more works published by the same author but under
+ different pseudonyms.}\ The following entries in
+\textsf{notes-test.bib} show one way of addressing this:
+crea\-sey:ashe:blast, crea\-sey:york:death, crea\-sey:mor\-ton:hide,
+ashe:crea\-sey, york:crea\-sey and mor\-ton:crea\-sey.
+
+\mylittlespace In these latter cases, you would need merely to place
+the pseudonym in the \textsf{author} field, and the author's real
+name, under which his or her works are presented in the bibliography,
+in the \textsf{title} field. To make sure the cross-reference also
+appears in the bibliography, you can either manually include the entry
+key in a \cmd{nocite} command, or you can put that entry key in the
+\textbf{userc} field in the main .bib entry, in which case
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the expanded abbreviation if and
+only if you cite the main entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{userc}, below.)
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Under ordinary circumstances, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+will connect the two parts of the cross-reference with the word
+\enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in the document's language
+--- in italics. If you wish to present the cross-reference
+differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into the
+\textsf{nameaddon} field.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
+undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of
+\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
+the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications
+for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other
+media. This means that this entry type is now a clone of the
+\textsf{artwork} type, which see. I retain it here as a convenience
+for users migrating from the old to the new specification. (See 3.22,
+8.193; bedford:photo.)
+
+\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}}
+two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical
+formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is
+concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility.
+\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (§~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part
+ of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,}
+while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection
+ which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own
+ title.} The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be placed within
+quotation marks, and in general you can use either type for most
+material falling into these categories. I have, in both types,
+implemented the \emph{Manual's} recommendations for space-saving
+abbreviations in notes and bibliography when you cite multiple pieces
+from the same \textsf{collection}. These abbreviations are activated
+by default when you use the \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field
+in \textsf{incollection} entries and in \textsf{inbook} entries,
+because although the \emph{Manual} (14.113) here specifies a
+\enquote{multiauthor book,} I believe the distinction between the two
+is fine enough to encourage similar treatments. (For more on this
+mechanism see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields},
+below, and the new option \texttt{longcrossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}. Please note that it is also active by
+default in \textsf{letter} and \textsf{inproceedings} entries.) If
+the part of a book to which you are referring has had a separate
+publishing history as a book in its own right, then you may wish to
+use the \textsf{bookinbook} type, instead, on which see above. (See
+\emph{Manual} 14.111--114; \textsf{inbook}: ashbrook:brain,
+phibbs:diary, will:cohere; \textsf{incollection}: centinel:letters,
+contrib:contrib, sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena, keating:dearborn,
+and lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection} entry
+prairie:state] demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref} field with
+its attendant abbreviations in notes and bibliography.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when
+referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the
+inclusive page numbers, not both. If, however, you wish to refer in a
+footnote to a specific page within the chapter,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will always print the optional,
+postnote argument of a \cmd{cite} command --- the page number, say ---
+instead of any inclusive page numbers given in the .bib file
+\textsf{incollection} entry. This mechanism is quite general, that
+is, any specific page reference given in any sort of \cmd{cite}
+command overrides the contents of a \textsf{pages} field in a .bib
+file entry.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works
+pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, the main
+differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an
+\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an
+\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher},
+even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (14.226).
+Please note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}
+mechanism for shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same
+\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in
+\textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inbook} entries. See
+\textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and the option
+\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset} for more
+details.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}} entry type is
+aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard styles, but the
+\emph{Manual} has particular requirements, so if you are citing
+\enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries and
+ encyclopedias,} then this type should simplify the task of
+conforming to the specifications (14.247--248). The main thing to
+keep in mind is that I have designed this entry type for
+\enquote{alphabetically arranged} works, which you shouldn't cite by
+page, but rather by the name(s) of the article(s). Because of the
+formatting required by the \emph{Manual}, we need one of
+\textsf{biblatex's} list fields for this purpose, and in order to keep
+all this out of the way of the standard styles, I have chosen the
+\textsf{lista} field. You should present these article names just as
+they appear in the work, separated by the keyword
+\enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will provide the appropriate prefatory
+string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose each in its
+own set of quotation marks (ency:britannica). In a typical
+\textsf{inreference} entry, very few other fields are needed, as
+\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition
+ (if not the first) must be specified.} In practice, this means a
+\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field.
+
+\mylittlespace There are quite a few other peculiarities to explain
+here. First of all, you should present any well-known works
+\emph{only} in notes, not in a bibliography, as your readers are
+assumed to know where to go for such a reference. You can use the
+\texttt{skipbib} option to achieve this. For such works, and given
+how little information will be present even in a full note, you may
+wish to use \cmd{fullcite} or \cmd{footfullcite} in place of the short
+form, especially if, for example, you are citing different versions of
+an article appearing in different editions.
+
+\mylittlespace If the work is slightly less well known, it may be that
+full publication details are appropriate (times:guide), but this makes
+things more complicated. In earlier releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, you would have had to format the
+\textsf{postnote} field of short notes appropriately, including the
+prefatory string and quotation marks I mentioned above. Now you can
+put an article name in the \textsf{postnote} field of
+\textsf{inreference} entries and have it formatted for you, and this
+holds for both long and short notes, which could allow you to refer
+separately to many different articles from the same reference work
+using only one .bib entry. (In a long note, any \textsf{postnote}
+field stops the printing of the contents of \textsf{lista}.) The only
+limitation on this system is that the \textsf{postnote} field, unlike
+\textsf{lista}, is not a \textsf{biblatex} list, and therefore for the
+formatting to work correctly you can only put one article name in it.
+Despite this limitation, I hope that the current system might simplify
+things for users who cite numerous works of reference.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the
+bibliography, be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field
+will also be presented there, which may not be what you want. A
+separate \textsf{reference} entry might solve this problem, but you
+may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure proper
+alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an
+\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present. (Cf.\
+mla:style, a \textsf{reference} entry that uses section numbers
+instead of alphabetized headings, and \texttt{useeditor=false} in the
+\textsf{options} field instead of a \textsf{sortkey} to ensure the
+correct alphabetization.)
+
+\mylittlespace Speaking of the \textsf{author}, this field holds the
+author of the specific entry (in \textsf{lista}), not the author of
+the \textsf{title} as a whole. This name will be printed after the
+entry's name (grove:sibelius). If you wish to refer to a reference
+work by author or indeed by editor, having either appear at the head
+of the note (long or short) or bibliography entry, then you'll need to
+use a \textsf{book} entry instead (cf.\ schellinger:novel), where the
+\textsf{lista} mechanism will also work in the bibliography, but which
+in every other way will be treated as a normal book, often a good
+choice for unfamiliar or non-standard reference works.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, all of these rules apply to online reference
+works, as well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url}
+but also, always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant
+flux (wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius).
+
+\mybigspace I
+\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}}
+document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both
+because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook}
+instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry
+types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
+author-date styles.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} is the entry type to
+use for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but \emph{only}
+when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished material of
+this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see below.)
+Depending on what sort of information you need to present in a
+citation, you may simply be able to get away with a standard
+\textsf{book} entry, which may then be cited by page number (see
+\emph{Manual} 14.78, 14.88; meredith:letters, adorno:benj). If,
+however, for whatever reason, you need to give full details of a
+specific letter, then you'll need to use the \textsf{letter} entry
+type, which attempts to simplify for you the \emph{Manual}'s rather
+complicated rules for formatting such references. (See 14.117;
+jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ [a completely
+fictitious entry to show the \textsf{crossref} mechanism], white:total
+[a \textsf{book} entry, for the bibliography]).
+
+\mylittlespace To start, the name of the letter writer goes in the
+\textsf{author} field, while the \textsf{title} field contains both
+the name of the writer and that of the recipient, in the form
+\texttt{Author to Recipient}. The \textsf{titleaddon} field contains,
+optionally, the type of correspondence involved. If it's a letter,
+the type needn't be given, but if it's a memorandum or report or the
+like, then this is the place to specify that fact. Also, because the
+\textsf{origdate} field only accepts numbers, if you want to use the
+abbreviation \enquote{n.d.} (or \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for
+undated letters, then this is where you should put it. If you need to
+specify where a letter was written, then you can also use this field,
+and, if both are present, remember to separate the location from the
+type with a comma, like so: \texttt{memorandum, London}.
+Alternatively, you can put the place of writing into the
+\textsf{origlocation} field. Most importantly, the date of the letter
+itself goes in the \textsf{origdate} field (\texttt{year-month-day}),
+which allows a full date specification, while the publishing date of
+the whole collection goes in the \textsf{date} field, instead of in
+the obsolete \textsf{origyear}. As in other entry types, then, the
+\textsf{date} field has its ordinary meaning of \enquote{date of
+ publication.} (You may have noticed here that the presentation of
+the \textsf{origdate} in this sort of reference is different from the
+date format required elsewhere by the \emph{Manual}. This appears to
+result from some recent changes to the specification, and it may be
+that we could get away with choosing one or the other format for all
+occurrences [6.45], but for the moment I hope this mixed solution will
+suffice.) Another difficulty arises when producing the short footnote
+form, which requires you to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} field of the
+form \enquote{\texttt{to Recipient},} the latter name as short as
+possible while avoiding ambiguity. The remaining fields are fairly
+self explanatory, but do remember that the title of the published
+collection belongs in \textsf{booktitle} rather than in
+\textsf{title}.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, the \emph{Manual} specifies that if you cite
+more than one letter from a given published collection, then the
+bibliography should contain only a reference to said collection,
+rather than to each individual letter, while the form of footnotes
+would remain the same. This should be possible using
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX's standard \textsf{crossref} field, with each
+\textsf{letter} entry pointing to a \textsf{collection} or
+\textsf{book} entry, for example. (If you are using \textsf{Biber},
+then \textsf{letter} entries correctly inherit fields from
+\textsf{book} and \textsf{collection} entries, and also from the
+\textsf{mvbook} and \textsf{mvcollection} types --- \textsf{titles}
+from the former provide a \textsf{booktitle} and from the latter a
+\textsf{maintitle}.) I shall discuss cross references at length later
+(see esp.\ \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below),
+but I should mention here that \textsf{letter} is one of the entry
+types in which a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field
+automatically results in special shortened forms in notes and
+bibliography if more than one piece from a single collection is cited.
+(The other entry types are \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, and
+\textsf{inproceedings}; see 14.113 for the \emph{Manual}'s
+specification.) This ordinarily won't be an issue for \textsf{letter}
+entries in the bibliography, as individual letters aren't included
+there, but it is operative in notes, where you can disable it by
+setting the \texttt{longcrossref=true} option, on which see
+section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below. To stop individual letters
+turning up in the bibliography, you can use the \texttt{skipbib}
+option in the \textsf{options} field.
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two
+traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual}
+suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As
+with this latter, I have retained it in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for backward compatibility, its main
+peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the
+\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be printed both as
+author and as publisher. If you are using \textsf{Biber} you no
+longer need a \textsf{sortkey} field to aid \textsf{biblatex's}
+alphabetization routines, as the style takes care of this for you
+(cf.\ section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below). You also don't need to
+provide a \textsf{shortauthor} field, as the style will automatically
+use \textsf{organization} in the absence of anything else. Of course,
+if you were to use a \textsf{book} entry for such a reference, then
+you would need to define both \textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher}
+using the name you here might have put in \textsf{organization}. (See
+14.92; chicago:manual, dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.)
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{misc}} its name suggests, the
+\textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a hold-all for citations that
+didn't quite fit into other categories. In
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I have somewhat extended its
+applicability, while retaining its traditional use. Put simply, with
+no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a \textsf{misc} entry will retain
+backward compatibility with the standard styles, so the usual
+\textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version}, and \textsf{type} fields are
+all available for specifying an otherwise unclassifiable text, and the
+\textsf{title} will be italicized. (The \emph{Manual}, you may wish
+to note, doesn't give specific instructions on how such citations
+should be formatted, so when using the Chicago style I would recommend
+you have recourse to this traditional entry type as sparingly as
+possible.)
+
+\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the
+\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters,
+memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making
+it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter},
+\textsf{article}, and \textsf{review} entry types (which see). It
+also works well for presenting online audio pieces, particularly dated
+ones, like speeches. Typically, such an entry will cite part of an
+archive, and equally typically the text cited won't have a specific
+title, but only a generic one, whereas an \textsf{unpublished} entry
+will ordinarily have a specific author and title, and won't come from
+a named archive. The \textsf{misc} type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}
+defined is the least formatted of all those specified by the
+\emph{Manual}, so titles are in plain text, and any location details
+take no parentheses in full footnotes. (It is quite possible, though
+somewhat unusual, for archival material to have a specific title,
+rather than a generic one. In these cases, you will need to enclose
+the title inside a \cmd{mkbibquote} command manually. Cf.\
+roosevelt:speech, shapey:partita.)
+
+\mylittlespace If you are wondering what to put in
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, the answer is, currently, anything at all. You
+no longer need to put the exact string \texttt{letter} there in order
+to move the date into closer proximity with the \textsf{title}.
+Indeed, recent reconsideration of the \emph{Manual} has suggested that
+the distinction to be drawn in this class of material hasn't to do
+with \emph{where} the date is presented but, rather, with \emph{how}
+it is presented. As I understand the specification, it draws a
+distinction between archival material that is \enquote{letter-like}
+(letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams) and that which isn't
+(interviews, wills, contracts, speeches, or even personal
+communications you've received and which you wish to cite). This may
+not always be the easiest distinction to draw, and in earlier releases
+of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I ignored it, but once you've decided to
+classify it one way or the other you put the date in the
+\textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc., and into the \textsf{date}
+field for the others.
+
+\mylittlespace In effect, whether it's a \textsf{letter} entry or a
+\enquote{letter-like} \textsf{misc} entry (with
+\textsf{entrysubtype}), it is by using the \textsf{origdate} field
+that you identify when it was written, and the \textsf{origlocation},
+if needed, identifies where it was written. Other sorts of
+\textsf{misc} entry (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) use the \textsf{date}
+field (but still the \textsf{origlocation}). This maintains
+consistency of usage across entry types and also, I hope, improves
+compliance when using the \textsf{misc} type for citing archival
+material. Remember, however, that without an \textsf{entrysubtype}
+the entry will be treated as traditional \textsf{misc}, and the title
+italicized. In addition, defining \textsf{entrysubtype} activates the
+automatic capitalization mechanism in the \textsf{title} field of
+\textsf{misc} entries, on which see\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}
+in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} below. (See 14.219-220, 14.231,
+14.232-242; creel:house, dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview.)
+
+\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
+unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent}, and
+further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
+including the abbreviation \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ (or
+\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for undated examples. The \textsf{note},
+\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location}
+fields (in ascending order of generality) allow the specification of
+which manuscript collection now holds the letter, though the
+\emph{Manual} specifies (14.238) that well-known depositories don't
+usually need a city, state or country specified. (The traditional
+\textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.) Both the long
+and short note forms can use the same \textsf{title}, but in both
+cases you may need to use the \cmd{headlesscite} command to avoid the
+awkward repetition of the author's name, though that name will always
+appear in the bibliography (creel:house). If you want to include the
+date of a letter in a short note, I have provided the
+\cmd{letterdatelong} command for inclusion in the postnote field of
+the citation command. (The standard \textsf{biblatex} command
+\cmd{printdate} will work if you need to do the same for interviews.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace As with \textsf{letter} entries, the \emph{Manual}
+(14.233) suggests that bibliography entries contain only the name of
+the manuscript collection, unless only one item from that collection
+is cited. The \textsf{crossref} field can be used, as well as the
+\texttt{skipbib} option, for preventing the individual items from
+turning up in the bibliography. Obviously, this is a matter for your
+discretion, and if you're using only short notes (see the
+\texttt{short} option, section~\ref{sec:useropts} below), you may feel
+the need to include more information in the note if the bibliography
+doesn't contain a full reference to an individual item.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, if the \textsf{misc} entry isn't a letter,
+remember that, as in \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries,
+words like \texttt{interview} or \texttt{memorandum} needn't be
+capitalized unless they follow a period --- the automatic
+capitalization routines (with the \textsf{title} field starting with a
+lowercase letter [see dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview, and
+\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}]) will ensure correctness. In all
+this class of archived material, the \emph{Manual} (14.232) quite
+specifically requires more consistency within your own work than
+conformity to some external standard, so it is the former which you
+should pursue. I hope that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} proves
+helpful in this regard.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} revised its recommendations more for this type than for
+any other, so if by any chance you have been using the 15th edition
+style the notes which follow present several large changes that you'll
+need to make to your .bib files. The good news is that some, though
+by no means all, of those changes involve considerable
+simplifications. \textsf{Music} is one of three audiovisual entry
+types, and is intended primarily to aid in the presentation of musical
+recordings that do not have a video component, though it can also
+include audio books (auden:reading). A DVD or VHS of an opera or
+other performance, by contrast, should use the \textbf{video} type
+instead, while an online music video will probably need an
+\textbf{online} entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{online} and \textsf{video};
+handel:messiah, horowitz:youtube.) Because \textsf{biblatex} --- and
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were designed primarily for citing
+book-like objects, some choices needed to be made in assigning the
+various roles found on the back of a CD to the fields in a typical
+.bib entry. I have also implemented several bibstrings to help in
+identifying these roles within entries. If you can think of a simpler
+way to distribute the roles, please let me know, so that I can
+consider making changes before anyone gets used to the current
+equivalences.
+
+\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
+\begin{description}
+\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s),
+ depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head
+ of the entry.
+\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or
+ performer(s). These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of
+ the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor}
+ options can alter the presentation within an entry. Because these
+ are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the
+ following:
+\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
+ all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be
+ \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and,
+ oddly, \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful when
+ identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need
+ further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from
+ falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
+\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual
+ types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to
+ collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a
+ song title, in which latter case the album title would go into
+ \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for
+ something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}.
+\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely-associated
+ fields are intended for presenting the catalog information provided
+ by the music publisher. The 16th edition generally only requires
+ the \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} fields (nytrumpet:art),
+ which hold the record label and catalog number, respectively.
+ Alternatively, \textsf{publisher} would function as a synonym for
+ \textsf{series} (holiday:fool), but there may be cases when you need
+ or want to specify a publisher in addition to a label, as was the
+ general requirement in the 15th edition. (This might happen, for
+ example, when a single publisher oversees more than one label.) You
+ can certainly put all of this information into one of the above
+ fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more
+ readable.
+\item[howpublished/pubstate:] The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
+ (14.276) has rather helpfully eliminated any reference to the
+ specialized symbols (\texttt{\textcircledP} \&\
+ \texttt{\textcopyright}) found in the 15th edition for presenting
+ publishing information for musical recordings. This means that the
+ \textsf{howpublished} field is obsolete, and you can remove it from
+ \textsf{music} entries in your .bib files. The \textsf{pubstate}
+ field, therefore, can revert to its standard use for identifying
+ reprints. In \textsf{music} entries, putting \texttt{reprint} here
+ will transform the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an
+ entire album into an original release date for that album, notice of
+ which will be printed towards the end of a note or bibliography
+ entry.
+\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As though to compensate for the
+ simplification I've just mentioned, the \textsf{Manual} now states
+ that \enquote{citations without a date are generally unacceptable}
+ (14.276). Finding a date may take some research, but they will
+ basically fall into two types, i.e., the date(s) of the recording or
+ the copyright / publishing date(s). Recording dates go either in
+ \textsf{origdate} (for complete albums) or \textsf{eventdate} (for
+ individual tracks). The copyright or publishing dates go either in
+ the \textsf{date} field (which applies to the current medium you are
+ citing) or in the \textsf{origdate} field (which refers to the
+ original release date). You may have noticed that the
+ \textsf{origdate} has two slightly different uses --- you can tell
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} which sort you intend by using the string
+ \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, which transforms
+ the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date into an original release
+ date. The style will automatically prepend the bibstring
+ \texttt{recorded} to the \textsf{eventdate} or, in the absence of
+ this \textsf{pubstate} mechanism, to the \textsf{origdate}, or even
+ to both, but you can modify what is printed there using the
+ \textsf{userd} field, which acts as a sort of date type modifier.
+ In \textsf{music} entries, \textsf{userd} will be prepended to an
+ \textsf{eventdate} if there is one, barring that to the
+ \textsf{origdate}, barring that to a \textsf{urldate}, and absent
+ those three to the \textsf{date}. (See floyd:atom, nytrumpet:art.)
+ \item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
+ field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm,
+ 8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis.
+\end{description}}
+
+The entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} should at least give you a good
+idea of how this all works, and that file also contains an example of
+an audio book presented in a \textsf{music} entry. If you browse the
+examples in the \emph{Manual} you will see some variations in the
+formatting choices there, from which I have made selections for
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. It wasn't always clear to me that these
+variations were rules as opposed to possibilities, so I've ignored
+some of them in the code. Arguments as to why I'm wrong will, of
+course, be entertained. (Cf. 14.276--77; \textsf{eventdate},
+\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd}; auden:reading, beethoven:sonata29,
+bernstein:shostakovich, floyd:atom, holiday:fool, nytrumpet:art,
+rubinstein:chopin.)
+
+\mybigspace All \mymarginpar{\textbf{mvbook}\\\textbf{mvcollection}%
+ \\\textbf{mvproceedings}\\\textbf{mvreference}} four of these entry
+types function more or less as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. I would
+like, however, to emphasize a couple of things. First, each is
+aliased to the entry type that results from removing the \enquote{mv}
+from their names. Second, assuming you are using \textsf{Biber} and
+not \textsc{Bib}\TeX, each has an important role as the target of
+cross-references from other entries, the \textsf{title} of the
+\textbf{mv*} entry \emph{always} providing a \textsf{maintitle} for
+the entry referencing it. If you want to provide a \textsf{booktitle}
+for the referencing entry, please use another entry type, e.g.,
+\textbf{collection} for \textbf{incollection} or \textbf{book} for
+\textbf{inbook}. (These distinctions are particularly important to
+the correct functioning of the abbreviated references that
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, in various circumstances, provides. Please
+see the documentation of the \textbf{crossref} field in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.)
+
+\mylittlespace On the same subject, when multi-volume works are
+presented in the reference apparatus, the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27)
+requires that any dates presented should be appropriate to the
+specific nature of the citation. In short, this means that a date
+range that is right for the presentation of a multi-volume work in its
+entirety isn't right for citing, e.g., a single volume of that work
+which appeared in one of the years contained in the date range.
+Because child entries will by default inherit all the date fields from
+their parent (including the \textsf{endyear} of a date range), I have
+turned off the inheritance of \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}
+fields from all of the \textbf{mv*} entry types to any other entry
+type. When the dates of the parent and of the child in such a
+situation are exactly the same, then this unfortunately requires an
+extra field in the child's .bib entry. When they're not the same, as
+will, I believe, often be the case, this arrangement saves a lot of
+annoying work in the child entry to suppress wrongly-inherited fields.
+Other sorts of parent entries aren't affected by this, and of course
+you must be using \textsf{Biber} for the settings to apply. See
+harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
+might look.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{online}}}
+\label{sec:online}
+
+The \emph{Manual}'s scattered instructions (14.4--13, 14.166--169,
+14.184--185, 14.200, 14.223, 14.243--246) for citing online materials
+are slightly different from those suggested by standard
+\textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, this is a case where complete backward
+compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible,
+because as a general rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not
+only where a source is found, but also the nature of that source,
+e.g., if it's an online edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it
+calls for a \textsf{book} entry. Even if you cite an intrinsically
+online source, if that source is structured more or less like a
+conventional printed periodical, then you'll probably want to use
+\textsf{article} or \textsf{review} instead of \textsf{online}
+(stenger:privacy, which cites \emph{CNN.com}). The 16th edition's
+suggestions for blogs lend themselves well to the \textsf{article}
+type, too, while comments become, logically, \textsf{reviews}
+(14.243--6; ellis:blog, ac:comment). Otherwise, for online documents
+not \enquote{formally published,} the \textsf{online} type is usually
+the best choice (evanston:library, powell:email). Online videos, in
+particular short pieces or those that present excerpts of some longer
+event or work, and also online interviews, usually require this type,
+too. (See harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant, but cp.\
+weed:flatiron, a complete film, which requires a \textsf{video}
+entry.) Online audio pieces, particularly dated ones from an archive,
+work well either with an \textsf{online} entry or with a \textsf{misc}
+entry with an \textsf{entrysubtype}; the latter will print the
+\textsf{date} in somewhat closer association with the \textsf{title}
+(coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech). Some online materials will, no
+doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry type, but so long as all
+locating information is present, then perhaps that is enough to
+fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like to hope.
+
+\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much
+the same as in \textsf{biblatex}. The \textsf{title} field would
+contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could
+hold the title or owner of the whole site. If there is no specific
+title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then such a
+title should go in \textsf{titleaddon}, not forgetting to begin that
+field with a lowercase letter so that capitalization will work out
+correctly. It is worth remarking here, too, that the 16th edition of
+the \emph{Manual} (14.7--8) prefers, if they're available, revision
+dates to access dates when documenting online material. See
+\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
+brief on this subject (14.230), but very clear about which information
+it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well with other
+\textsf{biblatex} styles. The important date, as far as Chicago is
+concerned, is the filing date. If a patent has been filed but not yet
+granted, then you can place the filing date in either the
+\textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically prepend the
+bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it. If the patent has been granted,
+then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you
+put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the
+bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended. (In
+other words, you no longer need to use a hand-formatted
+\textsf{addendum} field, though you can place additional information
+in that field if desired, and it will be printed in close association
+with the dates.) The patent number goes in the \textsf{number} field,
+and you should use the standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the
+\textsf{type} field. Though it isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual},
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the \textsf{holder} after
+the \textsf{author}, if you provide one. Finally, the 16th edition of
+the \emph{Manual} has removed the quotation marks from around
+\textsf{patent} titles, and also capitalized them sentence-style, both
+of which seem to be the generally-accepted conventions. The former
+requires no intervention from you, but the latter may mean revision of
+the \textsf{title} field to provide the lowercase letters manually.
+See petroff:impurity.
+
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
+periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same
+function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and in the main uses the
+same fields, though in keeping with the system established in the
+\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are
+citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a
+\enquote{journal.} Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the
+place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its
+initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization
+routines. (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.)
+
+\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex}
+field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title}
+field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present,
+into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the
+details on how this works.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
+can automatically provide abbreviated references in notes and
+bibliography when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref}
+field. The functionality is not enabled by default, but you can
+enable it in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
+\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
+section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is
+aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
+styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a
+reference work but not an alphabetized entry or entries in that work.
+This could be because it doesn't contain such entries, or perhaps
+because you intend the citation to appear in a bibliography rather
+than in notes. Indeed, the only differences between it and
+\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present
+an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field
+will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized
+entry. (See mla:style for an example of a reference work that uses
+numbered sections rather than alphabetized entries, and that appears
+in the bibliography as well.)
+
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
+\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather
+thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have
+followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope
+that the results conform to the specification. At least one user has
+indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside
+quotation marks instead of in italics, but affects nothing else. This
+detail aside, the type's main peculiarities are the
+\textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher}, the
+\textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in question,
+the \textsf{number} field closely associated with the \textsf{type},
+and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the International Standard
+Technical Report Number of a technical report. As in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport} entry, then the
+\textsf{type} field automatically defaults to
+\cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet} and
+\textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting the
+report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
+\textsf{publisher}. (See herwign:office.)
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry
+type was added to \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, and it certainly eases the
+task of coping with the \emph{Manual}'s complicated requirements for
+citing periodicals of all sorts, though it doesn't, I admit, eliminate
+all difficulties. As its name suggests, this entry type was designed
+for reviews published in periodicals, and if you've already read the
+\textsf{article} instructions above --- if you haven't, I recommend
+doing so now --- you'll know that \textsf{review} serves as well for
+citing other sorts of material with generic titles, like letters to
+the editor, obituaries, interviews, online comments and the like. The
+primary rule is that any piece that has only a generic title, like
+\enquote{review of \ldots,} \enquote{interview with \ldots,} or
+\enquote{obituary of \ldots,} calls for the \textsf{review} type. Any
+piece that also has a specific title, e.g., \enquote{\enquote{Lost in
+ \textsc{Bib}\TeX,} an interview with \ldots,} requires an
+\textsf{article} entry. (This assumes the text is found in a
+periodical of some sort. Were it found in a book, then the
+\textsf{incollection} type would serve your needs, and you could use
+\textsf{title} and \textsf{titleaddon} there. While we're on the
+topic of exceptions, the \emph{Manual} includes an example --- 14.221
+--- where the \enquote{Interview} part of the title is considered a
+subtitle rather than a titleaddon, said part therefore being included
+inside the quotation marks and capitalized accordingly. Not having
+the journal in front of me I'm not sure what prompted that decision,
+but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} would obviously have no difficulty
+coping with such a situation.)
+
+\mylittlespace Once you've decided to use \textsf{review}, then you
+need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules
+for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry. If it is a
+\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The generic title
+goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in
+an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype},
+including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the
+\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205,
+14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221; barcott:review, bundy:macneil,
+Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor,
+nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, wallraff:\\word.) If, on the other
+hand, the piece comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}. The generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and
+the remaining fields work just as they do in a plain \textsf{article}
+entry. (See 14.215; ratliff:review.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details.
+
+\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described
+them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of
+them briefly here. If anything in the \textsf{title} needs
+formatting, you need to provide those instructions yourself, as the
+default is completely plain. (The \textsf{related} mechanism just
+mentioned provides this automatically.) \textsf{Author}-less reviews
+are treated just like similar newspaper articles --- in short notes
+and in the bibliography the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author
+and heads the entry, while in long notes the \textsf{title} comes
+first. The sorting of such entries is an issue, solved if you use
+\textsf{Biber} as your backend, and otherwise requiring manual
+intervention with a \textsf{sortkey} or the like (14.217;
+gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.).
+As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like
+\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need
+capitalization after a full stop, i.e., ordinarily in a bibliography
+and not a note, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} automatically deals
+with this problem itself if you start the \textsf{title} field with a
+lowercase letter. The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} and the
+documentation of \cmd{autocap} will provide guidance here.
+
+\mylittlespace One detail of the \textsf{review} type is fairly new,
+and responds to the needs of the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}.
+As I mentioned above, blogs are best treated as \textsf{articles} with
+\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, whereas comments on those
+blogs --- or on any similar sort of online content --- need the
+\textsf{review} type with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}. What they
+will frequently also need is a date of some sort closely associated
+with the comment (14.246; ac:comment), so I have included the
+\textsf{eventdate} in \textsf{review} entries for just this purpose.
+It will be printed just after the \textsf{author} and before the
+\textsf{title}. If you need a timestamp in addition, then the
+\textsf{nameaddon} field is the place for it, but you'll have to
+provide your own parentheses, in order to preserve the possibility of
+providing pseudonyms in square brackets that is the standard function
+of this field in all other entry types, and possibly in the the
+\textsf{review} type as well.
+
+\mylittlespace For the reasons I explained in the \textsf{article}
+docs above, I have brought the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
+entry types into line with most of the other types in allowing the use
+of the \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate
+an editor or a translator specifically with the \textsf{title}. The
+\textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology
+with other entry types, are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if
+one is present, and with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual
+string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and
+\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in
+\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates
+the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a
+\textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the
+details on how this works.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to
+use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a
+book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward,
+either by the same or a different author. In previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} these three just-mentioned types of
+material, and only these three types, could be referenced using the
+\textsf{introduction}, \textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword}
+fields, a system that required you simply to define one of them in any
+way and leave the others undefined. The macros don't use the text
+provided by such an entry, they merely check to see if one of them is
+defined, in order to decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at
+stake, and to print the appropriate string before the \textsf{title}
+in long notes, short notes, list of shorthands, and bibliography. I
+have retained this mechanism both for backward compatibility and
+because it works without modification across multiple languages, but
+have also added functionality which allows you to cite any sort of
+supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field. Under
+this system, simply put the nature of the material, including the
+relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase letter
+so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization
+depending on the context. Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface
+ to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.} (Please note, however,
+that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type}
+field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace There are a few other rules for constructing your .bib
+entry. The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the
+introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the
+author of the main text of the work, if the two differ. For the 16th
+edition, the \emph{Manual} requires the inclusion of the page range of
+the part in question, though \emph{only} in the bibliography. I have
+followed this advice literally, so the \textsf{pages} field of a
+\textsf{suppbook} entry won't automatically appear in a long note. If
+you wish to include those pages in a note, then you'll need to repeat
+them in the \textsf{postnote} field of the citation command.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, if the focus of the reference is the main text
+of the book, but you want to mention the name of the writer of an
+introduction or afterword for bibliographical completeness, then the
+normal \textsf{biblatex} rules apply, and you can just put their name
+in the appropriate field of a \textsf{book} entry, that is, in the
+\textsf{foreword}, \textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{introduction} field.
+(See \emph{Manual} 14.116; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a
+function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}. Indeed, I believe the
+\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in
+both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to
+\textsf{suppbook}, which see.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type, new in
+\textsf{biblatex} 0.8, is intended to allow reference to
+generically-titled works in periodicals, such as regular columns or
+letters to the editor. Previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provided the \textsf{review} type for
+this purpose, and now you can use either of these, as I've added
+\textsf{suppperiodical} as an alias of \textsf{review}. Please see
+above under \textbf{review} for the full instructions on how to
+construct a .bib entry for such a reference.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
+\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a
+lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps
+an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory
+\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't
+ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence.
+Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print
+information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator},
+\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file. Also,
+conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the
+prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue},
+\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon}
+fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like
+(14.226--8; nass:address).
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three
+audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
+citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast,
+on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray. As with the \textsf{music} type
+discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the
+production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided
+by \textsf{biblatex}. Here are the main correspondences:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
+\begin{description}
+\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the
+ director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed
+ in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate
+ \textsf{editortype} (see below). You will need it, however, to
+ identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS (handel:messiah),
+ or perhaps the provider of commentaries or other extras on a film
+ DVD (cleese:holygrail).
+\item[editor, editora, editorb =] director or producer, or possibly
+ the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances. These
+ will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the
+ usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter
+ the presentation within an entry. Because these are non-standard
+ roles, you will need to identify them using the following:
+\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
+ all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will
+ likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly,
+ \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful if you want to
+ identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying
+ and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the
+ default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
+\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, booktitleaddon, maintitle:] As
+ with the other audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an
+ analogue both to books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may
+ be of a whole film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one
+ episode in a series or one scene in a film. In the latter cases,
+ the title of the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}. The
+ \textsf{booktitleaddon} field, in a change from the 15th edition,
+ may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number of a
+ TV series, while the \textsf{titleaddon} is for for any information
+ that needs to come between the \textsf{title} and the
+ \textsf{booktitle} (cleese:holygrail, friends:leia, handel:messiah).
+ As in the \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary
+ for a boxed set or something similar.
+\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As with \textsf{music} entries, in
+ order to follow the specifications of the 16th edition of the
+ \emph{Manual}, I have had to provide three separate date fields for
+ citing \textsf{video} sources, but their uses differ somewhat
+ between the two types. In both, the \textsf{date} will generally
+ provide the publishing or copyright date of the medium you are
+ referencing. The \textsf{eventdate} will most commonly present
+ either the broadcast date of a particular TV program, or the
+ recording/performance date of, for example, an opera on DVD. The
+ style will automatically prepend the bibstring \texttt{broadcast} to
+ such a date, though you can use the \textsf{userd} field to change
+ the string printed there. (Absent an \textsf{eventdate}, the
+ \textsf{userd} field in \textsf{video} entries will modify the
+ \textsf{urldate}, and absent those two it will modify the
+ \textsf{date}.) The \textsf{origdate} has more or less the same
+ function, and appears in the same places, as it does in standard
+ book-like entries, providing the date of first release of a film,
+ though there isn't any \texttt{reprint} string associated with it in
+ this entry type. Cf.\ friends:leia, handel:messiah,
+ hitchcock:nbynw.
+\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
+ field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD,
+ Blu-ray, MPEG.
+\end{description}}
+
+As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib}
+should at least give you a good idea of how all this works. (Cf.\
+14.279--80; loc:city, weed:flatiron.)
+
+\subsection{Entry Fields}
+\label{sec:entryfields}
+
+The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete
+list of the entry fields you will need to use
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. As in section \ref{sec:entrytypes},
+I shall include references to the numbered paragraphs of the
+\emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to the entries in
+\textsf{notes-test.bib}. Many fields are most easily understood with
+reference to other, related fields. In such cases, cross references
+should allow you to find the information you need.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous
+information to the end of an entry, after publication data but, with
+the single exception of the \textsf{online} entry type, before any
+\textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field. In the \textsf{patent} entry type
+(which see), it will be printed in close association with the filing
+and issue dates. In a few entry types --- \textsf{article},
+\textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{review},
+and \textsf{video} --- this information will come \emph{after} any
+\textsf{pages} or \textsf{postnote} references present in long notes,
+while in the remainder it comes \emph{before} such information,
+allowing you in particular to use the field to identify a particular
+type of book-like publication when such data won't fit well in another
+part of an entry. In any entry type, if your data begins with a word
+that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
+sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the
+style will take care of the rest. Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See
+\emph{Manual} 14.119, 14.166--168; davenport:attention,
+natrecoff:camera.)
+
+\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances,
+this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex},
+i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given
+work. The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the
+afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right
+to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly
+a matter for the user's judgment. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the
+name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator,
+then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will concatenate these fields in
+the formatted references.
+
+%\vspace{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special
+meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an
+afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation. If
+it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way
+you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}
+undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will do the rest. Cf.\
+\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.91,
+14.116; polakow:afterw.)
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}}}
+\label{sec:annote}
+
+At the request of Emil Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} has,
+since version 0.9, provided a package option (see \texttt{annotation}
+below, section \ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated
+bibliographies. The formatting of such a bibliography is currently
+fairly basic, though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal
+guidelines (14.59). The default in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} is to
+define \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using
+\cmd{par}\cmd{no\-break} \cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can
+alter it by re-declaring the format in your preamble. The
+page-breaking algorithms don't always give perfect results here, but
+the default formatting looks, to my eyes, fairly decent. In addition
+to tweaking the field formatting you can also insert \cmd{par} (or
+even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}}) commands into the text of your
+annotations to improve the appearance. Please consider the
+\texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but it is usable now.
+(N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote} serves as an alias
+for this.)
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this
+\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
+do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
+be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{author}} the most part, I have
+implemented this field in a completely standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+fashion. Remember that corporate or organizational authors need to
+have an extra set of curly braces around them (e.g.,
+\texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from
+treating one part of the name as a surname (14.92, 14.212;
+assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual). If there is no \textsf{author}, then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will, in the bibliography and long
+notes, look in sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a
+\textsf{nameb}, a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a
+compiler) and use that name (or those names) instead, followed by the
+appropriate identifying string (esp.\ 14.87, also 14.76, 14.126,
+14.132, 14.189; boxer:china, brown:bre\-mer, harley:cartography,
+schellinger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:geor\-gia).
+\textsf{Biblatex's} sorting algorithms will use the first of those
+names found, which should ensure correct alphabetization in the
+bibliography. (See \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in
+section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.) In short notes, where the
+\textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat augmented:
+\textsf{shortauthor, author, shorteditor, namea, editor, nameb,
+ translator, namec}. (See \cmd{DeclareLabelname} in
+section~\ref{sec:formatopts}.)
+
+\mylittlespace In the rare cases when this substitution mechanism
+isn't appropriate, you have (at least) two options: either you can
+(chaucer:liferecords) put all the information into a \textsf{note}
+field rather than individual fields, or you can use the
+\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
+\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{useeditor=false},
+\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
+\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field (chaucer:alt).
+If you look at the chaucer:alt entry in \textsf{notes-test.bib},
+you'll notice that you only need to turn off the fields that are
+present in the entry, but please remember to use the new option
+\texttt{usenamec} instead of the old \texttt{usecompiler}, as the
+latter doesn't work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's}
+own name toggles.
+
+\mylittlespace This system of options, then, can turn off
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}'s mechanism for finding a name to
+place at the head of an entry, but it also very usefully adds the
+possibility of citing a work with an \textsf{author} by its editor,
+compiler or translator instead (14.90; eliot:pound), something that
+wasn't possible before. For full details of how this works, see the
+\textsf{editortype} documentation below. (Of course, in
+\textsf{collection}, \textsf{periodical} and \textsf{proceedings}
+entries, an \textsf{author} isn't expected, so there the chain of
+substitutions starts with \textsf{namea} and \textsf{editor}. Also,
+in \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entries with
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the absence of an
+\textsf{author} triggers the use of the \textsf{journaltitle} in its
+stead. See those entry types for further details.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} provides specific
+instructions for formatting the names of both anonymous and
+pseudonymous authors (14.79--84). In the former case, if no author is
+known or guessed at, then it may simply be omitted
+(virginia:plantation). The use of \enquote{Anonymous} as the name is
+\enquote{generally to be avoided,} but may in some cases be useful
+\enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works need to be
+ grouped.} If, on the other hand, \enquote{the authorship is known
+ or guessed at but was omitted on the title page,} then you need to
+use the \textsf{authortype} field to let
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} know this fact. If the author is
+known (horsley:prosodies), then put \texttt{anon} in the
+\textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at (cook:sotweed) put
+\texttt{anon?}\ there. (In both cases,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} tests for these \emph{exact} strings,
+so check your typing if it doesn't work.) This will have the effect
+of enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question
+mark indicating doubt. As long as you have the right string in the
+\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also
+do the right thing automatically in the short note form.
+
+\mylittlespace In most entry types (except \textsf{customc} and
+\textsf{review}, which see), the \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes
+the means to cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship. If the
+author's real name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\,(or
+\cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters). If
+you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include it
+there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
+field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
+(lecarre:quest). If you have given the author's real name in the
+\textsf{author} field, then the pseudonym goes in \textsf{nameaddon},
+in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\ (creasey:ashe:blast,
+creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death). This latter method will
+allow you to keep all references to one author's work under different
+pseudonyms grouped together in the bibliography, as recommended by the
+\emph{Manual}, though it is now recommended that, whichever system you
+employ, you include a cross-reference from one name to the other in
+the bibliography. You can do this using a \textsf{customc} entry
+(ashe:creasey, morton:creasey, york:creasey).
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}}
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in
+keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its
+letter. Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify
+an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is
+anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title
+page of the work you are citing. As I've just detailed under
+\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of
+\enquote{Anonymous} as an author, preferring that you simply omit it.
+If, however, the name of the author is known or guessed at, then
+you're supposed to enclose that name within square brackets, which is
+exactly what \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put
+either \texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed
+at) in the \textsf{authortype} field. (Putting the square brackets in
+yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.) The macros test
+for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see
+the brackets. Assuming the strings are correct,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also automatically do the right
+thing in the short note form. Cf.\ \textsf{author}. (See 14.80--81;
+cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.)
+
+\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in
+\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a
+\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has
+different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that
+fact in a reference (will:cohere). Keep in mind, however, that the
+entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords
+(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of
+\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
+
+\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}}
+a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix
+the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages}
+field. If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying
+string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the
+practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers.
+Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear
+from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank.
+If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the
+\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that
+field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the
+\textsf{bookpagination} field. These bibstrings currently are
+\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,}
+\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by
+\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles.
+
+\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here.
+First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago
+specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the
+strings you expect. Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination}
+applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a
+citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use
+\textsf{pagination}, which see (10.43--44, 14.154--163).
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{booktitle}. See the next entry for further information.
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the
+\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
+\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the
+\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which
+the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part. It is important
+not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more
+general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}. It
+is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three
+sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr). You may also
+find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g.,
+\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost
+invariably be providing information for the traditional
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing apparatus, which I discuss below
+(\textbf{crossref}). This provision is unnecessary if you are using
+\textsf{Biber}.
+
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
+\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without
+quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would
+ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
+simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
+The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{booktitleaddon} field.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
+chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
+\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter
+of a book (ashbrook:brain).
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this
+\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
+do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
+be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}}}
+\label{sec:crossref}
+
+This field is the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing
+mechanism, and \textsf{biblatex} has adopted it while also introducing
+a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}). If you are using
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (or \textsf{bibtex8)} the \textsf{crossref} field
+works exactly the same as it always has, while \textsf{xref} attempts
+to remedy some of the deficiencies of the usual mechanism by ensuring
+that child entries will inherit no data at all from their parents.
+Section~2.4.1.1 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} contains useful notes on the
+intricacies of managing cross-referenced entries with these
+traditional backends, and for the most part these backends are still
+usable, if inconvenient. The functionality, discussed below, for
+abbreviating references in \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+\textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, and for using
+the \textsf{mv*} entry types to do so, will prove extremely difficult
+to replicate with the older backends, so if you plan on lots of
+cross-referencing in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} then I strongly
+recommend you use \textsf{Biber}.
+
+\mylittlespace (One reason for this is that when \textsf{Biber} is the
+backend, \textsf{biblatex} defines a series of inheritance rules for
+the \textsf{crossref} field which make it much more convenient to use.
+Appendix B of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} explains the defaults, to which
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added several that I should mention
+here: \textsf{incollection} entries can now inherit from \textsf{book}
+and \textsf{mvbook} just as they do from \textsf{collection} and
+\textsf{mvcollection} entries; \textsf{letter} entries now inherit
+from \textsf{book}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{mvbook}, and
+\textsf{mvcollection} entries the same way an \textsf{inbook} or an
+\textsf{incollection} entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb},
+\textsf{sortname}, \textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields,
+all highly single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and
+\textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields are not inheritable from
+any of the new \textbf{mv*} entry types.)
+
+\mylittlespace Turning now to the provision of abbreviated references
+in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the \emph{Manual} (14.113)
+specifies that if you cite several contributions to the same
+collection, all (including the collection itself) may be listed
+separately in the bibliography, which the package does automatically,
+using the default inclusion threshold of 2 in the case both of
+\textsf{crossref}'ed and \textsf{xref}'ed entries. (The familiar
+\cmd{nocite} command may also help in some circumstances.) In
+footnotes the specification suggests that, after a citation of any one
+contribution to the collection, all subsequent contributions may, even
+in the first, long footnote, be cited using a slightly shortened form,
+thus \enquote{avoiding clutter.} In the bibliography the abbreviated
+form is appropriate for all the child entries. The
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} package has always implemented these
+instructions, but only if you use a \textsf{crossref} or an
+\textsf{xref} field, and only in \textsf{incollection},
+\textsf{inproceedings}, or \textsf{letter} entries (on the last named,
+see just below). Recent releases have considerably extended this
+functionality.
+
+\mylittlespace First, I added five entry types --- \textbf{book},
+\textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, \textbf{inbook}, and
+\textbf{proceedings} --- to the list of those which use shortened
+cross references, and I added two options --- \texttt{longcrossref}
+and \texttt{booklongxref}, on which more below --- which you can use
+in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to enable
+or disable the automatic provision of abbreviated references. (The
+\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field are still necessary for this
+provision, but they are no longer sufficient on their own.) The
+\textsf{inbook} type works exactly like \textsf{incollection} or
+\textsf{inproceedings}; in previous releases, you could use
+\textsf{inbook} instead of \textsf{incollection} to avoid the
+automatic abbreviation, the two types being otherwise identical. Now
+that you can use an option to turn off abbreviated references even in
+the presence of a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field, I have
+thought it sensible to include this entry type alongside the others.
+(Cf.\ ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and
+prairie:state to see this mechanism in action in both notes and
+bibliography.)
+
+\mylittlespace The inclusion of \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook},
+\textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings} entries fulfills a
+request made by Kenneth L. Pearce, and allows you to obtain shortened
+references to, for example, separate volumes within a multi-volume
+work, or to different book-length works collected inside a single
+volume. Such references are not an explicit part of the
+\emph{Manual's} specification, but they are a logical extension of it,
+so the system of options for turning on this functionality behaves
+differently for these four entry types than for the other 4 (see
+below). In \textsf{notes-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this
+works by looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter,
+bernhard:themacher, harley:ancient:cart, harley:carto\-graphy, and
+har\-ley:hoc.
+
+\mylittlespace Before discussing the new package options, I should say
+a little about some subtleties involved in this mechanism. First, and
+especially for \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+\textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, it is much
+simpler if your backend is \textsf{Biber}, which allows you to provide
+\textsf{maintitles} by cross-referencing an \textbf{mv*} entry, and
+\textsf{booktitles} by cross-referencing \textsf{book} or
+\textsf{collection} entries. Second, where and when to print
+\textsf{volume} information in these references is extremely complex,
+and I confess that I designed the tests primarily with \textsf{Biber}
+in mind. If you can't get it to work using \textsc{Bib}\TeX, or if
+you find something that looks wrong to you, please let me know.
+Third, Andrew Goldstone long ago identified some other difficulties in
+the package's treatment of abbreviated citations, both in notes and
+bibliography, difficulties exacerbated now by the extension of the
+mechanism to book-like entries. If you refer separately to chapters
+in a single-author \textsf{book}, then the shortened part of the
+reference, to the whole book, won't repeat the author's name before
+the title of the whole. If, however, you refer separately to parts of
+a \textsf{collection} or \textsf{proceedings}, even when the
+\textsf{editor} of the \textsf{collection} is the same as the
+\textsf{author} of an essay in the collection, you will see the name
+repeated before the abbreviated part referencing the whole parent
+volume.
+
+\mylittlespace Shortened references to book-like entries require, I
+believe, a somewhat different treatment. Here, repeated
+\textsf{editors} are avoided if the abbreviated reference is to a
+\textsf{collection} or \textsf{proceedings} entry, or to either of
+their \textsf{mv*} versions, while for other entry types repeated
+\textsf{authors} are avoided. Because the code in these situations
+tests for entry type, there may be corner cases where careful choice
+of the parent entry type gets you what you want. Likewise, judicious
+use of the \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} fields may also
+help, in some circumstances, to clear names that are repeated
+unnecessarily. Also, because of the way dates are handled by the
+\textsf{mv*} entry types, and by child entries cross-referenced to
+such entry types, I thought it might help in these abbreviated
+book-like entries to provide a date for the \textsf{title} when it's
+part of a \textsf{maintitle}, though not when it's only part of a
+\textsf{booktitle}. If dates appear in shortened references where
+you'd rather not have them, I have provided the \texttt{omitxrefdate}
+option to turn them off, either in the preamble for the document as a
+whole or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries. There
+is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option available to control the printing
+of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields in
+abbreviated references where such information might otherwise never
+appear. See \textbf{mvbook} in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, and both
+\texttt{omitxrefdate} and \texttt{xrefurl} in
+section~\ref{sec:useropts}.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, a published collection of letters also
+requires different treatment (14.117). If you cite more than one
+letter from the same collection, then the \emph{Manual} specifies that
+only the collection itself should appear in the bibliography. In
+footnotes, you can use the \textsf{letter} entry type, documented
+above, for each individual letter, while the collection as a whole may
+well require a \textsf{book} entry. I have, after some consideration,
+implemented the system of shortened references in \textsf{letter}
+entries, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly require it.
+(See white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the
+\textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and
+please note that the second of these entries is entirely fictitious,
+provided merely for the sake of example.) How then to keep the
+individual letters from appearing in the bibliography? The simplest
+mechanism is probably just to use \enquote{\texttt{skipbib}} in the
+\textsf{options} field.
+
+\mylittlespace If you look closely at the .bib entries for
+white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see that, despite the latter
+using \textsf{xref} instead of \textsf{crossref}, the first note
+referring to it inherits data from the parent (white:total). In the
+abbreviated note and in abbreviated bibliography entries \emph{only},
+the driver is making a separate call to the parent's .bib entry,
+formatting the information there to fill out the bare data provided by
+the child. For the first white:ross:memo note, which contains the
+full bibliographical information for the collection as a whole, I have
+used \textsf{crossref} because this unabbreviated note no longer makes
+a separate call to the parent's entry --- or, technically, it no
+longer makes a call that prints anything at all. This is a change
+from earlier releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so if your
+documents came to rely on the side effects of this separate citation
+for providing data that haven't been inherited by the child, please be
+aware that it no longer works as before. (You could see this by
+citing white:russ \emph{before} white:ross:memo.) This change only
+affects the eight entry types that provide the abbreviated
+cross-references, a provision that is dependent on the settings of two
+preamble and entry options.
+
+\mylittlespace Those \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref}} options
+function, by default, asymmetrically. The first,
+\texttt{longcrossref}, generally controls the settings for the entry
+types more-or-less authorized by the \emph{Manual}: \textsf{inbook},
+\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use
+ \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
+ entry types, you'll get the abbreviated references in both notes and
+ bibliography.
+\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated references in these
+ entry types, either in notes or in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
+ notes, but only in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
+ bibliography, but only in notes.
+\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
+ setting to provide abbreviated references not just to the four entry
+ types mentioned but also to \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+ \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, both in notes
+ and in the bibliography.
+\end{description}
+
+The \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref}} second option,
+\texttt{booklongxref}, controls the settings for \textsf{book},
+\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings}
+entries:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref}
+ or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
+ \emph{not} get any abbreviated references, either in notes or
+ bibliography.
+\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated references in these entry
+ types both in notes and in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
+ notes, but only in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
+ bibliography, but only in notes.
+\end{description}
+
+Please note that you can set both of these options either in the
+preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries,
+allowing you to change the settings on an entry-by-entry basis.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Please further note that in earlier releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using
+\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields
+in combination with this abbreviated cross-referencing mechanism. I
+received, however, a request from Alexandre Roberts to allow the
+shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated cross-reference as
+an additional space-saving measure, and one from Kenneth Pearce to
+permit the combination of the other two fields with \textsf{crossref},
+as well. The \textsf{userf} and \textsf{reprinttitle} fields should
+just work automatically in such circumstances, but
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} the \textsf{shorthand} field
+in parent entries needs to be enabled by setting the
+\texttt{inheritshorthand} package option to \texttt{true}. There are,
+in addition, several other steps required to make this function
+smoothly --- please see the documentation of the \textbf{shorthand}
+field, below, for a full explanation. (In case it isn't clear, the
+combination of \textsf{userf}, \textsf{shorthand}, and
+\textsf{crossref} functionality in a single entry is now possible. If
+you come across any problems or inaccuracies, please report them.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{date}} field may be used to
+specify an item's complete date of publication, in \textsc{iso}8601
+format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. It may also be used to specify a
+date range, according to the instructions in §~2.3.8 of
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf}. Please be aware, however, that \textsf{Biber}
+is somewhat more exacting when parsing the \textsf{date} field than
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like \texttt{1968/75} will simply
+be ignored --- you need \texttt{1968/1975} instead. If you want to
+present a more compressed year range, or more generally if only part
+of a date is required, then the \textsf{month} and \textsf{year}
+fields may be more convenient. The latter may be particularly useful
+in some entries because it can hold more than just numerical data, in
+contrast to \textsf{date} itself. Cf.\ the \textsf{misc} entry type
+in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above for how to use this field to
+distinguish between two classes of archival material. See also
+\textsf{origdate} and \textsf{urldate}.
+
+\mylittlespace I should also point out that you can, in most entry
+types, qualify a \textsf{date} with the \textsf{userd} field, assuming
+that the entry contains no \textsf{urldate}. For \textsf{music} and
+\textsf{video} entries there are several other requirements --- please
+see the documentation of \textsf{userd}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace (Users of the Chicago author-date style who wish to
+minimize the labor needed to convert a .bib database for the notes \&\
+bibliography style should be aware that the latter style includes
+compatibility code for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently ignored) and
+\texttt{switchdates} options, along with the mechanism for reversing
+\textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}. This means that you can, in
+theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib file when making the
+conversion, though I'm retaining the right to revoke this if the code
+in question demonstrably interferes with the functioning of the notes
+\&\ bibliography style.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of
+\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it
+in your .bib files. Use \textsf{date} instead.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, providing the Digital Object Identifier of the work. The 16th
+edition of the \emph{Manual} specifies that, given their relative
+permanence compared to URLs, \enquote{authors should include DOIs
+ rather than URLs for sources that make them readily available}
+(14.6). (14.184; friedman:learn\-ing). Cf.\ \textsf{url}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field. If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will
+convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual), followed by the appropriate
+string. Any other sort of edition information will be printed as is,
+though if your data begins with a word (or abbreviation) that would
+ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
+simply ensure that that word (or abbreviation) is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing
+(babb:peru, times:guide). In most situations, the \emph{Manual}
+generally recommends the use of abbreviations in both bibliography and
+notes, but there is room for the user's discretion in specific
+citations (emerson:nature).
+
+\mylittlespace In a previous release of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I introduced the \textsf{userd} field
+to hold this non-numeric information, as \textsf{biblatex} only
+accepted an integer in the \textsf{edition} field, but this changed in
+version 0.8. The \textsf{userd} field now has an entirely different
+function --- please see its documentation below.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have
+implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but
+the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
+complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
+that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a
+\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
+depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most
+comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is
+one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the
+other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is exactly
+the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
+plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
+numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one
+part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. For
+these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field. You should
+format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
+\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
+\textsf{title} (donne:var).
+
+\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a
+\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given
+\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If \textsf{namea} and
+\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
+concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for
+\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the
+compiler). Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will
+need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title. For this,
+and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit}
+macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field
+or in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (chaucer:liferecords).
+(Because the strings identifying an editor differ in notes and
+bibliography, one can't simply write them out in such a field, hence
+the need for a macro, which I discuss further in the commands section
+below [\ref{sec:formatcommands}].) Please note that, when attempting
+to find a name for the head of a note or a bibliography entry,
+\textsf{namea} takes precedence over \textsf{editor}, and
+\textsf{nameb} over \textsf{translator}. Cf.\ \textsf{namea},
+\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} newer
+releases of \textsf{biblatex} provide these fields as a means to
+specify additional contributors to texts in a number of editorial
+roles. In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for the
+audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}, where
+they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and
+performers. To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype},
+\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\
+bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.)
+
+\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
+exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically find a name to put
+at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and
+proceeding in order through \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (the
+compiler). If all six are missing, then the \textsf{title} will be
+placed at the head. (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries
+with a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing author
+immediately prompts the use of \textsf{journaltitle} at the head of an
+entry. See above under \textsf{article} for details.) The
+\textsf{editortype} field provides even greater flexibility, giving
+you the ability to indicate any number of roles at the head of an
+entry. You can do this even though an author is named (eliot:pound
+shows this mechanism in action for a standard editor, rather than for
+an alternative role). Two things are necessary for this to happen.
+First, in the \textsf{options} field you need to set
+\texttt{useauthor=false}, then you need to put the name you wish to
+see at the head of your entry into the \textsf{editor} or the
+\textsf{namea} field. If the \enquote{editor} is in fact a compiler,
+then you need to put \texttt{compiler} into the \textsf{editortype}
+field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the
+name in both the bibliography and in the long note form.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware.
+Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field,
+which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a
+\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a
+\textsf{booktitle}, the name-finding algorithm checks first to see
+whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be used
+at the head of the entry, if it isn't, or if you've set the option
+\texttt{usenamea=false}, the algorithm will go ahead and look for an
+\textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the
+\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify
+\textsf{namea}. Either of these names should be sorted properly in
+the bibliography, but please be aware that if you want a shortened
+form to appear in short notes then there's only the
+\textsf{shorteditor}, which you should ensure presents whichever of
+the two editors' names appears at the head of long notes or
+bibliography entries.
+
+\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string
+concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlined in his RELEASE file,
+and I have followed his lead. In short, if you define the
+\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
+the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
+\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or
+\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if
+the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a
+\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a
+\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will
+print the appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (14.87)
+recommends not using these identifying strings in the short note form,
+and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If
+you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
+manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
+sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field.
+
+\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain
+requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author},
+for example -- the \texttt{useauthor=false} mechanism is either
+unnecessary or won't work properly in the following entry types:
+\textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{patent},
+\textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{review},
+\textsf{suppbook}, \textsf{suppcollection}, and
+\textsf{suppperiodical}.
+
+\mybigspace These
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields
+identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding
+\textsf{editor[a-c]} field. Note that they are not part of the string
+concatenation mechanism. I have implemented them just as the standard
+styles do, and they have now found a use particularly in
+\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries. Cf.\
+bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to
+identify a particular article. Only applicable to the
+\textsf{article} entry type. Not typically required by the
+\emph{Manual}.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}}}
+\label{sec:entrysub}
+
+Standard and very powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by
+the standard styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} it has four
+very specific uses, the first three of which I have designed in order
+to maintain, as much as possible, backward compatibility with the
+standard styles. First, in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
+\textsf{review} entries, the field allows you to differentiate between
+scholarly \enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and \enquote{magazines}
+and \enquote{newspapers} on the other. Usage is fairly simple: you
+need to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into the
+\textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter two
+types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,} then
+you need do nothing.
+
+\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from
+classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the
+Middle Ages, as well. When you cite such a work using the traditional
+divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are
+presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the
+exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field.
+This has no effect in long notes or in the bibliography, but it does
+affect the formatting of short notes, where it suppresses some of the
+punctuation. Ordinarily, you will use this toggle in a \textsf{book}
+or a \textsf{bookinbook} entry, but it is possible that a journal
+might well also present an edition of such a work. Given the
+tradition of using italics for the titles of such works, this may
+require using a \textsf{titleaddon} field (with hand formatting)
+instead of a \textsf{title}. If you wish to reference a classical or
+medieval work by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard
+edition, then you shouldn't use the \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle.
+Also, and the specification is reasonably clear about this, works from
+the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional divisions,
+have short notes formatted normally, and therefore don't need an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} field. (See \emph{Manual} 14.256--268;
+aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr; euripides:orestes is an
+example of a translation cited by page number in a modern edition.)
+
+\mylittlespace The third use occurs in \textsf{misc} entries. If such
+an entry contains no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, then the citation
+will be treated just as the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles would,
+including the use of italics for the \textsf{title}. Any string at
+all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to
+treat the source as part of an unpublished archive. A \textsf{misc}
+entry with \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the least formatted of all
+those specified by the \emph{Manual} --- see
+section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above under \textbf{misc} for all the
+details on how these citations work.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Fourth, and finally, the field can be defined in the
+\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity
+whose title you do not wish to be italicized. Please see the
+documentation of \textbf{artwork} above for the details.
+
+\mybigspace Kazuo
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}}
+Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent
+\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent me
+a patch implementing it. I have applied it, with minor alterations,
+so these three fields now work more or less as they do in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing more
+abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs,
+though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field. In the 15th edition it was barely used, but
+in order to comply with changes in the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} it can now play a significant role in \textsf{music},
+\textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music}
+entries, it identifies the recording or performance date of a
+particular song (rather than of a whole disc, for which you would use
+\textsf{origdate}), whereas in \textsf{video} entries it identifies
+either the original broadcast date of a particular episode of a TV
+series or the date of a filmed musical performance. In both these
+cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically prepend a bibstring
+--- \texttt{recorded} and \texttt{aired}, respectively --- to the
+date, but you can change this string using the new \textsf{userd}
+field, something you'll definitely want to do for filmed musical
+performances (friends:leia, handel:messiah, holiday:fool).
+
+\mylittlespace The field's use in \textsf{review} entries is somewhat
+different. There, it helps to identify a particular comment within an
+online thread. There isn't a particular string associated with it,
+but you can further specify a comment by placing a time\-stamp in
+parentheses in the \textsf{nameaddon} field, in case the date alone
+isn't enough (ac:comment).
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the
+\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general
+function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Like
+\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a
+special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to
+define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and
+\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a
+citation.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
+field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ
+from the \textsf{author}. The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the
+subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints it (them), in
+parentheses, just after the author(s).
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet}
+entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}. I have also
+retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
+for historical reasons.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field. In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will
+usually identify the university for which the thesis was written,
+while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of
+institution issuing the report.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the
+\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above,
+\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}. Like those fields, however, it has a special
+meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define
+it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword}
+undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a
+publication. Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report
+Number of a report. Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type,
+and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a
+periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry. Not
+typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, designed for \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or
+\textsf{review} entries identified by something like \enquote{Spring}
+or \enquote{Summer} rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or
+\textsf{number} fields (brown:bremer).
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an
+\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special
+issue of any sort of periodical. If the reference is to one article
+within the special issue, then this field should be used in an
+\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing
+the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical}
+entry, instead (good:wholeissue). The \textsf{note} field is the
+proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special
+ issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic
+contextual capitalization.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias. It
+contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found
+in the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entry types. In the case
+where a piece in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review}
+(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't have an author,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provides for this field to be used as
+the author. See above (section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}) under
+\textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and
+nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} will give you some
+idea of how this works. Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal}
+field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in
+notes and/or in the bibliography, and you can also use it to print a
+list of journal abbreviations. Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal}
+documentation below.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
+\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
+filtering bibliography entries, allowing you to subdivide a
+bibliography according to just about any criteria you care to invent.
+See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.11.4) for thorough documentation. In
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field can provide a convenient means to
+exclude certain entries from making their way into a bibliography. We
+have already seen (\textbf{letter}, above) how the \emph{Manual}
+(14.117) requires, in the case of published collections of letters,
+that when more than one letter from the same collected is cited, the
+bibliography should contain only a reference to the collection as a
+whole (white:ross:memo, white:russ, white:total). Similarly, when
+citing both an original text and its translation (see \textbf{userf},
+section~\ref{sec:related} below), the \emph{Manual} (14.109) suggests
+including the original at the end of the translation's bibliography
+entry, a procedure which requires that the original not also be
+printed as a separate bibliography entry (furet:passing:eng,
+furet:passing:fr, aristotle:metaphy:trans, aristotle:metaphy:gr).
+Finally, citations of well-known reference works (like the
+\emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica}, for example), need only be presented
+in notes, and not in the bibliography (14.247--248; ency:britannica,
+wikiped:bibtex; see \textsf{inreference}, above). A \textsf{keywords}
+field can be a convenient way to exclude all such entries from
+appearing in a bibliography, though of course including
+\texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field works, too.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the
+language(s) in which a work is written. As a general rule, the
+Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though
+it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such
+as bilingual editions, for example. There is at least one situation,
+however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is
+when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no
+translation of the work has been published, something that might
+happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a
+majority of your expected readership (14.108, 14.110, 14.194;
+pirumova, rozner:liberation). In such a case, you should provide the
+language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple languages
+using the keyword \texttt{and}. (I have retained \textsf{biblatex's}
+\cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that you can use the
+standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the language you
+need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as it should
+appear in your text. You can also mix these two modes inside one
+entry without apparent harm.)
+
+\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the
+\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to
+provide its translation, as well. If you choose this option, you'll
+need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below. In
+effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields
+in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will
+only print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere}
+over \textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern and weresz). Note
+also that both of these fields are universally associated with the
+\textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a \textsf{booktitle} or a
+\textsf{maintitle}. If you need to attach a language or a translation
+to either of the latter two, you could probably manage it with special
+formatting inside those fields themselves.
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field
+specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are
+arranged alphabetically, where the name of the item rather than a page
+or volume number should be given. The field is a \textsf{biblatex}
+list, which means you should separate multiple items with the keyword
+\texttt{and}. Each item receives its own set of quotation marks, and
+the whole list will be prefixed by the appropriate string
+(\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\ \enquote{s.vv.}).
+\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes} will only print such a field in a
+\textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you should look at
+the documentation of these entry types for further details. (See
+\emph{Manual} 14.247--248; ency:britannica, grove:sibelius,
+times:guide, wikiped:bibtex.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is
+\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field
+\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that
+simplifies the modification of older .bib files. According to the
+\emph{Manual} (14.135), a citation usually need only provide the first
+city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by
+the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately.
+If the place of publication is unknown, you can use
+\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (14.138). For all cities, you should
+use the common English version of the name, if such exists (14.137).
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Three more details need explanation here. In
+\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries,
+there is usually no need for a \textsf{location} field, but
+\enquote{if a journal might be confused with another with a similar
+ title, or if it might not be known to the users of a bibliography,}
+then this field can present the place or institution where it is
+published (14.191, 14.203; lakeforester:pushcarts, kimluu:diethyl, and
+garrett). For blogs cited using \textsf{article} entries, this is a
+good place to identify the nature of the source --- i.e., the word
+\enquote{blog} --- letting the style automatically provide the
+parentheses (14.246; ellis:blog). Less predictably, it is here that
+\emph{Manual} indicates that a particular book is a reprint edition
+(14.119), so in such a case you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma, a space, and the location
+(aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweitzer:bach). (You can also now, somewhat
+more simply, just put the string \texttt{reprint} into the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to achieve the same result. See the
+\textsf{pubstate} documentation in section~\ref{sec:related}.) The
+\textsf{origdate} field may be used to give the original date of
+publication, and of course more complicated situations should usually
+be amenable to inclusion in the \textsf{note} field (emerson:nature).
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a
+multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.}
+(See donne:\hfill var, euripides:orestes, harley:cartography,
+lach:asia, pelikan:christian, and plato:repub\-lic:gr.) When using a
+\textsf{crossref} field and \textsf{Biber}, the \textsf{title} of
+\textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a \textsf{maintitle} in the
+child entry.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
+\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would
+be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word
+that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
+sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
+The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin).
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, containing the month of publication. This should be an
+integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See
+\textsf{date} for more information.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
+\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
+leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
+name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
+\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle}, in which situation the
+\textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter fields
+(donne:var). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries,
+\textsf{namea} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
+\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should
+present names in the field exactly as you would those in an
+\textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and the package will
+concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they are identical.
+When choosing a name to head a note or a bibliography entry,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} gives precedence to \textsf{namea} over
+\textsf{editor}. See under \textbf{editor} above for the full
+details. Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry
+specific, if you are using \textsf{Biber} \textsf{namea} isn't
+inherited from a \textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note,
+also, that you can use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this
+role just as you can with \textsf{editortype}, which see. Cf.\ also
+\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros
+\cmd{partedit},\,\cmd{parttrans},\,\cmd{parteditandtrans},
+\cmd{partcomp},\,\cmd{part\-editandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, for which see
+section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided
+by \textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles. In
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you, in most entry types, to
+specify that an author's name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either
+the real name or the pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided
+in the \textsf{author} field. The abbreviation
+\enquote{\texttt{pseud}.}\ (always lowercase in English) is specified,
+either on its own or after the pseudo\-nym (centinel:letters,
+creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death, and
+le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}} does the work for you.
+See under \textbf{author} above for the full details.
+
+\mylittlespace In \textsf{review} entries, I have removed the
+automatic provision of square brackets from the field, allowing it to
+be used in at least two ways. First, if you provide your own square
+brackets, then it can have its standard function, as above. Second,
+and new to the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}, you can further
+specify comments to blogs and other online content using a timestamp
+(in parentheses) that supplements the \textsf{eventdate}, particularly
+when the latter is too coarse a specification to identify a comment
+unambiguously. Cf.\ ac:comment.
+
+\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, finally, which is
+used to create alphabetized cross-references to other bibliography
+entries, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to change the default
+string linking the two parts of the cross-reference. The code
+automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize.
+Otherwise, it prints the string as is.
+
+\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
+to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use
+\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}. As with
+the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string
+concatenation with identical \textsf{nameb} or \textsf{namec} fields.
+Please see \textbf{editortype}, above, for the details.
+
+\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above,
+this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
+styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the
+translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
+\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
+the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter
+fields (euripides:orestes). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
+entries, \textsf{nameb} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
+\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should
+present names in this field exactly as you would those in an
+\textsf{author} or \textsf{translator} field, and the package will
+concatenate this field with \textsf{namea} if they are identical. See
+under the \textbf{translator} field below for the full details.
+Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry specific, if you
+are using \textsf{Biber} \textsf{nameb} isn't inherited from a
+\textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note, also, that in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} name-finding algorithms \textsf{nameb}
+takes precedence over \textsf{translator}. Cf.\ \textsf{namea},
+\textsf{namec}, \textsf{origlanguage} (section~\ref{sec:related}),
+\textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} (section~\ref{sec:related}), and
+the macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},\,\,
+\cmd{partcomp},\,\, \cmd{parteditandcomp},\,\, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransand-\break comp} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (14.87)
+specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
+translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
+specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All
+this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard
+information that should be made available in a bibliographic
+reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that
+\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and
+\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction},
+\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}. Since \textsf{biblatex}
+doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this
+purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}. It is important to
+understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not
+function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like
+\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be
+associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were
+they present in the same entry. Identical fields among these three
+will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the
+(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest. Also
+please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include
+\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb},
+so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make
+\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
+fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
+may, in certain circumstances, use that field, or the
+\textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a compiler.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to
+identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the
+compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the
+moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have
+to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related
+\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands
+(section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}) below. (Future releases may be
+able to remedy this.) It may be as well to mention here too that of
+the names that can be substituted for the missing \textsf{author} at
+the head of an entry, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will choose a
+\textsf{namea} if present, then an \textsf{editor}, a \textsf{nameb},
+or a \textsf{translator}, with \textsf{namec} coming last, assuming
+that the fields aren't identical, and therefore to be concatenated.
+The alphabetization routines should work properly for any of these
+names, but do please remember that if you want the package to skip
+over any names you can employ the \texttt{use<name>=false} options.
+Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's} \texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old
+Chicago-specific \texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data
+that doesn't easily fit into any other field. In this sense, it's
+very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be
+printed just before the publication data. (See chaucer:alt,
+chaucer:liferecords, cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for
+examples of this usage in action.) It also has a specialized use in
+all the periodical types (\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
+\textsf{review}), where it holds supplemental information about a
+\textsf{journaltitle}, such as \enquote{special issue}
+(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). In all uses, if your data
+begins with a word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the
+beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in
+lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do
+the right thing. Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a
+\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry,
+the number of a \textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, the
+volume/number of a book in a \textsf{series}, or the (generally
+numerical) specifier of the \textsf{type} in a \textsf{report} entry.
+Generally, in an \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or
+\textsf{review} entry, this will be a plain cardinal number, but in
+such entries \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does the right thing if you
+have a list or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke). In any
+\textsf{book}-like entry the field may well contain considerably more
+information, including even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for
+example, while the \textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain
+the name of the series, rather than a number. This field is also the
+place for the patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry. Cf.\
+\textsf{issue} and \textsf{series}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.128--132
+and boxer:china, palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 14.180--181 and
+beattie:crime, conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learn\-ing, garrett,
+gibbard, hlatky:hrt, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation,
+warr:el\-lison.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point
+out that the \emph{Manual} (14.154) prefers arabic to roman numerals
+in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even
+when such numbers might be roman in the work cited. The obvious
+exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the
+citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry
+basis rather than globally. Information about some of the more common
+options may be found above under \textsf{author} and below in
+section~\ref{sec:options}. See chaucer:alt, eliot:pound,
+herwign:office, lecarre:quest, and mla:style for examples of the field
+in use.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc},
+\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of
+use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other
+categories. In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the
+organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or
+\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a
+possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field allows you to provide more than one full date specification for
+those references which need it. As with the analogous \textsf{date}
+field, you provide the date (or range of dates) in \textsc{iso}8601
+format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. In most entry types, you would use
+\textsf{origdate} to provide the date of first publication of a work,
+most usually needed only in the case of reprint editions, but also
+recommended by the \emph{Manual} for electronic editions of older
+works (14.119, 14.166, 14.169; aristotle:metaphy:gr, emerson:nature,
+james:ambassadors, schweitzer:bach). In the \textsf{letter} and
+\textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entry types, the
+\textsf{origdate} identifies when a letter (or similar) was written.
+In such \textsf{misc} entries, some \enquote{non-letter-like}
+materials (like interviews) need the \textsf{date} field for this
+purpose, while in \textsf{letter} entries the \textsf{date} applies to
+the publication of the whole collection. If such a published
+collection were itself a reprint, improvisation in the
+\textsf{location} field might be able to rescue the situation. (See
+jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total
+for how \textsf{letter} entries usually work; creel:house shows the
+field in action in a \textsf{misc} entry, while spock:interview uses
+\textsf{date}.)
+
+\mylittlespace In \textsf{music} entries, you can use the
+\textsf{origdate} in two separate but related ways. First, it can
+identify the recording date of an entire disc, rather than of one
+track on that disc, which would go in \textsf{eventdate}. (Compare
+holiday:fool with nytrumpet:art.) The style will automatically
+prepend the bibstring \texttt{recorded} to the date, but you can
+change it with the new \textsf{userd} field. Be aware, however, that
+if an entry also has an \textsf{eventdate}, then \textsf{userd} will
+apply to that, instead, and you'll be forced to accept the default
+string. Second, the \textsf{origdate} can provide the original
+release date of an album. For this to happen, you need to put the
+string \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, which is a
+standard mechanism across many other entry types for identifying a
+reprinted work. (See floyd:atom.)
+
+\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts
+numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include
+\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry. In
+\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in
+\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the
+\textsf{location} field. (The \textsf{origyear} field usually works,
+too.)
+
+\mybigspace See
+\vspace{-14.2pt}
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
+\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}}
+section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
+\vspace{18pt}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references. In many
+\textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries you'll find this contains
+something other than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition
+specification (14.203, 14.209; kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor,
+nyt:trevor\-obit). Of course, the same may be true of almost any sort
+of entry, though perhaps with less frequency. Curious readers may
+wish to look at brown:bremer (14.189) for an example of a
+\textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference to a two-part
+journal article. Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more information on the
+\emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the formatting of numerals;
+\textsf{bookpagination} and \textsf{pagination} provide details about
+\textsf{biblatex's} mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a
+given \textsf{pages} field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a
+different way to present the section information pertaining to a
+newspaper article.
+
+\mylittlespace David Gohlke brought to my attention a discussion that
+took place a couple of years ago on
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange}
+regarding the automatic compression of page ranges, e.g., 101-{-}109
+in the .bib file or in the \textsf{postnote} field would become 101--9
+in the document. \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for
+providing this, and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly
+complicated, Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion
+code that implements the specifications. As some users may well be
+accustomed to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files,
+and in their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of
+this code a package option, so setting \texttt{compresspages=true}
+when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should automatically give you
+the Chicago-recommended page ranges.
+
+\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the
+appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the
+\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas
+\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the
+\textsf{pages} field. Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for
+all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference
+just mentioned the two fields are equivalent.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in
+\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals. It has the same
+purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, but because the
+\emph{Manual} (14.126) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a
+\enquote{part,} the string printed in notes and bibliography will, at
+least in English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of
+the plain dot between volume number and part number
+(harley:cartography, lach:asia). If the field contains something
+other than a number, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print it as is,
+capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the usual
+bibstring, so this provides a mechanism for altering the string to
+your liking. The field will be printed in the same place in any entry
+as would a \textsf{volume} number, and although it will most usually
+be associated with such a number, it can also function independently,
+allowing you to identify parts of works that don't fit into the
+standard scheme. If you need to identify \enquote{parts} or
+\enquote{books} that are part of a published \textsf{series}, for
+example, then you'll need to use a different field, (which in this
+case would be \textsf{number} [palmatary:pottery]). Cf.\
+\textsf{volume}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field. Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a
+keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name
+contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&)
+or enclose the whole name in additional braces. (See \emph{Manual}
+14.139--148; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast,
+dunn:revolutions.)
+
+\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further
+subtleties involved here. Two publishers will be separated by a
+forward slash in both notes and bibliography, and you no longer, in
+the 16th edition, need to provide hand formatting if a company issues
+\enquote{certain books through a special publishing division or under
+ a special imprint,} as these, too, should be separated by a forward
+slash. If a book has two co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different
+ countries,} (14.147) then the simplest thing to do is to choose one,
+probably the nearest one geographically. If you feel it necessary to
+include both, then levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing
+so, using a combination of the \textsf{publisher} and
+\textsf{location} fields. Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then
+the \emph{Manual} recommends (14.143) simply using the place (if
+known) and the date. If for some reason you need to indicate the
+absence of a publisher, the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is
+\texttt{n.p.}, though this can also stand for \enquote{no place.}
+Some style guides apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(=
+\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the
+\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this.
+
+\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles,
+on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
+section~\ref{sec:related} below, you can now also use the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is
+\enquote{forthcoming.} Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming}
+into the field and the style will print \cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}}
+as the \textsf{year} (author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
+field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
+\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some
+purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.
+
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
+section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
+field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article},
+\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name
+of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries. If you need to
+attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a
+\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place
+for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like
+\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.} Of
+course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or
+\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there
+you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself. (In fact, the
+\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
+\textsf{review} entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex}
+allows you just to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for
+example, rather than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.
+The \textsf{type} field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent},
+\textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis} entries also has this
+auto-detection mechanism in place; see the discussion of
+\cmd{bibstring} below for details.) In whatever entry type, these
+bibstrings produce the required abbreviation, which thankfully is the
+same in both notes and bibliography. (For books and similar entries,
+see \emph{Manual} 14.128--132; boxer:china, browning:aurora,
+palmatary:pottery, plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for
+periodicals, see 14.195; garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.) Cf.\
+\textsf{number} for more information on the \emph{Manual}'s
+preferences regarding the formatting of numerals.
+
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}}}
+\label{sec:shortauthor}
+
+This is a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, but
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} makes considerably grea\-ter use of it
+than the standard styles. For the purposes of the Chicago style, the
+field provides the name to be used in the short form of a footnote.
+In the vast majority of cases, you don't need to specify it, because
+the \textsf{biblatex} system selects the author's last name from the
+\textsf{author} field and uses it in such a reference, and if there is
+no \textsf{author} it will search \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec}, in that
+order. In an author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
+(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), where
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will use the \textsf{journaltitle} as
+the author, you can use the \textsf{shortjournal} field instead, but
+you'll need to set up the \texttt{journalabbrev} option to make sure
+it's actually printed. (See below.) In author-less \textsf{manual}
+entries, where the \textsf{organization} will be so used, the style
+automatically uses any \textsf{shortauthor} in the short note form,
+though you may still need to help the alphabetization routines by
+providing a \textsf{sortkey} field in such cases (dyna:browser,
+gourmet:052006, lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit).
+
+\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the
+\emph{Manual} (14.87) recommends against providing the identifying
+string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in the short note form, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If you
+need to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to
+do so by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the
+\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using.
+
+\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}}
+\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a short footnote,
+in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically
+lacks an author. The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in
+most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not
+\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then
+only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized. It may be worth
+pointing out that, because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also provides a
+\textsf{namea} field for the editor of a \textsf{title} as opposed to
+a \textsf{main-} or \textsf{booktitle}, and because in standard use
+the \textsf{namea}, if present, will be chosen to head a bibliography
+entry before the \textsf{editor}, you should present the shortened
+\textsf{namea} here instead of a shortened \textsf{editor} in such
+cases. Cf.\ \textsf{editortype}, above.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}} is
+\textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in place of the
+usual short note form, and in previous releases I left it effectively
+unmodified in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, apart from a few
+formatting tweaks. At the request of Kenneth Pearce, and following
+some hints in the \emph{Manual}, I have made the system considerably
+more flexible, which I hope might be useful for those with specialized
+formatting needs. In the default configuration, any entry which
+contains a \textsf{shorthand} field will produce a normal first note,
+either long or short according to your package options, informing the
+reader that the work will hereafter be cited by this abbreviation. As
+in \textsf{biblatex}, the \cmd{printshorthands} command, now for
+\textsf{Biber} users at least an alias for
+\cmd{printbib\-list\{shorthand\}}, will produce a formatted list of
+abbreviations for reference purposes, a list which the \emph{Manual}
+suggests should be placed either in the front matter (when using
+footnotes) or before the endnotes, in case these are used.
+
+\mylittlespace I have provided three options to alter these defaults.
+First, there is a new citation command, \cmd{shorthandcite}, which
+will print the \textsf{shorthand} even at the first citation. I have
+only provided the most general form of this command, so you'll need to
+put it inside parentheses or in a \cmd{footnote} command yourself.
+Second, I have included two \texttt{bibenvironments} for use with the
+\texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command:
+\texttt{losnotes} is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear
+inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for
+endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the
+latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that
+I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to
+use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the
+[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote}
+command.) Third, I have provided a package option,
+\texttt{shorthandfull}, which prints entries in the list of shorthands
+which contain full bibliographical information, effectively allowing
+you to eschew the bibliography in favor of a fortified shorthand list.
+(See 13.65, 14.54--55, and also \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for more
+information.)
+
+\mylittlespace Alexandre Roberts suggested a further refinement to
+\textsf{shorthand} behavior, which allows for it to appear in the
+place of the usual abbreviated citation of parent entries
+cross-referenced by several different child entries. In such a case,
+instead of the usual \enquote{\ldots\,in Author, \emph{Title},
+ 24--38,} you would see instead \enquote{\ldots\,in \emph{ShrtHd},
+ 24--38.} There are several steps required for enabling this
+behavior. First, you need to set the package option
+\texttt{inheritshorthand} to \texttt{true}, which allows child entries
+to inherit the necessary fields from their cross-referenced parents.
+Second, you'll probably want to use the \textsf{shorthandintro} field
+somehow to clarify that the \textsf{shorthand} applies to the
+\emph{parent} rather than to the \emph{child}, as otherwise the
+reference will be ambiguous. Third, you'll need to put
+\texttt{skipbiblist}, formerly \texttt{skiplos}, in the
+\textsf{options} field of the child entries so that the
+\textsf{shorthand} itself appears in the list of shorthands
+\emph{only} next to the parent entry, and not also next to all of its
+children.
+
+\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, I
+formerly recommended against using shorthands with cross-references,
+but this extension of their use makes sense as an extra space-saving
+measure. I'm not certain that I've identified all the possible
+drawbacks to enabling the \texttt{inheritshorthand} option, so care is
+still needed, at least in the current state of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. Please report any problems you might
+have with this functionality to the email address at the head of this
+documentation.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthandintro}} you include a
+\textsf{shorthand} in an entry, it will ordinarily appear the first
+time you cite the work, at the end of a long note, surrounded by
+parentheses and prefaced by the phrase \enquote{hereafter cited as.}
+With this standard \textsf{biblatex} field, you can change that
+formatting and that phrase to suit your needs. Please note, first,
+that you need to include the shorthand in this field as you intend it
+to appear and, second, that you still need the \textsf{shorthand}
+field present in order to ensure the appropriate presentation of that
+shorthand in later citations and in the list of shorthands. Finally,
+I've tried to allow for as many different styles of notification as
+possible, so by default the only punctuation that will appear between
+the rest of the citation and the \textsf{shorthandintro} is a space.
+You can change this punctuation, either in the preamble for the whole
+document or in individual entries, using the \texttt{shorthandpunct}
+option, documented in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}. If the available
+option keys aren't adequate, you can use \texttt{none} and then
+provide custom punctuation inside the \textsf{shorthandintro} field
+itself.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
+\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a
+\textsf{journaltitle} in notes and/or bibliography and to facilitate
+the creation of a list of journal abbreviations rather in the manner
+of a \textsf{shorthand} list. As requested by user BenVB, you can now
+utilize this functionality in your documents, but there are several
+steps to take in order to do so. First, you'll need to provide both
+\textsf{shortjournal} and \textsf{journaltitle} fields in the entry
+types that use them, i.e., mainly \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
+entries. In \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field
+presents what would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the previous two,
+so in such entries you can provide the standard \textsf{shorttitle}
+field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+will automatically copy the \textsf{shorttitle} into a
+\textsf{shortjournal}.
+
+\mylittlespace Having done this, you need to set the
+\texttt{journalabbrev} option either when loading
+\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} or in the \textsf{options} field of
+individual .bib entries. By default, this option is not set, so your
+\textsf{shortjournal} fields will be silently ignored. There are
+three other settings:\ \texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both
+in notes and bibliography, \texttt{notes} only in notes, and
+\texttt{bib} only in the bibliography. Should you wish to present a
+list of these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to
+use the \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjour\-nal\}} command, perhaps with a
+\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any
+\textsf{shorthand} list. As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have
+provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot-
+or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively),
+to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again
+as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
+\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off
+the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the
+\cmd{footnote} command. Finally, if you don't like the default
+formatting of the abbreviations in the list (bold italic), you can
+roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjournal\-width\}}
+--- you can see its default definition at the top of
+\textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
+title for short notes. (It is also the way to hook
+\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism,
+on which see the previous entry.) In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes},
+you need to take particular care with \textsf{letter} entries, where,
+as explained above, the \emph{Manual} requires a special format
+(\enquote{\texttt{to Recipient}}). (See 14.117;
+jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ.) Some
+\textsf{misc} entries (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}) also need
+special attention. (See creel:house, where the full \textsf{title} is
+used as the \textsf{shortauthor} + \textsf{shorttitle} by using
+\cmd{headlesscite} commands. Placing \cmd{isdot} into the
+\textsf{shortauthor} field no longer works in \textsf{biblatex} 1.6,
+so be sure to check your .bib files when you upgrade.) Remember,
+also, that the generic titles in \textsf{review} and \textsf{misc}
+entries may not want capitalization in all contexts, so, as with the
+\textsf{title} field, if you begin a \textsf{shorttitle} with a
+lowercase letter the style will do the right thing (barcott:review,
+bundy:macneil, Clemens:letter, kozinn:review, ratliff:review,
+unsigned:ranke).
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want
+an entry alphabetized in a bibliography. In general, if an entry
+doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should provide
+the solution. Entries with a corporate author can now omit the
+definite or indefinite article, which should help (14.85;
+cotton:manufacture, nytrumpet:art). If you use \textsf{Biber} as your
+backend, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also now includes the three
+supplemental name fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}) in the sorting
+algorithm, so once again you should find that this field is needed
+less than before. Still, many entries without a name field of any
+sort, particularly those with a definite or indefinite article
+beginning the \textsf{title}, may require assistance (chaucer:alt,
+dyna:browser, gourmet:052006, greek:filmstrip, grove:sibelius,
+lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, silver:ga\-wain,
+un\-signed:ran\-ke, vir\-gin\-ia:plan\-tation). \textsf{Biblatex}
+also provides \textbf{sortname}, \textbf{sorttitle}, and
+\textbf{sortyear} for more fine-grained control. Please consult
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} and the remarks on \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}
+in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{title} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} the vast majority of
+cases, this field works just as it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and
+just as it does in \textsf{biblatex}. Nearly every entry will have
+one, the most likely exceptions being \textsf{incollection} or
+\textsf{online} entries with a merely generic title, instead of a
+specific one (centinel:letters, powell:email). The main source of
+difficulties flows from the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting
+\textsf{titles}, rules which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and
+\textsf{maintitles}. The whole point of using a
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to do the formatting for you,
+and in most cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} does just that,
+surrounding titles with quotation marks, italicizing them, or
+occasionally just leaving them alone. When, however, a title is
+quoted within a title, then you need to know some of the rules. A
+summary here should serve to clarify them, and help you to understand
+when \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} might need your help in order to
+comply with them.
+
+\mylittlespace The internal rules of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
+are as follows:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
+ \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
+ \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+ \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{image},
+ \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings},
+ \textsf{report}, \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection}
+ entry types.
+\item[\qquad Quotation Marks:] \textsf{title} of \textsf{article},
+ \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{online},
+ \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry
+ types, \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical},
+ and \textsf{review} entry types.
+\item[\qquad Unformatted:] \textsf{booktitleaddon},
+ \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types,
+ \textsf{title} of \textsf{customc}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}
+ (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{patent}, \textsf{review},
+ and \textsf{suppperiodical} entry types.
+\item[\qquad Italics or Quotation Marks:] All of the audiovisual entry
+ types --- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} ---
+ have to serve as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to
+ \textsf{inbook}. Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
+ \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in quotation
+ marks. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
+ will be italicized.
+\end{description}
+
+Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
+to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
+section \ref{sec:entrytypes} above, the examples in
+\textsf{notes-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
+8.154--195. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
+title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
+its own, require, then the following rules apply:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
+ quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
+ is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
+ take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
+ within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var,
+ mchugh:wake).
+\item Inside a quoted title, you should present another title as it
+ would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need to
+ do the formatting yourself. Within the double quotes of the title
+ another quoted title would take single quotes --- the
+ \cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also,
+ I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be
+ brought within the closing quotation mark(s). (See 14.177; garrett,
+ loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.)
+\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or
+ a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it
+ would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using
+ \cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}. (barcott:review, gibbard,
+ osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally
+italicized in text should also be italicized in a quoted or plain-text
+title, but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an
+italicized title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or
+without a subtitle) retains its quotation marks in an italicized title
+\enquote{only if it appears that way in the source,} but always
+retains them when the surrounding title is quoted or plain (14.104,
+14.177; lewis). A word or phrase in quotation marks, but that isn't a
+quotation, retains those marks in all title types (kimluu:diethyl).
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and
+\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries, and in \textsf{misc} entries with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, and only in those entries,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically capitalize the
+first word of the \textsf{title} after sentence-ending punctuation,
+assuming that such a \textsf{title} begins with a lowercase letter in
+your .bib database. See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
+section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} below for more details.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
+\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
+that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
+and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the
+additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
+entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
+powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters, powell:email). This field
+will always be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed
+within quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it
+you'll need to provide manually yourself. The single exception to
+this rule is when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily
+only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you
+need then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
+See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
+section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, below. The package and entry
+options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon}
+(section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation
+that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\
+brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for
+examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter;
+morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon}
+field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is
+capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect;
+coolidge:speech shows both entry options for controlling the
+punctuation.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
+have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
+but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
+complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
+that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated with a
+\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
+depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the
+most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if
+there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title},
+if the other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is
+exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
+plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
+numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for
+one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.
+For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field. You should
+format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
+\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
+\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes) In the algorithm for finding a name
+for the head of notes and bibliography entries, \textsf{nameb} takes
+precedence over \textsf{translator}.
+
+\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
+holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes). If
+\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
+\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler).
+Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate
+translators for each of the three sorts of title. For this, and for
+various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro
+(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in
+one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review). (Because the
+strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one
+can't simply write them out in such a field, hence the need for a
+macro, which I discuss further in the commands section below
+[\ref{sec:formatcommands}].)
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in
+the absence of an \textsf{author}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
+and \textsf{nameb}, the \textsf{translator} will be used at the head
+of an entry (silver:gawain), and the bibliography entry alphabetized
+by the translator's name, behavior that can be controlled with the
+\texttt{use<name>} switches in the \textsf{options} field. Cf.\
+\textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and
+\textsf{namec}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify
+the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or
+\textsf{thesis} entry. \textsf{Biblatex} 0.7 introduced the ability,
+in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a
+\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type}
+field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g.,
+\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both
+will work. (See petroff:im\-purity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and
+ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes
+be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard
+entry-type aliases).
+
+\mylittlespace In the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and in its alias
+\textsf{suppcollection}, you can use the \textsf{type} field to
+specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g.,
+\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{post\-script to}.}
+Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details. (See \emph{Manual}
+14.116; polakow:af\-terw, prose:intro).
+
+\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in
+\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and
+\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g.,
+\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc}
+or \texttt{MPEG}. If the first word in this field would normally only
+be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in
+lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically
+do the right thing in citations. Cf.\ \textsf{artwork},
+\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video},
+above, for all the details. (See auden:reading, bedford:photo,
+cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art.)
+
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can
+provide one for all entry types. The 16th edition of the
+\textsf{Manual} expresses a strong preference for DOIs over URLs if
+the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also
+\textsf{urldate} just below. The required \LaTeX\ package
+\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
+properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It may be worth
+noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from
+their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to
+warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same
+locator in several entries.
+
+\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a
+given url, and is given in \textsc{iso}8601 format. The 16th edition
+of the \emph{Manual} prefers DOIs to URLs; in the latter case it
+allows the use of access dates, particularly in contexts that require
+it, but prefers that you use revision dates, if these are available.
+To enable you to specify which date is at stake, I have provided the
+\textbf{userd} field, documented below. If an entry doesn't have a
+\textsf{userd}, then the \textsf{urldate} will be treated, as before,
+as an access date (14.6--8, 14.184; evanston:library, grove:sibelius,
+hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison, sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bibtex).
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental
+\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field. In
+\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries
+with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the contents of this
+field will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the
+\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date. The main use is for
+identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television
+program (14.221; bundy:macneil).
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have implemented this
+supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of Chicago's name
+cross-referencing system. (The \enquote{c} part is meant as a sort of
+mnemonic for this function, though it's perfectly possible to use the
+field in other contexts.) If you use the \textbf{customc} entry type
+to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
+a bibliography, it is unlikely that you will cite the \textsf{customc}
+entry in the body of your text. Therefore, in order for it to appear
+in the bibliography, you have two choices. You can either include the
+entry key of the \textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command
+inside your document, or you can place that entry key in the
+\textsf{userc} field of another .bib entry that you will be citing.
+In the latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will call \cmd{nocite}
+for you, and this method should ensure that there will be at least one
+entry in the bibliography to which the cross-reference will point.
+(See 14.84, 14.86; creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide,
+creasey:york:death, lecarre:quest.)
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{userd}} \textsf{userd} field acts
+as a sort of \enquote{\textsf{datetype}} field, allowing you in most
+entry types to identify whether a \textsf{urldate} is an access date
+or a revision date. The general usage is fairly simple. If this
+field is absent, then a \textsf{urldate} will be treated as an access
+date, as has long been the default in \textsf{biblatex} and in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you need to identify it in any other
+way, what you include in \textsf{userd} will be printed \emph{before}
+the \textsf{urldate}, so phrases like \enquote{\texttt{last modified}}
+or \enquote{\texttt{last revised}} are what the field will typically
+contain (14.7--8; wikiped:bibtex). In the absence of a
+\textsf{urldate} you can, in most entry types, include a
+\textsf{userd} field to qualify a \textsf{date} in the same way it
+would have modified a \textsf{urldate}.
+
+\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some
+audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for \textsf{music}
+and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} entries where an
+\textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify that date
+instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present, and it will
+modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is no
+\textsf{eventdate}. It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the
+absence of the other three. In \textsf{video} entries it will modify
+an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the
+\textsf{urldate}. In the absence of those two, it can modify a
+\textsf{date}. Please see the documentation of the \textbf{music} and
+\textbf{video} entry types, and especially of the \textsf{eventdate},
+\textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} fields, above (14.276--279;
+nytrumpet:art).
+
+\mylittlespace In all cases, you can start the \textsf{userd} field
+with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex} will take care of
+automatic contextual capitalization for you.
+
+\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental
+\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses
+specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work,
+something that may be needed if you deem the original language
+unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership. The
+\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you
+can translate the title and use that translation in your
+\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in
+\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in
+\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}. If you choose
+the latter, you may need to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} so that the
+short note form is also parseable. Cf.\ \textbf{language}, above.
+(See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern, weresz.)
+
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
+section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex}
+offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and
+\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it,
+mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it. Perhaps
+the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment,
+instead. Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent}
+entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field. It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in
+\textsf{article} (and some \textsf{review}) entries, and also the
+volume of a multi-volume work in many other sorts of entry. The
+treatment and placement of \textsf{volume} information in
+\textsf{book}-like entries is rather complicated in the \emph{Manual}
+(14.121--27). In bibliography entries, the \textsf{volume} appears
+either before the \textsf{maintitle} or before the publication
+information. In long notes, the same applies, but with the additional
+possibility of this information appearing \emph{after} the publication
+data, just before page numbers. In the past, if you wanted the volume
+information to appear here, you had to leave that information out of
+your .bib entry and give it in the \textsf{pages} or \textsf{postnote}
+field. Now, you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} option
+\texttt{delayvolume} \mymarginpar{\texttt{delayvolume}} in your
+preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to ensure that
+any \textsf{volume} information that would normally have appeared just
+before the publication data in a long note appears after it.
+
+\mylittlespace The \textsf{volume} information in both books and
+periodicals, and in both the bibliography and long notes, can appear
+\emph{immediately before} the page number(s). In such a case, the
+\emph{Manual} prescribes the same treatment for both sorts of sources,
+that is, that \enquote{a colon separates the volume number from the
+ page number with no intervening space.} I have implemented this,
+but at the request of Clea~F.\ Rees I have made this punctuation
+customizable, using the command \cmd{postvolpunct}.\
+\mymarginpar{\cmd{postvolpunct}} By default it prints \cmd{addcolon},
+but you can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash
+ postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it. Cf.\
+\textsf{part}, and the command documentation in
+section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field. It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work,
+and in the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} no longer triggers any
+odd changes to the punctuation of short notes (14.159;
+meredith:letters). If both a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes}
+field are present, as may occur particularly in cross-referenced
+entries, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the
+\textsf{volumes} field in the list of references, except in some
+instances when a \textsf{maintitle} is present. In this latter case,
+if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, the
+option \texttt{hidevolumes}, \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes}} set to
+\texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
+\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to
+\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
+of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}. See the
+option's documentation in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref}
+field provided by \textsf{biblatex}, which prevents inheritance of any
+data from the parent entry. See \textbf{crossref}, above.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field. It usually identifies the year of publication, though unlike
+the \textsf{date} field it allows non-numeric input, so you can put
+\enquote{n.d.}\ (or, to be language agnostic,
+\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) here if required, or indeed any other sort
+of non-numerical date information. If you can guess the date then you
+can include that guess in square brackets instead of, or after, the
+\enquote{n.d.}\ abbreviation. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:mesopot,
+leo:madonna, ross:thesis.
+
+\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries}
+\label{sec:related}
+
+As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (§~3.4), \enquote{Almost all
+ bibliography styles require authors to specify certain types of
+ relationship between entries such as \enquote{Reprint of},
+ \enquote{Reprinted in,} etc. It is impossible to provide data fields
+ to cover all of these relationships and so \textsf{biblatex}
+ provides a general mechanism for this using the entry fields
+ \textsf{related}, \textsf{relatedtype} and \textsf{relatedstring}.}
+Before this mechanism was available \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+attempted to provide a similar but much more limited set of
+inter-entry relationships using the \textsf{biblatex} fields
+\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{origlocation}, \textsf{origpublisher},
+\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}. All of
+these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better
+than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more
+general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism
+is also available. It can provide much of what the older system
+provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a
+field-by-field discussion of the options now available.
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
+\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined
+\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations. The
+\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and
+\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties. The
+\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in
+presenting translations in a bibliography. The details of the
+\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an
+original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}. Here,
+however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect
+the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally
+ published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great
+many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical
+antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have
+been published in the Loeb Classical Library. Although not, strictly
+speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way
+to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field,
+which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the
+ original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans). If you put one of the
+standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then
+the entry will work properly across multiple languages. Otherwise,
+just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published
+ as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French
+ edition:}. This has no effect in notes, where only the work cited
+--- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help to
+make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the bibliography more
+palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to
+achieve the same ends.
+
+\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
+spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping
+with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s
+functionality for this field. If an entry doesn't have a
+\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its
+translation in the bibliography, you can also use
+\textsf{origlanguage} as the standard styles use it, so that instead
+of saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will read
+\enquote{translated from the German by X.} The \emph{Manual} doesn't
+mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain ambiguities in
+some citations. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish to use this
+functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of the
+language, but rather a bibliography string, which may, at the time of
+writing, be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian},
+\texttt{danish}, \texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french},
+\texttt{german}, \texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin},
+\texttt{norwegian}, \texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or
+\texttt{swedish}, to which I've added \texttt{russian}.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} 16th edition of
+the \emph{Manual} has somewhat clarified issues pertaining to the
+documentation of reprint editions and their corresponding originals
+(14.166). In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you can provide both an
+\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with
+the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information
+will be printed in long notes and bibliography. You can also use this
+field in a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with
+\textsf{entrysubtype}) entry to give the place where a published or
+unpublished letter was written (14.117). (Jonathan Robinson has
+suggested that the \textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances
+actually be necessary for disambiguation, his example being early
+printed editions of the same material printed in the same year but in
+different cities. The new functionality should make this simple to
+achieve. Cf.\ \textsf{origdate} (section~\ref{sec:entryfields}),
+\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
+\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as
+here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field,
+though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the
+same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
+separate entry.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
+\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} has clarified issues pertaining to reprint editions and
+their corresponding originals (14.166). You can provide an
+\textsf{origpublisher} and/or an \textsf{origlocation} in addition to
+the \textsf{origdate}, and all will be presented in long notes and
+bibliography. (Cf.\ \textsf{origdate}
+(section~\ref{sec:entryfields}), \textsf{origlocation}, and
+\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to
+present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry
+using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the
+entry, using data extracted from a separate entry.
+
+\mybigspace Due \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} to specific
+requirements in the author-date style, I have implemented this field
+there as a way of providing accurate citations of reprinted books. As
+the functionality seemed useful, I have also included some of it in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. In previous releases you could
+identify a reprint by placing \cmd{bibstring\{reprint\}} in the
+\textsf{location} field, followed by a comma, and the style would
+print the appropriate string in notes and bibliography. Now, if it is
+more convenient, easier to remember, or if you want to reuse your .bib
+database for the author-date style, you can simply put the string
+\texttt{reprint} into the \textsf{pubstate} field, and the package
+will take care of everything for you. Both of these methods will now
+work just fine, but please choose only one per entry, otherwise the
+string will be printed twice.
+
+\mylittlespace There are a couple of exceptions to this basic
+functionality. In \textsf{video} entries, no bibstring will be
+printed, as it's not appropriate there, so in effect the
+\textsf{pubstate} field will be ignored. In \textsf{music} entries,
+the mechanism transforms the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date
+for an album into the original release date for that album. Whereas a
+recording date will be printed in the middle of the note or
+bibliography entry, the original release date will be printed near the
+end, preceded by the appropriate string. (Cf.\ 14.276; floyd:atom.)
+Aside from \texttt{reprint}, you can now put \texttt{forthcoming} into
+the field to present works that are about to be published
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). Please remember that if you
+put anything else in the \textsf{pubstate} field it will silently be
+ignored, though this may change in future releases. \textbf{NB:} The
+\textsf{pubstate} functionality currently has no equivalent using the
+\textsf{related} field.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
+use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should
+contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should
+extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
+bibliography entry (or long note) which contains the \textsf{related}
+field itself. Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the
+\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such
+entries, never on its own. Without a \textsf{relatedtype} field, this
+will print the default type, equivalent to a long note citation
+\emph{immediately after} the bibliography entry containing the
+\textsf{related} field, with no intervening string. You can specify a
+string using the \textsf{relatedstring} field, so in effect this
+presents a powerful mechanism for presenting full references to
+related material of any sort whatsoever.
+
+\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} default, the
+package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related}
+entries only in the bibliography. If you would like them to appear
+only in long notes, in both notes and bibliography, or indeed in
+neither, you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of the relevant entry, to \texttt{notes},
+\texttt{true}, or \texttt{false}, respectively. (See coolidge:speech
+and weed:flatiron.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
+should expect, only be needed very rarely. If you want to set
+entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can
+do it, though please remember one important detail. By default,
+\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among
+other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from
+appearing separately in the bibliography. If you use the field
+yourself, then you'll need to include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the
+options therein to maintain this effect. Of course, it may be you
+don't want all the effects of \texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it
+however you wish. See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.4.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
+choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies
+is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any,
+with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a
+string or strings defined within the driver for that
+\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and
+\texttt{bytranslator}. Failing these, you can supply your own in the
+\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a
+pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything
+in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices. If
+your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you
+depending on context (weed:flatiron). I have not altered the standard
+\textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have indeed changed the
+\textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the \texttt{reprintfrom}
+string, which works better syntactically in this context.
+
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have
+either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of
+the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible. I
+have also added one to these six (see below):
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full citation of a
+ translation, starting with the (localized) string
+ \enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title},
+ \ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than
+ in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to
+ choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original
+ + translation (14.109; furet:related). The old \textsf{userf}
+ mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas}
+ \textsf{relatedtype} (see below).
+\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no
+ \textsf{relatedtype} is defined. It prints, as in the standard
+ styles, and with no intervening string, a full citation of
+ \textsf{related} entries. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the
+ citation is in long note form, rather than bibliography form, as
+ this is the usual practice in the \emph{Manual}.
+\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes
+ in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles.
+ The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the
+ matter.
+\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old
+ \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
+ original with its translation. It's quite similar to the
+ \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically
+ connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries. You can
+ identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory
+ string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
+\item[\qquad origpubin:] I haven't altered this from the
+ \textsf{biblatex} default at all, and it presents reprint
+ information \emph{after} the main entry rather than within it. The
+ \emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \&
+ bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for
+ author-date.
+\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the
+ old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in the
+ standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
+ material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly
+ for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or
+ perhaps essays collected from various periodicals. (In
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
+ possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it
+ behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using
+ \textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I
+ haven't].)
+\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa}
+ package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it
+ might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've
+ added it to the standard six detailed above. It differs from all of
+ them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default
+ \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related}
+ entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end. It
+ also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article}
+ and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone,
+ \textsf{suppperiodical}).
+
+ In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with
+ the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the
+ child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the
+ \textsf{title} with the same two components. In both types these
+ components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author},
+ \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item,
+ and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the
+ end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example,
+ reviews of live performances.
+
+ This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized
+ \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the
+ reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the
+ \cmd{partedit} macros in this context. You should, however,
+ remember to set the \texttt{related} option to \texttt{true} (either
+ in the preamble or in individual entries) to ensure that the full
+ data appears both in notes and in the bibliography. Also, if the
+ mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context, remember
+ that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still
+ available. Finally, this \textsf{relatedtype} has the further
+ peculiarity that, in \textsf{review} and \textsf{suppperiodical}
+ entries only, it uses the \textsf{related} functionality also in
+ short notes, which means that if you want to provide a
+ \textsf{shorttitle} for short notes then it goes in the \emph{child}
+ entry rather than the parent.
+\end{description}
+
+\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
+\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a
+ look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom},
+\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one
+ that also allows you to change the introductory string using the}
+\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field. The} \textsf{reprinttitle}
+\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.} At the
+request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the
+original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are
+citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays}
+volume. In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual}
+(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the
+bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of
+ particular interest.} The data would follow an introductory phrase
+like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly
+parallel to that of including details of a work in the original
+language alongside the details of its translation. I have addressed
+the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a
+sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
+\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way. In the
+.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite
+key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field
+(which it may help mnemonically to think of as a \enquote{reprinted
+ title} field). The main difference between the two forms is that
+\textsf{userf} prints all but the \textsf{author} of the original
+work, whereas \textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the
+\textsf{author} and the \textsf{title} of the original, giving only
+the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the
+\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there.
+The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Reprinted
+ from.} Please see the documentation on \textbf{userf} below for all
+the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your data.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is one of the
+supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, and is used by
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose. When you cite
+both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (14.109)
+recommends that, in the bibliography at least, you combine references
+to both texts in one entry, though the presentation in notes is pretty
+much up to you. In order to follow this specification, I have
+provided a third cross-referencing system (the others being
+\textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the name
+\textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its function.
+
+\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by
+entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file,
+just as you normally would. The mechanism works for any entry type,
+and the two entries need not be of the same type. In the entry for
+the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the
+\textsf{userf} field. In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to
+include something that will prevent the entry from being printed
+separately in the bibliography --- \texttt{skipbib} in the
+\textsf{options} field will work, as would something in the
+\textsf{keywords} field in conjunction with a \texttt{notkeyword=}
+switch in the \cmd{printbibliography} command. In this standard case,
+the data for the translation will be printed first, followed by the
+string \texttt{originally published as}, followed by the original,
+author omitted, in what amounts to the same format that the
+\emph{Manual} uses for long footnotes (furet:pas\-sing:eng,
+furet:passing:fr). As explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}), I have
+also included a way to modify the string printed before the original.
+In the entry for the \emph{translation}, you put the original's
+language in \textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of \texttt{originally
+ published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:} or \texttt{Latin
+ edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr, aristotle:metaphy:trans).
+\textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas}
+to replicate the \textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also
+customize the \textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result
+as with \textsf{origlanguage}.
+
+
+\subsection{Commands}
+\label{sec:commands}
+
+In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may
+need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that I have either
+altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or
+that I have provided myself. Some of these, unfortunately, will make
+your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but
+I've been unable to avoid this. Any ideas for more elegant, and more
+compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed.
+
+\subsubsection{Formatting Commands}
+\label{sec:formatcommands}
+
+These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your
+references in both notes and bibliography. You can find many examples
+of their usage in \textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I shall try to point
+you toward a few such entries in what follows. \textbf{NB:}
+\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is mandatory in some
+situations. See its entry below.
+
+\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8
+of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which
+capitalizes a word inside a note or bibliography entry if that word
+follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase
+otherwise. As this command is both more powerful and more elegant
+than the kludge I designed for a previous version of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} (see\ \textbf{\textbackslash
+ bibstring} below), you should be aware that the use of the
+single-letter \cmd{bibstring} commands in your .bib file is obsolete.
+
+\mylittlespace In order somewhat to reduce the burden on users even
+further, I have, following \textsf{biblatex's} example, implemented a
+system which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields
+in your .bib file. I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey
+of entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the
+extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them.
+In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is
+begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter,
+e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}. If the data
+begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that
+capital will always be retained. (cf., e.g., creel:house,
+morgenson:market.) If, on the other hand, you for some reason need
+such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try
+using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the
+mechanism without printing anything itself. Here, then, is the
+complete list of fields where this functionality is active:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types. (Numerals work
+ as you expect them to here.)
+\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it.
+\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands.
+\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
+ (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
+ in the latter case, however, only when there is an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
+ from an archive.
+\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review}
+ (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
+ in the latter case, however, only when there is an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
+ from an archive.
+\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio},
+ \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook},
+ \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+In any other cases --- and there are only two examples of this in
+\textsf{notes-test.bib} (centinel:letters, powell:email) --- you'll
+need to provide the \cmd{autocap} command yourself. Indeed, if you
+accidentally do so in one of the above fields, it shouldn't matter at
+all, and you'll still get what you want, but taking advantage of the
+automatic provisions should at least save some typing.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is a
+very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex} automatically to
+provide a localized version of a string, and to determine whether that
+string needs capitalization, depending on where it falls in an entry.
+In the first release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the style
+relied very heavily on this macro, particularly on an extension I
+provided by defining all 26 letters of the (ASCII) alphabet as
+\texttt{bibstrings} (\cmd{bibstring\{a\}}, \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.)
+While you should continue to use the standard, whole-word bibstrings,
+\textbf{all use of the single-letter variants I formerly provided is
+ obsolete, and will generate an error}. This functionality has been
+replaced by the \cmd{autocap} command, which does the same thing, only
+more elegantly. For yet greater convenience I have implemented,
+following \textsf{biblatex's} example, a system automating this
+functionality in all of the entry fields where its use was, by my
+reckoning, most frequent. This means that, when you require this
+functionality, all you need do is input the data in such a field
+starting with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
+will do the rest with no further assistance. In my
+\textsf{notes-test.bib} file, this mechanism in effect eliminated
+all need for the single-letter \texttt{bibstrings} and very nearly all
+need for the \cmd{autocap} command --- centinel:letters and
+powell:email being the only exceptions. Please see
+\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} above for full details.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace I should also mention here that \textsf{biblatex 0.7}
+introduced functionality which sometimes allows you simply to input,
+for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of
+\cmd{bibstring\{newse\-ries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a
+bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such
+cases either form will work. This functionality is available in the
+\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
+\textsf{review} entries; in the \textsf{type} field of
+\textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis}
+entries; in the \textsf{location} field of \textsf{patent} entries; in
+the \textsf{language} field in all entry types; and in the
+\textsf{nameaddon} field in \textsf{customc} entries. There may be
+other places where \textsf{biblatex's} standard styles support this
+feature, and I shall add them when they come to my attention.
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} \\
+ \textbf{\textbackslash custpunctb}} common with other American
+citation styles, the \emph{Manual} requires that the commas and
+periods separating units of a reference go inside any quotation marks
+that happen to be present. As of version 0.8c, \textsf{biblatex}
+contains truly remarkable code that handles this situation in very
+nearly complete generality, detecting punctuation after the closing
+quotation mark and moving it inside when necessary, and also
+controlling which punctuation marks can be printed after which other
+punctuation marks, whether quotation marks intervene or not. This
+functionality is now mature, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
+relies on this code to place punctuation in the \enquote{American
+ style,} rather than on complicated \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}
+instructions that attempt to anticipate all possible permutations.
+One result of this, thankfully, is that both \cmd{custpunct} and
+\cmd{cust\-punctb} are now basically unnecessary, as their only purpose
+was to supply context-appropriate punctuation inside any quotation
+marks that users themselves provided as part of various entry fields.
+A second consequence, and I've already recommended this in previous
+releases anyway, is that users now \emph{must} use \cmd{mkbibquote}
+instead of \cmd{enquote} or the usual \LaTeX\ mechanisms inside their
+.bib files. For further details, please see the \cmd{mkbibquote}
+entry below.
+
+\mylittlespace I have retained the code for the \cmd{custpunct}
+commands in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, in case a particularly gnarly
+entry might still require them, but I have already started to re-use
+the \textsf{type} field, which formerly served as a switch for
+\cmd{custpunct}, in other contexts (see \textbf{artwork},
+\textbf{image}, and \textbf{suppbook} above).
+
+\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ foottextcite\\\textbackslash foottextcites}} two commands look
+like citation commands, but are in fact wrappers for customizing the
+behavior of the \cmd{textcite} and \cmd{textcites} citation commands
+when they are used inside a foot- or an endnote. By default, in such
+a context these commands print the name of the \textsf{author(s)}
+followed by the \emph{short} citation or citations, i.e., usually
+\textsf{title} only, enclosed within parentheses. You can change the
+way the citation part is presented by using \cmd{renewcommand} in your
+preamble. The default definitions are: \texttt{\{\textbackslash
+ addspace\textbackslash headlessparenshortcite\}} and
+\texttt{\{\textbackslash addspace\textbackslash
+ headlessparenshort\-cites\}}. If you wanted to return to the default
+behavior of previous releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, for
+example, you could change the first to: \texttt{\{\textbackslash
+ newcunit\textbackslash bibstring\{in\}\textbackslash
+ addspace\break\textbackslash headlesscite\}}, and the second similarly,
+only using \cmd{headlesscites}. (There is also, by the way, a
+\cmd{head\-lessparencite(s)} command if you want to retain the long
+citations inside the parentheses.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash isdot}} is a
+standard \textsf{biblatex} macro, which in previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} could function as a convenient placeholder
+in entry fields that, for one reason or another, you may have wanted
+to have defined and yet to print nothing. With the release of
+\textsf{biblatex} 1.6, this no longer works as before, a situation
+which has revealed a number of inconsistencies and bugs in my code,
+the rectification of which may therefore require some changes to your
+.bib files, assuming you've taken advantage of this mechanism. I
+believe that all the situations formerly calling for this specific use
+of the macro can now be addressed by more standard means, i.e., the
+\cmd{headlesscite} commands and the \texttt{useauthor=false}
+declaration in the \textsf{options} field. (See creel:house,
+nyt:obittrevor, sewall:letter, unsigned:ranke, and white:total.)
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash letterdatelong}}
+have provided this macro mainly for use in the optional postnote field
+of the various citation commands. When citing a letter (published or
+unpublished, \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc}), it may be useful to
+append the date to the usual short note form in order to disambiguate
+references. This macro simply prints the date of a letter, or indeed
+of any other sort of correspondence. (If your main document language
+isn't English, it's better just to use the standard \textsf{biblatex}
+command \cmd{printorigdate}.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is
+the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here
+because it is a crucial part of the mechanism for the
+\enquote{American} punctuation system. If you look in
+\textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} you'll see that the quoted fields, e.g., an
+\textsf{article} or \textsf{incollection title}, have this command in
+their formatting, which does most of the work for you. If, however,
+you need to provide additional quotation marks in a field --- a quoted
+title within a title, for example --- then you may need to use this
+command so that any following period or comma will be brought within
+the closing quotation marks. Its use is \emph{required} when the
+quoted material comes at the end of a field, and I recommend always
+using it in your .bib database, as it does no harm even when that
+condition is not fulfilled. A few examples from
+\textsf{notes-test.bib} should help to clarify this.
+
+\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title}
+contains a quoted phrase:
+
+\begin{quotation}
+ \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\
+ \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{Morning After\} Pill\}}
+\end{quotation}
+
+Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no
+punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation
+mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{Morning After\}} or
+even \texttt{`Morning After'}. (Note the single quotation marks here
+--- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting
+for you.) All of these will produce the formatted
+\enquote{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \enquote{Morning
+ After} Pill.} Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}:
+
+\begin{quotation}
+ \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to
+ \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans Wake\}\}}
+\end{quotation}
+
+Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the
+field, and because this bibliographical unit will be separated from
+what follows by a period in the bibliography, then the
+\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the
+final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to
+ \enquote{Finnegans Wake.}}
+
+\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with
+Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though
+the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style,
+to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't
+loaded.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash postvolpunct}}
+\emph{Manual} (14.121) unequivocally prescribes that when a
+\textsf{volume} number appears immediately before a page number,
+\enquote{the abbreviation \emph{vol.}\ is omitted and a colon
+ separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening
+ space.} The treatment is basically the same whether the citation is
+of a book or of a periodical, and it appears to be a surprising and
+unwelcome feature for many users, conflicting as it may do with
+established typographic traditions in a number of contexts. Clea~ F.\
+Rees requested a way to customize this, so I have provided the
+\cmd{postvolpunct} command, which prints the punctuation between a
+\textsf{volume} number and a page number. It is set to \cmd{addcolon}
+by default, except when the current language of the entry is French,
+in which case it defaults to \cmd{addcolon\textbackslash addspace}.
+You can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash
+ postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it, but
+please note that the command only applies in this limited context, not
+more generally to the punctuation that appears between, e.g., a
+\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part} field.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash reprint}} and the
+following 7 macros all help \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} cope with
+the fact that many bibstrings in the Chicago system differ between
+notes and bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms
+when the latter prints them in full. In the current case, if a book
+is a reprint, then the macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma,
+should go in the \textsf{location} field before the city of
+publication (aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweit\-zer:bach). See
+\textbf{location}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB:} The rules for employing abbreviated or
+full bibstrings in the \emph{Manual} are remarkably complex, but I
+have attempted to make them as transparent for users as possible. In
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, if you don't see it mentioned in this
+section, then in theory you should always provide an abbreviated
+version, using the \cmd{bibstring} mechanism, if necessary
+(babb:peru). The standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings should also
+work (palmatary:pottery), and any that won't should be covered by the
+series of macros beginning here with \cmd{reprint} and ending below
+with \cmd{parttransandcomp}.
+
+\mybigspace Since \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} the
+\emph{Manual} specifies that the strings \texttt{editor},
+\texttt{translator}, and \texttt{compiler} all require different forms
+in notes and bibliography, and since it mentions these three apart
+from all the others \textsf{biblatex} provides (\textsf{annotator},
+\textsf{commentator}, et al.), and further since it may indeed happen
+that the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea},
+\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't
+adequate for presenting some entries, I have provided 7 macros to
+allow you to print the correct strings for these functions in both
+notes and bibliography. Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as
+originally I intended them for use when a particular name applied only
+to a specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or
+\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above).
+
+\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to
+identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} won't do, e.g., in a
+\textsf{note} field or the like. In such a case,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the appropriate string in
+your references.
+
+\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
+macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
+into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If
+you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either
+\texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after this command in your .bib files. The
+new version of the command should take care of this automatically for
+you.) See chaucer:liferecords.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a
+compiler.
+
+\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a
+translator (ratliff:review).
+
+\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a
+translator and a compiler.
+
+\vspace{1.4\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a
+compiler.
+
+\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator
+whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields
+(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}).
+
+\subsubsection{Citation Commands}
+\label{sec:citecommands}
+
+The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
+commands, some of which (e.g., \cmd{supercite(s)}, \cmd{citeyear})
+provide functionality that isn't really needed by the Chi\-cago notes
+and bibliography style offered here. If you are getting unexpected
+behavior when using them please have a look in your .log file ---
+there may be warnings there that alert you to undefined citation
+commands. Other \textsf{biblatex}-provided commands, though I haven't
+tested them extensively, should pretty much work out of the box. What
+remains are the commands I have found most useful and necessary for
+following the \emph{Manual}'s specifications, and I document in this
+section any alterations I have made to these. As always, if there are
+standard commands that don't work for you, or new commands that would
+be useful, please let me know, and it should be possible to fix or add
+them.
+
+\mylittlespace A number of users have run into a problem that appears
+when they've used a command like \cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}
+macro. In this situation, the automatic capitalization routines will
+not be in operation at the start of the footnote, so instead of
+\enquote{Ibid.,} for example, you'll see \enquote{ibid.} If you need
+to use the \cmd{cite} command within a \cmd{footnote} command, the
+solution is to use \cmd{Cite} instead. Alternatively, don't use a
+\cmd{footnote} macro at all, rather try \cmd{footcite} or
+\cmd{autocite} with the optional prenote and postnote arguments. Cf.\
+\cmd{Citetitle} below, and also section~3.7 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't
+adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out
+that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} sets this command to use
+\cmd{footcite} as the default option. It is, in my experience, much
+the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
+its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace While \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash cite*}} the
+\cmd{cite} command works just as you would expect it to, I have also
+provided a starred version for the rare situations when you might need
+to turn off the ibidem tracking mechanism. \textsf{Biblatex} provides
+very sophisticated algorithms for using \enquote{Ibid} in notes, so in
+general you won't find a need for this command, but in case you'd
+prefer a longer citation where you might automatically find
+\enquote{Ibid,} I've provided this. Of course, you'll need to put it
+inside a \cmd{footnote} command manually. (See also section
+\ref{sec:useropts}, below.)
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citeauthor}} have
+adapted this standard \textsf{biblatex} command only very slightly to
+bring it into line with \textsf{biblatex-chicago's} needs. Its main
+usage will probably be for references to works from classical
+antiquity, when an \textsf{author's} name (abbreviated or not)
+sometimes suffices in the absence of a \textsf{title}, e.g.,
+Thuc.\ 2.40.2--3 (14.258). You'll need to put it inside a
+\cmd{footnote} command manually. (Cf.\ also \textsf{entrysubtype} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citejournal}}
+command provides an alternative short form when citing journal
+\textsf{articles}, giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and
+\textsf{volume} number instead of the article \textsf{title} after the
+\textsf{author's} name. The \emph{Manual} suggests that this format
+might be helpful \enquote{in the absence of a full bibliography}
+(14.196). It may also prove useful when you want to provide
+parenthetical references to newspaper articles within the text rather
+than in the bibliography, a style endorsed by the \emph{Manual}
+(14.206). In such a case, an article's author, if there is one, could
+form part of the running text. As usual with these general citation
+commands, if you want the reference to appear in a footnote you need
+to put it inside a \cmd{footnote} command manually.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle}}
+simply prepends \cmd{bibsentence} to the usual \cmd{citetitle}
+command. Some titles may need this for the automatic contextual
+capitalization facility to work correctly. (Included as standard from
+\textsf{biblatex} 0.8d.)
+
+\mybigspace Joseph \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citetitles}}
+Reagle noticed that, because of the way
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} formats titles in quotation marks,
+using the \cmd{citetitle} command will often get you punctuation you
+don't want, especially when presenting a list of titles. I've
+included this multicite command to enable you to present such a list,
+if the need arises. Remember that you'll have to put it inside a
+\cmd{footnote} command manually.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash footfullcite}}
+standard \textsf{biblatex} command, modified to work properly with
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and provided in case you find
+yourself in a situation where you really need the full citation in a
+footnote, but where \cmd{autocite} would print a short note or even
+\enquote{Ibid.} This may be particularly useful if you've chosen to use all
+short notes by setting the \texttt{short} option in the arguments to
+\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex\}}, yet still feel the need for the
+occasional full citation.
+
+\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash fullcite}} too,
+is a standard command, and it too provides a full citation, but unlike
+the previous command it doesn't automatically place it in a footnote.
+It may be useful within long textual notes.
+
+\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
+Skjærholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the
+\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the
+genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic
+constructions. As a convenience for users, I've also ported this to
+the notes \& bibliography style. In most respects it behaves exactly
+like \cmd{textcite}, on which see below. The difference is that I've
+added a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to
+choose which declensional ending to add to the name. If you don't
+specify this field, you'll get the standard English \enquote{\,'s\,}.
+If you want something different, then you'll need to present a third
+option to the command, like so:
+\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. You must include the
+two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it
+will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a
+\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a
+\textsf{postnote}. There is a \cmd{gentext\-cites} command as well, and
+for it you may need to specify
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]\\()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}},
+though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the
+first citation you can make do with
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\\\{entry:key2\}}.
+
+\mylittlespace The syntax of multiple authors' names in running text
+is unpredictable. There is currently no way to add the genitival
+ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will
+only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case. (This is
+in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author
+work, at least in English.) When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however,
+you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached
+to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names
+attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the last,
+but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option
+set to \texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s).
+
+\mybigspace Matthew \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash headlesscite}}
+Lundin requested a more generalized \cmd{headlesscite} macro,
+suppressing the author's name in specific contexts while allowing
+users not to worry about whether a particular citation needs the long
+or short form, a responsibility thereby handed over to
+\textsf{biblatex's} tracking mechanisms. This citation command
+attempts to fulfill this request. Please note that, in the short
+form, the result will be rather like a \cmd{citetitle} command, which
+may or may not be what you want. Note, also, that as I have provided
+only the most flexible form of the command, you'll have to wrap it in
+a \cmd{footnote} yourself. Please see the next entry for further
+discussion of some of the needs this command might help address.
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ headless-\\fullcite}} have provided this command in case you want
+to print a full citation without the author's name. The \emph{Manual}
+(14.78, 14.88) suggests this for brevity's sake in cases where that
+name is already obvious enough from the title, and where repetition
+might seem awkward (creel:house, feydeau:farces, meredith:letters, and
+sewall:letter). \textsf{Letter} entries --- and only such entries ---
+do this for you automatically, and of course the repetition is
+tolerated in bibliographies for the sake of alphabetization, but in
+notes this command may help achieve greater elegance, even if it isn't
+strictly necessary. As I've provided only the most flexible form of
+the command, you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote} yourself.
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash shortcite}} have
+provided this command in case, for any reason, you specifically
+require the short form of a note, and \textsf{biblatex} thinks you
+want something else. Again, I've provided only the most flexible form
+of the command, so you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote}
+manually.
+
+\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash shorthandcite}}
+the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have included this command which
+always prints the \textsf{shorthand}, even at the first citation of a
+given work. Again, I've only provided the most flexible form of the
+command, so you'll need to place it inside parentheses or wrap it in a
+\cmd{footnote} manually.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash surnamecite}}
+command is analogous to \cmd{headlesscite}, but whereas the latter
+allows you to omit an \textsf{author's} name when that name is obvious
+from the \textsf{title} of a work, \cmd{surnamecite} allows you to
+shorten a full note citation in contexts where the full name(s) of the
+\textsf{author} have already been provided in the text. In short
+notes this falls back to the standard format, but in long notes it
+simply omits the given names of the \textsf{author} and provides only
+the surname, along with the full data of the entry. (Cf.\ 14.52.)
+
+\mybigspace Norman \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} Gray
+started a discussion on
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/67837/citations-as-nouns-in-biblatex-chicago}{Stackexchange}
+which established both that \textsf{biblatex} had begun including a
+\cmd{textcite} command in its verbose styles and that
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} hadn't kept up. In that thread Audrey
+Boruvka provided some code, adapted from \textsf{verbose.cbx}, to
+provide such a command for the Chicago notes \&\ bibliography style.
+More recently, Rasmus Pank Rouland pointed out some changes in
+\textsf{biblatex} that made the \cmd{textcites} command fit more
+elegantly into the flow of text. I've adapted this solution in this
+release. I'm still not entirely certain how best to accommodate this
+request within the package, but there are now at least commands
+(\cmd{textcite} and \cmd{textcites}) for users to test. Their
+functionality is a little complicated. In the main text, they will
+provide an \textsf{author's} name(s), followed immediately by a foot-
+or endnote which contains the full (or short) reference, following the
+usual rules. If you use \cmd{textcite} inside a foot- or endnote,
+then the default behavior, for both \cmd{textcite} and
+\cmd{textcites}, specifies that you'll get the \textsf{author's}
+name(s) followed by a headless \emph{short} citation (or citations)
+placed within parentheses. Such parentheses are generally discouraged
+by the \emph{Manual} (14.33), but are nonetheless somewhat better than
+other solutions for smoothing the syntax of sentences that include
+such a citation. I have made the citation short, i.e., \textsf{title}
+only, because this again seems likely to be the least awkward solution
+syntactically. If you want to configure this behavior for either
+citation command, please see \cmd{foottextcite} and
+\cmd{foottextcites} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
+
+\mylittlespace If you look at \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, you'll see a
+number of other citation commands, but those are intended for internal
+use only, mainly in cross-references of various sorts. Use at your
+own risk.
+
+\subsection{Package Options}
+\label{sec:options}
+
+\subsubsection{Pre-Set \textsf{biblatex} Options}
+\label{sec:presetopts}
+
+Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
+tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I
+thought I might gather them here also for your perusal. These
+settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you
+can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
+preamble or by loading the package via
+\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes]\{biblatex\}}, which gives you the
+\textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself inside
+the square brackets.
+
+\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{abbreviate=\\false}} default,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints the longer bibstrings, mainly
+for use in the bibliography, but since notes require the shorter forms
+of many of them, I've had to define many new strings for use there.
+
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes}
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\footnote}} places references in
+footnotes by default.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker
+for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification calls
+for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened when
+presenting date ranges.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{dateabbrev=\\false}}
+\emph{Manual} prefers to use full month names in the notes \&\
+bibliography style.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}}
+enables the use of \enquote{Ibid} in notes, but only in the most
+strictly-defined circumstances. Whenever there might be any
+ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more
+informative reference. Remember also that you can use the \cmd{cite*}
+command to disable this functionality in any given reference, or
+indeed one of the \texttt{fullcite} commands if you need the long note
+form for any reason.
+
+\mylittlespace Roger \mymarginpar{\texttt{idemtracker=\\false}} Hart
+suggested that it might be helpful, despite the \emph{Manual's}
+objections (14.30), to be able to turn on \textsf{biblatex's}
+\texttt{idemtracker}. This replaces, in notes only, authors' names
+with the string \enquote{Idem} when a work by the same author follows
+a different work by that author, two consecutive references to the
+same work by the same author generating, of course, \enquote{Ibid.}
+You can turn this on when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} by setting
+\texttt{idemtracker=constrict}. It works very much like the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} styles which include this option, so that you never
+get \enquote{Idem} in long notes, but only in short ones, and
+(ideally) never when the repeated name might be somewhat ambiguous.
+Also, if you wish the localized string to be appropriately gendered,
+you need to employ the \textsf{biblatex} field \textsf{gender}, on
+which see \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~2.3.3.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{loccittracker\\=constrict}}
+allows the package to determine whether two consecutive citations of
+the same source also cite the same page of that source. In such a
+case, \texttt{Ibid} alone will be printed, without the page reference,
+following the specification (14.29).
+
+\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\
+ minbibnames\\=7}}} two options control the number of names
+printed in the bibliography when that number exceeds 10. These
+numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual} (14.76), and
+they are different from those for use in notes. With
+\textsf{biblatex} 1.6 you can no longer redefine \texttt{maxnames} and
+\texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbiblio\-graphy} command at the bottom
+of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does this
+automatically for you, though of course you can change them in your
+document preamble.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables
+page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage}
+commands for controlling, among other things, the printing of
+\enquote{Ibid.} It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside
+mode, or whole spreads in twoside mode.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} is the
+standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, but I have given it
+some extra settings and also added an entry option as well. By
+default it enables the use of \textsf{related} functionality in the
+bibliography only, not in long notes. You can set it either in the
+preamble or in individual entries to enable the functionality in long
+notes only (\texttt{notes}), in both notes and bibliography
+(\texttt{true}), or in neither (\texttt{false}). Cf.\
+coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off
+the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice
+which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sorting=\\}\cmd{cms@choose}}
+new setting tests whether you are using \textsf{Biber} as your
+backend, and if so enables a custom \textsf{biblatex-chicago} sorting
+scheme for the bibliography (\texttt{cms}). If you are using any
+other backend, it reverts to the \textsf{biblatex} default
+(\texttt{nty}). Please see the discussion of
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} just below.
+
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{uniquework=\\true}} option
+enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to disambiguate shortened
+citations to different sources which might otherwise be confusingly
+identical. Though I've set it in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+you'll need to set the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} option
+yourself in order for it to have any visible effect. See the
+documentation of that option in section~\ref{sec:useropts}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}}
+enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of
+entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
+In the bibliography, the entry will be alphabetized by the
+translator's surname. You can disable this functionality on a
+per-entry basis by setting \texttt{use\-translator=false} in the
+\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ silver:gawain.
+
+\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options}
+\label{sec:formatopts}
+
+I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands
+provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between
+bibliography items and between items in the list of shorthands
+(\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}). I define many of these in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to redefine
+them to your own needs and tastes. It may be as well you know that
+the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the formatting
+options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a replacement
+for repeated names in the bibliography (14.63--67, and just below);
+and the formatting of note numbers, both in the main text and at the
+bottom of the page / end of the essay (superscript in the text,
+in-line in the notes; 14.19). The code for this last formatting is
+also in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped it in a test
+that disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir} class, which I
+believe has its own commands for defining these parameters. You can
+also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff} package option, on
+which see below.
+
+\mylittlespace Gildas Hamel pointed out that my default definition, in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, of \textsf{biblatex's}
+\cmd{bibnamedash} didn't work well with many fonts, leaving a line of
+three dashes separated by gaps. He suggested an alternative, which
+I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you
+can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your
+chosen font. The default definition is:
+\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash
+ rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes}
+ \&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have
+added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to \textsf{chicago-notes\break .bbx}, for
+use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command.
+The first, \texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of
+shorthands to appear inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does
+the same for endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size,
+and in the latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white
+space that I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably
+also want to use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid
+of the [oversized] default, providing your own within the
+\cmd{footnote} command.) If you use a command like
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal
+abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and
+\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{biben\-vironments} in exactly the same way.
+Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
+\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for
+further options available to you for presenting and formatting these
+two types of \texttt{biblist}.
+
+\mylittlespace Formerly
+\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}} available only to
+those using \textsf{Biber}, but since version 3.0 handled by
+\textsf{biblatex} itself, \cmd{DeclareLabelname} allows you to add
+name fields for consideration when \textsf{biblatex} is attempting to
+find a shortened name for short notes. This, for example, allows a
+compiler (=\textsf{namec}) to appear at the head of short notes
+without any other intervention from the user, rather than requiring a
+\textsf{shortauthor} field as previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} did. The default search order for the
+Chicago styles is \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{author},
+\textsf{shorteditor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb},
+\textsf{translator}, \textsf{namec}. You can set the option
+\texttt{use<name>=false} in entries or when loading
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to exclude individual fields from appearing
+in short notes, or indeed at the head of long notes and bibliography
+entries. See the documentation of those name types in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for further details.
+
+\mylittlespace I
+\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}}
+have provided, using this declaration, a custom sorting algorithm for
+the bibliography. The idea is that \textsf{biblatex} can use any
+field whatsoever for sorting, so that a great many more entries will
+be sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring manual
+intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the like.
+Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} loads the custom scheme
+\enquote{\texttt{cms},} a Chicago-specific variant of the default
+\texttt{nty}. (You can find its definition in
+\textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}.) The advantages of this scheme are,
+specifically, that any entry headed by one of the supplemental name
+fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}), a \textsf{manual} entry headed by an
+\textsf{organization}, or an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
+headed by a \textsf{journaltitle} won't need a \textsf{sortkey} set.
+Further, the \texttt{use<name>=false} options will remove any name
+field from the sorting order, again reducing the need for user
+intervention.
+
+\subsubsection{{Pre-Set \textsf{chicago} Options}}
+\label{sec:chicpreset}
+
+At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request
+of Scot Becker, I have included this rather specialized option, which
+controls the printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book}
+entries. Some bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total
+page count in that field by default, and this option allows you to
+stop the printing of this information in notes and bibliography. It
+defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but it can be set
+to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
+per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field (though rather than use
+this latter method it would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages}
+field from the affected entries).
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be
+printed in notes and bibliography. At the request of Daniel
+Possenriede, and keeping in mind the \emph{Manual's} preference for
+this field instead of a \textsf{url} (14.6), I have added a third
+switch, \texttt{only}, which prints the \textsf{doi} if it is present
+and the \textsf{url} only if there is no \textsf{doi}. The package
+default remains the same, however --- it defaults to true, which will
+print both \textsf{doi} and \textsf{url} if both are present. The
+option can be set to \texttt{only} or to \texttt{false} either in the
+preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
+\textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online} entries, the \textsf{doi}
+field will always be printed, but the \texttt{only} switch will still
+eliminate any \textsf{url}.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{eprint=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{eprint} fields present in the .bib file will be
+printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to true, and can be
+set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
+per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online}
+entries, the \textsf{eprint} field will always be printed.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn},
+\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the
+.bib file will be printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to
+true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
+document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.
+
+\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again at
+the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which
+controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the
+periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present.
+Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of
+publication even when a \textsf{number} is present. When all this
+information is available the \emph{Manual} (14.180, 14.185) prints
+everything, so this option defaults to true, which means the field is
+printed, but it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the
+whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be
+printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to true, and can be
+set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
+per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Please note that, as
+in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always
+printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this
+option.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the
+one option that rules the six preceding, either printing all the
+fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of
+them. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but
+you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or,
+for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual
+entries. The rationale for all of these options is the availability
+of bibliographic managers that helpfully present as much data as
+possible, in every entry, some of which may not be felt to be entirely
+necessary. Setting \texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably
+works just fine for those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but
+others may find that some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at
+least to a first approximation. Some per-entry work afterward may
+then polish up the details.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{addendum=\\true}} the request
+of Roger Hart, I have included this option, which controls the
+printing of the \textsf{addendum} field, but \emph{only} in long
+notes. It defaults to true, and can be set to false either in the
+preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis, in the
+\textsf{options} field.
+
+\mylittlespace According \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookseries=\\true}} to
+the \emph{Manual} (14.128), the \textsf{series} field in book-like
+entries \enquote{may be omitted to save space (especially in a
+ footnote).} This option allows you to control the printing of that
+field in long notes. It defaults to true, and can be set to false
+either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry
+basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Several entry types don't use
+this field, so the option will have no effect in them, and it is also
+ignored in \textsf{article}, \textsf{misc}, \textsf{music},
+\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries.
+
+\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{notefield=\\true}} with the
+previous two options, Roger Hart requested an option to control the
+printing of the \textsf{note} field in long notes. It defaults to
+true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
+document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. The
+option will be ignored in \textsf{article}, \textsf{misc},
+\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} fields.
+
+\mylittlespace This
+\mymarginpar{\vspace{-1\baselineskip}\texttt{completenotes=}%
+ \\\texttt{true}} is the one option that rules
+the three preceding, either printing all the fields under
+consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of them from long
+notes. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but
+you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or,
+for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual
+entries.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref=\\true}} the
+request of Bertold Schweitzer, I have included two options for
+controlling whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print
+abbreviated references when you cite more than one part of a given
+collection or series. This option controls whether multiple
+\textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and
+\textsf{proceedings} entries which are part of the same collection
+will appear in this space-saving format. The parent collection itself
+will usually be presented in, e.g., a \textsf{book},
+\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{mvbook}, \textsf{mvcollection}, or
+\textsf{mvproceedings} entry, and using \textsf{crossref} or
+\textsf{xref} in the child entries will allow such presentation
+depending on the value of the option:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref}
+ or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
+ \emph{not} get any abbreviated references, either in notes or
+ bibliography.
+\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated references in these entry
+ types both in notes and in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
+ notes, but only in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
+ bibliography, but only in notes.
+\end{description}
+
+This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the
+behavior of \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
+\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entries, please see
+\texttt{longcrossref}, below, and also the documentation of
+\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}.
+
+\mylittlespace Roger
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
+requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the
+\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and
+\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields. By default, this is
+\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for all
+occurrences in notes and for nearly all \textsf{book-} and
+\textsf{maintitleaddons} in the bibliography, while
+\cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the default
+before most \textsf{titleaddons} in the bibliography. If the
+punctuation printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the
+relevant option either in the preamble or in individual entries.
+(Cf.\ coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option
+keys are:
+
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all
+\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace}
+\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}}
+\end{description}
+
+If you need something a little more exotic, you can directly
+\cmd{renewcommand} either \cmd{ctitleaddonpunct} or
+\cmd{ptitleaddonpunct} (or both) in your preamble, but it's worth
+remembering that the redefinition will hold for all instances, unless
+you use the \textsf{options} field in your other entries with a
+\textsf{titleaddon} field. A simpler solution might be to set the
+relevant option to \texttt{none} in your entry and then include the
+punctuation in the \textsf{titleaddon} field itself.
+
+\mylittlespace If \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes=\\true}} both a
+\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur
+particularly in cross-referenced entries, then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the
+\textsf{volumes} field. In some instances, when a \textsf{maintitle}
+is present, this may not be the desired result. In this latter case,
+if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, this new
+option, set to \texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
+\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to
+\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
+of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref=\\false}} is
+the second option, requested by Bertold Schweitzer, for controlling
+whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print abbreviated
+references when you cite more than one part of a given collection or
+series. It controls the settings for the entry types more-or-less
+authorized by the \emph{Manual}, i.e., \textsf{inbook},
+\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.
+The mechanism itself is enabled by multiple \textsf{crossref} or
+\textsf{xref} references to the same parent, whether that be, e.g., a
+\textsf{collection}, an \textsf{mvcollection}, a \textsf{proceedings},
+or an \textsf{mvproceedings} entry. Given these multiple cross
+references, the presentation in the reference apparatus will be
+governed by the following options:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use
+ \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
+ entry types, you'll get the abbreviated references in both notes and
+ bibliography.
+\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated references in these
+ entry types, either in notes or in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
+ notes, but only in the bibliography.
+\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
+ bibliography, but only in notes.
+\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
+ setting to provide abbreviated references not just to the four entry
+ types mentioned but also to \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+ \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, both in notes
+ and in the bibliography.
+\end{description}
+
+This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the
+behavior of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection},
+and \textsf{proceedings} entries, please see \texttt{booklongxref},
+above, and also the documentation of \textsf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}.
+
+\mylittlespace This
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand\\punct\\=space}}
+option controls the punctuation that appears before the first
+introduction of a \textsf{shorthand} field, including the
+\textsf{shorthandintro}, in long notes. The default is
+\cmd{addspace}, but if this isn't correct for your needs, especially
+if you change the \textsf{shorthandintro} or don't want the whole
+phrase inside parentheses, then you can change it in the preamble or
+in individual entries. The accepted option keys are:
+
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all
+\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace}
+\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad emdash] =
+ \cmd{addthinspace\cmd{textemdash}\cmd{addthinspace}}
+\item[\qquad endash] = \cmd{addspace\cmd{textendash}\cmd{addspace}}
+\end{description}
+
+You can, in emergencies, directly
+\cmd{renewcommand\{\cmd{shorthandpunct}\}} in the pream\-ble, but it
+might be easier to use the \texttt{none} option to
+\texttt{shorthandpunct} and hand-craft solutions inside the
+\textsf{shorthandintro} fields of individual entries.
+
+\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
+\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as
+standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now
+deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files with
+\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board.
+
+\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
+\label{sec:useropts}
+
+These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to
+enable. All except the fourth can be used even if you load the
+package in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users
+can just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
+\cmd{usepackage} \texttt{\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
+Emil Salim, I included in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} the ability to
+produce annotated bibliographies. If you turn this option on then the
+contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or \textsf{annote}) field will
+be printed after the bibliographical reference. (You can also use
+external files to store annotations -- please see
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.11.8 for details on how to do this.) This
+functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it
+please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation}
+field, on page~\pageref{sec:annote} above.
+
+\mylittlespace When \mymarginpar{\texttt{compresspages}} set to
+\texttt{true}, any page ranges in your .bib file or in the
+\textsf{postnote} field of your citation commands will be compressed
+in accordance with the \emph{Manual's} specifications (9.60).
+Something like 321-{-}328 in your .bib file would become 321--28 in
+your document. See the \textsf{pages} field in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{delayvolume}} presentation of
+\textsf{volume} information in the notes \&\ bibliography style is
+complicated (\emph{Manual}, 14.121--27). Depending on entry type and
+on the presence or absence of a \textsf{booktitle} or a
+\textsf{maintitle}, \textsf{volume} data will be presented, in the
+bibliography, either before a \textsf{maintitle} or after a
+\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, that is, just before
+publication information. This, so far, is handled for you
+automatically by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. In long notes, the
+same options apply, but it is also sometimes better to place
+\textsf{volume} information \emph{after} the publication information
+and just before any page numbers, so I have included this option,
+which you can set either for the whole document or on a per-entry
+basis, to allow you to move \textsf{volume} data to the end of a long
+note. Please note that this doesn't affect any \textsf{volume} data
+printed \emph{before} a \textsf{maintitle}, but only data that would,
+without this option, be printed \emph{after} a \textsf{booktitle} or
+\textsf{maintitle}. Cf.\ also \cmd{postvolpunct}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the
+\emph{Manual} (14.19) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and
+endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or
+endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all
+publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style. I
+have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include
+the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will
+not alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in
+any way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your
+publisher. I have placed all of this code in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if you load the package with a call
+to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then once again footnote marks will
+revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of course you also lose a fair
+amount of other formatting, as well. See section~\ref{sec:loading},
+below.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
+the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using
+the \cmd{gentextcites} command. Please see the documentation of that
+command in section~\ref{sec:citecommands}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace Setting \mymarginpar{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} this
+option to \texttt{true} allows child entries to inherit the
+\textsf{shorthand} and \textsf{shorthandintro} fields from
+cross-referenced parent entries. This in turn allows abbreviated
+references to the parent entry to use the \textsf{shorthand} instead
+of the usual and merely short citation, thus allowing for extra space
+savings. There are several other steps required to make this all
+function smoothly, so please see the documentation of the
+\textbf{shorthand} field in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option
+controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in place of
+the \textsf{journaltitle} field in notes and bibliography. It is
+\texttt{false} by default, so as shipped
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will silently ignore such fields, but
+you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual entries, to
+one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the abbreviated form
+in notes and bibliography, \texttt{notes} in notes only, and
+\texttt{bib} in the bibliography only. Please note that in
+\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and \textsf{shorttitle}
+fields behave in exactly the same manner. For more details, see the
+documentation of \textsf{shortjournal} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
+(6.47) states that \enquote{commas are not required around \emph{Jr.}\
+ and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has
+followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in names
+like \enquote{John Doe Jr.} Charles Schaum has pointed out that
+traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and
+since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an
+option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the
+whole document or on a per-entry basis. Please note, first, that
+numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma. The code
+tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if
+you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in
+the \textsf{options} field of some entries. Second, I have fixed a
+bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of
+the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came
+before the given names (as in a bibliography). The package now
+correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given
+names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of
+which is unaffected by this option.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the
+standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have
+reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to
+\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with
+\cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
+read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter
+form also works if you load the style using
+\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago\-notes]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this
+requirement isn't too onerous.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
+early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to
+turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses by default. Some publishers, it
+would appear, require this. Setting this option will mean that all
+possible instances of \emph{ibid.}\ will be replaced by the short note
+form. For more fine-grained control of individual citations you'll
+probably want to use specialized citation commands, instead. See
+section \ref{sec:citecommands}.
+
+\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{omitxrefdate}} part of the
+abbreviated cross-referencing functionality for \textsf{book},
+\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings}
+entries, I have thought it helpful to include, in the abbreviated
+references only, a date for any \textsf{title} that's part of a
+\textsf{maintitle}, though not for those that are only part of
+\textsf{booktitle}. If these dates annoy you, you can use this option
+to turn them off, either in the preamble for the document as a whole
+or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries. Cf.\
+harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc; and
+\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
+only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the
+previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a
+\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017.
+The new package default prints 26 March 2017, which is more in keeping
+both with standard British usage and with the recommendations of the
+\emph{Manual} (9.36). The option is available only in the preamble.
+
+\mylittlespace Several
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{postnotepunct}\\(experimental)} users, most
+recently David Gohlke, have requested a way to alter the punctuation
+that appears just before the \textsf{postnote} argument of citation
+commands, usually, but perhaps not always, to allow citations to fit
+better into the flow of text. This punctuation is a complex issue in
+the \emph{Manual}, and I've attempted to make
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} follow the specifications closely. Still,
+as a first stab at enabling the greater flexibility in punctuation
+that some have requested, I have introduced the \texttt{postnotepunct}
+package option. Set to \texttt{true}, it allows you to start the
+\textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and have
+it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in place of whatever the package
+might otherwise automatically have chosen. Please note that this
+functionality relies on a very nifty macro by Philipp Lehman which I
+haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling this option experimental.
+Note also that the option only affects the \textsf{postnote} field of
+citation commands, not the \textsf{pages} field in your .bib file.
+
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{short}} option means that
+your text will only use the short note form, even in the first
+citation of a particular work. The \emph{Manual} (14.14) recommends
+this space-saving format only when you provide a \emph{full}
+bibliography, though even with such a bibliography you may feel it
+easier for your readers to present long first citations. If you do
+use the \texttt{short} option, remember that there are several
+citation commands which allow you to present the full reference in
+specific cases (see section \ref{sec:citecommands}). If your
+bibliography is not complete, then you should not use this option.
+
+\mylittlespace N.\
+Andrew\colmarginpar{\texttt{shortextra-\\field\\shortextra-\\format\\shortextra-\\punct}}
+Walsh has remarked that it is quite possible for documents to cite
+works that, though perfectly distinguishable in their long form, end
+up looking identical in short notes; multiple performances of the same
+work by the same artist, for example, might end up producing such a
+situation. While the use of a \textsf{shorthand} field could provide
+some sort of remedy, he requested a way to disambiguate short notes by
+adding a user-configurable field to the note, thereby keeping it both
+short and unique without the need to consult a list of shorthands.
+The \emph{Manual} (15.28) itself provides just such a mechanism in the
+author-date specification, so I've added one to the notes \&\
+bibliography style, as well. It consists of the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquework}, now set to \texttt{true}
+by default, along with three package options for the user to
+configure. All three of these options are settable for the whole
+document, for individual entries, or for individual entry types.
+
+\mylittlespace The first is \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}}, which
+\emph{must} be set in order for the mechanism to print anything at
+all. You should set this option to the name of the field you wish to
+be printed in addition to the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle}.
+By default, it will be printed after the latter, separated from it by
+a comma. You can manually define this punctuation by setting the
+\mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}} option to one of \texttt{none,
+ space, comma, period, colon,} or \texttt{semicolon}. You can also
+enclose the extra field in parentheses or square brackets by setting
+the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}} option to \texttt{parens} or
+\texttt{brackets}.
+
+\mylittlespace User \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand-\\first}} laudecir
+requested a simpler way to print the \textsf{shorthand} even in the
+first citation of a source, simpler, that is, than remembering to use
+the \cmd{shorthandcite} command. You can set this option to
+\texttt{true} either in the preamble or in individual entries.
+
+\mylittlespace Kenneth Pearce \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandfull}} has
+suggested that, in some fields of study, a list of shorthands
+providing full bibliographical information may replace the
+bibliography itself. This option prints this full information in the
+list of shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib
+entry not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a
+list. Please see the documentation of the \textbf{shorthand} field in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for information on further options
+available to you for presenting and formatting the list of shorthands.
+
+\mylittlespace Chris Sparks \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandibid}}
+pointed out that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} would never use
+\emph{ibid.}\ in the case of entries containing a \textsf{shorthand}
+field, but rather that consecutive references to such an entry
+continued to provide the shorthand, instead. The \emph{Manual} isn't,
+as far as I can tell, completely clear on this question. In 14.258,
+discussing references to works from classical antiquity, it states
+that \enquote{when abbreviations are used, these rather than
+ \emph{ibid.}\ should be used in succeeding references to the same
+ work,} but I can't make out whether this rule is specific to
+classical references or has more general scope. Given this ambiguity,
+I don't think it unreasonable to provide an option to allow printing
+of \emph{ibid.}\ instead of the shorthand in such circumstances,
+though the default behavior remains the same as it always has.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental
+option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (14.36)
+for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and
+the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short
+rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation. I haven't tested this
+code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
+might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems.
+
+\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{urlnotes}} Björk, for
+specialized reasons, requested a way to turn off the printing of
+\textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} information in notes
+but not in the bibliography. As it's possible this might be of more
+general usefulness, I've provided a new option. You can set it to
+\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in individual entries, but
+please note that it does not apply to \textsf{online} entries.
+
+\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Björk pointed
+out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or
+\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation
+of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or
+\textsf{mvcollection}, you could entirely lose a \textsf{url} that
+might be helpful for locating a source, as the abbreviated forms in
+notes and in the bibliography wouldn't include this information.
+Setting this option to \textsf{true} either in the preamble or in
+individual entries will allow the \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, or
+\textsf{eprint} field to appear even in these abbreviated references.
+
+\subsection{General Usage Hints}
+\label{sec:hints}
+
+\subsubsection{Loading the Style}
+\label{sec:loading}
+
+With the addition of the author-date styles to the package, I have
+provided three keys for choosing which style to load, \texttt{notes},
+\texttt{authordate}, and \textsf{authordate-trad}, one of which you
+put in the options to the \cmd{usepackage} command. The default way
+of loading the notes + bibliography style has therefore slightly
+changed. With early versions of \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-notes},
+the standard way of loading the package was via a call to
+\textsf{biblatex}, e.g.:
+\begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes,strict,backend=bibtex8,\%\\
+ babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}}
+\end{quote}
+Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the
+vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old
+invocation, will look like this:
+\begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,\%\\
+ bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
+\end{quote}
+
+(In point of fact, the previous \textsf{biblatex-chicago} loading
+method without the \texttt{notes} option will still work, but only
+because I've made the notes \&\ bibliography style the default if no
+style is explicitly requested.) If you read through
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it sets a number of
+\textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the Chicago
+specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables intended
+as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:presetopts}, above).
+Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more
+\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many
+publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in
+citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the
+defaults I have provided do not conform.
+
+\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this
+can easily be done by putting different options in the call to
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in
+the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults. If, however,
+you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package,
+perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether,
+then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above.
+You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that
+sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or
+footnotes. Also in this file is the code that calls
+\textsf{cms-american.lbx}, which means that you'll lose all the
+Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your
+preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command adapted for your
+setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and also
+§§~4.9.1 and 4.11.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call
+the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, short,} and
+\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above), in case these
+continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications.
+There's very little code, therefore, actually in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal
+separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable. Any
+suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome.
+
+\subsubsection{Other Hints}
+\label{sec:otherhints}
+
+One useful rule, when you are having difficulty creating a .bib entry,
+is to ask yourself whether all the information you are providing is
+strictly necessary. The Chicago specification is a very full one, but
+the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many circumstances, fairly relaxed
+about how much of the data from a work's title page you need to fit
+into a reference. Authors of introductions and afterwords, multiple
+publishers in different countries, the real names of authors more
+commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these are candidates for
+exclusion if you aren't making specific reference to them, and if you
+judge that their inclusion won't be of particular interest to your
+readers. Of course, any data that may be of such interest, and
+especially any needed to identify and track down a reference, has to
+be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and reevaluate how much
+information you're providing. I've tried to make
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} robust enough to handle the most
+complex, data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can
+save yourself some typing by keeping it simple.
+
+\mylittlespace Scot Becker pointed out to me that the inverse problem
+not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to wit, .bib
+database entries generated by bibliographic managers which helpfully
+provide as much information as is available, including fields that
+users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI,
+\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia). The standard \textsf{biblatex}
+styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
+§3.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and I
+have implemented the ones that are relevant to
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and
+that may be of more general usefulness. There is also a general
+option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration
+-- please see section~\ref{sec:chicpreset} above.
+
+\mylittlespace If you are having problems with the interaction of
+punctuation and quotation marks in notes or bibliography, first please
+check that you've used \cmd{mkbibquote} in the relevant part of your
+.bib file. If you are still getting errors, please let me know, as it
+may well be a bug.
+
+\mylittlespace For the \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} style, I have
+fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing punctuation at
+the end of entries. Several users noted insufficiencies in previous
+releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, sometimes related to the
+semicolon between multiple citations, sometimes to ineradicable
+periods after long notes, bugs that were byproducts of my attempt to
+fix other end-of-entry errors. One of the side effects of this older
+code was (wrongly) to put a period after a long note produced, e.g.,
+by a command like \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash headlessfullcite\}},
+whereas only the \enquote{foot} cite commands (including
+\cmd{autocite} in the default \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} set up)
+should do so. If you came to rely on this side effect, please note
+now that you'll have to put the period in yourself when explicitly
+calling \cmd{footnote}, like so: \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash
+ headlessfullcite\{key\}.\}}
+
+\mylittlespace When you use abbreviations at the ends of fields in
+your .bib file (e.g., \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} or
+\enquote{\texttt{Inc.},}) \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} should deal
+automatically with adding (or suppressing) appropriate punctuation
+after the final dot. This includes retaining periods after such dots
+when a closing parenthesis intervenes, as in (n.d.). Merely entering
+the abbreviation without informing \textsf{biblatex} that the final
+dot is a dot and not a period should always work, though you do have
+to provide manual formatting in those rare cases when you need a comma
+after the author's initials in a bibliography, usually in a
+\textsf{misc} entry (see house:papers). If you find you need to
+provide such formatting elsewhere, please let me know.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} says, to wit, use \textsf{Biber} if you can.
+It's not absolutely required for the notes \&\ bibliography style, but
+it is required for an increasing amount of very useful functionality
+in all \textsf{biblatex} styles. The \textbf{mv*} entry types, for
+example, can help streamline your .bib database, particularly when
+used as \textsf{crossref} targets, but this utility is severely
+limited if you are using one of the older backends. If you have to
+use one of these older backends, then the \textsf{biblatex} authors
+advise using \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX,
+to avoid the cryptic errors that ensue when your .bib file gets to a
+certain size.
+
+\section{The Specification: Author-Date}
+\label{sec:authdate}
+
+The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package contains two different
+author-date styles. The first, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate},
+implements the specifications of the 16th edition of the \emph{Chicago
+ Manual of Style}. Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the
+\emph{Manual}, though as this latest edition now recommends \enquote{a
+ uniform treatment for the main elements of citation in both of its
+ systems of documentation} (15.2), many of these references will in
+fact be to the chapter on the notes \&\ bibliography style (chap.\
+14), which chapter is, by design, considerably more detailed than that
+devoted to the author-date style. The second,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad}, implements that same
+specification but with a markedly different style of title
+presentation, including sentence-style capitalization and an absence
+of quotation marks around the (plain-text) titles of \textsf{article}
+or \textsf{incollection} entries, \emph{inter alia}. The
+\textsf{trad} style is so named because older versions of the
+\emph{Manual}, up to and including the 15th edition, recommended this
+plainer style for author-date titles, and the 16th edition itself
+suggests the possibility, when needed, of retaining such title
+presentation in combination with its own recommendations for other
+parts of the reference apparatus (15.45). In practice, the
+differences between the two styles necessitate separate discussions of
+the \textsf{title} field and one extra package option
+(\texttt{headline}), and that's about it.
+
+\mylittlespace Generally, then, the following documentation covers
+both Chicago author-date styles, and attempts to explain all the parts
+of the specification that might be considered somehow \enquote{non
+ standard,} at least with respect to the styles included with
+\textsf{biblatex} itself. In the section on entry fields I admit I
+have also duplicated a lot of the information in
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of
+the system. As usual, headings in \mycolor{green}
+\colmarginpar{\textsf{New in this release}} indicate material new to
+this release, or occasionally old material that has undergone
+significant revision. The file \textsf{dates-test.bib} contains many
+examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, should produce the same output
+as you see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output,
+where the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state
+of affairs which does sometimes occur. If you are using
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} the same basically holds,
+but you'd have to keep one eye on the 15th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} (chap.\ 17) for the titles. I have provided
+\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}, which
+show how my system processes \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I have also
+included the reference keys from the latter file below in parentheses.
+
+\subsection{Entry Types}
+\label{sec:types:authdate}
+
+The complete list of entry types currently available in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} and \textsf{authordate-trad},
+minus the odd \textsf{biblatex} alias, is as follows:
+\mycolor{\textbf{article}}, \textbf{artwork}, \textbf{audio},
+\textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
+\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
+\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
+\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}},
+\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual}, \textbf{misc}, \textbf{music},
+\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings},
+\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}),
+\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings},
+\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias
+\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook},
+\textbf{suppcollection}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
+(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
+\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}.
+
+\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
+differences between these types and the standard provided by
+\textsf{biblatex}. If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is
+safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles. In
+general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here,
+unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given
+entry type. As a general and important rule, most entry types require
+very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, so
+it seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in
+the next section.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\colmarginpar{\textbf{article}}}
+\label{sec:ad:article}
+The \emph{Chicago Manual of Style} (14.170) recognizes three different
+sorts of periodical publication, \enquote{journals,}
+\enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers.} The first (14.172)
+includes \enquote{scholarly or professional periodicals available
+ mainly by subscription,} while the second refers to \enquote{weekly
+ or monthly} publications that are \enquote{available either by
+ subscription or in individual issues at bookstores or newsstands.}
+\enquote{Magazines} will tend to be \enquote{more accessible to
+ general readers,} and typically won't have a volume number. The
+following paragraphs detail how to construct your .bib entries for all
+these sorts of periodical publication.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use
+the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} ---
+\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off
+the page numbers with a colon in the list of references, as required
+by the \emph{Manual}. If, however, you wish to cite a
+\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need to add an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} field containing the exact string
+\texttt{magazine} or, now, its synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}.
+The main formatting differences between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper}
+and a plain \textsf{article} are that time specifications (month, day,
+season) aren't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers are
+set off by a comma rather than a colon. Otherwise, the two sorts of
+reference have much in common. (For \textsf{article}, see
+\emph{Manual} 14.175--198, 15.9, 15.43--46; batson, beattie:crime,
+chu:panda, connell:chronic, conway:evolution, friedman:learning,
+garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet,
+loomis:structure, rozner:liberation, schneider:mittelpleistozaene,
+terborgh:pre\-ser\-vation, wall:ra\-di\-o, warr:ellison,
+white:callima\-chus. With \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine},
+cf.\ 14.181, 14.199--202, 15.47; assocpress:gun,
+lakeforester:pushcarts, mor\-genson:\-mar\-ket, reaves:ro\-sen,
+stenger:privacy.)
+
+\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} now suggests that, no matter which
+citation style you are using, it is \enquote{usually sufficient to
+ cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text}
+(15.47). This involves giving the title of the journal and the full
+date of publication in a parenthetical reference, including any other
+information in the main text (14.206), thereby obviating the need to
+present such an entry in the list of references. To utilize this
+method in the author-date styles, in addition to a \texttt{magazine}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, you'll need to place \texttt{cmsdate=full} into
+the \textsf{options} field, including \texttt{skipbib} there as well
+to stop the entry printing in the list of references. If the entry
+only contains a \textsf{date} and \textsf{journaltitle} that's enough,
+but if it's a fuller entry also containing an \textsf{author} then
+you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options}
+field. Other surplus fields will be ignored. (See osborne:poison.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace If you are familiar with the notes \&\ bibliography
+style, you'll know that the \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of books,
+plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of
+\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,}
+distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review
+itself. With the 16th edition's changes to the way titles are
+presented in the \textsf{authordate} style, users need to learn how to
+present this sort of material, which involves using an entry type
+(\textsf{review}) that wasn't necessary in the 15th edition. The key
+rule is this: if a review has a separate, non-generic title (gibbard;
+osborne:poison) in addition to something that reads like
+\enquote{review of \ldots,} then you need an \textsf{article} entry,
+with or without the \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, depending
+on the sort of publication containing the review. If the only title
+is the generic \enquote{review of \ldots,} for example, then you'll
+need the \textsf{review} entry type, with or without this same
+\textsf{entrysubtype} toggle using \texttt{magazine}. On
+\textsf{review} entries, see below. (The curious reader will no doubt
+notice that the code for formatting any sort of review still exists in
+\textsf{article}, as it was initially designed for \textsf{biblatex
+ 0.6}, but the current arrangement is somewhat simpler and therefore,
+I hope, better.)
+
+\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a
+generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the
+latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field. Standard \textsf{biblatex}
+intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to
+be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses it in just this way, with
+the additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the
+\textsf{title} entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type,
+providing a fairly powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ to do what you want. Here, however, if all you need
+is a generic title like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you want to
+switch to the \textsf{review} type, where you can simply use the
+\textsf{title} field for it.
+
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details.
+
+\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication under
+this heading. First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that what goes
+into the \textsf{titleaddon} field of \textsf{article} entries stays
+unformatted --- no italics, no quotation marks --- this plain style is
+the default for such text, which means that you'll have to format any
+titles within \textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with
+\cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. Second, the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar
+plain style for the titles of other sorts of material found in
+\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries,
+letters to the editor, interviews, the names of regular columns, and
+the like. References may contain both the title of an individual
+article and the name of the regular column, in which case the former
+should go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in
+\textsf{titleaddon}. As with reviews proper, if there is only the
+generic title, then you want the \textsf{review} entry type. (See
+14.203, 14.205, 14.208; morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.)
+
+\mylittlespace Third, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} suggests
+that \enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features are best dealt
+ with in text \ldots} (14.207). As with newspaper or magazine
+articles in general, you can place \texttt{cmsdate=full} and
+\texttt{skipbib} into the \textsf{options} field to produce an
+augmented in-text citation whilst keeping this material out of the
+reference list. If you do use the reference list, then the standard
+shorter citation will be sufficient, and in both cases the name of the
+periodical (in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) will be used in place
+of the missing author. Just to clarify: in \textsf{article} or
+\textsf{review} entries, \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, a
+missing \textsf{author} field results in the name of the periodical
+(in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) being used as the missing author.
+Without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, and assuming that no name whatsoever
+can be found to put at the head of the entry, the \textsf{title} will
+be used, not the \textsf{journaltitle}, or so I interpret the
+\emph{Manual} (14.175). The default sorting scheme in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} considers the
+\textsf{journaltitle} before the \textsf{title}, so if the latter
+heads an entry you'll need a \textsf{sortkey}, just as you will if you
+retain the definite or indefinite article at the beginning of the
+\textsf{journaltitle} in author-less entries with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}. If you want to abbreviate the
+\textsf{journaltitle} for use in citations, but give the full name in
+the list of references, then the \textsf{shortjournal} field is the
+place for it. A shortened \textsf{title} should go, as usual, in
+\textsf{shorttitle}. (See section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below;
+lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke.)
+
+\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following
+the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often
+has an \textsf{editor}, it is not too unusual for a \textsf{title} to
+have, e.g., an \textsf{editor} and/or a \textsf{translator}. In order
+to allow as many permutations as possible on this theme, I have
+brought the \textsf{article} entry type into line with most of the
+other types in allowing the use of the \textsf{namea} and
+\textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate an editor or a translator
+specifically with the \textsf{title}. The \textsf{editor} and
+\textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology with other entry types,
+are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if one is present, and
+with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual string concatenation
+rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Fifth, in certain fields, just beginning your data with
+a lowercase letter activates the mechanism for capitalizing that
+letter depending on its context within a list of references entry.
+This is less important in the author-date styles, where this
+information only turns up in the reference list and not in citations,
+but you can consult\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
+section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below for all the details. Both
+the \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{note} fields are among those
+treating their data this way, and since both appear regularly in
+\textsf{article} entries, I thought the problem merited a preliminary
+mention here.
+
+\mylittlespace Sixth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort
+of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the
+\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the
+\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype,} is what you'll
+need. (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would
+normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and
+retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement
+isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.) The \textsf{note}
+field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with
+the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines),
+whether you are citing one article or the whole issue
+(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). Indeed, this is a somewhat
+specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of
+information you need to include in an \textsf{article} or
+\textsf{periodical} entry, then you shouldn't put it in the
+\textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or perhaps
+\textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer).
+
+\mylittlespace Seventh, I would suggest that if you wish to cite a
+television or radio broadcast, the \textsf{article} type,
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} is the place for it. The name
+of the program would go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the
+episode in \textsf{title}. The network's name goes into the
+\textsf{usera} field. (8.185, 14.221; see bundy:macneil for an
+example of how this all might look in a .bib file. Commercial
+recordings of such material would need one of the audiovisual entry
+types, probably \textsf{audio} or \textsf{video} [friends:leia], while
+recordings from archives fit best either into \textsf{online} or into
+\textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype} [coolidge:speech,
+roosevelt:speech].)
+
+\mylittlespace Eighth, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
+(14.243--6) specifies that blogs and other, similar online material
+should be presented like \textsf{articles}, with \texttt{magazine}
+\textsf{entrysubtype} (ellis:blog). The title of the specific entry
+goes in \textsf{title}, the general title of the blog goes in
+\textsf{journaltitle}, and the word \enquote{\texttt{blog}} in the
+\textsf{location} field (though you could just use special formatting
+in the \textsf{journaltitle} field itself, which may sometimes be
+necessary). Comments on blogs, with generic titles like
+\enquote{comment on} or \enquote{reply to,} need a \textsf{review}
+entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}. Such comments make
+particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon}
+fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the details on how this
+works.
+
+% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you
+browse through \textsf{dates-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many
+of the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article},
+\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} types attempt to address. It
+may be that in future releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I'll be
+able to simplify these procedures somewhat, but with any luck the vast
+majority of sources won't require knowledge of these onerous details.
+
+\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has
+pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were
+straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks. The
+\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such
+references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to
+include them in the reference apparatus at all. Still, it's easy to
+conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might be
+desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this
+purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined. The two I
+chose to include in previous releases were \textsf{artwork} and
+\textsf{image}, the former intended for paintings, sculptures,
+etchings, and the like, the latter for photographs. The 16th edition
+of the \emph{Manual} has modified its specifications for presenting
+photographs so that they are the same as for works in all other media.
+The \textsf{image} type, therefore, is now merely a clone of the
+\textsf{artwork} type, maintained mainly to provide backward
+compatibility for users migrating from the old specification to the
+current one.
+
+\mylittlespace As one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author}
+and the name of the work in \textsf{title}. The \textsf{type} field
+is intended for the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper
+--- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an
+etching. You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note},
+and the current location in \textsf{organization},
+\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of
+generality. The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types,
+uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the
+first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence,
+use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for
+you. (See \emph{Manual} 3.22, 8.193; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.)
+
+\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.193) says
+that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set
+ in roman.} If you should need to include such a work in the
+reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype}
+for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could
+use the \textsf{image} type, or you could try the \textsf{misc} entry
+type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. Fortunately, in this instance the
+other fields in a \textsf{misc} entry function pretty much as in
+\textsf{artwork} or \textsf{image}.
+
+\mybigspace Following \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} the request of
+Johan Nordstrom, I have included three entry types, all undefined by
+the standard styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual
+sources in accordance with the Chicago specifications. The
+\emph{Manual's} presentation of such sources (14.263--273, 15.53),
+though admirably brief, seems to me somewhat inconsistent; the
+proliferation of online sources has made the task yet more complex.
+For the 15th edition I attempted to condense all the requirements into
+two entry types, but ended up relying on three. For the 16th edition,
+in particular, I also need to include the \textbf{online} and even the
+\textbf{misc} entry types, which see, under the audiovisual rubric. I
+shall attempt to delineate the main differences here, and though there
+are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not
+obvious, at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help you
+maintain consistency.
+
+\mylittlespace For users of the author-date styles, the 16th edition
+of the \emph{Manual} (15.53) \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive
+ approach to dating audiovisual materials than in previous editions,}
+meaning that nearly all such entries will have some sort of dating
+information and will therefore fit better stylistically with other
+references. In particular, \enquote{the date of the original
+ recording should be privileged in the citation.} Guidance for
+supplying dates for this class of material will be found below under
+the different entry types in use, though it will also be worthwhile to
+look at the documentation of \textsf{date}, \textsf{eventdate},
+\textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate}, in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below. The \emph{Manual} continues
+to suggest, also, that \enquote{it is often more appropriate to list
+ such materials in running text and group them in a separate section
+ or discography}.
+
+\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical
+recordings that do not have a video component. This means, for
+example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records,
+and tapes. The \textbf{video} type includes most visual media,
+whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding or of
+any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia. The
+\emph{Manual's} treatment (14.280) of the latter suggests that online
+video excerpts, short pieces, and interviews should generally use the
+\textbf{online} type (harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant).
+The \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in the
+others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like} manner.
+Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones would use
+\textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype} (shapey:partita) --- as do
+such favorite educational formats as the slideshow and the filmstrip
+(greek:filmstrip, schubert:muellerin, verdi:corsaro). The
+\emph{Manual} (14.277--280) sometimes uses a similar format for audio
+books (twain:audio), though, depending on the sorts of publication
+facts you wish to present, this sort of material may fall under
+\textsf{music} (auden:reading). Dated audio recordings that are part
+of an archive, online or no, may be presented either in an
+\textsf{online} or in a \textbf{misc} entry with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, the latter sometimes requiring extra formatting
+in the \textsf{title} field (coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech).
+
+\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to
+\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly
+straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in
+\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries. Indeed, please note that I
+compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other
+audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue
+for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an
+\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a
+\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a
+\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see
+schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song
+from a cycle. If the medium in question needs specifying, the
+\textsf{type} field is the place for it. Finally, the
+\textsf{titleaddon} field can specify functions for which
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated handling, e.g., a
+librettist (verdi:corsaro).
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{book}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
+can provide automatically abbreviated references in the reference list
+when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The
+functionality is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the
+preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
+\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. Also, cf.\ harley:ancient:cart,
+harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this might look.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the
+means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other
+contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or
+articles. Such an entry can have a \textsf{title} and a
+\textsf{maintitle}, but it can also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all
+three of which will be italicized in the reference matter. In general
+usage it is, therefore, rather like the traditional \textsf{inbook}
+type, only with its \textsf{title} in italics rather than in quotation
+marks. As with the \textsf{book} type, you can enable automatically
+abbreviated references in the reference list, though this isn't the
+default. Please see \textbf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
+section~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, below. (Cf.\ \emph{Manual} 14.114,
+14.127, 14.130; bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, and
+bernhard:themacher for the abbreviating functionality; also
+euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly
+different presentations in 14.127 and 14.130. Although the
+specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or
+variation. Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to
+maintain consistency.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two
+entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below
+--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
+\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as
+books. In the interests of backward compatibility,
+\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-authordate} will so format such an entry,
+which uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
+\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
+\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
+\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}.
+(See clark:mesopot.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{collection}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} entry type, but the package can provide
+automatically abbreviated references in the reference list when you
+use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The functionality
+is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the preamble or in
+the \textsf{options} field using the \texttt{booklongxref} option.
+Please see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and
+\texttt{booklongxref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. See
+harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
+might look.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is
+obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
+error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type
+instead.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is
+obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
+error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook}
+type instead.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you
+to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
+the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as
+recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the usual
+\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf}, and \textsf{related}
+mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to
+other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). In the 15th edition's specification of
+the author-date style, it allowed you, in particular, to include the
+expansions of abbreviations and shorthands --- usually of corporate
+\textsf{authors} --- \emph{inside} the list of references itself,
+rather than in the list of shorthands. The 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} (15.36), however, has a different specification for such
+corporate authors. As in the old specification, the shorthand appears
+in citations and at the head of the entry in the list of references,
+but its expansion now appears within parentheses \emph{directly after}
+the shorthand, i.e., \emph{within} the same entry. This means you no
+longer need the \textsf{customc} entry for shorthands of this sort.
+(See \textsf{shorthand}, below; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.)
+
+\mylittlespace I should add immediately that, as I read the
+specification (14.84,86, 15.34), the alphabetized cross-references
+provided by \textsf{customc} are particularly encouraged, bordering on
+required, when a reference list \enquote{includes two or more works
+ published by the same author but under different pseudonyms.} The
+following entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} show one way of
+addressing this: crea\-sey:ashe:blast, crea\-sey:york:death,
+crea\-sey:mor\-ton:hide, ashe:crea\-sey, york:crea\-sey and
+mor\-ton:crea\-sey. In these latter cases, you would need merely to
+place the pseudo\-nym in the \textsf{author} field, and the author's
+real name, under which his or her works are presented in the
+bibliography, in the \textsf{title} field. To make sure the
+cross-reference also appears in the bibliography, you can either
+manually include the entry key in a \cmd{nocite} command, or you can
+put that entry key in the \textbf{userc} field in the main .bib entry,
+in which case \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the expanded
+abbreviation if and only if you cite the main entry. (Cf.\
+\textsf{userc}, below.)
+
+\mylittlespace Under ordinary circumstances, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+will connect the two parts of the cross-reference with the word
+\enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in the document's language
+--- in italics. If you wish to present the cross-reference
+differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into the
+\textsf{nameaddon} field.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, you may need to use this entry type if you
+wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation, as
+specified by the \emph{Manual} (15.23). If you have a
+\textsf{postnote}, then you can manually provide the punctuation and
+comment there, e.g., \cmd{autocite[4; the unrevised
+ trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}. Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have
+two solutions. You can enable the \texttt{postnotepunct} option, which
+allows you simply to type \cmd{autocite[; the unrevised
+ trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}, or you can continue to use a separate
+\textsf{misc} or \textsf{customc} entry containing just the text of
+the comment in the \textsf{title} field, \textsf{entrysubtype}
+\texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options} \texttt{skipbib}. An
+\cmd{autocites} command calling both the main text and the comment
+then does the trick, e.g.,
+\cmd{autocites\{chica\-go:manual\}\{chicago:comment\}}. Cf.\
+\texttt{postnotepunct} in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
+undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of
+\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
+the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications
+for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other
+media. This means that this entry type is now a clone of the
+\textsf{artwork} type, which see. I retain it here as a convenience
+for users migrating from the old to the new specification. (See 3.22,
+8.193; bedford:photo.)
+
+\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}}
+two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical
+formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is
+concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility.
+\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (§~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part
+ of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,}
+while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection
+ which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own
+ title.} The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be placed within
+quotation marks, and in general you can use either type for most
+material falling into these categories. There was an important
+difference between them, as in previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} it was only in \textsf{incollection} entries
+that I implemented the \emph{Manual's} recommendations for
+space-saving abbreviations in the reference list when you cite
+multiple pieces from the same \textsf{collection}. These
+abbreviations are activated by default when you use the
+\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field in \textsf{incollection}
+entries \emph{and} in \textsf{inbook} entries, because although the
+\emph{Manual} (14.113) here specifies a \enquote{multiauthor book,} at
+least for the notes \&\ bibliography style, I believe the distinction
+between the two is fine enough, and the author-date discussion in
+15.37 general enough, to encourage similar treatments. (For more on
+this mechanism see \textbf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below, and the option
+\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}. Please note
+that it is also active by default in \textsf{letter} and
+\textsf{inproceedings} entries.) If the part of a book to which you
+are referring has had a separate publishing history as a book in its
+own right, then you may wish to use the \textsf{bookinbook} type,
+instead, on which see above. (See \emph{Manual} 14.111--114, 15.37;
+\textsf{inbook}:\,ashbrook:brain, phibbs:diary, will:cohere;
+\textsf{incollection}:\,centi\-nel:letters, contrib:contrib,
+sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, and
+lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection} entry prairie:state]
+demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref} field with its attendant
+abbreviations in the list of references.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when
+referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the
+inclusive page numbers, not both. In-text citations, of course,
+require any \textsf{postnote} field to specify if it is a whole
+chapter to which you are referring.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works
+pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, the main
+differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an
+\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an
+\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher},
+even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (14.226).
+Please note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}
+mechanism for shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same
+\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in
+\textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inbook} entries. See
+\textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and the option
+\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below, for more
+details.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}}}
+\label{sec:ad:inreference}
+This entry type is aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard
+styles, but the \emph{Manual's} requirements for the notes \&\
+bibliography style prompted a thoroughgoing revision. Unfortunately,
+instructions for the author-date style are considerably less copious,
+so parts of what follows are my best guess at following the
+specification (14.247--248).
+
+\mylittlespace One thing, at least, seems clear. If your reference
+work can easily or conveniently be presented like a regular book, that
+is, with an author or editor, a year of publication, and a title, and
+if you you will be citing it by page or section number, then you
+should almost certainly simply choose the \textsf{book} entry type for
+your .bib entry. (Cf.\ mla:style, schellinger:novel, times:guide. The
+latter was presented as an \textsf{inreference} entry for the notes
+\&\ bibliography style, but because the \textsf{book} entry type can
+also present references to alphabetized headings [see below], at least
+in the list of references, then it seemed better just to choose a
+\textsf{book} entry for the author-date styles.)
+
+\mylittlespace If you simply cannot make your source fit the template
+for a \textsf{book}, then you may need to use the \textsf{inreference}
+type, the main feature of which is the \textsf{lista} field, which you
+use to present citations from \enquote{alphabetically arranged} works
+by named article rather than by page number. You should present these
+article names just as they appear in the work, separated by the
+keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will provide the appropriate
+prefatory string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose
+each in its own set of quotation marks (times:guide). More relevant
+to the author-date styles is the fact that the \textsf{postnote} field
+works the same way in \textsf{inreference} entries, the only
+limitation on this system being that this field, unlike
+\textsf{lista}, is not a list, and therefore for the formatting to
+work correctly you can only put one article name in it. In the case
+of \enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries
+ and encyclopedias,} you are encouraged not to include them in the
+list of references, so the \textsf{lista} field actually may be of
+less use than this special formatting of \textsf{postnote}. You may
+want to look at ency:britannica, where only a (carefully-formatted)
+\textsf{shorttitle} and an \textsf{options} field are necessary to
+allow you to produce in-text citations that look like (\emph{Ency.\
+ Brit.}\ 15th ed., s.v. \enquote{Article}).
+
+\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the
+list of references, perhaps because the work is not so well known that
+a short citation will be parseable by your readers, or perhaps because
+it is an online work, which requires you to provide a \textsf{urldate}
+(see below), be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field
+will also be presented there, which may not be what you want. A
+separate \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference} entry might solve
+this problem, but you may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure
+proper alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an
+\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present. In a
+typical \textsf{inreference} entry, very few fields are needed, as
+\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition
+ (if not the first) must be specified.} In practice, this means a
+\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field. The
+\textsf{author} field holds the author of the specific article (in
+\textsf{lista}), not the author of the \textsf{title} as a whole.
+This name will be printed in parentheses after the entry's name
+(grove:sibelius).
+
+\mylittlespace All of these rules apply to online reference works, as
+well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url} but also,
+always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant flux
+(wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius). The author-date styles will
+automatically use this as the identifying date in citations and the
+list of references, assuming a more conventional \textsf{date} isn't
+available. Please note, however, that the automatic provision of the
+\enquote{n.d.} abbreviation, in the absence of any sort of date
+whatsoever, has been turned off for \textsf{inreference} entries, as
+for \textsf{misc} and \textsf{reference} entries.
+
+\mybigspace I
+\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}}
+document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both
+because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook}
+instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry
+types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
+author-date styles.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} entry type was designed
+to be used for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but
+\emph{only} when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished
+material of this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see
+below.) The author-date specification (15.40), however, recommends
+against individual letters appearing in a list of references,
+suggesting instead that you put the whole published collection in a
+\textsf{book} entry and use a notice in the text to specify the letter
+(white:total).
+
+\mylittlespace If you absolutely must include individual letters in
+the list of references, for whatever reason, then the instructions
+above for the notes \&\ bibliography style in
+section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{letter,}} should
+get you started. There are a few wrinkles, related to date
+specifications, that I shall attempt to clarify here. If you look at
+white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see two letters from the same
+published collection, both written in the same year. You can simply
+use the \textsf{origdate} field in both of them, because in the
+absence of a \textsf{date} (or an \textsf{eventdate}) \textsf{Biber}
+and \textsf{biblatex} will use the \textsf{origyear} as the
+\textsf{labelyear}, putting it at the head of the entry and in the
+citation, and also ensuring that the letters \texttt{a,b,c} are
+appended to disambiguate the two sources. You no longer need anything
+in the \textsf{options} field at all, thanks to the way
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} works through the possibilities and finds a
+date to head the entry. In this case, it works because we are using
+the \textsf{xref} mechanism to refer to the whole published collection
+(white:total), so a separate citation of that entry provides the
+\textsf{date} for the shortened cross-reference included in the list
+of references, and the \textsf{letter} entry never sees that
+\textsf{date} at all.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace If this all seems clear as mud, I'm not surprised, but
+let me suggest that you experiment with the different date settings to
+see what kinds of effects they have on the final result, and also read
+the documentation of the \textsf{date} field in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two
+traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual}
+suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As
+with this latter, I have retained it in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} for backward compatibility, its
+main peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the
+\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be provided both as
+author and as publisher. (You can give a shortened form of the
+\textsf{organization} in the \textsf{shortauthor} field for text
+citations, if needed.) Of course, if you were to use a \textsf{book}
+entry for such a reference, then you would need to define both
+\textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher} using the name you here might
+have put in \textsf{organization}. (See 14.92; chicago:manual,
+dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.)
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{misc}}}
+\label{sec:ad:misc}
+As its name suggests, the \textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a
+hold-all for citations that didn't quite fit into other categories.
+In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, I have somewhat extended its
+applicability, while retaining its traditional use. Put simply, with
+no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a \textsf{misc} entry will retain
+backward compatibility with the standard styles, so the usual
+\textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version}, and \textsf{type} fields are
+all available for specifying an otherwise unclassifiable text, and the
+\textsf{title} will be italicized. (The \emph{Manual}, you may wish
+to note, doesn't give specific instructions on how such citations
+should be formatted, so when using the Chicago style I would recommend
+you have recourse to this traditional entry type as sparingly as
+possible.)
+
+\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the
+\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters,
+memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making
+it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter},
+\textsf{article}, and \textsf{review} entry types (which see).
+Typically, such an entry will cite part of an archive, and equally
+typically the text cited won't have a specific title, but only a
+generic one, whereas an \textsf{unpublished} entry will ordinarily
+have a specific author and title, and won't come from a named archive.
+The \textsf{misc} type with an \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the
+least formatted of all those specified by the \emph{Manual}, so titles
+are in plain text by default. It is quite possible, though somewhat
+unusual, for archival material to have a specific title, rather than a
+generic one. In these cases, you will need to enclose the title
+inside a \cmd{mkbibquote} command manually. Cf.\ roosevelt:speech,
+shapey:partita. As a rule, and as with the \textsf{letter} type, the
+\emph{Manual} (15.49) suggests that the list of references will
+usually contain only the name of the whole archived collection, with
+more specific information about individual items provided in the text,
+outside the parentheses. If, on the other hand, \enquote{only one
+ item from a collection has been mentioned in text, the entry may
+ begin with the writer's name (if known).} (See 14.219-220, 14.231,
+14.232-242; house:papers cites a whole archive, while creel:house,
+dinkel:agassiz, and spock:interview cite individual pieces.)
+
+\mylittlespace As far as constructing your .bib entry goes, you should
+first know that, like the \textsf{inreference} and \textsf{reference}
+types, the absence of any date will not result in the \enquote{n.d.}
+abbreviation automatically being provided. As for presenting the
+date, the \emph{Manual} draws a distinction between archival material
+that is \enquote{letter-like} (letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams)
+and that which isn't (interviews, wills, contracts, or even personal
+communications you've received and which you wish to cite). This may
+not always be the easiest distinction to draw, and in previous
+releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I have been ignoring it, but
+once you've decided to classify it one way or the other you put the
+date in the \textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc.\ (creel:house),
+and into the \textsf{date} field for the others (spock:interview). As
+with the \textsf{letter} type, if the only date present is an
+\textsf{origdate}, you don't need to set the \texttt{cmsdate} option
+in your .bib entry to make sure that that year appears at the head of
+the entry (and in citations) --- this happens automatically. (Cf.\
+particularly the documentation in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}
+below, s.v.\ \enquote{date}, and also the \textsf{letter} type above
+for some of the date-related complications that can arise, and how you
+can address them with judicious use of the \textsf{options},
+\textsf{date}, and \textsf{origdate} fields.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
+unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent},
+further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
+while the \textsf{origlocation} field can hold the place where the
+letter was written. Interviews or similar pieces will have a
+different sort of title, but all types will use the \textsf{note},
+\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location}
+fields (in ascending order of generality) to identify the archive,
+though the \emph{Manual} specifies (14.238) that well-known
+depositories don't usually need a city, state or country specified.
+(The traditional \textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.)
+
+\mylittlespace When your .bib entry refers to an entire archived
+collection, then you may wish to use the word
+\enquote{\texttt{classical}} as your \textsf{entrysubtype}, which will
+have no effect on the list of references but will change the look of
+the in-text citations (house:papers). Instead of any date, the
+citation will include the \textsf{title}, separated from the
+\textsf{author's} name by a space, e.g., (House Papers). This same
+arrangement, happily, allows you easily to cite individual books of
+the Bible, and also certain other sacred texts (14.252--55; genesis).
+Please see under \textsf{entrysubtype} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below for all the details of the
+\texttt{classical} toggle.
+
+\mylittlespace In all this class of archived material, the
+\emph{Manual} (14.232) quite specifically requires more consistency
+within your own work than conformity to some external standard, so it
+is the former which you should pursue. I hope that
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} proves helpful in this regard.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} 16th edition of the
+manual has revised its recommendations more for this type than for any
+other, so the notes which follow present several large changes that
+you'll need to make to your .bib files. The good news is that some,
+though by no means all, of those changes involve considerable
+simplifications. \textbf{Music} is one of three audiovisual entry
+types, and is intended primarily to aid in the presentation of musical
+recordings that do not have a video component, though it can also
+include audio books (auden:reading). A DVD or VHS of an opera or
+other performance, by contrast, should use the \textbf{video} type
+instead (handel:messiah). Because \textsf{biblatex} --- and
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were designed primarily for citing
+book-like objects, some choices needed to be made in assigning the
+various roles found on the back of a CD to the fields in a typical
+.bib entry. I have also implemented several bibstrings to help in
+identifying these roles within entries. If you can think of a simpler
+way to distribute the roles, please let me know, so that I can
+consider making changes before anyone gets used to the current
+equivalences.
+
+\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
+\begin{description}
+\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s),
+ depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head
+ of the entry.
+\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or
+ performer(s). These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of
+ the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor}
+ options can alter the presentation within an entry. Because these
+ are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the
+ following:
+\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
+ all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be
+ \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and,
+ oddly, \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful when
+ identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need
+ further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from
+ falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
+\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual
+ types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to
+ collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a
+ song title, in which latter case the album title would go into
+ \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for
+ something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}.
+\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely-associated
+ fields are intended for presenting the catalog information provided
+ by the music publisher. The 16th edition generally only requires
+ the \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} fields (nytrumpet:art),
+ which hold the record label and catalog number, respectively.
+ Alternatively, \textsf{publisher} would function as a synonym for
+ \textsf{series} (holiday:fool), but there may be cases when you need
+ or want to specify a publisher in addition to a label, as was the
+ general requirement in the 15th edition. (This might happen, for
+ example, when a single publisher oversees more than one label.) You
+ can certainly put all of this information into one of the above
+ fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more
+ readable.
+\item[howpublished/pubstate:] The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
+ (14.276, 15.53) has rather helpfully eliminated any reference to the
+ specialized symbols (\texttt{\textcircledP} \&\
+ \texttt{\textcopyright}) found in the 15th edition for presenting
+ publishing information for musical recordings. This means that the
+ \textsf{howpublished} field is obsolete, and you can remove it from
+ \textsf{music} entries in your .bib files. The \textsf{pubstate}
+ field, therefore, can revert to its standard use for identifying
+ reprints. In \textsf{music} entries, putting \texttt{reprint} here
+ will transform the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an
+ entire album into an original release date for that album, notice of
+ which will be printed towards the end of a reference list entry,
+ always assuming that the \textsf{origdate} hasn't already appeared
+ at the head of the entry and in citations.
+\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As though to compensate for the
+ simplification I've just mentioned, the \textsf{Manual} now
+ \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive approach to dating
+ audiovisual materials than in previous editions} (15.53). Indeed,
+ \enquote{citations without a date are generally unacceptable}
+ (14.276), while if there is more than one date \enquote{the date of
+ the original recording should be privileged} (15.53). Finding
+ these dates may take some research, but they will basically fall
+ into two types, i.e., the date of the recording or the copyright /
+ publishing date. Recording dates go either in \textsf{origdate}
+ (for complete albums) or \textsf{eventdate} (for individual tracks).
+ The current copyright or publishing date goes in the \textsf{date}
+ field, while the original release date goes in \textsf{origdate}.
+ You may have noticed that the \textsf{origdate} has two slightly
+ different uses --- you can tell \textsf{biblatex-chicago} which sort
+ you intend by using the string \texttt{reprint} in the
+ \textsf{pubstate} field, which transforms the \textsf{origdate} from
+ a recording date into an original release date. The style will
+ automatically use the \textsf{eventdate} or the \textsf{origdate} in
+ citations and at the head of the list of references, falling back on
+ a \textsf{date} or even a \textsf{urldate} in their absence. It
+ will also prepend the bibstring \texttt{recorded} to any part of the
+ \textsf{eventdate} that doesn't appear at the head of the list of
+ references or, in the absence of the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism, to
+ the \textsf{origdate}, or indeed to both. You can modify what is
+ printed here using the \textsf{userd} field, which acts as a sort of
+ date type modifier. In \textsf{music} entries, \textsf{userd} will
+ be prepended to an \textsf{eventdate} if there is one, barring that
+ to the \textsf{origdate}, barring that to a \textsf{urldate}, and
+ absent those three to a \textsf{date}. (See holiday:fool,
+ nytrumpet:art.)
+\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
+ field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm,
+ 8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis.
+\end{description}}
+
+The entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} should at least give you a good
+idea of how this all works, and that file also contains an example of
+an audio book presented in a \textsf{music} entry. If you browse the
+examples in the \emph{Manual} you will see some variations in the
+formatting choices there, from which I have made selections for
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. It wasn't always clear to me that these
+variations were rules as opposed to possibilities, so I've ignored
+some of them in the code. Arguments as to why I'm wrong will, of
+course, be entertained. (Cf. 14.276--77, 15.53; \textsf{eventdate},
+\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd}; \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authformopts} and \texttt{avdate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}; auden:reading, beethoven:sonata29,
+bernstein:shostakovich, floyd:atom, holiday:fool, nytrumpet:art,
+rubinstein:chopin.)
+
+\mybigspace All \mymarginpar{\textbf{mvbook}\\\textbf{mvcollection}%
+ \\\textbf{mvproceedings}\\\textbf{mvreference}} four of these entry
+types function more or less as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. I would
+like, however, to emphasize a couple of things. First, each is
+aliased to the entry type that results from removing the
+\enquote{\textbf{mv}} from their names. Second, each has an important
+role as the target of cross-references from other entries, the
+\textsf{title} of the \textbf{mv*} entry \emph{always} providing a
+\textsf{maintitle} for the entry referencing it. If you want to
+provide a \textsf{booktitle} for the referencing entry, please use
+another entry type, e.g., \textbf{collection} for
+\textbf{incollection} or \textbf{book} for \textbf{inbook}. (These
+distinctions are particularly important to the correct functioning of
+the abbreviated references that \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, in various
+circumstances, provides. Please see the documentation of the
+\textbf{crossref} field in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace On the same subject, when multi-volume works are
+presented in the reference apparatus, the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27,
+15.39) requires that any dates presented should be appropriate to the
+specific nature of the citation. In short, this means that a date
+range that is right for the presentation of a multi-volume work in its
+entirety isn't right for citing, e.g., a single volume of that work
+which appeared in one of the years contained in the date range.
+Because child entries will by default inherit all the date fields from
+their parent (including the \textsf{endyear} of a date range), I have
+turned off the inheritance of \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}
+fields from all of the \textbf{mv*} entry types to any other entry
+type. When the dates of the parent and of the child in such a
+situation are exactly the same, then this unfortunately requires an
+extra field in the child's .bib entry. When they're not the same, as
+will, I believe, often be the case, this arrangement saves a lot of
+annoying work in the child entry to suppress wrongly-inherited fields.
+Other sorts of parent entries aren't affected by this. See
+harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
+might look.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{online}} \emph{Manual}'s
+scattered instructions (14.4--13, 14.166--169, 14.184--185, 14.200,
+14.223, 14.243--246, 15.4, 15.9) for citing online materials are
+slightly different from those suggested by standard \textsf{biblatex}.
+Indeed, this is a case where complete backward compatibility with
+other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible, because as a general
+rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not only where a source is
+found, but also the nature of that source, e.g., if it's an online
+edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it calls for a
+\textsf{book} entry. Even if you cite an intrinsically online source,
+if that source is structured more or less like a conventional printed
+periodical, then you'll probably want to use \textsf{article} or
+\textsf{review} instead of \textsf{online} (stenger:privacy, which
+cites \emph{CNN.com}). The 16th edition's suggestions for blogs lend
+themselves well to the \textsf{article} type, too, while comments
+become, logically, \textsf{reviews} (14.243--6; ellis:blog,
+ac:comment). Otherwise, for online documents not \enquote{formally
+ published,} the \textsf{online} type is usually the best choice
+(evanston:library, powell:email). Online videos, in particular short
+pieces or those that present excerpts of some longer event or work,
+and also online interviews, usually require this type, too. (See
+harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant, but cp.\ weed:flatiron,
+a complete film, which requires a \textsf{video} entry.) Online audio
+pieces, particularly dated ones from an archive, work well either with
+an \textsf{online} entry or with a \textsf{misc} entry with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}: (coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech.) Some
+online materials will, no doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry
+type, but so long as all locating information is present, then perhaps
+that is enough to fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like
+to hope.
+
+\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much
+the same as in \textsf{biblatex}. The \textsf{title} field would
+contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could
+hold the title or owner of the whole site. If there is no specific
+title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then such a
+title should go in \textsf{titleaddon}, not forgetting to begin that
+field with a lowercase letter so that capitalization will work out
+correctly. It is worth remarking here, too, that the 16th edition of
+the \emph{Manual} (14.7--8) prefers, if they're available, revision
+dates to access dates when documenting online material. See
+\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
+brief on the subject of patents (15.50), but very clear about which
+information it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well
+with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. In a change to previous
+practice, the 16th edition of Chicago's author-date style prefers the
+\emph{later} of the two possible dates to appear in citations and at
+the head of the entry in the list of references. If a patent has been
+filed but not yet granted, then you can place the filing date in
+either the \textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically prepend the
+bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it. If the patent has been granted,
+then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you
+put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the
+bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended, and
+it is this later date that will head the entry and appear in
+citations. The patent number goes in the \textsf{number} field, and
+you should use the standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the
+\textsf{type} field. Though it isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual},
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print the \textsf{holder}
+after the \textsf{author}, if you provide one. Finally, the 16th
+edition of the \emph{Manual} capitalizes the \textsf{title}
+sentence-style, which seems to be the generally-accepted convention,
+across both Chicago styles. As I've removed all of the automatic
+down-casing code from previous editions, you may need manually to
+revise the \textsf{title} field to provide the lowercase letters. See
+petroff:impurity.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
+periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same
+function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and in the main uses the same
+fields, though in keeping with the system established in the
+\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are
+citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a
+\enquote{journal.} Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the
+place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its
+initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization
+routines, though this isn't strictly necessary in the author-date
+styles. (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.)
+
+\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex}
+field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title}
+field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present,
+into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the
+details on how this works.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
+can provide automatically abbreviated references in the reference list
+when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field. The
+functionality is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the
+preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
+\texttt{booklongxref} option. Please see \textbf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is
+aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
+styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a
+reference work but not an alphabetized article or articles in that
+work. This could be because it doesn't contain such articles, and yet
+you still want the entry in the list of references to start with the
+\textsf{title}. Indeed, the only differences between it and
+\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present
+an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field
+will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized
+entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{inreference}, above.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
+\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather
+thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have
+followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope
+that the results conform to the specification. At least one user has
+indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside
+quotation marks (or, in \textsf{authordate-trad}, in plain roman)
+instead of in italics, but affects nothing else. This detail aside,
+the type's main peculiarities are the \textsf{institution} field in
+place of a \textsf{publisher}, the \textsf{type} field for identifying
+the kind of report in question, and the \textsf{isrn} field containing
+the International Standard Technical Report Number of a technical
+report. As in standard \textsf{biblatex}, if you use a
+\textsf{techreport} entry, then the \textsf{type} field automatically
+defaults to \cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet}
+and \textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting
+the report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
+\textsf{publisher}. (See herwign:office.)
+
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry
+type wasn't, strictly speaking, necessary for the 15th edition
+author-date specification. With the major changes to the presentation
+of the title fields in the 16th edition, however, it has become
+necessary for \textsf{authordate} users, if not
+\textsf{authordate-trad} users, to familiarize themselves with it as a
+means of coping with the \emph{Manual}'s complicated requirements for
+citing periodicals of all sorts. As its name suggests, this entry
+type was designed for reviews published in periodicals, and if you've
+already read the \textsf{article} instructions above --- if you
+haven't, I recommend doing so now --- you'll know that \textsf{review}
+serves as well for citing other sorts of material with generic titles,
+like letters to the editor, obituaries, interviews, online comments
+and the like. The primary rule is that any piece that has only a
+generic title, like \enquote{review of \ldots,} \enquote{interview
+ with \ldots,} or \enquote{obituary of \ldots,} calls for the
+\textsf{review} type. Any piece that also has a specific title, e.g.,
+\enquote{\enquote{Lost in \textsc{Bib}\TeX,} an interview with
+ \ldots,} requires an \textsf{article} entry. (This assumes the text
+is found in a periodical of some sort. Were it found in a book, then
+the \textsf{incollection} type would serve your needs, and you could
+use \textsf{title} and \textsf{titleaddon} there. While we're on the
+topic of exceptions, the \emph{Manual} includes an example --- 14.221
+--- where the \enquote{Interview} part of the title is considered a
+subtitle rather than a titleaddon, said part therefore being included
+inside the quotation marks and capitalized accordingly. Not having
+the journal in front of me I'm not sure what prompted that decision,
+but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} would obviously have no difficulty
+coping with such a situation.)
+
+\mylittlespace Once you've decided to use \textsf{review}, then you
+need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules
+for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry. If it is a
+\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The generic title
+goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in
+an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype},
+including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the
+\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205,
+14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221, 15.47; barcott:review, bundy:macneil,
+Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit,
+unsigned:ranke, wallraff:word.) If, on the other hand, the piece
+comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}. The generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and
+the remaining fields work just as they do in a plain \textsf{article}
+entry. (See 14.215; ratliff:review.)
+
+\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} now suggests that, no matter which
+citation style you are using, it is \enquote{usually sufficient to
+ cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text}
+(15.47). This involves giving the title of the journal and the full
+date of publication in a parenthetical reference, including any other
+information in the main text (14.206), thereby obviating the need to
+present such an entry in the list of references. To utilize this
+method in the author-date styles, in addition to a \texttt{magazine}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, you'll need to place \texttt{cmsdate=full} into
+the \textsf{options} field, including \texttt{skipbib} there as well
+to stop the entry printing in the list of references. If the entry
+only contains a \textsf{date} and \textsf{journaltitle} that's enough,
+but if it's a fuller entry also containing an \textsf{author} then
+you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options}
+field. Other surplus fields will be ignored. (See osborne:poison.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details.
+
+\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described
+them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of
+them briefly here. If anything in the \textsf{title} needs
+formatting, you need to provide those instructions yourself, as the
+default is completely plain. \textsf{Author}-less \textsf{reviews}
+are treated just like similar \textsf{articles} --- with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author
+in citations and heads the entry in the list of references, without an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} the \textsf{title} does the same. In the former
+case, \textsf{Biber} handles the sorting for you, but in the latter
+you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} because \textsf{journaltitle} comes
+before \textsf{title} in the sorting scheme. (14.175, 14.217;
+gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.).
+As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like
+\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need
+capitalization after a full stop, so you can start the \textsf{title}
+field with a lowercase letter and let the automatic field formatting
+with \cmd{autocap} do its work, though this isn't strictly necessary
+with \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}.
+
+\mylittlespace One detail of the \textsf{review} type is new to both
+specifications, and responds to the needs of the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual}. As I mentioned above, blogs are best treated as
+\textsf{articles} with \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype},
+whereas comments on those blogs --- or on any similar sort of online
+content --- need the \textsf{review} type with the same
+\textsf{entrysubtype}. What they will frequently also need is a date
+of some sort closely associated with the comment (14.246; ac:comment),
+so I have included the \textsf{eventdate} in \textsf{review} entries
+for just this purpose. The \textsf{eventyear} will appear in
+citations and at the head of the reference list entry, while the
+remainder of the \textsf{eventdate} will be printed just after the
+\textsf{title}. If, in addition, you need an identifying timestamp,
+then the \textsf{nameaddon} field is the place for it, but you'll have
+to provide your own parentheses, in order to preserve the possibility
+of providing pseudonyms in square brackets that is the standard
+function of this field in all other entry types, and possibly in the
+the \textsf{review} type as well. (Cf.\ the documentation of
+\textsf{eventdate} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and
+\texttt{avdate} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)
+
+\mylittlespace For the reasons I explained in the \textsf{article}
+docs above, I have brought the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
+entry types into line with most of the other types in allowing the use
+of the \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate
+an editor or a translator specifically with the \textsf{title}. The
+\textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology
+with other entry types, are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if
+one is present, and with the \textsf{title} otherwise. The usual
+string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and
+\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in
+\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates
+the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a
+\textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the
+details on how this works.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to
+use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a
+book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward,
+either by the same or by a different author. There are two mechanisms
+in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} for producing such a citation. First,
+these three just-mentioned types of material, and only these three
+types, can be referenced using the \textsf{introduction},
+\textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword} fields, a system that
+requires you simply to define one of them in any way and leave the
+others undefined. The macros don't use the text provided by such an
+entry, they merely check to see if one of them is defined, in order to
+decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at stake, and to print the
+appropriate string before the \textsf{title} in the list of
+references, and possibly also in the list of shorthands. This
+mechanism works without modification across multiple languages, but I
+have also provided functionality which allows you to cite any sort of
+supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field. Under
+this second system, simply put the nature of the material, including
+the relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase
+letter so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization
+depending on the context. Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface
+ to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.} (Please note, however,
+that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type}
+field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.)
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace The other rules for constructing your .bib entry remain
+the same. The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the
+introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the
+author of the main text of the work, if the two differ. For the 16th
+edition, the \emph{Manual} requires that you include the page range
+for the cited part in the list of references. As ever, if the focus
+of the reference is the main text of the book, but you want to mention
+the name of the writer of an introduction or afterword for
+completeness, then the normal \textsf{biblatex} rules apply, and you
+can just put their name in the appropriate field of a \textsf{book}
+entry, that is, in the \textsf{foreword}, \textsf{afterword}, or
+\textsf{introduction} field. (See \emph{Manual} 14.116;
+friedman:intro, polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a
+function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}. Indeed, I believe the
+\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in
+both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to
+\textsf{suppbook}, which see.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type is
+intended to allow reference to generically-titled works in
+periodicals, such as regular columns or letters to the editor.
+\textsf{Biblatex} also provides the \textsf{review} type for this
+purpose, so in both Chicago styles \textsf{suppperiodical} is an alias
+of \textsf{review}. In the 16th edition of the \textsf{authordate}
+style, as discussed above, the use of this latter entry type has
+become necessary, so please see its documentation for instructions on
+how to construct a .bib entry for such works.
+
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
+\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a
+lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps
+an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory
+\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't
+ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence.
+Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print
+information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator},
+\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file. Also,
+conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the
+prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue},
+\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon}
+fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like
+(14.226--8; nass:address).
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three
+audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
+citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast,
+on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray. As with the \textsf{music} type
+discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the
+production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided
+by \textsf{biblatex}. Here are the main correspondences:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
+\begin{description}
+\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the
+ director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed
+ in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate
+ \textsf{editortype} (see below). You will need it, however, to
+ identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS (handel:messiah),
+ or perhaps the provider of commentaries or other extras on a film
+ DVD (cleese:holygrail).
+\item[editor, editora, editorb:] The director or producer, or possibly
+ the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances. These
+ will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the
+ usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter
+ the presentation within an entry. Because these are non-standard
+ roles, you will need to identify them using the following:
+\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
+ all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will
+ likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly,
+ \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful if you want to
+ identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying
+ and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the
+ default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
+\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, booktitleaddon, maintitle:] As
+ with the other audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an
+ analogue both to books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may
+ be of a whole film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one
+ episode in a series or one scene in a film. In the latter cases,
+ the title of the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}. The
+ \textsf{booktitleaddon} field, in a change from the 15th edition,
+ may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number of a
+ TV series, while the \textsf{titleaddon} is for any information that
+ needs to come between the \textsf{title} and the \textsf{booktitle}
+ (cleese:holygrail, episode:tv, handel:messiah). As in the
+ \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary for a boxed
+ set or something similar.
+\item[date, eventdate, origdate, pubstate:] The 16th edition of the
+ \textsf{Manual} now \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive
+ approach to dating audiovisual materials than in previous
+ editions} (15.53). Indeed, \enquote{citations without a date are
+ generally unacceptable} (14.276), while if there is more than one
+ date \enquote{the date of the original recording should be
+ privileged} (15.53). As with \textsf{music} entries, in order to
+ follow these specifications I have had to provide three separate
+ date fields for citing \textsf{video} sources, but their uses differ
+ somewhat between the two types. In both, the \textsf{date} will
+ generally provide the publishing or copyright date of the medium you
+ are referencing. More specific to this entry type, the
+ \textsf{origdate} will generally hold the date of the original
+ theatrical release of a film, while the \textsf{eventdate} will most
+ commonly present either the broadcast date of a particular TV
+ program, or the recording/performance date of, for example, an opera
+ on DVD. The style will automatically prepend the bibstring
+ \texttt{broadcast} to such a date, though you can use the
+ \textsf{userd} field to change the string printed there. (Absent an
+ \textsf{eventdate}, the \textsf{userd} field in \textsf{video}
+ entries will modify the \textsf{urldate}, and absent those two it
+ will modify the \textsf{date}.) Typically, any given \textsf{video}
+ entry will only need an \textsf{eventdate} \emph{or} an
+ \textsf{origdate}, and it is this date that will appear in citations
+ and at the head of the entry in the reference list. It's
+ conceivable that you may need all three dates, in which case you can
+ also use the standard \textsf{pubstate} field with \texttt{reprint}
+ in it to control the printing of the \textsf{origdate} at the end of
+ the entry, though I have altered the string that is printed there.
+ Cf.\ friends:leia, handel:messiah, hitchcock:nbynw;
+ \textsf{pubstate}, below.
+\item[entrysubtype:] With the changes to the date fields detailed just
+ above, this field is no longer needed for \textsf{video} entries,
+ and will be ignored.
+\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
+ field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD,
+ Blu-ray, MPEG.
+\end{description}}
+
+As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}
+should at least give you a good idea of how all this works. (Cf.\
+14.279--80; \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd};
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and
+\texttt{avdate} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}; cleese:holygrail,
+friends:leia, handel:messiah, hitchcock:nbynw, loc:city.)
+
+\subsection{Entry Fields}
+\label{sec:fields:authdate}
+
+The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete
+list of the entry fields you will need to use
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}. As in
+section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, I shall include references to the
+numbered paragraphs of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to
+the entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}. Many fields are most easily
+understood with reference to other, related fields. In such cases,
+cross references should allow you to find the information you need.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous
+information to the end of an entry, after publication data but before
+any \textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field. In the \textsf{patent} entry
+type (which see), it will be printed in close association with the
+filing and issue dates. In any entry type, if your data begins with a
+word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
+sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the
+style will take care of the rest. Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See
+\emph{Manual} 14.119, 14.166--68; davenport:attention,
+natrecoff:camera.)
+
+\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances,
+this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex},
+i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given
+work. The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the
+afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right
+to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly
+a matter for the user's judgment. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the
+name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator,
+then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate these fields in the
+formatted references.
+
+\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special
+meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an
+afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation. If
+it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way
+you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}
+undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will do the rest. Cf.\
+\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.91,
+14.116; polakow:afterw.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}} the request of Emil
+Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has, as of version 0.9, added a
+package option (see \texttt{annotation} below, section
+\ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated lists of
+references. The formatting of such a list is currently fairly basic,
+though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal guidelines
+(14.59). The default in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx} is to define
+\cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using \cmd{par}\cmd{nobreak}
+\cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitem\-sep}, though you can alter it by re-declaring
+the format in your preamble. The page-breaking algorithms don't
+always give perfect results here, but the default formatting looks, to
+my eyes, fairly decent. In addition to tweaking the field formatting
+you can also insert \cmd{par} (or even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}})
+commands into the text of your annotations to improve the appearance.
+Please consider the \texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but
+it is usable now. (N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote}
+serves as an alias for this.)
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this
+\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
+do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
+be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{author}}}
+\label{sec:ad:author}
+For the most part, I have implemented this field in a completely
+standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ fashion. Remember that corporate or
+organizational authors need to have an extra set of curly braces
+around them (e.g., \texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from treating one part of the name as a surname
+(14.92, 14.212, 15.36; assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual). If there is
+no \textsf{author}, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will look, in
+sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a \textsf{nameb},
+a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a compiler) and use
+that name (or those names) instead, followed by the appropriate
+identifying string (esp.\ 15.35, also 14.76, 14.87, 14.126, 14.132,
+14.189; boxer:china, brown:bremer, harley:cartography,
+schellin\-ger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:georgia).
+\textsf{Biber} and \textsf{biblatex} take care of alphabetizing
+entries no matter which name appears at their head. In citations,
+where the \textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat
+augmented: \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{author},
+\textsf{shorteditor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb},
+\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec}.
+
+\mylittlespace If you wish to emphasize the activity of an editor, a
+translator, or a compiler (14.90; eliot:pound), you can use the
+\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
+\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{use\-editor=false},
+\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
+\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field to choose which
+name appears at the head of an entry and in the citation. You only
+need to turn off any fields that are present in the entry, but please
+remember to use the new option \texttt{usenamec} instead of the old
+\texttt{usecompiler} (which I've deprecated), as the latter doesn't
+work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's} own name
+toggles. See \cmd{DeclareSort\-ingTemplate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and the \textsf{editortype}
+documentation, below.
+
+\mylittlespace Of course, in \textsf{collection} and
+\textsf{proceedings} entry types, an \textsf{author} isn't expected,
+so there the chain of substitutions begins with \textsf{namea} and
+\textsf{editor}. Also, in \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
+entries with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the absence of
+an \textsf{author} triggers the use of the \textsf{journaltitle} in
+its stead. Without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{title} will
+be used. See the discussion a few paragraphs down, and those entry
+types, for further details.
+
+\mylittlespace Recommendations concerning anonymous authors in other
+kinds of references have changed somewhat in the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} (15.32), placing greater emphasis on using the
+\textsf{title} in citations and at the head of reference list entries,
+rather than \enquote{Anonymous.} The latter may still in some cases
+be useful \enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works
+ need to be grouped} (14.79), but even with a source like
+virginia:plantation, \enquote{the reference list entry should normally
+ begin with the title\ldots\ Text citations may refer to a short form
+ of the title but must include the first word (other than an initial
+ article)} (15.32). The \textsf{shorttitle} field is the place for
+the short form, and you'll also need a \textsf{sortkey} of some sort
+if the full title begins with an article that is to be ignored when
+alphabetizing.
+
+\mylittlespace If \enquote{the authorship is known or guessed at but
+ was omitted on the title page,} then you need to use the
+\textsf{authortype} field to let \textsf{biblatex-chicago} know this
+fact (15.33). If the author is known (horsley:prosodies), then put
+\texttt{anon} in the \textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at
+(cook:sotweed) put \texttt{anon?}\ there. (In both cases,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} tests for these \emph{exact} strings, so
+check your typing if it doesn't work.) This will have the effect of
+enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question
+mark indicating doubt. As long as you have the right string in the
+\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will
+also do the right thing automatically in text citations.
+
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace The \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes the means to
+cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship. If the author's real
+name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\ (or
+\cmd{bibstring\hfill\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters).
+If you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include
+it there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
+field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
+(lecarre:quest, stendhal:parma). If you have given the author's real
+name in the \textsf{author} field, then the pseudo\-nym goes in
+\textsf{nameaddon}, in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\
+(creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death).
+This latter method will allow you to keep all references to one
+author's work under different pseudonyms grouped together in the list
+of references, a method recommended by the \emph{Manual}. The 16th
+edition of the \emph{Manual} (14.84) has strengthened its policies
+about cross-references from author to pseudonym or vice versa, so in
+these latter examples I have included such references from the various
+pseudonyms back to the author's name, using the \textsf{customc} entry
+type, which see (ashe:creasey, morton:creasey, york:creasey).
+
+\mylittlespace As its name suggests, the author-date style very much
+wants to have a name of some sort present both for the entries in the
+list of references and for the in-text citations. The \emph{Manual}
+is nothing if not flexible, however, so with unsigned articles or
+encyclopedia entries the \textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{title} may
+take the place of the \textsf{author} (gourmet:052006,
+lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke,
+wikipedia:bibtex). Even in such entries, however, it may be
+advantageous to provide either a standard \textsf{shorttitle} or, for
+abbreviating a \textsf{journaltitle}, a \textsf{shortjournal} field,
+thereby keeping the in-text citations to a reasonable length, though
+not at the expense of making it hard to find the relevant entries in
+the reference list. An institutional author's name can also be rather
+too long for in-text citations. In unsigned:ranke I placed an
+abbreviated form of the \textsf{journaltitle} into
+\textsf{shortjournal}, adapting for a periodical the practice
+recommended for books in 15.32. In iso:electrodoc, I provided a
+\textsf{shorthand} field, which by default in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will appear in text citations.
+Pursuant to the 16th edition's specifications, this \textsf{shorthand}
+will also appear at the head of the entry in the list of references,
+followed, within the entry, by its expansion, this latter placed
+within parentheses. You no longer, therefore, need to use a
+\textsf{customc} entry to provide the expansion --- please see
+\textsf{shorthand} below for the details. (You can still utilize the
+list of shorthands to clarify the abbreviation, if you wish, and you
+can also provide a separate list of journal abbreviations using the
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command. Please cf.\ the
+\textbf{shortjournal} documentation, below, and the
+\texttt{journalabbrev} option in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}}
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in
+keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its
+letter. Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify
+an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is
+anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title
+page of the work you are citing. As I've just detailed under
+\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of
+\enquote{Anonymous} (or \enquote{Anon.} as an author, though in some
+cases it may well be your best option. If, however, the name of the
+author is known or guessed at, then you're supposed to enclose that
+name within square brackets, which is exactly what
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put either
+\texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed at) in
+the \textsf{authortype} field. (Putting the square brackets in
+yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.) The macros test
+for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see
+the brackets. Assuming the strings are correct,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will also automatically do the right thing
+in citations. (See the \textsf{author} docs just above. Also
+\emph{Manual} 15.33; cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.)
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in
+\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a
+\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has
+different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that
+fact in a reference (will:cohere). Keep in mind, however, that the
+entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords
+(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of
+\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
+
+\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}}
+a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix
+the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages}
+field. If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying
+string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the
+practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers.
+Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear
+from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank.
+If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the
+\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that
+field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the
+\textsf{bookpagination} field. These bibstrings currently are
+\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,}
+\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by
+\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles.
+
+\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here.
+First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago
+specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the
+strings you expect. Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination}
+applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a
+citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use
+\textsf{pagination}, which see (10.43--44, 14.154--163).
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{booktitle}. See the next entry for further information.
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the
+\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
+\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the
+\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which
+the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part. It is important
+not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more
+general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}. It
+is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three
+sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr). You may also
+find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g.,
+\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost
+invariably be providing information for the traditional
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing apparatus (prairie:state), which I
+discuss below (\textbf{crossref}). Such provision is unnecessary when
+using \textsf{Biber}. The \textsf{booktitle} no longer takes
+sentence-style capitalization in \textsf{authordate}, though it does
+in \textsf{authordate-trad}.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
+\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without
+quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would
+ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
+simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. The
+package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{booktitleaddon} field.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
+chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
+\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter
+of a book (ashbrook:brain).
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this
+\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
+do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
+be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}.
+
+\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex} \mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}} uses the
+standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing mechanism, and has also
+introduced a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}). The latter
+works as it always has, attempting to remedy some of the deficiencies
+of the traditional mechanism by ensuring that child entries will
+inherit no data at all from their parents. For the \textsf{crossref}
+field, when \textsf{Biber} is the backend, \textsf{biblatex} defines a
+series of inheritance rules which make it much more convenient to use.
+Appendix B of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} explains the defaults, to which
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added several that I should mention
+here: \textsf{incollection} entries can inherit from \textsf{book} and
+\textsf{mvbook} just as they do from \textsf{mvcollection} entries;
+\textsf{letter} entries inherit from \textsf{book},
+\textsf{collection}, \textsf{mvbook}, and \textsf{mvcollection}
+entries the same way an \textsf{inbook} or an \textsf{incollection}
+entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{sortname},
+\textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields, all highly
+single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and \textsf{date}
+and \textsf{origdate} fields are not inheritable from any of the
+\textbf{mv*} entry types.
+
+\mylittlespace Aside from these inheritance questions, the other main
+function of the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} fields in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} is as a trigger for the provision of
+abbreviated entries in the list of references. The \emph{Manual}
+(15.37) specifies that if you cite several contributions to the same
+collection, all (including the collection itself) may be listed
+separately in the list, which the package does automatically, using
+the default inclusion threshold of 2 in the case both of
+\textsf{crossref}'ed and \textsf{xref}'ed entries. (The familiar
+\cmd{nocite} command may also help in some circumstances.) In the
+reference list an abbreviated form will be appropriate for all the
+child entries. The \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} package has
+always implemented these instructions, but only if you use a
+\textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field, and only in
+\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, or \textsf{letter}
+entries (on the last named, see just below). More recently, I have
+considerably extended this functionality.
+
+\mylittlespace First, I added five entry types --- \textbf{book},
+\textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, \textbf{inbook}, and
+\textbf{proceedings} --- to the list of those which use shortened
+cross references, and I provided two options --- \texttt{longcrossref}
+and \texttt{booklongxref}, on which more below --- which you can use
+in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to enable
+or disable the automatic provision of abbreviated references. (The
+\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field are still necessary for this
+provision, but they are no longer sufficient on their own.) The
+\textsf{inbook} type works exactly like \textsf{incollection} or
+\textsf{inproceedings}; in previous releases, you could use
+\textsf{inbook} instead of \textsf{incollection} to avoid the
+automatic abbreviation, the two types being otherwise identical. Now
+that you can use an option to turn off abbreviated references even in
+the presence of a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field, I have
+thought it sensible to include this entry type alongside the others.
+(Cf.\ ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and
+prairie:state to see this mechanism in action in the reference list.)
+
+\mylittlespace The inclusion of \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook},
+\textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings} entries fulfills a
+request made by Kenneth L. Pearce, and allows you to obtain shortened
+references to, for example, separate volumes within a multi-volume
+work, or to different book-length works collected inside a single
+volume. Such references are not part of the \emph{Manual's}
+specification, but they are a logical extension of it, so the system
+of options for turning on this functionality behaves differently for
+these four entry types than for the other 4 (see below). In
+\textsf{dates-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this works by
+looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, bernhard:themacher,
+harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartogra\-phy, and harley:hoc.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace A published collection of letters requires a somewhat
+different treatment (15.40). In the author-date style, the
+\emph{Manual} discourages individual letters from appearing in the
+list of references at all, preferring that the \enquote{dates of
+ individual correspondence should be woven into the text.} If you
+have special reason to do so, however, you can still present
+individual published letters there (using the \textsf{letter} entry
+type), and they too can use the system of shortened references just
+outlined, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly require it.
+As with \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection},
+\textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and
+\textsf{proceedings} entries, the use of a \textsf{crossref} or
+\textsf{xref} field will activate this mechanism, assuming the
+preamble and entry options are set to enable it. (See
+white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the
+\textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and please note that the
+second of these entries is entirely fictitious, provided merely for
+the sake of example.)
+
+\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref}} options
+function, by default, asymmetrically. The first,
+\texttt{longcrossref}, generally controls the settings for the entry
+types more-or-less authorized by the \emph{Manual}: \textsf{inbook},
+\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use
+ \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
+ entry types, you'll get the abbreviated entries in the reference
+ list.
+\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated citations of these entry
+ types in the reference list.
+\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
+ setting to provide abbreviated citations not just of the four entry
+ types mentioned but also of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+ \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries.
+\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
+ \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
+\end{description}
+
+The \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref}} second option,
+\texttt{booklongxref}, controls the settings for \textsf{book},
+\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings}
+entries:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref}
+ or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
+ \emph{not} get any abbreviated citations in the reference list.
+\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated citations in these entry
+ types in the reference list.
+\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
+ \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
+\end{description}
+
+Please note that you can set both of these options either in the
+preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries,
+allowing you to change the settings on an entry-by-entry basis.
+
+\mylittlespace Please further note that in previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using
+\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields
+in combination with this abbreviated cross-referencing mechanism. I
+have, however, received a request from Alexandre Ro\-berts to allow
+the shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated
+cross-reference as an additional space-saving measure, and one from
+Kenneth Pearce to permit the combination of the other two fields with
+\textsf{crossref}, as well. All three of these fields, in any
+combination, should just work in such circumstances in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, though if you are using a list
+of shorthands then you may need to include \texttt{skipbiblist} in the
+\textsf{options} field of some entries to avoid duplicates. If you
+come across any problems or inaccuracies, please report them.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, there is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option
+available to control the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
+\textsf{eprint} fields in abbreviated references where such
+information might otherwise never appear. See \texttt{xrefurl} in
+section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{date}}}
+\label{sec:ad:date}
+Predictably, this is one of the key fields for the author-date styles,
+and one which, as a general rule, every .bib entry designed for this
+system ought to contain. So important is it, that
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will, in most entry types, supply
+a missing \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} if there is no date otherwise
+provided (15.41); citations will look like (Author, n.d.), and entries
+in the list of references will begin: Author, Firstname.\ n.d. This
+seems simple enough, but there are a surprising number of
+complications which require attention.
+
+\mylittlespace To start, in each entry, \textsf{Biber} attempts to
+find something which it can designate a \textsf{labeldate}, which
+will, in general and ideally, be the year printed both in citations
+and at the head of the entry in the list of references. The search
+for the \textsf{labeldate} is governed by instances of the declaration
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, which cannot be set on an entry-by-entry
+basis, but rather only in a document preamble (or in files used by
+\textsf{biblatex} or its styles, like \textsf{biblatex-chicago}). The
+declaration can set a different search order according to entry type,
+but other differentiations are not currently possible. In all cases,
+guided by the instructions given by the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
+instances, \textsf{Biber} will search each entry in the declared
+order, and the first match will provide the \textsf{labeldate}. Only
+when it finds no match at all will it fall back on
+\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. Now, the entry types in which this
+automatic provision is turned off are \textsf{inreference},
+\textsf{misc}, and \textsf{reference}, none of which may be expected
+in the standard case to have a date provided. In all other entry
+types \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ will appear if no date is provided,
+though you can turn this off throughout the document in all entry
+types with the option \texttt{nodates=false} when loading
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your preamble. (See
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.)
+
+\mylittlespace The thing to keep in mind is that \emph{only} for a
+\textsf{labelyear} will \textsf{biblatex} provide what it calls the
+\textsf{extrayear} field, which means the alphabetical suffix
+(1978\textbf{a}) to differentiate entries with the same author and
+year. A style can print any year it wants in a citation, but only the
+\textsf{labelyear} comes equipped with an \textsf{extrayear}. (It is
+also, by the way, the field that the sorting algorithm will use for
+ordering the list of references.) So the challenge, in a style
+wherein entries can contain more than one date, is to allow different
+dates to appear in citations and at the head of reference list
+entries, but to ensure that, as often as is possible, that date
+\emph{is} the \textsf{labeldate}. In previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, the search for a
+\textsf{labeldate} could occur in two possible orders: in
+\textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries, the
+default order was \textsf{eventdate, origdate, date, urldate}, while
+in all other entry types the order was \textsf{date, eventdate,
+ origdate, urldate}. This, I believe, still works well for reference
+lists that contain relatively few entries with multiple dates, where
+using, e.g., an \textsf{origdate} at the head of an entry, even if it
+wasn't the \textsf{labeldate}, would rarely cause problems, because it
+was unlikely that there would be another entry by the same author with
+the same date (or \textsf{origdate}) requiring the \textsf{extrayear}
+field. Judging from the feedback I've received, I significantly
+overestimated the likelihood that most reference lists would be so
+cooperative. Users could always eliminate some of these dates from
+the running, or change the search order, using \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
+in their preamble, but I had to hard-code the default order(s) into
+the author-date styles in order to cope with some tricky corners of
+the specification. If users modified \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, and
+their references entered these tricky corners, the results could be
+surprising.
+
+\mylittlespace I have, therefore, included several means of coping
+with multiple dates in database entries, hoping that users might be
+able to choose one that works well for them. These mechanisms include
+the \texttt{avdate} option, set to \texttt{true} by default, which
+treats as \emph{sui generis} \textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{video} entries. They have their own rules, and their own
+version of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} (\textsf{eventdate, origdate, date,
+ urldate}), so please see their documentation above in
+section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} for the details of how multiple dates
+will be treated in such entries, and also see \texttt{avdate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below. If you don't alter the
+\textsf{avdate} settings, the other settings I describe below don't
+apply to such entries.
+
+\mylittlespace For other entry types, the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} (15.38) presents a fairly simple scheme for when a
+particular entry has more than one date, but I have been unable to
+make its implementation quite as straightforward. If a reprinted
+book, say, has both a \textsf{date} of publication for the reprint
+edition and an \textsf{origdate} for the original edition, then by
+default \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will use the
+\textsf{date} in citations and at the head of the entry in the
+reference list. If you inform \textsf{biblatex-chicago} that the book
+is a reprint by putting the string \texttt{reprint} in the
+\textsf{pubstate} field, then a notice will be printed at the end of
+the entry saying \enquote{Originally published in 1898.} With no
+\textsf{pubstate} field (and no \texttt{cmsdate} option), the
+algorithms will ignore the \textsf{origdate}.
+
+\mylittlespace If, \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in entry}}
+for any reason, you wish the \textsf{origdate} to appear at the head
+of the entry, then your first option is to use the \texttt{cmsdate}
+toggle in the \textsf{options} field of the entry itself. This has 3
+possible states relevant to this context, though there is a fourth
+state (\texttt{full}) which I shall discuss below:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
+ \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author
+ [1898] 1952) in parenthetical citations, Author (1898) 1952 outside
+ parentheses, e.g., in the reference list.
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default, discussed above:
+ (Author 1952).
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of
+ the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1898).
+ NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved
+ options. If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head
+ of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
+ \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have nevertheless retained this option for
+ certain cases where it has proved useful. The 15th-edition options
+ \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+In the first and third cases, if you put the string \texttt{reprint}
+in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the publication data in the list
+of references will include a notice, formatted according to the
+specifications, that the modern edition is a reprint. In the third
+case, since the \textsf{date} hasn't yet been printed, this
+publication data will also include the date of the modern reprint.
+
+\mylittlespace Let us imagine, however, that your list of references
+contains another book by the same author, also a reprint edition:
+(Author [1896] 1974). How will these two works be ordered in the list
+of references? By the \textsf{labelyear}, in this case the
+\textsf{year} field, which appears first in the default definition
+(\textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}) of
+\cmd{DeclareLabel\-date}, and which in this case will be wrong, because
+the entries should always be ordered by the \emph{first} date to
+appear there, in this case the contents of \textsf{origdate}. In this
+example, the solution can be as simple as a \textsf{sortyear} field
+set to something earlier than the date of the other work, e.g.,
+\texttt{1951}.
+
+\mylittlespace And if the reprint dates --- in the \textsf{date} field
+--- of the two works were the same? Just as when it is ordering
+entries, \textsf{biblatex} will always first process the contents of
+the \textsf{labelyear} field when it is deciding whether to add the
+\textsf{extrayear} alphabetical suffix (\texttt{a,b,c} etc.)\ to the
+year to distinguish different works by the same author published in
+the same year. Our current hypothetical examples would look like
+this: ([1896] 1974a) and ([1898] 1974b), with the suffixes
+unnecessary, strictly-speaking, either for ordering or for
+disambiguating the entries. If the original publication dates --- in
+the \textsf{origdate} field --- are the same, and the reprint dates
+different, you may prefer citations of the two works to read, e.g.,
+(Author [1898a] 1952) and (Author [1898b] 1974), when they in fact
+read (Author [1898] 1952) and (Author [1898] 1974). These latter
+forms aren't ambiguous, and even if the reprints themselves appeared
+in the same year then the alphabetical suffix would appear attached to
+the \textsf{date} --- (Author [1898] 1974a) and (Author [1898] 1974b)
+--- again avoiding ambiguity.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} doesn't give clear instructions for
+how to cope with these situations, but
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} provides help. You can't
+manually put the alphabetical suffix on an \textsf{origdate} yourself
+because that field only accepts numerical data. Instead, we can
+choose between two solutions. The old way
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in entry} \\+
+ \texttt{switchdates}} is an unusual expedient, which amounts to
+switching the two date fields, placing the earlier date in
+\textsf{date} and the later one in \textsf{origdate}. The style tests
+for this condition using a simple arithmetical comparison between the
+two years, then prints the two dates according to the state of the
+\texttt{cmsdate} toggle. The three relevant states of this toggle are
+the same as before, but there are only two possible outcomes, as
+follows:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} (the default) and \texttt{cmsdate=on}
+ \emph{both} print the \textsf{date} at the head of the entry in the
+ list of references and in citations: (Author 1898a), (Author 1898b).
+ As noted above, this style is no longer recommended by the 16th
+ edition of the \emph{Manual}, but it is still useful in some cases.
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{date} and the
+ \textsf{origdate}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ preferred format:
+ (Author [1898a] 1952), (Author [1898b] 1974). The 15th-edition
+ options \texttt{old} and \texttt{new} are synonyms for this.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+If, for some reason, the automatic switching of the dates cannot be
+achieved, perhaps in crossref'd \textsf{letter} entries that you
+really want to have in your list of references (white:ross:\break
+memo, white:russ), or perhaps in a reprint edition that hasn't yet
+appeared in print (preventing the comparison between a year and the
+word \enquote{forthcoming}), then you can use the per-entry option
+\texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options} field to achieve the
+required effects.
+
+\mylittlespace The more \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in
+ preamble}} drastic method of simplifying the creation of databases
+with a great many multi-date entries is to use the \texttt{cmsdate}
+option \emph{in the preamble}. Despite warnings in previous releases,
+users have plainly already been setting this option in their
+preambles, so I thought I might at least attempt to make it work as
+\enquote{correctly} as I can. The switches for this option are the
+same as for the entry-only option, that is:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default: (Author 1952).
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
+ \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author
+ [1898] 1952) in parenthetical citations, Author (1898) 1952 outside
+ parentheses, e.g., in the reference list.
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of
+ the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1898).
+ NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved
+ options. If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head
+ of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
+ \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have nevertheless retained this option for
+ certain cases where it has proved useful. The 15th-edition options
+ \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The important change for the user is that, when you set this option in
+your preamble to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} (or to the 15th-edition
+synonyms for the latter, \texttt{new} or \texttt{old}), then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will change the default
+\cmd{DeclareLa\-bel\-date} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear}
+search order will be \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.
+This means that for entry types not covered by the \texttt{avdate}
+option, and for those types as well if you turn off that option, the
+\textsf{labelyear} will, in any entry containing an \textsf{origdate},
+be that very date. If you want \emph{every} such entry to present its
+\textsf{origdate} in citations and at the head of reference list
+entries, then setting the option this way makes sense, as you should
+automatically get the proper \textsf{extrayear} and the correct
+sorting, without having to switch dates around counter-intuitively in
+your .bib file. A few clarifications may yet be in order.
+
+\mylittlespace Obviously, any entry with only a \textsf{date} should
+behave as usual. Also, since \textsf{patent} entries have fairly
+specialized needs, I have exempted them from this change to
+\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate}. Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate}
+options will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at
+the head of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search
+order for the \textsf{labeldate}. This will be fixed by the preamble
+option. Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date}
+and the \textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should
+be aware that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using
+the \texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it
+produces incorrect results when the \texttt{cmsdate} option is
+\texttt{both} in the preamble and the individual entry. The preamble
+option is designed to make the need for this switching as rare as
+possible, so some editing of existing databases may be necessary.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, Bertold Schweitzer has brought to my attention
+certain difficult corner cases involving cross-referenced works with
+more than one date. In order to facilitate the accurate presentation
+of such sources, I made a slight change to the way the entry-only
+\texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} work. If, and only if,
+a work has only one date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the
+\textsf{options} field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and
+\texttt{cmsdate=both} will both result in the suppression of the
+\textsf{extrayear} field in that entry, that is, the year will no
+longer be printed with its following lowercase letter used to
+distinguish works by the same \textsf{author} published in the same
+year. Obviously, if the same options are set in the preamble, this
+behavior is turned off, so that single-date entries will still work
+properly without manual intervention.
+
+\mylittlespace There are several more general remarks about the
+\textsf{date} field that may be helpful to users. First, for most
+entry types, only a year is really necessary, and in most situations
+only the year --- or year range --- will be printed in text citations
+and at the head of entries in the list of references. More specific
+\textsf{date} fields are often present, however, in \textsf{article},
+\textsf{misc}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent},
+\textsf{unpublished}, and \textsf{video} entries, for all of which any
+day or month provided will be printed later in the reference list
+entry. If you follow the recommendations of the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} and present newspaper and magazine articles
+\enquote{entirely within the text} (15.47), then the citations need to
+contain the complete \textsf{date} along with the
+\textsf{journaltitle}. Placing \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate=full}}
+\texttt{cmsdate=full} (and \texttt{skipbib}) in the \textsf{options}
+field of an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{review} entry, alongside a
+possible \texttt{useauthor=false}, should allow you to achieve this.
+While we're on this subject, the \emph{Manual} is flexible (in both
+specifications) on abbreviating the names of months (14.180). By
+default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses the full names,
+which you can change by setting the option \texttt{dateabbrev=true} in
+the preamble. (Cf.\ assocpress:gun, barcott:review, batson,
+creel:\hfill house, friends:leia, holiday:fool, nass:address,
+petroff:\-impurity, powell:email.)
+
+\mylittlespace Second, when you need to indicate that a work is
+\enquote{\texttt{forthcoming},} and for some reason can't put
+\texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the
+\textsf{year} field, instead of the \textsf{date} field, is the place
+for it, though you should use the \cmd{autocap} macro there to make
+sure the word comes out correctly in both citations and the list of
+references. (The \textsf{pubstate} field more conveniently takes the
+bare string.) The reason for the field switch is that the
+\textsf{date} field accepts only numerical data, in \textsc{iso}8601
+format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}), whereas \textsf{year} can, conveniently,
+hold just about anything. Third, it may be worth noting here that
+\textsf{Biber} is somewhat more exacting when parsing the
+\textsf{date} field than \textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like
+\texttt{1968/75} will simply be ignored, producing
+\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ in the output --- you need \texttt{1968/1975}
+instead. If you want a more compressed year range, then you'll want
+to use the \textsf{year} field.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Fourth, in the \textsf{misc} entry type the
+\textsf{date} field can help to distinguish between two classes of
+archival material, letters and \enquote{letter-like} sources using
+\textsf{origdate} while others (interviews, wills, contracts) use
+\textsf{date}. (See \textsf{misc} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}
+for the details.) If such an entry, as may well occur, contains only
+an \textsf{origdate}, as can also be the case in \textsf{letter}
+entries, then \textsf{Biber} and either \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
+definition will make it work without further intervention. Fifth, and
+finally, you can in most entry types qualify a \textsf{date} with the
+\textsf{userd} field, assuming that the entry contains no
+\textsf{urldate}. For \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries,
+there are several other requirements --- please see the documentation
+of \textsf{userd}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace I recommend that you have a look through
+\textsf{dates-test.bib} to see how all these complications will affect
+the construction of your .bib database, especially at the following
+entries: aristotle:metaphy:gr, creel:house, emerson:nature,
+james:ambas\-sa\-dors, mait\-land:canon, mait\-land:equity,
+schweit\-zer:bach, spock:in\-terview, white:ross:me\-mo, and
+white:russ. Cf.\ also \textsf{origdate} and \textsf{year}, below; the
+\texttt{cmsdate}, \texttt{nodates}, and \texttt{switchdates} options
+in sections~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, \ref{sec:authuseropts}, and
+\ref{sec:authentryopts}; and section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf},
+and section \ref{sec:authformopts}, below, for the
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command
+
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of
+\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it
+in your .bib files. Use \textsf{date} instead.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, providing the Digital Object Identifier of the work. The 16th
+edition of the \emph{Manual} specifies that, given their relative
+permanence compared to URLs, \enquote{authors should include DOIs
+ rather than URLs for sources that make them readily available}
+(14.6; cf.\ 15.9). (14.184; friedman:learn\-ing). Cf.\ \textsf{url}.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field. If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will
+convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual), followed by the appropriate
+string. Any other sort of edition information will be printed as is,
+though if your data begins with a word (or abbreviation) that would
+ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
+simply ensure that that word (or abbreviation) is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing
+(babb:peru, times:guide). In most situations, the \emph{Manual}
+generally recommends the use of abbreviations in the list of
+references, but there is room for the user's discretion in specific
+citations (emerson:nature).
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have
+implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but
+the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
+complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
+that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a
+\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
+depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most
+comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is
+one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the
+other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is exactly
+the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
+plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
+numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one
+part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. For
+these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field. You should
+format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
+\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
+\textsf{title} (donne:var).
+
+\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a
+\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given
+\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If \textsf{namea} and
+\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
+concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for
+\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the
+compiler). Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will
+need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title. For this,
+and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit}
+macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note}
+field, in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields, or even in a
+\textsf{number} field (howell:marriage). (Because the strings
+identifying an editor differ in notes and bibliography, one can't
+simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\
+bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date
+styles, if you wish. Using the macros will make your .bib file more
+portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple
+languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary.
+Cf. section~\ref{sec:international}, and also \textsf{namea},
+\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}.)
+
+\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex}
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} provides these fields
+as a means to specify additional contributors to texts in a number of
+editorial roles. In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for
+the audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video},
+where they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and
+performers. To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype},
+\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\
+bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.)
+
+\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
+exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types with a
+\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype},
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically find a name to
+put at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and
+proceeding in order through \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (the
+compiler). If all six are missing, then the \textsf{title} will be
+placed at the head. (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries
+with a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing
+\textsf{author} immediately prompts the use of \textsf{journaltitle}
+at the head of an entry. See above under \textsf{article} for
+details.) The \textsf{editortype} field provides even greater
+flexibility, allowing you to choose from a variety of editorial roles
+while only using the \textsf{editor} field. You can do this even
+though an author is named (eliot:pound shows this mechanism in action
+for a standard editor, rather than for some other role). Two things
+are necessary for this to happen. First, in the \textsf{options}
+field you need to set \texttt{useauthor=false} (if there is an
+\textsf{author}), then you need to put the name you wish to see at the
+head of your entry into the \textsf{editor} or the \textsf{namea}
+field. If the \enquote{\textsf{editor}} is in fact, e.g., a compiler,
+then you need to put \texttt{compiler} into the \textsf{editortype}
+field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the
+name in the list of references.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware.
+Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field,
+which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a
+\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a
+\textsf{booktitle}, the \textsf{editortype} mechanism checks first to
+see whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be
+used at the head of the entry, if it isn't , or if you've set the
+option \texttt{usenamea=false}, it will go ahead and look for an
+\textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the
+\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify
+\textsf{namea}. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and also its
+\textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no matter sort
+of name you provide, thanks to \textsf{Biber} and the (default)
+Chicago-specific definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}. (Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:authformopts},
+below). Please be aware that if you want a shortened form to appear
+in citations then there's only the \textsf{shorteditor}, which you
+should ensure presents whichever of the two editors' names
+(\textsf{namea} or \textsf{editor}) appears at the head of the
+reference-list entry.
+
+\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string
+concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlines in his RELEASE file,
+and I have followed his lead. In short, if you define the
+\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
+the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
+\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or
+\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if
+the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a
+\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a
+\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will
+print the appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (15.7)
+recommends not using these identifying strings in citations, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} follows that recommendation. If
+you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
+manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
+sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field.
+
+\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain
+requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author},
+for example -- the \texttt{useauthor=false} mechanism is either
+unnecessary or won't work properly in the following entry types:
+\textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{patent},
+\textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{suppbook},
+\textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{suppperiodical}.
+
+\mybigspace These
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields
+identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding
+\textsf{editor[a-c]} field. Note that they are not part of the string
+concatenation mechanism. I have implemented them just as the standard
+styles do, and they have found a use particularly in \textsf{music}
+and \textsf{video} entries. Cf.\ bernstein:shostakovich,
+handel:messiah.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to
+identify a particular article. Only applicable to the
+\textsf{article} entry type. Not typically required by the
+\emph{Manual}.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}}}
+\label{sec:ad:entrysubtype}
+Standard and very powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by
+the standard styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} it has
+four very specific uses, the first three of which I have designed in
+order to maintain, as much as possible, backward compatibility with
+the standard styles. First, in \textsf{article} and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, the field allows you to differentiate
+between scholarly \enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and
+\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers} on the other. Usage is
+fairly simple: you need to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into
+the \textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter
+two types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,}
+then you need do nothing.
+
+\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from
+classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the
+Middle Ages, as well. When you cite such a work using the traditional
+divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are
+presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the
+exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field.
+This has no effect in the list of references, which will still present
+the particular edition you are using, but it does affect the
+formatting of in-text citations, in two ways. First, it suppresses
+some of the punctuation. Second, and more importantly, it suppresses
+the \textsf{date} field in favor of the \textsf{title}, so that
+citations look like (Aristotle \emph{Metaphysics} 3.2.996b5--8)
+instead of (Aristotle 1997, 3.2.996b5--8). This mechanism may also
+prove useful in \textsf{misc} entries for citations from the Bible or
+other sacred texts (cf.\ genesis), and for citing archival collections
+(house:papers), where it produces citations of the form (House
+Papers). (Cf.\ the next but one paragraph.)
+
+\mylittlespace If you wish to reference a classical or medieval work
+by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard edition, then you
+shouldn't use the \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle.
+Also, and the specification isn't entirely clear about this, works
+from the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional
+divisions, seem to have citations formatted normally, and therefore
+don't need an \textsf{entrysubtype} field. (See \emph{Manual}
+14.256--268; aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr;
+euripides:orestes is an example of a translation cited by page number
+in a modern edition.)
+
+\mylittlespace The third use of the \textsf{entrysubtype} field occurs
+in \textsf{misc} entries. If such an entry contains no such field,
+then the citation will be treated just as the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} styles would, including the use of italics for the
+\textsf{title}. Any string at all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to treat the source as part of an
+unpublished archive. Please see section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}
+above under \textbf{misc} for all the details on how these citations
+work.
+
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Fourth, the field can be defined in the
+\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity
+whose title you do not wish to be italicized. Please see the
+documentation of \textsf{artwork} above for the details. (In previous
+releases, there was a special \texttt{tv} \textsf{entrysubtype} for
+\textsf{video} entries. This is no longer necessary. Please see the
+documentation of \textsf{video} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}
+above, and that of \textsf{userd} below.)
+
+\mybigspace Kazuo
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}}
+Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent
+\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent
+me a patch implementing it. I have applied it, with minor
+alterations, so these three fields work more or less as they do in
+standard \textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing more
+abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs,
+though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field. In the 15th edition it was barely used, but
+in order to comply with changes in the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} it plays a significant role in \textsf{music},
+\textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music}
+entries, it identifies the recording or performance date of a
+particular song (rather than of a whole disc, for which you would use
+\textsf{origdate}), whereas in \textsf{video} entries it identifies
+either the original broadcast date of a particular episode of a TV
+series or the date of a filmed musical performance. In both these
+cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically prepend a bibstring
+--- \texttt{recorded} and \texttt{aired}, respectively --- to the
+date, but you can change this string using the \textsf{userd} field,
+something you'll definitely want to do for filmed musical performances
+(friends:leia, handel:messiah, holiday:fool).
+
+\mylittlespace In the default configuration of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate},
+dates for citations and for the head of reference list entries are
+searched for in the order \textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}.
+This suits the Chicago author-date styles very well, except for
+\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, where the general rule is
+to emphasize the earliest date, whether that be, for example, the
+recording date or original release date (15.53). For these two entry
+types, then, \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate,
+ origdate, date, urldate}. (See the \texttt{avdate} option in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.)
+
+\mylittlespace For \textsf{review} entries I use the same, custom
+definition of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, but for somewhat different
+reasons. In general, such an entry will only have a \textsf{date},
+but an \textsf{eventdate} can be used to identify a particular comment
+within an online thread. The year of the comment will therefore
+appear at the head of the entry and in citations, while the remainder
+of the \textsf{eventdate} will appear just after the \textsf{title},
+and the \textsf{date} after the \textsf{journaltitle}. There isn't a
+particular string associated with the \textsf{eventdate}, but you can
+further specify a comment by placing a time\-stamp in parentheses in
+the \textsf{nameaddon} field, in case the date alone isn't enough
+(14.246; ac:comment, ellis:blog).
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the
+\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general
+function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Like
+\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a
+special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to
+define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and
+\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a
+citation.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
+field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ
+from the \textsf{author}. The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the
+subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} prints it (them), in
+parentheses, just after the author(s).
+
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet}
+entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}. I have also
+retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
+for historical reasons.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field. In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will
+usually identify the university for which the thesis was written,
+while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of
+institution issuing the report.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the
+\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above,
+\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}. Like those fields, however, it has a special
+meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define
+it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword}
+undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a
+publication. Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report
+Number of a report. Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type,
+and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a
+periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry. Not
+typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, designed for \textsf{article} or \textsf{periodical} entries
+identified by something like \enquote{Spring} or \enquote{Summer}
+rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or \textsf{number} fields
+(brown:bre\-mer).
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an
+\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special
+issue of any sort of periodical. If the reference is to one article
+within the special issue, then this field should be used in an
+\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing
+the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical}
+entry, instead (good:wholeissue). The \textsf{note} field is the
+proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special
+ issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic
+contextual capitalization.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias. It
+contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found
+in the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entry types. In the case
+where a piece in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review}
+(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't have an author,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides for this field to be used as the
+author. See above (section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}) under
+\textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and
+nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} will give you some
+idea of how this works. Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal}
+field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in
+citations and/or in the reference list, and you can also use it to
+print a list of journal abbreviations. Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal}
+documentation below.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
+\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
+filtering entries in a list of references, allowing you to subdivide
+it according to just about any criteria you care to invent. See
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.11.4) for thorough documentation. In
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field provides one convenient means to
+exclude certain entries from making their way into a list of
+references, though the toggle \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options}
+field works just as well, and perhaps more simply. There are a few
+reasons for so excluding entries. When citing both an original text
+and its translation (see \textbf{userf}, below), the \emph{Manual}
+(14.109) suggests including the original at the end of the
+translation's reference list entry, a procedure which requires that
+the original not also be printed as a separate entry
+(aristotle:metaphy:trans, aristotle:metaphy:gr). Well-known reference
+works (like the \emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica}, for example) and many
+sacred texts need only be presented in citations, and not in the list
+of references (14.247--248; ency:britannica, genesis, wikiped:bibtex;
+see \textsf{inreference} and \textsf{misc}, above).
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the
+language(s) in which a work is written. As a general rule, the
+Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though
+it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such
+as bilingual editions, for example. There is at least one situation,
+however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is
+when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no
+translation of the work has been published, something that might
+happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a
+majority of your expected readership (14.108, 14.110, 14.194;
+chu:panda, pirumova, rozner:liberation). In such a case, you should
+provide the language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple
+languages using the keyword \texttt{and}. (I have retained
+\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that
+you can use the standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the
+language you need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as
+it should appear in your text. You can also mix these two modes
+inside one entry without apparent harm.)
+
+\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the
+\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to
+provide its translation, as well. If you choose this option, you'll
+need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below. In
+effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields
+in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will only
+print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere} over
+\textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern, pirumova:russian, and
+weresz). Note also that both of these fields are universally
+associated with the \textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a
+\textsf{booktitle} or a \textsf{maintitle}. If you need to attach a
+language or a translation to either of the latter two, you could
+probably manage it with special formatting inside those fields
+themselves.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field
+specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are
+arranged alphabetically, where the name of the article rather than a
+page or volume number should be given. The field is a
+\textsf{biblatex} list, which means you should separate multiple items
+with the keyword \texttt{and}. Each item receives its own set of
+quotation marks, and the whole list will be prefixed by the
+appropriate string (\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\
+\enquote{s.vv.}). \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} will only print such a
+field in a \textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you
+should look at the documentation of these entry types for further
+details. (See \emph{Manual} 14.247--248; grove:sibelius, times:guide,
+wikiped:bibtex.)
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is
+\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field
+\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that
+simplifies the modification of older .bib files. According to the
+\emph{Manual} (14.135), a citation usually need only provide the first
+city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by
+the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately.
+If the place of publication is unknown, you can use
+\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (14.138). For all cities, you should
+use the common English version of the name, if such exists (14.137).
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Two other uses need explanation here. In
+\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries,
+there is usually no need for a \textsf{location} field, but
+\enquote{if a journal might be confused with another with a similar
+ title, or if it might not be known to the users of a bibliography,}
+then this field can present the place or institution where it is
+published (14.191, 14.203; garrett, kimluu:diethyl, and
+lakeforester:pushcarts). For blogs cited using \textsf{article}
+entries, this is a good place to identify the nature of the source ---
+i.e., the word \enquote{blog} --- letting the style automatically
+provide the parentheses (14.246; ellis:blog).
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a
+multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.}
+It no longer takes sentence-style capitalization in
+\textsf{authordate}, though it does in \textsf{authordate-trad}. In
+cross references produced using the \textsf{crossref} field, the
+\textsf{title} of \textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a
+\textsf{maintitle} in the child entry. (See donne:var,
+euripides:orestes, harley:carto\-graphy, lach:asia,
+pelikan:christian, and plato:republic:gr.)
+
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
+\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would
+be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word
+that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
+sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. The
+package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin).
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, containing the month of publication. This should be an
+integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See
+\textsf{date} for more information.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
+\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
+leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
+name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
+\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle}, in which situation the
+\textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter fields
+(donne:var). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries,
+\textsf{namea} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
+\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should
+present names in this field exactly as you would those in an
+\textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and the package will
+concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they are identical.
+When choosing a name for a citation or to head a reference-list entry,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} gives precedence to \textsf{namea} over
+\textsf{editor}. See under \textbf{editor} and \textbf{editortype}
+above for the full details. Please note that, as the field is highly
+single-entry specific, \textsf{namea} isn't inherited from a
+\textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note, also, that you can
+use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this role just as you can
+with \textsf{editortype}, which see. Cf.\ also \textsf{nameb},
+\textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros \cmd{partedit},
+\cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans}, \cmd{partcomp},
+\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransand\-comp}, for which see
+section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided
+by \textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles. In
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you to specify that an author's
+name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either the real name or the
+pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided in the
+\textsf{author} field. The abbreviation
+\enquote{\texttt{pseud.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ (always lowercase in English)
+is specified, either on its own or after the pseudonym
+(centinel:letters, creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide,
+creasey:york:death, and le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}
+does the work for you. See under \textbf{author} above for the full
+details.
+
+\mylittlespace In \textsf{review} entries, I have removed the
+automatic provision of square brackets from the field, allowing it to
+be used in at least two ways. First, if you provide your own square
+brackets, then it can have its standard function, as above. Second,
+you can further specify comments to blogs and other online content
+using a timestamp (in parentheses) that supplements the
+\textsf{eventdate}, particularly when the latter is too coarse a
+specification to identify a comment unambiguously. Cf.\ ac:comment.
+
+\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, finally, which is
+used to create alphabetized cross-references to other entries in the
+reference list, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to change the
+default string linking the two parts of the cross-reference. The code
+automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize.
+Otherwise, it prints the string as is.
+
+\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
+to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use
+\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}. As with
+the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string
+concatenation with identical \textsf{nameb} or \textsf{namec} fields.
+Please see \textbf{editortype}, above, for the details.
+
+\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above,
+this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
+styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the
+translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
+\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
+the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter
+fields (euripides:orestes). (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
+entries, \textsf{nameb} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
+\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.) You should
+present names in this field exactly as you would those in an
+\textsf{author} or \textsf{translator} field, and the package will
+concatenate this field with \textsf{namea} if they are identical. See
+under the \textbf{translator} field below for the full details.
+Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry specific,
+\textsf{nameb} isn't inherited from a \textsf{crossref}'ed parent
+entry. Please note, also, that in \textsf{biblatex-chicago's}
+name-finding algorithms \textsf{nameb} takes precedence over
+\textsf{translator}. Cf.\ also \textsf{namea}, \textsf{namec},
+\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} and the
+macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},
+\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransandcomp} in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (15.35)
+specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
+translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
+specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All
+this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard
+information that should be made available in a bibliographic
+reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that
+\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and
+\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction},
+\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}. Since \textsf{biblatex}
+doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this
+purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}. It is important to
+understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not
+function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like
+\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be
+associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were
+they present in the same entry. Identical fields among these three
+will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the
+(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest. Also
+please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include
+\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb},
+so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make
+\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
+fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
+can use that field, or the \textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a
+compiler.)
+
+\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to
+identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the
+compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the
+moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have
+to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related
+\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands
+(section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}) below. (Future releases may
+be able to remedy this.) It may be as well to mention here too that
+of the three names that can be substituted for the missing
+\textsf{author} at the head of an entry, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+will choose a \textsf{namea} if present, then an \textsf{editor}, a
+\textsf{nameb}, or a \textsf{translator}, with \textsf{namec} coming
+last, assuming that the fields aren't identical, and therefore to be
+concatenated. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and also its
+\textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no matter what
+sort of name you provide, but do please remember that if you want the
+package to skip over any names you can employ the
+\texttt{use<name>=false} options. Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's}
+\texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old Chicago-specific
+\texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data
+that doesn't easily fit into any other field. In this sense, it's
+very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be
+printed just before the publication data. (See chaucer:alt,
+cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for examples of this
+usage in action.) It also has a specialized use in the periodical
+types (\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review}),
+where it holds supplemental information about a \textsf{journaltitle},
+such as \enquote{special issue} (conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue).
+In all uses, if your data begins with a word that would ordinarily
+only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure
+that that word is in lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
+automatically do the right thing. Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a
+\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry,
+the number of a \textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, the
+volume/number of a book in a \textsf{series}, or the (generally
+numerical) specifier of the \textsf{type} in a \textsf{report} entry.
+Generally, in an \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or
+\textsf{review} entry, this will be a plain cardinal number, but in
+such entries \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does the right thing if you
+have a list or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke). In any
+\textsf{book}-like entry it may well contain considerably more
+information, including even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for
+example, while the \textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain
+the name of the series, rather than a number. This field is also the
+place for the patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry. Cf.\
+\textsf{issue} and \textsf{series}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.128--132
+and boxer:china, palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 14.180--181 and
+beattie:crime, conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learn\-ing, garrett,
+gibbard, hlatky:hrt, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation,
+warr:el\-lison.)
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point
+out that the \emph{Manual} (14.154) prefers arabic to roman numerals
+in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even
+when such numbers might be roman in the work cited. The obvious
+exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the
+citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry
+basis rather than globally. Information about some of the more common
+options may be found above under \textsf{author} and \textsf{date},
+and below in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}. See creel:house,
+eliot:pound, emerson:nature, ency:britannica, herwign:office,
+lecarre:quest, and maitland:canon for examples of the field in use.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc},
+\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of
+use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other
+categories. In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the
+organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or
+\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a
+possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field which allows more than one full date
+specification for those references which need to provide more than
+just one. As with the analogous \textsf{date} field, you provide the
+date (or range of dates) in \textsc{iso}8601 format, i.e.,
+\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. In most entry types, you would use
+\textsf{origdate} to provide the date of first publication of a work,
+most usually needed only in the case of reprint editions, but also
+recommended by the \emph{Manual} for electronic editions of older
+works (15.38, 14.119, 14.166, 14.169; aristotle:metaphy:gr,
+emerson:nature, james:ambassadors, schweitzer:bach). In both the
+\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype)} entry
+types, the \textsf{origdate} identifies when a letter (or similar) was
+written. In such \textsf{misc} entries, some
+\enquote{non-letter-like} materials (like interviews) need the
+\textsf{date} field for this purpose, while in \textsf{letter} entries
+the \textsf{date} applies to the publication of the whole collection.
+If such a published collection were itself a reprint, judicious use of
+the \textsf{pubstate} field or perhaps improvisation in the
+\textsf{location} field might be able to rescue the situation. (See
+white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total for how \textsf{letter}
+entries can work; creel:house shows the field in action in a
+\textsf{misc} entry, while spock:interview uses \textsf{date}
+instead.)
+
+\mylittlespace Because of the importance of date specifications in the
+author-date styles, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate} and
+\textsf{authordate-trad} provide options and automated behaviors that
+allow you to emphasize the \textsf{origdate} in citations and at the
+head of entries in the list of references. In entries which have
+\emph{only} an \textsf{origdate} --- usually \textsf{misc} with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} --- \textsf{Biber} and the default
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} configuration make it possible to do without a
+\texttt{cmsdate} option, as the \textsf{origdate} will automatically
+appear where and as it should. In \textsf{book}-like entries with
+both a \textsf{date} and an \textsf{origdate}, the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} recommends that you present, in citations and at the
+head of reference list entries, only the \textsf{date} or both dates
+together. The latter is accomplished using the \texttt{cmsdate} entry
+option. In some cases it may even be necessary to reverse the two
+date fields, putting the earlier year in \textsf{date} and the later
+in \textsf{origdate}. If your reference apparatus contains many such
+instances, it may well be convenient for you instead to use the
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in preamble}} \texttt{cmsdate}
+preamble option, which I have designed in an attempt to reduce the
+amount of manual intervention needed to present lots of entries with
+multiple dates. In short, setting \texttt{cmsdate} to \texttt{both}
+or \texttt{on} in the preamble promotes the \textsf{origdate} to the
+top of the search for a \textsf{labeldate} to use in citations and at
+the head of entries in the reference list. This can solve many
+problems with the \textsf{extrayear} field --- 1978\textbf{a} --- and
+also with sorting in the reference list. Please see above under
+\textbf{date} for all the details on how these options interact.
+
+\mylittlespace In the default configuration of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate},
+dates for citations and for the head of reference list entries are
+searched for in the order \textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}.
+If you set the \texttt{cmsdate} preamble options I've just mentioned,
+this changes to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}. These
+generally cover the needs of the Chicago author-date styles well,
+except for \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, and,
+exceptionally, some \textsf{review} entries. Here the general rule is
+to emphasize the earliest date. For these three entry types, then,
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate, origdate,
+ date, urldate}. In \textsf{music} entries, you can use the
+\textsf{origdate} in two separate but related ways. First, it can
+identify the recording date of an entire disc, rather than of one
+track on that disc, which would go in \textsf{eventdate}. (Compare
+holiday:fool with nytrumpet:art.) Second, the \textsf{origdate} can
+provide the original release date of an album. For this to happen,
+you need to put the string \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate}
+field, which is the standard mechanism across many other entry types
+for identifying a reprinted work. (See floyd:atom.) In
+\textsf{video} entries, the \textsf{origdate} is intended for the
+original release date of a film, whereas the \textsf{eventdate} would
+hold the original broadcast date of, e.g., an episode of a TV series.
+In both these two entry types, the style will, depending on the
+context, automatically prepend appropriate bibstrings to the
+\textsf{origdate}. You can, assuming you've not activated the
+\textsf{pubstate} mechanism in a \textsf{music} entry, choose a
+different string using the \textsf{userd} field, but please be aware
+that if an entry also has an \textsf{eventdate}, then \textsf{userd}
+will apply to that, instead, and you'll be forced to accept the
+default string. (Compare friends:leia with hitchcock:nbynw; 15.53,
+14.279-280; cf.\ \texttt{cmsdate} in sections~\ref{sec:authuseropts}
+and \ref{sec:authentryopts}, \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and \texttt{avdate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)
+
+\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts
+numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include
+\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry. In
+\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in
+\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the
+\textsf{location} field. (The \textsf{origyear} field usually works,
+too.)
+
+\mybigspace See
+\vspace{-14.2pt}
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
+\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}}
+section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
+\vspace{18pt}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references. In many
+\textsf{article} entries you'll find this contains something other
+than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition specification
+(14.203, 14.209; kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit). Of course, the same
+may be true of almost any sort of entry, though perhaps with less
+frequency. Curious readers may wish to look at brown:bremer (14.189)
+for an example of a \textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference
+to a two-part journal article. Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more
+information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the
+formatting of numerals; \textsf{bookpagination} and
+\textsf{pagination} provide details about \textsf{biblatex's}
+mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a given \textsf{pages}
+field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a different way to
+present the section information pertaining to a newspaper article.
+
+\mylittlespace David Gohlke brought to my attention a discussion that
+took place a couple of years ago on
+\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange}
+regarding the automatic compression of page ranges, e.g., 101-{-}109
+in the .bib file or in the \textsf{postnote} field would become 101--9
+in the document. \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for
+providing this, and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly
+complicated, Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion
+code that implements the specifications. As some users may well be
+accustomed to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files,
+and in their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of
+this code a package option, so setting \texttt{compresspages=true}
+when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should automatically give you
+the Chicago-recommended page ranges.
+
+\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the
+appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the
+\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas
+\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the
+\textsf{pages} field. Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for
+all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference
+just mentioned the two fields are equivalent.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in
+\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals. It has the same
+purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but because the \emph{Manual}
+(14.126) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a \enquote{part,}
+the string printed in the list of references will, at least in
+English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of the plain
+dot between volume number and part number (harley:cartography,
+lach:asia). If the field contains something other than a number,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print it as is, capitalizing it if
+necessary, rather than supplying the usual bibstring, so this provides
+a mechanism for altering the string to your liking. The field will be
+printed in the same place in any entry as would a \textsf{volume}
+number, and although it will most usually be associated with such a
+number, it can also function independently, allowing you to identify
+parts of works that don't fit into the standard scheme. If you need
+to identify \enquote{parts} or \enquote{books} that are part of a
+published \textsf{series}, for example, then you'll need to use a
+different field, (which in the case of a series would be
+\textsf{number} [palmatary:pottery]). Cf.\ \textsf{volume};
+iso:electrodoc.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}}
+\textsf{biblatex} field. Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a
+keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name
+contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&)
+or enclose the whole name in additional braces. (See \emph{Manual}
+14.139--148; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast,
+dunn:revolutions.)
+
+\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further
+subtleties involved here. Two publishers will be separated by a
+forward slash in the list of references, and you no longer, in the
+16th edition, need to provide hand formatting if a company issues
+\enquote{certain books through a special publishing division or under
+ a special imprint,} as these, too, should be separated by a forward
+slash. If a book has two co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different
+ countries,} (14.147) then the simplest thing to do is to choose one,
+probably the nearest one geographically. If you feel it necessary to
+include both, then levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing
+so, using a combination of the \textsf{publisher} and
+\textsf{location} fields. Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then
+the \emph{Manual} recommends (14.143) simply using the place (if
+known) and the date. If for some reason you need to indicate the
+absence of a publisher, the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is
+\texttt{n.p.}, though this can also stand for \enquote{no place.}
+Some style guides apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(=
+\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the
+\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this.
+
+\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles,
+on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
+section~\ref{sec:authrelated} below, you can now also use the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is
+\enquote{forthcoming.} Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming}
+into the field and the style will print
+\cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}} as the \textsf{year}
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
+field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
+\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some
+purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.
+
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
+section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
+field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article},
+\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name
+of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries. If you need to
+attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a
+\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place
+for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like
+\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.} Of
+course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or
+\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there
+you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself. (In fact, the
+\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical}
+entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex} allows you just
+to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for example, rather
+than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}. The \textsf{type}
+field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and
+\textsf{thesis} entries also has this auto-detection mechanism in
+place; see the discussion of \cmd{bibstring} below for details.) In
+whatever entry type, these bibstrings produce the required
+abbreviation. (For books and similar entries, see \emph{Manual}
+14.128--132; boxer:china, browning:aurora, palmatary:pottery,
+plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for periodicals, see 14.195;
+garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.) Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more
+information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the
+formatting of numerals.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} makes
+considerably grea\-ter use of it than the standard styles. For the
+purposes of the author-date specification, the field provides the name
+to be used in text citations. In the vast majority of cases, you
+don't need to specify it, because the \textsf{biblatex} system selects
+the author's last name from the \textsf{author} field and uses it in
+such a reference, and if there is no \textsf{author} it will search
+\textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator},
+and \textsf{namec}, in that order. The current versions of
+\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{Biber} will automatically alphabetize by
+any of these names if they appear at the head of an entry. If, in an
+author-less \textsf{article} entry (\textsf{entrysubtype}
+\texttt{magazine}), you allow \textsf{biblatex-chicago} to use the
+\textsf{journaltitle} as the author --- the default behavior --- and
+you have been accustomed to using the \textsf{shortauthor} field to
+abbreviate it, it may be simpler now to use the \textsf{shortjournal}
+field instead, which does all of the formatting for you, and
+additionally adds the possibility of printing a list of journal
+abbreviations. See just below for the details. (Cf.\ gourmet:052006,
+lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke). With long,
+institutional authors, a shortened version in \textsf{shortauthor} may
+save space in the running text (evanston:library), but see under
+\textbf{shorthand} for another method of saving space.
+
+\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the
+\emph{Manual} (15.21) recommends against providing the identifying
+string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in text citations, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} follows their recommendation. If you need
+to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to do so
+by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the
+\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using.
+
+\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}}
+\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a text citation,
+in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically
+lacks an author. The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in
+most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not
+\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then
+only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized. It may be worth
+pointing out that, because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also provides a
+\textsf{namea} field for the editor of a \textsf{title} as opposed to
+a \textsf{main-} or \textsf{booktitle}, and because in standard use
+the \textsf{namea}, if present, will be chosen to head a reference
+list entry before the \textsf{editor}, you should present the
+shortened \textsf{namea} here instead of a shortened \textsf{editor}
+in such cases.Cf.\ \textsf{editortype}, above.
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}}}
+\label{sec:ad:shorthand}
+
+This is \textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in
+citations. For \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} I have modified
+it somewhat to conform to the needs of the specification, though there
+is a package option to revert the behavior to something closer to the
+\textsf{biblatex} standard --- see below and under \texttt{cmslos} in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}. The main problem when presenting
+readers with an abbreviation is to ensure that they know how to expand
+it. In the notes \&\ bibliography style this is accomplished with a
+notice in the first footnote citing a given work, which explains that
+henceforth the abbreviation will be used instead, and also, if needed,
+with a list of shorthands that summarizes all the abbreviations used
+in a particular text. The first part of this system isn't available
+in the author-date style of citation, and indeed these citations are
+in themselves already highly-abbreviated keys to the fuller
+information to be found in the list of references. There are cases,
+however, particularly when institutions or \textsf{journaltitles}
+appear as authors, when you may feel the need to provide a shortened
+version for citations. I have already discussed two options available
+to you just above (cf.\ \textbf{shortauthor} and
+\textbf{shortjournal}). For the former to work the abbreviation must
+either be instantly recognizable to your readership or at least easily
+parseable by them, while with the latter you can either rely on the
+conventions of your field or, alternately, provide a list of journal
+abbreviations using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace For long institutional names the \emph{Manual's}
+recommendation (15.36), and this has changed for the 16th edition,
+involves using an abbreviation, an abbreviation which will appear not
+only in citations but also at the head of the entry in the list of
+references. Such an entry should therefore be alphabetized by the
+abbreviation, with its expansion placed (inside parentheses) between
+the abbreviation and the date. This formatting can be produced in one
+of two ways: either you can provide a specially-formatted
+\textsf{author} field (for the reference list, and including both the
+abbreviation and the parenthesized expansion) + a \textsf{shortauthor}
+(for the citations), or you can use a normal \textsf{author} field + a
+\textsf{shorthand}, in which case \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}
+will automatically use the \textsf{shorthand} in text citations and
+also place it at the head of the reference list entry, followed by the
+\textsf{author} within parentheses. This method is simpler and more
+compatible with other styles, though you do need a \textsf{sortkey}
+when you use the \textsf{shorthand} field this way. (Cf.\
+bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.)
+
+\mylittlespace I should clarify here that this automatic placement of
+the \textsf{shorthand} at the head of the entry will \emph{not} occur
+if you set the package option \texttt{cmslos=false} in your preamble.
+This allows you to implement other systems of shorthand expansion
+using either a list of shorthands (via \cmd{printshorthands}, which is
+always available no matter what the state of \texttt{cmslos}) or
+cross-references (via \textsf{customc}) within the reference list
+itself. You can place \texttt{skiplos} in the \textsf{options} field
+to exclude a particular entry from the list of shorthands if you do
+decide to print that list, giving maximum flexibility.
+
+\mylittlespace Indeed, I have provided two options to add to this
+flexibility. First, I have included two \texttt{bibenvironments} for
+use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshort\-hands} command:
+\texttt{losnotes} is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear
+inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for
+endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the
+latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that
+I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to
+use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the
+[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote}
+command.) Second, I have provided a package option,
+\texttt{short\-handfull}, which prints entries in the list of
+shorthands which contain full bibliographical information, effectively
+allowing you to eschew the list of references in favor of a fortified
+shorthand list. This option will only work if used in tandem with
+\texttt{cmslos=false}, as otherwise the shorthand will be printed
+twice. (See 15.36, 13.65, 14.54--55, and also \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
+for more information.)
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, I believe
+it is safe to use shorthands in parent entries, as this, in the
+standard configuration, gives you the shorthand itself in the child
+entry's abbreviated cross-reference, which may well save space in the
+list of references.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
+\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a
+\textsf{journaltitle} in citations and/or the reference list and to
+facilitate the creation of a list of journal abbreviations, should
+this be needed, rather in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. As
+requested by user BenVB, you can now utilize this functionality in
+your documents, but there are a few details worth mentioning here.
+First, users in some fields may well already be accustomed to using a
+set of standard journal abbreviations (15.44), in which case the
+\textsf{journaltitle} field may well already contain the abbreviation,
+which will appear wherever that field is printed. In such cases, it
+usually isn't necessary to provide a list of abbreviations in
+individual publications, but were you to require such a thing, you'd
+have to move the abbreviation from the \textsf{journaltitle} to the
+\textsf{shortjournal} field, placing the full title in the former. In
+\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field presents what
+would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the \textsf{articles} or
+\textsf{reviews}, so in such entries you can provide the standard
+\textsf{shorttitle} field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically copy the
+\textsf{shorttitle} into a \textsf{shortjournal}.
+
+\mylittlespace Having done this, you then need to choose where to
+print the \textsf{shortjournal}, which is controlled by the
+\texttt{journalabbrev} option either in the preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual .bib entries. By default, and
+taking account of the space-saving features of the author-date styles,
+this option is set to \texttt{notes}, so your \textsf{shortjournal}
+fields will be printed only in those citations where they appear in
+place of an \textsf{author}. There are three other settings:
+\texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both in citations and in the
+reference list, \texttt{bib} prints them only in the reference list,
+and \texttt{false} ignores them. Should you wish to present a list of
+these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to use the
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command, perhaps with a
+\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any
+\textsf{shorthand} list. As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have
+provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot-
+or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively),
+to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again
+as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
+\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off
+the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the
+\cmd{footnote} command. Finally, if you don't like the default
+formatting of the abbreviations in the list (bold italic), you can
+roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjournalwidth\}} ---
+you can see its default definition at the top of
+\textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}.
+
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
+title for citation styles that need one. (It is also the way to hook
+\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism,
+on which see the previous entry.) In
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} such a field will be necessary
+only very rarely (unlike in the notes \&\ bibliography style), and is
+most likely to turn up in \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference}
+entries (where the \textsf{title} takes the place of the
+\textsf{author}), or in any sort of entry with a \texttt{classical}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}. This latter toggle makes citations use
+\textsf{author} and \textsf{title} instead of \textsf{author} and
+\textsf{year}, and if an abbreviated version of that title would save
+space in your running text this is the field where you can provide it.
+(Cf.\ ency:britannica, grove:sibelius, aristotle:metaphy:gr.)
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want
+an entry alphabetized in a list of references. In general, if an
+entry doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should
+provide the solution. Entries with a corporate author can omit the
+definite or indefinite article, which should help (14.85;
+cotton:manufacture, nytrumpet:art). The default settings of
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} include the three supplemental name
+fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}) and also the \textsf{journaltitle} in the
+sorting algorithm, so once again you should find those algorithms
+needing less help than before. Entries using a \textsf{shorthand},
+and entries headed by a \textsf{title} beginning with the definite or
+indefinite article, may well now require such assistance
+(bsi:abbreviation, grove:sibelius, iso:electrodoc). There may be
+circumstances --- several reprinted books by the same author, for
+example --- when the \textbf{sortyear} field is more appropriate, on
+which see below. \textsf{Biblatex} also provides \textbf{sortname}
+and \textbf{sorttitle} for equally fine-grained control. Please
+consult \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the details.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortyear}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, provided for more fine-grained control over
+the sorting of entries in a list of references, and possibly useful in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to help present several reprinted
+books by the same author. See \textsf{sortkey} and \textsf{date}
+above.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
+\textsf{title} --- see next entry.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} release of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} includes the \textsf{authordate-trad} style,
+designed as a kind of hybrid style according to indications contained
+in the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} (14.45). This \textsf{trad}
+style differs \emph{only} in the way it treats the \textsf{title} and
+related fields, which retain the forms they have traditionally had in
+the Chicago author-date specifications prior to the latest edition.
+Where the new edition uses headline-style capitalization, the older
+editions used sentence-style; where the new edition places
+\textsf{article} or \textsf{incollection} \textsf{titles} within
+quotation marks, the older editions presented them in plain text. If
+you have been using the 15th-edition author-date style, then your
+\textsf{title} fields won't need any changes for
+\textsf{authordate-trad}, but I shall include just below, under a
+separate rubric, full documentation for \textsf{trad} \textsf{title}
+fields for those just coming to the package. First, though, I
+document the same field(s) for the standard author-date style.
+
+\mylittlespace In the vast majority of cases, this field works just as
+it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and just as it does in
+\textsf{biblatex}. In a major change to previous editions of the
+\emph{Manual}, the 16th edition now recommends that \textsf{titles} be
+treated more or less identically across both its systems of
+documentation (15.2, 15.6, 15.13). This means that users of the
+author-date style no longer need to worry about sentence-style
+capitalization when compiling their .bib databases, and so can eschew
+the extra curly braces needed to preserve uppercase letters in this
+context. The other new rules, however, mean that a few new
+complications, familiar to users of the notes \&\ bibliography style,
+will arise. First, although nearly every entry will have a
+\textsf{title}, there are some exceptions, particularly
+\textsf{incollection} or \textsf{online} entries with a merely generic
+title, instead of a specific one (centinel:letters, powell:email).
+Second, the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting \textsf{titles},
+which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and \textsf{maintitles},
+require additional attention. The whole point of using a
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to do the formatting for you,
+and in most cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} does just that,
+surrounding titles with quotation marks, italicizing them, or
+occasionally just leaving them alone. When, however, a title is
+quoted within a title, then you need to know some of the rules. A
+summary here should serve to clarify them, and help you to understand
+when \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} might need your help in
+order to comply with them.
+
+\mylittlespace The internal rules of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} are as follows:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
+ \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
+ \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+ \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{image},
+ \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings},
+ \textsf{report}, \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection}
+ entry types.
+\item[\qquad Quotation Marks:] \textsf{title} of \textsf{article},
+ \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{online},
+ \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry
+ types, \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical},
+ and \textsf{review} entry types.
+\item[\qquad Unformatted:] \textsf{booktitleaddon},
+ \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types,
+ \textsf{title} of \textsf{customc}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}
+ (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{patent}, \textsf{review},
+ and \textsf{suppperiodical} entry types.
+\item[\qquad Italics or Quotation Marks:] All of the audiovisual entry
+ types --- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} ---
+ have to serve as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to
+ \textsf{inbook}. Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
+ \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in quotation
+ marks. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
+ will be italicized.
+\end{description}
+
+Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
+to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
+section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} above, the examples in
+\textsf{dates-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
+8.154--195. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
+title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
+its own, require, then the following rules apply:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
+ quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
+ is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
+ take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
+ within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var,
+ mchugh:wake).
+\item Inside a quoted title, you should present another title as it
+ would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need to
+ do the formatting yourself. Within the double quotes of the title
+ another quoted title would take single quotes --- the
+ \cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also,
+ I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be
+ brought within the closing quotation mark(s). (See 14.177; garrett,
+ loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.)
+\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or
+ a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it
+ would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using
+ \cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}. (barcott:review, gibbard,
+ osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally
+italicized in text should also be italicized in a quoted or plain-text
+title, but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an
+italicized title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or
+without a subtitle) retains its quotation marks in an italicized title
+\enquote{only if it appears that way in the source,} but always
+retains them when the surrounding title is quoted or plain (14.104,
+14.177; lewis). A word or phrase in quotation marks, but that isn't a
+quotation, retains those marks in all title types (kimluu:diethyl).
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and
+\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries, and in \textsf{misc} entries with an
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, and only in those entries,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically capitalize the
+first word of the \textsf{title} after sentence-ending punctuation,
+assuming that such a \textsf{title} begins with a lowercase letter in
+your .bib database. See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
+section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below for more details.
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{title (trad)}} you choose the
+\textsf{authordate-trad} style, your \textsf{title} and related fields
+will need extra care, familiar to users of the 15th-edition
+author-date style. The whole point of using a \textsc{Bib}\TeX-based
+system is for it to do the formatting for you, and in most cases
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} does just that, capitalizing
+them sentence-style, italicizing them, and sometimes both. There are
+two situations that require user intervention. First, in titles that
+take sentence-style capitalization, you need, as always in traditional
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX, to assist the algorithms by placing anything that
+needs to remain capitalized within an extra pair of curly braces.
+Second, when a title is quoted within a title, you need to know some
+of the rules of the Chicago style. A summary here should serve to
+clarify them, and help you to understand when
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} might need your help in
+order to comply with them.
+
+\mylittlespace With regard to sentence-style capitalization, the rules
+of the Chicago \textsf{authordate-trad} style are fairly simple:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad Headline Style:] \textsf{journaltitle} in all types,
+ \textsf{series} in all \textsf{book}-like entries (i.e., not in
+ \textsf{articles}), and \textsf{title} in \textsf{periodical}
+ entries.
+\item[\qquad Sentence Style:] every other \textsf{title},
+ \emph{except} in \textsf{letter} entries, \textsf{review} entries,
+ and in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. Also,
+ the \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{issuetitle}, and \textsf{maintitle}
+ in all entry types use sentence style.
+\item[\qquad Contextual Capitalization of First Word:]
+ \textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon},
+ \textsf{maintitle\-addon} in all entry types, also the
+ \textsf{title} of \textsf{review} entries and of \textsf{misc}
+ entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
+\item[\qquad Plain:] \textsf{title} in \textsf{letter} entries.
+\end{description}
+
+What this means in practice is that to get a title like \emph{The
+ Chicago manual of style}, your .bib entry needs to have a field that
+looks something like this:
+\begin{quote}
+ \texttt{title = \{The \{Chicago\} Manual of Style\}}
+\end{quote}
+
+This is completely straightforward, but remember that if an
+\textsf{article} has a title like: Review of \emph{The Chicago manual
+ of style}, then the curly braces enclosing material to be formatted
+in italics will cause the capitalization algorithm to stop and leave
+all of that material as it is, so your .bib entry would need to have a
+field something like this:
+
+\begin{quote}
+ \texttt{title = \{}\cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}} \cmd{mkbibemph\{The
+ Chicago manual of style\}\}}
+\end{quote}
+
+(As an aside, the use of the \texttt{reviewof} bibstring isn't
+strictly necessary here, but it helps with portability across
+languages and across the two Chicago styles. If you've noticed a lot
+of lowercase letters starting fields in \textsf{dates-test.bib},
+they're present because in the notes \&\ bibliography style
+capitalization is complicated by notes using commas where the
+bibliography uses periods, and words like \enquote{review} start in
+uppercase only if the context demands it. There's considerably less
+of this in the author-date styles [note the \textsf{*titleaddon}
+fields], but it still pays to be aware of the issue.)
+
+\mylittlespace With regard to italics, the rules of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} are as follows:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
+ \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
+ \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+ \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{inbook},
+ \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no \textsf{entrysubtype}),
+ \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{report},
+ \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection} entry types.
+\item[\qquad Main Text Font (Roman):] \textsf{title} of
+ \textsf{article}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{incollection},
+ \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc} (with an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent},
+ \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{review}, \textsf{suppperiodical},
+ \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
+ \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical}
+ entry types. \textsf{booktitleaddon}, \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and
+ \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types.
+\item[\qquad Italics or Roman:] All of the audiovisual entry types ---
+ \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} --- have to serve
+ as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to \textsf{inbook}.
+ Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
+ \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in the main text
+ font. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
+ will be italicized.
+\end{description}
+
+Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
+to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
+section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} above, the examples in
+\textsf{dates-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
+8.154--195. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
+title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
+its own, require, then the following rules apply:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
+ quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
+ is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
+ take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
+ within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var,
+ mchugh:wake).
+\item Inside a plain-text title, you should set off other plain-text
+ titles with quotation marks, while italicized titles should appear
+ as they would if they were on their own. In such cases you'll need
+ to do the formatting yourself, using \cmd{mkbibemph} or
+ \cmd{mkbibquote}. (See barcott:review, garrett, gibbard,
+ loften:hamlet, loomis:structure, murphy:silent, osborne:poi\-son,
+ ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke, white:callimachus.)
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally
+italicized in text should also be italicized in a plain-text title,
+but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an italicized
+title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or without a
+subtitle) retains its quotation marks when it is plain, but loses them
+when it is italicized, unless it specifically retains them in the
+source (14.104, 14.177; lewis). A word or phrase in quotation marks,
+but that isn't a quotation, retains those marks in all title types
+(kimluu:diethyl).
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, please note that there is also a preamble
+option --- \texttt{headline} --- that disables the automatic
+sentence-style capitalization routines in \textsf{authordate-trad}.
+If you set this option, the word case in your title fields will not be
+changed in any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform your
+titles into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to
+determine capitalization. It works by redefining the command
+\cmd{MakeSentenceCase}, so in the unlikely event you are using the
+latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be
+turned off there. See section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
+\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
+that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
+and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses it in just this way, with the
+additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
+entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
+powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
+to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters). This field will always
+be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed within
+quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it you'll need
+to provide manually yourself. The single exception to this rule is
+when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily only be
+capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you need
+then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing.
+See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
+section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below. The package and entry
+options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon}
+(section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) can help you customize the punctuation
+that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\
+brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for
+examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter;
+morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon}
+field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is
+capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect;
+coolidge:speech shows an entry option for controlling the
+punctuation.)
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
+have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
+but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
+complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
+that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated with a
+\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
+depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the
+most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if
+there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title},
+if the other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is
+exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
+plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
+numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for
+one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.
+For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field. You should
+format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
+\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
+\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). In the algorithm for finding a
+name for the head of a reference list entry or for a citation,
+\textsf{nameb} takes precedence over \textsf{translator}.
+
+\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
+holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes). If
+\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
+\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler).
+Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate
+translators for each of the three sorts of title. For this, and for
+various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro
+(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in
+one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review). (Because the
+strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one
+can't simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\
+bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date
+styles, if you wish. Using the macros will make your .bib file more
+portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple
+languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary. [See
+section~\ref{sec:international}].)
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in
+the absence of an \textsf{author}, a \textsf{namea}, an
+\textsf{editor}, and a \textsf{nameb}, the \textsf{translator} will be
+used at the head of an entry (silver:gawain), and the reference list
+entry alphabetized by the translator's name, behavior that can be
+controlled with the \texttt{use<name>} switches in the
+\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ \textsf{author}, \textsf{editor},
+\textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify
+the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or
+\textsf{thesis} entry. \textsf{Biblatex} implements the possibility,
+in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a
+\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type}
+field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g.,
+\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both
+will work. (See petroff:impurity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and
+ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes
+be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard
+entry-type aliases).
+
+\mylittlespace Another use for the field is to generalize the
+functioning of the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and of its alias
+\textsf{suppcollection}. In such entries, the \textsf{type} field can
+specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g.,
+\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{postscript to}.}
+Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details. (See \emph{Manual}
+17.74--75; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
+
+\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in
+\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and
+\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g.,
+\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc},
+or \texttt{MPEG}. If the first word in this field would normally only
+be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in
+lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically
+do the right thing in citations. Cf.\ \textsf{artwork},
+\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video},
+above, for all the details. (See auden:reading, bedford:photo,
+cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art.)
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can
+provide one for all entry types. The 16th edition of the
+\textsf{Manual} expresses a strong preference for DOIs over URLs if
+the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also
+\textsf{urldate} just below. The required \LaTeX\ package
+\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
+properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It may be worth
+noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from
+their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to
+warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same
+locator in several entries.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a given url. The 16th
+edition of the \emph{Manual} prefers DOIs to URLs; in the latter case
+it allows the use of access dates, particularly in contexts that
+require it, but prefers that you use revision dates, if these are
+available. To enable you to specify which date is at stake, I have
+provided the \textbf{userd} field, documented below. If an entry
+doesn't have a \textsf{userd}, then the \textsf{urldate} will be
+treated, as before, as an access date (14.6--8, 14.184, 15.9;
+evanston:library, grove:sibelius, hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison,
+sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bibtex). In the default setting of
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, any entry without a \textsf{date},
+\textsf{eventdate}, or \textsf{origdate} will use the \textsf{urldate}
+to find a year for citations and the list of references
+(grove:sibelius, wikiped:bibtex).
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental
+\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field. In
+\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries
+with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine}, the contents of this
+field will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the
+\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date. The main use is for
+identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television
+program (14:221; bundy:macneil).
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have implemented this
+supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of the Chicago
+author-date style's handling of cross-references within the list of
+references. (The \enquote{c} part is meant as a sort of mnemonic for
+this latter function.) In the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}, you
+no longer need to use the \textbf{customc} entry type to include
+alphabetized expansions of \textsf{shorthands} in the reference list,
+but you may still need to provide cross-references of some sort to
+separate entries in that list, perhaps when a single author uses
+multiple pseudonyms. In such a case it is unlikely that you will cite
+the \textsf{customc} entry itself in the body of your text.
+Therefore, in order for it to appear in the reference list, you have
+two choices. You can either include the entry key of the
+\textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command inside your document,
+or you can place that entry key in the \textsf{userc} field of the
+.bib entry that actually contains one of the full citations. In the
+latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will call \cmd{nocite} for you
+when you cite the main entry. (See 14.84, 14.86; creasey:ashe:blast,
+creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death, lecarre:quest.)
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{userd}} \textsf{userd} field,
+recently added to the package, acts as a sort of
+\enquote{\textsf{datetype}} field, allowing you in most entry types to
+identify whether a \textsf{urldate} is an access date or a revision
+date. The general usage is fairly simple. If this field is absent,
+then a \textsf{urldate} will be treated as an access date, as has long
+been the default in \textsf{biblatex} and in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you need to identify it in any other
+way, what you include in \textsf{userd} will be printed \emph{before}
+the \textsf{urldate}, so phrases like \enquote{\texttt{last modified}}
+or \enquote{\texttt{last revised}} are what the field will typically
+contain (14.7--8; wikiped:bibtex). In the absence of a
+\textsf{urldate}, you can in most entry types include a \textsf{userd}
+field to qualify a \textsf{date} in the same way it would have
+modified a \textsf{urldate}.
+
+\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some
+audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for
+\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} entries
+where an \textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify
+that date instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present,
+and it will modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is
+no \textsf{eventdate}. It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the
+absence of the other three. In \textsf{video} entries it will modify
+an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the
+\textsf{urldate}. Given the absence of those two, it can modify a
+\textsf{date}. In all these cases, \textsf{userd} will modify what
+remains of any date, i.e., the month and the day, if that date's year
+has been printed at the head of the entry. Please see the
+documentation of the \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entry types,
+and especially of the \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, and
+\textsf{urldate} fields, above (14.276--279, 15.53; nytrumpet:art).
+
+\mylittlespace In all cases, you can start the \textsf{userd} field
+with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex} will take care of
+automatic contextual capitalization for you.
+
+\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental
+\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses
+specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work,
+something that may be needed if you deem the original language
+unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership. The
+\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you
+can translate the title and use that translation in your
+\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in
+\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in
+\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}. Cf.\
+\textbf{language}, above. (See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern,
+pirumova:russian, weresz.)
+
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
+section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex}
+offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and
+\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it,
+mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it. Perhaps
+the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment,
+instead. Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent}
+entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field. It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in
+\textsf{article} entries, and also the volume of a multi-volume work
+in many other sorts of entry. The treatment and placement of
+\textsf{volume} information in \textsf{book}-like entries is rather
+complicated in the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27, 15.39). In the
+reference list, the \textsf{volume} appears either before the
+\textsf{maintitle} or before the publication information, while in
+citations you may need to provide it in the \textsf{postnote} field
+--- see the \textsf{volumes} field, just below. In a number of these
+contexts, and in both books and periodicals, \textsf{volume}
+information can appear \emph{immediately before} the page number(s).
+In such a case, the \emph{Manual} (14.121) prescribes the same
+treatment for both sorts of sources, that is, that \enquote{a colon
+ separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening
+ space.} I have implemented this, but at the request of Clea~F.\
+Rees I have made this punctuation customizable, using the command
+\cmd{postvolpunct} \mymarginpar{\cmd{postvolpunct}}. By default it
+prints \cmd{addcolon}, but you can use
+\cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your
+preamble to redefine it. Cf.\ \textsf{part}, and the command
+documentation in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate};
+conway:evolution shows how sometimes this field may hold series
+information, as well.
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field. It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work,
+and in such references you should provide the volume and page numbers
+in the \textsf{postnote} field of the relevant \cmd{cite} command,
+e.g.:
+
+\begin{quote}
+\cmd{autocite}\texttt{[3:25]\{bibfile:key\}}.
+\end{quote}
+
+Cf.\ 15.22; meredith:letters, tillich:system, weber:saugetiere,
+wright:evolution. The entry wright:theory presents one volume of such
+a multi-volume work, so you would no longer need to give the volume in
+any \textsf{postnote} field when citing it. If both a \textsf{volume}
+and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur particularly in
+cross-referenced entries, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
+ordinarily suppress the \textsf{volumes} field, except in some cases
+when a \textsf{maintitle} is present. In this latter case, if the
+\textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, the option
+\texttt{hidevolumes}, \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes}} set to
+\texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
+\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to
+\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
+of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}. See the
+option's documentation in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref}
+field provided by \textsf{biblatex}, which prevents inheritance of any
+data from the parent entry. See \textbf{crossref}, above.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex}
+field, especially important for the author-date specification. Please
+see all the details under \textbf{date} above. Unlike the
+\textsf{date} field \textsf{year} allows non-numeric input, so you can
+put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} here if required, or indeed any other
+sort of non-numerical date information. If you can guess the date
+then you can include that guess in square brackets instead of
+\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:meso\-pot,
+leo:madonna, ross:thesis.
+
+\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries}
+\label{sec:authrelated}
+
+As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (§~3.4), \enquote{Almost all
+ bibliography styles require authors to specify certain types of
+ relationship between entries such as \enquote{Reprint of},
+ \enquote{Reprinted in,} etc. It is impossible to provide data fields
+ to cover all of these relationships and so \textsf{biblatex}
+ provides a general mechanism for this using the entry fields
+ \textsf{related}, \textsf{relatedtype} and \textsf{relatedstring}.}
+Before this mechanism was available \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+attempted to provide a similar but much more limited set of
+inter-entry relationships using the \textsf{biblatex} fields
+\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{origlocation}, \textsf{origpublisher},
+\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}. All of
+these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better
+than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more
+general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism
+is also available. It can provide much of what the older system
+provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a
+field-by-field discussion of the options now available.
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
+\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined
+\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations. The
+\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and
+\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties. The
+\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in
+presenting translations in a list of references. The details of the
+\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an
+original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}. Here,
+however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect
+the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally
+ published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great
+many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical
+antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have
+been published in the Loeb Classical Library. Although not, strictly
+speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way
+to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field,
+which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the
+ original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans). If you put one of the
+standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then
+the entry will work properly across multiple languages. Otherwise,
+just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published
+ as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French
+ edition:}. This has no effect in citations, where only the work
+cited --- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help
+to make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the list of references
+more palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to
+achieve the same ends.
+
+\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
+spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping
+with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s
+functionality for this field. If an entry doesn't have a
+\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its
+translation in the list of references, you can also use
+\textsf{origlanguage} as \textsf{biblatex} intended it, so that
+instead of saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will
+read \enquote{translated from the German by X.} The \emph{Manual}
+doesn't mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain
+ambiguities in some citations. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish
+to use this functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of
+the language, but rather a bibstring, which may, at the time of
+writing, be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian},
+\texttt{danish}, \texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french},
+\texttt{german}, \texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin},
+\texttt{norwegian}, \texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or
+\texttt{swedish}, to which I've added \texttt{russian}.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} 16th edition of
+the \emph{Manual} has somewhat clarified issues pertaining to the
+documentation of reprint editions and their corresponding originals
+(14.166, 15.38). In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you can provide both an
+\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with
+the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information
+will be printed in the reference list. You can also use this field in
+a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entry
+to give the place where a published or unpublished letter was written
+(14.117). (Jonathan Robinson has suggested that the
+\textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances actually be helpful
+for disambiguation, his example being early printed editions of the
+same material printed in the same year but in different cities. The
+new functionality should make this simple to achieve. Cf.\
+\textsf{origdate} [section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}],
+\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
+\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as
+here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field,
+though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the
+same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
+separate entry.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
+\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} has clarified issues pertaining to reprint editions and
+their corresponding originals (14.166, 15.38). You can provide an
+\textsf{origpublisher} and/or an \textsf{origlocation} in addition to
+the \textsf{origdate}, and all will be presented in long notes and
+bibliography. (Cf.\ \textsf{origdate}
+[section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}], \textsf{origlocation}, and
+\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to
+present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry
+using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the
+entry, using data extracted from a separate entry.
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} field. Because the author-date specification has
+fairly complicated rules about presenting reprinted editions (15.38),
+I have adopted this field as a means of simplifying the problem for
+users. Instead of manually formatting the \textsf{location} field,
+you can simply put the string \texttt{reprint} into the
+\textsf{pubstate} field, and depending on which date(s) you have
+chosen to appear at the head of the entry,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will either print the (localized)
+string \texttt{reprint} in the proper place or otherwise provide a
+notice at the end of the entry detailing the original publication
+date. See under \textbf{date} above for the available permutations.
+(Cf.\ aristotle:metaphy:gr, maitland:canon, maitland:equity,
+schweitzer:bach.) Aside from the word \texttt{reprint}, the field may
+also contain the word \texttt{forthcoming}, which instructs the styles
+to print that \cmd{bibstring} instead of the \textsf{year}
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). Anything else in the field
+will be treated as in the standard styles and printed after the
+publication information.
+
+\mylittlespace There is one subtlety of which you ought to be aware.
+In \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism transforms
+the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an album into the
+original release date for that album. If that date appears in
+citations and at the head of reference-list entries, then this
+mechanism won't generally make much difference, but if it appears
+elsewhere then a recording date will be printed in the middle of the
+reference list entry, while the original release date will be printed
+near the end, preceded by the appropriate string. \textbf{NB:} For
+those uses of the \textsf{pubstate} field that print a notice at the
+end of the entry, the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} provides
+much the same information, using data extracted from a different
+entry. If the information appears inside the entry then there is no
+equivalent \textsf{related} functionality.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
+use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should
+contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should
+extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
+reference list entry which contains the \textsf{related} field itself.
+Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the
+\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such
+entries, never on its own and never in citations. Without a
+\textsf{relatedtype} field, this will print the default type,
+equivalent to a full reference list entry \emph{immediately after} the
+entry containing the \textsf{related} field, with no intervening
+string. You can specify a string using the \textsf{relatedstring}
+field, so in effect this presents a powerful mechanism for presenting
+full references to related material of any sort whatsoever.
+
+\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} default, the
+package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related}
+entries in the list of references. If you would like to turn this off
+you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} or \textsf{relatedoptions} field of the relevant
+entry, to \texttt{false}.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
+should expect, only be needed very rarely. If you want to set
+entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can
+do it, though please remember one important detail. By default,
+\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among
+other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from appearing
+separately in the list of references, assuming you don't specifically
+cite it elsewhere. If you use the field yourself, then you'll need to
+include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the options therein to maintain
+this effect. Of course, it may be you don't want all the effects of
+\texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it however you wish. See
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.4.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
+choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies
+is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any,
+with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a
+string or strings defined within the driver for that
+\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and
+\texttt{bytranslator}. Failing these, you can supply your own in the
+\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a
+pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything
+in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices. If
+your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you
+depending on context (coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron). I have not
+altered the standard \textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have in fact
+modified the \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the
+\texttt{reprintfrom} string, which works better syntactically in this
+context, and modified the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism to use the
+\texttt{origpubin} string, which brings it into line with the notes
+\&\ bibliography style.
+
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have
+either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of
+the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible. I
+have also added one to these six (see below):
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full reference to a
+ translation, starting with the (localized) string
+ \enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title},
+ \ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than
+ in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to
+ choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original
+ + translation (14.109; furet:passing:fr). The old \textsf{userf}
+ mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas}
+ \textsf{relatedtype} (see below).
+\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no
+ \textsf{relatedtype} is defined. It prints, as in the standard
+ styles, and with no intervening string, full references to the
+ \textsf{related} entries.
+\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes
+ in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles.
+ The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the
+ matter.
+\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old
+ \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
+ original with its translation. It's quite similar to the
+ \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically
+ connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries. You can
+ identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory
+ string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
+\item[\qquad origpubin:] I have barely altered this from the
+ \textsf{biblatex} default, and it will present reprint information
+ \emph{after} the main entry rather than within it. The
+ \emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \&
+ bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for
+ author-date.
+\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the
+ old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in the
+ standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
+ material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly
+ for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or
+ perhaps essays collected from various periodicals. (In
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
+ possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it
+ behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using
+ \textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I
+ haven't].)
+\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa}
+ package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it
+ might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've
+ added it to the standard six detailed above. It differs from all of
+ them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default
+ \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related}
+ entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end. It
+ also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article}
+ and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone,
+ \textsf{suppperiodical}).
+
+ In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with
+ the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the
+ child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the
+ \textsf{title} with the same two components. In both types these
+ components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author},
+ \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item,
+ and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the
+ end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example,
+ reviews of live performances.
+
+ This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized
+ \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the
+ reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the
+ \cmd{partedit} macros in this context. If you've changed the
+ default setting of the \texttt{related} option in the preamble, then
+ you'll need to ensure that it is set to \texttt{true} in the
+ individual entries where you use this \textsf{relatedtype} to ensure
+ that the entry's full data appears in the list of references. Also,
+ if the mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context,
+ remember that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still
+ available.
+\end{description}
+
+\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
+\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a
+ look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom},
+\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one
+ that also allows you to change the introductory string using the}
+\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field. The} \textsf{reprinttitle}
+\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.} At the
+request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the
+original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are
+citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays}
+volume. In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual}
+(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the
+bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of
+ particular interest.} The data would follow an introductory phrase
+like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly
+parallel to that of including details of a work in the original
+language alongside the details of its translation. I have addressed
+the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a
+sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
+\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way. In the
+.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite
+key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field
+(which it may help mnemonically to think of as a \enquote{reprinted
+ title} field). The main difference between the two forms is that
+\textsf{userf} prints all but the \textsf{author} of the original
+work, whereas \textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the
+\textsf{author} and the \textsf{title} of the original, giving only
+the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the
+\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there.
+The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Originally
+ published in.} Please see the documentation on \textsf{userf} below
+for all the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your
+data.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is one of the
+supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, and is used by
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose. When you cite
+both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (14.109)
+recommends that, in a reference list at least, you combine references
+to both texts in one entry. Lacking specific instructions about the
+author-date style, I have nonetheless chosen to implement this
+possibility also for a list of references, though in-text citations
+will still only refer to individual works. In order to follow this
+specification, I have provided a third cross-referencing system (the
+others being \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the
+name \textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its
+function.
+
+\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by
+entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file,
+just as you normally would. The mechanism works for any entry type,
+and the two entries need not be of the same type. In the entry for
+the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the
+\textsf{userf} field. In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to
+include some means of preventing it appearing separately in the list
+of references, either a toggle in the \textsf{keywords} field or
+perhaps \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field. In this
+standard case, the data for the translation will be printed first,
+followed by the string \texttt{orig. pub. as}, followed by the
+original, author omitted. As explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}),
+I have also included a way to modify the string printed before the
+original. In the entry for the \emph{translation}, you put the
+original's language in \textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of
+\texttt{originally published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:}
+or \texttt{Latin edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr,
+aristotle:metaphy:trans). \textbf{NB:} You can use the
+\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas} to replicate the
+\textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also customize the
+\textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result as with
+\textsf{origlanguage}.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\subsection{Commands}
+\label{sec:commands:authdate}
+
+In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may
+need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} that I have either
+altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or
+that I have provided myself. Some of these, unfortunately, will make
+your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but
+I've been unable to avoid this. Any ideas for more elegant, and more
+compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed.
+
+\subsubsection{Formatting Commands}
+\label{sec:formatting:authdate}
+
+These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your
+references in both citations and list of references. You can find
+many examples of their usage in \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I shall
+try to point you toward a few such entries in what follows.
+\textbf{NB:} \textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is mandatory
+in some situations. See its entry below.
+
+\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8
+of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which
+capitalizes a word inside a citation or list of references entry if
+that word follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase
+otherwise. The whole question of capitalization is considerably more
+complicated in the notes \&\ bibliography style, where the former uses
+commas and the latter (often) periods to separate blocks of
+information, whereas the more streamlined author-date specification
+has few such issues. In \textsf{dates-test.bib} there are only two
+places where the \cmd{autocap} macro is necessary, and they both
+involve the string \texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{year} field
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib), though you can now avoid even
+this necessity by placing \texttt{forthcoming} in the
+\textsf{pubstate} field.
+
+\mylittlespace I have nonetheless retained the system developed,
+following \textsf{biblatex's} example, for the notes \&\ bibliography
+style, which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields
+in your .bib file. I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey
+of entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the
+extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them.
+In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is
+begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter,
+e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}. If the data
+begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that
+capital will always be retained. (cf., e.g., creel:house,
+morgenson:market.) If, on the other hand, you for some reason need
+such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try
+using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the
+mechanism without printing anything itself. Here, then, for reference
+purposes, is the complete list of fields where this functionality is
+active:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types. (Numerals work
+ as you expect them to here.)
+\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it.
+\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands.
+\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
+ (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
+ in the latter case, however, only when there is an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
+ from an archive.
+\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review}
+ (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
+ in the latter case, however, only when there is an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
+ from an archive.
+\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio},
+ \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook},
+ \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+If you accidentally use the \cmd{autocap} macro in one of the above
+fields, it frankly shouldn't matter at all, and you'll still get what
+you want, but taking advantage of the automatic provisions should at
+least save some typing.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is a
+very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex} automatically to
+provide a localized version of a string, and to determine whether that
+string needs capitalization, depending on where it falls in an entry.
+\textsf{Biblatex} also provides functionality which allows you
+sometimes simply to input, for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of
+\cmd{bib\-string\{newseries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a
+bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such
+cases either form will work. This functionality is available in the
+\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
+\textsf{review} entries; in the \textsf{type} field of
+\textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis}
+entries; in the \textsf{location} field of \textsf{patent} entries; in
+the \textsf{language} field in all entry types; and in the
+\textsf{nameaddon} field in \textsf{customc} entries. These are the
+places, as far as I can make out, where \textsf{biblatex's} standard
+styles support this feature, though I have added the last,
+style-specific, one. If the \textsf{biblatex} authors generalize it
+still further in a future release, I shall do the same, if possible.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is
+the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here
+because it is a crucial part of the mechanism of that package's
+\enquote{American} punctuation system. Quotation marks around the
+\textsf{title} field in various entry types are automatically provided
+by \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but titles-within-titles frequently also
+require them, so it is best to get accustomed to using this command to
+make sure any periods or commas appearing in the neighborhood of the
+closing quotes will appear inside them automatically. A few examples
+from \textsf{dates-test.bib} should help to clarify this.
+
+\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title}
+contains a quoted phrase:
+
+\begin{quotation}
+ \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\
+ \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{Morning After\} Pill\}}
+\end{quotation}
+
+Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no
+punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation
+mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{Morning After\}} or
+even \texttt{`Morning After'}. (Note the single quotation marks here
+--- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting
+for you.) All of these will produce the formatted:
+\enquote{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \enquote{Morning
+ After} Pill.}
+
+\mylittlespace Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}:
+
+\begin{quotation}
+ \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to
+ \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans Wake\}\}}
+\end{quotation}
+
+Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the
+field, and because this reference unit will be separated from
+what follows by a period in the list of references, then the
+\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the
+final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to
+ \enquote{Finnegans Wake.}}
+
+\mylittlespace Note in both cases that you only need to be careful
+with the capitalization inside the curly brackets if you are using
+\textsf{authordate-trad}, as the 16th edition of the \textsf{Manual}
+has unified the title formatting for the two remaining styles, which
+means that, for them, all lower- and uppercase letters remain as they
+are typed in your .bib file.
+
+\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with
+Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though
+the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style,
+to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't
+loaded.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash postvolpunct}}
+\emph{Manual} (14.121) unequivocally prescribes that when a
+\textsf{volume} number appears immediately before a page number,
+\enquote{the abbreviation \emph{vol.}\ is omitted and a colon
+ separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening
+ space.} The treatment is basically the same whether the citation is
+of a book or of a periodical, and it appears to be a surprising and
+unwelcome feature for many users, conflicting as it may do with
+established typographic traditions in a number of contexts. Clea~F.\
+Rees has requested a way to customize this, so I have provided the
+\cmd{postvolpunct} command, which prints the punctuation between a
+\textsf{volume} number and a page number. It is set to \cmd{addcolon}
+by default, except when the current language of the entry is French,
+in which case it defaults to \cmd{addcolon\textbackslash addspace}.
+You can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash
+ postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it, but
+please note that the command only applies in this limited context, not
+more generally to the punctuation that appears between, e.g., a
+\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part} field.
+
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} and
+the following 6 macros were all designed to help
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} cope with the fact that many bibstrings in
+the notes \&\ bibliography style differ between notes and
+bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms when the
+latter prints them in full. These problems do not arise in the
+author-date styles, but using these macros will make your .bib database
+more portable across languages and across both Chicago styles, and may
+be slightly easier to remember than the strings themselves. On the
+other hand, of course, they will make your .bib file less portable
+across multiple \textsf{biblatex} styles.
+
+\mylittlespace These macros allow you to provide an \texttt{editor}, a
+\texttt{translator}, and/or a \texttt{compiler} in situations where
+the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea},
+\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't
+adequate. Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as originally I
+intended them for use when a particular name applied only to a
+specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or
+\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above).
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to
+identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} (or \textsf{editortype}) won't
+do, e.g., in a \textsf{note} field or the like. In such a case,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the appropriate string in your
+references.
+
+\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
+macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
+into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If
+you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either
+\texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after this command in your .bib files. The
+new version of the command should take care of this automatically for
+you.) See howell:marriage.
+
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a
+compiler.
+
+\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a
+translator (ratliff:review).
+
+\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a
+translator and a compiler.
+
+\vspace{1.4\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a
+compiler.
+
+\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
+ parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator
+whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields
+(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}).
+
+\subsubsection{Citation Commands}
+\label{sec:cite:authordate}
+
+The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
+commands, most of which, in \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate} and
+\textsf{authordate-trad}, function as they do in the standard
+author-date styles. If you are getting unexpected behavior when using
+them please have a look in your .log file. A command like
+\cmd{supercite}, listed in §~3.6.2 of the \textsf{biblatex} manual but
+not defined by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} or by core
+\textsf{biblatex}, defaults to \cmd{cite}, and leaves a warning in the
+.log. The following commands may require some minimal explanation,
+but if there are standard commands that don't work for you, or new
+commands that would be useful, please let me know, and it should be
+possible to fix or add them.
+
+\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't
+adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out
+that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} sets this command to use
+\cmd{parencite} as the default option. It is, in my experience, much
+the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
+its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.
+
+\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
+Skjærholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the
+\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the
+genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic
+constructions (15.24). The \cmd{gentextcite} command, in effect,
+provides a way to include almost anything in between the name and the
+parenthesized date in a \cmd{textcite}, so its use may well not be
+limited to the possessive. In most respects it behaves exactly like
+\cmd{textcite}, on which see below. The difference is that I've added
+a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to
+choose which declensional ending to add to the name. If you don't
+specify this field, you'll get the standard English \enquote{\,'s\,}.
+If you want something different, you'll need to present a third option
+to the command, like so:\
+\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. You must include the
+two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it
+will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a
+\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a
+\textsf{postnote}. There is a \cmd{gentextcites} command as well,
+though currently you can only specify one genitival ending for all
+keys, like so:\
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{en\-try:key2\}},
+though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the
+first citation you can make do with
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}}.
+
+\mylittlespace The syntax of multiple authors' names in running text
+is unpredictable. There is currently no way to add the genitival
+ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will
+only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case. (This is
+in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author
+work, at least in English.) When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however,
+you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached
+to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names
+attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the last,
+but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option set to
+\texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s). When
+using one citation command to cite more than one work by the same
+author, it is the \emph{first} occurrence of the name which
+\textsf{biblatex} prints, eliding subsequent ones. In order to get
+the possessive ending on that name you'll need to set
+\texttt{genallnames} to \texttt{true}.
+
+\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} standard
+\textsf{biblatex} this command searches first for a
+\textsf{labelname}, usually taken from the \textsf{author} or
+\textsf{shortauthor} field, then uses the \textsf{shorthand} field if
+the former doesn't exist. Because of the way the Chicago author-date
+specification recommends handling abbreviations, I have switched this
+around, and the command searches for a \textsf{shorthand} first.
+This holds also for the multicite form \textbf{\textbackslash
+ textcites}, though both commands revert to their standard
+\textsf{biblatex} behavior when you give the \texttt{cmslos=false}
+option in the preamble.
+
+\subsection{Package Options}
+\label{sec:opts:authdate}
+
+\subsubsection{Pre-set \textsf{biblatex} Options}
+\label{sec:preset:authdate}
+
+Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
+tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I
+thought I might gather them here also for your perusal. These
+settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you
+can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
+preamble or by loading the package using
+\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate]\{biblatex\}}, which gives
+you the \textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself
+inside the square brackets.
+
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate}
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\inline}} and \textsf{authordate-trad}
+place references in parentheses by default.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker
+for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally.
+
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification
+calls for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened
+when presenting date ranges. Please note that because of the
+author-date style's complicated requirements with respect to dates,
+there will be cases when printed ranges don't look exactly right ---
+cf., e.g., nass:address. I'm working on this.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}}
+enables an \emph{ibidem} mechanism in citations, but only in the most
+strictly-defined circumstances. The Chicago author-date style doesn't
+print \enquote{Ibid} in citations, but in general a repeated citation
+on the same page will print only the page reference. Technically,
+this should only occur when a source is cited \enquote{more than once
+ in one paragraph} (15.26), so you can use the \cmd{citereset}
+command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as
+the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section,
+and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically resets the tracker at page breaks. (Cf.\
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §3.1.2.1.) Whenever there might be any
+ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more
+informative reference.
+
+\mylittlespace If you are going to repeat a source, make sure that the
+cite command provides a postnote --- you'll no longer get any annoying
+empty parentheses, but you will get another standard citation, which
+may add too much clutter.
+
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{labelyear=\\true}} option
+tells \textsf{biblatex} to provide the special \textsf{labelyear} and
+\textsf{extrayear} fields for author-date styles.
+
+\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\
+ minbibnames\\=7}}} two options control the number of names
+printed in the list of references when that number exceeds 10. These
+numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual} (17.29--30),
+and they are different from those for use in citations. With
+\textsf{biblatex} 1.6 you can no longer redefine \texttt{maxnames} and
+\texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbibliography} command at the bottom
+of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does this automatically
+for you, though of course you can change them in your document
+preamble. Please see section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} below (and the
+file \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}) for hints on dealing with entries
+with more than three authors.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables
+page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage}
+commands for controlling, among other things, the \emph{ibidem}
+mechanism. It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside mode,
+or whole spreads in twoside mode.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{punctfont=\\true}} fixes a
+minor problem with punctuation in titles, ensuring that the colon
+between a title and a subtitle appears in the correct, matching font.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} is the
+standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, and it enables the use
+of \textsf{related} functionality in the list of references. I have
+added an entry option, as well, so if you set this to \texttt{false}
+in your preamble, in the \textsf{options} field, or in the
+\textsf{relatedoptions} field, you can make the package ignore the
+\textsf{related} fields.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off
+the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice
+which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sorting=cms}} setting takes
+advantage of the \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} command provided by
+\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{Biber}, in effect implementing a default
+sorting order in the list of references tailored to comply with the
+Chicago author-date specification. Please see the documentation of
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquelist=\\minyear}} option
+enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to disambiguate entries
+which have more than three \textsf{authors}, but which differ
+\emph{after} the first name in the list. This will only occur when
+two such entries have the same \textsf{year} (15.28). The option is
+\textsf{Biber}-only, like the following, which means that this
+next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ replacement is required for the
+author-date styles. Please see \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} (or
+\textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}) and section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth},
+below, for further details.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquename=\\minfull}}
+enables the package to distinguish different authors who share a
+surname, using initials in the first instance, and whole names if
+initials aren't enough (15.21). The option is \textsf{Biber}-only,
+like the previous one.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}}
+enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of
+entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
+In the list of references, the entry will be alphabetized by the
+translator's surname. You can disable this functionality on a
+per-entry basis by setting \texttt{usetranslator=false} in the
+\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ silver:gawain.
+
+\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options}
+\label{sec:authformopts}
+
+I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands
+provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between
+items in the list of references and between items in the list of
+shorthands (\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}). I define many of
+these in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to
+redefine them to your own needs and tastes. It may be as well you
+know that the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the
+formatting options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a
+replacement for repeated names in the list of references (15.17--19,
+and just below); and the formatting of note numbers, both in the main
+text and at the bottom of the page / end of the essay (superscript in
+the text, in-line in the notes; 14.19). The code for this last
+formatting is also in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped
+it in a test that disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir}
+class, which I believe has its own commands for defining these
+parameters. You can also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff}
+package option, on which see below.
+
+\mylittlespace Gildas Hamel pointed out that my default definition, in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, of \textsf{biblatex's}
+\cmd{bibnamedash} didn't work well with many fonts, leaving a line of
+three dashes separated by gaps. He suggested an alternative, which
+I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you
+can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your
+chosen font. The default definition is:
+\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash
+ rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes}
+ \&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have
+added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to
+\textsf{chicago-author\-date.bbx}, for use with the \texttt{env}
+option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command. The first,
+\texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear
+inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for
+endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the
+latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that
+I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to
+use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the
+[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote}
+command.) If you use a command like
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal
+abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and
+\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{bibenvironments} in exactly the same way.
+Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
+\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for
+further options available to you for presenting and formatting these
+two types of \texttt{biblist}.
+
+\mylittlespace The next-generation backend \textsf{Biber} and
+\textsf{biblatex} offer enhanced functionality in many areas,
+including the next three declarations. If the default definitions
+don't work well for you, you can redefine all of them in your document
+preamble --- see \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §§4.5.8 and 4.5.5.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}}
+option allows you to add name fields for consideration when
+\textsf{biblatex} is attempting to find a shortened name for in-text
+citations. This, for example, allows a compiler (=\textsf{namec}) to
+appear in citations without any other intervention from the user,
+rather than requiring a \textsf{shortauthor} field as previous
+releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} did. The default definition
+currently is
+\texttt{\{shortauthor,author,\\shorteditor,namea,editor,nameb,%
+ translator,namec\}}.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labeldate}}
+option allows you to alter the order in which \textsf{Biber} and
+\textsf{biblatex} search for the year to use both in citations and at
+the head of entries in the list of references. This will also be the
+year to which an alphabetical suffix will be appended when an author
+has published more than one work in the same year, and the year by
+which works will be sorted in the list of references. In the default
+configuration, a year will be searched for in the order \textsf{date,
+ eventdate, origdate, urldate}. This generally suits the Chicago
+author-date styles well, except for two situations. First, when a
+reference apparatus contains many entries with multiple dates, it may
+be simplest to promote the \textsf{origdate} to the head of the list,
+which you can do using the \texttt{cmsdate} preamble option. This
+changes the order to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.
+Second, in \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, and,
+exceptionally, some \textsf{review} entries, the general rule is to
+emphasize the earliest date. For these three entry types, then,
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate, origdate,
+ date, urldate}. See \texttt{avdate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, \texttt{cmsdate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, and the \textbf{date} docs in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
+
+\mylittlespace The
+\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}}
+third \textsf{Biber} enhancement I have implemented allows you to
+include almost any field whatsoever in \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
+algorithms for the list of references, so that a great many more
+entries will be sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring
+manual intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the
+like. Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} sets the
+\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{sorting=cms}, which is a custom
+scheme, basically a Chicago-specific variant of the default
+\texttt{nyt}. You can find its definition in
+\textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}. (Please note that it uses the
+\textsf{labelyear} as its main year component, which should help
+improve the automatic sorting of entries by the same \textsf{author}.)
+
+\mylittlespace The advantages of this scheme are, specifically, that
+any entry headed by one of the supplemental name fields
+(\textsf{name[a-c]}), a \textsf{manual} entry headed by an
+\textsf{organization}, or an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
+with an \textsf{entrysubtype} and headed by a \textsf{journaltitle}
+will no longer need a \textsf{sortkey} set. Further, the
+\textsf{biblatex} \texttt{use<name>=false} options will remove any
+name field from the sorting order, again reducing the need for user
+intervention. The main disadvantage should only occur very rarely.
+In \textsf{author}-less \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries
+without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{title} will appear
+instead of the \textsf{journaltitle}, and since the latter appears
+before the former in the sorting scheme, you'll need a
+\textsf{sortkey} for proper alphabetization.
+
+\subsubsection{{Pre-set \textsf{chicago} Options}}
+\label{sec:authpreset}
+
+At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request of Scot Becker,
+I have included this rather specialized option, which controls the
+printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book} entries. Some
+bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total page count in that
+field by default, and this option allows you to stop the printing of
+this information in the reference list. It defaults to true, which
+means the field is printed, but it can be set to false either in the
+preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
+\textsf{options} field (though rather than use this latter method it
+would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages} field from the
+affected entries).
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be
+printed in the reference list. At the request of Daniel Possenriede,
+and keeping in mind the \emph{Manual's} preference for this field
+instead of a \textsf{url} (15.9), I have added a third switch,
+\texttt{only}, which prints the \textsf{doi} if it is present and the
+\textsf{url} only if there is no \textsf{doi}. The package default
+remains the same, however --- it defaults to true, which will print
+both \textsf{doi} and \textsf{url} if both are present. The option
+can be set to \texttt{only} or to \texttt{false} either in the
+preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
+\textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online} entries, the \textsf{doi}
+field will always be printed, but the \texttt{only} switch will still
+eliminate any \textsf{url}.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{eprint=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{eprint} fields present in the .bib file will be
+printed in the list of references. It defaults to true, and can be
+set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
+per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online}
+entries, the \textsf{eprint} field will always be printed.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn},
+\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the
+.bib file will be printed in the list of references. It defaults to
+true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
+document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again
+at the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which
+controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the
+periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present.
+Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of
+publication even when a \textsf{number} is present. When all this
+information is available the \emph{Manual} (17.181) prints everything,
+so this option defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but
+it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document,
+or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls
+whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be
+printed in the reference list. It defaults to true, and can be set to
+false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
+per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Please note that, as
+in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always
+printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this
+option.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the
+one option that rules the six preceding, either printing all the
+fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of
+them. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx},
+but you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document
+or, for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual
+entries. The rationale for all of these options is the availability
+of bibliographic managers that helpfully present as much data as
+possible, in every entry, some of which may not be felt to be entirely
+necessary. Setting \texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably
+works just fine for those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but
+others may find that some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at
+least to a first approximation. Some per-entry work afterward may
+then polish up the details.
+
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\texttt{avdate=true}}}
+\label{sec:ad:avdate}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}
+For \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} (15.53) strongly recommends both that you provide a
+recording, release, or broadcast date for your references and also
+that this earlier date should appear in citations and at the head of
+reference list entries. In the default setting of
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, \textsf{biblatex} searches for dates in the
+following order: \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, urlyear}. This
+option changes the default ordering in \textsf{music} and
+\textsf{video} entries to the following: \textsf{eventyear, origyear,
+ year, urlyear}. \textsf{Review} entries presenting on-line comments
+have similar needs, so the same reordering applies to that entry type,
+too. If you simply want to apply the defaults to these three entry
+types, you can use \texttt{avdate=false} in the options when loading
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If, however, you want to tailor the
+algorithm to your own needs, then you can use \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
+commands in your preamble. Please be aware, however, that some parts
+of the style hard-code the search syntax, and although they take
+account of the \texttt{avdate} setting, if you use your own
+definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} the results may, in some corner
+cases, surprise. Please see \textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{video} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}; \textsf{date},
+\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}; and \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authformopts}.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref=\\true}} the
+request of Bertold Schweitzer, I have included two options for
+controlling whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print
+abbreviated references when you cite more than one part of a given
+collection or series. This option controls whether multiple
+\textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and
+\textsf{proceedings} entries which are part of the same collection
+will appear in this space-saving format. The parent collection itself
+will usually be presented in, e.g., a \textsf{book},
+\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{mvbook}, \textsf{mvcollection}, or
+\textsf{mvproceedings} entry, and using \textsf{crossref} or
+\textsf{xref} in the child entries will allow such presentation
+depending on the value of the option:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad true:] This is the default. If you use \textsf{crossref}
+ or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
+ \emph{not} get any abbreviated citations in the reference list.
+\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated citations in these entry
+ types in the reference list.
+\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
+ \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
+\end{description}
+
+This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the
+behavior of \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
+\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entries, please see
+\texttt{longcrossref}, below, and also the documentation of
+\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmslos=true}} option alters
+\textsf{biblatex's} standard behavior when processing the
+\textsf{shorthand} field. Chicago's author-date style only seems to
+recommend the use of shorthands as abbreviations for long authors'
+names, particularly institutional names, which means the shorthand
+will replace only the name part in citations rather than the whole
+citation (15.36; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc). The 16th edition
+now suggests placing the abbreviation at the head of the entry,
+followed by its expansion inside parentheses, an arrangement
+automatically provided by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} when
+you use the \textsf{shorthand} field, assuming you retain the default
+setting of this option. Please note that you can still print a list
+of shorthands if you wish, and you can also get back something
+approaching the \enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give
+the \texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
+document preamble. Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
+s.v. \enquote{\textbf{shorthand}} above, and also
+\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}.
+
+\mylittlespace Roger
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
+requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the
+\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and
+\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields. By default, this is
+\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for nearly all
+\textsf{book-} and \textsf{maintitleaddons} in the list of references,
+while \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the
+default before most \textsf{titleaddons} there. If the punctuation
+printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the relevant option
+either in the preamble or in individual entries. (Cf.\
+coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option keys are:
+
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all
+\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace}
+\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}}
+\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}}
+\end{description}
+
+If you need something a little more exotic, you can directly
+\cmd{renewcommand} either \cmd{ctitleaddonpunct} or
+\cmd{ptitleaddonpunct} (or both) in your preamble, but it's worth
+remembering that the redefinition will hold for all instances, unless
+you use the \textsf{options} field in your other entries with a
+\textsf{titleaddon} field. A simpler solution might be to set the
+relevant option to \texttt{none} in your entry and then include the
+punctuation in the \textsf{titleaddon} field itself.
+
+\mylittlespace If \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes=\\true}} both a
+\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur
+particularly in cross-referenced entries, then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the
+\textsf{volumes} field. In some instances, when a \textsf{maintitle}
+is present, this may not be the desired result. In this latter case,
+if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, this
+option, set to \texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
+\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not. Set it to
+\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
+of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev\\=notes}}
+option controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in
+place of the \textsf{journaltitle} field in citations and reference
+lists. It is set to \texttt{notes} by default, so as shipped
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print such fields only in
+citations, but you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual
+entries, to one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the
+abbreviated form both in citations and reference lists, \texttt{bib}
+in the reference list only, and \texttt{false} in neither. Please
+note that in \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and
+\textsf{shorttitle} fields behave in exactly the same manner. For
+more details, see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref=\\false}} is
+the second option, requested by Bertold Schweitzer, for controlling
+whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print abbreviated
+references when you cite more than one part of a given collection or
+series. It controls the settings for the entry types more-or-less
+authorized by the \emph{Manual}, i.e., \textsf{inbook},
+\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.
+The mechanism itself is enabled by multiple \textsf{crossref} or
+\textsf{xref} references to the same parent, whether that be, e.g., a
+\textsf{collection}, an \textsf{mvcollection}, a \textsf{proceedings},
+or an \textsf{mvproceedings} entry. Given these multiple cross
+references, the presentation in the reference apparatus will be
+governed by the following options:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad false:] This is the default. If you use
+ \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
+ entry types, you'll get the abbreviated entries in the reference
+ list.
+\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated citations of these entry
+ types in the reference list.
+\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
+ setting to provide abbreviated citations not just of the four entry
+ types mentioned but also of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
+ \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries.
+\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
+ \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
+\end{description}
+
+This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual entries. For controlling the
+behavior of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection},
+and \textsf{proceedings} entries, please see \texttt{booklongxref},
+above, and also the documentation of \textsf{crossref} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{nodates=true}} option means
+that for all entry types except \textsf{inreference}, \textsf{misc},
+and \textsf{reference}, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} will automatically
+provide \cmd{bibstring\{nodates\}} for any entry that doesn't
+otherwise provide a date for citations and for the heads of entries in
+the list of references. If you set \texttt{nodates=false} in your
+preamble, then the package won't perform this substitution in any
+entry type whatsoever. (The bibstring expands to
+\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} in English.)
+
+\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
+\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as
+standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now
+deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files with
+\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board.
+
+\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
+\label{sec:authuseropts}
+
+These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to
+enable. All except the fifth can be used even if you load the package
+in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users can
+just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
+\cmd{usepackage\break\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
+Emil Salim, I have added to this version of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+the ability to produce annotated reference lists. If you turn this
+option on then the contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or
+\textsf{annote}) field will be printed after the reference. (You can
+also use external files to store annotations -- please see
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.11.8 for details on how to do this.) This
+functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it
+please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation}
+field, in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} option used
+\emph{in the preamble} provides a method for simplifying the creation
+of data\-bases with a great many multi-date entries. Despite warnings
+in previous releases, users have plainly already been setting this
+option in their preambles, so I thought I might at least attempt to
+make it work as \enquote{correctly} as I can. The switches for it are
+basically the same as for the entry-only option, that is, assuming an
+entry presents a reprinted edition of a work by Smith, first published
+in 1926 (the \textsf{origdate}) and reprinted in 1985 (the
+\textsf{date}):
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default: (Smith 1985).
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
+ \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author
+ [1926] 1985) in parenthetical citations, Author (1926) 1985 outside
+ parentheses, e.g., in the reference list.
+\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of
+ the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1926).
+ NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved
+ options. If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head
+ of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
+ \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have nevertheless retained this option for
+ certain cases where it has proved useful. The 15th-edition options
+ \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The important information for the user is that, when you set this
+option in your preamble to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} (or to the
+15th-edition synonyms for the latter, \texttt{new} or \texttt{old}),
+then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} (and
+\textsf{authordate-trad}) will change the default
+\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear}
+search order will be \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.
+This means that for entry types not covered by the \texttt{avdate}
+option, and for those types as well if you turn off that option, the
+\textsf{labelyear} will, in any entry containing an \textsf{origdate},
+be that very date. If you want \emph{every} such entry to present its
+\textsf{origdate} in citations and at the head of reference list
+entries, then setting the option this way makes sense, as you should
+automatically get the proper \textsf{extrayear} letter
+(1926\textbf{a}) and the correct sorting, without having to use the
+counter-intuitive .bib file date switching that sometimes accompanied
+the entry-only \texttt{cmsdate} option. A few clarifications may yet
+be in order.
+
+\mylittlespace Obviously, any entry with only a \textsf{date} should
+behave as usual. Also, since \textsf{patent} entries have fairly
+specialized needs, I have exempted them from this change to
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}. Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate} options
+will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at the head
+of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search order for
+the \textsf{labeldate}. This will be fixed by the preamble option.
+Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date} and the
+\textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should be aware
+that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using the
+\texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it
+produces incorrect results when the \texttt{cmsdate} option is
+\texttt{both} in the preamble and the individual entry. The preamble
+option is designed to make the need for this switching as rare as
+possible, so some editing of existing databases may be necessary.
+Fifth, the entry-only option \texttt{full} has no effect at all when
+used in the preamble; you must set it in individual entries. Finally,
+please see the documentation of the \textbf{date} field in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for the fullest discussion of date
+presentation in the \textsf{authordate} styles.
+
+\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsorigdate}} I can't
+currently think of any reason why anyone would want to use it on its
+own, I should nonetheless mention that the \texttt{cmsorigdate} option
+in your preamble will change the default \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
+settings to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}. Setting
+\texttt{cmsdate} to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} in the preamble ---
+see the previous option --- sets this to true, but if for some reason
+you want to set it to true without any of the other effects of the
+\texttt{cmsdate} option, then you can. The effects may surprise.
+
+\mylittlespace When \mymarginpar{\texttt{compresspages}} set to
+\texttt{true}, any page ranges in your .bib file or in the
+\textsf{postnote} field of your citation commands will be compressed
+in accordance with the \emph{Manual's} specifications (9.60).
+Something like 321-{-}328 in your .bib file would become 321--28 in
+your document. See the \textsf{pages} field in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the
+\emph{Manual} (14.19) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and
+endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or
+endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all
+publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style. I
+have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include
+the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will not
+alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in any
+way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your publisher.
+I have placed all of this code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if
+you load the package with a call to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then
+once again footnote marks will revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of
+course you also lose a fair amount of other formatting, as well. See
+section~\ref{sec:loading:auth}, below.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
+the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using
+the \cmd{gentextcites} command. Please see the documentation of that
+command in section~\ref{sec:cite:authordate}, above.
+
+\mylittlespace Several \mymarginpar{\texttt{headline}\\\texttt{(trad
+ only)}} users requested an option that turned off the automatic
+transformations that produce sentence-style capitalization in the
+title fields of the 15th-edition author-date style. I have,
+therefore, also included it in \textsf{authordate-trad}. If you set
+this option, the word case in your title fields will not be changed in
+any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform your titles
+into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to determine
+capitalization. It works by redefining the command
+\cmd{MakeSentenceCase}, so in the unlikely event you are using the
+latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be
+turned off there.
+
+\mylittlespace When \colmarginpar{\texttt{hypertitle}} you use the
+\textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, the in-text
+citations will provide a hyperlink to the full information in the list
+of references. Timo Thoms rightly pointed out that, generally, one
+only wants one piece of the citation to provide the hyperlink, usually
+the \textsf{date} part. The author-date styles will instead link the
+\textsf{title} or the \textsf{shorthand} if there isn't a
+\textsf{date}, but if you set this option to \texttt{true} globally in
+your preamble then all \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will
+link, regardless of whether a \textsf{date} is also present. You can
+also set \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}} in the \textsf{options} field
+of individual entries, allowing you to provide a hyperlink in cases
+where the automatic mechanism gets it wrong (ency:britannica).
+
+\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
+(6.47) states that \enquote{commas are not required around \emph{Jr.}\
+ and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has
+followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in names
+like \enquote{John Doe Jr.} Charles Schaum has pointed out that
+traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and
+since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an
+option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the
+whole document or on a per-entry basis. Please note, first, that
+numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma. The code
+tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if
+you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in
+the \textsf{options} field of some entries. Second, I have fixed a
+bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of
+the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came
+before the given names (as in a reference list). The package now
+correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given
+names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of
+which is unaffected by this option.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the
+standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have
+reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to
+\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with
+\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
+read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter
+form also works if you use \cmd{usepackage}
+\texttt{[style=chicago-authordate]\{bibla\-tex\}}, so I hope this
+requirement isn't too onerous.
+
+\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
+early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to
+turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses by default. This mechanism
+doesn't actually print \enquote{Ibid,} but rather includes only the
+\textsf{postnote} information in a citation, i.e., it will print (224)
+instead of (Author 2000, 224). Setting this option will mean that
+none of these shortened citations will appear automatically. For more
+fine-grained control of individual citations you'll probably want to
+use the \cmd{citereset} command, allied possibly with the
+\textsf{biblatex}\ \texttt{citereset} option, on which see
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §3.1.2.1.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
+only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the
+previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a
+\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017.
+The new package default prints 26 March 2017, which is more in keeping
+both with standard British usage and with the recommendations of the
+\emph{Manual} (9.36). The option is available only in the preamble.
+
+\mylittlespace Originally
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{postnotepunct}\\(experimental)} designed for the
+notes \&\ bibliography style, this option may in fact be more useful in
+the \textsf{authordate} styles. If set to \texttt{true}, it allows
+you to alter the punctuation that appears just before the
+\textsf{postnote} argument of citation commands, simplifying in
+particular the provision of comments within parenthetical citations.
+In previous releases, you either needed to include the comment after a
+page number, e.g., \cmd{autocite[16; some comment]\{citekey\}}, or
+provide a separate .bib entry using the \textsf{customc} entry type,
+e.g., \cmd{autocites\{chicago:man\-ual\}\{chicago:comment\}}. With
+this option enabled, \cmd{autocite[;\,some\,comment]\{citekey\}} will
+do. More generally, the \texttt{postnotepunct} option
+allows you to start the \textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation
+mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and have it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in
+place of whatever the package might otherwise automatically have
+chosen. Please note that this functionality relies on a very nifty
+macro by Philipp Lehman which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm
+labeling this option \enquote{experimental.} Note also that the
+option only affects the \textsf{postnote} field of citation commands,
+not the \textsf{pages} field in your .bib file.
+
+\mylittlespace Kenneth Pearce \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandfull}} has
+suggested that, in some fields of study, a list of shorthands
+providing full bibliographical information may replace the list of
+references itself. This option, which must be used in tandem with
+\texttt{cmslos=false}, prints this full information in the list of
+shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib entry
+not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a list.
+Please see the documentation of the \textsf{shorthand} field in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for information on further
+options available to you for presenting and formatting the list of
+shorthands.
+
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental
+option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (14.36)
+for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and
+the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short
+rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation. I haven't tested this
+code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
+might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems.
+
+\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Björk pointed
+out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or
+\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation
+of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or
+\textsf{mvcollection}, you could entirely lose a \textsf{url} that
+might be helpful for locating a source, as the abbreviated forms in
+the reference list wouldn't include this information. Setting this
+option to \textsf{true} either in the preamble or in individual
+entries will allow the \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, or \textsf{eprint}
+field to appear even in these abbreviated references.
+
+\subsubsection{Style Options -- Entry}
+\label{sec:authentryopts}
+
+These options are settable on a per-entry basis in the
+\textsf{options} field; both relate to the presentation of dates in
+citations and the list of references.
+
+\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} has simplified the options for entries with more than
+one date (15.38). You can choose among them using the
+\texttt{cmsdate} entry option. It has 3 possible states relevant to
+this problem, alongside a fourth which I discuss below. An example
+should make this clearer. Let us assume that an entry presents a
+reprinted edition of a work by Smith, first published in 1926 (the
+\textsf{origdate}) and reprinted in 1985 (the \textsf{date}):
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad off:] This is the default. The citation will look like
+ (Smith 1985).
+\item[\qquad both:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926] 1985).
+\item[\qquad on:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926). NB: The
+ \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved options.
+ If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head of an
+ entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
+ \texttt{cmsdate=both}. I have retained the option because in some
+ cases it is still useful. The 15th-edition options \texttt{new} and
+ \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
+\end{description}
+
+As I explained in detail above in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
+s.v.\ \enquote{\textbf{date},}\ because \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
+algorithms and automatic creation of the \textsf{extrayear} field
+refer by default to the \textsf{date} before the \textsf{origdate}
+when both are present, there may be situations when you need to have
+the \emph{earlier} year in the \textsf{date} field, and the later one
+in \textsf{origdate}, e.g., if you have another reprinted work by the
+same author originally printed in the same year.
+\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically detect this
+switch, and given the same reprinted work as above, the results will
+be as follows:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[\qquad off:] This is the default. The citation will look like
+ (Smith 1926a). This style is no longer recommended by the 16th
+ edition of the \emph{Manual}.
+\item[\qquad both:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926a] 1985).
+ The 15th-edition options \texttt{old} and \texttt{new} are synonyms
+ for this.
+\item[\qquad on:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926a). As noted
+ above, this style is no longer recommended by the 16th edition of
+ the \emph{Manual}.
+\end{description}
+
+If, \mymarginpar{\texttt{switchdates}} for any reason, simply
+switching the \textsf{date} and the \textsf{origdate} isn't possible
+in a given entry, then you can put \texttt{switchdates} in the
+\textsf{options} field to achieve the same result. Also, you can use
+the preamble version \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in
+ preamble}} of \texttt{cmsdate} to change the default order of
+\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, generally making this date-switching in your
+.bib file unnecessary. Please take a look at the full documentation
+of the \textbf{date} field to which I referred just above, at the
+preamble \texttt{cmsdate} documentation in
+section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, and also at
+\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and \textsf{dates-test.bib} for examples
+of how all this works.
+
+\mylittlespace Bertold Schweitzer has brought to my attention certain
+difficult corner cases involving cross-referenced works with more than
+one date. In order to facilitate the accurate presentation of such
+sources, I made a slight change to the way \texttt{cmsdate=on}
+and \texttt{cmsdate=both} work. If, and only if, a work has only one
+date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options}
+field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} will both
+result in the suppression of the \textsf{extrayear} field in that
+entry. Obviously, if the same options are set in the preamble, this
+behavior is turned off, so that single-date entries will still work
+properly without manual intervention.
+
+\mylittlespace The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} now specifies
+that it is \enquote{usually sufficient to cite newspaper and magazine
+ articles entirely within the text} (15.47). This will apply mainly
+to \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries with
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and involves a parenthetical
+citation giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and then the full
+\textsf{date}, not just the year, with any other relevant identifying
+information incorporated into running text. (Cf.\ 14.206.)\ In order
+to facilitate this, I have added a further switch to the
+\texttt{cmsdate} option \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate=full}} ---
+\texttt{full} --- which \emph{only} affects the presentation of
+citations, and causes the printing of the full date specification
+there. You can use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{skipbib}
+option to keep such entries from appearing in the list of references,
+and you may, if your .bib entry is a complete one, also need
+\texttt{useauthor=false} in order to ensure that the
+\textsf{journaltitle} appears in the citations rather than the
+\textsf{author}.
+
+\subsection{General Usage Hints}
+\label{sec:hints:auth}
+
+\subsubsection{Loading the Styles}
+\label{sec:loading:auth}
+
+With the addition of the \textsf{authordate-trad} style to the
+package, there are now three keys for choosing which style to load,
+\texttt{notes}, \texttt{authordate}, and \textsf{authordate-trad}, one
+of which you put in the options to the \cmd{usepackage} command. With
+early versions of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the standard way of
+loading the package was via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, e.g.:
+\begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,strict,backend=biber,\%\\
+ babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}}
+\end{quote}
+Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the
+vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old
+invocation, will look like this:
+\begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[authordate,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,\%\\
+ bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
+\end{quote}
+
+If you read through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it
+sets a number of \textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the
+Chicago specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables
+intended as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:preset:authdate},
+above). Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more
+\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many
+publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in
+citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the
+defaults I have provided do not conform.
+
+\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this
+can easily be done by putting different options in the call to
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in
+the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults. If, however,
+you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package,
+perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether,
+then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above.
+You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that
+sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or
+footnotes. Also in this file is the code that calls all of the
+package's localization files, which means that you'll lose all the
+Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your
+preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command, or several, adapted
+for your setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and
+also §§~4.9.1 and 4.11.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
+
+\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call
+the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, cmslos=false} and
+\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above), in case these
+continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications.
+There's very little code, therefore, actually in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal
+separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable. Any
+suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome.
+
+\subsubsection{Other Hints}
+\label{sec:otherhints:auth}
+
+Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
+author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to
+process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
+variants) will no longer provide all the required features. This
+document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if you wish to
+continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need \textsf{biblatex}
+version 1.4c and, if you have any problems with the current release,
+possibly \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a.
+
+\mylittlespace If your .bib file contains a large number of entries
+with more than three authors, then you may run into some limitations
+of the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} code. The default settings are
+\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
+\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references. In
+practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
+will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
+to one in citations, like so: (Hlatky et al. 2002). For the vast
+majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the
+Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference
+ list includes another work of the same date that would also be
+ abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are
+ different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations
+ must distinguish between them} (15.28). The (\textsf{Biber}-only)
+\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, will automatically handle many of these
+situations for you, but it is as well to understand that it does so by
+temporarily suspending the limits, listed above, on how many names to
+print in a citation. Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex}
+would present such a work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while
+hlatky:hrt would be (Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish
+between them, but inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different
+author lists are exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two
+citations might look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and
+(Hlatky, Smith et al.\ 2002), which is what the specification
+requires.
+
+\mylittlespace If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further
+down the author list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples
+--- then the default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5
+names printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation,
+you can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this:
+\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\}
+and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive
+Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the
+references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of
+ Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,}
+2002), again as the spec requires. There is, unfortunately, no
+simpler way that I know of to deal with this situation.
+
+\mylittlespace One useful rule, when you are having difficulty
+creating a .bib entry, is to ask yourself whether all the information
+you are providing is strictly necessary. The Chicago specification is
+a very full one, but the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many
+circumstances, fairly relaxed about how much of the data from a work's
+title page you need to fit into a reference. Authors of introductions
+and afterwords, multiple publishers in different countries, the real
+names of authors more commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these
+are candidates for exclusion if you aren't making specific reference
+to them, and if you judge that their inclusion won't be of particular
+interest to your readers. Of course, any data that may be of such
+interest, and especially any needed to identify and track down a
+reference, has to be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and
+reevaluate how much information you're providing. I've tried to make
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} robust enough to handle the most complex,
+data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can save
+yourself some typing by keeping it simple.
+
+% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Scot Becker has pointed out to me that the inverse
+problem not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to
+wit, .bib database entries generated by bibliographic managers which
+helpfully provide as much information as is available, including
+fields that users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI,
+\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia). The standard \textsf{biblatex}
+styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
+§3.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and I
+have implemented others that are relevant to
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and
+that may be of more general usefulness. There is also a general
+option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration
+-- please see section~\ref{sec:authpreset} above.
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} says, to wit, if you aren't going to use
+\textsf{Biber}, use \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than standard
+\textsc{Bib}\TeX, and avoid the cryptic errors that ensue when your
+.bib file gets to a certain size.
+
+\section{The \mycolor{\textsf{Jurisdiction}},
+ \mycolor{\textsf{Legislation}}, and \mycolor{\textsf{Legal}} Entry
+ Types}
+\label{sec:legal}
+
+I have received numerous requests over the years to include some means
+of referring to legal and public documents which, broadly speaking,
+don't fit easily into any of the standard \textsf{biblatex} entry
+types. The \emph{Manual} (14.281--317) recommends using the
+\emph{Bluebook} as a guide for formatting such references, while also
+suggesting certain modifications to this formatting to bring it more
+into line with Chicago's usual practices. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago}
+now offers three entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- which
+allow you to present at least a substantial subset of what the
+\emph{Bluebook} offers. As the rules for your .bib entries are the
+same in the notes \&\ bibliography style and in the author-date
+styles, and as these rules mainly come from a source outside the
+\emph{Manual,} and additionally as these rules apparently require even
+the author-date styles to use a system of foot- or endnotes (15.54), I
+have documented these types in a section of their own, applicable to
+all the Chicago styles. (Some few changes needed when using the
+author-date styles, mainly to do with citation commands, will be
+outlined at the end.) You can also consult the example files
+\mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and
+\mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might construct
+your database entries.
+
+\subsection{Types, Subtypes, and Fields}
+\label{sec:legal:types}
+
+Anyone who has used the \emph{Bluebook} will realize that it is
+hopeless to attempt to fit its labyrinthine complexities into three
+entry types, but with the addition of numerous \textsf{entrysubtypes}
+and some parsing by \textsf{Biber} under the hood, I hope to have
+covered the main sorts of material discussed by the \emph{Manual}. As
+a first approximation, all three types begin from a structure
+analogous to the standard \textsf{biblatex article} type, with a
+number of subtle differences that I have attempted to make consistent
+across the three. Standard practice is to present the references
+\emph{only} in notes, and not in a bibliography, so by default
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} excludes these types from the latter, though
+you can control this using an option (see below).
+
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}} type is for
+presenting legal cases and court decisions. A typical entry will
+contain the following fields:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[title] The case name as seen in the first, long note.
+\item[shorttitle] The case name for subsequent, short
+ notes, ordinarily either the plaintiff or the nongovernmental party.
+\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The reporter for the
+ case, \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form
+ available in the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place the abbreviation
+ either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal}
+ field. If you wish to present your readers with a list of
+ abbreviations with their expansions, then the expansion goes in
+ \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in
+ \textsf{shortjournal}. (Cf.\
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
+\item[pages \emph{or} issue] When using a standard official reporter,
+ this will contain the opening page of the decision in that reporter,
+ while any \textsf{postnote} field will contain the specific page on
+ which a particular citation appears (a \enquote{pincite}). When
+ citing a commercial electronic database, on the other hand, you
+ should give, instead of a \textsf{pages} field, the identifying
+ number of the case using the \textsf{issue} field.
+ \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} uses the presence of the \textsf{issue}
+ field to provide the slightly different formatting required for
+ citations from databases like Westlaw or LexisNexis. When an
+ \textsf{issue} field is present, then both the \textsf{pages} field
+ and the \textsf{postnote} field can provide a pincite. (Cf.\
+ federal:case and database:case.)
+\item[series] If you are citing an official reporter, then it may have
+ a \textsf{series} number, which will be printed immediately after
+ the name of the reporter.
+\item[volume] The volume number of the reporter. It will often be the
+ same as the year when using a commercial electronic database, but
+ you still need to provide it separately.
+\item[number] The docket number of the case, generally required when
+ the reporter is a commercial database.
+\item[date] The date of the decision.
+\item[location] The abbreviated name of the court, if it isn't clear
+ from the reporter cited. It will be associated with the
+ \textsf{date} in American cases, but not in Canadian or UK case (see
+ below). Being a list field, it can contain more than one item, in
+ case you need a separate set of parentheses to identify a
+ jurisdiction as well as a court name in Canadian or UK cases (cf.\
+ uk:case:square).
+\end{description}}
+
+These are, so to speak, the basic elements of a
+\mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} citation, which may, depending on
+specific circumstances, require supplementation by the following:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[entrysubtype\{\mycolor{square}\} \textrm{or}
+ \{\mycolor{round}\}] The \emph{Manual} includes examples for citing
+ cases in Canada and in the United Kingdom, and the \texttt{square}
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} identifies the reporter either as Canadian or
+ as a UK reporter for which the year is essential to locating the
+ case, that is, when \enquote{there is either no volume number or the
+ volumes for each year are numbered anew, not cumulatively}
+ (14.310). The \texttt{round} subtype, by contrast, identifies a UK
+ reporter where the volumes are numbered cumulatively, making the
+ year inessential. (The names refer to the shapes of the brackets
+ placed around the year in each case. Cf.\ canada:case,
+ uk:case:round, and uk:case:square.)
+\item[origlocation \textrm{or} origpublisher] If you need to cite more
+ than one reporter for a given case, then there are two
+ possibilities. Either the second (and subsequent) reporter(s)
+ use(s) the same pagination as the first (\textsf{origpublisher}) or
+ the reporters use different pagination (\textsf{origlocation}).
+ Since both are list fields, you can in theory provide several
+ reporters, but please note that these fields are currently only
+ provided for citations of American cases. (Cf.\ state:case:2reps.)
+\item[related] It may be necessary sometimes to indicate further
+ action by another, higher court, such as the US Supreme Court's
+ grant or denial of \emph{certiorari}. The usual \textsf{related}
+ mechanism is useful in such situations, particularly with a tailored
+ \textsf{relatedstring} field. (Cf.\ federal:lower:related.)
+\end{description}}
+
+This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legislation}} is the most complicated of
+the new entry types, with several \textsf{entrysubtypes} and a number
+of tricky corners, particularly with regard to the provision of
+subsequent short notes after the first full citation. It is intended
+to cope with constitutions and with legislative and executive
+documents of all kinds, with the exception of treaties, for which you
+can use the \mycolor{\textsf{legal}} type, below. In effect, the type
+tries to cover federal, state, and municipal laws and ordinances,
+statutes, bills, resolutions, reports, debates, hearings, presidential
+and congressional documents, and constitutions, none of which it does
+with particular elegance, so consider it a work in progress. Many of
+the fields have close analogues in the \textsf{jurisdiction} type, so
+at least there is some bare minimum of consistency when dealing with
+public and legal material.
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[author] Some kinds of material, usually reports, may have an
+ \textsf{author}, often an organizational one. (Cf.\ congress:report and
+ uk:command.)
+\item[title] Reports, bills, hearings and the like frequently have a
+ \textsf{title} which, please note, quite frequently will not turn up
+ in short notes, depending on which other fields are present.
+\item[titleaddon] This field is considerably more important in
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} entries than the \textsf{shorttitle}
+ field, mainly because it will turn up in many short notes where the
+ \textsf{title} will not. It will frequently contain specifying
+ information on legislative material, and will therefore often allow
+ short notes to differentiate citations of sources that might have
+ the same \textsf{title} but differ in other respects. (Cf.\
+ congress:publiclaw, congress:bill, and congress:report.)
+\item[number] Gives an identifying number to a \textsf{title} or a
+ \textsf{titleaddon}, prefixed with \cmd{bib\-string\{number\}}. It
+ too can appear in short notes.
+\item[note] This gives a section or other specifying information
+ related to a \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{number}. (Cf.\
+ congress:publiclaw.)
+\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] There is usually a
+ standard place for publishing various sorts of legislative material,
+ and as in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries it is
+ \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form available in
+ the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place the abbreviation either in the
+ \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal} field. If you
+ wish to present your readers with a list of abbreviations with their
+ expansions, then the expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the
+ abbreviation in \textsf{shortjournal}. Like \textsf{titleaddon},
+ this field will often appear in short notes. (Cf.\
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
+\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}. It can
+ be a cardinal or an ordinal, depending on the \textsf{shortjournal}.
+ (Cf.\ congress:publiclaw and congress:bill.)
+\item[series] In citations of American material, this will usually
+ contain session information pertaining to a legislative publication.
+ Elsewhere it will often contain just be a plain number, not unlike
+ in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries. (Cf.\
+ congress:debate:globe, state:statute:okla, and uk:hansard.)
+\item[issue] This field can provide an identifying number in some
+ circumstances, particularly when you don't want it prefixed by any
+ bibstring --- cf.\ uk:command.
+\item[pages] Somewhat similar to its use in
+ \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries, this will usually contain
+ the opening page, or sometimes the section number, of the material
+ in the \textsf{shortjournal}, while any \textsf{postnote} field will
+ contain the specific page on which a particular citation appears (a
+ \enquote{pincite}).
+\item[part \textrm{or} chapter] Some sources use \textsf{part} or
+ \textsf{chapter} numbers instead of \textsf{pages} or sections.
+ (Cf.\ canada:statute and uk:statute.)
+\item[date] The date of publication of the material, usually just a
+ \textsf{year}, though sometimes a full date, e.g., see
+ executive:proclamation.
+\item[location] If it is not clear from the \textsf{title} or the
+ \textsf{shortjournal}, this field can specify, in abbreviated form,
+ the US state where the legislative material originates. It will be
+ associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes, but will appear
+ elsewhere in short notes. (Cf.\ state:statute:okla.)
+\item[usera] This specifies a particular edition, possibly from a
+ commercial electronic data\-base, of a legislative publication. It
+ will be associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes but won't
+ appear in short ones. (Cf.\ congress:debate:new and
+ state:statute:ky.)
+\item[addendum] You can use this field to specify the speaker at
+ hearings or in debates, the Canadian or British jurisdiction of some
+ laws if not otherwise clear from the citation, or possibly simply
+ additional information about a source. (Cf.\ canada:statute,
+ congress:debate:new, congress:hearing, state:statute:ky, and
+ uk:statute.)
+\item[entrysubtype] The sheer variety of sources included under the
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} type, and the specialized rules for
+ presenting them, have necessitated the introduction of a substantial
+ network of \textsf{entrysubtypes}:
+ {\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\mycolor{\textsf{#1}}:}
+ \begin{description}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+ \item[canada] Identifies Canadian statutes (canada:statute).
+ \item[constitution] For constitutions, be they federal, state, or
+ local (constitution:ar\-kansas and constitution:federal).
+ \textsf{Biber} will automatically detect if the \textsf{title}
+ contains the string \texttt{Const} and provide the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} for you, but in other cases you'll have to
+ provide it yourself.
+ \item[hansard] Identifies UK parliamentary debates as published in
+ \emph{Hansard}. (Cf.\ uk:\break hansard.)
+ \item[hearing] For congressional hearings (congress:hearing).
+ \item[uk] Identifies UK statutes and command papers. (Cf.\
+ uk:command, uk:statute, and uk:statute:regnal.)
+ \item[un] For UN documents (un:resolution).
+ \end{description}}
+\end{description}}
+
+A glance through the \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} file should
+help enormously when you're trying to work out how to present a
+particular source, and all suggestions for pruning the foliage will be
+welcome.
+
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legal}} type is intended as a
+catch-all for miscellaneous public documents not included in the
+previous two types, but for the moment the only sort of material for
+which it is required is international treaties (14.302; treaty). The
+usual fields for such material include:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[title] The treaty name as seen in the first, long note.
+\item[shorttitle] The treaty name for subsequent, short notes. You
+ can also use the \textsf{shorthand} field in such entries.
+\item[titleaddon] This contains the names of the countries involved
+ in the treaty, in abbreviated form.
+\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The standard
+ publication containing the treaty, \emph{always} presented in an
+ abbreviated form available in the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place
+ the abbreviation either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the
+ \textsf{shortjournal} field. If you wish to present your readers
+ with a list of abbreviations with their expansions, then the
+ expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in
+ \textsf{shortjournal}. (Cf.\
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
+\item[issue] This will contain the identifying number provided by the
+ \textsf{shortjournal}.
+\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}.
+\item[date] The exact date of signing, as the year of publication can
+ differ from it.
+\item[pages] This, or a \textsf{postnote} field, can contain a
+ specific page reference (\enquote{pincite}).
+\end{description}}
+
+\subsection{Citation Commands}
+\label{sec:legal:citcommands}
+
+The \emph{Bluebook} style mandates footnotes without a bibliography,
+so it should be simple to include such references in the Chicago notes
+\&\ bibliography style, which uses foot- or endnotes as standard. The
+usual citation commands should work as you expect, though I wouldn't
+recommend the \cmd{textcite} commands, as they will produce surprising
+and unsatisfactory results. For users of the author-date styles,
+however, the \emph{Bluebook} more or less requires you to adopt a
+separate set of notes in addition to the standard author-year
+citations, which means that for these three legal entry types you'll
+have to remember to use new citation commands that I've provided:
+\mycolor{\cmd{fullcite}}, \mycolor{\cmd{footfullcite}}, and
+\mycolor{\cmd{parenfullcite}}. The first prints the reference, the
+second does so in a footnote, and the third does so inside
+parentheses.
+
+\subsection{Options}
+\label{sec:legal:options}
+
+Several new options allow you to control the presentation of legal
+notes in your document. The default settings are indicated in the
+margins.
+
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{legalnotes=true} option prevents the
+printing of legal citations in a bibliography or reference list, as
+the \emph{Bluebook} recommends. You can change this to \texttt{false}
+in the preamble of your document, but you should be aware that the
+reference printed in the bibliography will be a clone of the long-note
+form, as the \emph{Bluebook} doesn't provide an alternative version.
+
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{noneshort=false} option controls the
+availability of the short form of the note, intended for use in
+subsequent citations of entries already presented in full notes. By
+default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} attempts to provide
+\emph{Bluebook}-authorized short versions of citations in this
+situation, and some of the many \textsf{entrysubtypes} are at least
+partially designed to cope with the complexities of the specification.
+The \emph{Manual}, for its part, suggests that \enquote{works that
+ cite only a few legal documents may be better off using the full
+ form for each citation} (14.287). In the author-date styles, you
+can set this option to \texttt{true} either in the preamble or in
+individual .bib entries to accomplish this. Assuming you've only used
+the \cmd{fullcite} commands for the \emph{Bluebook} entry types, the
+option will only apply to such entries. In the notes \&\ bibliography
+style the global option would apply to all entry types, but you can,
+in addition to the two methods available to author-date users, set
+this to \texttt{true} on a type-by-type basis in your preamble. It is
+designed mainly for use with \emph{Bluebook} entries, but it might
+perhaps be useful elsewhere. Please be aware that, even with this
+option on, the \emph{ibidem} mechanism remains in operation for
+repeated citations, and also that the option may give surprising
+results in the presence of \textsf{shorthand} fields and/or the
+\texttt{shorthandfirst} and \texttt{short} options.
+
+\mylittlespace I \colmarginpar{short=false} have ported this option,
+already present in the notes \&\ bibliography style, to the
+author-date styles to allow users to present short notes from the very
+first citation. I'm not certain what the use case might be for this,
+as it's intended for saving space in documents where short notes can
+point to references in a full bibliography. Still, if for any reason
+you need this you can set the option to \texttt{true} in the preamble.
+
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{supranotes=\\true} is a
+\emph{Bluebook}-specific option, and it produces, for some entry types
+and subtypes, a back reference to the first, long note at the end of
+subsequent, short citations. It takes the form \enquote{\emph{supra}
+ note \#,} and is available in all Chicago styles, though you'll only
+see it in certain sorts of citation, automatically controlled by
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in accordance with the \emph{Bluebook}
+specification. If you prefer not to see such back references, you can
+set the option to \texttt{false} either in the preamble or in
+individual .bib entries.
+
+\section{Internationalization}
+\label{sec:international}
+
+Several users have requested that, in line with analogous provisions
+in other \enquote{American} \textsf{biblatex} styles (e.g.,
+\textsf{biblatex-apa} and \textsf{biblatex-mla}), I include facilities
+for producing a Chicago-like style in other languages. I have
+supplied three lbx files, \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, its clone
+\textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}, and \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, in at least
+partial fulfillment of this request. For this release, Gustavo Barros
+has very kindly provided \textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx} for speakers of
+that language, thereby adding to the generous contributions of Stefan
+Björk (\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}), Antti-Juhani Kaijahano
+(\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}), Baldur Kristinsson
+(\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}), and Håkon Malmedal
+(\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}, \textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}, and
+\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}). I include \textsf{cms-british.lbx} in
+order to simplify and to improve the package's handling of
+non-American typographical conventions in English. This means that
+all --- or at least most --- of the Chicago-specific bibstrings are
+now available for documents and reference apparatuses written in these
+languages, with, as I intend, more languages to follow, limited mainly
+by my finite time and even-more-finite competence. (If you would like
+to provide bibstrings for a language in which you want to work, or
+indeed correct deficiencies in the lbx files contained in the package,
+please contact me.)
+
+\mylittlespace Using \mymarginpar{\textbf{babel}} these facilities is
+fairly simple. By default, and this functionality remains the same as
+it was in the previous release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, calls to
+\cmd{DeclareLanguage\-Mapping} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
+automatically load the American strings, and also \textsf{biblatex's}
+American-style punctuation tracking, when you:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{american} as the main text
+ language.
+\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{english} as the main text
+ language.
+\item[] \qquad \emph{or}
+\item Do not load \textsf{babel} at all.
+\end{enumerate}
+(This last is a change from the \textsf{biblatex} defaults --- cp.\
+§~3.10.1 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} --- but it seems to me reasonable,
+in an American citation style, to expect this arrangement to work well
+for the majority of users.)
+
+\mylittlespace If, for whatever reason, you wanted to use
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} but retain British typographical conventions
+--- punctuation outside of quotation marks, outer quotes single rather
+than double, etc.\ --- then you no longer need to follow the
+complicated rules outlined in previous releases of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Instead, simply load \textsf{babel} with
+the \texttt{british} option.
+
+\mylittlespace If you want to use Brazilian Portuguese, Finnish,
+French, German, Icelandic, Norwegian, or Swedish strings in the
+reference apparatus, then you can load \textsf{babel} with
+\texttt{brazilian}, \texttt{finnish}, \texttt{french},
+\texttt{german}, \texttt{icelandic}, \texttt{ngerman}, \texttt{norsk},
+\texttt{nynorsk}, or \texttt{swedish} as the main document language.
+You no longer need any calls to \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} in your
+document preamble, since \textsf{bib\-latex-chicago.sty} automatically
+provides these if you load the package in the standard way.
+
+\mylittlespace You can also define which bibstrings to use on an
+entry-by-entry basis by using the \textsf{hyphenation} field in your
+bib file, but you will have to make sure that the Chicago-specific
+strings for the given language are loaded using a
+\cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} call in the preamble. Indeed, if
+\texttt{american} isn't the main text language when loading
+\textsf{babel}, then in order to have access to those strings you'll
+need \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping\break\{american\}\{cms-american\}} in
+your preamble, as \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} won't load it for you.
+
+\mylittlespace Three other hints may be in order here. Please note,
+first, that I haven't altered the standard punctuation procedures used
+in any of the other available languages, so commas and full stops will
+appear outside of quotation marks, and those quotation marks
+themselves will be language-specific. If, for whatever reason, you
+wish to follow the Chicago specification and move punctuation inside
+quotation marks, then you'll need a declaration of this sort in your
+preamble:
+
+\begin{quote}
+ \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras\{german\}\{\%}\\
+ \hspace*{2em}\cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation\{.,\}\}}
+\end{quote}
+
+Second, depending on the nature of your bibliography database, it will
+only rarely be possible to process the same bib file in different
+languages and obtain completely satisfactory results. Fields like
+\textsf{note} and \textsf{addendum} will often contain
+language-specific information that won't be translated when you switch
+languages, so manual intervention will be necessary. If you suspect
+you may have a need to use the same bib file in different languages,
+you can minimize the amount of manual intervention required by using
+the bibstrings defined either by \textsf{biblatex} or by
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Here, a quick read through
+\textsf{notes-test.bib} and/or \textsf{dates-test.bib} should give you
+an idea of what is available for this purpose --- see esp.\ the
+strings \texttt{by}, \texttt{nodate}, \texttt{newseries},
+\texttt{number}, \texttt{numbers}, \texttt{oldseries},
+\texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{reviewof}, \texttt{revisededition}, and
+\texttt{volume}, and also section \ref{sec:formatcommands} above,
+esp.\ s.v.\ \enquote{\cmd{partedit}.}
+
+\mylittlespace Finally, the French and German bibstrings I have
+provided may well break with established bibliographical traditions in
+those languages, but my main concern when choosing them was to remain
+as close as possible to the quirks of the Chicago specification. I
+have entirely relied on the judgment of the creators of the Finnish,
+Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish localizations in those instances.
+If you have strong objections to any of the strings, or indeed to any
+of my formatting decisions, please let me know.
+
+\section{One\,.bib Database, Two Chicago Styles}
+\label{sec:twostyles}
+
+I have, when designing this package, attempted to keep at least half
+an eye on the possibility that users might want to re-use a .bib
+database in documents using the two different Chicago styles. The
+extensive unification of the two styles in the 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} has simplified things, and though I have no idea whether
+this will even be a common concern, I still thought I might gather in
+this section the issues that a hypothetical user might face. The two
+possible conversion vectors are by no means symmetrical, so I provide
+two lists, items within the lists appearing in no particular order.
+These may well be incomplete, so any additions are welcome.
+
+\subsection{Notes -> Author-Date }
+\label{sec:conv:notesauth}
+
+This is, I believe, the simpler conversion, as most well-constructed
+.bib entries for the notes \&\ bibliography style will nearly
+\enquote{just work} in author-date, but here are a few caveats
+nonetheless:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \textbf{NB:} Unless you are using \textsf{authordate-trad}, the
+ formatting of titles in the two styles is now the same, which means
+ you would no longer need to worry about extra curly brackets and
+ their effects on capitalization. If you are using
+ \textsf{authordate-trad}, please see the caveats in the
+ documentation of the \textsf{title} field in
+ section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
+\item You may need to reevaluate your use of shorthands, given that by
+ default the author-date styles use them in place of authors rather
+ than in place of the whole citation. The preamble option
+ \textsf{cmslos=false} may help, but this may leave your document
+ out-of-spec.
+\item The potential problem with multiple author lists containing more
+ than three names doesn't arise in the notes \&\ bibliography style,
+ so the \textsf{shortauthor} fields in such entries may need
+ alteration according to the instructions in
+ section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} above.
+\item Date presentation is relatively simple in notes \&\
+ bibliography, so you'll need to contemplate the \texttt{cmsdate}
+ options from sections~\ref{sec:authuseropts} and
+ \ref{sec:authentryopts} when doing the conversion to author-date.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection{Author-Date -> Notes}
+\label{sec:conv:authnotes}
+
+It is my impression that an author-date .bib database is somewhat
+easier to construct in the first instance, but subsequently converting
+it to notes \&\ bibliography is a little more onerous. Here are some
+of the things you may need to address:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item If you've decided against using the \cmd{partedit} macro and
+ friends from section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above, commands
+ not strictly necessary for author-date, you'll need to insert them
+ now.
+\item In general, you need to be more careful in notes \&\ bibliography
+ about capitalization issues. Fields which only appear once in
+ author-date --- in the list of references --- may appear in both
+ long notes and in the bibliography, in different syntactic contexts,
+ so a quick perusal of the documentation of the \cmd{autocap} macro
+ in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above may help.
+\item You also need to be more careful about the use of abbreviations,
+ e.g., in journal names, where the author-date style is more liberal
+ in their use than the notes \&\ bibliography style. (Cf.\ 14.179.)
+ The bibstrings mechanism and package options sort much of this out
+ automatically, but not all.
+\item The \textsf{shorttitle} field is used extensively in notes \&\
+ bibliography to keep short notes short, so you may find that you
+ need to add a fair number of these to an author-date database. In
+ general this field is ignored by the latter style, so this, too,
+ will be a one-time conversion.
+\item You may need to add \textsf{letter} entries if you are citing
+ just one letter from a published collection. See
+ section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v. \enquote{letter,} above.
+\item The default shorthand presentation differs from one style to the
+ other. You may need to reconsider how you use this field when
+ making the conversion.
+\item As I explained above in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, s.v.\
+ \enquote{date,} I have included compatibility code in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently
+ ignored) and \texttt{switchdates} options, along with the automatic
+ mechanism for reversing \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}. This
+ means that you can, in theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib
+ file when making the conversion, though I'm retaining the right to
+ revise this if the code in question demonstrably interferes with the
+ functioning of the notes \&\ bibliography style.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\section{Interaction with Other Packages}
+\label{sec:otherpacks}
+
+For \mymarginpar{\textbf{endnotes}} users of the \textsf{endnotes}
+package --- or of \textsf{pagenote} --- \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 offers
+considerably enhanced functionality. Please read the package's
+RELEASE file and the documentation of the \texttt{notetype} option in
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.1.2.1.
+
+\mylittlespace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{memoir}} problem I have
+found occurs because the \textsf{memoir} class provides its own
+commands for the formatting of foot- and end-note marks. By default,
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses superscript numbers in the text, and
+in-line numbers in foot- or end-notes, but I have turned this off when
+the \textsf{memoir} class is loaded, reasoning that users of that
+package may well have their own ideas about such formatting.
+
+\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{ragged2e}} footnote mark code
+I've just mentioned also causes problems for the \textsf{rag\-ged2e}
+package, but in this case a simple workaround is to load
+\textsf{biblatex} \emph{after} you've loaded \textsf{ragged2e} in your
+document preamble.
+
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace Nick \mymarginpar{\textbf{Xe\LaTeX}} Andrewes alerted
+me to problems that appeared when he used the Xe\LaTeX\ engine to
+process his files. These included spurious punctuation after
+quotation marks in some situations, and also failures in the automatic
+capitalization routines. Some of these problems disappeared when I
+switched to using \textsf{biblatex's} punctuation-tracking code for
+\enquote{American} styles, but some remained. A bug report from
+J.~P.~E.~Harper-Scott suggested a new way of addressing the issue, and
+newer versions of Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package incorporate a
+full fix. This, thankfully, doesn't require turning off any of
+Xe\LaTeX 's features, and indeed merely involves upgrading to the
+latest version of \textsf{csquotes}, which I recommend doing in any
+case. Compatibility with the EU1 encoding is now standard in that
+package.
+
+\section{TODO \&\ Known Bugs}
+\label{sec:bugs}
+
+This release implements the 16th edition of the \emph{Chicago Manual
+ of Style}. It also contains a version of the author-date style
+(\textsf{authordate-trad}) with traditional title formatting,
+alongside the \textsf{authordate} code which unifies the treatment of
+titles between itself and the notes \&\ bibliography style. I
+strongly encourage users to migrate to one of the styles implementing
+the most recent specification, as I am focusing all of my development
+and testing time there. With the current release I am removing the
+15th-edition styles, long obsolete, in preparation for the move to the
+17th edition in the next feature release.
+
+\mylittlespace Regardless of which edition you are considering, there
+remain things I haven't implemented. The solution in brown:bre\-mer
+to multi-part journal articles obviously isn't optimal, and I should
+investigate a way of making it simpler. If the kludge presented there
+doesn't appeal, you can always, for the time being, refer separately
+to the various parts. If you have other issues with particular sorts
+of citation, I'm of course happy to take them on board. The
+\emph{Manual} covers an enormous range of materials, but it seems to
+me that the available entry types could be pressed into service to
+address the vast majority of them. If this optimism proves misguided,
+please let me know.
+
+\mylittlespace I haven't yet explored the possible uses in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for the \textsf{biblatex}
+\textsf{datelabelsource} field, new in \textsf{biblatex} 2.8, nor have
+I implemented automatic compression of date ranges to go along with
+that provided for page ranges.
+
+\mylittlespace Kenneth L. Pearce has reported a bug that appears when
+using multiple citation commands inside the \textsf{annotation} field
+of annotated bibliographies. If you run into this problem, he
+suggests placing all the citations together in parentheses at the end
+of the annotation, though on my machine this doesn't always work too
+well, either.
+
+\mylittlespace Roger Hart, Pierric Sans, and a number of other users
+have reported a bug in the formatting of title fields. This, as far
+as I can tell, has to do with the interaction between
+\cmd{MakeSentenceCase} and certain characters at the start of the
+title, particularly Unicode ones. If you are using
+\textsf{authordate-trad}, it may help for the moment to put an empty
+set of curly braces \{\}\ at the start of the field, but I shall look
+into this further.
+
+%\enlargethispage{-4\baselineskip}
+
+\mylittlespace This release fixes the formatting errors of which I am
+aware. There remain the larger issues I've discussed throughout this
+documentation, which mainly represent my inability to make all of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} formatting functions transparent for the
+user, but thankfully \textsf{biblatex's} superb punctuation-tracking
+code preemptively fixed a great many small errors, some of which I
+hadn't even noticed before I began testing that functionality. That
+there are other micro-bugs seems certain --- if you report them I'll
+do my best to fix them.
+
+\section{Revision History}
+\label{sec:history}
+
+\textbf{1.0rc5: Released \today}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:\label{deprec:obsol}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item As Nikola Le\v{c}i\'c spotted, recent releases of
+ \textsf{biblatex} have introduced some compatibility problems for
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, particularly with regard to the handling
+ of the \textsf{origlanguage} field (now a list), but also through
+ the renaming of several other fields and declarations (e.g.\
+ \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}}). I have improved the
+ handling of the \textsf{origlanguage} list by including many new
+ bibstrings in the package's localization files, but other changes to
+ formatting macros have made backward compatibility with older
+ releases of \textsf{biblatex} difficult or impossible. Please
+ upgrade to version 3.10 --- which has received the most testing ---
+ to use these styles.
+\item As I mentioned in the Notice (section~\ref{sec:Notice}), the
+ 17th edition of the \emph{Manual} has now appeared, and my
+ development energies from this point will be devoted to upgrading
+ all styles to conform to it. You can still file bug reports against
+ the 16th edition, but the next major feature release will be based
+ on the 17th. In preparation for these changes, I have removed all
+ the 15th-edition files from the package.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item After fielding multiple requests over the years, I have added
+ three new entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+ \mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- to
+ allow the presentation of court cases, laws, treaties, congressional
+ (parliamentary) debates and hearings, constitutions, and executive
+ documents. The first (\mycolor{\texttt{round}} and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{square}}) and last (\mycolor{\texttt{canada}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{constitution}}, \mycolor{\texttt{hansard}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{hearing}}, \mycolor{\texttt{uk}}, and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{un}}) introduce a number of new
+ \textsf{entrysubtypes} to help with formatting quirks, including the
+ presentation of Canadian and UK materials for inclusion in an
+ otherwise US context. There are also several new options
+ (\mycolor{\texttt{legalnotes}}, \mycolor{\texttt{noneshort}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{short}}, and \mycolor{\texttt{supranotes}}) for
+ controlling the output. I have documented all of this in
+ section~\ref{sec:legal} above, a separate section both because the
+ specification really comes from the \emph{Bluebook} rather than the
+ \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry types
+ treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
+ author-date styles (itself a formatting quirk). You can also look
+ at the sample files \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might
+ construct your database entries. Support for \emph{Bluebook}
+ citations is in its infancy, so if you have ideas for sorting out
+ its complexities more elegantly or spot any inaccuracies then I
+ would be happy to hear about it. The implementation is intended
+ mainly for American documents, but there is some rudimentary
+ localization for the other languages supported by
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. The actual citations in such contexts
+ would, let it be noted, fall outside of the \emph{Bluebook} spec.
+\item I am grateful to Gustavo Barros for providing a Brazilian
+ Portuguese localization for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in
+ the \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} file.
+\item Gustavo also pointed out a couple of instances where the
+ package's \textsf{bibstrings} couldn't accommodate the needs of his
+ localization, so with his help I've split the \texttt{recorded}
+ string into \texttt{discrecorded} and \texttt{songrecorded}, then
+ added it to all the .lbx files. I've also added two new
+ \textsf{bibstrings} for the \textsf{lista} field format:
+ \mycolor{\texttt{subverbo}} and \mycolor{\texttt{subverbis}}. I've
+ added them to all the .lbx files, but only
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} differs from the default. If
+ other languages need this change please let me know.
+\item The same user also suggested a fix to \textbf{patent} entries:
+ removing the comma from between the dates when the language doesn't
+ use a comma in lists.
+\item Timo Thoms pointed out some annoying inconsistencies when using
+ the \textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, and I
+ have attempted to rectify them. In citations, only the
+ \textsf{date} portion should act as a link, if there is a
+ \textsf{date}, otherwise a \textsf{title} or perhaps a
+ \textsf{shorthand} will link to the entry in the list of references.
+ If you have entries that you believe should present hyperlinks but
+ don't, you can try setting the new \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}}
+ option in their \textsf{options} fields. Alternately, you can set
+ the option to \texttt{true} globally in the preamble and then
+ \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will serve as links whether
+ there's a \textsf{date} or not. Cf.\
+ section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above.
+\item Bertold Schweitzer requested that the styles allow using the
+ string \texttt{forth\-coming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field to
+ present sources that are yet to be published. This is now supported
+ in all styles, and has the additional benefit of rendering recourse
+ to the \cmd{autocap} command unnecessary, as the styles print
+ \cmd{bibstring\{forthcoming\}} where the \textsf{year} would
+ normally appear. Using the \textsf{year} field itself is, of
+ course, still supported too.
+\item The same user requested that I allow
+ \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}} as an exact synonym of
+ \texttt{magazine} in the \textsf{entrysubtype} field of
+ \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, \textsf{periodical}, and
+ \textsf{suppperiodical} entries. I have provided this in all
+ styles, and whereever you see \texttt{magazine} in this
+ documentation then \texttt{newspaper} will work in exactly the same
+ way.
+\item Bertold also suggested that, following the example of Philip
+ Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa} package, I support the use of
+ \textsf{related} functionality when presenting reviews, so that you
+ can, for example, easily present multiple reviews of the same item.
+ I have provided this functionality in all styles. To enable it
+ you'll need to set the \textsf{relatedtype} field to
+ \mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, or
+ \textsf{suppperiodical} types. You should also read the
+ documentation in section \ref{sec:related} or \ref{sec:authrelated},
+ above, as this \textsf{relatedtype} works somewhat differently from
+ the others. The standard, manual way of citing such works remains,
+ of course, available.
+\item Jan David Hauck suggested that there was a need for an
+ \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}} \textsf{entrysubtype} to the
+ \textsf{report} type, which would present the \textsf{title} in
+ quotation marks (or plain roman in \textsf{authordate-trad}) instead
+ of italics. I can't quite tell if the \emph{Manual} agrees, but I
+ have fulfilled this request in all styles.
+\item The same user pointed out that standard \textsf{biblatex} and
+ the discussion in the \emph{Manual} both suggest providing
+ \textsf{venue}, \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and
+ \textsf{eventtitleaddon} fields for the \textsf{unpublished} type,
+ thereby allowing for the further specification of unpublished
+ conference papers and the like. I have added these fields in all
+ styles.
+\item At the request of N.\ Andrew Walsh, the notes \&\ bibliography
+ style now offers a way to disambiguate references to different
+ sources which would ordinarily produce identical short notes, that
+ is, where the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle} are the same.
+ \textsf{Biblatex's} \texttt{uniquework} option is now active by
+ default, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides three new user
+ options, one for choosing a disambiguating field, one for setting
+ the punctuation between that field and the rest of the short note,
+ and one for formatting the field using parentheses or square
+ brackets --- \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}}, and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}}, respectively. Please see
+ section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above, for the details, and note that
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} has to be set for the mechanism
+ to print anything at all.
+\item User Pétùr spotted two long-standing bugs: first, that the
+ \texttt{url=false} option didn't stop the printing of the
+ \textsf{urldate}, and second that empty parentheses would appear in
+ some circumstances around non-existent dates in the author-date
+ styles. I have fixed both.
+\item Philipp Immel wondered whether I could address a long-standing
+ bug when presenting a \textsf{subtitle} after a \textsf{title} that
+ ends in an exclamation point or question mark. This bug has existed
+ since the first release of the 16th-edition styles, and I think I've
+ finally solved it now after the release of the \emph{Manual's }17th
+ edition. (Cf.\ batson.)
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{1.0rc4: Released May 2, 2017}
+
+\mylittlespace Another bug-fix release.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Marko Wenzel reported, and helped to fix, a fairly major problem
+ with the date handling in the author-date styles, an issue I hadn't
+ spotted when doing the date-related updates for 1.0rc2.
+\item I've also fixed a long-standing inaccuracy in the date-handling
+ code of \textbf{patent} entries in the author-date styles. Such
+ entries now behave as the documentation claims they do.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{1.0rc3: Released April 20, 2017}
+
+\mylittlespace This is a minor bug-fix release.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Charles Schaum reported a whitespace bug that appeared when
+ using multiple languages with \textsf{Babel}. This was introduced
+ in the last release by some careless editing by me, and should be
+ fixed now.
+\item Charles also pointed me to a discussion about a problem using
+ \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ with \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago}. Ulrike Fischer
+ very kindly suggested an elegant solution, and I have integrated it
+ into this release.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{1.0rc2: Released March 26, 2017}
+
+\mylittlespace This is an interim release designed mainly to fix a
+number of subtle issues, pointed out by several users, that appear
+when you use the newest version of \textsf{biblatex} (3.7). These
+were mostly concentrated in the date-handling code, which I believe
+now behaves correctly, and should do both with the newest
+\textsf{biblatex} and with somewhat older releases. A much larger set
+of new features is still pending, but I have fixed some other bugs and
+added a few new options:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item J.~P.~E.~Harper-Scott pointed out that, in ordinary British
+ usage, day numbers are presented as plain cardinals rather than
+ ordinals. The \emph{Manual} itself also prefers this format, not
+ only for American-style dates but also for British ones, so I think
+ the previous behavior of the package was a bug. I have in both
+ styles set the default presentation of British day numerals to be
+ plain cardinals, providing a new preamble option
+ \mycolor{\texttt{ordinalgb}} restoring the previous default and
+ printing ordinal dates when using the \texttt{british} language with
+ \textsf{Babel}.
+\item I have, in both styles, attempted to provide an improved
+ \cmd{partedit} macro, the old one being inconvenient for users
+ writing in French. The new macro should work now without manual
+ intervention to provide the correct form of the preposition (de or
+ d'). If you are using the \texttt{french} option to \textsf{Babel},
+ please take care to remove any hand-formatting you might have
+ provided in these contexts.
+\item Jan David Hauck has both reported a bug in the \cmd{gentextcite}
+ code in the author-date styles and also pointed me to its solution,
+ as provided by moewe on
+ \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/326472/gentextcites-multiple-books-same-author-biblatex-chicago/326628#326628}{Stackexchange}.
+ It turned out there were other bugs in that code, now also fixed.
+\item User laudecir requested a way to present a \textsf{shorthand}
+ even in the first citation of a given work. The new
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfirst}} option in the notes \&\
+ bibliography style can be set to \texttt{true} either in the
+ preamble or in individual entries, and should make this
+ functionality simpler to activate than the \cmd{shorthandcite}
+ command.
+\item Also in the notes \&\ bibliography style, Stefan Björk requested
+ a way to turn off the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
+ \textsf{eprint} information in notes but not in the bibliography.
+ The new \mycolor{\texttt{urlnotes}} option, which you can set to
+ \texttt{false} in the preamble or in individual entries, provides
+ this. Please note that it does not apply to \textsf{online}
+ entries.
+\item Several users pointed out the presence of warnings in .log files
+ caused by deprecated grammar in the default Sorting Schemes of both
+ styles. These should now be fixed.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{1.0rc1: Released June 7, 2016}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The 15th-edition styles are now obsolete, and have been moved to
+ a new \mycolor{\texttt{obsolete}} subdirectory. You can still use
+ them as they stand, but they won't compile against the newest
+ \textsf{biblatex}, so you'll have to make sure that you have an
+ older version (2.9a, perhaps). If you are still using them, I
+ strongly urge you to consider switching to the the 16th-edition
+ styles, which contain many new features and bug-fixes.
+\item The old Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is
+ deprecated, and has been replaced by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
+ \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}}. If you have been using the former in
+ your preamble or in your .bib entries, please replace it with the
+ latter, which works better across the board. \texttt{Usecompiler}
+ still \enquote{works,} just not very well.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Stefan Björk has very generously provided a Swedish localization
+ file for the package --- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}} ---
+ which can be loaded and used with \textsf{babel} just like the other
+ localizations.
+\item I have added support for \mycolor{\textbf{related}}
+ functionality to all the Chicago styles, including all the standard
+ \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\textbf{relatedtypes}}. It is turned on
+ by default in all styles, but you can turn it off, or alter where
+ the information is printed, using the \mycolor{\texttt{related}}
+ option in the preamble or in individual entries. In the notes \&\
+ bibliography style, \textsf{related} information is printed by
+ default only in the bibliography, but you can change that by setting
+ the option. In the author-date styles, it will only ever print in
+ the list of references, depending on the option's setting. Please
+ see sections~\ref{sec:related} and \ref{sec:authrelated} for the
+ details.
+\item I have improved the name-handling code in all styles,
+ regularizing the functioning of the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb},
+ and \textsf{namec} fields with respect to the other, standard
+ \textsf{biblatex} names. The former two in particular are newly
+ available in the \textsf{collection} and \textsf{periodical} entry
+ types, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now recognizes the standard
+ \mycolor{\texttt{usenamea}}, \mycolor{\texttt{usenameb}}, and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}} toggles, the last replacing the
+ deprecated \texttt{usecompiler} (as above). You can also now use
+ the \mycolor{\textbf{nameatype}} field just as you would an
+ \textsf{editortype}, extending the possibilities for identifying
+ certain roles attached specifically to \textsf{titles} as opposed to
+ \textsf{booktitles} or \textsf{maintitles}.
+\item After a request by user BenVB, I have added support for the
+ \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} field, which
+ allows you to present abbreviated \textsf{journaltitles} in all the
+ styles. You can use the \mycolor{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option to
+ control where in your document these abbreviated forms will appear.
+ By default, the field is ignored in the notes \&\ bibliography
+ style, and appears only in citations in the author-date styles. You
+ can also print a list of journal abbreviations, rather in the manner
+ of a list of shorthands, using a command like:
+ \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}. Even though the
+ \textsf{periodical} entry type uses the \textsf{title} and
+ \textsf{shorttitle} fields in place of \textsf{journaltitle} and
+ \textsf{shortjournal}, these entries are included in this
+ functionality, and controlled by the same \texttt{journalabbrev}
+ option. Please see s.v.\ \enquote{shortjournal} in
+ sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
+\item Following a request by Arne Skjærholt, and his generous
+ provision of some code to get me started, I have implemented a new
+ \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcite}} citation command in all styles. The
+ \enquote{gen} part of the name refers to the genitive case, and it
+ adds a possessive ending --- \textbf{'s} by default --- to the
+ author's name in what is otherwise an ordinary \cmd{textcite}. You
+ can change the added ending however you want, using a third optional
+ field to the citation command, and you can control to which names
+ the ending is added in a \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}} multicite
+ command by using the \mycolor{\texttt{genallnames}} preamble and
+ entry option. Please see sections~\ref{sec:citecommands} and
+ \ref{sec:cite:authordate} for the details.
+\item Stefan Björk pointed out that \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
+ \textsf{eprint} information could be totally ignored in some entries
+ when you used the abbreviated cross-referencing functionality
+ accessed through the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} fields. At
+ his request, I have provided a new \mycolor{\texttt{xrefurl}} entry
+ and preamble option for all the styles to control the printing of
+ this information in abbreviated notes or bibliography (reference
+ list) entries. Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and
+ \ref{sec:authuseropts} for the details.
+\item In a related change, I have stopped child entries inheriting
+ \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields from their
+ cross-ref'd parents, so if your documents rely on this behavior
+ please note that you'll have to provide such fields manually in the
+ child entries.
+\item Roger Hart long ago requested a way to control the punctuation
+ before \textsf{book-}, \textsf{main-}, or plain \textsf{titleaddon}
+ fields, and I have finally added it in this release in the form of
+ two entry and preamble options, \mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}}, available in all styles. By
+ default, the former prints \cmd{addperiod}\cmd{addspace}, hence its
+ name, and the latter\,\cmd{addcomma}\cmd{addspace}, but you can
+ change either or both depending on which field you are using and
+ which sort of entry it appears in --- the default output can be your
+ guide to which option(s) to change. Please see the available valid
+ option keys in sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and
+ \ref{sec:authpreset}.
+\item The same user also long ago requested that the notes \&\
+ bibliography style make it possible to use \emph{Idem} when two
+ consecutive notes cite different works by the same author. You can
+ now use the standard \textsf{biblatex} option
+ \texttt{idemtracker=constrict} in your preamble to activate this in
+ your documents, but please be aware, first, that the \emph{Manual}
+ doesn't exactly approve of this and, second, that you'll only see
+ \emph{Idem} in short notes, never in full ones, which seems to be
+ the standard (\textsf{biblatex}) way of implementing this.
+\item Also only in the notes \& bibliography style, I have added a
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandpunct}} option to control the punctuation
+ that appears before the first appearance of a \textsf{shorthand}
+ and/or a \textsf{shorthandintro} in a long note. The default is
+ \cmd{addspace}, but you can change it in your preamble or in
+ individual entries. Please see the available valid option keys in
+ section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}.
+\item After reading a discussion started by Ryo Furue at
+ \href{https://github.com/plk/biblatex/issues/363}{github}, I have
+ added, in the author-date styles only, a test to some spacing
+ commands to prevent line breaks immediately after abbreviation dots.
+ These tests apply only in running text, never in the list of
+ references, where good line breaks are already hard enough to find.
+\item In addition to moving the 15th-edition styles into an
+ \texttt{obsolete} subdirectory, I have also reorganized the
+ author-date style files, adding
+ \mycolor{\textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}} which contains the code
+ that is common to the \texttt{trad} and the standard
+ \texttt{authordate} styles. Nothing has changed in terms of loading
+ the styles, the changes being designed primarily to ease
+ maintenance.
+\item I have created two new documentation files (and an appendix) to
+ provide short introductions to the Chicago styles, introductions
+ which attempt to fill the gap between the Quickstart section
+ (\ref{quickstart}) and the fuller documentation contained in
+ sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and \ref{sec:authdate} of this file. Both
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf}} and
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}} are fully hyperlinked so you
+ can move easily from formatted citations and (annotated) references
+ to .bib entries and back, with marginal references to the fuller
+ discussions here. There is also a short
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}} file to discuss a few
+ entries that would need special treatment for the \texttt{trad}
+ style. The \textsf{sample} files for each style still exist, but I
+ intend them mainly for testing purposes, while many more (annotated)
+ entries are still available for consultation in
+ \textsf{notes-test.bib} and \textsf{dates-test.bib}.
+\item I have made a number of other small enhancements to and fixed
+ numerous bugs in all the styles, including some subtle inaccuracies
+ in author-date citations spotted by Arne Skjærholt and some macros
+ in \textsf{inproceedings} entries that had been missing for years.
+ I have provided some default values for counters in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} that aid in breaking long
+ \textsf{urls} across lines, but I make no pretense that these fully
+ adhere to the \emph{Manual's} specifications. I have added a few
+ \texttt{bibstrings}, currently missing in standard
+ \textsf{biblatex}, to \textsf{cms-german.lbx} for use with the
+ \mycolor{\textsf{related}} functionality. Recommendations for
+ better ones would be gratefully received.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9i: Released May 16, 2016}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item This is another interim release, allowing the use of
+ \textsf{biblatex} 3.4 for those who want to try it. I have also
+ fixed one old formatting error when \enquote{n.d.} appears in
+ author-date citations. A full feature-release based on 3.4 is
+ imminent.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9h: Released March 22, 2016}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item This is an interim bug-fix release, updating the styles so that
+ they will work with \textsf{biblatex} 3.3. The notes \&\
+ bibliography style, as pointed out by several users, wouldn't
+ compile at all with the newest \textsf{biblatex} version, and all
+ styles had inaccuracies in the presentation of names due to changes
+ in the name-handling code in \textsf{biblatex}. I've done some
+ testing against \textsf{biblatex} 3.3, and fixed all the errors I've
+ spotted, but there may still be parts of my code that need updating
+ to work well with the current version, so you can still downgrade to
+ an earlier \textsf{biblatex} --- I recommend 2.9a --- if 3.3 doesn't
+ work for you. The next release will be a feature release, so if
+ you've made a request, it should be fulfilled then.
+
+\item I've also fixed a couple of long-standing bugs, one in the entry
+ options controlling abbreviated cross-references and another in the
+ formatting of the \textsf{prenote} field, the latter identified
+ (ages ago) by Bernd Rellermeyer.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9g: Released August 21, 2014}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Alexandre Roberts found a showstopper in the functionality
+ related to the new \mycolor{\texttt{inheritshorthand}} option in the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style, and I found an unpleasant bug in the
+ formatting of abbreviated cross-references in the same style. This
+ release, I hope, fixes both, but is in all other respects identical
+ to 0.9.9f.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9f: Released August 15, 2014}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item I've made the alterations needed to bring the styles into line
+ with the latest version of \textsf{biblatex} (2.9a). This is the
+ version that has been tested most thoroughly with
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I strongly recommend using it.
+\item I fixed several inaccuracies in the presentation of abbreviated
+ cross-referen\-ces in all the Chicago styles, and while I was working
+ on that portion of the code it seemed an opportune moment to fulfill
+ some feature requests bearing on the same area of functionality.
+\item First, following a request from Alexandre Roberts, I have added
+ the \mycolor{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} option to the notes \&\
+ bibliography style, which allows child entries to inherit the
+ \textsf{shorthand} field from their parents. This in turn allows
+ the \textsf{shorthand} itself to appear in place of the usual
+ abbreviated citation of parent entries cross-referenced by several
+ different child entries, thereby saving some space. (This behavior
+ was already available in the author-date styles, so the option is
+ unnecessary there.) You'll need to use \texttt{skipbiblist} in the
+ \textsf{options} field of child entries to make the list of
+ shorthands work correctly. Please see the documentation of the
+ \textsf{shorthand} field for the full explanation.
+\item Second, following a request from Kenneth Pearce, I have added to
+ all Chicago styles the capacity to combine abbreviated
+ cross-references with the presentation of the original text of
+ translations (via the \textsf{userf} field) or of the original
+ publication details of an essay or chapter you are citing from a
+ subsequent reprint (via the \textsf{reprinttitle} field). See the
+ documentation of those fields, and also of \textsf{crossref}, and
+ note that you can now, taking certain precautions as outlined in the
+ \textsf{shorthand} docs, combine the \textsf{userf},
+ \textsf{crossref}, and \textsf{shorthand} fields. This mechanism
+ contains a great many moving parts, so please report any problems
+ you might have with it.
+\item Third, and finally, following a bug report by Mark van Atten I
+ have fixed all Chicago styles so that the \textsf{biblatex}
+ \texttt{backref} mechanism works properly in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, including in those entries that use
+ abbreviated cross-references, and in those that use the
+ \textsf{userf} or \textsf{reprinttitle} fields. I can't see any
+ instructions concerning this in the \emph{Manual}, so I've left the
+ formatting of \texttt{backref} lists in the hands of
+ \textsf{biblatex} itself. If the default behavior doesn't match
+ your needs, let me know, as it's possible I could add some further
+ options for modifying it.
+\item I have added a new \mycolor{\texttt{compresspages}} option to
+ all the Chicago styles. If set to \texttt{true} it automatically
+ compresses page ranges in the \textsf{pages} and \textsf{postnote}
+ fields, allowing you to type ranges naturally, e.g., 101-{-}109, and
+ letting the package follow the \emph{Manual's} rules for you. (In
+ this case, it would yield 101--9 in the document.) Thanks are due
+ to David Gohlke who brought to my attention a discussion that took
+ place a couple of years ago on
+ \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange}
+ regarding the automatic compression of page ranges.
+ \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for providing this,
+ and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly complicated,
+ Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion code that
+ implements the specifications. As some users may well be accustomed
+ to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files, and in
+ their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of this
+ code a package option.
+\item Several users, most recently David Gohlke, have requested a way
+ to alter the punctuation that appears just before the
+ \textsf{postnote} argument of citation commands. This allows, in
+ the notes \&\ bibliography style, citations to fit better into the
+ flow of text, while in the \textsf{authordate} styles it allows you
+ very easily to insert comments, which follow a semi-colon, inside
+ parenthetical text citations. This punctuation is a complex issue
+ in the \emph{Manual}, but as a first stab at enabling this greater
+ flexibility, I have introduced the \mycolor{\texttt{postnotepunct}}
+ package option. Set to \texttt{true}, it allows you to start the
+ \textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and
+ have it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in place of whatever the
+ package might otherwise automatically have chosen. Please note that
+ this functionality relies on a very nifty macro by Philipp Lehman
+ which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling this option
+ \mycolor{experimental}. Note also that the option only affects the
+ \textsf{postnote} field of citation commands, not the \textsf{pages}
+ field in your .bib file. Note, finally, that if you are using the
+ new \mycolor{\texttt{compresspages}} option then any
+ \textsf{postnote} field starting with a punctuation mark will
+ require you to do the compression of page ranges yourself.
+\item I've added a new inheritance declaration so that
+ \textbf{incollection} entries can inherit from \textbf{book} entries
+ the same way they inherit from \textbf{mvbook}.
+\item I've fixed a fair number of other bugs, including two in the
+ \emph{Ibidem} mechanism pointed out by Bernd Rellermeyer, one in the
+ printing of dates, and one in the \cmd{textcite} command in the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style, these last two pointed out by Kenneth
+ Beesley. The presentation of all the periodical entry types
+ (without an \textsf{entrysubtype}) has also been made more accurate.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9e: Released January 29, 2014}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item This minor release fixes a regression in the \emph{Ibidem}
+ mechanism in the notes \&\ bibliography style, spotted by Harold
+ Bellemare, and present in the package since version 0.9.9c. In all
+ other respects this release is identical to 0.9.9d.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9d: Released October 30, 2013}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Following requests by Kenneth~L.\ Pearce and Bertold Schweitzer,
+ I have modified and extended the mechanism for creating abbreviated
+ citations when several parts of the same collection are included in
+ a reference apparatus. To the \textbf{incollection},
+ \textbf{inproceedings}, and \textbf{letter} entries of previous
+ releases, I have added \textbf{inbook}, \textbf{book},
+ \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings}
+ entries. Only \textbf{inbook} entries join the former three in
+ having this functionality turned on by default --- if you don't want
+ this, it will require intervention either in the preamble or in the
+ \texttt{options} field of individual entries. This intervention
+ will be via the new \mycolor{\texttt{longcrossref}} option, which
+ controls the behavior of the four essay-like entry types and
+ defaults to \texttt{false}, while the new
+ \mycolor{\texttt{booklongxref}} option controls the four book-like
+ types and defaults to \texttt{true}. The useful settings for the
+ options differ slightly between the author-date and the notes \&\
+ bibliography specifications, so please see all the details in the
+ docs of the \textsf{crossref} field in
+ sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
+\item On the same subject, in the notes \&\ bibliography style, I
+ should mention that in the first, full citation of one part of a
+ collection in a note, the code no longer uses a separate citation of
+ the parent entry to supply parts of what you see printed. (This led
+ to numerous inaccuracies.) If your setup uses a side-effect of the
+ old code to print data that hasn't even been inherited by the child,
+ you may find that you need to change some \textsf{xref} fields to
+ \textsf{crossref} fields to make it work correctly now. This
+ situation will, I imagine, be very rare, but you can look at
+ white:ross:memo in \textsf{notes-test.bib} to see an example.
+\item In the author-date styles, several users have been frustrated by
+ the lack of an approved way of setting the \texttt{cmsdate} option
+ in the preambles of their documents, and Kenneth~L.\ Pearce
+ requested that I attempt to ease the burden on users by looking at
+ this again. With this release, you can now set \texttt{cmsdate}
+ either to \texttt{both} or \texttt{on} in the preamble, and it will
+ affect all entries (except \textbf{music}, \textbf{review}, and
+ \textbf{video}) with multiple dates. You can still change this
+ setting in the \texttt{options} field of individual entries, but
+ what you won't be able to change there is the new call to
+ \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} which puts the \textsf{origdate} first in the
+ list of dates when \textsf{Biber} searches for a \textsf{labelyear}
+ to use in citations and in the list of references. If you have been
+ using the \texttt{switchdates} mechanism to get the
+ \textsf{origdate} as the \textsf{labeldate}, your .bib files may
+ need some editing in order to use the new preamble options. Please
+ see the documentation of the \textsf{date} field in
+ section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for all the (voluminous)
+ details.
+\item Following a request by Rasmus Pank Rouland, I adapted new
+ \textsf{biblatex} code in the \cmd{textcite(s)} commands in all
+ styles to make them fit more elegantly in the flow of text. Upon
+ reconsideration of the commands in the notes \&\ bibliography style,
+ I slightly modified them, but \emph{only} when used inside a foot-
+ or endnote. In this context, by default, for both \cmd{textcite}
+ and \cmd{textcites}, you'll now get the \textsf{author's} name(s)
+ followed by a headless \emph{short} citation (or citations) placed
+ within parentheses. You can use \cmd{renewcommand} in the preamble
+ of your document to redefine the new \mycolor{\cmd{foottextcite}}
+ and \mycolor{\cmd{foottextcites}} commands to change this
+ formatting. See section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, above.
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\item This release includes support, in all styles, for
+ \textsf{biblatex's} multi-volume entry types: \textbf{mvbook},
+ \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings}, and
+ \textbf{mvreference}. See sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and
+ \ref{sec:types:authdate}.
+\item If you use \textsf{Biber}, I have added several new inheritance
+ schemes to all styles to make cross-referenced entries work more
+ smoothly: \textbf{incollection} entries can now inherit from
+ \textbf{mvbook} just as they do from \textbf{mvcollection} entries;
+ \textbf{letter} entries now inherit from \textbf{book},
+ \textbf{collection}, \textbf{mvbook}, and \textbf{mvcollection}
+ entries the same way an \textbf{inbook} or an \textbf{incollection}
+ entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{sortname},
+ \textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields, all highly
+ single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and the
+ \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields of any \textbf{mv*} entry
+ will \emph{not} be inherited by any other entry type.
+\item Following a bug report by Henry~D.\ Hollithron, I've added to
+ \textbf{unpublished} entries in all styles the possibility of
+ including an \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.
+\item Thanks to bug reports from Denis Maier and Bertold Schweitzer, I
+ corrected inaccuracies and outright bugs in many entry types in all
+ Chicago styles that appeared when there was a \textsf{booktitle} and
+ not a \textsf{maintitle} or vice versa. This also involved another
+ rewrite of the code handling the \textsf{volume} field and other
+ related fields in all non-periodical entry types that use them.
+\item On the subject of the \textsf{volume} field, I added a new
+ preamble and entry option, \mycolor{\texttt{delayvolume}}, to the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style. In long notes where this data isn't
+ printed before a \textsf{maintitle}, this option allows you to print
+ it \emph{after} the publication information rather than
+ \emph{before} it, as may sometimes help clarify things, according to
+ the \emph{Manual}. This applies to the non-periodical entry types
+ only. See section~\ref{sec:useropts}.
+\item On the same subject, in all styles, I have added a new preamble
+ and entry option, \mycolor{\texttt{hidevolumes}}. This controls
+ whether, in entries where a \textsf{volume} has been printed before
+ a \textsf{maintitle}, any \textsf{volumes} field present will also
+ be printed, in this case \emph{after} the \textsf{maintitle}. By
+ default, this is set to \texttt{true}, so that the \textsf{volumes}
+ field won't appear in such circumstances. See
+ sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and \ref{sec:authpreset}.
+\item On the same subject, I have modified, in all styles, the field
+ format for the \textbf{part} field, so that if the field contains
+ something other than a number, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print
+ it as is, capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the
+ usual bibstring, thus providing a mechanism for altering the string
+ to your liking. I have also decoupled the \textsf{part} field from
+ the \textsf{volume} field, allowing it to be printed even in the
+ absence of the latter, thereby providing a means to refer to
+ segments of a larger work that don't easily fit the established
+ schemes. The iso:electrodoc entry in \textsf{dates-test.bib} shows
+ an example of how this might work.
+\item There is a new \mycolor{\texttt{omitxrefdate}} preamble and
+ entry option in the notes \&\ bibliography style. It turns off the
+ printing of the child's \textsf{date} next to its \textsf{title} in
+ abbreviated book-like entries \emph{only}, in both notes and
+ bibliography. See section~\ref{sec:useropts}.
+\item Clea~F.\ Rees requested a way to customize the punctuation when
+ a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{page} number appear together like
+ so: \enquote{2:204.} You can use \cmd{renewcommand} in your
+ preamble to redefine the new \mycolor{\cmd{postvolpunct}} command to
+ achieve this, in all styles. If your document language is French,
+ \textsf{cms-french.lbx} redefines this already and prints something
+ like \enquote{2 : 204.} See sections~\ref{sec:formatcommands} and
+ \ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
+\item I extended, in all styles, the functions of the \textsf{userd}
+ field, allowing it to modify a \textsf{date} field if it hasn't
+ already been captured by another date specification in the entry.
+ See the documentation of the field in sections~\ref{sec:entryfields}
+ and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
+\item A bug report from Mathias Legrand helped clear up inaccuracies
+ in the presentation of ordinal numbers in all styles.
+\item For the author-date styles, another bug report by Kenneth Pearce
+ resulted in the addition of the \textsf{labelyear} to the default
+ \texttt{cms} sorting scheme so that more entries in the reference
+ list are sorted properly without further user intervention.
+\item George Pigman found an odd punctuation-tracking bug in the
+ author-date styles. This has been fixed.
+\item Marc Sommer found a bug in the presentation of the
+ \textsf{prenote} field in the author-date styles. This has been
+ fixed.
+\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I improved the behavior of
+ abbreviated foot- and endnotes when using the \textsf{hyperref}
+ package.
+\item I modified the date-presentation code in all the language files
+ (\textsf{cms-*.lbx}) provided by the package. Now, if an entry
+ contains a \textsf{(*)year} and an \textsf{(*)endyear} that are
+ exactly the same, and there aren't any further month or day
+ specifications, then the \textsf{year} alone will be printed. This
+ allows for the clearing of spurious \textsf{endyears} inherited from
+ parent entries.
+\item I discovered some unpleasant side effects of my arrangement of
+ the \textsf{.lbx} files devoted to Norwegian, and reverted to the
+ arrangement as originally provided by Håkon Malmedal.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9c: Released March 15, 2013}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Antti-Juhani Kaijahano has very kindly provided a new Finnish
+ localization for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, called
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}}. As you will see if you look
+ through it, it is still something of a work in progress. If you
+ would like to fill some of its lacunae, please do let me know.
+\item Following a report by Bertold Schweitzer, I have added the
+ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb} fields to \textbf{article} and
+ \textbf{review} entries in all three Chicago styles. As in all the
+ book-like entry types, they allow you to associate an editor or a
+ translator specifically with a \textsf{title}, rather than, in these
+ cases, with an \textsf{issuetitle}. See the docs on these entry
+ types in sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and \ref{sec:types:authdate},
+ above.
+\item Thanks to another report by Bertold I have, in all three Chicago
+ styles, corrected inaccuracies in the presentation of the
+ \textbf{report} entry type. The \textsf{number} now appears
+ immediately after the \textsf{type}, and the \textsf{type} itself is
+ now capitalized properly depending on its context in an entry.
+\item A third report by Bertold, detailing inaccuracies in the
+ treatment of the \textbf{volume} and \textbf{volumes} fields in
+ certain contexts, has resulted in a complete rewrite of the
+ presentation of these (and several related) fields in all
+ non-periodical entry types in all three Chicago styles. This won't
+ require any changes to your .bib files, but the output you see may,
+ in some reasonably unusual situations, change. Please let me know
+ if something doesn't look right to you.
+\item A fourth report by Bertold revealed some inadequacies with
+ multiple \textsf{date} presentation in the two Chicago author-date
+ styles, issues that particularly involved cross-referenced entries.
+ In addition to some general fixes in the code, I have also slightly
+ changed the functioning of the \texttt{cmsdate=both} and
+ \texttt{cmsdate=on} switches. If, and only if, a work has only one
+ date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options}
+ field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} will both
+ result in the suppression of the \textsf{extrayear} field in that
+ entry. See the \textbf{date} field docs in
+ section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
+\item Following a report by Antti-Juhani Kaijahano, I have modified
+ the presentation of author-less \textbf{article} and \textbf{review}
+ entries in the reference list of both Chicago author-date styles.
+ If such a source had a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, the
+ styles would already use the \textsf{journaltitle} at the head of
+ the entry in the list of references, but if there was no
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} the entry would appear in the list
+ \textsf{date} first. Now, in keeping with the \emph{Manual}
+ (14.175), the \textsf{title} will appear first, in both reference
+ lists and in-text citations. See especially under \textbf{article}
+ in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
+\item Several users have pointed out annoying formatting errors in the
+ styles. Evan Cortens spotted two bugs in the notes \&\ bibliography
+ style, one of which, under various circumstances, introduced extra
+ spaces into long notes and the other of which affected the
+ formatting of the \textsf{type} field in \textsf{thesis} entries. I
+ have fixed both, also applying the latter fix to several other entry
+ types that use the \textsf{type} field. Bertold Schweitzer pointed
+ out a formatting bug with the \textsf{issuesubtitle} field in the
+ author-date style, now fixed. Mark Sprevak reported some spurious
+ spaces appearing in headers and footers when using the
+ \textsf{titleps} package; the culprits were errors in the
+ \textsf{cms-*.lbx} files, now cleaned up.
+\item I have rectified a number of other errors, in particular making
+ the automatic provision of abbreviated cross-references more robust
+ in \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and
+ \textsf{letter} entries, improving the behavior of the
+ \textsf{postnote} field in certain corner cases, fixing bugs in the
+ handling of \textsf{pagination} and \textsf{bookpagination} fields,
+ and slightly altering the placement of the \textsf{addendum} field
+ in book-like entries to bring it closer to the \emph{Manual's}
+ specification. A number of other, smaller improvements should also
+ bring the styles into closer conformity with the specification.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9b: Released December 6, 2012}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item This release contains a new variant of the author-date style,
+ available as the\break \mycolor{\texttt{authordate-trad}} option
+ when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. This provides the
+ traditional, plain, pre-16th-edition Chicago title handling ---
+ sentence-style capitalization, absence of quotation marks in
+ \textsf{article} titles and the like --- but in all other respects
+ follows the 16th-edition specification, as suggested by the
+ \emph{Manual} (15.45). Remember that the \texttt{headline} package
+ option can be used to turn off the automatic sentence-style
+ capitalization, meaning that titles will appear as presented in the
+ .bib file, at least as far as capitalization is concerned. Please
+ see especially the documentation of \textsf{\textbf{title}} in
+ section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above, for the details.
+\item I have updated calls to \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
+ \cmd{DeclareLabelyear} in several .cbx files so that the package
+ works correctly with the most recent version (2.4) of
+ \textsf{biblatex}.
+\item Following a request by Norman Gray, I have included a
+ \cmd{textcite} (and a \cmd{textcites}) command in the notes \&\
+ bibliography style for the first time. Please see
+ section~\ref{sec:citecommands}, above, for the details.
+\item Following a request by Daniel Possenriede, I have added in all
+ three 16th-edition styles a new switch, \mycolor{\texttt{only}}, to
+ the \texttt{doi} option, which prints the \textsf{doi} when present
+ and the \textsf{url} only when there is no \textsf{doi}. The
+ package default remains, however, \texttt{true}.
+\item I am grateful to Baldur Kristinsson for providing an Icelandic
+ localization file for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, called
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}}. You'll see if you look
+ through it that it is still something of a work in progress, but it
+ should cover most needs in that language very well. If you would
+ like to fill in some of the gaps please let me know.
+\item I am also grateful to Håkon Malmedal for providing Norwegian
+ localizations for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in the files
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}},
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}}, and
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}}.
+\item I have added a new British localization
+ (\mycolor{\textsf{cms-british.lbx}}) that should make it much
+ simpler for users to produce documents adhering to that tradition.
+ For further details on the usage of all these localizations please
+ see section~\ref{sec:international}, above.
+\item Several users have reported a bug that resulted in doubled
+ bibstrings in certain contexts. This happened only when using
+ localizations for which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} didn't have
+ explicit support, and it should now be fixed.
+\item I have changed the way the 16th-edition author-date styles
+ handle the \emph{Ibidem} mechanism. In the absence of a
+ \textsf{postnote} field you no longer get empty parentheses, but
+ rather a standard in-text citation. If you do have a
+ \textsf{postnote} field, then only that will appear.
+\end{itemize}
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9a: Released July 30, 2012}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item I have made a few changes to \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} to
+ allow the package to work with the latest version (2.0) of
+ \textsf{biblatex}. In all other respects this release is identical
+ to 0.9.9. If you do use the package with \textsf{biblatex} 2.0,
+ please let me know if there are issues I need to address. Thanks to
+ Charles Schaum for alerting me to some of them.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.9: Released July 5, 2012}
+
+\mylittlespace Converting 15th-Edition .bib Files to Use the 16th
+Edition:
+
+\mylittlespace \textbf{Notes and Bibliography Style}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The specification for \textbf{music} entries has been
+ significantly altered for the new edition. You no longer need to
+ worry about the \texttt{\textcircledP} and \texttt{\textcopyright}
+ signs in the \textsf{howpublished} field, which will be silently
+ ignored, and the \textsf{pubstate} field now reverts to its usual
+ function of identifying reprints or, in this case, reissues. The
+ spec really only requires a record label (\textsf{series}) and
+ catalog number (\textsf{number}), though \textsf{publisher} is still
+ available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally, on the
+ dating of musical recordings, so that the \textsf{eventdate} gives
+ the recording date of a particular song or other portion of a
+ recording, the \textsf{origdate} the recording date of an entire
+ album, and the \textsf{date} the publishing date of that album.
+ Please see the full documentation in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes},
+ above.
+\item The specification for \textbf{video} entries has also been
+ clarified. For television series, the episode and series numbers go
+ in \textsf{booktitleaddon} instead of \textsf{titleaddon} and, as
+ with \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{eventdate} will hold the
+ original broadcast date of such an episode, or perhaps the
+ recording/performance date of, e.g., an opera on DVD. The
+ \textsf{origdate} will still hold the original release date of a
+ film, and the \textsf{date} the publishing or copyright date of the
+ medium you are referencing. Please see the full documentation in
+ section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, above.
+\item You should add \textbf{customc} entries to provide
+ bibliographical cross-references from multiple pseudonyms back to
+ the author's name.
+\item In \textbf{suppbook} entries, the \emph{Manual} now requires you
+ to provide the page range (in the \textsf{pages} field) for the
+ specific part you are citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or
+ afterword.%%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip}
+\item In \textbf{patent} entries, the \emph{Manual} now prefers
+ sentence-style capitalization for titles, which you'll need to
+ provide yourself by hand.
+\item When a descriptive phrase is used as an \textsf{author}, you can
+ now omit an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help
+ with alphabetization in the bibliography.
+\item A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available.
+\item On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred
+ to an access date for online material. You can use the new
+ \textbf{userd} field to change the string introducing the
+ \textsf{urldate}, which defaults to being an access date.
+\item Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a
+ forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the
+ \textsf{publisher} field with the usual keyword \texttt{and}.
+\item I have implemented a reasonable, less-flexible facsimile of the
+ \textsf{Biber}-only command \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareLabelname}} which
+ should work for those using any backend. It allows
+ \textsf{biblatex} to find a name for short notes outside the
+ standard name fields, including, notably, in the \textsf{name[a-c]}
+ fields. This should reduce the instances where you need a
+ \textsf{shortauthor} field to provide such a name.
+\item The Chicago-specific setting of another \textsf{Biber}-only
+ command, \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting\-Scheme=cms}}, allows
+ non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
+ algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a
+ \textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries. If you aren't using
+ \textsf{Biber}, the package reverts to the standard \texttt{nty}
+ sorting scheme.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{Author-Date Style}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item All title fields now follow the rules for the notes \&\
+ bibliography style as far as punctuation, formatting, and
+ capitalization are concerned. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-\break authordate}
+ will deal with most of this automatically, but if you have any hand
+ formatting of lowercase letters within curly braces in your .bib
+ file, you will need to restore the headline-style capitalization
+ there. Also, you'll need to be more careful when you provide
+ quotation marks inside titles, remembering to use \cmd{mkbibquote}
+ so that punctuation can be brought inside nested quotation marks.
+ These revisions will apply particularly to \textbf{title},
+ \textbf{booktitle}, and \textbf{maintitle} fields.
+\item The one exception to these rules is in \textbf{patent} entries,
+ where sentence-style capitalization of the \textsf{title} is now
+ specified. You'll have to provide this by hand yourself, as in the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style.
+\item Because of these changes to title formatting, you'll need to
+ observe the difference between \textbf{article} and \textbf{review}
+ entries, where the latter contain generic, \enquote{Review of
+ \ldots} titles and the former standard, specific titles.
+\item The presentation of \textbf{shorthand} fields has changed. You
+ no longer need to use the \textbf{customc} entry type to include
+ cross-references from shorthands to expansions in the list of
+ references. Now, simply using a \textsf{shorthand} field in an
+ entry places that \textsf{shorthand} in citations and at the head of
+ the entry in the list of references, where it will be followed by
+ its expansion within parentheses. The new system will require help
+ with sorting in the reference list --- placing the
+ \textsf{shorthand} also in a \textsf{sortkey} should do the trick.
+\item On the subject of \textbf{customc} entries, the \emph{Manual}
+ now recommends using cross-references in several contexts,
+ particularly when a single author uses more than one pseudonym.
+ Adding \textsf{customc} entries makes this happen.
+\item There have been significant changes when presenting book-like
+ entries with more than one date. If you are using the
+ \texttt{cmsdate=on} option, or indeed simply placing the earlier
+ date in the \textbf{date} field and the later one in
+ \textbf{origdate}, the presentation will be the same as before, but
+ you should understand that the \emph{Manual} no longer recommends
+ this \textsf{origdate}-only style. It prefers, instead, to present
+ either the \textsf{date} alone or both dates in citations and at the
+ head of reference list entries. When presenting both dates, there
+ is now no longer a choice between the \texttt{old} and \texttt{new}
+ options for \texttt{cmsdate}, but only the \texttt{both} option. If
+ you have \texttt{old} or \texttt{new} in your .bib files, they will
+ be treated as synonyms of \texttt{both}.
+\item The specification for \textbf{music} entries has been
+ significantly altered for the new edition. You no longer need to
+ worry about the \texttt{\textcircledP} and \texttt{\textcopyright}
+ signs in the \textsf{howpublished} field, which will be silently
+ ignored, and the \textsf{pubstate} field reverts to its more usual
+ function of identifying reprints or, in this case, reissues. The
+ spec really only requires a record label (\textsf{series}) and
+ catalog number (\textsf{number}), though \textsf{publisher} is still
+ available if you need it. There is a new emphasis, finally, on the
+ dating of musical recordings, which means that such entries will fit
+ better with the author-date style. It also means that I have had to
+ redefine the various date fields. The \textsf{eventdate} gives the
+ recording date of a particular song or other portion of a recording,
+ the \textsf{origdate} the recording date of an entire album, and the
+ \textsf{date} the publishing date of that album. The earlier date
+ is the one that will appear in citations and at the head of
+ reference list entries. Please see the full documentation in
+ section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
+\item The specification for \textbf{video} entries has also been
+ clarified. For television series, the episode and series numbers go
+ in \textsf{booktitleaddon} instead of \textsf{titleaddon} and, as
+ with \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{eventdate} will hold the
+ original broadcast date of such an episode, or perhaps the
+ recording/performance date of, e.g., an opera on DVD. The
+ \textsf{origdate} will still hold the original release date of a
+ film, and the \textsf{date} the publishing or copyright date of the
+ medium you are referencing. The earlier date, once again, is the
+ one that will appear in citations and at the head of reference list
+ entries. Please see the full documentation in
+ section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
+\item In \textbf{suppbook} entries, the \emph{Manual} now requires you
+ to provide the page range (in the \textsf{pages} field) for the
+ specific part you are citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or
+ afterword.
+\item The author-date style now prefers longer bibstrings in the list
+ of references, bringing it into line with the notes \&\ bibliography
+ style. Generally, the package will take care of this for you, but
+ if you've been using abbreviated strings in \textsf{note} fields,
+ for example, you may want to change them so that they conform with
+ the strings the package provides. In some circumstances the
+ \cmd{partedit} macro, and its relatives, may help. See
+ section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
+\item When a descriptive phrase is used as an \textsf{author}, you can
+ now omit an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help
+ with alphabetization in the bibliography.
+\item A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available.
+\item On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred
+ to an access date for online material. You can use the new
+ \textbf{userd} field to change the string introducing the
+ \textsf{urldate}, which defaults to being an access date.
+\item Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a
+ forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the
+ \textsf{publisher} field with the usual keyword \texttt{and}.
+\item The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} is less than enthusiastic
+ about the use of \enquote{Anon.}\ as the \textsf{author}, preferring
+ instead that the \textsf{title} or the \textsf{journaltitle} take
+ its place. If you do decide to get rid of \enquote{Anon.,} new
+ facilities provided by \textsf{Biber} --- see next entry --- should
+ mean that \textsf{biblatex} no longer requires assistance when
+ alphabetizing such author-less entries.
+\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command,
+ \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting-\break Scheme=cms}}, allows
+ non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
+ algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a
+ \textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries.
+\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command
+ \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareLabel\-name}} allows \textsf{biblatex} to find
+ a name (\enquote{\textsf{label}}) for citations outside the standard
+ name fields, including, notably, in the \textsf{name[a-c]} fields.
+ This should reduce the instances where you need a
+ \textsf{shortauthor} field to provide such a name.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed
+ publishing information about the original edition using the new
+ \mycolor{\textbf{origlocation}} and \mycolor{\textbf{origpublisher}}
+ fields. You can also use the \textsf{origlocation} in
+ \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype})
+ entries to identify where a published or unpublished letter was
+ written. These uses apply to both Chicago styles.
+\item Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take
+ advantage of \textsf{biblatex's} facilities for citing
+ \mycolor{\textbf{eprint}} resources. There is also a new
+ \mycolor{\texttt{eprint}} option, set to \texttt{true} by default,
+ which controls the printing of this field in both Chicago styles.
+ You can set the option both in the preamble and in the
+ \textsf{options} field of individual entries. The field will always
+ print in \textbf{online} entries.
+\item I have added a new citation command,
+ \mycolor{\cmd{citejournal}}, to the notes \&\ bibliography style to
+ allow you to present journal articles using an alternative short
+ note form, which may be a clearer form of reference in certain
+ circumstances. Such short notes will present the name of the
+ \textsf{author}, the \textsf{journaltitle}, and the \textsf{volume}
+ number.
+\item I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard
+ \textsf{biblatex} \cmd{citeauthor} command, which may be useful for
+ references to works from classical antiquity.
+\item I have added a new \texttt{cmsdate=\mycolor{full}} switch to the
+ author-date style, which only affects citations in the text, and
+ means that a full date specification will appear there, rather than
+ just the year. If you follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations
+ concerning newspaper and magazine articles only appearing in running
+ text and not in the reference list, this option will help.
+\item I have added a new \mycolor{\texttt{avdate}} option to the
+ author-date style, set to \texttt{true} by default in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}. This alters the default setting of
+ \cmd{Declare\-Labelyear} in \textbf{music}, \textbf{review}, and
+ \textbf{video} entries to take account of specialized instructions
+ in the \emph{Manual} for finding dates to appear in citations and at
+ the head of reference list entries. Setting \texttt{avdate=false}
+ in the options when you load \textsf{biblatex-chicago} restores the
+ default settings for all entry types. See \texttt{avdate} in
+ section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.
+\item The \emph{Manual} has added recommendations for citing blogs,
+ which generally will need an \textbf{article} entry with
+ \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. You can identify a blog as
+ such by placing \enquote{blog} in the \textsf{location} field. If
+ you want to cite a comment to a blog or to other online material,
+ the \textbf{review} entry type, \textsf{entrysubtype}
+ \texttt{magazine} will serve. The \textbf{eventdate} dates the
+ comment, and any timestamp that is required can go in
+ \textsf{nameaddon}. These instructions work in both specifications.
+\item Photographs are no longer presented differently from other sorts
+ of artworks so, in effect, in both styles, the \textbf{image} type
+ is now a clone of \textbf{artwork}, though retained for backward
+ compatibility.
+\item Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new
+ facilities for presenting \textbf{shorthands} in both Chicago
+ styles. In both, there are two new \texttt{bibenvironments} which
+ you can set using the \texttt{env} option to the
+ \cmd{printshorthands} command: \mycolor{\texttt{losnotes}} formats
+ the list of shorthands so that it can be presented in a footnote,
+ while \mycolor{\texttt{losendnotes}} does the same for endnotes. In
+ both styles, there is a new preamble option,
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfull}}, which prints the full
+ bibliographical information of each entry inside the list of
+ shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a
+ bibliography or list of references. In the author-date style, you
+ need to set the \texttt{cmslos=false} option as well, in order for
+ this to work. In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I have added a
+ new citation command, \mycolor{\cmd{shorthandcite}}, which prints
+ the \textsf{shorthand} even in the first citation of a given work.
+\item Following suggestions by Roger Hart, I have implemented three
+ new field-exclu\-sion options in the notes \&\ bibliography style.
+ In all three cases, the field in question will always appear in the
+ bibliography, but not in long notes, which may help to save space.
+ The fields at stake are \textsf{addendum}, \textsf{note}, and
+ \textsf{series}, controlled respectively by the new
+ \mycolor{\texttt{addendum}}, \mycolor{\texttt{notefield}}, and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{bookseries}} options. All of these are set to
+ \texttt{true} using the new \mycolor{\texttt{completenotes}} option
+ in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but you can change the settings
+ either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of
+ individual entries. Please see the documentation of these options
+ in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, above, for details on which entry
+ types are excluded from their scope.
+\item Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have
+ redefined the \cmd{bibnamedash} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+ which should now by default look a little better in a wider variety
+ of fonts.
+\item At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added
+ \cmd{DeclareLanguageMap\-ping} commands to
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} for all the languages
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} currently provides. If you load the style
+ in the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings
+ manually yourself.
+\item I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly
+ with regard to date ranges.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.8d: Released November 15, 2011}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Some minor fixes to both styles for compatibility with
+ \textsf{biblatex} 1.7.
+\item Kenneth Pearce found an error in the formatting of
+ \textsf{bookinbook} titles in the author-date style's list of
+ shorthands. This should work properly now.
+\item Jonathan Robinson spotted some inconsistencies in the way the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style interacts with the \textsf{hyperref}
+ package. Following his suggestion, short notes now point to long
+ notes when the latter are available, but to bibliography entries
+ instead when you have set the \texttt{short} option.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.8c: Released October 12, 2011}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Emil Salim pointed out some rather basic errors in the
+ presentation of \textsf{inproceedings} and \textsf{proceedings}
+ entries, errors that have been present from the first release of the
+ style(s). These should now, belatedly, have been put right.
+\item Minor improvements to coding and documentation.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.8b: Released September 29, 2011}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Bad Dates: Christian Boesch alerted me to some date-formatting
+ errors produced when using the styles with the \texttt{german}
+ option to \textsf{babel}. A little further investigation revealed
+ similar problems with \texttt{french}, and before long it became
+ clear that date handling in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} was generally,
+ and significantly, sub-optimal. The whole system should now be more
+ robust and more accurate.
+\item The new date-handling code shouldn't require any changes to your
+ .bib files, but users of the author-date style may want to have a
+ look at the documentation of the \textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}
+ entry types, and of the four date fields, for some information about
+ how the changes could simplify the creation of their databases.
+\item Various other minor improvements.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.8a: Released September 21, 2011}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Fixed a series of unsightly errors in the author-date style,
+ discovered while working on the pending update to the 16th edition.
+\item Fixed bugs uncovered in both the author-date and the notes \&\
+ bibliography styles thanks to Charles Schaum's adventurous use of
+ the \textsf{origyear} field.
+\item Added two new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files to fix potential
+ bugs in some of the audiovisual entry types.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.8: Released August 31, 2011}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere
+ to the author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber}
+ to process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more
+ recent variants) will no longer provide all the required features.
+ Unfortunately, however, the current release of \textsf{Biber}
+ (0.9.5) contains bugs that make it tricky to use with
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. These bugs have been addressed in 0.9.6
+ beta, which is available for various operating systems in the
+ \texttt{development} subdirectory of your SourceForge mirror, e.g.,
+ \href{http://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/download.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/b/project/bi/biblatex-biber/biblatex-biber/development/binaries/}{UK
+ mirror}. (If, by the time you read this, \textsf{Biber} 0.9.6 has
+ already been released, then so much the better.) Please see the
+ start of \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} for more details.
+\item The switch to \textsf{Biber} for the author-date specification
+ means that \textsf{biblatex} now provides considerably enhanced
+ handling of the various date fields. I have attempted to document
+ the relevant changes in \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and in the
+ \textbf{date} discussion in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
+ above, but in my testing the only alterations I've so far had to
+ make to my .bib files involve adhering more closely to the
+ instructions for specifying date ranges. \textsf{Biber} doesn't
+ like \{\texttt{1968/75}\}, and will ignore it. Either use
+ \{\texttt{1968/1975}\} or use \{\texttt{1968-{}-75}\} in the
+ \textsf{year} field.
+\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, and mainly in
+ \textsf{article}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}, and
+ \textsf{review} entries, previous releases of
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} recommended using the \cmd{isdot} macro
+ when you needed both to define a field and not have it appear in the
+ printed output. This mechanism no longer works in \textsf{biblatex}
+ 1.6, and while addressing the problem I realized that relying on it
+ covered over some inconsistencies and bugs in my code, so from this
+ release forward you will need to modify your .bib and .tex files to
+ use other, more standard mechanisms to achieve the same ends, in
+ particular the \cmd{headlesscite} commands and declaring
+ \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options} field. Please
+ consult the documentation in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, s.v.\
+ \enquote{\cmd{isdot},} for a list of example entries where you can
+ see these changes at work.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Fixed the \cmd{smartcite} citation command in, and added a
+ \cmd{smartcites} command to, \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, so that the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style no longer prints parentheses around
+ citations produced using \cmd{autocite(s)} commands inside\break
+ \cmd{footnote} commands. Many thanks to Louis-Dominique Dubeau for
+ pointing out this error.
+\item Rembrandt Wolpert and Aaron Lambert pointed out an issue with a
+ command (\cmd{lbx@fromlang}) that \textsf{biblatex} no longer
+ defines, and Charles Schaum very kindly suggested a temporary
+ workaround in a newsgroup post, a workaround that should no longer
+ be necessary.
+\item Version 1.6 of \textsf{biblatex} no longer allows you to
+ redefine the \texttt{minnames} and \texttt{maxnames} options in the
+ \cmd{printbibliography} command, so I've defined
+ \texttt{minbibnames} and \texttt{maxbibnames} in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, instead. These parameters have been
+ available since version 1.1, so this is now the earliest version of
+ \textsf{biblatex} that will work with the Chicago styles. Of
+ course, if the (Chicago-recommended) values of these options don't
+ suit your needs, you can redefine them in your document preamble.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.7a: Released March 17, 2011}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Added \cmd{smartcite} command to \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} so
+ that the notes \&\ bibliography style will work with
+ \textsf{biblatex} 1.3.
+\item Added bibstrings \texttt{byconductor} and \texttt{cbyconductor}
+ to the .lbx files, mistakenly omitted in version 0.9.7.
+\item Minor fixes to the docs.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.7: Released February 15, 2011}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The \textbf{customa} and \textbf{customb} entry types are now
+ obsolete. Any such entries will be ignored. Please change any that
+ remain to \textbf{letter} and \textbf{bookinbook}, respectively.
+\item If you still have any \textbf{customc} entries containing
+ introductions, prefaces, or the like, please change them to
+ \textbf{suppbook}. I have recycled \textsf{customc} for another
+ purpose, on which see below.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item At the request of Johan Nordstrom, I have added three new
+ audiovisual entry types to both styles, \textbf{audio},
+ \textbf{music}, and \textbf{video}. The documentation of
+ \textsf{audio} in sections~ \ref{sec:entrytypes} and
+ \ref{sec:types:authdate} above contains an overview of the three,
+ and the details for each type are to be found under their individual
+ headings.
+\item I have transformed the \textbf{customc} entry type to enable
+ alphabetized cross-referen\-ces --- the \enquote{c} is meant to be
+ mnemonic --- to other, separate entries in a reference list or
+ bibliography. In particular, this facilitates cross-references to
+ other names in a list, rather than to other works. In author-date,
+ in a procedure recommended by the \emph{Manual}, this now allows you
+ to expand shorthands inside the reference list rather than in a list
+ of shorthands. In both styles, you can now provide a pointer to the
+ main entry if a reader is looking an author up under, e.g., a
+ pseudonym or other alternative name.
+\item I have introduced the \textbf{userc} field, intended to simplify
+ the printing of the cross-references provided by \textsf{customc}
+ entries. The standard \cmd{nocite} command works as well, but the
+ additional mechanism may be more convenient in some circumstances.
+\item You can now provide an \textbf{eventdate} in \textsf{music}
+ entries to identify, e.g., a particular recording session. It will
+ be printed just after the \textsf{title}.
+\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I have now implemented the
+ \textbf{shorthandintro} field, which allows you to change the string
+ introducing a shorthand in the first, long note. It works just as
+ it does in the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles.
+\item At the request of Scot Becker, I have added six new
+ field-exclusion options to both styles, all of which can be set both
+ in the document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of
+ individual .bib entries. Three of these --- \texttt{doi},
+ \texttt{isbn}, and \texttt{url} --- are standard \textsf{biblatex}
+ options, the others --- \texttt{bookpages}, \texttt{includeall}, and
+ \texttt{numbermonth} --- are \textsf{chicago}-specific. See the
+ docs in sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and \ref{sec:authpreset},
+ above.
+\item At the request of Charles Schaum, I've added the
+ \texttt{juniorcomma} option to both styles, which can be set in the
+ document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of individual
+ entries. It allows you to get the traditional comma between a
+ surname and \enquote{Jr.} or \enquote{Sr.}
+\item Fixed an old inaccuracy in the presentation of \enquote{Jr.} and
+ \enquote{Sr.,} so that they now appear at the end of names printed
+ surname first in bibliographies and reference lists.
+\item Thanks to Andrew Goldstone, I fixed some old inaccuracies in the
+ syntax of shortened notes and bibliography entries presenting
+ multiple contributions to one multi-author (or single-author)
+ volume.
+\item I've altered the directory structure of the archive containing
+ this release. Files were multiplying, and look set to multiply
+ still further, so I've copied the structure used by Lehman for
+ \textsf{biblatex} itself.
+\item Fixed an old bug, which I'd guess was triggered quite rarely, in
+ the formatting of publication information in long notes.
+\item Fixed another bug in author-date where the colon separating
+ titles and subtitles was in the wrong font. The \textsf{biblatex}
+ \texttt{punctfont} option solved this.
+\item Fixed a punctuation bug in \textsf{InReference} entries in the
+ notes \&\ bibliography style. Also fixed \textsf{title}
+ presentation in \textsf{Reference} entries in author-date.
+\item Fixed some inaccuracies in the tests establishing priority
+ between \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields. These arose
+ when date ranges were involved, and it's possible I haven't yet
+ addressed all possible permutations of the problem.
+\item Added several new bibstrings to the \textsf{cms-*.lbx} files for
+ the new audiovisual entry types. This means that the
+ \textsf{editortype} fields can now be set to \texttt{director},
+ \texttt{producer}, or \texttt{conductor}, depending on your needs.
+ You can also set the fields to \texttt{none}, which eliminates all
+ identifying strings, and which is useful for identifying performers
+ of various sorts.
+\item Minor improvements to documentation.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.5a: Released September 7, 2010}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Quick fix for an elementary and show-stopping mistake in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go.sty}, a mistake disguised if you load
+ \textsf{csquotes}, which I do in all my test files. Mea culpa.
+ Many thanks indeed to Israel Jacques and Emil Salim for pointing
+ this out to me.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9.5: Released September 3, 2010}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item All the custom entry types --- \textbf{customa},
+ \textbf{customb}, and \textbf{customc} --- are now deprecated. They
+ will still work for the time being, but please be aware that in the
+ next major release they will no longer function, at least not as you
+ might be expecting. Please change your .bib files to use
+ \textbf{letter} (=\textbf{customa}), \textbf{bookinbook}
+ (=\textbf{customb}), and \textbf{suppbook} (=\textbf{customc})
+ instead.
+\item If by some chance anyone is still using the old \cmd{custpunctc}
+ macro, it is now obsolete. It really shouldn't be needed, but let
+ me know if I'm wrong.
+\end{itemize}
+
+%\vspace{2\baselineskip}
+
+Other New Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The Chicago author-date style is now implemented in the
+ package, and is fully documented in section~\ref{sec:authdate},
+ above.
+\item The default way of loading the style(s) has slightly changed.
+ You should put either \texttt{notes} or \texttt{authordate} in the
+ options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, e.g.:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \cmd{usepackage[authordate,more options%
+ \,\ldots]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
+ \end{quote}
+\item With the addition of the second Chicago style, I have thought it
+ appropriate to alter both the name of the package and the names of
+ the files it contains. The package is now \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+ instead of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, and the following
+ files have been renamed:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}
+ \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.bbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}
+ \item \textsf{sample.tex} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex}
+ \item \textsf{sample.pdf} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}
+ \item \textsf{chicago-test.bib} is now \textsf{notes-test.bib}
+ \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf} (this file) is now
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}
+ \end{itemize}
+ The following files have been added:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}
+ \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}
+ \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex}
+ \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}
+ \item \textsf{dates-test.bib}
+ \end{itemize}
+ The following files have retained their old names:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \textsf{cms-american.lbx}
+ \item \textsf{cms-french.lbx}
+ \item \textsf{cms-german.lbx}
+ \item \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}
+ \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}
+ \end{itemize}
+\item I have implemented the \textsf{pubstate} field, slightly
+ differently yet compatibly in the two styles, to provide a simpler
+ mechanism for identifying a reprinted book. In the author-date
+ style, it is highly recommended you use it, as it sorts out some
+ complicated formatting questions automatically. In the notes \&\
+ bibliography style it isn't strictly necessary, but may be useful
+ anyway and easier to remember than the old system. See the
+ documentation under \textsf{pubstate} in
+ sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
+\item Users of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} no longer need a
+ \textsf{shortauthor} field in author-less \textsf{manual} entries,
+ or in author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entries with a
+ \texttt{maga\-zine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The package will now
+ automatically take an author for short notes from the
+ \textsf{organization} field for \textsf{manual} entries and from the
+ \textsf{journaltitle} field for the others. You can still use a
+ \textsf{shortauthor} field if you want, but it's no longer
+ necessary. (This also holds for \textsf{chicago-authordate}.)
+\item Date presentation in the \textsf{misc} entry type (with
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}) has changed to fix an inaccuracy. You can
+ now use the \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields to
+ distinguish between two sorts of archival source: letters and
+ \enquote{letter-like} sources use \textsf{origdate}, interviews and
+ other non-letters use \textsf{date}. The only difference is in how
+ the date is printed, so current .bib entries will continue to work
+ fine, albeit with minor inaccuracies in the case of non-letter-like
+ sources. See the docs on \textbf{misc} in
+ sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and \ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
+\item When only one date is presented in a \textsf{patent} entry ---
+ either in the \textsf{date} or \textsf{origdate} field --- this will
+ now always be used as the filing date. In
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, this makes a change from the
+ previous (incorrect) behavior.
+\item I have included the option \texttt{dateabbrev=false} in the
+ default settings for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. This ensures
+ that the long month names are printed, as otherwise recent releases
+ of \textsf{biblatex} print the abbreviated ones by default.
+\item The provision of punctuation in \textsf{entrysubtype}
+ \texttt{classical} entries has been improved, allowing the comma to
+ appear before certain kinds of location specifiers even when citing
+ works by their traditional divisions. See \emph{Manual} 17.253.
+ (This applies to both Chicago styles.)
+\item The \textsf{number} field in \textsf{article},
+ \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries now allows you to
+ include a series or range of numbers in the field, with the style
+ automatically providing the correct bibstring (singular or plural).
+\item I have removed and altered bibstrings in the .lbx files to take
+ advantage of the new \cmd{bibsstring} and \cmd{biblstring} commands
+ in \textsf{biblatex}, and added one new string
+ (\texttt{origpubyear}) needed by
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9a: Released March 20, 2010}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Quick fixes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.9a.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.9: Released March 18, 2010}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The \textbf{userd} field is now obsolete. All information it
+ used to hold should be placed in the \textsf{edition} field.
+\item The \textbf{origyear} field is now obsolete in
+ \textsf{biblatex}. It has been replaced by \textbf{origdate}, and
+ because the latter allows a full date specification, I have been
+ able to make the operation of \textsf{customa} (=\,\textsf{letter}),
+ \textsf{misc} (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), and \textsf{patent}
+ entries more intuitive. The RELEASE file contained in this package
+ gives the short instructions on how to update your .bib files, and
+ you can also consult the documentation of those entry types above.
+\item The modified \textsf{csquotes.cfg} file I provided in earlier
+ releases is now obsolete, and has been removed from the package.
+ Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{cs\-quotes} and, if
+ you are still using my modified .cfg file, remove it from your \TeX\
+ search path, or at the very least excise the code I provided.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Added the files \textsf{cms-german.lbx} (with its clone
+ \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}) and \textsf{cms-french\break .lbx}, which
+ allow the creation of Chicago-like references in those languages.
+ See section \ref{sec:international} above for details on usage.
+\item Added the \texttt{annotation} package option to allow the
+ creation of annotated bibliographies. This code is still not
+ entirely polished yet, but it is usable. Please see page
+ \pageref{sec:annote} above for instructions and hints.
+\item Added \textsf{biblatex's} new \textbf{bookinbook} entry type,
+ which currently functions as an alias of the \textsf{customb} type.
+ As \textsf{biblatex} now provides standard equivalents for all of
+ the custom types I initially found it necessary to provide ---
+ \textsf{letter}~= \textsf{customa}, \textsf{bookinbook}~=
+ \textsf{customb}, and \textsf{suppbook} \& \textsf{suppcollection}~=
+ \textsf{customc} --- it may soon be time to prune out the custom
+ types to enhance compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.
+ I shall give plenty of warning before I do so.
+\item In line with the new system adopted in \textsf{biblatex} 0.9,
+ using the \textsf{editortype} field turns off the usual string
+ concatenation mechanisms of the Chicago style. See Lehman's RELEASE
+ file for a discussion of this.
+\item I have added support for the new \textsf{editor[a--c]} and
+ \textsf{editor[a--c]type} fields, and they work just as in standard
+ \textsf{biblatex}, though I'm uncertain how much use they'll get
+ from users of the Chicago style.
+\item I have added many bibstrings to the .lbx files to help with
+ internationalization. The new ones that you might want to use in
+ your .bib files include: \texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{nodate},
+ \texttt{revisededition}, \texttt{numbers}, and \texttt{reviewof}.
+ Please see section~\ref{sec:international} for a fuller list.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.9d: Released February 17, 2010}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Chris Sparks and Aaron Lambert both found formatting bugs in the
+ 0.8.9c code. I've fixed these bugs, and am releasing this version
+ now, the last in the 0.8.9 series. The next release of
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, due as soon as possible, will
+ contain many more significant changes, including those necessary for
+ it to function properly with the recently-released \textsf{biblatex}
+ version 0.9. In the meantime, at least version 0.8.9d should produce
+ more accurate output.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.9c: Released November 4, 2009}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Emil Salim noticed that the \emph{ibidem} mechanism wasn't
+ working properly, printing the page number after \enquote{Ibid} even
+ when the page reference of the preceding citation was identical.
+ The fix for this involved setting \texttt{loccittracker=constrict}
+ in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, something you'll have to do
+ manually yourself if you're loading the package via a call to
+ \textsf{biblatex} rather than to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
+\item Several users have reported unwanted behavior when repeated
+ names in bibliographies are replaced with the \texttt{bibnamedash}.
+ This release should fix both when the \texttt{bibnamedash} appears
+ and what punctuation follows it.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.9b: Released September 9, 2009}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Fixed a long-standing bug in formatting names in the
+ bibliography. The package now correctly places a comma after the
+ reversed name that begins the entry, using \textsf{biblatex's}
+ \cmd{revsdnamedelim} command. Many thanks to Johanna Pink for
+ catching my rather egregious error.
+\item While fixing some formatting errors that cropped up when using
+ the newest version of \textsf{biblatex} (0.8h at time of writing), I
+ also spotted some more venerable bugs in the code for using
+ shortened cross-references for citing multiple entries in a
+ collection of essays or letters. I believe this now works
+ correctly, but please let me know if you discover differently.
+\item Joseph Reagle noticed that endnote marks (produced using the
+ \textsf{endnotes} package) did not receive the
+ same treatment as footnote marks. I have rectified this, placing
+ the code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} so that you can turn it
+ off either by using the old package-loading system or by setting the
+ \texttt{footmarkoff} package option when loading
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
+\item Updates to Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package have rendered my
+ modifications in \textsf{cs\-quotes.cfg} obsolete. Please use the
+ latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (4.4a at time of writing) and
+ ignore my file, which will disappear in a later release.
+\item At the request of Will Small, I have included some code, still
+ in an alpha state, to allow you to specify, in the bibliography, the
+ original publication details of essays which you are citing from
+ later reprints (a \emph{Collected Essays} volume, for example). See
+ the documentation above under the \textsf{\mycolor{reprinttitle}}
+ field if you would like to test this functionality.
+\end{itemize}
+
+%%\enlargethispage{-3\baselineskip}
+
+\textbf{0.8.9a: Released July 5, 2009}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Slight changes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.8e.
+ The package still works with 0.8c and 0.8d, as well.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.9: Released July 2, 2009}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The \textbf{single-letter bibstrings} (\cmd{bibstring\{a\}},
+ \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.) are now obsolete. You should replace
+ any still present in your .bib file with \cmd{autocap} commands ---
+ see §~3.8.4 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The default way of loading the package is now with
+
+ \cmd{usepackage[further-options]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
+
+ rather than
+
+ \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df,further-options]\{biblatex\}}.
+
+ Please see section~\ref{sec:loading} above for details and hints.
+\item Package-specific bibstrings have been removed from the .cbx and
+ .bbx files and are now gathered in a new file,
+ \textbf{cms-american.lbx}, which changes the way the package
+ interacts with \textbf{babel}. It is now somewhat simpler if you
+ want the defaults, but somewhat more complex if you require
+ non-standard features. Please see section~\ref{sec:otherpacks}
+ above for more details.
+\item Two new entry types have been added: \textbf{artwork} for works
+ of visual art excluding photographs, and \textbf{image} for
+ photographs. See the documentation of \textsf{artwork} for how to
+ create .bib entries for both types.
+\item Added the new bibliography and entry option
+ \textbf{usecompiler}, set to \texttt{true} by default. This
+ streamlines the code that finds a name to head an entry
+ (\textbf{author -> editor [or namea] -> translator [or nameb] ->
+ compiler [namec] -> title}). The whole system should work more
+ consistently now, but do see the \textsf{author} and \textsf{namec}
+ documentation for improved notes on how to use it.
+\item Added the new bibliography option \textbf{footmarkoff}, to turn
+ off the optional in-line (as opposed to superscript) formatting of
+ the marks in foot- or endnotes. You only need this if you load the
+ package with the new default \cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}};
+ users loading it the old way get default \LaTeX\ formatting.
+\item At Matthew Lundin's request, I have added the citation command
+ \textbf{\textbackslash head\-lesscite}, which works like
+ \cmd{headlessfullcite} but allows \textsf{biblatex} to decide
+ whether to print the full or the short note.
+\item Fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing
+ end-of-entry punctuation, which should solve some of the bugs users
+ have been finding. See section~\ref{sec:otherhints}, above, and do
+ please let me know if inconsistencies remain.
+\item Added a modified \textbf{csquotes.cfg} file to address issues
+ users were having when using the \textbf{Xe\LaTeX} engine in
+ combination with \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. See
+ section~\ref{sec:otherpacks}, above.
+\item Added \texttt{natbib} option to allow users of the default setup
+ to continue to benefit from \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{natbib}
+ compatibility code. Thanks to Bennett Helm for pointing out this
+ issue.
+\item Added a \textbf{shorthandibid} option to allow the printing of
+ \emph{ibid.}\ in consecutive references to an entry that contains a
+ \textsf{shorthand} field. Thanks to Chris Sparks for calling my
+ attention to this problem.
+\item While investigating the preceding, I noticed failures when
+ combining the \texttt{short} option with a \textsf{shorthand} field.
+ The package now actually does what it has always claimed to do under
+ \textbf{shorthand}.
+\item Many small bug fixes and improvements to the documentation.
+\end{itemize}
+
+To Do:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The shorthand vs \emph{ibid.}\ question may need more careful
+ addressing in some cross references, and also in relation to the
+ \texttt{noibid} package option.
+\item Charles Schaum has quite rightly pointed out the inconsistency
+ in my naming conventions --- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} as
+ opposed to \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx}, for example. I'm going to
+ delay a decision on which way to go with this until a later release.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.5a: Released June 14, 2009}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Quick and dirty fixes to bibliography strings to allow
+ compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} version 0.8d. If you are still
+ using 0.8c, then I would wait for the next version of
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, which is due soon. See README.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.5: Released January 10, 2009}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
+
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item The \textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} commands are now
+ deprecated --- Lehman's \enquote{American} punctuation tracking
+ facilities should handle quoted text automatically, assuming you
+ remember always to use \textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote} in your
+ database. If you still need \cmd{custpunct}, please let me know,
+ as it may be an error in the style.
+ \item With \cmd{custpunct} no longer needed, the toggles activated
+ by placing \enquote{\texttt{plain}} in the \textbf{type} or
+ \textbf{userb} fields are also deprecated.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item At least \textbf{biblatex 0.8b} is now required --- 0.8c works
+ fine, as well.
+\item I now \emph{strongly recommend} that you use \textbf{babel} with
+ \enquote{\texttt{american}} as the main text language. See
+ section~\ref{sec:otherpacks} above for further details.
+\item The \textbf{customc} entry type has been revised, allowing you
+ to cite any sort of supplementary material using the \textbf{type}
+ field instead of relying on toggles in the \textsf{introduction},
+ \textsf{afterword}, and \textsf{foreword} fields, though these
+ latter still work. The two new entry types \textbf{suppbook} and
+ \textbf{suppcollection} are both aliased to \textsf{customc}, and
+ therefore work in exactly the same way.
+\item The new entry type \textbf{suppperiodical} is aliased to
+ \textbf{review}.
+\item The new entry type \textbf{letter} is aliased to
+ \textbf{customa}.
+\item In \textbf{inreference} entries the \textsf{postnote} field of
+ all \cmd{cite} commands is now treated like data in \textsf{lista},
+ that is, it will be placed within quotation marks and prefaced with
+ the appropriate string. The only difference is that you can only
+ put one such article name in \textsf{postnote}, as it isn't a list
+ field.
+\item I've set the new \textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{usetranslator}
+ to \texttt{true} by default, which means entries will automatically
+ be alphabetized by their \textsf{translator} in the absence of an
+ \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
+\item A host of small formatting errors were eliminated, nearly all of
+ them through adopting Lehman's punctuation tracker.
+\item In the main body of this documentation, I've added some
+ \mycolor{\textbf{color coding}} to help you more quickly to identify
+ entry types and fields that are either new or that have undergone
+ significant revision.
+\end{itemize}
+
+To Do:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation
+ \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file. This is an
+ architectural change recommended by Lehman.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.2.2: Released November 24, 2008}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Fixed spurious commas appearing in some bibliography entries,
+ spotted by Nick Andrewes. While investigating this I noticed a more
+ general problem with punctuation after italicized titles ending with
+ question marks or exclamation points. This will be addressed in
+ forthcoming revisions both of \textsf{biblatex} and of this package.
+\item Nick also reported some problems with spurious punctuation in
+ the bibliography when using XeLaTeX. I haven't yet been able to pin
+ down the exact cause of these, but if you are using XeLaTeX and are
+ having (or have solved) similar problems I'd be interested to hear
+ from you.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.2: Released November 3, 2008}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Fixed several formatting glitches between citations in multicite
+ commands (spotted by Joseph Reagle) and also after some prenotes.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.8.1: Released October 22, 2008}
+
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The \textbf{origlocation} field is now obsolete, and has been
+ replaced by \textbf{lista}. Please update your .bib files
+ accordingly.
+\item The single-letter \textbf{\textbackslash bibstring} commands I
+ provided in version 0.7 are now deprecated. In most cases, you'll
+ be able to take advantage of the automatic contextual capitalization
+ facilities introduced in this release, but if you still need the
+ single-letter \cmd{bibstring} functionality then you should switch
+ to \cmd{autocap}, as I shall be removing the single-letter
+ \texttt{bibstrings} in a future release. See above under
+ \textbf{\textbackslash autocap} for all the details.
+\item The \textbf{userd} field is now deprecated, as \textsf{biblatex}
+ 0.8 allows all forms of data to be included in the \textsf{edition}
+ field. I shall be removing \textsf{userd} in a future release, so
+ please update your .bib files as soon as is convenient.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Updated the .bbx and .cbx files to work with \textsf{biblatex}
+ 0.8. This most recent version of \textsf{biblatex} is now required
+ for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df} to work.
+\item Added the \textbf{usera} field, which holds supplemental
+ information about a \textsf{journaltitle} in \textsf{article} and
+ \textsf{review} entries. See the documentation of the field for
+ details.
+\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash citetitles} multicite command
+ to fix a problem with spurious punctuation when multiple titles were
+ listed.
+\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle} command to help with
+ automatic capitalization of titles when they occur at the beginning
+ of a note.
+\item Minor punctuation fixes in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.bbx}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+To Do:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Integrate \textsf{biblatex's} American punctuation facilities.
+\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation
+ \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file. This is an
+ architectural change recommended by Lehman.
+\item Investigate and possibly integrate the new entry types provided
+ in \textsf{biblatex} 0.8.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{0.7: First public release, September 18, 2008}
+
+\end{document}
+
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b662e9ef26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..955b989e6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-intro.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1338 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+%\usepackage{endnotes}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[authordate,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,%
+bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict,%
+annotation]{biblatex-chicago}
+% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,%
+% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{13pt}
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\hyphenation{evans-ton clem-ens mc-hugh}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{5pt}
+\providecommand{\theendnote}{}
+\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}
+\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
+\newcommand{\mycolor}{}%[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}}
+\usepackage{xr-hyper}
+\externaldocument[cms-]{../../Docs/biblatex-chicago}%
+\externaldocument[trad-]{cms-trad-appendix}
+\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor}
+\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,urlcolor=DarkSlateGrey,citecolor=MidnightBlue,
+plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey,filecolor=Teal,
+baseurl=biblatex-chicago.pdf\#]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{cmsdocs}
+\bibliography{dates-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+%\tracingstats=2
+\begin{document}
+
+\section*{The Chicago Author-Date Specification}
+\label{sec:spec}
+
+This file is intended as a brief introduction to the Chicago
+author-date specification (16th ed.) \autocite{chicago:manual} as
+implemented by \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and falls somewhere in
+between the \enquote{Quickstart} section of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} and the full documentation as presented
+in section~5 \cmssecref{cms-sec:authdate} of that same document. I've
+attempted to design this introduction for ease of cross-reference, so
+clicking on citations should bring you to the reference list entry,
+whence clicking on the entry key in the annotations should present you
+with the entry as it appears in the .bib file, where clicking on the
+entry type should return you to the reference list. If you have
+questions beyond the scope of this introduction, then the full
+documentation is the place to look next --- marginal notes here refer
+to section or page numbers there, and if you've installed the package
+using the standard \TeX\ Live method then clicking on these marginal
+notes should take you to the other document. If you can't find
+answers there, please write to me at the email address in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}.
+
+\subsection*{Important Note}
+\label{bibernote}
+
+Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
+author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to
+process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
+variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires.
+For this release, you really need the current versions of
+\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain
+features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that
+follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if
+you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need
+\textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a.
+
+\subsection*{Editions}
+\label{editions}
+
+The 16th edition of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style} implements
+significant changes to what the author-date specification has,
+historically, recommended, and there are certain to be users who
+prefer the older format with titles capitalized sentence-style and
+not, in the case of most un-book-like entries, enclosed in quotation
+marks. For such users, the \textsf{authordate-trad} style, as
+envisaged by the \textcite[15.45]{chicago:manual}, grafts the
+traditional Chicago author-date title formatting onto the current
+recommendations for the remainder of the reference apparatus. Please
+consult
+\href{file:cms-trad-appendix.pdf}{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}} for
+notes on the few .bib entries from this introduction that would
+require modification for the \texttt{trad} style; for the remainder,
+you'll notice a few extra sets of curly braces in various
+\textsf{title} fields to make the entry usable in both author-date
+styles. I have removed the 15th-edition styles from the package to
+prepare for the appearance of the new 17th-edition styles, which will
+be the focus of my attention, after this last 16th-edition release.
+
+\subsection*{Usage}
+\label{usage}
+
+As a general rule, you'll probably want to use the \cmd{autocite}
+command for most citations. For most sources, the result will be
+exactly as you expect it to be. A few examples:
+\autocite{adorno:benj}; \autocite{ashbrook:brain};
+\autocite{babb:peru}; \autocite{barcott:review}. Any page references
+should also appear as you expect: \autocite[338]{batson};
+\autocite[79]{beattie:crime}; \autocite[36]{boxer:china}.
+
+\subsection*{Repeated citations}
+\label{sec:ibidem}
+
+Repeated citations are somewhat complicated. The Chicago author-date
+style doesn't use \enquote{\emph{Ibid},} but in general a repeated
+citation on the same page will print only the page reference:
+\autocite{browning:aurora}; \autocite[45]{browning:aurora}.
+Technically, this should only occur when a source is cited
+\enquote{more than once in one paragraph}
+\autocite[15.26]{chicago:manual}, so you can use the \cmd{citereset}
+command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as
+the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section,
+and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically resets the tracker at page breaks:
+
+\citereset\cmd{citereset}\ \autocite[15.27]{chicago:manual}. If you
+are going to repeat a source, make sure that the cite command provides
+a postnote --- when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you'll no longer
+get any annoying empty parentheses, but you will get another standard
+citation, which may add too much clutter: \autocite{chicago:manual}.
+If you don't need to cite a specific page, then it may be better, or
+at least more concise, only to use one citation command rather than
+two.
+
+\subsection*{Other citation commands}
+\label{sec:other}
+
+The other \cmssecref{cms-sec:cite:authordate} citation commands from
+\textsf{biblatex} also work fine:
+
+\cmd{textcite}: \textcite{conley:fifthgrade}; \cmd{autocite*}:
+\autocite*{connell:chronic}; \cmd{cite}: \cite{conway:evolution};
+\cmd{cite*}: \cite*{davenport:attention}; \cmd{foot\-note} with
+\cmd{autocite};\footnote{\autocite{donne:var}.}\ \cmd{footcite}
+(=\cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}). \footcite{dunn:revolutions}
+
+Multicites should work as you expect, too:
+
+\cmd{autocites}: \autocites{dyna:browser}{eliot:pound};
+\cmd{autocites} by the same author:
+\autocites{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}; \cmd{autocites} by the same
+author with postnotes: \autocites{pirumova}[14]{pirumova:russian};
+\cmd{textcites} by the same author with postnotes:
+\textcites[37]{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}.
+
+\textsf{Biblatex-chicago} now also provides a \cmd{gentextcite}
+command, which prints an \gentextcite{author:forthcoming} name in the
+genitive case in what is otherwise a standard \cmd{textcite}. If you
+want to change the default -- \textbf{'s} -- printed there you can
+specify whatever text you wish like so:
+\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. There is also a
+\cmd{gentextcites} command, modified thus:
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{key1\}\{key2\}}.
+
+\subsection*{Shorthands}
+\label{sec:shorthands}
+
+Chicago's author-date style
+\cmssecref[shorthand]{cms-sec:ad:shorthand} only seems to recommend
+the use of shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' names,
+particularly institutional names \autocite[15.36]{chicago:manual}. By
+default, I have followed this recommendation: \cmd{autocites}:
+\autocites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}; \cmd{textcites}:
+\textcites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}. This \textsf{shorthand}
+will by default appear at the head of the entry in the list of
+references, followed by the parenthesized expansion of the shorthand,
+taken from the \textsf{author} field. (This is a change from the 15th
+edition.) You will usually also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to make
+sure that the entry is alphabetized by the \textsf{shorthand} rather
+than by the \textsf{title}. If you use a
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shorthand\}} command, the list of shorthands will
+still be printed, so you now have a variety of options available for
+presenting the expansions depending on your specific requirements.
+Please note, also, that you can get back something approaching the
+\enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give the
+\texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
+document preamble.
+
+\subsection*{Mildly problematic entries}
+\label{sec:problematic}
+
+In most \cmssecref[author]{cms-sec:ad:author} entries, the absence of
+an author can be supplied by, e.g., an editor or a translator:
+\autocite{chaucer:alt}; \autocite{silver:gawain}. Sometimes an
+anonymous work's author is known or can be guessed:
+\autocite{horsley:prosodies}; \autocite{cook:sotweed}. Alternatively,
+in some cases the \textsf{title} may appear in place of the
+\textsf{author}: \autocite{anon:stanze};
+\autocite{virginia:plantation}. The 16th edition is less than
+enthusiastic about the use of \enquote{\texttt{Anon.}}\ as author.
+
+By default, in most \cmssecref[date]{cms-sec:ad:date} entry types, an
+absent \textsf{date} will automatically provoke \textsf{Biber} into
+searching for other sorts of dates in the entry, in the order
+\textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, urlyear}: e.g.,
+\autocite{evanston:library}, which only has a \textsf{urlyear}. In
+three entry types --- \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and
+\textsf{Video} --- this search order is \textsf{eventyear, origyear,
+ year, urlyear}, as in these types the earliest year should take
+precedence (cf.\ page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below). You can also
+change the default search order, for all but the three types just
+mentioned, by using the \texttt{cmsdate} option in the preamble of
+your document, instead of (or in addition to) using it in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual entries. Setting that option in
+the preamble either to \enquote{\texttt{both}} or
+\enquote{\texttt{on}} makes the document-wide search order:
+\textsf{origyear, year, eventyear, urlyear}. This may be useful for
+documents that contain many entries with multiple dates, and where you
+want \emph{always} to present the earlier (i.e., \textsf{orig}) dates
+at the head of reference list entries and in citations. You can
+eliminate some of these dates from the running, or change the search
+order, using the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command in your preamble, but
+please be aware that I have hard-coded the possibilities above into
+the author-date style in order to cope with some tricky corners of the
+specification. If you reorder these dates, and your references enter
+these tricky corners, the results might be surprising. (Cf.\
+section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.)
+
+In most entry types, the absence of all four possible dates will
+automatically produce \mbox{\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}}}
+instead: \autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it
+yourself in the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}:
+\autocite{ross:thesis}. A date that can be guessed should appear
+within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. You can handle
+forthcoming works in one of two ways: either by using the
+\cmd{autocap} macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the
+\textsf{date}) field, or by placing the exact string
+\texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field. Either way the
+word will appear, correctly capitalized, in both citations and the
+list of references: \autocite{author:forthcoming};
+\autocite{contrib:contrib}.
+
+The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed the rules for
+entries with more than one date \autocite[15.38]{chicago:manual}.
+First, \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} entries
+have their own rules, which are applied automatically. (Once again,
+see page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below.) For other entry types,
+there are two options, corresponding to two different states of the
+\texttt{cmsdate} entry (or preamble) option. The default is
+\texttt{cmsdate=off}: \autocite{maitland:equity}. Here, setting the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to \texttt{reprint} ensures that a notice of
+the original publication date will be printed at the end of the
+reference list entry. Alternatively, you can use
+\texttt{cmsdate=both}: \autocite{emerson:nature};
+\autocite{maitland:canon}. \texttt{cmsdate=new} and
+\texttt{cmsdate=old} are both now synonyms of \texttt{both}, while
+\texttt{cmsdate=on} is still available even though it falls outside
+the specification: \autocite{james:ambassadors}. These options, in
+combination with others available in your .bib files, can cover a wide
+range of difficult cases. Please see the next section below, and also
+the following entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}:
+\autocites{schweitzer:bach}{white:russ}{white:ross:memo}.
+
+\subsection*{Corners of the specification}
+\label{sec:corners}
+
+In some cases, the \emph{Manual} isn't altogether clear about how to
+present entries in the author-date style. By following up on
+suggestions from the notes \&\ bibliography style, one can be
+reasonably certain about most of what follows, but if you interpret
+the specification differently please let me know.
+
+\subsubsection*{InReference entries}
+\label{sec:inref}
+
+These present \cmssecref[inreference]{cms-sec:ad:inreference} several
+peculiarities: the title of the work should always take the place of
+any author, no \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} will automatically
+be provided, and any postnote field will be enclosed in quotation
+marks preceded by \enquote{\texttt{s.v.}\hspace{-2pt}} for
+\enquote{\emph{sub verbo}.} This allows you to refer to alphabetized
+articles in well-known reference works: \autocite[Hume,
+David]{ency:britannica}; \autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius};
+\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Author-less Article, Review, and Manual entries}
+\label{sec:authless:art}
+
+In \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entries
+\cmssecref[article]{cms-sec:ad:article} with the \texttt{magazine}
+entrysubtype, the absence of an author automatically places the
+\textsf{journaltitle} of the periodical in citations and at the head
+of the entry in the list of references: \autocite{gourmet:052006}.
+(Without the entrysubtype, you'll get the \textsf{title} at the head
+rather than the \textsf{journaltitle}.) You can cite newspaper and
+magazine articles entirely within the text, i.e., without them
+appearing in the reference list \autocite[15.47]{chicago:manual}, if
+you set the \texttt{cmsdate=full} entry option:
+\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}; \autocite{nyt:trevorobit}. In
+\textsf{Manual} entries, the \textsf{organization} field does the
+same: \autocite{dyna:browser}. If you wish to present an abbreviated
+form of the organization name in citations only, then the
+\textsf{shortauthor} field --- or in other cases the
+\textsf{shorthand} field --- is the place for it:
+\autocite{bsi:abbreviation}. For abbreviated \textsf{journaltitles},
+you can use \textsf{shortjournal}, which also allows you, should you
+wish, to provide a list of abbreviated journal names with their
+expansions using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}:
+\autocite{unsigned:ranke}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Misc entries with an entrysubtype}
+\label{sec:misc}
+
+When \cmssecref[misc]{cms-sec:ad:misc} citing individual letter-like
+pieces from an unpublished archive where only an \textsf{origdate} is
+present, you no longer need to set the \texttt{cmsdate} option in your
+.bib entry, as \textsf{Biber} and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now handle
+this automatically: \autocite{creel:house}. Non-letters, e.g.,
+interviews, use the \textsf{date} field, so you don't need
+\texttt{cmsdate} there, either: \autocite{spock:interview}. For
+undated pieces you can put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} in the
+\textsf{year} field: \autocite{dinkel:agassiz}. For citing whole
+collections, see the next section.
+
+\subsubsection*{entrysubtype = \{classical\}}
+\label{sec:classical}
+
+This option's \cmssecref[entrysubtype]{cms-sec:ad:entrysubtype} name
+derives from its use for citing texts from classical antiquity, though
+in the author-date style especially it can be put to use in several
+other contexts. In a nutshell, any entry with such an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} will be treated, in citations only, not as
+author-date but as author-title. (Entries in the list of references,
+e.g., a particular edition of Aristotle, will still appear in standard
+author-date format.) A \cmd{cite*} or \cmd{autocite*} command will,
+in such a case, produce the title rather than the year. Some examples
+should make this clearer:
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+Classical works: without abbreviation:
+\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; with abbreviation:
+\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; \autocite{plato:republic:gr}; using
+standard pagination: \autocite*[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr};
+\autocite*[420e]{plato:republic:gr}; work cited by page of a modern
+edition, i.e., without \textsf{entrysubtype}:
+\autocite[198]{euripides:orestes}.
+
+Sacred works, e.g., the Bible and the Qur'an:
+\autocite[25:19--36:43]{genesis}.
+
+An unpublished archive, from which more than one work has been cited:
+\autocite[file 12]{house:papers}. (Both this and the previous example
+use a Misc entry with \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}.)
+
+\subsubsection*{Comments inside citations}
+\label{sec:comments}
+
+If you wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation,
+it will need to be separated by a semicolon
+\autocite[15.23]{chicago:manual}. If you have a \textsf{postnote},
+then you can manually provide the punctuation and comment in that
+field, e.g., \autocite[4; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}.
+Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have two choices. You can enable the
+\texttt{postnotepunct} package option, which allows you simply to type
+\cmd{autocite[; the unrevised trans.]\{stendhal:\\parma\}}
+\citereset\autocite[; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}, or you
+can continue to use a separate \textsf{Misc} or \textsf{CustomC} entry
+containing just the text of the comment in the \textsf{title} field,
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options}
+\texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command calling both the main
+text and the comment will then do the trick, e.g.,
+\autocites{chicago:manual}{chicago:comment}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Multiple authors}
+\label{sec:multiple}
+
+The default settings in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} are
+\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
+\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references
+(these latter parameters set in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}). In
+practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
+will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
+to one in citations, like so: \autocite{hlatky:hrt}. For the vast
+majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the
+Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference
+ list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also
+ be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are
+ different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations
+ must distinguish between them} \autocite[15.28]{chicago:manual}.
+The (\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option
+\texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+will automatically handle many of these situations for you, but it is
+as well to understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the
+limits, listed above, on how many names to print in a citation.
+Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a
+work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be
+(Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but
+inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different author lists are
+exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might
+look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\
+2002), which is what the specification requires.
+
+If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further down the author
+list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples --- then the
+default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 names
+printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, you
+can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this:
+\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\}
+and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive
+Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the
+references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of
+ Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,}
+2002), as the spec recommends. There is, unfortunately, no simpler
+way that I know of to deal with this situation.
+
+\subsubsection*{Audiovisual entries}
+\label{sec:audiovisual}
+
+According \cmssecref{cms-sec:ad:avdate} to the \emph{Manual},
+\enquote{Chicago recommends a more comprehensive approach to dating
+ audiovisual materials than in previous editions.} This means, for
+instance, that, even when consulting a digital copy, \enquote{it is
+ generally useful to give information about the original source.}
+Also, \enquote{the date of the original recording should be privileged
+ in the citation} \autocite[15.53]{chicago:manual}. The rather more
+book-like entries are generally unaffected by these changes, so
+published (\textsf{Audio}) and unpublished (\textsf{Misc}) scores are
+no problem at all: \autocite{schubert:muellerin};
+\autocite{verdi:corsaro}; \autocite{shapey:partita}. The dating of
+online materials has been enhanced: \autocite{coolidge:speech};
+\autocite{horowitz:youtube}; \autocite{pollan:plant}. The most
+significant changes, however, appear in \textsf{Music} and
+\textsf{Video} entries, where every effort should be made to find
+date(s) for sources: \autocite{auden:reading};
+\autocite{friends:leia}; \autocite{handel:messiah};
+\autocite{holiday:fool}; \autocite{nytrumpet:art}. Others perhaps
+require further information in the entry or genuinely are better
+suited to presentation in running text: \autocite{beethoven:sonata29}.
+The standard \textsf{biblatex} tools for subdividing reference lists
+are all available if you want to follow the \emph{Manual's}
+recommendations on presenting this kind of material separately from
+other sources.
+
+\subsubsection*{Related entries}
+\label{sec:related}
+
+\textsf{Biblatex} provides \cmssecref{cms-sec:authrelated} a powerful
+mechanism, using the \textsf{related} field, for grouping two (or
+more) works together in a single entry in the list of references,
+while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} offers both this functionality and
+some Chicago-specific variants which employ different means. You can
+find a full discussion of this in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, but a
+few of the entries already cited in this introduction show some of the
+possibilities: \autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans};
+\autocite{coolidge:speech}; \autocite{emerson:nature};
+\autocite{schweitzer:bach}.
+
+\subsection*{In conclusion}
+\label{sec:conclude}
+
+Allow me, finally, to emphasize just how multifarious are the sources
+illustrated in the \emph{CMS}, only a small selection of which have
+appeared in this introduction. You will find significantly fuller
+guidance in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf},
+but the \emph{CMS} itself defines the specification and shall
+arbitrate all disputes. If you see something in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} that looks wrong to you, or if the
+documentation has left you perplexed, please let me know.
+
+
+\printbibliography[title=References]
+\setlength{\textheight}{10.5in}
+\twocolumn[\Large \texttt{The Database File}]
+\vspace*{-6pt}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prologue]
+%% Database entries used to produce
+%% citations in this file, taken
+%% from dates-test.bib. I have
+%% removed the annotations to save
+%% room -- you can click on
+%% the entry type to return to the
+%% reference list entry, where you'll
+%% also find the annotations. You can
+%% click on text with a grey back-
+%% ground to switch to that entry
+%% within this .bib listing. Through-
+%% out this listing you'll see curly
+%% braces around parts of titles and
+%% subtitles, which allow the entry
+%% to work equally well in authordate
+%% and authordate-trad.
+
+@String{cup = {Cambridge University Press}}
+@String{hup = {Harvard University Press}}
+@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}}
+@String{oup = {Oxford University Press}}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=adorno:benj]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{adorno:benj}*,
+ title = {The Complete Correspondence, 1928--1940},
+ publisher = hup,
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Adorno, Theodor~W. and Benjamin, Walter},
+ editor = {Lonitz, Henri},
+ translator = {Nicholas Walker},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=anon:stanze]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{anon:stanze}*,
+ title = {Stanze in lode della donna brutta},
+ date = 1547,
+ address = {Florence},
+ shorttitle = {Stanze}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=aristotle:metaphy:gr]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{aristotle:metaphy:gr}[aristotle:metaphy:trans]*,
+ shorttitle = {Metaph\adddot},
+ title = {Metaphysics},
+ options = {skipbib},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ origdate = 1924,
+ date = 1997,
+ author = {Aristotle},
+ editor = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ publisher = {Oxford Univ.\ Press and Sandpiper Books},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ volumes = 2,
+ location = {Oxford}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=aristotle:metaphy:trans]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{aristotle:metaphy:trans}*,
+ title = {Metaphysica},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ year = 1928,
+ volume = 8,
+ author = {Aristotle},
+ editor = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ nameb = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ origlanguage = {greek},
+ userf = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault%
+{aristotle:metaphy:gr}{anchor}{}}%
+{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{aristotle:metaphy:gr}\}}*},
+ maintitle = {The Works of {Aristotle}, Translated into {English}},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ edition = 2,
+ location = {Oxford}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ashbrook:brain]
+*\adlnbackref{InBook}{ashbrook:brain}*,
+ author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch},
+ title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful God},
+ booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain},
+ publisher = {Pilgrim Press},
+ year = 1997,
+ chapter = 7,
+ location = {Cleveland, OH},
+ shorttitle = {The Frontal Lobes}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=auden:reading]
+*\adlnbackref{Music}{auden:reading}*,
+ title = {Selected Poems},
+ author = {Auden, W. H.},
+ date = {1991},
+ number = 7137,
+ series = {Spoken Arts},
+ type = {audiocassette},
+ note = {read by the author}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=author:forthcoming]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{author:forthcoming}*,
+ author = {Author, Margaret~M.},
+ title = {Article Title},
+ journaltitle = {Journal Name},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
+ volume = 98
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=babb:peru]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{babb:peru}*,
+ title = {Between Field and Cooking Pot},
+ subtitle = {The Political Economy of Marketwomen in {Peru}},
+ year = 1989,
+ author = {Babb, Florence},
+ publisher = {University of Texas Press},
+ edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}},
+ location = {Austin}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=barcott:review]
+*\adlnbackref{Review}{barcott:review}*,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review},
+ author = {Barcott, Bruce},
+ date = {2000-04-16},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin: The Story of a Family at Sea}, \bibstring{by} Fred Waitzkin},
+ pages = 7
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=batson]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{batson}*,
+ author = {Batson, C.~Daniel},
+ title = {How Social Is the Animal?},
+ subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring},
+ journaltitle = {American Psychologist},
+ volume = 45,
+ date = {1990-03},
+ pages = {336--346}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=beattie:crime]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{beattie:crime}*,
+ author = {Beattie, J.~M.},
+ title = {The Pattern of Crime in {England}, 1660--1800},
+ journaltitle = {Past and Present},
+ year = 1974,
+ number = 62,
+ pages = {47--95}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=beethoven:sonata29]
+*\adlnbackref{Music}{beethoven:sonata29}*,
+ title = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29 \mkbibquote{Hammerklavier}},
+ author = {Beethoven},
+ editor = {Peter Serkin},
+ editortype = {none},
+ number = {CDD 270},
+ series = {Proarte Digital}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=bernstein:shostakovich]
+*\adlnbackref{Music}{bernstein:shostakovich}*,
+ title = {Symphony \bibstring{number} 5},
+ author = {Shostakovich, Dmitri},
+ editor = {Bernstein, Leonard},
+ editortype = {conductor},
+ editora = {{New York Philharmonic}},
+ editoratype = {none},
+ number = {IM 35854},
+ series = {CBS},
+ options = {useauthor=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=boxer:china]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{boxer:china}*,
+ title = {South {China} in the Sixteenth Century},
+ year = 1953,
+ editor = {Boxer, Charles~R.},
+ number = {2nd ser., 106},
+ series = {Hakluyt Society Publications},
+ location = {London}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=browning:aurora]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{browning:aurora}*,
+ title = {{Aurora Leigh}},
+ subtitle = {Authoritative Text, Backgrounds and Contexts, Criticism},
+ year = 1996,
+ author = {Browning, Elizabeth Barrett},
+ editor = {Reynolds, Margaret},
+ publisher = {Norton},
+ series = {Norton Critical Editions},
+ location = {New York}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=bsi:abbreviation]
+*\adlnbackref{Manual}{bsi:abbreviation}*,
+ title = {Specification for Abbreviation of Title Words and Titles of Publications},
+ date = 1985,
+ organization = {British Standards Institute},
+ sortname = {BSI},
+ address = {Linford Woods, Milton Keynes, UK},
+ shorthand = {BSI}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chaucer:alt]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{chaucer:alt}*,
+ title = {Chaucer Life-Records},
+ year = 1966,
+ editor = {Crow, Martin~M. and Olson, Clair~C.},
+ namec = {Manly, John~M. and Richert, Edith},
+ publisher = oup,
+ note = {with the assistance of Lilian~J. Redstone and others},
+ location = {London}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chicago:comment]
+*\adlnbackref{CustomC}{chicago:comment}[chicago:manual]*,
+ title = {the most recent edition},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ options = {skipbib},
+ annotation = {An example of how to use a CustomC entry to insert a comment inside another parenthetical citation.}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chicago:manual]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{chicago:manual}*,
+ title = {The {Chicago} Manual of Style},
+ year = 2010,
+ author = {{University of Chicago Press}},
+ shortauthor = {\mkbibemph{CMS}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ edition = 16,
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=clark:mesopot]
+*\adlnbackref{Booklet}{clark:mesopot}*,
+ title = {Mesopotamia},
+ subtitle = {Between Two Rivers},
+ author = {Hazel V. Clark},
+ howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store},
+ year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}},
+ location = {Mesopotamia, OH}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=conley:fifthgrade]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{conley:fifthgrade}*,
+ author = {Conley, Alice},
+ title = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions about Participation in Sports Activities},
+ issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes of Schooling},
+ journaltitle = {Elementary School Journal},
+ note = {special issue},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 99,
+ editor = {Good, Thomas~L.},
+ number = 5,
+ pages = {131--146}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=connell:chronic]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{connell:chronic}*,
+ author = {Connell, A.~D. and Airey, D.~D.},
+ title = {The Chronic Effects of Fluoride on the Estuarine Amphipods \mkbibemph{Grandidierella lutosa} and \mkbibemph{G. lignorum}},
+ journaltitle = {Water Research},
+ date = 1982,
+ volume = 16,
+ pages = {1313--1317}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=contrib:contrib]
+*\adlnbackref{InCollection}{contrib:contrib}*,
+ author = {Contributor, Anna},
+ title = {Contribution},
+ booktitle = {Edited Volume},
+ publisher = {Publisher},
+ year = {\autocap{f}orthcoming},
+ editor = {Editor, Ellen},
+ location = {Place}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=conway:evolution]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{conway:evolution}*,
+ author = {Conway, M.~S.},
+ title = {The Evolution of Diversity in Ancient Ecosystems},
+ subtitle = {A Review},
+ journaltitle = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society},
+ date = 1998,
+ volume = {B 353},
+ pages = {327--345}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=cook:sotweed]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{cook:sotweed}*,
+ title = {Sotweed Redivivus, or The Planter's Looking-Glass},
+ year = 1730,
+ author = {Cook, Ebenezer},
+ authortype = {anon?},
+ note = {\bibstring{by} \mkbibquote{E.~C. Gent}},
+ location = {Annapolis}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=coolidge:speech]
+*\adlnbackref{Online}{coolidge:speech}*,
+ author = {Coolidge, Calvin},
+ title = {Equal Rights},
+ note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc},
+ options = {ptitleaddon=space},
+ titleaddon = {(speech)},
+ related = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault%
+{loc:leaders}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{loc:leaders}\}}*},
+ year = {[1920?]},
+ relatedstring = {from}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=creel:house]
+*\adlnbackref{Misc}{creel:house}*,
+ author = {Creel, George},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ title = {George Creel to Colonel House},
+ note = {Edward~M. House Papers},
+ origdate = {1918-09-25},
+ organization = {Yale University Library}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=davenport:attention]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{davenport:attention}*,
+ title = {The Attention Economy},
+ subtitle = {Understanding the New Currency of Business},
+ year = 2001,
+ author = {Davenport, Thomas~H. and Beck, John~C.},
+ publisher = {Harvard Business School Press},
+ addendum = {TK3 Reader e-book},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dinkel:agassiz]
+*\adlnbackref{Misc}{dinkel:agassiz}*,
+ author = {Dinkel, Joseph},
+ title = {description of Louis Agassiz written at the request of Elizabeth Cary Agassiz},
+ year = {\bibstring{nodate}},
+ entrysubtype = {yes},
+ note = {Agassiz Papers},
+ location = {Harvard University},
+ organization = {Houghton Library}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=donne:var]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{donne:var}*,
+ author = {Donne, John},
+ editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.},
+ title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the \mkbibquote{Epicedes and Obsequies}},
+ namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry},
+ publisher = {Indiana Univ. Press},
+ maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}},
+ year = 1995,
+ volume = 6,
+ location = {Bloomington}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dunn:revolutions]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{dunn:revolutions}*,
+ title = {Sister Revolutions},
+ subtitle = {French Lightning, {American} Light},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Dunn, Susan},
+ publisher = {Faber \& Faber and Farrar, Straus \& Giroux},
+ location = {New York}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dyna:browser]
+*\adlnbackref{Manual}{dyna:browser}*,
+ title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser},
+ organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.},
+ address = {Providence, RI},
+ year = 1991
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=eliot:pound]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{eliot:pound}*,
+ title = {Literary Essays},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ year = 1953,
+ author = {Pound, Ezra},
+ editor = {Eliot, T.~S.},
+ publisher = {New Directions},
+ location = {New York}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=emerson:nature]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{emerson:nature}*,
+ title = {Nature},
+ year = 1985,
+ origdate = 1836,
+ location = {Boston},
+ options = {cmsdate=old},
+ author = {Emerson, Ralph Waldo},
+ publisher = {Beacon},
+ note = {a facsimile of the first \bibstring{edition} with an \bibstring{introduction} by Jaroslav Pelikan}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ency:britannica]
+*\adlnbackref{InReference}{ency:britannica}*,
+ title = {Encyclopaedia Britannica},
+ edition = {15},
+ shorttitle = {Ency. {Brit}., \mkbibemph{15th ed}\adddot},
+ options = {hypertitle}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=euripides:orestes]
+*\adlnbackref{BookInBook}{euripides:orestes}*,
+ title = {Orestes},
+ year = 1958,
+ booktitle = {Euripides},
+ maintitle = {The Complete {Greek} Tragedies},
+ nameb = {Arrowsmith, William},
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Euripides},
+ editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ pages = {185--288},
+ location = {Chicago},
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=evanston:library]
+*\adlnbackref{Online}{evanston:library}*,
+ author = {{Evanston Public Library Board of Trustees}},
+ shortauthor = {{Evanston Public Library}},
+ title = {Evanston Public Library Strategic Plan, 2000--2010},
+ subtitle = {A Decade of Outreach},
+ organization = {Evanston Public Library},
+ url = {http://www.epl.org/library/ strategic-plan-00.html},
+ urldate = {2002-07-18}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=friends:leia]
+*\adlnbackref{Video}{friends:leia}*,
+ title = {The One with the {Princess Leia} Fantasy},
+ date = 2003,
+ booktitle = {Friends},
+ booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1},
+ author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.},
+ eventdate = {1996-09-19},
+ editor = {Mancuso, Gail},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Warner Home Video},
+ type = {DVD},
+ address = {Burbank, CA}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=genesis]
+*\adlnbackref{Misc}{genesis}*,
+ shorttitle = {Gen\adddot},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ keywords = {nosample},
+ title = {Genesis},
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=gourmet:052006]
+*\adlnbackref{Review}{gourmet:052006}*,
+ journaltitle = {Gourmet},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-05},
+ title = {Kitchen {Notebook}}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=grove:sibelius]
+*\adlnbackref{InReference}{grove:sibelius}*,
+ title = {The New {Grove} Dictionary of Music and Musicians},
+ author = {Hepokoski, James},
+ shorttitle = {New {Grove} Dict\adddot},
+ lista = {Sibelius, Jean},
+ url = {http://www.grovemusic.com/},
+ urldate = {2002-01-03},
+ sortkey = {New Grove}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=handel:messiah]
+*\adlnbackref{Video}{handel:messiah}*,
+ title = {Messiah},
+ date = {1988},
+ eventdate = {1987-12-19},
+ userd = {performed},
+ type = {videocassette (VHS), 141 min\adddot},
+ editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}},
+ editortype = {none},
+ editora = {Shaw, Robert},
+ editoratype = {none},
+ author = {Handel, George Frederic},
+ publisher = {Video Artists International},
+ address = {Ansonia Station, NY}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=hlatky:hrt]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{hlatky:hrt}*,
+ author = {Hlatky, Mark~A. and Boothroyd, Derek and Vittinghoff, Eric and Sharp, Penny and Whooley, Mary~A.},
+ title = {Quality-of-Life and Depressive Symptoms in Postmenopausal Women after Receiving Hormone Therapy},
+ subtitle = {Results from the {Heart and Estrogen/Progestin Replacement Study (HERS)} Trial},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of the American Medical Association},
+ date = {2002-02-06},
+ volume = 287,
+ number = 5,
+ url = {http://jama.ama-assn.org/issues/ v287n5/rfull/joc10108.html#aainfo},
+ urldate = {2002-01-07}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=holiday:fool]
+*\adlnbackref{Music}{holiday:fool}*,
+ title = {I'm a Fool to Want You},
+ eventdate = {1958-02-20},
+ date = {1960},
+ booktitle = {Lady in Satin},
+ author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack},
+ editor = {Holiday, Billie},
+ editortype = {none},
+ number = {CL 1157},
+ publisher = {Columbia},
+ type = {33\onethird\ rpm},
+ note = {with Ray Ellis},
+ options = {useauthor=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=horowitz:youtube]
+*\adlnbackref{Online}{horowitz:youtube}*,
+ title = {{HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL} 2-{Chopin Nocturne} in Fm Op.55},
+ organization = {YouTube video, 5:53},
+ sortkey = {Horowitz},
+ url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch? v=cDVBtuWkMS8},
+ urldate = {2009-01-09},
+ userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj,}},
+ note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct},
+ date = {1968-09-22},
+ shorttitle = {HOROWITZ}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=horsley:prosodies]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{horsley:prosodies}*,
+ title = {On the Prosodies of the {Greek and Latin} Languages},
+ year = 1796,
+ author = {Horsley, Samuel},
+ authortype = {anon}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=house:papers]
+*\adlnbackref{Misc}{house:papers}*,
+ author = {House, Edward~M\adddot\addcomma},
+ title = {Papers},
+ note = {Yale University Library},
+ entrysubtype = {classical}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=iso:electrodoc]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{iso:electrodoc}*,
+ title = {Electronic Documents or Parts thereof. {Excerpts} from {International Standard ISO} 690-2},
+ part = {part 2},
+ date = 2001,
+ maintitle = {Information and Documentation},
+ mainsubtitle = {Bibliographic References},
+ author = {{International Organization for Standardization}},
+ shorthand = {ISO},
+ publisher = {National Library of Canada},
+ sortname = {ISO},
+ address = {Ottawa},
+ url = {http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/ tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=james:ambassadors]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{james:ambassadors}*,
+ title = {The Ambassadors},
+ year = 1996,
+ origdate = 1909,
+ options = {cmsdate=on},
+ author = {James, Henry},
+ publisher = {Project Gutenberg},
+ url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/ books/gutenberg/etext96/ambas10.txt}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}\clearpage
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=lakeforester:pushcarts]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{lakeforester:pushcarts}*,
+ journaltitle = {Lake Forester},
+ date = {2000-03-23},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks},
+ options = {cmsdate=full},
+ location = {Lake Forest, IL}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=loc:leaders]
+*\adlnbackref{Online}{loc:leaders}[coolidge:speech]*,
+ author = {Library of Congress},
+ title = {American Leaders Speak},
+ subtitle = {Recordings from {World War I} and the 1920 Election, 1918--1920},
+ url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/ nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html},
+ note = {RealAudio and WAV formats}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=maitland:canon]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{maitland:canon}*,
+ title = {Roman canon law in the {Church of England}},
+ date = 1998,
+ origdate = 1898,
+ author = {Maitland, Frederic W.},
+ publisher = {Lawbook Exchange},
+ address = {Union, NJ},
+ options = {cmsdate=new},
+ pubstate = {reprint}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=maitland:equity]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{maitland:equity}*,
+ title = {Equity, also the Forms of Action at Common Law},
+ subtitle = {Two Courses of Lectures},
+ date = 1926,
+ origdate = 1909,
+ author = {Maitland, Frederic W.},
+ editor = {Chaytor, A.~H. and others},
+ publisher = cup,
+ address = {Cambridge},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ sortyear = {2010}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=nytrumpet:art]
+*\adlnbackref{Music}{nytrumpet:art}*,
+ title = {Art of the Trumpet},
+ date = 1982,
+ origdate = {1981-06-01/1981-06-02},
+ author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}},
+ shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}},
+ number = {PVT 7183},
+ series = {Vox/Turnabout},
+ userd = {recorded at the Madeira Festival,},
+ sortkey = {New York Trumpet},
+ type = {compact disc}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=nyt:trevorobit]
+*\adlnbackref{Review}{nyt:trevorobit}*,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-04-10},
+ title = {obituary of {Claire Trevor}},
+ options = {cmsdate=full},
+ pages = {national edition}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pirumova]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{pirumova}*,
+ author = {Pirumova, N.~M.},
+ title = {The Zemstvo Liberal Movement},
+ subtitle = {Its Social Roots and Evolution to the Beginning of the Twentieth Century},
+ publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}},
+ year = 1977,
+ language = {russian},
+ location = {Moscow}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pirumova:russian]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{pirumova:russian}*,
+ title = {Zemskoe liberal'noe dvizhenie},
+ subtitle = {Sotsial'nye korni i evoliutsiia do nachala XX veka},
+ date = 1977,
+ usere = {The zemstvo liberal movement: Its social roots and evolution to the beginning of the twentieth century},
+ langid = {russian},
+ author = {Pirumova, N.~M.},
+ publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}},
+ address = {Moscow}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=plato:republic:gr]
+*\adlnbackref{BookInBook}{plato:republic:gr}*,
+ title = {Republic},
+ shorttitle = {Resp\adddot},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ year = 1902,
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Plato},
+ editor = {Burnet, J.},
+ shortauthor = {Pl\adddot},
+ booktitle = {{Clitophon, Republic, Timaeus, Critias}},
+ maintitle = {Opera},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ series = {Oxford Classical Texts},
+ pages = {327--621},
+ location = {Oxford}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pollan:plant]
+*\adlnbackref{Online}{pollan:plant}*,
+ author = {Pollan, Michael},
+ title = {Michael {Pollan} Gives a Plant's-Eye View},
+ organization = {TED video, 17:31},
+ url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/ talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_ plant_s_eye_view.html},
+ urldate = {2008-02},
+ date = {2007-03},
+ userd = {posted}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ross:thesis]
+*\adlnbackref{MastersThesis}{ross:thesis}*,
+ author = {Ross, Dorothy},
+ title = {The {Irish-Catholic} Immigrant, 1880--1900},
+ subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility},
+ school = {Columbia University},
+ year = {\bibstring{nodate}}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=schubert:muellerin]
+*\adlnbackref{Audio}{schubert:muellerin}*,
+ title = {{Das Wandern (Wandering)}},
+ date = 1895,
+ booktitle = {{Die sch\"one M\"ullerin} ({The} Maid of the Mill)},
+ maintitleaddon = {(for high voice)},
+ maintitle = {First Vocal Album},
+ options = {ctitleaddon=space},
+ author = {Schubert, Franz},
+ publisher = {G.~Schirmer},
+ address = {New York}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=schweitzer:bach]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{schweitzer:bach}*,
+ title = {{J. S. Bach}},
+ origdate = 1966,
+ date = 1911,
+ author = {Schweitzer, Albert},
+ origlocation = {London},
+ origpublisher = {Breitkopf \&\ Härtel},
+ addendum = {Citations refer to the Dover edition},
+ options = {cmsdate=both},
+ translator = {Newman, Ernest},
+ publisher = {Dover},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ location = {New York}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=shapey:partita]
+*\adlnbackref{Misc}{shapey:partita}*,
+ author = {Shapey, Ralph},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{Partita for Violin and Thirteen Players}},
+ titleaddon = {score},
+ entrysubtype = {music},
+ date = 1966,
+ note = {Special Collections},
+ organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library},
+ institution = {University of Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=silver:gawain]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{silver:gawain}*,
+ title = {Sir {Gawain} and the {Green Knight}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1974,
+ translator = {Silverstein, Theodore},
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=spock:interview]
+*\adlnbackref{Misc}{spock:interview}*,
+ author = {Spock, Benjamin},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ title = {interview by Milton J. E. Senn},
+ date = {1974-11-20},
+ note = {interview 67A, transcript},
+ organization = {Senn Oral History Collection},
+ institution = {National Library of Medicine},
+ location = {Bethesda, MD}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=stendhal:parma]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{stendhal:parma}*,
+ title = {The Charterhouse of {Parma}},
+ date = 1925,
+ author = {Stendhal},
+ nameaddon = {Marie Henri Beyle},
+ publisher = {Boni \& Liveright},
+ address = {New York},
+ translator = {Scott-Moncrieff, C.~K.}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=unsigned:ranke]
+*\adlnbackref{Review}{unsigned:ranke}*,
+ journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1828-02},
+ title = {unsigned review of \mkbibemph{Geschichten der romanischen und germanischen Völker}, by {Leopold von Ranke}},
+ number = {23--24},
+ sortkey = {Erg},
+ shortjournal = {Erg\"anzungsbl\"atter z. Allg. Lit.-Ztg.}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=verdi:corsaro]
+*\adlnbackref{Audio}{verdi:corsaro}*,
+ title = {Il corsaro (melodramma tragico \mkbibemph{in three acts})},
+ titleaddon = {libretto by Francesco Maria Piave},
+ date = 1998,
+ author = {Verdi, Giuseppe},
+ editor = {Hudson, Elizabeth},
+ number = {\bibstring{jourser} 1, Operas},
+ series = {The Works of Giuseppe Verdi},
+ publisher = {University of Chicago Press; Milan: G.\ Ricordi},
+ volumes = 2,
+ address = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}\clearpage
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=virginia:plantation]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{virginia:plantation}*,
+ title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and Ends of the Plantation Begun in {Virginia}, of the Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which It Hath Been Advanced},
+ location = {London},
+ sorttitle = {True and Sincere},
+ shorttitle = {True and Sincere Declaration},
+ year = 1610
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=white:ross:memo]
+*\adlnbackref{Letter}{white:ross:memo}*,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ title = {EBW to Harold Ross},
+ titleaddon = {memorandum},
+ xref = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault%
+{white:total}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{white:total}\}}*},
+ pages = 273,
+ origdate = {1946-05-02}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=white:russ]
+*\adlnbackref{Letter}{white:russ}*,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ title = {EBW to B.~Russell},
+ xref = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault%
+{white:total}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{white:total}\}}*},
+ pages = 283,
+ origdate = {1946-09-02}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=white:total]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{white:total}*,
+ title = {{Letters of E.~B. White}},
+ year = 1976,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ editor = {Guth, Dorothy Lobrano},
+ publisher = {Harper \&\ Row},
+ location = {New York}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=wikiped:bibtex]
+*\adlnbackref{InReference}{wikiped:bibtex}*,
+ title = {Wikipedia},
+ lista = {BibTeX},
+ userd = {last modified},
+ url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ BibTeX},
+ urldate = {2012-05-18}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71a9ceab27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..663d7026a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-dates-sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+%\usepackage{endnotes}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[authordate,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,%
+bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict]{biblatex-chicago}
+% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,%
+% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% In case someone prints the annotations.
+\hyphenation{evans-ton clem-ens mc-hugh ho-ro-witz}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{5pt}
+\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}
+\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,citecolor=black,
+plainpages=false,breaklinks=true]{hyperref}
+\bibliography{dates-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+\begin{document}
+
+\section*{The Chicago Author-Date Specification: Testing Only}
+\label{sec:spec}
+
+\subsection*{Please see cms-dates-intro.pdf first}
+\label{bibernote}
+
+Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
+author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to
+process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
+variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires.
+For this release, you really need the current versions of
+\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain
+features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that
+follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if
+you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need
+\textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a.
+(Please contact me at the email address in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} if you have any difficulty obtaining a
+copy of this earlier release.)
+
+\subsection*{Editions}
+\label{editions}
+
+This file documents the author-date specification from the 16th
+edition of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style}, published in 2010.
+This edition implements significant changes to what the specification
+has, historically, recommended, and there are certain to be users who
+prefer the older format with titles capitalized sentence-style and
+not, in the case of most un-book-like entries, enclosed in quotation
+marks. For such users, the \textsf{authordate-trad} style, as
+envisaged by the \emph{Manual} \autocite*[15.45]{chicago:manual},
+grafts the traditional Chicago author-date title formatting onto the
+current recommendations for the remainder of the reference apparatus.
+Please consult \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf} to see how this looks in
+practice. The 15th-edition styles are still in the package, but they
+have not been updated in some time, and are now officially obsolete.
+I would strongly encourage all users to switch to one of the
+16th-edition styles as soon as possible, as I am concentrating all of
+my development time there.
+
+\subsection*{Usage}
+\label{usage}
+
+As a general rule, you'll probably want to use the \cmd{autocite}
+command for most citations. For most sources, the result will be
+exactly as you expect it to be. A few examples:
+\autocite{adorno:benj}; \autocite{ashbrook:brain};
+\autocite{babb:peru}; \autocite{barcott:review}. Any page references
+should also appear as you expect: \autocite[338]{batson};
+\autocite[79]{beattie:crime}; \autocite[36]{boxer:china}.
+
+\subsection*{Repeated citations}
+\label{sec:ibidem}
+
+Repeated citations are somewhat complicated. The Chicago author-date
+style doesn't use \enquote{\emph{Ibid},} but in general a repeated
+citation on the same page will print only the page reference:
+\autocite{browning:aurora}; \autocite[45]{browning:aurora}.
+Technically, this should only occur when a source is cited
+\enquote{more than once in one paragraph}
+\autocite[15.26]{chicago:manual}, so you can use the \cmd{citereset}
+command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as
+the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section,
+and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically resets the tracker at page breaks:
+
+\citereset\cmd{citereset}\ \autocite[15.27]{chicago:manual}. If you
+are going to repeat a source, make sure that the cite command provides
+a postnote --- when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you'll no longer
+get any annoying empty parentheses, but you will get another standard
+citation, which may add too much clutter: \autocite{chicago:manual}.
+If you don't need to cite a specific page, then it may be better, or
+at least more concise, only to use one citation command rather than
+two.
+
+\subsection*{Other citation commands}
+\label{sec:other}
+
+The other citation commands from \textsf{biblatex} also work fine:
+
+\cmd{textcite}: \textcite{conley:fifthgrade}; \cmd{autocite*}:
+\autocite*{connell:chronic}; \cmd{cite}: \cite{conway:evolution};
+\cmd{cite*}: \cite*{davenport:attention}; \cmd{foot\-note} with
+\cmd{autocite};\footnote{\autocite{donne:var}.}\ \cmd{footcite}
+(=\cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}). \footcite{dunn:revolutions}
+
+Multicites should work as you expect, too:
+
+\cmd{autocites}: \autocites{dyna:browser}{eliot:pound};
+\cmd{autocites} by the same author:
+\autocites{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}; \cmd{autocites} by the same
+author with postnotes: \autocites{pirumova}[14]{pirumova:russian};
+\cmd{textcites} by the same author with postnotes:
+\textcites[37]{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}.
+
+\textsf{Biblatex-chicago} now also provides a \cmd{gentextcite}
+command, which prints an \gentextcite{author:forthcoming} name in the
+genitive case in what is otherwise a standard \cmd{textcite}. If you
+want to change the default <\textbf{'s}> printed there you can specify
+whatever text you wish like so:
+\cmd{gentext\-cite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}. There is also a
+\cmd{gentextcites} command, modified thus:
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{key1\}\{key2\}}.
+
+\subsection*{Shorthands}
+\label{sec:shorthands}
+
+Chicago's author-date style only seems to recommend the use of
+shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' names, particularly
+institutional names \autocite[15.36]{chicago:manual}. By default, I
+have followed this recommendation: \cmd{autocites}:
+\autocites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}; \cmd{textcites}:
+\textcites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}. This \textsf{shorthand}
+will by default appear at the head of the entry in the list of
+references, followed by the parenthesized expansion of the shorthand,
+taken from the \textsf{author} field. (This is a change from the 15th
+edition.) You will usually also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to make
+sure that the entry is alphabetized by the \textsf{shorthand} rather
+than by the \textsf{title}. If you use a
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shorthand\}} command, the list of shorthands will
+still be printed, so you now have a variety of options available for
+presenting the expansions depending on your specific requirements.
+Please note, also, that you can get back something approaching the
+\enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give the
+\texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
+document preamble.
+
+\subsection*{Mildly problematic entries}
+\label{sec:problematic}
+
+In most entries, the absence of an author can be supplied by, e.g., an
+editor or a translator: \autocite{chaucer:alt};
+\autocite{silver:gawain}. Sometimes an anonymous work's author is
+known or can be guessed: \autocite{horsley:prosodies};
+\autocite{cook:sotweed}. Alternatively, in some cases the
+\textsf{title} may appear in place of the \textsf{author}:
+\autocite{anon:stanze}; \autocite{virginia:plantation}. The 16th
+edition is less than enthusiastic about the use of
+\enquote{\texttt{Anon.}}\ as author.
+
+By default, in most entry types, an absent \textsf{date} will
+automatically provoke \textsf{Biber} into searching for other sorts of
+dates in the entry, in the order \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear,
+ urlyear}: e.g., \autocite{evanston:library}, which only has a
+\textsf{urlyear}. In three entry types --- \textsf{Music},
+\textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} --- this search order is
+\textsf{eventyear, origyear, year, urlyear}, as in these types the
+earliest year should take precedence (cf.\
+page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below). Beginning with this release,
+you can change the default search order, for all but the three types
+just mentioned, by using the \texttt{cmsdate} option in the preamble
+of your document, instead of (or in addition to) using it in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual entries. Setting that option in
+the preamble either to \enquote{\texttt{both}} or
+\enquote{\texttt{on}} makes the document-wide search order:
+\textsf{origyear, year, eventyear, urlyear}. This may be useful for
+documents that contain many entries with multiple dates, and where you
+want \emph{always} to present the earlier (i.e., \textsf{orig}) dates
+at the head of reference list entries and in citations. You can
+eliminate some of these dates from the running, or change the search
+order, using the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command in your preamble, but
+please be aware that I have hard-coded the possibilities above into
+the author-date style in order to cope with some tricky corners of the
+specification. If you reorder these dates, and your references enter
+these tricky corners, the results might be surprising. (Cf.\
+section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and especially section~5.2,
+s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date}} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} for the
+gory details.)
+
+In most entry types, the absence of all four possible dates will
+automatically produce \mbox{\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}}}
+instead: \autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it
+yourself in the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}:
+\autocite{ross:thesis}. A date that can be guessed should appear
+within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. Forthcoming works
+are straightforward, assuming you remember to use the \cmd{autocap}
+macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the \textsf{date}) field, so
+that the word appears correctly in both citations and the list of
+references: \autocite{author:forthcoming}; \autocite{contrib:contrib}.
+
+The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed the rules for
+entries with more than one date \autocite[15.38]{chicago:manual}.
+First, \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} entries
+have their own rules, which are applied automatically. (Once again,
+see page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below.) For other entry types,
+there are two options, corresponding to two different states of the
+\texttt{cmsdate} entry (or preamble) option. The default is
+\texttt{cmsdate=off}: \autocite{maitland:equity}. Here, setting the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to \texttt{reprint} ensures that a notice of
+the original publication date will be printed at the end of the
+reference list entry. Alternatively, you can use
+\texttt{cmsdate=both}: \autocite{emerson:nature};
+\autocite{maitland:canon}. \texttt{cmsdate=new} and
+\texttt{cmsdate=old} are both now synonyms of \texttt{both}, while
+\texttt{cmsdate=on} is still available even though it falls outside
+the specification: \autocite{james:ambassadors}. These options, in
+combination with others available in your .bib files, can cover a wide
+range of difficult cases. Please see the next section below, the
+documentation in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, particularly in
+section~5.2, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date},} and also the following
+entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}:
+\autocites{schweitzer:bach}{white:russ}{white:ross:memo}.
+
+\subsection*{Corners of the specification}
+\label{sec:corners}
+
+In some cases, the \emph{Manual} isn't altogether clear about how to
+present entries in the author-date style. I'm pretty certain about
+most of what follows, but if you interpret the specification
+differently please let me know.
+
+\subsubsection*{InReference entries}
+\label{sec:inref}
+
+These present several peculiarities: the title of the work should
+always take the place of any author, no
+\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} will automatically be provided,
+and any postnote field will be enclosed in quotation marks preceded by
+\enquote{\texttt{s.v.}\hspace{-2pt}} for \enquote{\emph{sub verbo}.}
+This allows you to refer to alphabetized articles in well-known
+reference works: \autocite[Hume, David]{ency:britannica};
+\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius};
+\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Author-less Article, Review, and Manual entries}
+\label{sec:authless:art}
+
+In \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entries with the
+\texttt{magazine} entrysubtype, the absence of an author automatically
+places the \textsf{journaltitle} of the periodical in citations and at
+the head of the entry in the list of references:
+\autocite{gourmet:052006}. (Without the entrysubtype, you'll get the
+\textsf{title} at the head rather than the \textsf{journaltitle}.)
+You can cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text,
+i.e., without them appearing in the reference list
+\autocite[15.47]{chicago:manual}, if you set the \texttt{cmsdate=full}
+entry option: \autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts};
+\autocite{nyt:trevorobit}. In \textsf{Manual} entries, the
+\textsf{organization} field does the same: \autocite{dyna:browser}.
+If you wish to present an abbreviated form of the organization name in
+citations only, then the \textsf{shortauthor} field --- or in other
+cases the \textsf{shorthand} field --- is the place for it:
+\autocite{bsi:abbreviation}. For abbreviated \textsf{journaltitles},
+you can use \textsf{shortjournal}, which also allows you, should you
+wish, to provide a list of abbreviated journal names with their
+expansions using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}:
+\autocite{unsigned:ranke}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Misc entries with an entrysubtype}
+\label{sec:misc}
+
+When citing individual letter-like pieces from an unpublished archive
+where only an \textsf{origdate} is present, you no longer need to set
+the \texttt{cmsdate} option in your .bib entry, as \textsf{Biber} and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} now handle this automatically:
+\autocite{creel:house}. Non-letters, e.g., interviews, use the
+\textsf{date} field, so you don't need \texttt{cmsdate} there, either:
+\autocite{spock:interview}. For undated pieces you can put
+\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} in the \textsf{year} field:
+\autocite{dinkel:agassiz}. For citing whole collections, see the next
+section.
+
+\subsubsection*{entrysubtype = \{classical\}}
+\label{sec:classical}
+
+This option's name derives from its use for citing texts from
+classical antiquity, though in the author-date style especially it can
+be put to use in several other contexts. In a nutshell, any entry
+with such an \textsf{entrysubtype} will be treated, in citations only,
+not as author-date but as author-title. (Entries in the list of
+references, e.g., a particular edition of Aristotle, will still appear
+in standard author-date format.) A \cmd{cite*} or \cmd{autocite*}
+command will, in such a case, produce the title rather than the year.
+Some examples should make this clearer:
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+Classical works: without abbreviation:
+\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; with abbreviation:
+\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; \autocite{plato:republic:gr}; using
+standard pagination: \autocite*[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr};
+\autocite*[420e]{plato:republic:gr}; work cited by page of a modern
+edition, i.e., without \textsf{entrysubtype}:
+\autocite[198]{euripides:orestes}.
+
+Sacred works, e.g., the Bible and the Qur'an:
+\autocite[25:19--36:43]{genesis}.
+
+An unpublished archive, from which more than one work has been cited:
+\autocite[file 12]{house:papers}. (Both this and the previous example
+use a Misc entry with \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}.)
+
+\subsubsection*{Comments inside citations}
+\label{sec:comments}
+
+If you wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation,
+it will need to be separated by a semicolon
+\autocite[15.23]{chicago:manual}. If you have a \textsf{postnote},
+then you can manually provide the punctuation and comment in that
+field, e.g., \autocite[4; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}.
+Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have two choices. You can enable the
+\texttt{postnotepunct} package option, which allows you simply to type
+\cmd{autocite[; the unrevised trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}
+\citereset\autocite[; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}, or you
+can continue to use a separate \textsf{Misc} or \textsf{CustomC} entry
+containing just the text of the comment in the \textsf{title} field,
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options}
+\texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command calling both the main
+text and the comment will then do the trick, e.g.,
+\autocites{chicago:manual}{chicago:comment}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Multiple authors}
+\label{sec:multiple}
+
+The default settings in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} are
+\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
+\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references
+(these latter parameters set in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}). In
+practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
+will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
+to one in citations, like so: \autocite{hlatky:hrt}. For the vast
+majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the
+Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference
+ list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also
+ be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are
+ different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations
+ must distinguish between them} \autocite[15.28]{chicago:manual}.
+The (\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option
+\texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+will automatically handle many of these situations for you, but it is
+as well to understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the
+limits, listed above, on how many names to print in a citation.
+Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a
+work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be
+(Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but
+inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different author lists are
+exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might
+look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\
+2002), which is what the specification requires.
+
+If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further down the author
+list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples --- then the
+default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 names
+printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, you
+can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this:
+\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\}
+and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive
+Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the
+references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of
+ Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,}
+2002), as the spec recommends. There is, unfortunately, no simpler
+way that I know of to deal with this situation.
+
+\subsubsection*{Audiovisual entries}
+\label{sec:audiovisual}
+
+According to the \emph{Manual}, \enquote{Chicago recommends a more
+ comprehensive approach to dating audiovisual materials than in
+ previous editions.} This means, for instance, that, even when
+consulting a digital copy, \enquote{it is generally useful to give
+ information about the original source.} Also, \enquote{the date of
+ the original recording should be privileged in the citation}
+\autocite[15.53]{chicago:manual}. The rather more book-like entries
+are generally unaffected by these changes, so published
+(\textsf{Audio}) and unpublished (\textsf{Misc}) scores are no problem
+at all: \autocite{schubert:muellerin}; \autocite{verdi:corsaro};
+\autocite{shapey:partita}. The dating of online materials has been
+enhanced: \autocite{coolidge:speech}; \autocite{horowitz:youtube};
+\autocite{pollan:plant}. The most significant changes, however,
+appear in \textsf{Music} and \textsf{Video} entries, where every
+effort should be made to find date(s) for sources:
+\autocite{auden:reading}; \autocite{friends:leia};
+\autocite{handel:messiah}; \autocite{holiday:fool};
+\autocite{nytrumpet:art}. Others perhaps require further information
+in the entry or genuinely are better suited to presentation in running
+text: \autocite{beethoven:sonata29}. The standard \textsf{biblatex}
+tools for subdividing reference lists are all available if you want to
+follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations on presenting this kind of
+material separately from other sources.
+
+\subsection*{Further examples (mainly for testing purposes)}
+\label{testing}
+
+Article: \autocite{assocpress:gun}; \autocite{brown:bremer};
+\autocite{chu:panda}; \autocite{conley:fifthgrade};
+\autocite{connell:chronic}; \autocite{ellis:blog};
+\autocite{friedman:learning}; \autocite{garaud:gatine};
+\autocite{garrett}; \autocite{gibbard}; \autocite{kern};
+\autocite{kimluu:diethyl}; \autocite{lewis}; \autocite{loften:hamlet};
+\autocite{loomis:structure}; \autocite{morgenson:market};
+\autocite{osborne:poison}; \autocite{reaves:rosen};
+\autocite{rozner:liberation}; \autocite{schneider:mittelpleistozaene};
+\autocite{sewall:letter}; \autocite{stenger:privacy};
+\autocite{terborgh:preservation}; \autocite{wall:radio};
+\autocite{warr:ellison}; \autocite{white:callimachus}.
+
+Artwork: \autocite{leo:madonna}.
+
+Audio: \autocite{greek:filmstrip}; \autocite{weed:flatiron}.
+
+Book: \autocite{barrows:reading}; \autocite{churchill:letters};
+\autocite{cohen:schiff}; \autocite{cotton:manufacture};
+\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast}; \autocite{creasey:morton:hide};
+\autocite{creasey:york:death}; \autocite{davenport:attention};
+\autocite{feydeau:farces}; \autocite{furet:passing:eng};
+\autocite{furet:passing:fr}; \autocite{hopp:attalid};
+\autocite{howell:marriage}; \autocite{lach:asia};
+\autocite{lecarre:quest}; \autocite{levistrauss:savage};
+\autocite{lynch:webstyle}; \autocite{maisonneuve:relations};
+\autocite{mchugh:wake}; \autocite{menchu:crossing};
+\autocite{meredith:letters}; \autocite{michelangelo:poems};
+\autocite{mla:style}; \autocite{natrecoff:camera};
+\autocite{palmatary:pottery}; \autocite{pelikan:christian};
+\autocite{rodman:walk}; \autocite{schellinger:novel};
+\autocite{sechzer:women}; \autocite{sereny:cries};
+\autocite{soltes:georgia}; \autocite{stendhal:parma};
+\autocite{suangtho:tectona}; \autocite{thompson:making};
+\autocite{tillich:system}; \autocite{times:guide};
+\autocite{turabian:manual}; \autocite{walker:columbia};
+\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}; \autocite{weber:saugetiere};
+\autocite{weresz}; \autocite{white:total};
+\autocite{wright:evolution}; \autocite{wright:theory}.
+
+BookInBook: \autocite{bernhard:boris}; \autocite{bernhard:ritter}.
+
+Collection: \autocite{brush:ornithology};
+\autocite{harley:cartography}; \autocite{harley:ancient:cart};
+\autocite{kamrany:economic}; \autocite{prairie:state};
+\autocite{zukowsky:chicago}.
+
+Image: \autocite{bedford:photo}.
+
+InBook: \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; \autocite{phibbs:diary};
+\autocite{will:cohere}.
+
+InCollection: \autocite{centinel:letters}; \autocite{ellet:galena};
+\autocite{keating:dearborn}; \autocite{lippincott:chicago};
+\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex}; \autocite{wiens:avian}.
+
+InProceedings: \autocite{frede:inproc}.
+
+InReference: \autocite[absolute]{oed:cdrom}.
+
+Manual: \autocite{dyna:browser}.
+
+Misc: \autocite{roosevelt:speech}.
+
+Music: \autocite{floyd:atom}; \autocite{mozart:figaro};
+\autocite{rubinstein:chopin}.
+
+Online: \autocite{harwood:biden}; \autocite{powell:email}.
+
+Patent: \autocite{petroff:impurity}.
+
+Periodical: \autocite{good:wholeissue}; \autocite{whittington:water}.
+
+Report: \autocite{herwign:office}.
+
+Review: \autocite{ac:comment}; \autocite{bundy:macneil};
+\autocite{Clemens:letter}; \autocite{kozinn:review};
+\autocite{ratliff:review}; \autocite{wallraff:word}.
+
+SuppBook: \autocite{friedman:intro}; \autocite{polakow:afterw};
+\autocite{prose:intro}.
+
+Thesis: \autocite{murphy:silent}.
+
+Unpublished: \autocite{nass:address}.
+
+Video: \autocite{cleese:holygrail}; \autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}.
+
+
+% \printshorthands % No longer necessary in author-date.
+% \nocite{*}
+\printbibliography[notkeyword=nosample,title=References]
+
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6910dc8dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dad24754a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-legal-sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,%
+bibencoding=latin1,booklongxref=false,compresspages,%
+related=true]{biblatex-chicago}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% If someone prints annotations
+\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}
+\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor}
+\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,urlcolor=DarkSlateGrey,citecolor=MidnightBlue,
+plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey,
+filecolor=Teal]{hyperref}
+%\appto\biburlsetup{\Urlmuskip=0mu plus 4mu\relax}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\defbibnote{legal}{(U.S.\ unless noted.)}
+\bibliography{legal-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+\begin{document}
+
+\section*{Jurisdiction Entries}
+\label{juris}
+
+\subsection*{Long note forms}
+\label{sec:long}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\item Federal case\autocite[145]{federal:case}
+\item Database case\autocite{database:case}
+\item Lower federal-court case (with Supreme Court
+ action)\autocite{federal:lower:related}
+\item State case with 2 reporters\autocite{state:case:2reps}
+\item Canadian case\autocite{canada:case}
+\item UK case with round brackets\autocite{uk:case:round}
+\item UK case with square brackets\autocite{uk:case:square}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection*{Short note forms}
+\label{sec:short}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{7}
+\item Federal case\autocite[145]{federal:case}
+\item Database case\autocite[3]{database:case}
+\item Lower federal-court case\autocite[215]{federal:lower:related}
+\item The same, to show \emph{ibidem}
+ handling\autocite[212]{federal:lower:related}
+\item State case with 2 reporters\autocite{state:case:2reps}
+\item Canadian case\autocite{canada:case}
+\item UK case with round brackets\autocite{uk:case:round}
+\item UK case with square brackets\autocite{uk:case:square}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\section*{Legislation Entries}
+\label{legis}
+
+\subsection*{Long note forms}
+\label{legis:long}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{15}
+\item Congressional bill\autocite{congress:bill}
+\item Congressional public law\autocite{congress:publiclaw}
+\item Congressional debate post 1873\autocite{congress:debate:new}
+\item Congressional debate in \emph{Congressional
+ Globe}\autocite{congress:debate:globe}
+\item Congressional report\autocite{congress:report}
+\item Congressional hearing\autocite{congress:hearing}
+\item Executive proclamation\autocite{executive:proclamation}
+\item State statute from database\autocite{state:statute:ky}
+\item State statute\autocite{state:statute:okla}
+\item Federal constitution\autocite{constitution:federal}
+\item State constitution\autocite{constitution:arkansas}
+\item Canadian statute\autocite{canada:statute}
+\item UK statute before 1963\autocite{uk:statute:regnal}
+\item UK statute since 1963\autocite{uk:statute}
+\item UK parliamentary debate\autocite{uk:hansard}
+\item UK command paper\autocite{uk:command}
+\item UN resolution\autocite{un:resolution}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection*{Short note forms}
+\label{legis:short}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{32}
+\item Congressional bill\autocite{congress:bill}
+\item Congressional public law\autocite{congress:publiclaw}
+\item Congressional debate post 1873\autocite{congress:debate:new}
+\item Congressional debate in \emph{Congressional
+ Globe}\autocite{congress:debate:globe}
+\item Congressional report\autocite{congress:report}
+\item Congressional hearing\autocite{congress:hearing}
+\item Executive proclamation\autocite{executive:proclamation}
+\item State statute from database\autocite{state:statute:ky}
+\item State statute\autocite{state:statute:okla}
+\item Federal constitution\autocite{constitution:federal}
+\item State constitution\autocite{constitution:arkansas}
+\item Canadian statute\autocite{canada:statute}
+\item UK statute before 1963\autocite{uk:statute:regnal}
+\item UK statute since 1963\autocite{uk:statute}
+\item UK parliamentary debate\autocite{uk:hansard}
+\item UK command paper\autocite[15--16]{uk:command}
+\item UN resolution\autocite{un:resolution}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\section*{Legal Entry}
+\label{legal}
+
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{49}
+\item Treaty, long form\autocite[45]{treaty}
+\item Treaty, short form\autocite[46]{treaty}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\nocite{bluebook}
+
+\printshorthands
+
+\printbiblist[prenote=legal,title=Legal Authority
+Shorthands]{shortjournal}
+
+\printbibliography[notkeyword=original]
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a7fb7b925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cfc390da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-intro.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage{endnotes}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,%
+bibencoding=latin1,booklongxref=false,annotation]{biblatex-chicago}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{6mm}
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\@makeenmark}{\textcolor{DarkSlateGrey}{\textsf{\@theenmark}}}
+\makeatother
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\hyphenation{tech-re-port}
+\protected\def\onethird{{\mbox{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+%\setlength{\parskip}{5pt}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\newcommand{\mycolor}{}%[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}}
+\usepackage{xr-hyper}
+\externaldocument[cms-]{../../Docs/biblatex-chicago}%
+\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor}
+\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,filecolor=Teal,citecolor=black,
+plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,urlcolor=DarkSlateBlue,
+linkcolor=DarkSlateBlue,baseurl=biblatex-chicago.pdf\#]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{cmsdocs}
+\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
+\newcommand{\mylittlespace}{\vspace{5pt}}%.5\baselineskip}}
+\bibliography{notes-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+%\tracingstats=2
+\begin{document}
+
+\section*{The Chicago Notes \&\ Bibliography Specification}
+\label{sec:spec}
+
+This file is intended as a brief introduction to the Chicago notes \&\
+bibliography specification (16th ed.)\autocite{chicago:manual}\ as
+implemented by \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and falls somewhere in
+between the \enquote{Quickstart} section of
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} and the full documentation as presented
+in section~4 \cmssecref{cms-sec:Spec} of that same document. I've
+attempted to design this introduction for ease of cross-reference, so
+clicking on long-note citations should bring you to the bibliography
+entry, whence clicking on the entry key in the annotation should
+present you with the entry as it appears in the .bib file, where
+clicking on the entry type should return you to the long note. If you
+have questions beyond the scope of this introduction, then the full
+documentation is the place to look next --- marginal notes here refer
+to section or page numbers there, and if you've installed the package
+using the standard \TeX\ Live method then clicking on these marginal
+notes should take you to the other document. If you can't find
+answers there, please write to me at the email address in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}.
+
+\subsection*{Standard entry types}
+\label{sec:standard}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+ These \cmssecref{cms-sec:entrytypes} should pose no particular
+ issues to those who have used \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ or \textsf{biblatex}
+ before, but here is an example of each of the following standard
+ entry types:
+ \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{garaud:gatine}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Book}]{\cite{mchugh:wake}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Booklet}]{\cite{clark:mesopot}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InBook}]{\cite{ashbrook:brain}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\cite{contrib:contrib}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InProceedings}]{\cite{frede:inproc}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Manual}]{\cite{dyna:browser}.},
+ \endnote[\value{MastersThesis}]{\cite{ross:thesis}.},
+ \endnote[\value{TechReport}]{\cite{herwign:office}.}, and
+ \endnote[\value{Unpublished}]{\cite{nass:address}.}.
+
+ {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Long-Note Style} \theendnotes}
+ \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style (with
+ annotations)]
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{Other entry types}
+\label{sec:other}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+
+ These \cmssecref{cms-sec:entrytypes} entry types are
+ \textsf{biblatex} innovations, designed to cater for as large a
+ range of reference needs as possible. The list here is by no means
+ exhaustive, but rather tries to exemplify some of the more
+ complicated or (possibly) unfamiliar entry types, including:
+ \endnote[\value{Artwork}]{\cite{leo:madonna}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Audio}]{\cite{schubert:muellerin}.},
+ \endnote[\value{BookInBook}]{\cite{euripides:orestes}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InReference}]{\cite{wikiped:bibtex}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Letter}]{\cite{jackson:paulina:letter}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Music}]{\cite{holiday:fool}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Review}]{\cite{ratliff:review}.},
+ \endnote[\value{SuppBook}]{\cite{polakow:afterw}.}, and
+ \endnote[\value{Video}]{\cite{friends:leia}.}.
+
+ {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Long-Note Style} \theendnotes}
+ \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style]
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{Short notes}
+\label{sec:short}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+
+ The \cmssecref[shortauthor]{cms-sec:shortauthor} note forms we've
+ seen so far are intended to appear on the first citation of a given
+ work, while subsequent citations use a shorter form, usually merely
+ \textsf{Author}, \textsf{Title}. Both of these fields, of course,
+ have a \textsf{short} form to allow space-saving abridgements of
+ names and titles. You can also use the option \texttt{short} when
+ you load \textsf{biblatex-chicago} and you'll get the short form
+ from the start, something only recommended by the \emph{CMS} when
+ you have a full bibliography to clarify all the abbreviated
+ references. The following are the short forms of all the works
+ cited in long notes in previous sections:
+ \endnote[\value{Article}]{\shortcite{garaud:gatine}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Artwork}]{\shortcite{leo:madonna}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Audio}]{\shortcite{schubert:muellerin}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Book}]{\shortcite{mchugh:wake}.},
+ \endnote[\value{BookInBook}]{\shortcite{euripides:orestes}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Booklet}]{\shortcite{clark:mesopot}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InBook}]{\shortcite{ashbrook:brain}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\shortcite{contrib:contrib}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InProceedings}]{\shortcite{frede:inproc}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InReference}]{\shortcite[Aristotle]{wikiped:bibtex}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Letter}]{\shortcite{jackson:paulina:letter}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Manual}]{\shortcite{dyna:browser}.},
+ \endnote[\value{MastersThesis}]{\shortcite{ross:thesis}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Music}]{\shortcite{holiday:fool}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Review}]{\shortcite{ratliff:review}.},
+ \endnote[\value{SuppBook}]{\shortcite{polakow:afterw}.},
+ \endnote[\value{TechReport}]{\shortcite{herwign:office}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Unpublished}]{\shortcite{nass:address}.}, and
+ \endnote[\value{Video}]{\shortcite{friends:leia}.}.
+
+ {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Short-Note Style} \theendnotes}
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{The \textsf{entrysubtype} field}
+\label{sec:subtype}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+ The \cmssecref[entrysubtype]{cms-sec:entrysub} Chicago notes \&\
+ bibliography style covers a wide variety of source materials, so it
+ is perhaps no surprise that even the range of entry types offered by
+ \textsf{biblatex} isn't quite sufficient. In many cases, the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} field can further expand the repertoire
+ available to users. Such cases include, in particular, the
+ periodical types, where the \emph{CMS} differentiates between
+ articles and reviews in scholarly journals and those in magazines
+ and newspapers aimed at a more general readership. For the latter
+ two sorts of source, you place the string \texttt{magazine} in the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} field, and the citation style changes
+ accordingly:
+ \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{lakeforester:pushcarts}.} and
+ \endnote[\value{Review}]{\cite{bundy:macneil}.}.
+
+ \mylittlespace The \textsf{Misc} type provides a second
+ differentiating function for the \textsf{entrysubtype} field.
+ Without such a field, \textsf{Misc} entries function as they do in
+ standard \textsf{biblatex} and in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, that is, as
+ hold-alls for sources that won't easily fit into other categories.
+ (Ideally, such entries will be very rare when using
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.) With an \textsf{entrysubtype},
+ \textsf{Misc} entries will present their source as part of an
+ unpublished archive, to be distinguished from \textsf{Unpublished}
+ entries, which usually will have a specific title and won't come
+ from a named archive:
+ \endnote[\value{Misc}]{\headlesscite{creel:house}.}.
+
+ \mylittlespace The \textsf{entrysubtype} field is, finally, also
+ useful for presenting pre-Renaissance works by their traditional
+ divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are
+ presumed to be the same across all editions. For such citations,
+ you put the string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype}
+ field, and though this has no effect on long notes or in the
+ bibliography, it changes the punctuation in short notes, as below:
+ \endnote[\value{BookInBook}]{\shortcite[360e--361b]{plato:republic:gr}.}.
+ (Were you citing such a work by the pages in a modern edition, the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} would be unnecessary --- see the Euripides
+ citation above.)
+
+ {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes}
+ \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style]
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{Abbreviated references }
+\label{sec:abbrev}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+
+ The \cmssecref[crossref]{cms-sec:crossref} \emph{CMS} suggests, as a
+ space-saving measure, that when multiple parts of a single
+ collection are present in a reference apparatus, then references
+ may, following certain rules, abbreviate the portion that refers to
+ the collection as a whole. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} implements
+ this recommendation using a combination of package options (both
+ entry and preamble) and the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}
+ fields. In \textsf{InBook}, \textsf{InCollection},
+ \textsf{InProceedings}, and \textsf{Letter} entries, the option is
+ \texttt{longcrossref}, set to \texttt{false} by default, so if more
+ than one such entry cross-references the same parent entry, then the
+ abbreviated notes and bibliography entries will automatically
+ appear. The first full note citing such a source is not
+ abbreviated, but all subsequent notes, and all bibliography entries,
+ are:
+ \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\cite{ellet:galena}.},
+ \endnote[\value{InCollection}]{\cite{keating:dearborn}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Collection}]{\cite{prairie:state}.}.
+
+\mylittlespace The possible settings for the \texttt{longcrossref}
+option are \texttt{true} (no abbreviated references); \texttt{false}
+(abbreviated references in notes and bibliography); \texttt{notes}
+(abbreviated references only in the bibliography); \texttt{bib}
+(abbreviated references only in notes); and \texttt{none} (abbreviated
+references everywhere, including in the four entry types controlled by
+the \texttt{booklongxref} option).
+
+\mylittlespace The four entry types subject to the
+\texttt{booklongxref} option are \texttt{Book}, \texttt{BookInBook},
+\texttt{Collec\-tion}, and \texttt{Proceedings}. The option has the
+same four settings as \texttt{longcrossref}, excluding the
+\texttt{none} switch, but it is set to \texttt{true} by default,
+because the \emph{CMS} isn't as explicit in condoning abbreviated
+references in such entry types, so you have to turn them on yourself,
+as I have in this document using \texttt{booklongxref=false} in the
+preamble when loading \texttt{biblatex-chi\-ca\-go}:
+ \endnote[\value{Collection}]{\cite{harley:ancient:cart}.},
+ \endnote[\value{Collection}]{\cite{harley:cartography}.},
+ \endnote[\value{MVCollection}]{\cite{harley:hoc}.}.
+
+ {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes}
+ \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style]
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{Online materials}
+\label{sec:online}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+
+ With \cmssecref[online]{cms-sec:online} online sources, the
+ \emph{CMS} emphasizes the nature of the source rather more than the
+ place where that source is found. This means, for example, that an
+ online edition of a book calls for a
+ \endnote[\value{Book}]{\cite{james:ambassadors}.} entry. Even an
+ intrinsically online source, if it is structured more or less like a
+ conventional printed periodical, may demand an
+ \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{stenger:privacy}.} or
+ \textsf{Review} entry rather than an \textsf{Online} one. Blogs
+ lend themselves well to the
+ \endnote[\value{Article}]{\cite{ellis:blog}.} type, while a comment
+ on a blog becomes a
+ \endnote[\value{Review}]{\cite{ac:comment}.}. For things like
+ mailing lists or less journalistic web pages, the
+ \endnote[\value{Online}]{\cite{powell:email}.} type works well, as
+ it does for short online videos
+ (\endnote[\value{Online}]{\cite{pollan:plant}.}) and for short
+ online audio pieces, too:
+ \endnote[\value{Online}]{\cite{coolidge:speech}.}. (Some of these
+ latter also work well in a \textsf{Misc} entry with an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}.)
+
+ {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes}
+ \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style]
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{Related entries}
+\label{sec:related}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+
+ \textsf{Biblatex} provides \cmssecref{cms-sec:related} a powerful
+ mechanism, using the \textsf{related} field, for grouping two (or
+ more) works together in a single entry in the bibliography and/or in
+ long notes, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago} offers both this
+ functionality and some Chicago-specific variants which employ
+ different means. You can find a full discussion of this in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, but one of the entries already cited
+ in the previous section (\cmslink{coolidge:speech}) presents the two
+ entries together in both notes and bibliography, whereas a second
+ example places a text and its translation together, but only in the
+ bibliography: \endnote[\value{Book}]{\cite{furet:related}.}.
+
+ {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\normalsize Note Style} \theendnotes}
+ \printbibliography[title=\normalsize Bibliography Style]
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{Citation commands}
+\label{sec:citation}
+
+\begin{refsection}
+
+ Although \cmssecref{cms-sec:citecommands} \cmd{autocite} will no
+ doubt be the most commonly used citation command,
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, following \textsf{biblatex}, does provide
+ a range of other commands for more specialized usages. We have
+ already seen
+ \cmd{headlesscite},\footnote[1]{\headlesscite{creel:house}.} which
+ allows you to avoid, in notes, repetition of an \textsf{author's}
+ name when it appears in the \textsf{title} as well. We have also
+ seen \cmd{full\-cite},\footnote{\fullcite{loc:leaders}.} to
+ guarantee a long note, and
+ \cmd{shortcite},\footnote{\shortcite{coolidge:speech}.} to guarantee
+ a short one. (You can also use \cmd{footfullcite} to get a
+ \cmd{fullcite} in a footnote.) There are a few others that may
+ occasionally be useful:
+ \cmd{surnamecite},\footnote{\surnamecite{harley:hoc}.} for when a
+ note follows a discussion where the presence of the
+ \textsf{authors'} (or \textsf{editors'}, etc.)\ full names makes
+ their full repetition in the note unnecessary;
+ \cmd{citejournal},\footnote{\citejournal{lakeforester:pushcarts}.}
+ which provides an alternative short form when citing
+ \textsf{Articles}; and the standard \cmd{textcite}, which inserts
+ the name of an author or other \textcite{contrib:contrib} into the
+ flow of text, with a footnote below.
+
+% {\renewcommand{\notesname}{\large Note Style} \theendnotes}
+% \printbibliography[title=\large Bibliography Style]
+\end{refsection}
+
+\subsection*{In conclusion}
+\label{sec:conclude}
+
+Allow me, finally, to emphasize just how multifarious are the sources
+illustrated in the \emph{CMS}, only a small selection of which have
+appeared in this introduction. You will find significantly fuller
+guidance in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf},
+but the \emph{CMS} itself defines the specification and shall
+arbitrate all disputes. If you see something in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} that looks wrong to you, or if the
+documentation has left you perplexed, please let me know.
+
+\printbibliography[title=\large References]
+
+\twocolumn[\Large \texttt{The Database File}]
+\vspace*{-6pt}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prologue]
+%% Database entries used to produce
+%% citations in this file, taken
+%% from notes-test.bib. I have
+%% removed the annotations to save
+%% room -- they can be viewed in the
+%% main text above. You can click on
+%% the entry type to return to the
+%% long-note formats, and you can
+%% click on text with a grey back-
+%% ground to switch to that entry
+%% within this .bib listing.
+
+@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BiBTeX,label=ac:comment]
+*\lnbackref{Review}{6}*{ac:comment,
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2008-06-30},
+ author = {AC},
+ eventdate = {2008-07-01},
+ nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)},
+ crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{ellis:blog}{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{ellis:blog}\}}*,
+ title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, \mkbibquote{Squatters' Rights}}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ashbrook:brain]
+*\lnbackref{InBook}{1}*{ashbrook:brain,
+ author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch},
+ title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful God},
+ booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain},
+ publisher = {Pilgrim Press},
+ year = 1997,
+ chapter = 7,
+ location = {Cleveland, OH},
+ shorttitle = {The Frontal Lobes}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=bundy:macneil]
+*\lnbackref{Review}{4}*{bundy:macneil,
+ journaltitle = {MacNeil/Lehrer NewsHour},
+ usera = {PBS},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1990-02-07},
+ author = {Bundy, McGeorge},
+ title = {interview by Robert MacNeil},
+ shorttitle = {interview}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=chicago:manual]
+*\hyperlink{Hfootnote.1}{\color{DarkBlue}@Book}*{chicago:manual,
+ title = {The Chicago Manual of Style},
+ year = 2010,
+ author = {{University of Chicago Press}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ edition = 16,
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=clark:mesopot]
+*\lnbackref{Booklet}{1}*{clark:mesopot,
+ title = {Mesopotamia},
+ subtitle = {Between Two Rivers},
+ author = {Hazel V. Clark},
+ howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store},
+ year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}},
+ location = {Mesopotamia, OH}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=contrib:contrib]
+*\lnbackref{InCollection}{1}*{contrib:contrib,
+ author = {Contributor, Anna},
+ title = {Contribution},
+ booktitle = {Edited Volume},
+ publisher = {Publisher},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
+ editor = {Editor, Ellen},
+ location = {Place}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=coolidge:speech]
+*\lnbackref{Online}{6}*{coolidge:speech,
+ author = {Coolidge, Calvin},
+ title = {Equal Rights},
+ titleaddon = {(speech)},
+ note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc},
+ related = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault%
+{loc:leaders}{anchor}{}}{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{loc:leaders}}*},
+ options = {related=true,ptitleaddon=
+ space,ctitleaddon=space},
+ year = {ca.\,1920}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=creel:house]
+*\lnbackref{Misc}{4}*{creel:house,
+ author = {Creel, George},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ title = {George Creel to Colonel House},
+ origdate = {1918-09-25},
+ note = {Edward~M. House Papers},
+ organization = {Yale University Library}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=dyna:browser]
+*\lnbackref{Manual}{1}*{dyna:browser,
+ title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser},
+ organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.},
+ address = {Providence, RI},
+ year = 1991,
+ shorttitle = {Dynatext}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ellet:galena]
+*\lnbackref{InCollection}{5}*{ellet:galena,
+ author = {Ellet, Elizabeth~F.~L.},
+ title = {By Rail and Stage to Galena},
+ crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{prairie:state}%
+{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{prairie:state}\}}*,
+ pages = {271--79}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ellis:blog]
+*\lnbackref{Article}{6}*{ellis:blog,
+ author = {Ellis, Rhian},
+ title = {Squatters' Rights},
+ journaltitle = {Ward Six},
+ location = {blog},
+ date = {2008-06-30},
+ url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/ 2008/06/sqatters-rights.html},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=euripides:orestes]
+*\lnbackref{BookInBook}{2}*{euripides:orestes,
+ title = {Orestes},
+ year = 1958,
+ booktitle = {Euripides},
+ maintitle = {The Complete Greek Tragedies},
+ nameb = {Arrowsmith, William},
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Euripides},
+ editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ pages = {185--288},
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=frede:inproc]
+*\lnbackref{InProceedings}{1}*{frede:inproc,
+ author = {Dorothea Frede},
+ title = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics} VII. 11--12},
+ subtitle = {Pleasure},
+ booktitle = {Aristotle},
+ booksubtitle = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics}, Book VII},
+ series = {Symposium Aristotelicum},
+ editor = {Carlo Natali},
+ publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+ address = {Oxford},
+ year = {2009},
+ pages = {183-207}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=friends:leia]
+*\lnbackref{Video}{2}*{friends:leia,
+ title = {The One with the Princess Leia Fantasy},
+ date = 2003,
+ booktitle = {Friends},
+ booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1},
+ author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.},
+ eventdate = {1996-09-19},
+ editor = {Mancuso, Gail},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Warner Home Video},
+ type = {DVD},
+ address = {Burbank, CA}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=furet:passing:eng]
+*\lnbackref{Book}{7}*{furet:passing:eng,
+ title = {The Passing of an Illusion},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Furet, François},
+ userf = {furet:passing:fr},
+ translator = {Furet, Deborah},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=furet:related]
+*\lnbackref{Book}{7}*{furet:related,
+ title = {Le passé d'une illusion},
+ year = 1995,
+ related = {*\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault%
+{furet:passing:eng}{anchor}{}}{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{furet:passing:eng}}*},
+ relatedtype = {bytranslator},
+ author = {Furet, François},
+ publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont},
+ location = {Paris}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=garaud:gatine]
+*\lnbackref{Article}{1}*{garaud:gatine,
+ author = {Garaud, Marcel},
+ title = {Recherches sur les défrichements dans la Gâtine poitevine aux XIe et XIIe siècles},
+ journaltitle = {Bulletin de la Société des antiquaires de l'Ouest},
+ year = 1967,
+ volume = 9,
+ series = 4,
+ pages = {11--27},
+ shorttitle = {Recherches sur les défrichements}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=harley:ancient:cart]
+*\lnbackref{Collection}{5}*{harley:ancient:cart,
+ title = {Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient, and Medieval Europe and the Mediterranean},
+ crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{harley:hoc}%
+{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{harley:hoc}\}}*,
+ date = {1987},
+ volume = 1
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=harley:cartography]
+*\lnbackref{Collection}{5}*{harley:cartography,
+ title = {Cartography in the Traditional East and Southeast Asian Societies},
+ year = 1994,
+ crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{harley:hoc}%
+{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{harley:hoc}\}}*,
+ volume = {2},
+ part = {2},
+ shorttitle = {Cartography in East and Southeast Asia}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=harley:hoc]
+*\lnbackref{MVCollection}{5}*{harley:hoc,
+ title = {The History of Cartography},
+ date = {1987/},
+ editor = {Harley, J.~B. and Woodward, David},
+ volumes = {3},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=herwign:office]
+*\lnbackref{TechReport}{1}*{herwign:office,
+ options = {useprefix=true},
+ author = {{van} Herwijnen, Eric},
+ title = {Future Office Systems Requirements},
+ institution = {CERN DD internal note},
+ year = 1988,
+ month = 11
+}
+\end{lstlisting}\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=holiday:fool]
+*\lnbackref{Music}{2}*{holiday:fool,
+ title = {I'm a Fool to Want You},
+ eventdate = {1958-02-20},
+ date = {1960},
+ booktitle = {Lady in Satin},
+ author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack},
+ editor = {Holiday, Billie},
+ editortype = {none},
+ number = {CL 1157},
+ publisher = {Columbia},
+ type = {33\onethird~rpm},
+ note = {with Ray Ellis},
+ options = {useauthor=false}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=jackson:paulina:letter]
+*\lnbackref{Letter}{2}*{jackson:paulina:letter,
+ author = {Jackson, Paulina},
+ title = {Paulina Jackson to John Pepys Junior},
+ booktitle = {The Letters of Samuel Pepys and His Family Circle},
+ origdate = {1676-10-03},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ year = 1955,
+ editor = {Heath, Helen Truesdell},
+ shorttitle = {to John Pepys Junior},
+ pages = {\bibstring{number} 42},
+ location = {Oxford}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=james:ambassadors]
+*\lnbackref{Book}{6}*{james:ambassadors,
+ title = {The Ambassadors},
+ year = 1996,
+ origdate = 1909,
+ author = {James, Henry},
+ publisher = {Project Gutenberg},
+ url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/ books/gutenberg/etext96/ ambas10.txt}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=keating:dearborn]
+*\lnbackref{InCollection}{5}*{keating:dearborn,
+ author = {Keating, William~H.},
+ title = {Fort Dearborn and Chicago},
+ crossref = *\hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{prairie:state}%
+{anchor}{}}{\{\colorbox{Gainsboro}{prairie:state}\}}*,
+ pages = {84--87}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=lakeforester:pushcarts]
+*\lnbackref{Article}{4}*{lakeforester:pushcarts,
+ journaltitle = {Lake Forester},
+ date = {2000-03-23},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks},
+ location = {Lake Forest, IL},
+ shorttitle = {Pushcarts Evolve}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=leo:madonna]
+*\lnbackref{Artwork}{2}*{leo:madonna,
+ author = {{Leonardo da Vinci}},
+ shortauthor = {Leonardo},
+ title = {Madonna of the Rocks},
+ type = {oil on canvas},
+ institution = {Louvre},
+ year = {1480s},
+ note = {78 x 48.5 in\adddot},
+ location = {Paris}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=loc:leaders]
+*\hyperlink{Hendnote.623}{\color{DarkBlue}@Online}*{loc:leaders,
+ author = {Library of Congress},
+ title = {American Leaders Speak},
+ subtitle = {Recordings from World War I and the 1920 Election, 1918--1920},
+ url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/ nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html},
+ note = {RealAudio and WAV formats},
+ options = {skipbib}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=mchugh:wake]
+*\lnbackref{Book}{1}*{mchugh:wake,
+ title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans Wake}},
+ year = 1980,
+ author = {McHugh, Roland},
+ publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press},
+ location = {Baltimore}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=nass:address]
+*\lnbackref{Unpublished}{1}*{nass:address,
+ author = {Nass, Clifford},
+ title = {Why Researchers Treat On-Line Journals Like Real People},
+ note = {keynote address, annual meeting of the Council of Science Editors},
+ location = {San Antonio, TX},
+ date = {2000-05-06/2000-05-09}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=plato:republic:gr]
+*\lnbackref{BookInBook}{4}*{plato:republic:gr,
+ title = {Republic},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ year = 1902,
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Plato},
+ editor = {Burnet, J.},
+ booktitle = {Clitopho, Res Publica, Timaeus, Critias},
+ maintitle = {Opera},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ series = {Oxford Classical Texts},
+ pages = {327--621},
+ location = {Oxford}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=polakow:afterw]
+*\lnbackref{SuppBook}{2}*{polakow:afterw,
+ author = {Polakow, Valerie},
+ title = {Lives on the Edge},
+ subtitle = {Single Mothers and Their Children in the Other America},
+ pages = {175--184},
+ afterword = {yes},
+ year = 1993,
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=pollan:plant]
+*\lnbackref{Online}{6}*{pollan:plant,
+ author = {Pollan, Michael},
+ title = {Michael Pollan Gives a Plant's-Eye View},
+ organization = {TED video, 17:31},
+ url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/
+ talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_
+ plant_s_eye_view.html},
+ urldate = {2008-02},
+ date = {2007-03},
+ userd = {posted}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=powell:email]
+*\lnbackref{Online}{6}*{powell:email,
+ author = {Powell, John},
+ date = {1998-04-23},
+ titleaddon = {e-mail to Grapevine mailing list},
+ url = {http://www.electriceditors.net/ grapevine/issues/83.txt},
+ shorttitle = {\autocap{e}-mail to Grapevine mailing list}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prairie:state]
+*\lnbackref{Collection}{5}*{prairie:state,
+ title = {Prairie State},
+ subtitle = {Impressions of Illinois, 1673--1967, by Travelers and Other Observers},
+ year = 1968,
+ editor = {Angle, Paul~M.},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ratliff:review]
+*\lnbackref{Review}{2}*{ratliff:review,
+ author = {Ratliff, Ben},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of
+ Samba: Popular Music and
+ National Identity in Brazil},
+ \bibstring{by} Hermano Vianna,
+ \parteditandtrans John Charles
+ Chasteen},
+ journaltitle = {Lingua Franca},
+ date = {1999-04},
+ volume = 9,
+ pages = {B13--B14},
+ shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of Samba}}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=ross:thesis]
+*\lnbackref{MastersThesis}{1}*{ross:thesis,
+ author = {Ross, Dorothy},
+ title = {The Irish-Catholic Immigrant, 1880--1900},
+ subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility},
+ school = {Columbia University},
+ year = {\bibstring{nodate}}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=schubert:muellerin]
+*\lnbackref{Audio}{2}*{schubert:muellerin,
+ title = {Das Wandern (Wandering)},
+ date = 1895,
+ shorttitle = {Das Wandern},
+ booktitle = {Die sch\"one M\"ullerin (The Maid of the Mill)},
+ maintitle = {First Vocal Album \mkbibemph{(for high voice)}},
+ author = {Schubert, Franz},
+ publisher = {G.~Schirmer},
+ address = {New York}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=stenger:privacy]
+*\lnbackref{Article}{6}*{stenger:privacy,
+ journaltitle = {CNN.com},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1999-12-20},
+ author = {Stenger, Richard},
+ title = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device Sparks Privacy Fears},
+ url = {http://www.cnn.com/1999/TECH/ ptech/12/20/implant.device/},
+ shorttitle = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=wikiped:bibtex]
+*\lnbackref{InReference}{2}*{wikiped:bibtex,
+ title = {Wikipedia},
+ lista = {BibTeX},
+ url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/ wiki/BibTeX},
+ urldate = {2011-09-03},
+ userd = {last modified}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+%% \printshorthands
+
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% TeX-trailer-start: "^[^%\n]*\\\\printshorthands"
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fec20977da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..080d8217c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-notes-sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,%
+bibencoding=latin1,booklongxref=false,compresspages]{biblatex-chicago}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}
+%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
+%\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}
+%\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% If someone prints annotations
+\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}
+%\appto\biburlsetup{\Urlmuskip=0mu plus 4mu\relax}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\bibliography{notes-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+\begin{document}
+Note\autocite{ac:comment} note\autocite{adorno:benj}
+note\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr} note\autocite{adorno:benj}
+note\autocite[23]{adorno:benj} note\autocite{ashbrook:brain}
+note\autocite[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}
+note\autocite{ac:comment} note\autocite{assocpress:gun}
+note\autocite{auden:reading} note\autocite[149]{ashbrook:brain}
+note\autocite{author:forthcoming} note\autocite{assocpress:gun}
+note\autocite{babb:peru}.
+
+Note\autocite{author:forthcoming} note\autocite{auden:reading}
+note\autocite{barcott:review} note\autocite{batson}
+note\autocite{babb:peru} note\autocite{barcott:review}
+note\autocite[339]{batson} note\autocite{beattie:crime}
+note\autocite{bedford:photo} note\autocite{babb:peru}
+note\autocite{beethoven:sonata29} note\autocite{bernhard:boris}
+note\autocite{bernhard:ritter}.
+
+Note\autocite{bernstein:shostakovich} note\autocite{boxer:china}
+note\autocite{beattie:crime} note\autocite{brown:bremer}
+note\autocite{beethoven:sonata29} note\autocite{bernhard:ritter}
+note\autocite{bernstein:shostakovich} note\autocite{bernhard:boris}
+note\autocite{boxer:china} note\autocite{browning:aurora}
+note\autocite[pt.\ 2, 55]{brown:bremer} note\autocite{bundy:macneil}
+note\autocite{centinel:letters}.
+
+Note\autocite{chaucer:liferecords} note\autocite{browning:aurora}
+note\autocite[\printdate]{bundy:macneil}
+note\autocite[29]{centinel:letters}.
+
+Note\autocite{chaucer:alt} note\autocite{clark:mesopot}
+note\autocite{chaucer:liferecords} note\autocite{cleese:holygrail}
+note\autocite{Clemens:letter} note\autocite{cohen:schiff}
+note\autocite{Clemens:letter} note\autocite{clark:mesopot}
+note\autocite{cleese:holygrail} note\autocite{cohen:schiff}
+note\autocite{chaucer:alt} note\autocite{conley:fifthgrade}
+note\autocite{contrib:contrib}.
+
+Note\autocite{conley:fifthgrade} note\autocite{contrib:contrib}
+note\autocite{cook:sotweed} note\autocite{cotton:manufacture}
+note\autocite{coolidge:speech} note\autocite{cook:sotweed}
+note\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast} note\autocite{creasey:york:death}
+note\autocite{cotton:manufacture} note\autocite{creasey:morton:hide}
+note\autocite{coolidge:speech} note\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast}
+note.\footnote{\headlessfullcite{creel:house}.}
+
+Note\autocite{davenport:attention} note\autocite{creasey:york:death}
+note\autocite{creasey:morton:hide}
+note\footnote{\headlesscite[\letterdatelong]{creel:house}.}
+note\autocite{dinkel:agassiz} note\autocite{donne:var}
+note\autocite{davenport:attention} note\autocite{dunn:revolutions}
+note\autocite{dyna:browser} note\autocite{dinkel:agassiz}
+note\autocite{eliot:pound} note\autocite{ellet:galena}
+note\autocite{donne:var} note\autocite{dyna:browser}.
+
+Note\autocite{ellis:blog} note\autocite{emerson:nature}
+note\footfullcite{ency:britannica} note\autocite{dunn:revolutions}
+note\autocite{eliot:pound} note\autocite{euripides:orestes}
+note\autocite{ellet:galena} note\autocite{ellis:blog}
+note\autocite{emerson:nature} note\autocite{evanston:library}
+note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[3]{feydeau:farces}.}
+note\autocite{floyd:atom} note\autocite{euripides:orestes}.
+
+Note\autocite{frede:inproc} note\autocite{friedman:learning}
+note\autocite{evanston:library} note\autocite{feydeau:farces}
+note\autocite{floyd:atom} note\autocite{frede:inproc}
+note\autocite{friedman:learning} note\autocite{friends:leia}
+note\autocite{furet:passing:eng} note\autocite{garaud:gatine}
+note\autocite{garrett} note\autocite{gibbard}.
+
+Note\autocite{friends:leia} note\autocite{furet:passing:eng}
+note\autocite{garrett} note\autocite{good:wholeissue}
+note\autocite{gourmet:052006} note\autocite{garaud:gatine}
+note\autocite{greek:filmstrip} note\autocite{grove:sibelius}
+note\autocite{handel:messiah} note\autocite{harley:cartography}
+note\autocite{harley:ancient:cart} note\autocite{harwood:biden}
+note\autocite{gibbard} note\autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}.
+
+Note\autocite{good:wholeissue} note\autocite{hlatky:hrt}
+note\autocite{greek:filmstrip} note\autocite{gourmet:052006}
+note\autocite{handel:messiah} note\autocite{harwood:biden}
+note\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius}
+note\autocite{hitchcock:nbynw} note\autocite{holiday:fool}
+note\autocite{horsley:prosodies} note\autocite{harley:cartography}
+note\autocite{horowitz:youtube}.
+
+Note\autocite{harley:ancient:cart}
+note\autocite{jackson:paulina:letter} note\autocite{hlatky:hrt}
+note\autocite{james:ambassadors} note\autocite{holiday:fool}
+note\autocite{horowitz:youtube} note\autocite{horsley:prosodies}
+note\autocite{keating:dearborn} note\autocite{jackson:paulina:letter}
+note\autocite{kern} note\autocite{james:ambassadors}
+note\autocite{kimluu:diethyl}.
+
+Note\autocite{keating:dearborn} note\autocite{kozinn:review}
+note\autocite{kern} note\autocite{lach:asia}
+note\autocite{kimluu:diethyl} note\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}
+note\autocite{kozinn:review} note\autocite{levistrauss:savage}
+note\autocite{lach:asia} note\autocite{leo:madonna}
+note\autocite{lewis} note\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}
+note\autocite{levistrauss:savage} note\autocite{lecarre:quest}
+note\autocite[29]{lewis} note\autocite{lecarre:quest}
+note\autocite{lippincott:chicago}.
+
+Note\autocite{loften:hamlet} note\autocite{maisonneuve:relations}
+note\autocite{lippincott:chicago} note\autocite{loften:hamlet}
+note\autocite{mchugh:wake} note\autocite{mcmillen:antebellum}
+note\autocite{maisonneuve:relations}
+note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[2:218]{meredith:letters}.}
+note\autocite{mchugh:wake} note\autocite[6.9.4]{mla:style}
+note\autocite{morgenson:market} note\autocite{mozart:figaro}.
+
+Note\autocite{murphy:silent} note\autocite{nasa:db}
+note\autocite{nass:address} note\autocite{mcmillen:antebellum}
+note\autocite{natrecoff:camera} note\autocite[2:25]{meredith:letters}
+note\autocite[6.9.5]{mla:style} note\autocite{morgenson:market}
+note\autocite{murphy:silent} note\autocite{mozart:figaro}
+note\autocite{nasa:db} note\autocite{nass:address}.
+
+Note\autocite{nyt:obittrevor} note\autocite{nyt:trevorobit}
+note\autocite{nytrumpet:art} note\autocite{osborne:poison}
+note\autocite{oed:cdrom} note\autocite{natrecoff:camera}
+note\autocite{palmatary:pottery} note\autocite{nyt:obittrevor}
+note\autocite{nyt:trevorobit} note\autocite[arithmetical]{oed:cdrom}
+note\autocite{nytrumpet:art} note\autocite{pelikan:christian}
+note\autocite{petroff:impurity} note\autocite{osborne:poison}
+note\autocite{phibbs:diary}.
+
+Note\autocite{palmatary:pottery} note\autocite{pirumova}
+note\autocite{pelikan:christian} note\autocite{petroff:impurity}
+note\autocite{plato:republic:gr} note\autocite{polakow:afterw}
+note\autocite{phibbs:diary}
+note\autocite[360e--361b]{plato:republic:gr} note\autocite{pirumova}
+note\autocite{polakow:afterw} note\autocite{pollan:plant}
+note\autocite{powell:email}.
+
+Note\autocite{prose:intro} note\autocite{ratliff:review}
+note\autocite{reaves:rosen} note\autocite{pollan:plant}
+note\autocite{powell:email} note\autocite{prose:intro}
+note\autocite{rodman:walk} note\autocite{roosevelt:speech}
+note\autocite{ross:thesis} note\autocite{ratliff:review}
+note\autocite{rozner:liberation} note\autocite{rubinstein:chopin}.
+
+Note\autocite{saberhagen:beluga} note\autocite{schellinger:novel}
+note\autocite{reaves:rosen} note\autocite{schubert:muellerin}
+note\autocite{rodman:walk} note\autocite{schweitzer:bach}
+note\autocite{roosevelt:speech} note\autocite{ross:thesis}
+note\autocite{rozner:liberation} note\autocite{rubinstein:chopin}
+note\autocite{sechzer:women} note\autocite{schellinger:novel}
+note\autocite{sereny:cries} note\autocite{schubert:muellerin}
+note\autocite{saberhagen:beluga}.
+
+Note\autocite{schweitzer:bach}
+note\footnote{\headlessfullcite{sewall:letter}.}
+note\autocite{shapey:partita} note\autocite{sechzer:women}
+note\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex} note\autocite{sereny:cries}
+note\autocite{silver:gawain}
+note\footnote{\headlesscite{sewall:letter}.}
+note\autocite{soltes:georgia} note\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex}
+note\autocite{spock:interview} note\autocite{shapey:partita}.
+
+Note\autocite{stenger:privacy} note\autocite{silver:gawain}
+note\autocite{tillich:system} note\autocite{soltes:georgia}
+note\autocite{spock:interview} note\autocite{times:guide}
+note\autocite{twain:audio} note\autocite{virginia:plantation}
+note\autocite{stenger:privacy} note\autocite{chicago:manual}
+note\autocite{twain:audio} note\autocite[2:45]{tillich:system}.
+
+Note\autocite[police ranks]{times:guide}
+note\autocite{virginia:plantation} note\autocite{chicago:manual}
+note\autocite{unsigned:ranke} note\autocite{herwign:office}
+note\autocite{verdi:corsaro} note\autocite{wallraff:word}
+note\autocite{unsigned:ranke} note\autocite{warr:ellison}
+note\autocite{herwign:office} note\autocite{wallraff:word}
+note\autocite{verdi:corsaro} note\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}.
+
+Note\autocite{weed:flatiron} note\autocite{weresz}.
+note\autocite{white:callimachus} note\autocite{white:ross:memo}
+note\autocite{warr:ellison} note\autocite{weed:flatiron}
+note\autocite{wikiped:bibtex} note\autocite{will:cohere}
+note\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}. As \textcite{zukowsky:chicago}
+says.
+
+Note\autocite{weresz} note\autocite{white:russ}
+note\autocite{white:callimachus} note\autocite{white:ross:memo}
+note\autocite{white:russ} note\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}
+note\autocite{will:cohere} note\footnote{\textcite{zukowsky:chicago}
+ makes a similar point.}
+note\autocites[See][3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}[360e--361b]
+{plato:republic:gr}[and also][for additional
+information]{white:callimachus} note\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}
+note\autocites[See][]{mchugh:wake}[and][569]{warr:ellison}
+note.\footnote{\citetitles{warr:ellison}{mchugh:wake}.}
+
+Note\footnote{\Citetitle{powell:email}.}
+note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[3:126]{meredith:letters}.}
+note\autocite[3:126]{meredith:letters} note\footfullcite[2]{weresz}
+note\autocite[2]{weresz} note\footnote{\fullcite{zukowsky:chicago}.}
+note.\footnote{\cite*{zukowsky:chicago}.}
+
+\nocite{furet:related,house:papers}
+
+\printshorthands
+
+\printbibliography[notkeyword=original]
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..042c5a7b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79f284a89d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-appendix.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+%\usepackage{endnotes}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[authordate-trad,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,%
+bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict,%
+annotation]{biblatex-chicago}
+% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,%
+% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{5pt}
+\providecommand{\theendnote}{}
+%\usepackage{listings}
+\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}
+\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
+\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor}
+\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,urlcolor=DarkSlateGrey,citecolor=black,
+plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{cmsdocs}
+\bibliography{dates-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+\begin{document}
+
+\nocite{barcott:review:15,donne:var:15,shapey:partita:15}
+\section*{Appendix: \texttt{authordate-trad} References}
+\label{sec:trad:appendix}
+\printbibliography[heading=none]
+
+\twocolumn%[\Large \texttt{The trad Database File}]
+\vspace*{-6pt}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prologue]
+%% Database entries used to produce
+%% citations in this file, taken
+%% from dates-test.bib, and designed
+%% to show some of the changes
+%% need to use the authordate-trad
+%% style, with its sentence-style
+%% capitalization of titles. I have
+%% removed the annotations to save
+%% room -- you can click on
+%% the entry type to return to the
+%% reference list entry, where you'll
+%% also find the annotations.
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=barcott:review:15]
+*\adlnbackref{Article}{barcott:review:15}*,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review},
+ author = {Barcott, Bruce},
+ date = {2000-04-16},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The last marlin: The story of a family at sea}, \bibstring{by} {Fred Waitzkin}},
+ pages = 7
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=donne:var:15]
+*\adlnbackref{Book}{donne:var:15}*,
+ author = {Donne, John},
+ editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.},
+ title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the \mkbibquote{Epicedes and obsequies}},
+ namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry},
+ publisher = {Indiana Univ.\ Press},
+ maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}},
+ year = 1995,
+ volume = 6,
+ location = {Bloomington}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=shapey:partita:15]
+*\adlnbackref{Misc}{shapey:partita:15}*,
+ author = {Shapey, Ralph},
+ title = {Partita for violin and thirteen players},
+ titleaddon = {score},
+ entrysubtype = {music},
+ date = 1966,
+ note = {Special Collections},
+ organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library},
+ institution = {University of Chicago}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da39867718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78be328258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cms-trad-sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+%\usepackage{endnotes}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[authordate-trad,backend=biber,autolang=none,booklongxref=false,%
+bibencoding=latin1,postnotepunct,compresspages,strict]{biblatex-chicago}
+% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,%
+% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% In case someone prints the annotations.
+\hyphenation{evans-ton clem-ens mc-hugh ho-ro-witz}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{5pt}
+\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}
+\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
+\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,citecolor=black,
+plainpages=false,breaklinks=true]{hyperref}
+\bibliography{dates-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+\begin{document}
+
+\section*{The Chicago authordate-trad Specification:%
+ \ Testing Only}
+\label{sec:spec}
+
+\subsection*{Please see cms-dates-intro.pdf first}
+\label{bibernote}
+
+Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
+author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to
+process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
+variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires.
+For this release, you really need the current versions of
+\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain
+features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that
+follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if
+you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need
+\textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a.
+(Please contact me at the email address in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} if you have any difficulty obtaining a
+copy of this earlier release.)
+
+\subsection*{Editions}
+\label{editions}
+
+This file documents the \textsf{authordate-trad} specification which,
+as envisaged by the \emph{Manual} \autocite*[15.45]{chicago:manual},
+grafts the traditional Chicago author-date title formatting onto the
+current, 16th-edition recommendations for the remainder of the
+reference apparatus. This newest edition implemented significant
+changes to what the author-date specification has, historically,
+recommended, and there are certain to be users who prefer the older
+format with titles capitalized sentence-style and not, in the case of
+most un-book-like entries, enclosed in quotation marks. I have
+implemented the \textsf{authordate-trad} style for such users. To
+compare it with the standard style, please see
+\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}. You can also still use the
+15th-edition styles from \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, which have been
+updated with some improvements borrowed from the 16th edition, but
+which are now strongly deprecated. (See
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago15.pdf} and \textsf{cms15-dates-sample.pdf}.)
+I would encourage all users to switch to one of the 16th-edition
+styles as soon as possible, as I am concentrating all of my
+development time there.
+
+\subsection*{Usage}
+\label{usage}
+
+As a general rule, you'll probably want to use the \cmd{autocite}
+command for most citations. For most sources, the result will be
+exactly as you expect it to be. A few examples:
+\autocite{adorno:benj}; \autocite{ashbrook:brain};
+\autocite{babb:peru}; \autocite{barcott:review:15}. Any page
+references should also appear as you expect: \autocite[338]{batson};
+\autocite[79]{beattie:crime}; \autocite[36]{boxer:china}.
+
+\subsection*{Repeated citations}
+\label{sec:ibidem}
+
+Repeated citations are somewhat complicated. The Chicago author-date
+style doesn't use \enquote{\emph{Ibid},} but in general a repeated
+citation on the same page will print only the page reference:
+\autocite{browning:aurora}; \autocite[45]{browning:aurora}.
+Technically, this should only occur when a source is cited
+\enquote{more than once in one paragraph}
+\autocite[15.26]{chicago:manual}, so you can use the \cmd{citereset}
+command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as
+the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section,
+and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically resets the tracker at page breaks:
+
+\citereset\cmd{citereset}\ \autocite[15.27]{chicago:manual}. If you
+are going to repeat a source, make sure that the cite command provides
+a postnote --- when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you'll no longer
+get any annoying empty parentheses, but you will get another standard
+citation, which may add too much clutter: \autocite{chicago:manual}.
+If you don't need to cite a specific page, then it may be better, or
+at least more concise, only to use one citation command rather than
+two.
+
+\subsection*{Other citation commands}
+\label{sec:other}
+
+The other citation commands from \textsf{biblatex} also work fine:
+
+\cmd{textcite}: \textcite{conley:fifthgrade}; \cmd{autocite*}:
+\autocite*{connell:chronic}; \cmd{cite}: \cite{conway:evolution};
+\cmd{cite*}: \cite*{davenport:attention}; \cmd{foot\-note} with
+\cmd{autocite};\footnote{\autocite{donne:var:15}.}\ \cmd{footcite}
+(=\cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}). \footcite{dunn:revolutions}
+
+Multicites should work as you expect, too:
+
+\cmd{autocites}: \autocites{dyna:browser}{eliot:pound};
+\cmd{autocites} by the same author:
+\autocites{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}; \cmd{autocites} by the same
+author with postnotes: \autocites{pirumova}[14]{pirumova:russian};
+\cmd{textcites} by the same author with postnotes:
+\textcites[37]{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}.
+
+\subsection*{Shorthands}
+\label{sec:shorthands}
+
+Chicago's author-date style only seems to recommend the use of
+shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' names, particularly
+institutional names \autocite[15.36]{chicago:manual}. By default, I
+have followed this recommendation: \cmd{autocites}:
+\autocites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}; \cmd{textcites}:
+\textcites{bsi:abbreviation}{iso:electrodoc}. This \textsf{shorthand}
+will by default appear at the head of the entry in the list of
+references, followed by the parenthesized expansion of the shorthand,
+taken from the \textsf{author} field. (This is a change from the 15th
+edition.) You will usually also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to make
+sure that the entry is alphabetized by the \textsf{shorthand} rather
+than by the \textsf{title}. If you use a \cmd{printshorthands}
+command, the list of shorthands will still be printed, so you now have
+a variety of options available for presenting the expansions depending
+on your specific requirements. Please note, also, that you can get
+back something approaching the \enquote{standard} behavior of
+shorthands if you give the \texttt{cmslos=false} option to
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your document preamble.
+
+\subsection*{Mildly problematic entries}
+\label{sec:problematic}
+
+In most entries, the absence of an author can be supplied by, e.g., an
+editor or a translator: \autocite{chaucer:alt};
+\autocite{silver:gawain}. Sometimes an anonymous work's author is
+known or can be guessed: \autocite{horsley:prosodies};
+\autocite{cook:sotweed}. Alternatively, in some cases the
+\textsf{title} may appear in place of the \textsf{author}:
+\autocite{anon:stanze}; \autocite{virginia:plantation}. The 16th
+edition is less than enthusiastic about the use of
+\enquote{\texttt{Anon.}}\ as author.
+
+By default, in most entry types, an absent \textsf{date} will
+automatically provoke \textsf{Biber} into searching for other sorts of
+dates in the entry, in the order \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear,
+ urlyear}: e.g., \autocite{evanston:library}, which only has a
+\textsf{urlyear}. In three entry types --- \textsf{Music},
+\textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} --- this search order is
+\textsf{eventyear, origyear, year, urlyear}, as in these types the
+earliest year should take precedence (cf.\
+page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below). Beginning with this release,
+you can change the default search order, for all but the three types
+just mentioned, by using the \texttt{cmsdate} option in the preamble
+of your document, instead of (or in addition to) using it in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual entries. Setting that option in
+the preamble either to \enquote{\texttt{both}} or
+\enquote{\texttt{on}} makes the document-wide search order:
+\textsf{origyear, year, eventyear, urlyear}. This may be useful for
+documents that contain many entries with multiple dates, and where you
+want \emph{always} to present the earlier (i.e., \textsf{orig}) dates
+at the head of reference list entries and in citations. You can
+eliminate some of these dates from the running, or change the search
+order, using the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command in your preamble, but
+please be aware that I have hard-coded the possibilities above into
+the author-date style in order to cope with some tricky corners of the
+specification. If you reorder these dates, and your references enter
+these tricky corners, the results might be surprising. (Cf.\
+section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and especially section~5.2,
+s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date}} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf} for the
+gory details.)
+
+In most entry types, the absence of all four possible dates will
+automatically produce \mbox{\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}}}
+instead: \autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it
+yourself in the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}:
+\autocite{ross:thesis}. A date that can be guessed should appear
+within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. Forthcoming works
+are straightforward, assuming you remember to use the \cmd{autocap}
+macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the \textsf{date}) field, so
+that the word appears correctly in both citations and the list of
+references: \autocite{author:forthcoming}; \autocite{contrib:contrib}.
+
+The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed the rules for
+entries with more than one date \autocite[15.38]{chicago:manual}.
+First, \textsf{Music}, \textsf{Review}, and \textsf{Video} entries
+have their own rules, which are applied automatically. (Once again,
+see page~\pageref{sec:audiovisual}, below.) For other entry types,
+there are two options, corresponding to two different states of the
+\texttt{cmsdate} entry (or preamble) option. The default is
+\texttt{cmsdate=off}: \autocite{maitland:equity}. Here, setting the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to \texttt{reprint} ensures that a notice of
+the original publication date will be printed at the end of the
+reference list entry. Alternatively, you can use
+\texttt{cmsdate=both}: \autocite{emerson:nature};
+\autocite{maitland:canon}. \texttt{cmsdate=new} and
+\texttt{cmsdate=old} are both now synonyms of \texttt{both}, while
+\texttt{cmsdate=on} is still available even though it falls outside
+the specification: \autocite{james:ambassadors}. These options, in
+combination with others available in your .bib files, can cover a wide
+range of difficult cases. Please see the next section below, the
+documentation in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, particularly in
+section~5.2, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{date},} and also the following
+entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}:
+\autocites{schweitzer:bach}{white:russ}{white:ross:memo}.
+
+\subsection*{Corners of the specification}
+\label{sec:corners}
+
+In some cases, the \emph{Manual} isn't altogether clear about how to
+present entries in the author-date style. I'm pretty certain about
+most of what follows, but if you interpret the specification
+differently please let me know.
+
+\subsubsection*{InReference entries}
+\label{sec:inref}
+
+These present several peculiarities: the title of the work should
+always take the place of any author, no
+\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} will automatically be provided,
+and any postnote field will be enclosed in quotation marks preceded by
+\enquote{\texttt{s.v.}\hspace{-2pt}} for \enquote{\emph{sub verbo}.}
+This allows you to refer to alphabetized articles in well-known
+reference works: \autocite[Hume, David]{ency:britannica};
+\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius};
+\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Author-less Article, Review, and Manual entries}
+\label{sec:authless:art}
+
+In \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entries with the
+\texttt{magazine} entrysubtype, the absence of an author automatically
+places the \textsf{journaltitle} of the periodical in citations and at
+the head of the entry in the list of references:
+\autocite{gourmet:052006}. (Without the entrysubtype, you'll get the
+\textsf{title} at the head rather than the \textsf{journaltitle}.)
+You can cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text,
+i.e., without them appearing in the reference list
+\autocite[15.47]{chicago:manual}, if you set the \texttt{cmsdate=full}
+entry option: \autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts};
+\autocite{nyt:trevorobit}. In \textsf{Manual} entries, the
+\textsf{organization} field does the same: \autocite{dyna:browser}.
+If you wish to present an abbreviated form of the journal (or
+organization) name only in citations, then the \textsf{shortauthor}
+field --- or in other cases the \textsf{shorthand} field --- is the
+place for it, making sure to include formatting:
+\autocite{unsigned:ranke}; \autocite{bsi:abbreviation}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Misc entries with an entrysubtype}
+\label{sec:misc}
+
+When citing individual letter-like pieces from an unpublished archive
+where only an \textsf{origdate} is present, you no longer need to set
+the \texttt{cmsdate} option in your .bib entry, as \textsf{Biber} and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} now handle this automatically:
+\autocite{creel:house}. Non-letters, e.g., interviews, use the
+\textsf{date} field, so you don't need \texttt{cmsdate} there, either:
+\autocite{spock:interview}. For undated pieces you can put
+\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} in the \textsf{year} field:
+\autocite{dinkel:agassiz}. For citing whole collections, see the next
+section.
+
+\subsubsection*{entrysubtype = \{classical\}}
+\label{sec:classical}
+
+This option's name derives from its use for citing texts from
+classical antiquity, though in the author-date style especially it can
+be put to use in several other contexts. In a nutshell, any entry
+with such an \textsf{entrysubtype} will be treated, in citations only,
+not as author-date but as author-title. (Entries in the list of
+references, e.g., a particular edition of Aristotle, will still appear
+in standard author-date format.) A \cmd{cite*} or \cmd{autocite*}
+command will, in such a case, produce the title rather than the year.
+Some examples should make this clearer:
+
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+Classical works: without abbreviation:
+\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; with abbreviation:
+\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; \autocite{plato:republic:gr}; using
+standard pagination: \autocite*[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr};
+\autocite*[420e]{plato:republic:gr}; work cited by page of a modern
+edition, i.e., without \textsf{entrysubtype}:
+\autocite[198]{euripides:orestes}.
+
+Sacred works, e.g., the Bible and the Qur'an:
+\autocite[25:19--36:43]{genesis}.
+
+An unpublished archive, from which more than one work has been cited:
+\autocite[file 12]{house:papers}. (Both this and the previous example
+use a Misc entry with \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}.)
+
+\subsubsection*{Comments inside citations}
+\label{sec:comments}
+
+If you wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation,
+it will need to be separated by a semicolon
+\autocite[15.23]{chicago:manual}. If you have a \textsf{postnote},
+then you can manually provide the punctuation and comment in that
+field, e.g., \autocite[4; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}.
+Without a \textsf{postnote}, you now have two choices. You can enable
+the new \texttt{postnotepunct} package option, which allows you simply
+to type \cmd{autocite[; the unrevised trans.]\{stendhal:\ parma\}}
+\citereset\autocite[; the unrevised trans.]{stendhal:parma}, or you
+can continue to use a separate \textsf{Misc} or \textsf{CustomC} entry
+containing just the text of the comment in the \textsf{title} field,
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options}
+\texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command calling both the main
+text and the comment will then do the trick, e.g.,
+\autocites{chicago:manual}{chicago:comment}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Multiple authors}
+\label{sec:multiple}
+
+The default settings in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} are
+\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
+\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references
+(these latter parameters set in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}). In
+practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
+will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
+to one in citations, like so: \autocite{hlatky:hrt}. For the vast
+majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the
+Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference
+ list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also
+ be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are
+ different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations
+ must distinguish between them} \autocite[15.28]{chicago:manual}.
+The (\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option
+\texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+will automatically handle many of these situations for you, but it is
+as well to understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the
+limits, listed above, on how many names to print in a citation.
+Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a
+work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be
+(Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but
+inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different author lists are
+exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might
+look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\
+2002), which is what the specification requires.
+
+If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further down the author
+list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples --- then the
+default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 names
+printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, you
+can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this:
+\{\{Hlatky et al., Quality of life,\}\} and \{\{Hlatky et al.,
+Depressive symptoms,\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the
+references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., Quality of life, 2002)
+and (Hlatky et al., Depressive symptoms, 2002), as the spec
+recommends. There is, unfortunately, no simpler way that I know of to
+deal with this situation.
+
+\subsubsection*{Audiovisual entries}
+\label{sec:audiovisual}
+
+According to the \emph{Manual}, \enquote{Chicago recommends a more
+ comprehensive approach to dating audiovisual materials than in
+ previous editions.} This means, for instance, that, even when
+consulting a digital copy, \enquote{it is generally useful to give
+ information about the original source.} Also, \enquote{the date of
+ the original recording should be privileged in the citation}
+\autocite[15.53]{chicago:manual}. The rather more book-like entries
+are generally unaffected by these changes, so published
+(\textsf{Audio}) and unpublished (\textsf{Misc}) scores are no problem
+at all: \autocite{schubert:muellerin}; \autocite{verdi:corsaro};
+\autocite{shapey:partita:15}. The dating of online materials has been
+enhanced: \autocite{coolidge:speech}; \autocite{horowitz:youtube};
+\autocite{pollan:plant}. The most significant changes, however,
+appear in \textsf{Music} and \textsf{Video} entries, where every
+effort should be made to find date(s) for sources:
+\autocite{auden:reading}; \autocite{friends:leia};
+\autocite{handel:messiah}; \autocite{holiday:fool};
+\autocite{nytrumpet:art}. Others perhaps require further information
+in the entry or genuinely are better suited to presentation in running
+text: \autocite{beethoven:sonata29}. The standard \textsf{biblatex}
+tools for subdividing reference lists are all available if you want to
+follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations on presenting this kind of
+material separately from other sources.
+
+\subsection*{Further examples (mainly for testing purposes)}
+\label{testing}
+
+Article: \autocite{assocpress:gun}; \autocite{brown:bremer};
+\autocite{chu:panda}; \autocite{conley:fifthgrade};
+\autocite{connell:chronic}; \autocite{ellis:blog};
+\autocite{friedman:learning}; \autocite{garaud:gatine};
+\autocite{garrett:15}; \autocite{gibbard:15}; \autocite{kern};
+\autocite{kimluu:diethyl:15}; \autocite{lewis:15};
+\autocite{loften:hamlet}; \autocite{loomis:structure:15};
+\autocite{morgenson:market}; \autocite{osborne:poison:15};
+\autocite{reaves:rosen}; \autocite{rozner:liberation};
+\autocite{schneider:mittelpleistozaene}; \autocite{sewall:letter};
+\autocite{stenger:privacy}; \autocite{terborgh:preservation};
+\autocite{wall:radio}; \autocite{warr:ellison};
+\autocite{white:callimachus}.
+
+Artwork: \autocite{leo:madonna}.
+
+Audio: \autocite{greek:filmstrip}; \autocite{weed:flatiron}.
+
+Book: \autocite{barrows:reading}; \autocite{churchill:letters};
+\autocite{cohen:schiff}; \autocite{cotton:manufacture};
+\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast}; \autocite{creasey:morton:hide};
+\autocite{creasey:york:death}; \autocite{davenport:attention};
+\autocite{feydeau:farces}; \autocite{furet:passing:eng};
+\autocite{furet:passing:fr}; \autocite{hopp:attalid};
+\autocite{howell:marriage}; \autocite{lach:asia};
+\autocite{lecarre:quest}; \autocite{levistrauss:savage};
+\autocite{lynch:webstyle}; \autocite{maisonneuve:relations};
+\autocite{mchugh:wake:15}; \autocite{menchu:crossing};
+\autocite{meredith:letters}; \autocite{michelangelo:poems};
+\autocite{mla:style}; \autocite{natrecoff:camera};
+\autocite{palmatary:pottery}; \autocite{pelikan:christian};
+\autocite{rodman:walk}; \autocite{schellinger:novel};
+\autocite{sechzer:women}; \autocite{sereny:cries};
+\autocite{soltes:georgia}; \autocite{stendhal:parma};
+\autocite{suangtho:tectona}; \autocite{thompson:making};
+\autocite{tillich:system}; \autocite{times:guide};
+\autocite{turabian:manual}; \autocite{walker:columbia};
+\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}; \autocite{weber:saugetiere};
+\autocite{weresz}; \autocite{white:total};
+\autocite{wright:evolution}; \autocite{wright:theory}.
+
+BookInBook: \autocite{bernhard:boris}; \autocite{bernhard:ritter}.
+
+Collection: \autocite{brush:ornithology};
+\autocite{harley:cartography}; \autocite{harley:ancient:cart};
+\autocite{kamrany:economic}; \autocite{prairie:state};
+\autocite{zukowsky:chicago}.
+
+Image: \autocite{bedford:photo}.
+
+InBook: \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; \autocite{phibbs:diary};
+\autocite{will:cohere}.
+
+InCollection: \autocite{centinel:letters}; \autocite{ellet:galena};
+\autocite{keating:dearborn}; \autocite{lippincott:chicago};
+\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex}; \autocite{wiens:avian}.
+
+InProceedings: \autocite{frede:inproc}.
+
+InReference: \autocite[absolute]{oed:cdrom}.
+
+Manual: \autocite{dyna:browser}.
+
+Misc: \autocite{roosevelt:speech:trad}.
+
+Music: \autocite{floyd:atom}; \autocite{mozart:figaro};
+\autocite{rubinstein:chopin}.
+
+Online: \autocite{harwood:biden}; \autocite{powell:email}.
+
+Patent: \autocite{petroff:impurity}.
+
+Periodical: \autocite{good:wholeissue}; \autocite{whittington:water}.
+
+Report: \autocite{herwign:office}.
+
+Review: \autocite{ac:comment:trad}; \autocite{bundy:macneil};
+\autocite{Clemens:letter}; \autocite{kozinn:review};
+\autocite{ratliff:review:15}; \autocite{wallraff:word}.
+
+SuppBook: \autocite{friedman:intro}; \autocite{polakow:afterw};
+\autocite{prose:intro}.
+
+Thesis: \autocite{murphy:silent:15}.
+
+Unpublished: \autocite{nass:address}.
+
+Video: \autocite{cleese:holygrail}; \autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}.
+
+
+% \printshorthands % No longer necessary in author-date.
+% \nocite{*}
+\printbibliography[notkeyword=nosample,title=References]
+
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cmsdocs.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cmsdocs.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a7df2634a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/cmsdocs.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+\ProvidesPackage{cmsdocs}
+
+\RequirePackage{refcount}
+\RequirePackage{listings}
+\RequirePackage[svgnames]{xcolor}
+\RequirePackage{hyperref}
+
+%%% This file contains kludges and hacks to enable the bespoke
+%%% cross-referencing system found in cms-notes-intro.pdf and
+%%% cms-dates-intro.pdf. It contains code adapted from several
+%%% sources, especially from Ulrich Dirr's hyperendnotes.sty, found on
+%%% comp.text.tex. Please don't load it unless you really mean to, as
+%%% it messes with the standard biblatex-chicago macros.
+
+%%% These counters are for the slightly more informative endnote marks
+%%% used in the notes intro.
+
+\newcounter{Article}\setcounter{Article}{1}
+\newcounter{Artwork}\setcounter{Artwork}{2}
+\newcounter{Audio}\setcounter{Audio}{3}
+\newcounter{Book}\setcounter{Book}{4}
+\newcounter{BookInBook}\setcounter{BookInBook}{5}
+\newcounter{Booklet}\setcounter{Booklet}{6}
+\newcounter{Collection}\setcounter{Collection}{7}
+\newcounter{CustomC}\setcounter{CustomC}{8}
+\newcounter{Image}\setcounter{Image}{9}
+\newcounter{InBook}\setcounter{InBook}{10}
+\newcounter{InCollection}\setcounter{InCollection}{11}
+\newcounter{InProceedings}\setcounter{InProceedings}{12}
+\newcounter{InReference}\setcounter{InReference}{13}
+\newcounter{Letter}\setcounter{Letter}{14}
+\newcounter{Manual}\setcounter{Manual}{15}
+\newcounter{MastersThesis}\setcounter{MastersThesis}{16}
+\newcounter{Misc}\setcounter{Misc}{17}
+\newcounter{Music}\setcounter{Music}{18}
+\newcounter{MVBook}\setcounter{MVBook}{19}
+\newcounter{MVCollection}\setcounter{MVCollection}{20}
+\newcounter{MVProceedings}\setcounter{MVProceedings}{21}
+\newcounter{MVReference}\setcounter{MVReference}{22}
+\newcounter{Online}\setcounter{Online}{23}
+\newcounter{Patent}\setcounter{Patent}{24}
+\newcounter{Periodical}\setcounter{Periodical}{25}
+\newcounter{Proceedings}\setcounter{Proceedings}{26}
+\newcounter{Reference}\setcounter{Reference}{27}
+\newcounter{Report}\setcounter{Report}{28}
+\newcounter{Review}\setcounter{Review}{29}
+\newcounter{SuppBook}\setcounter{SuppBook}{30}
+\newcounter{SuppCollection}\setcounter{SuppCollection}{31}
+\newcounter{SuppPeriodical}\setcounter{SuppPeriodical}{32}
+\newcounter{TechReport}\setcounter{TechReport}{33}
+\newcounter{Thesis}\setcounter{Thesis}{34}
+\newcounter{Unpublished}\setcounter{Unpublished}{35}
+\newcounter{Video}\setcounter{Video}{36}
+
+%%% Here starts the adaptation of hyperendnotes.sty
+
+\newif\ifenotelinks
+\newcounter{Hendnote}
+% Redefining portions of endnotes-package:
+\let\savedhref\href
+\let\savedurl\url
+\def\endnotemark{%
+ \@ifnextchar[\@xendnotemark{%
+ \stepcounter{endnote}%
+ \protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}%
+ \@endnotemark
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@xendnotemark[#1]{%
+ \begingroup\c@endnote#1\relax
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@endnotemark
+}%
+\def\endnotetext{%
+ \@ifnextchar[\@xendnotenext{%
+ \protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}%
+ \@endnotetext
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@xendnotenext[#1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \c@endnote=#1\relax
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@endnotetext
+}%
+\def\endnote{%
+ \@ifnextchar[\@xendnote{%
+ \stepcounter{endnote}%
+ \protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}%
+ \@endnotemark\@endnotetext
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@xendnote[#1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \c@endnote=#1\relax
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@refsection\number\c@endnote}%
+ \show\@theenvalue
+ \endgroup
+ \@endnotemark\@endnotetext
+}%
+\def\@endnotemark{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \ifhmode
+ \edef\@x@sf{\the\spacefactor}\nobreak
+ \fi
+ \ifenotelinks
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \fi
+ {%
+ \Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \hyper@@anchor{Hendnotepage.\@theenvalue}{\empty}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \hyper@linkstart{link}{Hendnote.\@theenvalue}%
+ \makeenmark
+ \hyper@linkend
+ \ifhmode
+ \spacefactor\@x@sf
+ \fi
+ \relax
+}%
+\long\def\@endnotetext#1{%
+ \if@enotesopen
+ \else
+ \@openenotes
+ \fi
+ \immediate\write\@enotes{%
+ \@doanenote{\@theenmark}{\@theenvalue}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\next{#1}%
+ \newlinechar='40
+ \immediate\write\@enotes{\meaning\next}%
+ \endgroup
+ \immediate\write\@enotes{%
+ \@endanenote
+ }%
+}%
+\def\theendnotes{%
+ \immediate\closeout\@enotes
+ \global\@enotesopenfalse
+ \begingroup
+ \makeatletter
+ \edef\@tempa{`\string>}%
+ \ifnum\catcode\@tempa=12
+ \let\@ResetGT\relax
+ \else
+ \edef\@ResetGT{\noexpand\catcode\@tempa=\the\catcode\@tempa}%
+ \@makeother\>%
+ \fi
+ \def\@doanenote##1##2##3>{%
+ \def\@theenmark{##1}%
+ \def\@theenvalue{##2}%
+ \par
+% \smallskip %<-small vertical gap between endnotes
+ \begingroup
+ \def\href{\expandafter\savedhref}%
+ \def\url{\expandafter\savedurl}%
+ \@ResetGT
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@endnote\endcsname\@theenmark}%
+ \enoteformat
+ }%
+ \def\@endanenote{%
+ \par\endgroup
+ }%
+ % Redefine, how numbers are formatted in the endnotes-section:
+ \renewcommand*\@makeenmark{%
+ \hbox{\normalfont\@theenmark~}%
+ }%
+ % header of endnotes-section
+ \enoteheading
+ % font-size of endnotes
+ \enotesize
+ \input{\jobname.ent}%
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\def\enoteformat{%
+ \renewcommand{\makeenmark}%
+ {\color{DarkBlue}{\textsf{\theenmark:\,\,}}}%
+ \rightskip\z@
+ \leftskip\z@
+ \parindent=2.3em
+ \leavevmode\llap{%
+ \setcounter{Hendnote}{\@theenvalue}%
+ \addtocounter{Hendnote}{-1}%
+ \refstepcounter{Hendnote}%
+ \ifenotelinks
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+ {\@firstofone}%
+ {\hyperlink{Hendnotepage.\@theenvalue}}%
+ {\makeenmark}%
+ }%
+}%
+% stop redefining portions of endnotes-package:
+
+% Toggle switch in order to turn on/off back-links in the
+% endnote-section:
+\enotelinkstrue
+% \enotelinksfalse
+
+%%% Here we substitute entry types for the usual numbers for endnote
+%%% marks.
+
+\def\cmssymbol#1{\expandafter\@cmssymbol\csname c@#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\@cmssymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or Article\or Artwork\or Audio\or Book\or
+ BookInBook\or Booklet\or Collection\or CustomC\or Image\or InBook\or
+ InCollection\or InProceedings\or InReference\or Letter\or Manual\or
+ MastersThesis\or Misc\or Music\or MVBook\or MVCollection\or
+ MVProceedings\or MVReference\or Online\or Patent\or Periodical\or
+ Proceedings\or Reference\or Report\or Review\or SuppBook\or
+ SuppCollection\or SuppPeriodical\or TechReport\or Thesis\or
+ Unpublished\or Video\else\@ctrerr\fi}
+
+\renewcommand{\theendnote}{\cmssymbol{endnote}}
+
+%%% Now we define parameters and a command for the lstlisting
+%%% environments, which print the .bib entries at the end of the .pdf.
+
+\lstset{%
+ basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,
+ breaklines=true,
+ breakatwhitespace=true,
+ breakautoindent=false,
+ breakindent=40pt,
+ escapechar=*,
+ keywordstyle=\color{DarkBlue},
+ columns=fullflexible,
+}%
+
+\lstdefinelanguage{BibTeX}
+{keywords={%
+ @string%
+ },
+ comment=[l][\itshape]{@comment},
+ sensitive=false,
+}%
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\lnbackref}[2]{%
+ \hyperlink{Hendnote.#2\the\value{#1}}{\color{DarkBlue}@#1}}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\adlnbackref}[2]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\adlnbackref@i{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\adlnbackref@i{#1}{#2}[{#2}]}}%
+
+\def\adlnbackref@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \hyperlink{cite.0@#3}{\color{DarkBlue}@#1}\{#2}%
+
+%%% Here we renew some macros from chicago-notes.cbx, and add some
+%%% field formats to make navigating the intro easier.
+
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:full}{%
+ \ifnumequal{\the\value{refsection}}{8}%
+ {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrykey}{loc:leaders}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:short}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{reference}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% Simplify .bib creation
+ {\ifuseauthor%
+ {\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}\isdot\newcunit}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printlist{organization}\isdot\newcunit}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}%
+ \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?%
+ \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}%\usebibmacro{choose+labelname}%
+ \isdot\classicpunct}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{(%
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnumgreater{\the\value{refsection}}{3}}%
+ )
+ and
+ not test {\ifnumequal{\the\value{refsection}}{8}}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%:\thefield{entrytype}?
+
+
+\renewbibmacro*{cite:journal}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}%
+ {\iffieldundef{prenote}%
+ {\bibsentence\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}%
+ \bibrightbracket\newcunit}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?%
+ \bibrightbracket\newcunit}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}%
+ \isdot\newcunit}}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@allshort}%
+ {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{%
+ \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmsbiblink]{%
+ \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield[journum]{number}}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}%
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{cmsbiblink}{%
+ \hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{\abx@field@entrykey}{anchor}{}}{#1}}
+
+\def\cmsdocref@entry{%
+ \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}%
+ {\printfield{entrykey}}%
+ {\printfield{clonesourcekey}}}
+
+\def\cmsdoc@entrykey{%
+ \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}%
+ {\abx@field@entrykey}%
+ {\abx@field@clonesourcekey}}
+
+\newcommand*{\cmslink}[1]{%
+ \hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{#1}{anchor}{}}%
+ {\texttt{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\par\nobreak \vskip \bibitemsep%
+ \hyperlink{\getrefbykeydefault{\cmsdoc@entrykey}{anchor}{}}%
+ {\small{\textbf{[\cmsdocref@entry]\addspace}}}\small#1}
+
+%%% These commands provide the hyperlinks to the external docs in
+%%% biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\cmssecref}[2][]{\marginpar{\href{\@baseurl%
+ \getrefbykeydefault{#2}{anchor}{}}{\small §\,\getrefnumber{#2}}%
+ \ifblank{#1}{}{\scriptsize,\, s.v.\\[1pt]\enquote{#1}}}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cmspagref}[1]{\marginpar{\href{\@baseurl%
+ page.\getpagerefnumber{#1}}{p.~\getpagerefnumber{#1}}}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/dates-test.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/dates-test.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..296de365a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/dates-test.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,3794 @@
+%@String{cup = {Cambridge Univ.\ Press}}% 15th edition
+%@String{oup = {Oxford Univ.\ Press}}
+%@String{uchp = {Univ.\ of Chicago Press}}
+%@String{hup = {Harvard Univ.\ Press}}
+%@String{pup = {Princeton Univ.\ Press}}
+%@String{ucp = {Univ.\ of California Press}}
+%@String{sup = {Stanford Univ.\ Press}}
+%@String{uncp = {Univ.\ of North Carolina Press}}
+
+@String{cup = {Cambridge University Press}}% 16th edition
+@String{oup = {Oxford University Press}}
+@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}}
+@String{hup = {Harvard University Press}}
+@String{pup = {Princeton University Press}}
+@String{ucp = {University of California Press}}
+@String{sup = {Stanford University Press}}
+@String{uncp = {University of North Carolina Press}}
+
+@Review{Clemens:letter,
+ journaltitle = {Wall Street Journal},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ author = {Clemens, David},
+ date = {2000-04-21},
+ title = {letter to the editor},
+ annotation = {A typical letter to an editor, using a Review entry
+ by necessity in the 16th edition, though you can use
+ an Article entry in the 15th edition, where either
+ will work. Note the use of the lower-case initial
+ letter in the title, which isn't strictly necessary
+ in author-date, though it works fine.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{abbrev:BSI,
+ author = {BSI},
+ title = {British Standards Institute},
+ annotation = {A CustomC entry presenting the expansion of a
+ shorthand from another entry (bsi:abbreviation). It
+ allows the presentation of that expansion in the
+ correct, alphabetized place in the list of
+ references. 15th Edition Only.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{abbrev:ISO,
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ author = {ISO},
+ title = {International Organization for Standardization},
+ annotation = {A CustomC entry presenting the expansion of a
+ shorthand from another entry (iso:electrodoc). It
+ allows the presentation of that expansion in the
+ correct, alphabetized place in the list of
+ references. The entrysubtype allows you to print
+ the expansion elsewhere, e.g., in a footnote. 15th
+ edition only.}
+}
+
+@Review{ac:comment,
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ author = {AC},
+ eventdate = {2008-07-01},
+ nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)},
+ crossref = {ellis:blog},
+ url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html},
+ title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, \mkbibquote{Squatters' Rights}},
+ annotation = {The 16th edition suggests a format such as this for
+ presenting comments on blogs or other online
+ material. With only a generic title, it takes a
+ Review entry instead of an Article one, and the
+ crossref field points to the blog to which the
+ comment is attached. The eventdate gives the date
+ of the comment, and if additional temporal
+ specificity is required then you can use the
+ nameaddon field to give a timestamp, inside
+ parentheses.}
+}
+
+@Review{ac:comment:trad,
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ author = {AC},
+ eventdate = {2008-07-01},
+ nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)},
+ crossref = {ellis:blog},
+ url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html},
+ title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, Squatters' rights},
+ annotation = {authordate-trad only. The 16th edition suggests a
+ format such as this for presenting comments on blogs
+ or other online material. Note the sentence-style
+ capitalization in the title field, and the crossref
+ field which points to the blog to which the comment
+ is attached. The eventdate gives the date of the
+ comment, and if additional temporal specificity is
+ required then you can use the nameaddon field to
+ give a timestamp, inside parentheses.}
+}
+
+@Book{adorno:benj,
+ title = {The Complete Correspondence, 1928--1940},
+ publisher = hup,
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Adorno, Theodor W. and Benjamin, Walter},
+ editor = {Lonitz, Henri},
+ translator = {Nicholas Walker},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA},
+ annotation = {A published collection of letters, in a
+ \textsf{Book} entry rather than \textsf{Letter}.
+ Citations of it could provide details of the
+ individual letter in the running text, and/or just
+ cite by page number.}
+}
+
+@Book{anon:stanze,
+ title = {Stanze in lode della donna brutta},
+ date = 1547,
+ address = {Florence},
+ shorttitle = {Stanze},
+ annotation = {The standard way to present this work, allowing it
+ to be alphabetized by \textsf{title}, and providing
+ a \textsf{shorttitle} for in-text citations.}
+}
+
+@Book{anon:stanze:15,
+ title = {Stanze in lode della donna brutta},
+ date = 1547,
+ author = {Anon\adddot},
+ address = {Florence},
+ annotation = {One 15th edition only solution for an anonymous
+ work in an author-date reference list. All such
+ works will be grouped together in the list.}
+}
+
+@Book{aristotle:metaphy:gr,
+ shorttitle = {Metaph\adddot},
+ title = {Metaphysics},
+ options = {skipbib},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ origdate = 1924,
+ date = 1997,
+ author = {Aristotle},
+ editor = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ publisher = {Oxford Univ.\ Press and Sandpiper Books},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ volumes = 2,
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annotation = {A work from classical antiquity, presented in a
+ \textsf{Book} entry with \texttt{classical}
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}, hence in-text citations will
+ be author-title rather than author-date. This
+ assumes you are using the traditional, fixed
+ divisions of the text, in this case those of
+ Bekker's edition, instead of page references to this
+ particular edition. In the latter case, you
+ wouldn't need the \textsf{entrysubtype}. Putting
+ \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field means
+ it won't be printed separately in the reference
+ list, because it will be appended to the entry for
+ the English translation, given below. This volume
+ is a reprint edition, identified as such in the
+ \textsf{pubstate} field. The absence of any
+ \texttt{cmsdate} instruction in the \textsf{options}
+ field means that the reprint information is
+ presented as you see it here. The
+ \textsf{shorttitle} provides the
+ officially-sanctioned abbreviation for this work in
+ citations, should you want to use such
+ abbreviations.}
+}
+
+@Book{aristotle:metaphy:trans,
+ title = {Metaphysica},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ year = 1928,
+ volume = 8,
+ author = {Aristotle},
+ editor = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ nameb = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ origlanguage = {greek},
+ userf = {aristotle:metaphy:gr},
+ maintitle = {The Works of {Aristotle}, Translated into {English}},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ edition = 2,
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annotation = {The translation of the previous entry, in this case
+ also using \textsf{Book} with \texttt{classical}
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}, as citations will be by the
+ pages of Bekker's edition. The \textsf{userf} field
+ contains the entry key for the Greek original, which
+ means the entry in the list of references will
+ contain the translation followed by the Greek text.
+ The \textsf{origlanguage} field means that the
+ connecting text between the two books in the list of
+ references will read \enquote{Greek edition:}
+ instead of \enquote{Originally published as.} Note
+ also \textsf{nameb}, the translator of this
+ particular volume of the \textsf{maintitle}, as
+ distinct from the \textsf{editor} of the whole
+ series, even though in this case they happen to be
+ the same person.}
+}
+
+@InBook{ashbrook:brain,
+ author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch},
+ title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful {God}},
+ booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain},
+ publisher = {Pilgrim Press},
+ year = 1997,
+ chapter = 7,
+ location = {Cleveland, OH},
+ annotation = {A typical \textsf{InBook} entry, identified by
+ \textsf{title} and also, in this case, by
+ \textsf{chapter} number rather than page range.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{ashe:creasey,
+ author = {Ashe, Gordon},
+ title = {Creasey, John},
+ annotation = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from
+ the pseudonym in the author field to the real name
+ in the title field, allowing your readers to find
+ the cited work under the author's real name. The
+ entry for that work, creasey:ashe:blast, contains a
+ userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring
+ that this cross-reference will be printed if the
+ main entry itself is cited.}
+}
+
+@Article{assocpress:gun,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-06-12},
+ author = {{Associated Press}},
+ title = {Westchester Approves Measure on Gun Safety},
+ annotation = {A fairly typical Article entry from a newspaper,
+ with the keyword "magazine" as entrysubtype, and
+ with a corporate author inside an extra set of curly
+ braces.}
+}
+
+@Music{auden:reading,
+ title = {Selected Poems},
+ author = {Auden, W. H.},
+ date = {1991},
+ number = 7137,
+ series = {Spoken Arts},
+ type = {audiocassette},
+ note = {read by the author},
+ annotation = {A spoken-word recording, here presented as a
+ \textsf{Music} entry, though the \emph{CMS}
+ sometimes uses a more book-like presentation for
+ such material, using an \textsf{Audio} entry, as
+ with \texttt{twain:audio} in
+ \textsf{dates-test.bib}.}
+}
+
+@Music{auden:reading:15,
+ title = {Poems},
+ author = {Auden, W. H.},
+ number = 7137,
+ series = {Spoken Arts},
+ type = {compact disc},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ note = {read by the author},
+ annotation = {An audiobook, lacking traditional publishing
+ information, presented in a Music entry, with which
+ cp. twain:audio, an Audio entry. Here, the type
+ field contains the medium, while the series and
+ number field contain the label information for the
+ CD, as is standard in Music entries. The
+ entrysubtype may help with in-text citations of a
+ source like this in the author-date style. 15th
+ edition only.}
+}
+
+@Article{author:forthcoming,
+ author = {Author, Margaret~M.},
+ title = {Article Title},
+ journaltitle = {Journal Name},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
+ volume = 98,
+ annotation = {An example of how to deal with a forthcoming
+ \textsf{Article} by placing the string
+ \texttt{forthcoming} into the \textsf{pubstate}
+ field. Cf.\ the alternate way of doing this in
+ \cmslink{contrib:contrib}.}
+}
+
+@Book{babb:peru,
+ title = {Between Field and Cooking Pot},
+ subtitle = {The Political Economy of Marketwomen in {Peru}},
+ year = 1989,
+ author = {Babb, Florence},
+ publisher = {University of Texas Press},
+ edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}},
+ location = {Austin},
+ annotation = {A revised edition, with the \cmd{bibstring}
+ \texttt{revisededition} in the \textsf{edition}
+ field.}
+}
+
+@Review{barcott:review,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review},
+ author = {Barcott, Bruce},
+ date = {2000-04-16},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin: The
+ Story of a Family at Sea}, \bibstring{by} Fred Waitzkin},
+ pages = 7,
+ annote = {A \textsf{Review} entry presenting a review from a
+ newspaper, with keyword \texttt{magazine} in
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}, and with the \cmd{bibstring}
+ \texttt{reviewof} in the \textsf{title} field. You
+ could just write \enquote{review of} instead, but
+ the \cmd{bibstring} makes the entry portable across
+ languages. Note the formatting of the reviewed
+ book's title using \cmd{mkbibemph}, and the
+ headline-style capitalization you have to provide by
+ hand inside that formatting, which makes this entry
+ incorrect for the \texttt{trad} style.}
+}
+
+@Article{barcott:review:15,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review},
+ author = {Barcott, Bruce},
+ date = {2000-04-16},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The last marlin: The
+ story of a family at sea}, \bibstring{by} {Fred Waitzkin}},
+ pages = 7,
+ annotation = {Because of the absence of quotation marks around the
+ \textsf{title} in the \texttt{trad} style, the
+ \textsf{Article} and \textsf{Review} entry types are
+ more or less interchangeable. This entry presents a
+ review from a newspaper, with keyword
+ \texttt{magazine} in \textsf{entrysubtype}, and with
+ \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}} in the \textsf{title}
+ field. You could just write \enquote{review of}
+ instead, but the \cmd{bibstring} makes the entry
+ portable across languages. Note the formatting of
+ the reviewed book's title using \cmd{mkbibemph}, and
+ the sentence-style capitalization you have to
+ provide by hand for the \texttt{trad} style, because
+ the curly braces of \cmd{mkbibemph} protect the text
+ from the automatic sentence-style capitalization
+ provided by the package. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago}
+ never modifies the capitalization of the
+ \textsf{journaltitle}, so that field should always
+ work properly across styles.}
+}
+
+@Book{barrows:reading,
+ title = {Reading the Short Story},
+ date = 1959,
+ volume = 1,
+ author = {Barrows, Herbert},
+ editor = {Ray, {Gordon~N.}},
+ publisher = {Houghton Mifflin},
+ maintitle = {An Introduction to Literature},
+ address = {Boston},
+ annotation = {An entry citing one volume of a multi-volume work.
+ The editor refers to the whole series.}}
+
+@Article{batson,
+ author = {Batson, C.~Daniel},
+ title = {How Social Is the Animal?},
+ subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring},
+ journaltitle = {American Psychologist},
+ volume = 45,
+ date = {1990-03},
+ pages = {336--346},
+ annotation = {A very typical \textsf{Article} entry, but notice
+ that you no longer need to include the
+ \textsf{subtitle} in the \textsf{title} field when
+ the latter ends in a question mark, as the styles
+ now do the right thing automatically.}
+}
+
+@Article{beattie:crime,
+ author = {Beattie, J.~M.},
+ title = {The Pattern of Crime in {England}, 1660--1800},
+ journaltitle = {Past and Present},
+ year = 1974,
+ number = 62,
+ pages = {47--95},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Article} entry with a \textsf{number}
+ instead of a \textsf{volume}.}
+}
+
+@Image{bedford:photo,
+ author = {Bedford, Francis},
+ title = {Stratford on {Avon} Church from the {Avon}},
+ type = {albumen print of collodion negative},
+ note = {18.8 x 28.0 cm\adddot},
+ year = {1860s},
+ institution = {International Museum of Photography at George
+ Eastman House},
+ location = {Rochester},
+ annotation = {A typical Image entry, for presenting a photograph.
+ Note the type field, and the fact that it begins
+ with a lowercase letter, allowing biblatex to
+ capitalize it contextually if needed, though this is
+ less important in the author-date style. In the
+ 16th edition, Image is an alias for Artwork, as
+ photographs are now treated just the same as works
+ in other media, but you still need the Image entry
+ type for the 15th edition.}
+}
+
+@Music{beethoven:sonata29,
+ title = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29
+ \mkbibquote{Hammerklavier}},
+ author = {Beethoven},
+ editor = {Peter Serkin},
+ editortype = {none},
+ number = {CDD 270},
+ series = {Proarte Digital},
+ annotation = {A musical recording exhibiting several of the
+ peculiarities common to the audiovisual entry types.
+ Here, the composer goes in the \textsf{author}
+ field, while the performer goes into the
+ \textsf{editor} field. The \textsf{editortype}
+ \texttt{none} prevents any identifying string being
+ used for the performer, as none is needed. As in
+ most \textsf{Music} entries, the \textsf{series} and
+ \textsf{number} give label identifying information.
+ In the absence of any sort of date whatsoever, the
+ style provides the string \enquote{n.d\adddot} for
+ citations, a situation generally frowned upon by the
+ \emph{CMS}.}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{bernhard:boris,
+ author = {Bernhard, Thomas},
+ title = {A Party for {Boris}},
+ crossref = {bernhard:themacher},
+ sorttitle = {Party},
+ year = 1990,
+ annotation = {A BookInBook entry, presenting part of a book that
+ could in other contexts be a book in its own right.
+ The title here will therefore be italicized. This
+ example shows the new abbreviated references
+ available in this entry type when a crossref or xref
+ is used, assuming the booklongxref option is set
+ properly - which it isn't by default - either in the
+ preamble or in the options field. Such treatment, I
+ note, isn't explicitly condoned by the Chicago
+ specification. See the next entry.}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{bernhard:ritter,
+ title = {{Ritter, Dene, Voss}},
+ date = 1990,
+ author = {Bernhard, Thomas},
+ crossref = {bernhard:themacher},
+ annotation = {This entry presents a second play by the same author
+ contained in the same volume as the previous entry.
+ With the crossref field present and the booklongxref
+ set properly - which it isn't by default - you'll
+ get abbreviated references to both in the list of
+ references.}
+}
+
+@Book{bernhard:themacher,
+ title = {Histrionics},
+ translator = {Jansen, Peter~K. and Northcott, Kenneth},
+ subtitle = {Three Plays},
+ date = 1990,
+ author = {Bernhard, Thomas},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {This entry provides the booktitle for the previous
+ two. It will be printed in the list of references,
+ and the entries there for its two children -
+ bernhard:boris and bernhard:ritter - will be
+ abbreviated references to it, assuming the
+ booklongxref option is set properly, which it isn't
+ by default. Biber automatically converts the title
+ of the Book to the booktitle of the BookInBook.}
+}
+
+@Music{bernstein:shostakovich,
+ title = {Symphony \bibstring{number} 5},
+ author = {Shostakovich, Dmitri},
+ editor = {Bernstein, Leonard},
+ editortype = {conductor},
+ editora = {{New York Philharmonic}},
+ editoratype = {none},
+ number = {IM 35854},
+ series = {CBS},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ annotation = {This is a rather abbreviated \textsf{Music} entry,
+ lacking a \textsf{date} and a \textsf{type}. It
+ does, however, show the method for emphasizing the
+ conductor instead of the composer (the
+ \textsf{options} field), and also for identifying
+ the conductor in the \textsf{editortype} field.
+ Here, the performing orchestra goes in the
+ \textsf{editora} field, and the \textsf{editoratype}
+ \texttt{none} prevents any string attaching to the
+ orchestra, as one isn't needed. The usual
+ \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} give the label
+ information. The \emph{CMS} strongly encourages you
+ to find a date for such an entry -- online resources
+ should be able to help.}
+}
+
+@Book{boxer:china,
+ title = {South {China} in the Sixteenth Century},
+ year = 1953,
+ editor = {Boxer, Charles~R.},
+ number = {2nd ser., 106},
+ series = {Hakluyt Society Publications},
+ location = {London},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{series} and a
+ \textsf{number}. In all book-like entries (as
+ opposed to \textsf{Article}, \textsf{Periodical},
+ and \textsf{Review} entries, for example) the
+ \textsf{series} field will be a name, as here, while
+ the \textsf{number} field may contain such
+ information as \enquote{2nd ser.} or
+ \enquote{vol. 3,} or just a plain number. Putting
+ \enquote{2nd ser.} in the \textsf{number} field may
+ seem counter-intuitive, but it's necessary for
+ getting the punctuation to work out right.}
+}
+
+@Article{brown:bremer,
+ title = {A {Swedish} Traveler in Early {Wisconsin}},
+ subtitle = {The Observations of {Frederika Bremer}},
+ titleaddon = {pts.\ 1 and 2},
+ journaltitle = {Wisconsin Magazine of History},
+ year = 1978,
+ issue = {Summer},
+ volume = 61,
+ pages = {300--318\addsemicolon\space 62 (Autumn):
+ 41\bibrangedash 56},
+ editor = {Brown, George~C.},
+ annotation = {An unusual Article entry, combining into one
+ reference a two-part article using both the
+ titleaddon field and the pages field. This is a
+ kludge, and at some point I hope to implement a
+ better system. You could, also, simply refer to
+ each part separately. Note also the issue field,
+ with the name of a season, and the lowercase letter
+ starting the titleaddon field, which will
+ automatically capitalize the data depending on the
+ context within an entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{browning:aurora,
+ title = {{Aurora Leigh}},
+ subtitle = {Authoritative Text, Backgrounds and Contexts,
+ Criticism},
+ year = 1996,
+ author = {Browning, Elizabeth Barrett},
+ editor = {Reynolds, Margaret},
+ publisher = {Norton},
+ series = {Norton Critical Editions},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{series} field,
+ but no \textsf{number}.}
+}
+
+@Collection{brush:ornithology,
+ date = 1983,
+ title = {Perspectives in Ornithology},
+ booktitle = {Perspectives in Ornithology},
+ editor = {Brush, A.~H. and Clark, Jr., G.~A.},
+ publisher = cup,
+ address = {Cambridge},
+ annotation = {A collection, cited along with one of its component
+ essays. The latter, wiens:avian, will be
+ abbreviated when printed in the reference list.
+ Note the provision of a booktitle for the use of
+ child references.}}
+
+@Manual{bsi:abbreviation,
+ title = {Specification for Abbreviation of Title Words and
+ Titles of Publications},
+ date = 1985,
+ organization = {British Standards Institute},
+ sortname = {BSI},
+ address = {Linford Woods, Milton Keynes, UK},
+ shorthand = {BSI},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Manual} entry providing an author in the
+ \textsf{organization} field and a \textsf{shorthand}
+ field for in-text citations. By default, the
+ \textsf{shorthand} will be printed at the head of
+ the entry, followed by the expansion in parentheses.
+ The \textsf{sortname} field ensures that the entry
+ is correctly alphabetized by the first thing you see
+ in the entry, i.e., the \textsf{shorthand}.}
+}
+
+@Manual{bsi:abbreviation:15,
+ title = {Specification for Abbreviation of Title Words and
+ Titles of Publications},
+ date = 1985,
+ organization = {British Standards Institute},
+ userc = {abbrev:BSI},
+ sortkey = {British},
+ address = {Linford Woods, Milton Keynes, UK},
+ shorthand = {BSI},
+ annotation = {A Manual entry providing an organizational author
+ and a shorthand field for in-text citations. For
+ the 15th edition, the userc field points to a
+ CustomC entry which provides the expansion of the
+ shorthand inside the reference list, rather than in
+ a list of shorthands. Using the field in this way
+ ensures that the expansion will be printed if this
+ entry is cited.}
+}
+
+@Review{bundy:macneil,
+ journaltitle = {MacNeil/Lehrer NewsHour},
+ usera = {PBS},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1990-02-07},
+ author = {Bundy, McGeorge},
+ title = {interview by {Robert MacNeil}},
+ annotation = {A television interview presented in a Review entry,
+ with "magazine" entrysubtype. In the 15th edition,
+ you could use an Article entry. Note that the
+ interviewee is presented as the author, and that the
+ broadcast network is given in the usera field. Note
+ also the use of a lowercase letter to start the
+ title, which would be necessary for automatic
+ contextual capitalization of a generic title in a
+ Review entry for the notes + bibliography style.
+ Here, though unnecessary, it does no harm.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{centinel:letters,
+ author = {Centinel},
+ nameaddon = {\bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ titleaddon = {letters},
+ booktitle = {The Complete {Anti-Federalist}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1981,
+ editor = {Storing, Herbert J.},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A rare example of a generic, unformatted title in an
+ InCollection entry, it therefore has a titleaddon
+ field and no title field, though actually in
+ author-date it works just as well with a title.
+ Note use of lowercase initial letter in that
+ titleaddon field. "Centinel" is a pseudonym and the
+ actual author isn't known, so the bibstring
+ pseudonym is put in the nameaddon field.}
+}
+
+@Book{chaucer:alt,
+ title = {Chaucer Life-Records},
+ year = 1966,
+ editor = {Crow, Martin~M. and Olson, Clair~C.},
+ namec = {Manly, John~M. and Richert, Edith},
+ publisher = oup,
+ note = {with the assistance of Lilian~J. Redstone
+ and others},
+ location = {London},
+ annotation = {In the author-date system, unlike in a bibliography
+ or note, an entry will generally need some sort of
+ name to precede the \textsf{date}, so here the
+ \textsf{editors} provide that name. The compilers go
+ in \textsf{namec}, and other information in
+ \textsf{note}. Cf.\ this entry in
+ \textsf{notes-test.bib}.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{chicago:comment,
+ title = {the most recent edition},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ options = {skipbib},
+ annotation = {An example of how to use a CustomC entry to insert a
+ comment inside another parenthetical citation.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{chicago:comment:15,
+ title = {no longer the current edition},
+ options = {skipbib},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ annotation = {An example of how to use a CustomC entry to insert a
+ comment inside another parenthetical citation.}
+}
+
+@Book{chicago:manual,
+ title = {The {Chicago} Manual of Style},
+ year = 2010,
+ author = {{University of Chicago Press}},
+ shortauthor = {\mkbibemph{CMS}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ edition = 16,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A manual presented in a \textsf{Book} entry. Note
+ the extra curly brackets around the corporate
+ \textsf{author}, which is printed twice, both as
+ \textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher}. (I have
+ also provided an unorthodox \textsf{shortauthor} for
+ convenience in this package documentation.) Cf.\
+ \cmslink{chicago:comment} for an example of how to
+ use a \textsf{CustomC} entry to provide a comment
+ inside a parenthesized citation.}
+}
+
+@Book{chicago:manual:15,
+ title = {The {Chicago} Manual of Style},
+ year = 2003,
+ author = {{Univ. of Chicago Press}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ edition = 15,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A manual presented in a Book entry. Note curly
+ brackets around corporate author, which is printed
+ twice, both as author and publisher.}
+}
+
+@Article{chu:panda,
+ author = {{Chu Ching} and Long Zhi},
+ title = {The Vicissitudes of the Giant Panda,
+ \mkbibemph{Ailuropoda melanoleuca} {(David)}},
+ journaltitle = {Acta Zoologica Sinica},
+ date = 1983,
+ language = {Chinese},
+ volume = 20,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {191--200},
+ annotation = {An article with a title translated for a readership
+ presumed unable to read the original Chinese. The
+ language field contains the name of the original
+ language, capitalized here because to this point
+ Chinese hasn't been included in the usual biblatex
+ bibstring mechanism. 17.177 (15th ed.) and 14.194
+ (16th ed.) in the Manual present this entry with
+ what seems to me to be punctuation inconsistent with
+ their practice elsewhere, so the processed entries
+ in cms15-dates-sample.pdf and cms-dates-sample.pdf
+ don't match it.}
+}
+
+@Book{churchill:letters,
+ title = {The {Churchill-Eisenhower} Correspondence, 1953--1955},
+ date = 1990,
+ author = {Churchill, Winston and Eisenhower, Dwight~D.},
+ editor = {Boyle, Peter~G.},
+ publisher = uncp,
+ address = {Chapel Hill},
+ annotation = {Ordinarily, when citing individual letters in the
+ author-date system, the reference will be to the
+ volume as a whole, which will look like this entry.
+ The Manual suggests that further identifying
+ information be given in the text itself.}}
+
+@Booklet{clark:mesopot,
+ title = {Mesopotamia},
+ subtitle = {Between Two Rivers},
+ author = {Hazel V. Clark},
+ howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store},
+ year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}},
+ location = {Mesopotamia, OH},
+ annotation = {A standard \textsf{Booklet} entry, though the same
+ information could be presented in a \textsf{Book}
+ entry, using \textsf{publisher} instead of
+ \textsf{howpublished}. Note the brackets around the
+ \textsf{year}, as this is obviously a best guess.}
+}
+
+@Video{cleese:holygrail,
+ title = {Commentaries},
+ date = 2001,
+ titleaddon = {disc 2},
+ booktitle = {Monty {Python and the Holy Grail}},
+ author = {Cleese, John and Gilliam, Terry and Idle, Eric and
+ Jones, Terry and Palin, Michael},
+ editor = {Gilliam, Terry and Jones, Terry},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Columbia Tristar Home Entertainment},
+ type = {DVD},
+ address = {Culver City, CA},
+ edition = {special \bibstring{edition}},
+ annotation = {This shows some typical features of a Video entry.
+ It focusses on some of the DVD extras, so the actors
+ providing the commentary appear in the author field.
+ The directors go in the editor field, as usual, with
+ the identifying string in editortype. The booktitle
+ provides the film title in this instance -- the
+ title in this case will appear in the main text font
+ rather than italicized, because of the presence of a
+ booktitle. The titleaddon tells where in the DVD
+ set the commentaries are to be found, and the type
+ field gives the medium. The date field contains the
+ date the DVD was released, and the original release
+ date (origdate) isn't needed here, according to the
+ Manual, because the entry cites the DVD extras
+ rather than the film itself.}
+}
+
+@Book{cohen:schiff,
+ title = {{Jacob H. Schiff}},
+ subtitle = {A Study in {American} Leadership},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Cohen, Naomi~W.},
+ publisher = {University Press of New England and Brandeis
+ University Press},
+ location = {Hanover, NH},
+ annotation = {A Book with two publishers.}
+}
+
+@Article{conley:fifthgrade,
+ author = {Conley, Alice},
+ title = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions about Participation in
+ Sports Activities},
+ issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes
+ of Schooling},
+ journaltitle = {Elementary School Journal},
+ note = {special issue},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 99,
+ editor = {Good, Thomas~L.},
+ number = 5,
+ pages = {131--146},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Article} that is part of a special issue
+ of a journal. The \textsf{title} of the issue goes
+ in \textsf{issuetitle}, the editor of the issue in
+ \textsf{editor}, and the sort of issue in
+ \textsf{note}, with a lowercase initial letter.
+ Cf.\ \texttt{good:wholeissue} for how to refer to
+ the special issue as a whole, rather than to one
+ article in it, using a \textsf{Periodical} entry.}
+}
+
+@Article{connell:chronic,
+ author = {Connell, A.~D. and Airey, D.~D.},
+ title = {The Chronic Effects of Fluoride on the Estuarine
+ Amphipods \mkbibemph{Grandidierella lutosa} and
+ \mkbibemph{G. lignorum}},
+ journaltitle = {Water Research},
+ date = 1982,
+ volume = 16,
+ pages = {1313--1317},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Article} with italicized words in the
+ \textsf{title}.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{contrib:contrib,
+ author = {Contributor, Anna},
+ title = {Contribution},
+ booktitle = {Edited Volume},
+ publisher = {Publisher},
+ year = {\autocap{f}orthcoming},
+ editor = {Editor, Ellen},
+ location = {Place},
+ annotation = {A forthcoming essay in an \textsf{InCollection}
+ entry. Note the \cmd{autocap} command in the
+ \textsf{year} field. The
+ \cmslink{author:forthcoming} entry presents an
+ alternate way of providing the same information.}
+}
+
+@Article{conway:evolution,
+ author = {Conway, M.~S.},
+ title = {The Evolution of Diversity in Ancient Ecosystems},
+ subtitle = {A Review},
+ journaltitle = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society},
+ date = 1998,
+ volume = {B 353},
+ pages = {327--345},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Article} in a \textsf{journaltitle} which
+ appears in different series, here \enquote{B} for
+ Biological, which information can be given in the
+ \textsf{volume} field.}
+}
+
+@Book{cook:sotweed,
+ title = {Sotweed Redivivus, or The Planter's Looking-Glass},
+ year = 1730,
+ author = {Cook, Ebenezer},
+ authortype = {anon?},
+ note = {\bibstring{by} \mkbibquote{E.~C. Gent}},
+ location = {Annapolis},
+ annotation = {A complicated \textsf{Book} entry. First, the
+ \textsf{author} is unknown, but guessed at, hence
+ the \texttt{anon?} in the \textsf{authortype} field.
+ The \textsf{note} field gives the author as printed
+ in the book, presented inside quotation marks. If
+ you remember to use \cmd{mkbibquote} here, then
+ appropriate punctuation will automatically be
+ provided.}
+}
+
+@Online{coolidge:speech,
+ author = {Coolidge, Calvin},
+ title = {Equal Rights},
+ note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc},
+ options = {ptitleaddon=space},
+ titleaddon = {(speech)},
+ related = {loc:leaders},
+ year = {[1920?]},
+ relatedstring = {from},
+ annotation = {This is a recording from an online archive, using an
+ \textsf{Online} entry. The \textsf{related} field
+ cites the archive itself using an \textsf{Online}
+ entry, and the \textsf{relatedstring} links the two
+ references. The \textsf{options} field replaces the
+ period with a space before the parenthesized
+ \textsf{titleaddon}. Cp.\ \texttt{weed:flatiron}
+ and \texttt{loc:city}, which cite a film from an
+ online archive, both using a \textsf{Video} entry.
+ Note that if you use the \textsf{Online} type for
+ this, instead of \textsf{Misc} with an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}, it will work just as well in
+ the \textsf{authordate-trad} style.}
+}
+
+@Misc{coolidge:speech:trad,
+ author = {Coolidge, Calvin},
+ title = {Equal rights (speech)},
+ entrysubtype = {speech},
+ note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc},
+ addendum = {from \fullcite{loc:leaders}},
+ year = {[1920?]},
+ annotation = {This is a recording from an online archive, using a
+ Misc entry with an entrysubtype, and intended for
+ authordate-trad only. The addendum cites the
+ archive itself using an Online entry.
+ Cp. weed:flatiron and loc:city, which cite a film
+ from an online archive, both using a Video entry.}}
+
+@Book{cotton:manufacture,
+ title = {An Inquiry into the Causes of the Present
+ Long-Continued Depression in the Cotton Trade, with
+ Suggestions for Its Improvement},
+ year = 1869,
+ author = {{Cotton Manufacturer}},
+ shortauthor = {{Cotton Manufac\adddot}},
+ publisher = {Bury, UK},
+ annotation = {A Book with a corporate author. You can, for the
+ 16th edition, eliminate the indefinite article at
+ the start of the author's name, which also allows
+ you to eliminate the sortkey field. The shortauthor
+ field may help shorten the in-text citation.}
+}
+
+@Book{creasey:ashe:blast,
+ title = {A Blast of Trumpets},
+ year = 1976,
+ userc = {ashe:creasey},
+ author = {Creasey, John},
+ nameaddon = {Gordon Ashe, \bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ publisher = {Holt, Rinehart \& Winston},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {The first of 3 Books written by the same author
+ under three different pseudonyms. You have
+ considerable latitude in how to present these, but
+ the method chosen here allows all three to be
+ grouped together in the bibliography. Note the
+ pseudonym in nameaddon, identified with the
+ bibstring pseudonym. Also note ampersand in
+ publisher, which prevents the two parts of the
+ publisher's name from being taken as two different
+ publishers. The 16th edition makes it a requirement
+ in such entries that you also include a cross
+ reference from the different pseudonyms back to the
+ author's name, something accomplished using a
+ CustomC entry and the userc field which
+ automatically makes sure the cross-reference
+ prints.}
+}
+
+@Book{creasey:morton:hide,
+ title = {Hide the Baron},
+ year = 1978,
+ author = {Creasey, John},
+ userc = {morton:creasey},
+ nameaddon = {Anthony Morton, \bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ publisher = {Walker},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {Second of three Book entries by same author under
+ different pseudonyms.}
+}
+
+@Book{creasey:york:death,
+ title = {Death to My Killer},
+ year = 1966,
+ author = {Creasey, John},
+ userc = {york:creasey},
+ nameaddon = {Jeremy York, \bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ publisher = {Macmillan},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {Third of three Book entries by same author under
+ different pseudonyms.}
+}
+
+@Misc{creel:house,
+ author = {Creel, George},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ title = {George Creel to Colonel House},
+ note = {Edward~M. House Papers},
+ origdate = {1918-09-25},
+ organization = {Yale University Library},
+ annotation = {An unpublished letter from an archive, presented in
+ a \textsf{Misc} entry with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
+ The \texttt{cmsdate} option is no longer needed in
+ such an entry. The manuscript collection is found
+ in the \textsf{note} and \textsf{organization}
+ fields -- depending on the entry, you can use
+ \textsf{note}, \textsf{organization},
+ \textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in
+ ascending order of generality, though you should
+ consistently put the most specific collection name
+ in the \textsf{note} field. If you are citing
+ several items from the same collection, then the
+ \emph{CMS}, 15.49, suggests not having individual
+ entries but only one for the collection
+ (\cmslink{house:papers}), with more specific
+ information forming part of the flow of the text.
+ If, however, you cite only one item from a
+ collection, then you can use an entry like this one.
+ Cf.\ \cmslink{dinkel:agassiz},
+ \cmslink{spock:interview}.}
+}
+
+@Book{davenport:attention,
+ title = {The Attention Economy},
+ subtitle = {Understanding the New Currency of Business},
+ year = 2001,
+ author = {Davenport, Thomas~H. and Beck, John~C.},
+ publisher = {Harvard Business School Press},
+ addendum = {TK3 Reader e-book},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA},
+ annotation = {An example of the use of an \textsf{addendum} in a
+ \textsf{Book} entry, in this case to identify that
+ the work is an e-book.}
+}
+
+@Misc{dinkel:agassiz,
+ author = {Dinkel, Joseph},
+ title = {description of Louis Agassiz written at the request
+ of Elizabeth Cary Agassiz},
+ year = {\bibstring{nodate}},
+ entrysubtype = {yes},
+ note = {Agassiz Papers},
+ location = {Harvard University},
+ organization = {Houghton Library},
+ annotation = {A manuscript presented in a \textsf{Misc} entry with
+ a randomly-selected \textsf{entrysubtype} to
+ distinguish it from a traditional \textsf{Misc}
+ entry. The \textsf{title} begins with a generic
+ term, hence the initial lowercase letter. This
+ entry uses three fields to locate the manuscript,
+ starting with \textsf{note} and ascending in
+ generality through \textsf{organization} to
+ \textsf{location}. If you are citing several items
+ from the same collection, then the \emph{CMS},
+ 15.49, suggests not having individual entries but
+ only one for the collection, with specific
+ information forming part of the flow of the text.
+ If, however, you cite only one item from a
+ collection, then you can use an entry like this one.
+ Note that, in \textsf{Misc} entries and a few
+ others, an empty \textsf{year} field will not
+ automatically produce a no date
+ (\enquote{n.d\adddot} in English) abbreviation, so
+ if you want one to be present you'll have to provide
+ it yourself, as here. Cf.\ \cmslink{creel:house}
+ and \cmslink{house:papers}.}
+}
+
+@Book{donne:var,
+ author = {Donne, John},
+ editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.},
+ title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the
+ \mkbibquote{Epicedes and Obsequies}},
+ namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry},
+ publisher = {Indiana Univ. Press},
+ maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}},
+ year = 1995,
+ volume = 6,
+ location = {Bloomington},
+ annote = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{maintitle}
+ editor (\textsf{editor} field) and a \textsf{title}
+ editor (\textsf{namea} field). Also, inside an
+ italicized title, all other titles are put in
+ quotation marks, and using \cmd{mkbibquote} will
+ automatically move appropriate punctuation inside
+ the closing quotation mark. It also, however, means
+ that this entry won't be correctly presented for the
+ \textsf{authordate-trad} style.}
+}
+
+@Book{donne:var:15,
+ author = {Donne, John},
+ editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.},
+ title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the
+ \mkbibquote{Epicedes and obsequies}},
+ namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry},
+ publisher = {Indiana Univ. Press},
+ maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of {John Donne}},
+ year = 1995,
+ volume = 6,
+ location = {Bloomington},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with a \textsf{maintitle}
+ editor (\textsf{editor} field) and a \textsf{title}
+ editor (\textsf{namea} field). Also, inside an
+ italicized title, all other titles are put in
+ quotation marks, and using \cmd{mkbibquote} will
+ automatically move appropriate punctuation inside
+ the closing quotation mark. In the \texttt{trad}
+ style, you need to provide the sentence-style
+ capitalization yourself inside the \cmd{mkbibquote}
+ command.}
+}
+
+@Book{dunn:revolutions,
+ title = {Sister Revolutions},
+ subtitle = {French Lightning, {American} Light},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Dunn, Susan},
+ publisher = {Faber \& Faber and Farrar, Straus \& Giroux},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Book} with two \textsf{publishers},
+ showing ampersands to prevent them being treated as
+ four.}
+}
+
+@Manual{dyna:browser,
+ title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser},
+ organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.},
+ address = {Providence, RI},
+ year = 1991,
+ annotation = {A technical manual presented in a \textsf{Manual}
+ entry. In absence of a named author the
+ \textsf{organization} is printed twice, as author
+ and as publisher. Note that you no longer need a
+ \textsf{sortkey} when using the default sorting
+ scheme.}
+}
+
+@Book{eliot:pound,
+ title = {Literary Essays},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ year = 1953,
+ author = {Pound, Ezra},
+ editor = {Eliot, T.~S.},
+ publisher = {New Directions},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Book} listed by its (famous)
+ \textsf{editor} rather than by its (equally-famous)
+ \textsf{author}. The \textsf{options} field allows
+ such presentation.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{ellet:galena,
+ author = {Ellet, Elizabeth~F.~L.},
+ title = {By Rail and Stage to {Galena}},
+ crossref = {prairie:state},
+ pages = {271--279},
+ annotation = {First of three InCollection entries
+ cross-referencing the same Collection.
+ Cf. keating:dearborn and lippincott:chicago. All
+ three entries will have an abbreviated form in the
+ list of references. If you don't want this
+ space-saving measure, you can, for example, set
+ longcrossref=true in the options field. With Biber,
+ an empty subtitle field is no longer necessary to
+ prevent inheritance from a parent entry.}
+}
+
+@Article{ellis:blog,
+ author = {Ellis, Rhian},
+ title = {Squatters' Rights},
+ journaltitle = {Ward Six},
+ location = {blog},
+ date = {2008-06-30},
+ url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ annotation = {The 16th edition specifies an Article-like
+ presentation for blogs, the main peculiarity being
+ the identification of the material as a blog using
+ the location field, which is usually reserved for
+ identifying the place of publication of obscure
+ journals. See ac:comment, a Review entry, for how
+ to reference comments on such online material.}
+}
+
+@Book{emerson:nature,
+ title = {Nature},
+ year = 1985,
+ origdate = 1836,
+ location = {Boston},
+ options = {cmsdate=old},
+ author = {Emerson, Ralph Waldo},
+ publisher = {Beacon},
+ note = {a facsimile of the first \bibstring{edition} with an
+ \bibstring{introduction} by Jaroslav Pelikan},
+ annotation = {A reprinted \textsf{Book}, in this case a facsimile,
+ with the \textsf{note} field giving the relevant
+ information. The \textsf{origdate} field gives the
+ date of original publication. Note the use of a
+ lowercase letter to start the \textsf{note} field.
+ With the amount of information given in the note
+ field, it may be less awkward to use a
+ \texttt{cmsdate} option rather than to put
+ \texttt{reprint} into a \textsf{pubstate} field.
+ This \texttt{cmsdate} option will print both dates,
+ in the format (1836) 1985.}
+}
+
+@InReference{ency:britannica,
+ title = {Encyclopaedia Britannica},
+ shorttitle = {Ency. {Brit}., \mkbibemph{15th ed}\adddot},
+ keywords = {nosample},
+ edition = {15},
+ options = {hypertitle},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{InReference} entry, citing a well-known
+ reference work, and therefore generally not to
+ appear in the list of references, but for
+ demonstration purposes I here allow it to do so.
+ With an \textsf{options} field set to
+ \texttt{skipbib}, you'd only need the
+ \textsf{shorttitle} for citations. As it stands,
+ the \textsf{options} field contains
+ \texttt{hypertitle}, which ensures that the
+ \textsf{title} acts as a hyperlink between the
+ in-text citation and the entry in the list of
+ references. The \emph{CMS} is not altogether clear
+ about how to present such information in the
+ author-date style, so this should be looked upon as
+ a possible style of presentation only.}
+}
+
+@Video{episode:tv,
+ title = {Episode Title},
+ booktitleaddon = {series 5, episode 2},
+ options = {cmsdate=on},
+ entrysubtype = {tv},
+ editor = {{Production Company}},
+ editortype = {producer},
+ date = {2000/2007},
+ origdate = 2004,
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ booktitle = {Series Title},
+ publisher = {Production Company},
+ type = {DVD},
+ annotation = {The 15th edition of the Manual doesn't, that I can
+ find, provide guidance for citing television
+ programs, so I guessed, using the analogy of films,
+ at how to present one using the Video entry type.
+ (The 16th edition does give an example -- see
+ friends:leia -- but I have retained this entry only
+ for the 15th edition, as there are significant
+ structural changes between the two editions when
+ presenting audio-visual material.) The title of the
+ episode will be presented in the main text font, as
+ there is a booktitle presenting the name of the TV
+ series. The booktitleaddon -- in a slight change
+ from previous releases -- gives details about the
+ episode, and the type gives the medium, as usual.
+ The origdate is the year of original transmission,
+ while the date provides the year range for the whole
+ series, though it would perhaps make more sense in
+ this situation to provide the date the DVD was
+ released, instead. The entrysubtype isn't
+ necessary, but may be of some use in the author-date
+ style if you want the origdate to appear in
+ parentheses after the main part of the entry, for
+ which you would also require the pubstate field as
+ shown. Repeating the publisher as the editor, and
+ giving an editortype, may help to present this entry
+ in the list of references and, possibly, in textual
+ citatons, as well.}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{euripides:orestes,
+ title = {Orestes},
+ year = 1958,
+ booktitle = {Euripides},
+ maintitle = {The Complete {Greek} Tragedies},
+ nameb = {Arrowsmith, William},
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Euripides},
+ editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ pages = {185--288},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A work from antiquity, cited by pages in a modern
+ edition, hence not needing \texttt{classical} in
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}. Since the titles of such
+ works are uniformly italicized, we need to use a
+ \textsf{BookInBook} entry with a \textsf{title} and
+ a \textsf{booktitle} (\enquote{book within a book}),
+ and in this case also a \textsf{maintitle}. Note the
+ editors of the \textsf{maintitle} (\textsf{editor}
+ field), and the translator of the \textsf{title}
+ (\textsf{nameb} field).}
+}
+
+@Online{evanston:library,
+ author = {{Evanston Public Library Board of Trustees}},
+ shortauthor = {{Evanston Public Library}},
+ title = {Evanston Public Library Strategic Plan, 2000--2010},
+ subtitle = {A Decade of Outreach},
+ organization = {Evanston Public Library},
+ url = {http://www.epl.org/library/strategic-plan-00.html},
+ urldate = {2002-07-18},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Online} entry, with a corporate author,
+ hence extra curly braces in \textsf{author} and
+ \textsf{shortauthor}. The \textsf{title} field holds
+ the title of the specific web page, while the
+ \textsf{organization} field holds the title or owner
+ of the site as a whole.}
+}
+
+@Book{feydeau:farces,
+ title = {Four Farces by {Georges Feydeau}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1970,
+ translator = {Shapiro, Norman R.},
+ author = {Feydeau, Georges},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A standard Book entry, with a translator.}
+}
+
+@Music{floyd:atom,
+ title = {Atom Heart Mother},
+ date = 1990,
+ origdate = 1970,
+ author = {{Pink Floyd}},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ number = {CDP 7 46381 2},
+ publisher = {Capitol},
+ type = {compact disc},
+ annotation = {16th edition only An example of a re-released
+ album. The original release date will appear in
+ citations and at the head of the reference list
+ entry, while the CD re-release date appears later.
+ Because the origdate is used at the head of the
+ entry, the pubstate field here has no effect, though
+ in other circumstances, and in the notes and
+ bibliography style, it will print a notice at the
+ end of the entry clarifying that it is indeed a
+ re-release.}
+}
+
+@inproceedings{frede:inproc,
+ keywords={secondary},
+ author = {Dorothea Frede},
+ title = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics} VII. 11--12},
+ subtitle = {Pleasure},
+ booktitle = {Aristotle},
+ booksubtitle = {\mkbibquote{Nicomachean Ethics}, Book VII},
+ series = {Symposium Aristotelicum},
+ editor = {Carlo Natali},
+ publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+ address = {Oxford},
+ year = {2009},
+ pages = {183-207},
+ annotation = {A standard inproceedings entry.}
+}
+
+@SuppBook{friedman:intro,
+ author = {Friedman, Milton},
+ title = {The Road to Serfdom},
+ bookauthor = {Hayek, F.~A.},
+ introduction = {yes},
+ date = 1994,
+ pages = {ix--xx},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ note = {Anniversary ed.},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {An introduction to a work by someone else, presented
+ in a SuppBook entry. Note that for an introduction,
+ afterword or foreword you need only define the
+ relevant field, and leave the others undefined, and
+ the style will provide the rest automatically. The
+ 16th edition now requires page numbers in the list
+ of references for this sort of entry.}
+}
+
+@Article{friedman:learning,
+ author = {Friedman, James~W. and Mezzetti, Claudio},
+ title = {Learning in Games by Random Sampling},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of Economic Theory},
+ date = {2001-05},
+ volume = 98,
+ number = 1,
+ doi = {10.1006/jeth.2000.2694},
+ url = {http://www.idealibrary.com/links/doi/10.1006/jeth.2000.2694},
+ annotation = {Standard Article entry with a DOI and a URL
+ provided. The 16th edition prefers a DOI if one is
+ available.}
+}
+
+@Video{friends:leia,
+ title = {The One with the {Princess Leia} Fantasy},
+ date = 2003,
+ booktitle = {Friends},
+ booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1},
+ author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.},
+ eventdate = {1996-09-19},
+ editor = {Mancuso, Gail},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Warner Home Video},
+ type = {DVD},
+ address = {Burbank, CA},
+ annotation = {This is a template for citing television shows. The
+ \textsf{eventdate} is the original broadcast date,
+ while the \textsf{date} applies to the
+ \vadjust{\eject}medium you are citing. As in other
+ audiovisual entries, the earliest date automatically
+ goes at the head of the entry. Note that
+ information about the season and episode numbers
+ goes in \textsf{booktitleaddon}.}
+}
+
+@Book{furet:passing:eng,
+ title = {The Passing of an Illusion},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Furet, François},
+ translator = {Furet, Deborah},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A translation, with the original presented in a
+ separate entry (furet:passing:fr). In that entry, a
+ related field refers to this entry, which will be
+ printed after its parent in the list of references,
+ connected by the default strings associated with the
+ bytranslator relatedtype. By default, this entry
+ will not appear separately in the reference list
+ unless you cite it directly.}
+}
+
+@Book{furet:passing:fr,
+ title = {Le passé d'une illusion},
+ year = 1995,
+ related = {furet:passing:eng},
+ relatedtype = {bytranslator},
+ author = {Furet, François},
+ publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont},
+ location = {Paris},
+ annotation = {The original of the previous entry. The related
+ field calls that entry, and the relatedtype
+ determines how that entry will be presented. In
+ citations this is all ignored, but in the list of
+ references the original and translation are
+ presented in the same entry, connected by bibstrings
+ and the name of the translator. These two entries
+ show one of the two options suggested by the Manual
+ for presenting an original and a translation in the
+ same reference list entry.}
+}
+
+@Article{garaud:gatine,
+ author = {Garaud, Marcel},
+ title = {Recherches sur les défrichements dans la Gâtine
+ poitevine aux XIe et XIIe siècles},
+ journaltitle = {Bulletin de la Société des antiquaires de l'Ouest},
+ year = 1967,
+ volume = 9,
+ langid = {french},
+ series = 4,
+ pages = {11--27},
+ annotation = {An Article in a journaltitle which is into its 4th
+ series. This entry illustrates several
+ language-related issues. The Manual recommends
+ preserving sentence-style capitalization in
+ languages that ordinarily use it, as here in both
+ title and journaltitle. Because of the way the
+ capitalization code works for the title field in the
+ authordate-trad style, you would need to use extra
+ curly braces around words you wished to remain
+ capitalized in the output. However, because I've
+ identified the language of the entry as French using
+ the langid field, the code, independently of any
+ "otherlang" setting, leaves the title as presented
+ here, which is correct without needing to use extra
+ braces. The journaltitle field is always exempt
+ from the sentence capitalization code, so you
+ needn't worry about extra braces there.}
+}
+
+@Article{garrett,
+ author = {Garrett, Marvin~P.},
+ title = {Language and Design in \mkbibemph{Pippa Passes}},
+ journaltitle = {Victorian Poetry},
+ year = 1975,
+ volume = 13,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {47--60},
+ location = {West Virginia University},
+ annote = {An Article from a journaltitle that may not be
+ immediately recognizable to your readership, or
+ indeed that may be shared by a number of different
+ journals, so you add a location field to tell where
+ the journaltitle originates. Also note formatting
+ in the title field.}
+}
+
+@Article{garrett:15,
+ author = {Garrett, Marvin~P.},
+ title = {Language and Design in \mkbibemph{Pippa passes}},
+ journaltitle = {Victorian Poetry},
+ year = 1975,
+ volume = 13,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {47--60},
+ location = {West Virginia University},
+ annotation = {An Article from a journaltitle that may not be
+ immediately recognizable to your readership, or
+ indeed that may be shared by a number of different
+ journals, so you add a location field to tell where
+ the journaltitle originates. Also note formatting
+ in the title field, where you need sentence-style
+ capitalization for the 15th edition.}
+}
+
+@Misc{genesis,
+ shorttitle = {Gen\adddot},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ keywords = {nosample},
+ title = {Genesis},
+ annotation = {A simple \textsf{Misc} entry (w/
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}) that would
+ allow you easily to cite the Qur'an or individual
+ books of the Bible. Ordinarily it wouldn't appear
+ in the list of references, but it does here for
+ demonstration purposes. Some other sacred works may
+ need italicized titles. Cf.\ \emph{CMS},
+ 14.253-255.}
+}
+
+@Article{gibbard,
+ author = {Gibbard, Allan},
+ title = {Morality in Living},
+ subtitle = {Korsgaard's {Kantian} Lectures},
+ journaltitle = {Ethics},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 110,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {140--164},
+ titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Sources of
+ Normativity}, \bibstring{by} {Christine M. Korsgaard}},
+ annote = {A book review as an Article. It has a specific
+ title (title field) as well as a generic one
+ (titleaddon field). Note bibstring macro and
+ formatting in the titleaddon.}
+}
+
+@Article{gibbard:15,
+ author = {Gibbard, Allan},
+ title = {Morality in Living},
+ subtitle = {Korsgaard's {Kantian} Lectures},
+ journaltitle = {Ethics},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 110,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {140--64},
+ titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The sources of
+ normativity}, \bibstring{by} {Christine M. Korsgaard}},
+ annotation = {A book review as an Article. It has a specific
+ title (title field) as well as a generic one
+ (titleaddon field). Note bibstring macro and
+ formatting in the titleaddon, with sentence-style
+ capitalization for the 15th ed.}
+}
+
+@Periodical{good:wholeissue,
+ issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes of Schooling},
+ title = {Elementary School Journal},
+ date = {1999},
+ volume = 99,
+ number = 5,
+ editor = {Good, Thomas~L.},
+ note = {special issue},
+ annotation = {A reference to an entire special issue of a journal,
+ using a Periodical entry. The issue's title here
+ goes in the issuetitle field, while the name of the
+ journal goes in title rather than journaltitle. The
+ nature of the issue once again goes in the note
+ field, with an initial lowercase letter.
+ Cf. conley:fifthgrade for an example of an Article
+ entry presenting one article from this special
+ issue.}
+}
+
+@Review{gourmet:052006,
+ journaltitle = {Gourmet},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-05},
+ title = {Kitchen {Notebook}},
+ annotation = {A regular column in a magazine, presented in a
+ \textsf{Review} entry (with \texttt{magazine}
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}). This name is capitalized
+ headline style. Since there is no \textsf{author},
+ the \textsf{journaltitle} will be used instead;
+ there is no longer any need for a \textsf{sortkey}.}
+}
+
+@Audio{greek:filmstrip,
+ title = {The {Greek} and {Roman} World},
+ date = 1977,
+ publisher = {Society for Visual Education},
+ type = {filmstrip, 44 min\adddot},
+ address = {Chicago},
+ sortkey = {Greek and Roman},
+ annotation = {For the 16th edition only, the title will
+ automatically appear at the head of such an entry,
+ and in citations, as well. The sortkey is needed
+ because of the definite article in the title.}
+}
+
+@Audio{greek:filmstrip:15,
+ title = {The {Greek} and {Roman} World},
+ date = 1977,
+ publisher = {Society for Visual Education},
+ author = {{Society for Visual Education}},
+ type = {filmstrip},
+ address = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {An Audio entry for a filmstrip, the medium being
+ given in the type field. For the author-date style,
+ it probably makes sense to give the publisher as the
+ author, also, so that the entry in the reference
+ list doesn't start with the date. 15th edition
+ only}
+}
+
+@InReference{grove:sibelius,
+ title = {The New {Grove} Dictionary of Music and Musicians},
+ author = {Hepokoski, James},
+ shorttitle = {New {Grove} Dict\adddot},
+ lista = {Sibelius, Jean},
+ url = {http://www.grovemusic.com/},
+ urldate = {2002-01-03},
+ sortkey = {New Grove},
+ annotation = {An example of an online \textsf{InReference} entry,
+ which I have allowed, as an example, to appear in
+ the list of references. The \textsf{author} field
+ refers to the author of the specific entry in
+ \textsf{lista}, and will be printed after the name
+ of that entry, set off by a comma. If you need to
+ provide the author or editor of a reference work as
+ a whole, then you should probably use a
+ \textsf{Book} entry. (Cf.\
+ \texttt{schellinger:novel}.) Note the
+ \textsf{sortkey}, needed because otherwise the
+ author's name will be used for sorting in the list
+ of references. Note also that in citations of
+ \textsf{InReference} entries, you can put an
+ alphabetized article title in the \textsf{postnote}
+ field, and it will be formatted for you
+ automatically.}
+}
+
+@Video{handel:messiah,
+ title = {Messiah},
+ date = {1988},
+ eventdate = {1987-12-19},
+ userd = {performed},
+ type = {videocassette (VHS), 141 min\adddot},
+ editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}},
+ editortype = {none},
+ editora = {Shaw, Robert},
+ editoratype = {none},
+ author = {Handel, George Frederic},
+ publisher = {Video Artists International},
+ address = {Ansonia Station, NY},
+ annotation = {This is a videotape of a performance, presented
+ therefore as a \textsf{Video} entry rather than as
+ \textsf{Music}. The composer goes in
+ \textsf{author}, the performers and conductor in
+ \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editora}. Note the
+ \texttt{none} in both \textsf{editortypes}, as the
+ context presumably makes it clear what role Shaw is
+ playing. The usual \textsf{type} field identifies
+ the medium. The \textsf{eventdate}, which will
+ provide the date for the head of the entry and for
+ citations, identifies when the performance took
+ place, and the \textsf{userd} field allows you to
+ specify just what sort of \textsf{eventdate} it is.}
+}
+
+@Video{handel:messiah:15,
+ title = {Messiah},
+ date = 1988,
+ titleaddon = {selections},
+ type = {VHS},
+ editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}},
+ editortype = {none},
+ editora = {Shaw, Robert},
+ editoratype = {none},
+ author = {Handel, George Frederic},
+ publisher = {Video Treasures},
+ address = {Batavia, OH},
+ annotation = {15th edition only This is a videotape of an
+ oratorio, presented therefore as a Video entry
+ rather than as Music. The composer goes in author,
+ the performers and conductor in editor and editora.
+ Note the "none" in both editortypes, as the context
+ presumably makes it clear what role Shaw is playing.
+ The usual type field identifies the medium.}
+}
+
+@Collection{harley:ancient:cart,
+ title = {Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient, and Medieval
+ {Europe} and the {Mediterranean}},
+ crossref = {harley:hoc},
+ date = {1987},
+ volume = 1,
+ annotation = {A Collection entry, with the maintitle coming from
+ the MVCollection entry cited in the crossref field.
+ With the booklongxref option set properly, and not
+ by default, this and the next entry will now produce
+ abbreviated references in the list of references.
+ Cf. lach:asia.},
+}
+
+@Collection{harley:cartography,
+ title = {Cartography in the Traditional {East and Southeast
+ Asian} Societies},
+ crossref = {harley:hoc},
+ year = 1994,
+ volume = {2},
+ part = {2},
+ annotation = {A Collection entry, with its maintitle's logical
+ volumes published in separate physical parts, hence
+ a volume and a part number. The maintitle itself
+ comes from the MVCollection entry cited in the
+ crossref field. With the booklongxref option set
+ properly, and not by default, this and the previous
+ entry will now produce abbreviated references in the
+ list of references. Cf. lach:asia.}
+}
+
+@MVCollection{harley:hoc,
+ title = {The History of Cartography},
+ date = {1987/},
+ editor = {Harley, J.~B. and Woodward, David},
+ volumes = {3},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {This entry shows the new MVCollection type used as
+ the parent to two child Collection entries --
+ harley:ancient:cart and harley:cartography. It will
+ be presented in the list of references when more
+ than one of its children are cited, and those
+ children's entries will be abbreviated in the list
+ as well, assuming the option booklongxref is set
+ properly (it won't be by default). Biber
+ automatically transforms the title of this entry
+ into a maintitle for the children. Please note that
+ this treatment isn't explicitly allowed in the
+ Chicago specification.}
+}
+
+@Online{harwood:biden,
+ author = {Harwood, John},
+ title = {The Pros and Cons of {Biden}},
+ organization = {\mkbibemph{New York Times} video, 2:00},
+ date = {2008-08-23},
+ url = {http://video.on.nytimes.com/?fr_story=a425c9aca92f51bd19f2a621fd93b5e266507191},
+ annotation = {An online video using an Online entry. Note the
+ formatting in the organization field.
+ Cf. horowitz:youtube.}
+}
+
+@TechReport{herwign:office,
+ options = {useprefix=true},
+ author = {{van} Herwijnen, Eric},
+ sortname = {Van},
+ title = {Future Office Systems Requirements},
+ institution = {CERN DD internal note},
+ date = {1988-11},
+ annotation = {A Report entry, the type already set by using the
+ TechReport alias instead of Report. The institution
+ field identifies the issuer of the report.}
+}
+
+@Video{hitchcock:nbynw,
+ title = {Crop Duster Attack},
+ booktitle = {North by Northwest},
+ date = 2000,
+ origdate = 1959,
+ editor = {Hitchcock, Alfred},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Warner Home Video},
+ type = {DVD},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ address = {Burbank, CA},
+ annotation = {This Video entry cites one scene (title) from a film
+ (booktitle). By contrast with the notes &
+ bibliography style, we don't need an options field
+ here, as we allow the director to appear at the head
+ of the entry. The editortype field identifies the
+ directorial role, while the origdate and date give
+ the original year of release and the year of DVD
+ release, respectively. In the 15th edition, the
+ pubstate field means that the origdate will be
+ printed in parentheses after the main part of the
+ entry, with a bibstring identifying it as the year
+ of original release. In the 16th edition, by
+ contrast, the origdate will appear automatically at
+ the head of the entry and in citations, and
+ therefore the pubstate field will be ignored}
+}
+
+@Article{hlatky:hrt,
+ author = {Hlatky, Mark~A. and Boothroyd, Derek and
+ Vittinghoff, Eric and Sharp, Penny and Whooley,
+ Mary~A.},
+ title = {Quality-of-Life and Depressive Symptoms in
+ Postmenopausal Women after Receiving Hormone
+ Therapy},
+ subtitle = {Results from the {Heart and Estrogen/Progestin
+ Replacement Study (HERS)} Trial},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of the American Medical Association},
+ date = {2002-02-06},
+ volume = 287,
+ number = 5,
+ url = {http://jama.ama-assn.org/issues/v287n5/rfull/joc10108.html#aainfo},
+ urldate = {2002-01-07},
+ annotation = {A standard \textsf{Article} entry with a
+ \textsf{url} provided. The presence of 5 authors
+ provokes use of \enquote{et al\adddot} in text
+ citations, though not in the list of references,
+ because the settings for \texttt{maxbibnames} and
+ \texttt{minbibnames} have been changed in
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}.}
+}
+
+@Music{holiday:fool,
+ title = {I'm a Fool to Want You},
+ eventdate = {1958-02-20},
+ date = {1960},
+ booktitle = {Lady in Satin},
+ author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack},
+ editor = {Holiday, Billie},
+ editortype = {none},
+ number = {CL 1157},
+ publisher = {Columbia},
+ type = {33\onethird\ rpm},
+ note = {with Ray Ellis},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ annotation = {This entry illustrates how to cite a song
+ (\textsf{title}) from an album (\textsf{booktitle}).
+ The writers of the song go in \textsf{author}, while
+ the \textsf{options} field prevents these writers
+ from appearing in citations or at the head of the
+ entry in the list of references. The performer goes
+ in \textsf{editor}, with the \textsf{editortype}
+ ensuring that no identifying string appears. The
+ \textsf{eventdate} gives the recording date of a
+ song -- you would use \textsf{origdate} if the
+ recording date applied to the album as a whole. The
+ \textsf{date} gives the release date of the album.}
+}
+
+@Book{hopp:attalid,
+ title = {Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der letzten Attaliden},
+ date = 1977,
+ author = {Hopp, Joachim},
+ publisher = {C.~H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},
+ number = 25,
+ series = {Vestigia: Beitr\"age zur alten Geschichte},
+ hyphenation = {german},
+ address = {Munich},
+ annotation = {A book in a series. The latter is given in the
+ series field, and the volume within the series in
+ the number field. Note also the hyphenation field
+ to preserve German capitalization in the title,
+ which therefore doesn't require extra curly braces.}
+}
+
+@Online{horowitz:youtube,
+ title = {{HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL} 2-{Chopin Nocturne} in Fm Op.55},
+ organization = {YouTube video, 5:53},
+ sortkey = {Horowitz},
+ url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDVBtuWkMS8},
+ urldate = {2009-01-09},
+ userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj},},
+ note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct},
+ date = {1968-09-22},
+ shorttitle = {HOROWITZ},
+ annotation = {A YouTube video, presented in an \textsf{Online}
+ entry. The \textsf{userd} field allows you to
+ modify what is printed before the \textsf{urldate},
+ while the \textsf{note} field here is used for a
+ similar purpose, to clarify the \textsf{date} field.
+ The \textsf{shorttitle} abbreviates what will appear
+ in citations of this author-less entry, and the
+ \textsf{sortkey} is required because, in this corner
+ case, the \textsf{organization} would otherwise be
+ used for alphabetization, an arrangement that works
+ for many entries, but not this one.}
+}
+
+@Book{horsley:prosodies,
+ title = {On the Prosodies of the {Greek and Latin} Languages},
+ year = 1796,
+ author = {Horsley, Samuel},
+ authortype = {anon},
+ annotation = {An anonymous \textsf{Book}, with the \textsf{author}
+ known, though not named on the title page. The
+ string \texttt{anon} goes in the \textsf{authortype}
+ field.}
+}
+
+@Misc{house:papers,
+ author = {House, Edward~M\adddot\addcomma},
+ title = {Papers},
+ note = {Yale University Library},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ annotation = {An example of a \textsf{Misc} entry (with an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}) specifically for a reference
+ list, assuming that more than one item has been
+ cited from this same collection. If you cite just
+ one item from such a collection, then the entry
+ might look like \cmslink{creel:house}. In this
+ entry type the absence of a \textsf{date} field does
+ not trigger the automatic provision of the
+ \enquote{n.d\adddot} \cmd{bibstring}, which means
+ that the reference list entry will not contain one
+ if it isn't wanted. The \textsf{entrysubtype}
+ \texttt{classical} makes the in-text citations
+ provide name + title instead of just name, which may
+ help clarify the reference in some circumstances.
+ This entry also illustrates the use of a comma in a
+ reference list to set off a middle initial from a
+ following plain-text title, only used when the
+ period alone might lead to ambiguity. Cf.\
+ \emph{CMS}, 14.241. The \cmd{adddot} and
+ \cmd{addcomma} commands you see here are the most
+ effective way of doing this.}
+}
+
+@Book{howell:marriage,
+ title = {The Marriage Exchange},
+ subtitle = {Property, Social Place, and Gender in the Cities of
+ the {Low Countries}},
+ date = 1998,
+ author = {Howell, M.~C.},
+ number = {\partedit C.~R. Stimpson},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ series = {Women in Culture and Society},
+ address = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A book in a series, providing also the series editor
+ in the number field, which is the only way to get
+ the name to follow the series. Note also the
+ partedit macro, though in the author-date style you
+ could just provide the correct string ("ed." in the
+ 15th edition, "edited by" in the 16th) if you're
+ sure you know it.}
+}
+
+@Book{iso:electrodoc,
+ title = {Electronic Documents or Parts thereof. {Excerpts}
+ from {International Standard ISO} 690-2},
+ part = {part 2},
+ date = 2001,
+ maintitle = {Information and Documentation},
+ mainsubtitle = {Bibliographic References},
+ author = {{International Organization for Standardization}},
+ shorthand = {ISO},
+ publisher = {National Library of Canada},
+ sortname = {ISO},
+ address = {Ottawa},
+ url = {http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm},
+ annote = {A \textsf{Book} with a \textsf{maintitle} and an
+ organizational \textsf{author}. You can use the
+ \textsf{part} field on its own to define how the
+ \textsf{title} relates to the \textsf{maintitle},
+ assuming that the usual \textsf{volume} and
+ \textsf{part} fields don't provide an appropriate
+ solution. Any non-numeric \textsf{part} field will
+ be printed as-is. The \textsf{shorthand} for
+ \vadjust{\eject}the organization will appear in the
+ in-text citations, and at the head of the reference
+ list entry, followed by its expansion (the
+ \textsf{author}) in parentheses. The
+ \textsf{sortname} ensures that the entry is
+ alphabetized by the first thing that appears there,
+ that is, the \textsf{shorthand}.}
+}
+
+@Book{iso:electrodoc:15,
+ title = {Electronic Documents or Parts thereof. {Excerpts}
+ from {International Standard ISO} 690-2},
+ titleaddon = {Part 2 of\nopunct},
+ date = 2001,
+ maintitle = {Information and Documentation},
+ userc = {abbrev:ISO},
+ mainsubtitle = {Bibliographic References},
+ shorthand = {ISO},
+ author = {{International Organization for Standardization}},
+ publisher = {National Library of Canada},
+ address = {Ottawa},
+ url = {http://www.nlc-bnc.ca/iso/tc46sc9/standard/690-2e.htm},
+ annotation = {A book with a maintitle and an organizational
+ author. You can use the titleaddon field to
+ identify how the title relates to the maintitle,
+ assuming that the usual volume and part fields don't
+ provide an appropriate solution. The nopunct
+ command suppresses the following punctuation. The
+ shorthand for the organization will appear in the
+ in-text citations. For the 15th edition, the userc
+ field points to a CustomC entry which provides the
+ expansion of the shorthand inside the reference
+ list, rather than in a list of shorthands. Using
+ the field in this way ensures that the expansion
+ will be printed if this entry is cited.}}
+
+@Book{james:ambassadors,
+ title = {The Ambassadors},
+ year = 1996,
+ origdate = 1909,
+ options = {cmsdate=on},
+ author = {James, Henry},
+ publisher = {Project Gutenberg},
+ url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext96/ambas10.txt},
+ annotation = {This entry presents an online edition of a book
+ which, not being inherently an online text, still
+ uses a \textsf{Book} entry. The \textsf{origyear}
+ field is the date of the print publication of the
+ text that is now online, and the \texttt{cmsdate=on}
+ option tells the style to use the \textsf{origdate}
+ in both reference list and citations, something that
+ isn't part of the specification for the 16th
+ edition, which would probably recommend
+ \texttt{both} here.}
+}
+
+@Collection{kamrany:economic,
+ title = {Economic Issues of the Eighties},
+ date = 1980,
+ editor = {Kamrany, Nake~M. and Day, Richard~H.},
+ publisher = {Johns Hopkins Univ. Press},
+ address = {Baltimore},
+ annotation = {Collection entry with two editors}}
+
+@InCollection{keating:dearborn,
+ author = {Keating, William~H.},
+ title = {{Fort Dearborn and Chicago}},
+ crossref = {prairie:state},
+ pages = {84--87},
+ annotation = {Second of three InCollection pieces from the same
+ Collection, using the crossref field. The entry in
+ the list of references will be shortened.}
+}
+
+@Article{kern,
+ author = {Kern, W.},
+ title = {Waar verzamelde Pigafetta zijn Maleise woorden?},
+ usere = {Where did Pigafetta collect his Malaysian words?},
+ journaltitle = {Tijdschrift voor Indische taal-, land- en volkenkunde},
+ year = 1938,
+ volume = 78,
+ hyphenation = {dutch},
+ pages = {271--273},
+ annotation = {An Article with a Dutch title that may need
+ translating for a significant portion of your
+ readership. You give the translation in the usere
+ field, using sentence-style capitalization. The
+ hyphenation field allows you not to use extra curly
+ braces in the title.}
+}
+
+@Article{kimluu:diethyl,
+ author = {Kim Luu, Diane-Dinh},
+ title = {Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the
+ \mkbibquote{Morning After} Pill},
+ journaltitle = {Lost in Thought: Undergraduate Research Journal},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = {65--70},
+ location = {Indiana University South Bend},
+ annote = {Another Article from a journaltitle that may need
+ further specification for your readership, hence the
+ use of the location field. For the 16th edition
+ only, Note also the quoted phrase inside the title,
+ with headline-style capitalization.}
+}
+
+@Article{kimluu:diethyl:15,
+ author = {Kim Luu, Diane-Dinh},
+ title = {Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the
+ \mkbibquote{morning after} Pill},
+ journaltitle = {Lost in Thought: Undergraduate Research Journal},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = {65--70},
+ location = {Indiana University South Bend},
+ annotation = {Another Article from a journaltitle that may need
+ further specification for your readership, hence the
+ use of the location field. For the 15th edition
+ only, note also the quoted phrase inside the title,
+ with sentence-style capitalization you need to
+ provide yourself.}
+}
+
+@Review{kozinn:review,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ date = {2000-04-21},
+ author = {Kozinn, Allan},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} concert performance
+ \bibstring{by} {Timothy Fain} (violin) and {Steven Beck}
+ (piano), 92nd {Street Y, New York}},
+ pages = {Weekend section},
+ annotation = {A Review entry presenting a review in a newspaper,
+ with "magazine" in entrysubtype. Note the use of
+ the bibstrings in title, which help but do not
+ complete the internationalization of the entry.
+ Beginning the field without a bibstring and with
+ lower-case letters in a chosen language
+ (e.g. "review of") is possibly a better alternative.
+ Note also the pages field, which gives a more
+ general reference than page number, as sometimes the
+ latter might change between editions.}
+}
+
+@Book{lach:asia,
+ title = {The Scholarly Disciplines},
+ maintitle = {Asia in the Making of {Europe}},
+ year = 1977,
+ volume = {2},
+ part = {3},
+ author = {Lach, Donald},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A Book with a maintitle, its logical volumes
+ published in several physical parts, hence both a
+ volume and part number. Cf. harley:cartography.}
+}
+
+@Article{lakeforester:pushcarts,
+ journaltitle = {Lake Forester},
+ date = {2000-03-23},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks},
+ options = {cmsdate=full},
+ location = {Lake Forest, IL},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Article} entry from a newspaper, using a
+ \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The
+ article doesn't have an author, so the
+ \textsf{journaltitle} will be used at the head of
+ the entry and in citations. The newspaper might not
+ be well known, so the \textsf{location} field helps
+ your readers out in this case. There is no longer
+ any need for a \textsf{sortkey}. Finally, note the
+ \texttt{full} key for the \texttt{cmsdate} option,
+ which prints a full date specification in citations
+ and means you wouldn't need this entry to appear in
+ the reference list, though I have allowed it to
+ appear here as an example.}
+}
+
+@Book{lecarre:quest,
+ title = {The Quest for {Karla}},
+ publisher = {Knopf},
+ year = 1982,
+ author = {Le Carr{\'e}, John},
+ nameaddon = {David John Moore Cornwell},
+ location = {New York},
+ options = {useprefix=true},
+ annotation = {A fairly standard Book entry, with, however, the
+ pseudonym in the author field and the real name in
+ nameaddon. This isn't strictly necessary in this
+ case, as one normally refers to this author by the
+ pseudonym, but if it is of particular interest this
+ is how you would present such information.}
+}
+
+@Artwork{leo:madonna,
+ author = {{Leonardo da Vinci}},
+ shortauthor = {Leonardo},
+ title = {Madonna of the Rocks},
+ type = {oil on canvas},
+ note = {78 x 48.5 in\adddot},
+ year = {1480s},
+ institution = {Louvre},
+ location = {Paris},
+ annotation = {A typical Artwork entry. Note the type field and
+ the fact that it begins with a lowercase letter,
+ allowing biblatex to capitalize it contextually when
+ needed, though this isn't strictly necessary for
+ author-date.}
+}
+
+@Book{levistrauss:savage,
+ title = {The Savage Mind},
+ year = 1962,
+ author = {Lévi-Strauss, Claude},
+ publisher = {Weidenfeld \& Nicolson},
+ location = {Chicago: University of Chicago Press; London},
+ annotation = {A standard Book entry, showing a kludge in the
+ location field for including two publishers in two
+ different countries. The simplest thing to do in
+ such a situation is to pick the one nearest to you
+ and just use it, but this may be necessary
+ sometimes.}
+}
+
+@Article{lewis,
+ author = {Lewis, Judith},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a Misfortune to
+ Be a Great Ladie}},
+ subtitle = {Maternal Mortality in the {British} Aristocracy,
+ 1558--1959},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of British Studies},
+ year = 1998,
+ volume = 37,
+ pages = {26--53},
+ annote = {16th edition only An Article entry showing a
+ quotation inside a title. Note the headline-style
+ capitalization inside the formatting.}
+}
+
+@Article{lewis:15,
+ author = {Lewis, Judith},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a misfortune to
+ be a great ladie}},
+ subtitle = {Maternal Mortality in the {British} Aristocracy,
+ 1558--1959},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of British Studies},
+ year = 1998,
+ volume = 37,
+ pages = {26--53},
+ annotation = {15th edition only An Article entry showing a
+ quotation inside a title. Note the sentence-style
+ capitalization inside the formatting.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{lippincott:chicago,
+ author = {Lippincott, Sarah Clarke},
+ title = {Chicago},
+ crossref = {prairie:state},
+ pages = {362--370},
+ annotation = {Third and last of the InCollection entries referring
+ to the same Collection. The reference list entries
+ of all three are abbreviated. Cf. ellet:galena
+ and keating:dearborn.}
+}
+
+@Video{loc:city,
+ title = {The Life of a City},
+ subtitle = {Early Films of {New York}, 1898--1906},
+ author = {{Library of Congress}},
+ type = {MPEG},
+ url = {http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ammem/papr/nychome.html},
+ urldate = {2001-08-14},
+ annotation = {This Video entry gives the online location of the
+ weed:flatiron film, providing an MPEG file for
+ download. As the parent entry calls this using a
+ related field, you no longer need a skipbib option
+ to keep it from appearing in the reference list, nor
+ do you need a kludge in the year field to keep the
+ urldate where it should be.}
+}
+
+@Online{loc:leaders,
+ author = {Library of Congress},
+ title = {American Leaders Speak},
+ subtitle = {Recordings from {World War I} and the 1920 Election,
+ 1918--1920},
+ url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html},
+ note = {RealAudio and WAV formats},
+ annotation = {This \textsf{Online} entry provides the online
+ location of the \cmslink{coolidge:speech} entry. As
+ the parent entry calls this using a \textsf{related}
+ field, you no longer need a \texttt{skipbib} option
+ to keep it from appearing in the reference list, nor
+ do you need a kludge in the \textsf{year} field to
+ keep a spurious \enquote{n.d.} from appearing.}
+}
+
+@Article{loften:hamlet,
+ author = {Loften, Peter},
+ title = {Reverberations between Wordplay and Swordplay in
+ \mkbibemph{Hamlet}},
+ journaltitle = {Aeolian Studies},
+ year = 1989,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = {12--29},
+ annotation = {An Article entry with a formatted title within its
+ title.}
+}
+
+@Article{loomis:structure,
+ author = {Loomis, Jr., C.~C.},
+ title = {Structure and Sympathy in {Joyce's} \mkbibquote{The Dead}},
+ journaltitle = {PMLA},
+ date = 1960,
+ volume = 75,
+ pages = {149--151},
+ annote = {16th edition only An article entry with a quoted
+ title within its title}
+}
+
+@Article{loomis:structure:15,
+ author = {Loomis, Jr., C.~C.},
+ title = {Structure and Sympathy in {Joyce's} \mkbibquote{The dead}},
+ journaltitle = {PMLA},
+ date = 1960,
+ volume = 75,
+ pages = {149--51},
+ annotation = {15th edition only An article entry with a quoted
+ title within its title}
+}
+
+@Book{lynch:webstyle,
+ title = {Web Style Guide},
+ subtitle = {Basic Design Principles for Creating {Web} Sites},
+ date = 1999,
+ author = {Lynch, Patrick~J. and Horton, Sarah},
+ publisher = {Yale Univ. Press},
+ address = {New Haven},
+ annotation = {A plain book with a subtitle}}
+
+@Book{maisonneuve:relations,
+ title = {Les relations publiques},
+ subtitle = {Dans une société en mouvance},
+ year = 1998,
+ author = {Maisonneuve, Danielle and Lamarche, Jean-François and
+ St-Amand, Yves},
+ publisher = {Presses de l'Université de Québec},
+ location = {Sainte-Foy, QC},
+ annotation = {Standard Book entry, maintaining French
+ sentence-style capitalization.}
+}
+
+@Book{maitland:canon,
+ title = {Roman canon law in the {Church of England}},
+ date = 1998,
+ origdate = 1898,
+ author = {Maitland, Frederic W.},
+ publisher = {Lawbook Exchange},
+ address = {Union, NJ},
+ options = {cmsdate=new},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ annotation = {A reprint edition. The \emph{CMS} gives many
+ options for presenting this information. This
+ example provides both dates at the head of the entry
+ in the reference list and in citations, using
+ \texttt{cmsdate=new} in the \textsf{options} field.
+ It is identified as a reprint with the
+ \textsf{pubstate} field. Cf.\
+ \cmslink{james:ambassadors} and
+ \cmslink{maitland:equity} for other alternatives.}
+}
+
+@Book{maitland:equity,
+ title = {Equity, also the Forms of Action at Common Law},
+ subtitle = {Two Courses of Lectures},
+ date = 1926,
+ origdate = 1909,
+ author = {Maitland, Frederic W.},
+ editor = {Chaytor, A.~H. and others},
+ publisher = cup,
+ address = {Cambridge},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ sortyear = {2010},
+ annotation = {Another reprint edition, showing an alternative way
+ of presenting the information. This example
+ provides just the \textsf{date} of the reprint at
+ the head of the reference list and in the citation
+ -- there's no \texttt{cmsdate} option, which means
+ \texttt{cmsdate=off} -- and then gives the date of
+ the original, identified as such by a string, after
+ the publication data. The string \texttt{reprint}
+ in the \textsf{pubstate} field, even though it isn't
+ printed in the entry, is necessary to make this
+ original publication information appear (unless you
+ decide to use the \textsf{relatedtype}
+ \texttt{origpubin}). Also, the \textsf{sortyear}
+ field is necessary here because \textsf{biblatex}
+ sorts automatically by the \textsf{year} rather than
+ the \textsf{origyear}, and this entry from 1926
+ should come after \cmslink{maitland:canon} which
+ prints its \textsf{origdate} (1898) first. Cf.\
+ \cmslink{james:ambassadors}}
+}
+
+@Book{mchugh:wake,
+ title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans Wake}},
+ year = 1980,
+ author = {McHugh, Roland},
+ publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press},
+ location = {Baltimore},
+ type = {plain},
+ annote = {16th edition only A Book with a quoted title
+ inside an italicized one. Remember to use
+ \mkbibquote. See next entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{mchugh:wake:15,
+ title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans wake}},
+ year = 1980,
+ author = {McHugh, Roland},
+ publisher = {Johns Hopkins Univ.\ Press},
+ location = {Baltimore},
+ type = {plain},
+ annotation = {15th edition only A Book with a quoted title
+ inside an italicized one. Remember to use
+ \mkbibquote, and to provide sentence-style
+ capitalization inside the formatting.}
+}
+
+@Book{menchu:crossing,
+ title = {Crossing Borders},
+ date = 1999,
+ author = {Mench\'u, Rigoberta},
+ editor = {Wright, Ann},
+ translator = {Wright, Ann},
+ publisher = {Verso},
+ address = {New York},
+ annotation = {Book with translator and editor, who are the same}}
+
+@Book{meredith:letters,
+ title = {The Letters of {George Meredith}},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ year = 1970,
+ author = {Meredith, George},
+ editor = {Cline, C.~L.},
+ volumes = 3,
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annotation = {A published collection of letters referred to by
+ page rather than by individual letter, hence using a
+ Book entry rather than Letter. You should be aware
+ that, because there are three volumes of letters,
+ the postnote field of any cite command should
+ contain both volume and page references, as in
+ "2:234". For the author-date style the Manual
+ recommends using entries of this sort for all
+ published letters, giving references to the dates of
+ individual letters in the text itself (15th
+ ed. 17.77, 16th ed. 15.40).}
+}
+
+@Book{michelangelo:poems,
+ title = {The Complete Poems of {Michelangelo}},
+ date = 1999,
+ author = {Michelangelo},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ address = {Chicago},
+ translator = {Nims, J.~F.},
+ annotation = {Plain book entry with translator}}
+
+@Book{mla:style,
+ title = {{MLA} Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing},
+ editor = {Gibaldi, Joseph},
+ year = 1998,
+ publisher = {Modern Language Association of America},
+ edition = 2,
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {In the notes + bibliography style I used a Reference
+ entry to present this data, with useeditor=false in
+ the options field to allow the work to be
+ alphabetized by the title in the bibliography.
+ Given the nature of the author-date style, it seems
+ preferable just to use a book entry, allowing it to
+ be sorted under the editor's name in the reference
+ list.}
+}
+
+@Article{morgenson:market,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ pages = {sec.~3},
+ date = {2000-04-23},
+ author = {Morgenson, Gretchen},
+ title = {Applying a Discount to Good Earnings News},
+ titleaddon = {Market Watch},
+ annotation = {An Article entry (entrysubtype "magazine")
+ presenting a regular column in a newspaper, which
+ column also has an individual, specific title. The
+ latter goes in the title field and the former in the
+ titleaddon field. Note also the reference to the
+ section in the pages field.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{morton:creasey,
+ author = {Morton, Anthony},
+ title = {Creasey, John},
+ annotation = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from
+ the pseudonym in the author field to the real name
+ in the title field, allowing your readers to find
+ the cited work under the author's real name. The
+ entry for that work, creasey:morton:hide, contains a
+ userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring
+ that this cross-reference will be printed if the
+ main entry itself is cited.}
+}
+
+@Music{mozart:figaro,
+ title = {Le nozze di {Figaro}},
+ howpublished = {\textsf{\small\textcircledP}},
+ date = {1987},
+ author = {Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus},
+ editor = {{Vienna Philharmonic}},
+ editortype = {none},
+ editora = {Muti, Riccardo},
+ editoratype = {conductor},
+ number = {CDS~7~47978~8},
+ publisher = {EMI Records Ltd.},
+ type = {3 compact discs},
+ note = {with Thomas Allen, Margaret Price, Jorma Hynninen,
+ Ann Murray, Kurt Rydl, and the Konzertvereinigung
+ Wiener Staatsopernchor},
+ annotation = {This Music entry shows how a single such entry can
+ work in both the 15th and 16th editions of the
+ author-date style. Because the 16th edition ignores
+ the howpublished field, if you use it to provide
+ copyright details for the 15th edition it won't get
+ in the way of the 16th. The other fields are the
+ same for both specifications.}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{murphy:silent,
+ author = {Murphy, Priscilla Coit},
+ title = {What a Book Can Do},
+ subtitle = {\mkbibemph{Silent Spring} and Media-Borne Public Debate},
+ school = {University of North Carolina},
+ year = 2000,
+ annote = {16th edition only A Thesis entry, using the
+ PhdThesis alias to define the type field. The
+ school field is an alias for biblatex's institution.
+ Note also the formatting of a title within a quoted
+ title.}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{murphy:silent:15,
+ author = {Murphy, Priscilla Coit},
+ title = {What a Book Can Do},
+ subtitle = {\mkbibemph{Silent spring} and Media-Borne Public Debate},
+ school = {University of North Carolina},
+ year = 2000,
+ annotation = {15th edition only A Thesis entry, using the
+ PhdThesis alias to define the type field. The
+ school field is an alias for biblatex's institution.
+ Note also the formatting of a title within a quoted
+ title.}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{nass:address,
+ author = {Nass, Clifford},
+ title = {Why Researchers Treat On-Line Journals Like Real People},
+ note = {keynote address, annual meeting of the Council of
+ Science Editors},
+ location = {San Antonio, TX},
+ date = {2000-05-06/2000-05-09},
+ annotation = {A typical Unpublished entry, presenting an
+ unpublished piece that isn't part of a formal
+ archive, which would usually require a Misc entry.
+ The note field provides the details of what sort of
+ piece it is, and whence it came. The date field
+ gives the range for the whole meeting, which will be
+ printed at the end of the entry, while the year
+ alone will appear at the head and in citations.}
+}
+
+@Book{natrecoff:camera,
+ title = {The {KH-4B} Camera System},
+ year = 1967,
+ author = {{National Reconnaissance Office}},
+ publisher = {National Photographic Interpretation Center},
+ addendum = {now declassified and also available online},
+ location = {Washington, DC},
+ url =
+ {http://www.fas.org/spp/military/program/imint/kh-4%20camera%20system.htm},
+ annotation = {A technical manual presented in a Book entry. The
+ addendum gives extra details, and there's a url for
+ easier access. Note initial lowercase letter in
+ addendum, and corporate author with extra curly
+ braces. If you're going to be citing this text
+ frequently, you might want to use a shorthand field
+ to save space in the body of your text.}
+}
+
+@Review{nyt:trevorobit,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-04-10},
+ title = {obituary of {Claire Trevor}},
+ options = {cmsdate=full},
+ pages = {national edition},
+ annotation = {An obituary in a \textsf{Review} entry
+ (\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}). Without
+ an author, the \textsf{journaltitle} will head the
+ entry and appear in citations. The lowercase letter
+ beginning the \textsf{title} field isn't
+ \vadjust{\eject}strictly necessary in the
+ author-date style, but does no harm and maintains
+ compatibility with the notes + bibliography style,
+ just in case. The \textsf{sortkey} field is no
+ longer needed. Note also the \texttt{full} key for
+ the \texttt{cmsdate} option, which prints a full
+ date specification in citations and means you
+ wouldn't need this entry to appear in the reference
+ list, though I have allowed it to appear here as an
+ example.}
+}
+
+@Music{nytrumpet:art,
+ title = {Art of the Trumpet},
+ date = 1982,
+ origdate = {1981-06-01/1981-06-02},
+ author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll
+ (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}},
+ shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}},
+ number = {PVT 7183},
+ series = {Vox/Turnabout},
+ userd = {recorded at the Madeira Festival,},
+ sortkey = {New York Trumpet},
+ type = {compact disc},
+ annotation = {A well-populated \textsf{Music} entry. The
+ \textsf{title}, \textsf{date}, \textsf{author},
+ \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{number},
+ \textsf{series}, \textsf{sortkey}, and \textsf{type}
+ fields are fairly standard, and you can also specify
+ the recording date of the album, which goes in the
+ \textsf{origdate} field. The \textsf{userd} field
+ acts as a sort of date type field. In this example,
+ the \textsf{origdate} would by default be preceded
+ by the \cmd{bibstring} \texttt{recorded}, but the
+ \textsf{userd} field allows you to provide your own
+ here.}
+}
+
+@Music{nytrumpet:art:15,
+ title = {Art of the Trumpet},
+ date = 1982,
+ author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll
+ (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}},
+ shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}},
+ number = {PVT 7183},
+ series = {Vox/Turnabout},
+ publisher = {The Moss Music Group},
+ howpublished = {\textsf{\small\textcircledP}\ and
+ \textsf{\small\textcopyright}},
+ sortkey = {New York Trumpet},
+ type = {compact disc},
+ annotation = {15th edition only This can be considered an
+ example of a satisfyingly full Music entry,
+ providing nearly all pertinent information, although
+ the composers are missing on what is presumably a
+ compilation CD. The performers take the composers'
+ place in the author field, the series and number
+ field give the label information, and the type field
+ gives the medium. The publisher of the label is
+ also present, along with the date and the
+ howpublished field, presenting, as the Manual
+ suggests, the nature of the copyrights asserted by
+ the publisher. (The pubstate field, only in this
+ entry type, could serve as a synonym for
+ howpublished.)}
+}
+
+@InReference{oed:cdrom,
+ title = {Oxford {English} Dictionary},
+ publisher = oup,
+ edition = 2,
+ shorttitle = {{OED}, \mkbibemph{2nd ed}\adddot},
+ note = {CD-ROM, version 2.0},
+ annotation = {An example of a reference work on CD-ROM, presented
+ in an InReference entry. The shorttitle is for
+ in-text citations.}
+}
+
+@Article{osborne:poison,
+ journaltitle = {Salon},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-03-29},
+ author = {Osborne, Lawrence},
+ title = {Poison Pen},
+ titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \emph{The Collaborator: The
+ Trial and Execution of Robert Brasillach},
+ \bibstring{by} Alice Kaplan},
+ url = {http://www.salon.com/books/it/2000/03/29/kaplan/index.html},
+ urldate = {2001-07-10},
+ annote = {16th edition only A review from a magazine, but
+ with both specific (title field) and generic
+ (titleaddon field) titles, presented in an Article
+ entry, entrysubtype "magazine." Note formatting in
+ the titleaddon, where you provide the headline-style
+ capitalization yourself. The entry also gives a url
+ to the online version. See next entry.}
+}
+
+@Article{osborne:poison:15,
+ journaltitle = {Salon},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-03-29},
+ author = {Osborne, Lawrence},
+ title = {Poison Pen},
+ titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \emph{The collaborator: The
+ trial and execution of Robert Brasillach},
+ \bibstring{by} Alice Kaplan},
+ url = {http://www.salon.com/books/it/2000/03/29/kaplan/index.html},
+ urldate = {2001-07-10},
+ annotation = {15th edition only A review from a magazine, but
+ with both specific (title field) and generic
+ (titleaddon field) titles, presented in an Article
+ entry, entrysubtype "magazine." Note formatting in
+ the titleaddon, where you need to provide
+ sentence-style capitalization yourself, as this
+ field doesn't take advantage of the package's
+ automatic routines for doing so. The entry also
+ gives a url to the online version.}
+}
+
+@Book{palmatary:pottery,
+ title = {The Pottery of {Marajó Island, Brazil}},
+ year = 1950,
+ author = {Palmatary, Helen~C.},
+ series = {Transactions of the American Philosophical Society},
+ number = {\bibstring{newseries}, 39, pt. 3},
+ location = {Philadelphia},
+ annotation = {A Book entry, with series and number fields. The
+ name of the series alone goes in that field, with
+ any other information (like the bibstring
+ "newseries") going in the number field.}
+}
+
+@Book{pelikan:christian,
+ title = {The Emergence of the {Catholic} Tradition},
+ year = 1971,
+ maintitle = {The {Christian} Tradition},
+ mainsubtitle = {A History of the Development of Doctrine},
+ volume = 1,
+ author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A Book entry showing one volume of a multi-volume
+ maintitle.}
+}
+
+@Patent{petroff:impurity,
+ title = {Blocked impurity band detectors},
+ author = {Petroff, M.~D. and Stapelbroek, M.~G.},
+ origdate = {1980-10-23},
+ date = {1986-02-04},
+ number = {4,586,960},
+ type = {patentus},
+ annotation = {A Patent entry, with the patent number in the number
+ field, a bibstring in the type field, the filing
+ date in origdate, and the issue date in date. Note
+ the sentence-style capitalization of the title of
+ Patent entries, which you now have to provide
+ yourself, as the 16th edition style doesn't do it
+ automatically. Note also that the bibstring in the
+ type field is not identified as such -- the
+ formatting macros, in this instance, detect that it
+ is a bibstring and treat it accordingly. This
+ functionality isn't widespread, so you shouldn't
+ always count on it being present elsewhere.}
+}
+
+@InBook{phibbs:diary,
+ author = {Phibbs, Brendan},
+ title = {Herrlisheim},
+ subtitle = {Diary of a Battle},
+ booktitle = {The Other Side of Time},
+ booksubtitle = {A Combat Surgeon in {World War II}\@},
+ pages = {117--163},
+ publisher = {Little, Brown},
+ year = 1987,
+ address = {Boston},
+ annotation = {A named part of a larger book, hence we use the
+ InBook entry type. You can provide either a page
+ range in a pages field or a chapter number in a
+ chapter field.}
+}
+
+@Book{pirumova,
+ author = {Pirumova, N.~M.},
+ title = {The Zemstvo Liberal Movement},
+ subtitle = {Its Social Roots and Evolution to the Beginning of
+ the Twentieth Century},
+ publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}},
+ year = 1977,
+ language = {russian},
+ location = {Moscow},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry presenting a Russian work, but
+ giving the English translation of the \textsf{title}
+ rather than the original, making it easier for a
+ readership assumed to be without Russian to parse.
+ In such a case, the language of the original goes in
+ the \textsf{language} field. Also note the
+ quotation marks around part of the
+ \textsf{publisher's} name, with \textsf{biblatex}
+ providing the punctuation.}
+}
+
+@Book{pirumova:russian,
+ title = {Zemskoe liberal'noe dvizhenie},
+ subtitle = {Sotsial'nye korni i evoliutsiia do nachala XX veka},
+ date = 1977,
+ usere = {The zemstvo liberal movement: Its social roots and
+ evolution to the beginning of the twentieth century},
+ langid = {russian},
+ author = {Pirumova, N.~M.},
+ publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}},
+ address = {Moscow},
+ annotation = {The same work as the preceding entry, but giving the
+ transliteration of the Russian \textsf{title} rather
+ than the translation. In such a case, the
+ translation of the \textsf{title} goes in the
+ \textsf{usere} field. The \textsf{langid} field
+ means that the \textsf{subtitle} doesn't require any
+ additional curly braces in the \texttt{trad} style.}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{plato:republic:gr,
+ title = {Republic},
+ shorttitle = {Resp\adddot},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ year = 1902,
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Plato},
+ editor = {Burnet, J.},
+ shortauthor = {Pl\adddot},
+ booktitle = {{Clitophon, Republic, Timaeus, Critias}},
+ maintitle = {Opera},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ series = {Oxford Classical Texts},
+ pages = {327--621},
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annotation = {A work from antiquity, which will be cited by the
+ traditional divisions, and which therefore requires
+ the \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The
+ \textsf{title} of such a work being italicized, it
+ needs a \textsf{BookInBook} entry, and it has all
+ three sorts of title, plus a \textsf{series} to
+ boot. The \textsf{shortauthor} and
+ \textsf{shorttitle} fields provide the
+ officially-sanctioned abbreviations for use in
+ citations.}
+}
+
+@SuppBook{polakow:afterw,
+ author = {Polakow, Valerie},
+ title = {Lives on the Edge},
+ subtitle = {Single Mothers and Their Children in the Other
+ {America}},
+ afterword = {yes},
+ year = 1993,
+ pages = {175--184},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A standard example of a SuppBook entry, specifically
+ citing an afterword written by the main author of
+ the book. Note that you need only put something in
+ the afterword field (and not define a foreword or
+ introduction field) to make the reference work. The
+ 16th edition requires, for the entry in the list of
+ references, a page range for the part being cited.}
+}
+
+@Online{pollan:plant,
+ author = {Pollan, Michael},
+ title = {Michael {Pollan} Gives a Plant's-Eye View},
+ organization = {TED video, 17:31},
+ url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_plant_s_eye_view.html},
+ urldate = {2008-02},
+ date = {2007-03},
+ userd = {posted},
+ annotation = {Another online video, presented in an
+ \textsf{Online} entry. Note the \textsf{userd}
+ field to modify the string printed before the
+ \textsf{urldate}. Cf.\ \texttt{harwood:biden},
+ \cmslink{horowitz:youtube}.}
+}
+
+@Online{powell:email,
+ author = {Powell, John},
+ date = {1998-04-23},
+ titleaddon = {e-mail to {Grapevine} mailing list},
+ url = {http://www.electriceditors.net/grapevine/issues/83.txt},
+ annotation = {An Online entry showing how in the 16th edition of
+ the author-date style a generic title should go into
+ a titleaddon field, rather than into title, so that
+ it won't be placed inside quotation marks. This
+ works just fine in the 15th edition as well. Note
+ also the absence of any organization or owner of the
+ site as whole.}
+}
+
+@Collection{prairie:state,
+ booktitle = {Prairie State},
+ title = {Prairie State},
+ booksubtitle = {Impressions of {Illinois}, 1673--1967, by Travelers
+ and Other Observers},
+ subtitle = {Impressions of {Illinois}, 1673--1967, by Travelers
+ and Other Observers},
+ year = 1968,
+ editor = {Angle, Paul~M.},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A Collection entry, the one that has been
+ cross-referenced by three other entries in this
+ bibliography. Note the usual duplication of title
+ and booktitle in a parent entry when the children
+ use crossref, and note the editor instead of an
+ author. If more than one child cross-references the
+ parent, the parent will be printed in the
+ bibliography even if not independently cited.}
+}
+
+@SuppBook{prose:intro,
+ author = {Prose, Francine},
+ bookauthor = {Wallraff, Barbara},
+ title = {Word Court},
+ subtitle = {Wherein Verbal Virtue is Rewarded, Crimes against
+ the Language Are Punished, and Poetic Justice Is
+ Done},
+ year = 2000,
+ location = {New York},
+ pages = {xvii--xxxviii},
+ introduction = {yes},
+ publisher = {Harcourt},
+ annotation = {A typical SuppBook entry, with an author providing
+ an introduction to someone else's book. That someone
+ else goes in bookauthor. The introduction field
+ just needs defining any which way, with afterword
+ and foreword not defined at all. The 16th edition
+ requires, for the entry in the list of references, a
+ page range for the part being cited.}
+}
+
+@Review{ratliff:review,
+ author = {Ratliff, Ben},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of
+ Samba: Popular Music and National Identity in
+ Brazil}, \bibstring{by} {Hermano Vianna},
+ \parteditandtrans {John Charles Chasteen}},
+ journaltitle = {Lingua Franca},
+ date = {1999-04},
+ volume = 9,
+ pages = {B13--B14},
+ annote = {16th edition only A Review entry presenting a
+ review from a scholarly journaltitle, hence no
+ entrysubtype needed. Note the bibstrings in the
+ title of the review, and the formatting of the title
+ of the book reviewed there. Also note the use of
+ parteditandtrans. The author-date system doesn't
+ absolutely require the use of these mechanisms,
+ which were invented to cope with the differences
+ between notes and bibliography in the other Chicago
+ style. Still, although simply writing "edited and
+ translated by" yourself will suffice, using these
+ mechanisms will make your .bib file work across
+ multiple languages, and will also allow it to work,
+ with fewer modifications, in the notes \&
+ bibliography style, should that be needed. See next
+ entry.}
+}
+
+@Article{ratliff:review:15,
+ author = {Ratliff, Ben},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The mystery of
+ samba: Popular music and national identity in
+ Brazil}, \bibstring{by} {Hermano Vianna},
+ \parteditandtrans {John Charles Chasteen}},
+ journaltitle = {Lingua Franca},
+ date = {1999-04},
+ volume = 9,
+ pages = {B13--B14},
+ annotation = {15th edition only An Article entry presenting a
+ review from a scholarly journaltitle, hence no
+ entrysubtype needed. Note the bibstrings in the
+ title of the review, and the formatting of the title
+ of the book reviewed there. Also note the use of
+ parteditandtrans. The author-date system doesn't
+ absolutely require the use of these mechanisms,
+ which were invented to cope with the differences
+ between notes and bibliography in the other Chicago
+ style. Still, although simply writing "ed. and
+ trans." yourself will suffice, using these
+ mechanisms will make your .bib file work across
+ multiple languages, and will also allow it to work,
+ with fewer modifications, in the notes \&
+ bibliography style, should that be needed.}
+}
+
+@Article{reaves:rosen,
+ journaltitle = {Time},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2001-03-14},
+ author = {Reaves, Jessica},
+ title = {A Weighty Issue},
+ subtitle = {Ever-Fatter Kids},
+ titleaddon = {interview with James Rosen},
+ url = {http://www.time.com/time/nation/article/0,8599,102443,00.html},
+ annotation = {A magazine interview with its own, specific title,
+ presented in an Article entry with "magazine"
+ entrysubtype. The generic title goes in titleaddon,
+ with the style taking care of capitalization of the
+ first word. The author of this article is different
+ from the interviewee, which suggests a certain
+ flexibility in the Manual's requirements for such
+ things. The url field gives the online location.}
+}
+
+@Book{rodman:walk,
+ title = {Walk on the Wild Side},
+ publisher = {Delacorte Press},
+ year = 1997,
+ author = {Rodman, Dennis},
+ note = {with Michael Silver},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {A Book entry with a named ghostwriter, given in the
+ note field.}
+}
+
+@Misc{roosevelt:speech,
+ author = {Roosevelt, Eleanor},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{Is America Facing World Leadership?}},
+ entrysubtype = {speech},
+ note = {radio broadcast, Windows Media Audio, 47:46},
+ titleaddon = {convocation speech, Ball State Teacher's College},
+ url = {http://libx.bsu.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/ElRoos&CISOPTR=0&CISOBOX=1&REC=2},
+ date = {1959-05-06},
+ annotation = {Another speech from an online archive, presented in
+ a Misc entry with an entrysubtype. Note the
+ formatting of the title. Cp. coolidge:speech.}
+}
+
+@Misc{roosevelt:speech:trad,
+ author = {Roosevelt, Eleanor},
+ title = {Is {America} facing world leadership?},
+ entrysubtype = {speech},
+ note = {radio broadcast, Windows Media Audio, 47:46},
+ titleaddon = {convocation speech, Ball State Teacher's College},
+ url = {http://libx.bsu.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/ElRoos&CISOPTR=0&CISOBOX=1&REC=2},
+ date = {1959-05-06},
+ annotation = {Another speech from an online archive, presented in
+ a Misc entry with an entrysubtype, and intended for
+ authordate-trad only. Note the formatting of the
+ title. Cp. coolidge:speech.}
+}
+
+@MastersThesis{ross:thesis,
+ author = {Ross, Dorothy},
+ title = {The {Irish-Catholic} Immigrant, 1880--1900},
+ subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility},
+ school = {Columbia University},
+ year = {\bibstring{nodate}},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Thesis} entry with its \textsf{type}
+ pre-defined by the alias \textsf{MastersThesis}.
+ The \texttt{nodate} \cmd{bibstring} (which gives
+ \enquote{n.d\adddot} in English) may be used in
+ almost any entry type if you can't find a date,
+ though the author-date style automatically provides
+ it in most types if you don't.}
+}
+
+@Article{rozner:liberation,
+ journaltitle = {Voprosy istorii},
+ year = 1979,
+ author = {Rozner, I.~G.},
+ title = {The War of Liberation of the {Ukrainian} People in
+ 1648--1654 and {Russia}},
+ number = 4,
+ language = {russian},
+ pages = {51--64},
+ annotation = {This is a Russian journal, and its journaltitle is
+ in transliterated Russian, while its article title
+ is translated into English, hence the original
+ language provided in the language field.}
+}
+
+@Music{rubinstein:chopin,
+ title = {The {Chopin} Collection},
+ date = 1991,
+ author = {Rubinstein, Artur},
+ publisher = {RCA Victor/BMG},
+ number = {60822-2-RG},
+ type = {11 compact discs},
+ origdate = {1946/1967},
+ annotation = {16 edition only. A Music entry giving the
+ original recording dates of a later compilation. In
+ the author-date style, you don't see the "recorded"
+ bibstring, so there may be some ambiguity as to what
+ the origdate represents. Cf. floyd:atom.}
+}
+
+@Book{schellinger:novel,
+ title = {Encyclopedia of the Novel},
+ publisher = {Fitzroy Dearborn},
+ year = 1998,
+ editor = {Schellinger, Paul and Hudson, Christopher and Rijsberman, Marijk},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {As this isn't one of the universally-known reference
+ works, its entry will have (in the absence of an
+ author) the editors at its head, hence the choice of
+ Book rather than Reference.}
+}
+
+@Article{schneider:mittelpleistozaene,
+ author = {Schneider, B.},
+ title = {Eine mittelpleistoz\"ane Herpetofauna von der Insel
+ Chios, \"Ag\"ais},
+ journaltitle = {Senckenbergiana Biologica},
+ hyphenation = {german},
+ date = 1975,
+ volume = 56,
+ pages = {191--198},
+ annotation = {An article in German with the title left
+ untranslated. The hyphenation field means you don't
+ need additional curly braces in the title to
+ preserve the capitalization. Cf. pirumova:russian.}
+}
+
+@Audio{schubert:muellerin,
+ title = {{Das Wandern (Wandering)}},
+ date = 1895,
+ booktitle = {{Die sch\"one M\"ullerin} ({The} Maid of the Mill)},
+ maintitleaddon = {(for high voice)},
+ maintitle = {First Vocal Album},
+ options = {ctitleaddon=space},
+ author = {Schubert, Franz},
+ publisher = {G.~Schirmer},
+ address = {New York},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Audio} entry presenting a published
+ musical score. Note the presence of all three sorts
+ of \textsf{title}, and the \textsf{options} field
+ providing a space in place of a comma before the
+ parenthesized \textsf{maintitleaddon}.}
+}
+
+@Book{schweitzer:bach,
+ title = {{J. S. Bach}},
+ origdate = 1966,
+ date = 1911,
+ author = {Schweitzer, Albert},
+ origlocation = {London},
+ origpublisher = {Breitkopf \&\ Härtel},
+ addendum = {Citations refer to the Dover edition},
+ options = {cmsdate=both},
+ translator = {Newman, Ernest},
+ publisher = {Dover},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {A reprinted \textsf{Book}, showing how to present
+ this information by putting \texttt{reprint} in the
+ \textsf{pubstate} field, the origdate into the
+ \textsf{date} field, and the date into
+ \textsf{origdate}. The style notices that the years
+ have been switched with a simple numerical test, and
+ prints them in their proper places. This would
+ allow you to present several reprinted works from
+ the same year by the same author, and have the years
+ suffixed with a,b,c, etc. as required by the spec.
+ The \texttt{cmsdate=both} option prints both dates.
+ The \textsf{origlocation} and \textsf{origpublisher}
+ fields allow you to present further information
+ about the original edition, if you should so wish,
+ and the \textsf{addendum} clarifies which edition
+ will be providing the page references for
+ citations.}
+}
+
+@Book{sechzer:women,
+ title = {Women and Mental Health},
+ publisher = {Johns Hopkins Univ. Press},
+ year = 1996,
+ editor = {Sechzer, Jeri A. and Pfaffilin, S.~M. and Denmark,
+ F.~L. and Griffin, A. and Blumenthal, S.~J.},
+ location = {Baltimore},
+ annotation = {A Book without an author, but with more than 3
+ editors, hence the "et al." mechanism comes into
+ play in citations, though not in the reference
+ list.}
+}
+
+@Book{sereny:cries,
+ title = {Cries Unheard},
+ subtitle = {Why Children Kill; {The} Story of {Mary Bell}},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Sereny, Gitta},
+ publisher = {Metropolitan Books and Henry Holt},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {A Book with two subtitles, the second separated by a
+ semicolon, according to the spec.}
+}
+
+@Article{sewall:letter,
+ author = {Sewall, Jonathan},
+ title = {Letter of {Jonathan Sewall}},
+ journaltitle = {Proceedings of the Massachusetts Historical Society},
+ date = {1896-01},
+ volume = 10,
+ pages = {412--415},
+ series = 2,
+ annotation = {A letter presented as an article in a scholarly
+ journal, hence the Article entry. Note plain number
+ in series field of an Article entry.}
+}
+
+@Misc{shapey:partita,
+ author = {Shapey, Ralph},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{Partita for Violin and Thirteen Players}},
+ titleaddon = {score},
+ entrysubtype = {music},
+ date = 1966,
+ note = {Special Collections},
+ organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library},
+ institution = {University of Chicago},
+ annotation = {An example of an unpublished musical score,
+ presented in a \textsf{Misc} (with
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}) rather than an \textsf{Audio}
+ entry. Note that, having a non-generic title, you
+ need to provide quotation marks in the
+ \textsf{title} in the author-date style, which means
+ that the entry is incorrect for the \texttt{trad}
+ style.}
+}
+
+@Misc{shapey:partita:15,
+ author = {Shapey, Ralph},
+ title = {Partita for violin and thirteen players},
+ titleaddon = {score},
+ entrysubtype = {music},
+ date = 1966,
+ note = {Special Collections},
+ organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library},
+ institution = {University of Chicago},
+ annotation = {An example of an unpublished musical score,
+ presented in a \textsf{Misc} entry (with
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}) rather than an \textsf{Audio}
+ entry, which is what you would use for a published
+ score. Because \textsf{Misc} entries with an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} don't provide any formatting
+ of the \textsf{title} at all, when you use the
+ \texttt{trad} style you may need to pay special
+ attention to them, as here, where no quotation
+ marks are necessary in the \textsf{title}}
+}
+
+@Book{silver:gawain,
+ title = {Sir {Gawain} and the {Green Knight}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1974,
+ translator = {Silverstein, Theodore},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {Here, neither \textsf{author} nor \textsf{editor}
+ are available, so the reference list entry and
+ citations will start with the \textsf{translator}.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{sirosh:visualcortex,
+ author = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Bednar, J.~A.},
+ title = {Self-Organization of Orientation Maps, Lateral
+ Connections, and Dynamic Receptive Fields in the
+ Primary Visual Cortex},
+ booktitle = {Lateral Interactions in the Cortex},
+ booksubtitle = {Structure and Function},
+ publisher = {UTCS Neural Networks Research Group},
+ year = 1996,
+ editor = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Choe, Y.},
+ url = {http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/nn/web-pubs/htmlbook96/},
+ urldate = {2001-08-27},
+ location = {Austin, TX},
+ annotation = {Part of a collection with its own title, hence
+ requiring an InCollection entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{soltes:georgia,
+ title = {Georgia},
+ subtitle = {Art and Civilization through the Ages},
+ publisher = {Philip Wilson},
+ year = 1999,
+ editor = {Soltes, Ori Z.},
+ location = {London},
+ annotation = {A Book entry without an author, hence with the
+ editor at the head of citations.}
+}
+
+@Misc{spock:interview,
+ author = {Spock, Benjamin},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ title = {interview by Milton J. E. Senn},
+ date = {1974-11-20},
+ note = {interview 67A, transcript},
+ organization = {Senn Oral History Collection},
+ institution = {National Library of Medicine},
+ location = {Bethesda, MD},
+ annotation = {An unpublished interview from an archive, hence
+ requiring the \textsf{Misc} entry type with an
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}. The interview is dated, but
+ isn't letter-like, so you put the date in the
+ \textsf{date} field. The interviewee is the
+ \textsf{author}, and the \textsf{title}, with its
+ initial lowercase letter, names the interviewer.
+ This \textsf{Misc} entry has all 4 locating fields
+ in increasing generality: \textsf{note},
+ \textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and
+ \textsf{location}. The first of these also starts
+ with a lowercase letter. The \emph{CMS} suggests
+ that if you refer to more than one piece from such
+ an archive, that you include only the archive in the
+ reference list, with more specific information
+ forming part of the flow of text. Cf.\
+ \cmslink{creel:house} and \cmslink{house:papers}.}
+}
+
+@Book{stendhal:parma,
+ title = {The Charterhouse of {Parma}},
+ date = 1925,
+ author = {Stendhal},
+ nameaddon = {Marie Henri Beyle},
+ publisher = {Boni \& Liveright},
+ address = {New York},
+ translator = {Scott-Moncrieff, C.~K.},
+ annotation = {A \textsf{Book} entry with the real name of the
+ author given, in the \textsf{nameaddon} field, after
+ the pseudonym, in the \textsf{author} field.}
+}
+
+@Article{stenger:privacy,
+ journaltitle = {CNN.com},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1999-12-20},
+ author = {Stenger, Richard},
+ title = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device Sparks Privacy Fears},
+ url = {http://www.cnn.com/1999/TECH/ptech/12/20/implant.device/},
+ annotation = {This is an intrinsically-online source, but is
+ structured like a newspaper, so we use the Article
+ entry type and "magazine" entrysubtype. The Manual
+ is specific about this, and it limits the range of
+ things you might put into an Online entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{suangtho:tectona,
+ title = {Flowering and Seed Production in \mkbibemph{Tectona
+ grandis} {L.f\adddot}},
+ subtitle = {Report on the {DANIDA Training Course on Tree
+ Improvement Program}},
+ date = 1990,
+ author = {Suangtho, V. and Lauridson, E.~B.},
+ address = {Chiang Mai, Thailand},
+ annotation = {A book title showing "reverse italics," where a
+ normally italicized term is in roman inside an
+ italicized title. Note the formatting of the
+ species name.}
+}
+
+@Article{terborgh:preservation,
+ author = {Terborgh, J.},
+ title = {Preservation of Natural Diversity},
+ subtitle = {The Problem of Extinction-Prone species},
+ journaltitle = {BioScience},
+ date = 1974,
+ volume = 24,
+ pages = {715--722},
+ annotation = {A standard Article entry.}}
+
+@Book{thompson:making,
+ title = {The Making of the {English} Working Class},
+ date = 1964,
+ author = {Thompson, E.~P.},
+ publisher = {Pantheon},
+ address = {New York},
+ addendum = {(Published in UK in 1963.)},
+ annotation = {A book published in different years in the US and
+ the UK. It's possible you may want to remove the
+ parentheses in the addendum for the 16th edition.}
+}
+
+@Book{tillich:system,
+ title = {Systematic Theology},
+ year = {1951\bibdatedash 63},
+ author = {Tillich, Paul},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ volumes = 3,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A Book entry with 3 volumes published over time.
+ Any postnote fields in citation commands should
+ provide volume and page, like so: "2:157."}
+}
+
+@Book{times:guide,
+ title = {The {Times} Guide to {English} Style and Usage},
+ edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}},
+ lista = {police ranks and postal addresses},
+ namec = {Austin, Tim},
+ year = 1999,
+ publisher = {Times Books},
+ location = {London},
+ annotation = {In the notes+bibliography style, I presented this
+ text as an InReference entry, so that citations
+ started with the title and and you could use a
+ postnote field to cite other alphabetized articles
+ without having to provide the "s.v." string
+ yourself. In the author-date style you may
+ sometimes want to choose the book type, allowing the
+ reference-list entry to begin with the compiler's
+ name. The disadvantage to this is that in text
+ citations you'll have to provide that "s.v." string
+ yourself in the postnote field. Perhaps the
+ simplest solution is the one I've used in
+ ency:britannica and grove:sibelius, providing a
+ shorttitle for the in-text citations and
+ automatically producing "s.v." for you when you have
+ a postnote.}
+}
+
+@Book{turabian:manual,
+ title = {A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, and
+ Dissertations},
+ date = 1996,
+ author = {Turabian, Kate~L.},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ address = {Chicago},
+ edition = 6,
+ note = {Rev. John Grossman and Alice Bennett},
+ annotation = {A book with edition information included in the note
+ field. For the 16th edition you might want to
+ include the full string "revised by."}
+}
+
+@Audio{twain:audio,
+ title = {The Humor of {Mark Twain}},
+ author = {Twain, Mark},
+ series = {Commuters' Library},
+ publisher = {Entertainment Software},
+ type = {6 cassettes},
+ address = {Arlington, TX},
+ annotation = {An Audio entry presenting an audiobook, which means
+ the publishing information will be presented as it
+ would be in the standard book-like entries. The
+ Manual sometimes presents this sort of material
+ somewhat differently, requiring a Music entry --
+ cf. auden:reading. Here, the type field gives the
+ medium.}
+}
+
+@Review{unsigned:ranke,
+ journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1828-02},
+ title = {unsigned review of \mkbibemph{Geschichten der
+ romanischen und germanischen Völker}, by {Leopold von
+ Ranke}},
+ number = {23--24},
+ sortkey = {Erg},
+ shortjournal = {Erg\"anzungsbl\"atter z. Allg. Lit.-Ztg.},
+ annotation = {A rather unusual \textsf{Review} entry
+ (\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), without
+ an author. In the author-date style we allow the
+ \textsf{journaltitle} to come first in the
+ reference-list entry and provide an abbreviated
+ \textsf{shortjournal} for citations. Note the
+ formatting of the reviewed title in the
+ \textsf{title} field. The \textsf{number} field
+ provides the consecutive numbers of the magazine in
+ which the review appeared, and the style
+ automatically provides the correct (plural)
+ bibstring.}
+}
+
+@Audio{verdi:corsaro,
+ title = {Il corsaro (melodramma tragico \mkbibemph{in three acts})},
+ titleaddon = {libretto by Francesco Maria Piave},
+ date = 1998,
+ author = {Verdi, Giuseppe},
+ editor = {Hudson, Elizabeth},
+ number = {\bibstring{jourser} 1, Operas},
+ series = {The Works of Giuseppe Verdi},
+ publisher = {University of Chicago Press; Milan: G.\ Ricordi},
+ volumes = 2,
+ address = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {An \textsf{Audio} entry presenting a published
+ operatic score. Note the \enquote{reverse italics}
+ in the \textsf{title}, and also the
+ \textsf{titleaddon}, which identifies the
+ librettist. Note also the two publishers, and two
+ places of publication, presented in a modified
+ \textsf{publisher} field.}
+}
+
+@Book{virginia:plantation,
+ title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and
+ Ends of the Plantation Begun in {Virginia}, of the
+ Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which
+ It Hath Been Advanced},
+ location = {London},
+ sorttitle = {True and Sincere},
+ shorttitle = {True and Sincere Declaration},
+ year = 1610,
+ annote = {An anonymous \textsf{Book} entry with a very long
+ \textsf{title}. The \emph{CMS} prefers such entries
+ generally to appear under their titles rather than
+ under \enquote{Anon.} Here, the \textsf{shorttitle}
+ removes the indefinite article, and the
+ \textsf{sorttitle} does the same.}
+}
+
+@Book{virginia:plantation:15,
+ title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and
+ Ends of the Plantation Begun in {Virginia}, of the
+ Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which
+ It Hath Been Advanced},
+ author = {Anon\adddot},
+ year = 1610,
+ annotation = {An anonymous Book entry with a very long title.
+ Providing the author "Anon." simplifies the
+ presentation in the author-date style. 15th
+ edition only}
+}
+
+@Book{walker:columbia,
+ title = {The {Columbia} Guide to Online Style},
+ date = 1998,
+ author = {Walker, J.~R. and Taylor, T.},
+ publisher = {Columbia Univ. Press},
+ address = {New York},
+ annotation = {A plain book entry with two authors}}
+
+@Article{wall:radio,
+ author = {Wall, J.~V.},
+ title = {2700 {MHz} Observations of {4C} Radio Sources in the
+ Declination Zone +4 to -4},
+ journaltitle = {Australian J. Phys. Astrophys.},
+ date = 1971,
+ volume = {Suppl. no. 20},
+ annotation = {A supplement volume to a journal, showing one way of
+ providing this information using the volume field.
+ Also note the abbreviated journal title, which is
+ sometimes recommended in reference lists.}
+}
+
+@Review{wallraff:word,
+ journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ author = {Wallraff, Barbara},
+ date = {2000-04},
+ title = {Word {Court}},
+ annotation = {A regular column in a magazine, without an
+ individual title, hence the use of a Review entry
+ type, entrysubtype "magazine," with a title and no
+ titleaddon. In the 15th edition, you can use the
+ Article type, but Review works just as well.}
+}
+
+@Article{warr:ellison,
+ author = {Warr, Mark and Ellison, Christopher~G.},
+ title = {Rethinking Social Reactions to Crime},
+ subtitle = {Personal and Altruistic Fear in Family Households},
+ journaltitle = {American Journal of Sociology},
+ date = {2000-11},
+ volume = 106,
+ number = 3,
+ pages = {551--578},
+ url = {http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AJS/journal/issues/v106n3/050125/050125.html},
+ annotation = {An Article with an online version.}
+}
+
+@Book{wauchope:ceramics,
+ title = {A Tentative Sequence of Pre-Classic Ceramics in
+ {Middle America}},
+ year = 1950,
+ author = {Wauchope, Robert},
+ publisher = {Tulane University},
+ series = {Middle American Research Records},
+ number = {\bibstring{volume} 1, \bibstring{number} 14},
+ location = {New Orleans, LA},
+ annotation = {A Book with a series and number. The name of the
+ series alone goes in series, the rest in number.}
+}
+
+@Book{weber:saugetiere,
+ title = {Die S\"augetiere},
+ date = 1928,
+ author = {Weber, M. and de Burlet, H.~M. and Abel, O.},
+ volumes = 2,
+ publisher = {Gustav Fischer},
+ hyphenation = {german},
+ address = {Jena},
+ edition = 2,
+ annotation = {A multi-volume work, in its second edition. The
+ hyphenation field tells the style to leave the
+ title's capitalization alone, hence the absence of
+ extra curly braces.}
+}
+
+@Video{weed:flatiron,
+ title = {At the Foot of the {Flatiron}},
+ date = 1903,
+ related = {loc:city},
+ relatedstring = {from},
+ author = {Weed, A.~E.},
+ publisher = {American Mutoscope {and} Biograph Company},
+ type = {35~mm; 2 min., 19 sec.},
+ annotation = {This complete film taken from an online archive uses
+ a Video entry. The creator of the film goes in the
+ author field, and the medium w/ running length in
+ the type field. The related field cites another
+ (Video) entry, containing information about the
+ online location of the MPEG version of the original
+ 35mm film. Linked by the relatedstring field, these
+ two entries will be presented together in the
+ reference list, as suggested by the Manual 14.280.}
+}
+
+@Book{weresz,
+ author = {Wereszycki, Henryk},
+ title = {Koniec sojuszu trzech cesarzy},
+ usere = {The end of the Three Emperors' League},
+ publisher = {PWN},
+ year = 1977,
+ location = {Warsaw},
+ annotation = {A Book in Polish, with the title given in Polish
+ (though lacking diacritics) and a translation given
+ for a readership who might not know that language.
+ The translation, in the usere field, is capitalized
+ sentence style.}
+}
+
+@Article{white:callimachus,
+ author = {White, Stephen~A.},
+ title = {Callimachus {Battiades} (\mkbibemph{Epigr.} 35)},
+ journaltitle = {Classical Philology},
+ date = {1999-04},
+ volume = 94,
+ pages = {168--181},
+ annotation = {A standard Article entry with a formatted title
+ quoted in the title field.}
+}
+
+@Letter{white:ross:memo,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ title = {EBW to Harold Ross},
+ titleaddon = {memorandum},
+ xref = {white:total},
+ pages = 273,
+ origdate = {1946-05-02},
+ annotation = {In the author-date style, the \emph{CMS} (15.40)
+ recommends that the list of references contain only
+ the whole collection of published letters
+ (\cmslink{white:total}, below), with any further
+ information being provided as part of the running
+ text. (If you follow this method, then the
+ \textsf{Letter} entry type needn't ever be used.)
+ If, for some reason, you still want to cite
+ individual letters in the list of references, this
+ and the \cmslink{white:russ} entry demonstrate how
+ to do so. Chicago's mechanism for shortened
+ cross-references is operative in \textsf{Letter}
+ entries using \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} (as
+ in \textsf{InCollection} and \textsf{InProceedings}
+ entries), so the information printed in the list of
+ references will be abbreviated. You can simply use
+ the \textsf{origdate} field for the date of the
+ letter, and you'll get separate letters, ordered by
+ date, and with a,b,c, etc. appended to differentiate
+ letters from the same year.}
+}
+
+@Letter{white:russ,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ title = {EBW to B.~Russell},
+ xref = {white:total},
+ pages = 283,
+ origdate = {1946-09-02},
+ annotation = {This is a spurious entry I've just made up to show
+ the cross-referencing mechanism at work in
+ \textsf{Letter} entries. See
+ \cmslink{white:ross:memo} for the details.}
+}
+
+@Book{white:total,
+ title = {{Letters of E.~B. White}},
+ year = 1976,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ editor = {Guth, Dorothy Lobrano},
+ publisher = {Harper \&\ Row},
+ location = {New York},
+ annotation = {The parent entry of the two preceding child entries.
+ Note that it is a \textsf{Book} entry, and will
+ appear in the reference list if more than one child
+ inherits from it, even though it isn't cited
+ itself.}
+}
+
+@Periodical{whittington:water,
+ title = {World Development},
+ date = 1991,
+ editor = {Whittington, D. and others},
+ issuetitle = {A Study of Water Vending and Willingness to Pay for
+ Water in {Onitsha, Nigeria}},
+ note = {special issue},
+ volume = 19,
+ number = {2--3},
+ annotation = {A special issue of a journal, cited as a whole,
+ hence the use of the Periodical entry type. The
+ type of issue goes in the note field.}}
+
+@InCollection{wiens:avian,
+ author = {Wiens, J.~A.},
+ title = {Avian Community Ecology},
+ subtitle = {An Iconoclastic View},
+ crossref = {brush:ornithology},
+ pages = {355--403},
+ annotation = {An essay in a collection, the child entry of the
+ parent given in the crossref field. The presence of
+ this field means that the entry in the list of
+ references will be abbreviated, and include a
+ shortened reference to the parent.
+ Cf. ellet:galena, lippincott:chicago, and
+ keating:dearborn.}
+}
+
+@InReference{wikiped:bibtex,
+ title = {Wikipedia},
+ lista = {BibTeX},
+ userd = {last modified},
+ url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX},
+ urldate = {2012-05-18},
+ annotation = {An online \textsf{InReference} entry, usually not
+ presented in a list of references. Here is how you
+ might do so, with the \textsf{urldate}, in the
+ absence of the other three kinds of date, providing
+ the year for citations and the list of references.
+ It is strongly recommended that you at least have a
+ \textsf{urldate} field, as such sources change
+ rather rapidly, though the \emph{CMS} would prefer
+ that you use a revision date or the like instead of
+ an access date. Here, the \textsf{userd} field
+ identifies which sort of date is at stake.}
+}
+
+@InBook{will:cohere,
+ author = {Williams, Joseph~M. and Colomb, Gregory~C.},
+ title = {Coherence {II}},
+ booktitle = {Style},
+ booksubtitle = {Toward Clarity and Grace},
+ bookauthor = {Williams, Joseph~M.},
+ pages = {81--95},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1990,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {A chapter in a book that has a different authorship
+ from the book as a whole. In such a case, you can
+ use an InBook entry, with the author(s) of the
+ chapter in the author field, and the author(s) of
+ the whole book in the bookauthor field.}
+}
+
+@Book{wright:evolution,
+ title = {Evolution and the Genetics of Populations},
+ year = {1968--78},
+ sortyear = {1968},
+ author = {Wright, Sewell},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ address = {Chicago},
+ volumes = 4,
+ annotation = {A multi-volume work published over several years, so
+ the year field provides the range. Such a year
+ field doesn't sort properly in recent iterations of
+ biblatex, so the sortyear field makes it work.}}
+
+@Book{wright:theory,
+ title = {Theory of Gene Frequencies},
+ date = 1969,
+ maintitle = {Evolution and the Genetics of Populations},
+ volume = 2,
+ author = {Wright, Sewell},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ address = {Chicago},
+ annotation = {One volume of the multi-volume work from the
+ previous entry.}}
+
+@CustomC{york:creasey,
+ author = {York, Jeremy},
+ title = {Creasey, John},
+ annotation = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from
+ the pseudonym in the author field to the real name
+ in the title field, allowing your readers to find
+ the cited work under the author's real name. The
+ entry for that work, creasey:york:death, contains a
+ userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring
+ that this cross-reference will be printed if the
+ main entry itself is cited.}
+}
+
+@Collection{zukowsky:chicago,
+ title = {Chicago Architecture, 1872--1922},
+ subtitle = {Birth of a Metropolis},
+ year = 1987,
+ editor = {Zukowsky, John},
+ publisher = {Prestel-Verlag in association with the Art Institute
+ of Chicago},
+ location = {Munich},
+ annotation = {A standard Collection entry, with an editor instead
+ of an author. Note extra information in publisher
+ field.}
+}
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/legal-test.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/legal-test.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76354c872f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/legal-test.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+@Book{bluebook,
+ title = {The Bluebook},
+ subtitle = {A Uniform System of Citation},
+ edition = {20},
+ namec = {{The editors of the Columbia Law Review} and {the Harvard
+ Law Review} and {the University of Pennsylvania Law
+ Review} and {the Yale Law Journal}},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA},
+ publisher = {The Harvard Law Review Association},
+ date = 2015}
+
+@Jurisdiction{canada:case,
+ title = {Robertson v\adddotspace Thomson Corp\adddot},
+ shortjournal = {S.C.R\adddot},
+ journaltitle = {Supreme Court Reports \mkbibemph{(Canada)}},
+ entrysubtype = {square},
+ shorttitle = {Robertson},
+ date = 2006,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = 363,
+ location = {Can\adddot}}
+
+@Legislation{canada:statute,
+ bookpagination = {section},
+ entrysubtype = {canada},
+ chapter = {C-36},
+ title = {Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act},
+ journaltitle = {Revised Statutes of Canada},
+ shortjournal = {R.S.C\adddot},
+ date = 1985,
+ pages = 5,
+ addendum = {Can\adddot}}
+
+@Legislation{congress:bill,
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ journaltitle = {Congress},
+ shortjournal = {Cong\adddot},
+ date = 2002,
+ titleaddon = {H.R.\ 5005},
+ volume = {107th}}
+
+@Legislation{congress:debate:globe,
+ shortjournal = {Cong.\ Globe},
+ journaltitle = {Congressional Globe},
+ series = {39th Cong\adddot},
+ date = 1866,
+ part = {2d Sess\adddot},
+ pages = 39}
+
+@Legislation{congress:debate:new,
+ journaltitle = {Congressional Record},
+ shortjournal = {Cong.\ Rec\adddot},
+ date = {2002-10-16},
+ pages = {S10\addcomma491},
+ volume = 148,
+ addendum = {statement of Sen.\ Dodd},
+ usera = {daily ed.}}
+
+@Legislation{congress:hearing,
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ journaltitle = {Congress},
+ shortjournal = {Cong\adddot},
+ shorthand = {\mkbibemph{Hearings on H.R.\ 5005}},
+ entrysubtype = {hearing},
+ date = 2002,
+ subtitle = {Hearings on H.R.\ 5005, Day 3, Before the Select Comm.\
+ on Homeland Security},
+ volume = {107th},
+ pages = 203,
+ addendum = {statement of David Walker, Comptroller General of
+ the United States}}
+
+@Legislation{congress:publiclaw,
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ journaltitle = {United States Statutes at Large},
+ shortjournal = {Stat\adddot},
+ date = 2002,
+ note = {\S\ 2},
+ titleaddon = {Pub.\ L\adddot},
+ volume = 116,
+ number = {107-296},
+ pages = 2135}
+
+@Legislation{congress:report,
+ author = {Select Comm.\ on Homeland Security},
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ date = 2002,
+ titleaddon = {H.R.\ Rep\adddot},
+ number = {107-609},
+ part = 1}
+
+@Legislation{constitution:arkansas,
+ title = {Ark.\ Const.\ of 1868},
+ pagination = {section},
+ bookpagination = {section},
+ titleaddon = {art.\ III},
+ pages = {2},
+ addendum = {superseded 1874}}
+
+@Legislation{constitution:federal,
+ options = {ctitleaddon=space},
+ title = {U.S.\ Const\adddot},
+ titleaddon = {amend.\ XIV},
+ pages = 2,
+ pagination = {section},
+ bookpagination = {section}}
+
+@Jurisdiction{database:case,
+ title = {Horn v\adddotspace Pub.\ Water Supply Dist.\ No.\ 8},
+ shorttitle = {Horn},
+ date = {2005-01-21},
+ journaltitle = {Westlaw},
+ location = {Mo.\ Ct.\ App\adddot},
+ number = {WD 63889},
+ issue = 119835,
+ volume = 2005,
+ shortjournal = {WL}}
+
+@Legislation{executive:proclamation,
+ title = {Proclamation},
+ journaltitle = {Federal Register},
+ shortjournal = {Fed.\ Reg\adddot},
+ date = {2008-01-08},
+ volume = 73,
+ number = 8214,
+ pages = 1439}
+
+@Jurisdiction{federal:case,
+ title = {United States v\adddotspace Christmas},
+ shorttitle = {Christmas},
+ date = 2000,
+ volume = 222,
+ series = 3,
+ pages = 141,
+ journaltitle = {Federal Reporter},
+ shortjournal = {F\adddot},
+ location = {4th Cir\adddot}}
+
+@Jurisdiction{federal:lower:related,
+ title = {City of Las Vegas v\adddotspace Walsh},
+ journaltitle = {P\adddot},
+ shorttitle = {Walsh},
+ related = {scotus:case},
+ relatedstring = {\mkbibemph{cert.\ denied}},
+ relatedoptions = {skipbib},
+ date = 2005,
+ location = {Nev\adddot},
+ series = 3,
+ volume = 124,
+ pages = 203}
+
+@Jurisdiction{scotus:case,
+ journaltitle = {United States Supreme Court Reports},
+ shortjournal = {U.S\adddot},
+ date = 2006,
+ volume = 547,
+ pages = 1071}
+
+@Jurisdiction{state:case:2reps,
+ title = {Henningsen v\adddotspace Bloomfield Motors, Inc\adddot},
+ shorttitle = {Henningsen},
+ date = 1960,
+ volume = 32,
+ origlocation = {161 A.2d 69},
+ pages = 358,
+ journaltitle = {N.J\adddot}}
+
+@Legislation{state:statute:ky,
+ title = {An Act Guaranteeing Governmental Independence},
+ shortjournal = {Ky.\ Rev.\ Stat.\ Ann\adddot},
+ date = {1985},
+ bookpagination = {section},
+ usera = {LexisNexis},
+ pages = {520.020},
+ addendum = {passed Jan.\ 3, 1974}}
+
+@Legislation{state:statute:okla,
+ title = {S.\ Res.\ 20},
+ journaltitle = {Leg\adddot},
+ location = {Okla\adddot},
+ date = 1979,
+ series = {2d Sess\adddot},
+ volume = {37th}}
+
+@Legal{treaty,
+ title = {Treaty Banning Nuclear Weapon Tests in the
+ Atmosphere, in Outer Space and Under Water},
+ journaltitle = {U.S.T\adddot},
+ date = {1963-08-05},
+ shorthand = {Treaty},
+ options = {skipbib},
+ titleaddon = {U.S.-U.K.-U.S.S.R\adddot},
+ issue = 1313,
+ volume = 14}
+
+@Jurisdiction{uk:case:round,
+ title = {R v\adddotspace Dudley and Stephens},
+ shortjournal = {Q.B.D.},
+ journaltitle = {Queen's Bench Division \mkbibemph{(UK)}},
+ shorttitle = {Dudley and Stephens},
+ date = 1884,
+ location = {D.C.},
+ entrysubtype = {round},
+ volume = 14,
+ pages = 273}
+
+@Jurisdiction{uk:case:square,
+ title = {Regal (Hastings) Ltd\adddotspace v\adddotspace
+ Gulliver and Ors},
+ shorttitle = {Regal (Hastings) Ltd\adddot},
+ location = {H.L. and Eng.},
+ shortjournal = {A.C.},
+ journaltitle = {Appeal Cases \mkbibemph{(UK)}},
+ entrysubtype = {square},
+ date = 1967,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = 134}
+
+@Legislation{uk:command,
+ author = {HM Treasury},
+ title = {The Basle Facility and the Sterling Area},
+ journaltitle = {Cmnd\adddot},
+ date = 1968,
+ issue = 3787,
+ entrysubtype = {uk}}
+
+@Legislation{uk:hansard,
+ journaltitle = {Parl.\ Deb., H.C\adddot},
+ year = {1944--45},
+ series = 5,
+ entrysubtype = {hansard},
+ volume = {407},
+ pages = {425-446}}
+
+@Legislation{uk:statute,
+ title = {Manchester Corporation Act},
+ entrysubtype = {uk},
+ date = 1967,
+ addendum = {Eng.},
+ chapter = {xl}}
+
+@Legislation{uk:statute:regnal,
+ chapter = {2},
+ series = {3},
+ entrysubtype = {uk},
+ title = {Act of Settlement},
+ journaltitle = {Will\adddot},
+ date = {1701},
+ volume = {12 \&\ 13}}
+
+@Legislation{un:resolution,
+ title = {S.C.\ Res.\ 7},
+ pages = {\pno\ 4(a)},
+ entrysubtype = {un},
+ bookpagination = {paragraph},
+ shortauthor = {SC},
+ date = {1946-06-26},
+ titleaddon = {The Spanish Question},
+ url = {http://www.un.org/documents/sc/res/1946/scres46.htm}}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/notes-test.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/notes-test.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..115bb18065
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/examples/notes-test.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,3038 @@
+@String{cup = {Cambridge University Press}}
+@String{oup = {Oxford University Press}}
+@String{uchp = {University of Chicago Press}}
+@String{hup = {Harvard University Press}}
+@String{pup = {Princeton University Press}}
+@String{ucp = {University of California Press}}
+@String{sup = {Stanford University Press}}
+
+@Review{Clemens:letter,
+ journaltitle = {Wall Street Journal},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-04-21},
+ author = {Clemens, David},
+ title = {letter to the editor},
+ shorttitle = {letter to the editor},
+ annote = {A typical letter to an editor -- note the use of
+ lowercase letter in title and shorttitle, using the
+ automatic capitalization function of those fields in
+ Review entries.}
+}
+
+@Review{ac:comment,
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2008-06-30},
+ author = {AC},
+ eventdate = {2008-07-01},
+ url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html},
+ nameaddon = {(10:18 a.m.)},
+ crossref = {ellis:blog},
+ title = {comment on Rhian Ellis, \mkbibquote{Squatters' Rights}},
+ annote = {The 16th edition suggests a format such as this for
+ presenting comments on blogs or other online
+ material. With only a generic title, it takes a
+ \textsf{Review} entry instead of an \textsf{Article}
+ one, and the \textsf{crossref} field points to the
+ blog to which the comment is attached. The
+ \textsf{eventdate} gives the date of the comment,
+ and if additional temporal specificity is required
+ then you can use the \textsf{nameaddon} field to
+ give a timestamp, inside parentheses.}
+}
+
+@Book{adorno:benj,
+ title = {The Complete Correspondence, 1928--1940},
+ publisher = hup,
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Adorno, Theodor W. and Benjamin, Walter},
+ editor = {Lonitz, Henri},
+ translator = {Nicholas Walker},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA},
+ shorttitle = {Complete Correspondence},
+ annote = {A published collection of letters, in a Book entry
+ rather than Letter. References to it would be by
+ page rather than by individual letter.}
+}
+
+@Book{aristotle:metaphy:gr,
+ shorttitle = {Metaphysics},
+ title = {Metaphysics},
+ keywords = {original},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ origdate = 1924,
+ year = 1997,
+ author = {Aristotle},
+ editor = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ publisher = {Oxford University Press and Sandpiper Books},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ volumes = 2,
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annote = {A work from classical antiquity, presented in a Book
+ entry with "classical" entrysubtype, hence
+ references to it will have a special form in short
+ notes. This assumes you are using the traditional,
+ fixed divisions of the text, in this case those of
+ Bekker's edition, instead of page references to this
+ edition. In the latter case, you don't need the
+ entrysubtype. Also note keywords field, which means
+ it won't be printed separately in the bibliography,
+ because it will be appended to the entry for the
+ english translation, given in the next entry. This
+ volume is a reprint edition, notice the use of the
+ string "reprint" in the pubstate field, and the
+ origyear field holding date of original publication.
+ Finally, notice two publishers, separated by keyword
+ "and."}
+}
+
+@Book{aristotle:metaphy:trans,
+ title = {Metaphysica},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ year = 1928,
+ volume = 8,
+ author = {Aristotle},
+ editor = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ nameb = {Ross, W.~D.},
+ origlanguage = {greek},
+ userf = {aristotle:metaphy:gr},
+ maintitle = {The Works of Aristotle, Translated into English},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ edition = 2,
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annote = {Translation of the previous entry, in this case also
+ using Book with "classical" entrysubtype, as
+ references will be by the pages of Bekker's edition.
+ The userf field contains the entry key for the Greek
+ original, which means the bibliography entry will
+ contain the reference to the translation followed by
+ that to the Greek text. The origlanguage field
+ means that the connecting text between the two books
+ in the bibliography will read "Greek edition:"
+ instead of "Originally published as." Note also
+ nameb, the translator of this particular volume of
+ the maintitle, as distinct from the editor of the
+ whole series, even though in this case they happen
+ to be the same person.}
+}
+
+@InBook{ashbrook:brain,
+ author = {Ashbrook, James~B. and Albright, Carol Rausch},
+ title = {The Frontal Lobes, Intending, and a Purposeful God},
+ booktitle = {The Humanizing Brain},
+ publisher = {Pilgrim Press},
+ year = 1997,
+ chapter = 7,
+ location = {Cleveland, OH},
+ shorttitle = {The Frontal Lobes},
+ annote = {A typical \textsf{InBook} entry, identified both by
+ a \textsf{title} and also, in this case, by a
+ \textsf{chapter} number rather than a \textsf{pages}
+ range.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{ashe:creasey,
+ author = {Ashe, Gordon},
+ title = {Creasey, John},
+ annote = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from
+ the pseudonym in the author field to the real name
+ in the title field, allowing your readers to find
+ the cited work under the author's real name. The
+ entry for that work, creasey:ashe:blast, contains a
+ userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring
+ that this cross-reference will be printed if the
+ main entry itself is cited.}
+}
+
+@Article{assocpress:gun,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-06-12},
+ author = {{Associated Press}},
+ title = {Westchester Approves Measure on Gun Safety},
+ shorttitle = {Westchester Approves Measure},
+ annote = {A fairly typical Article entry from a newspaper,
+ with the keyword "magazine" as entrysubtype, and
+ with a corporate author inside an extra set of curly
+ braces.}
+}
+
+@Music{auden:reading,
+ title = {Selected Poems},
+ author = {Auden, W. H.},
+ number = 7137,
+ series = {Spoken Arts},
+ type = {audiocassette},
+ date = {1991},
+ note = {read by the author},
+ annote = {An audiobook presented in a Music entry, with which
+ cp. twain:audio, an Audio entry. Here, the type
+ field contains the medium, while the series and
+ number field contain the label information for the
+ cassette, as is standard in Music entries.}
+}
+
+@Article{author:forthcoming,
+ author = {Author, Margaret~M.},
+ title = {Article Title},
+ journaltitle = {Journal Name},
+ year = {forthcoming},
+ volume = 98,
+ annote = {An example of how to deal with a forthcoming
+ article.}
+}
+
+@Book{babb:peru,
+ title = {Between Field and Cooking Pot},
+ subtitle = {The Political Economy of Marketwomen in Peru},
+ year = 1989,
+ author = {Babb, Florence},
+ publisher = {University of Texas Press},
+ edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}},
+ location = {Austin},
+ annote = {A revised edition, with the bibstring revisededition
+ in the edition field.}
+}
+
+@Review{barcott:review,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times Book Review},
+ date = {2000-04-16},
+ author = {Barcott, Bruce},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin: The
+ Story of a Family at Sea}, \bibstring{by} Fred Waitzkin},
+ pages = 7,
+ shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Last Marlin}},
+ annote = {Typical Review entry from a magazine or newspaper,
+ with keyword "magazine" in entrysubtype, and with
+ the bibstring reviewof in the title and shorttitle
+ fields. You could just write "review of" instead,
+ but the bibstring makes the entry portable across
+ languages. Note the formatting of the reviewed
+ book's title using \mkbibemph.}
+}
+
+@Article{batson,
+ author = {Batson, C.~Daniel},
+ title = {How Social Is the Animal?},
+ subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring},
+ journaltitle = {American Psychologist},
+ date = {1990-03},
+ volume = 45,
+ pages = {336--346},
+ annote = {Very typical Article entry, but notice that you no
+ longer need to include the subtitle in the title
+ field when the latter ends in a question mark, as
+ the styles now do the right thing
+ automatically. This also means that you no longer
+ necessarily need a shorttitle field in such
+ entries.}
+}
+
+@Article{beattie:crime,
+ author = {Beattie, J.~M.},
+ title = {The Pattern of Crime in England, 1660--1800},
+ journaltitle = {Past and Present},
+ year = 1974,
+ number = 62,
+ pages = {47--95},
+ shorttitle = {The Pattern of Crime in England},
+ annote = {Article entry with number instead of volume.}
+}
+
+@Image{bedford:photo,
+ author = {Bedford, Francis},
+ title = {Stratford on Avon Church from the Avon},
+ type = {albumen print of collodion negative},
+ institution = {International Museum of Photography at George
+ Eastman House},
+ year = {1860s},
+ note = {18.8 x 28 cm\adddot},
+ location = {Rochester},
+ annote = {A typical Image entry, for presenting a photograph.
+ In the 16th edition, there is no longer any
+ difference between the presentation of photographs
+ and works in other media, so this entry type is a
+ clone of Artwork. Note the type field, and the fact
+ that it begins with a lowercase letter, allowing
+ biblatex to capitalize it contextually if needed.}
+}
+
+@Music{beethoven:sonata29,
+ title = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29
+ \mkbibquote{Hammerklavier}},
+ author = {Beethoven},
+ editor = {Peter Serkin},
+ shorttitle = {Piano Sonata \bibstring{number} 29},
+ editortype = {none},
+ number = {CDD 270},
+ series = {Proarte Digital},
+ annote = {A musical recording exhibiting several of the
+ peculiarities common to the audiovisual entry types.
+ Here, the composer goes in the author field, while
+ the performer goes into the editor field. The
+ editortype "none" prevents any identifying string
+ being used for the performer, as none is needed. As
+ in most Music entries, the series and number give
+ label identifying information, but the Manual hasn't
+ provided a medium for the type field. (I'm assuming
+ that one is supposed to be able to gather this
+ information from the number and series field, but
+ the absence of a date doesn't help, either.)}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{bernhard:boris,
+ title = {A Party for Boris},
+ sorttitle = {Party},
+ crossref = {bernhard:themacher},
+ annote = {A BookInBook entry, presenting part of a book that
+ could in other contexts be a book in its own right.
+ The title here will therefore be italicized. This
+ example shows the new abbreviated references
+ available in this entry type when a crossref or xref
+ is used, assuming the booklongxref option is set
+ properly - which it isn't by default - either in the
+ preamble or in the options field. Such treatment, I
+ note, isn't explicitly condoned by the Chicago
+ specification. See the next entry.}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{bernhard:ritter,
+ title = {Ritter, Dene, Voss},
+ crossref = {bernhard:themacher},
+ annote = {This entry presents a second play by the same author
+ contained in the same volume as the previous entry.
+ With the crossref field present and the booklongxref
+ set properly - which it isn't by default - you'll
+ get abbreviated references to both in the
+ bibliography and in long notes (after the first).}
+}
+
+@Book{bernhard:themacher,
+ title = {Histrionics},
+ translator = {Jansen, Peter~K. and Northcott, Kenneth},
+ subtitle = {Three Plays},
+ date = 1990,
+ author = {Bernhard, Thomas},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {This entry provides the booktitle for the previous
+ two. It will be printed in the bibliography, and
+ the entries for its two children -- bernhard:boris
+ and bernhard:ritter -- will be abbreviated
+ references to it, assuming the booklongxref option
+ is set properly, which it isn't by default. Please
+ note that this style of cross-reference, with the
+ title of the Book automatically converted to the
+ booktitle of the BookInBook, is only available with
+ Biber as your backend.}
+}
+
+@Music{bernstein:shostakovich,
+ title = {Symphony \bibstring{number} 5},
+ author = {Shostakovich, Dmitri},
+ editor = {Bernstein, Leonard},
+ editortype = {conductor},
+ editora = {{New York Philharmonic}},
+ editoratype = {none},
+ number = {IM 35854},
+ series = {CBS},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ annote = {Like beethoven:sonata29, this is another rather
+ abbreviated Music entry, lacking a date and a type.
+ It does, however, show the method for emphasizing
+ the conductor instead of the composer, and also for
+ identifying the conductor in the editortype field.
+ Here, the performing orchestra goes in the editora
+ field, and the editoratype "none" prevents any
+ string attaching to the orchestra, as one isn't
+ needed. The usual series and number give the label
+ information. The 16th edition strongly encourages
+ you to find a date for such an entry -- online
+ resources should be able to help.}
+}
+
+@Book{boxer:china,
+ title = {South China in the Sixteenth Century},
+ year = 1953,
+ editor = {Boxer, Charles~R.},
+ number = {2nd ser., 106},
+ series = {Hakluyt Society Publications},
+ location = {London},
+ shorttitle = {South China},
+ annote = {Book entry with series and number. In all book-like
+ entries (as opposed to Article, Periodical, and
+ Review entries) the series field will be a name, as
+ here, while the number field may contain such
+ information as "2nd ser." or "vol. 3," or just a
+ plain number. Putting "2nd ser." in the number
+ field may seem counter-intuitive, but it's necessary
+ for getting the punctuation to work out right.}
+}
+
+@Article{brown:bremer,
+ title = {A Swedish Traveler in Early Wisconsin},
+ subtitle = {The Observations of Frederika Bremer},
+ titleaddon = {pts.\ 1 and 2},
+ journaltitle = {Wisconsin Magazine of History},
+ year = 1978,
+ issue = {Summer},
+ volume = 61,
+ pages = {300--318\addsemicolon\space 62 (Autumn 1978):
+ 41\bibrangedash 56},
+ editor = {Brown, George~C.},
+ annote = {An unusual Article entry, combining into one
+ reference a two-part article using both the
+ titleaddon field and the pages field. This is a
+ kludge, and at some point I hope to implement a
+ better system. You could, also, simply refer to
+ each part separately. Note also the issue field,
+ with the name of a season, and the lowercase letter
+ starting the titleaddon field, which will
+ automatically capitalize the data depending on the
+ context within an entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{browning:aurora,
+ title = {Aurora Leigh},
+ subtitle = {Authoritative Text, Backgrounds and Contexts,
+ Criticism},
+ year = 1996,
+ author = {Browning, Elizabeth Barrett},
+ editor = {Reynolds, Margaret},
+ publisher = {Norton},
+ series = {Norton Critical Editions},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {A Book entry with a series field, but no number.}
+}
+
+@Review{bundy:macneil,
+ journaltitle = {MacNeil/Lehrer NewsHour},
+ usera = {PBS},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1990-02-07},
+ author = {Bundy, McGeorge},
+ title = {interview by Robert MacNeil},
+ shorttitle = {interview},
+ annote = {A television interview, with a generic title,
+ presented in a \textsf{Review} entry, with
+ \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The
+ \emph{CMS} often treats such sources, including
+ online ones, as \textsf{journaltitles} in
+ \textsf{Article} or \textsf{Review} entries, the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} indicating the distance from
+ traditional scholarly journals. Note here that the
+ interviewee is presented as the \textsf{author}, and
+ that the broadcast network is given in the
+ \textsf{usera} field. Note also the use of
+ lowercase letters to start both \textsf{title} and
+ \textsf{shorttitle}, allowing automatic contextual
+ capitalization of a generic title in a
+ \textsf{Review} entry.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{centinel:letters,
+ author = {Centinel},
+ nameaddon = {\bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ titleaddon = {letters},
+ booktitle = {The Complete Anti-Federalist},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ shorttitle = {\autocap{l}etters},
+ year = 1981,
+ editor = {Storing, Herbert J.},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A rare example of a generic, unformatted title in an
+ InCollection entry, it therefore has a titleaddon
+ field and no title field. Note use of lowercase
+ initial letter in that titleaddon field, and of
+ \autocap in the shorttitle. "Centinel" is a
+ pseudonym and the actual author isn't known, so the
+ bibstring pseudonym is put in the nameaddon field.}
+}
+
+@Book{chaucer:alt,
+ title = {Chaucer Life-Records},
+ options = {useeditor=false,usenamec=false},
+ year = 1966,
+ editor = {Crow, Martin~M. and Olson, Clair~C.},
+ namec = {Manly, John~M. and Richert, Edith},
+ sortkey = {Chaucer},
+ publisher = oup,
+ note = {with the assistance of Lilian~J. Redstone
+ and others},
+ location = {London},
+ annote = {One way of presenting a Book so that the title comes
+ first in the entry. Here, we disable the use of
+ author, editor, translator, and compiler in the
+ options field, so the title is all that remains.
+ Note that we have to disable translator even though
+ there isn't one in the entry -- this is necessary to
+ make sure that no name will be found to place before
+ the title. The compilers go in namec, and other
+ information in note, which starts with a lowercase
+ letter. If you are using Biber, then you need the
+ sortkey field, as this entry triggers boundary
+ behavior caused by the sorting algorithms continuing
+ to use the namec field even though that name isn't
+ placed at the head of the entry. Cf. next entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{chaucer:liferecords,
+ title = {Chaucer Life-Records},
+ publisher = oup,
+ year = 1966,
+ note = {\partedit Martin M. Crow and Clair C. Olson from
+ materials compiled by John M. Manly and Edith
+ Richert, with the assistance of Lilian J. Redstone
+ and others},
+ location = {London},
+ annote = {A second way of presenting the same Book. There's
+ no author, editor, or compiler, so the title goes
+ first in the entry. All other information appears
+ in the note field, using the \partedit macro to get
+ the initial strings right in bibliography and
+ notes. (If your bibliography is in French, you'll
+ need to add "de" after this \partedit command.)
+ Cf. the previous entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{chicago:manual,
+ title = {The Chicago Manual of Style},
+ year = 2010,
+ author = {{University of Chicago Press}},
+ shorthand = {\mkbibemph{CMS}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ edition = 16,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A manual presented in a \textsf{Book} entry. Note
+ curly braces around corporate \textsf{author}, which
+ is printed twice, both as \textsf{author} and
+ \textsf{publisher}.}
+}
+
+@Book{chicago:manual:15,
+ title = {The Chicago Manual of Style},
+ year = 2003,
+ author = {{University of Chicago Press}},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ edition = 15,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A manual presented in a Book entry. Note curly
+ brackets around corporate author, which is printed
+ twice, both as author and publisher.}
+}
+
+@Booklet{clark:mesopot,
+ title = {Mesopotamia},
+ subtitle = {Between Two Rivers},
+ author = {Hazel V. Clark},
+ howpublished = {End of the Commons General Store},
+ year = {\mkbibbrackets{1957?}},
+ location = {Mesopotamia, OH},
+ annote = {A standard \textsf{Booklet} entry, though the same
+ information could be presented in a \textsf{Book}
+ entry, using \textsf{publisher} instead of
+ \textsf{howpublished}. Note the brackets around the
+ \textsf{year}, indicating that this is a guess.}
+}
+
+@Video{cleese:holygrail,
+ title = {Commentaries},
+ date = 2001,
+ titleaddon = {disc 2},
+ booktitle = {Monty Python and the Holy Grail},
+ author = {Cleese, John and Gilliam, Terry and Idle, Eric and
+ Jones, Terry and Palin, Michael},
+ editor = {Gilliam, Terry and Jones, Terry},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Columbia Tristar Home Entertainment},
+ type = {DVD},
+ address = {Culver City, CA},
+ edition = {special \bibstring{edition}},
+ annote = {This shows some typical features of a Video entry.
+ It focusses on some of the DVD extras, so the actors
+ providing the commentary appear in the author field.
+ The directors go in the editor field, as usual, with
+ the identifying string in editortype. The booktitle
+ provides the film title in this instance -- the
+ title in this case will appear in quotation marks
+ rather than italicized, because of the presence of a
+ booktitle. The titleaddon tells where in the DVD
+ set the commentaries are to be found, and the type
+ field gives the medium. The date field contains the
+ date the DVD was released, and the original release
+ date (origdate) isn't needed here, according to the
+ Manual, because the entry cites the DVD extras
+ rather than the film itself.}
+}
+
+@Book{cohen:schiff,
+ title = {Jacob H. Schiff},
+ subtitle = {A Study in American Leadership},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Cohen, Naomi~W.},
+ publisher = {University Press of New England and Brandeis
+ University Press},
+ location = {Hanover, NH},
+ annote = {A Book with two publishers.}
+}
+
+@Article{conley:fifthgrade,
+ author = {Conley, Alice},
+ title = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions about Participation in
+ Sports Activities},
+ issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes
+ of Schooling},
+ journaltitle = {Elementary School Journal},
+ note = {special issue},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 99,
+ editor = {Good, Thomas~L.},
+ number = 5,
+ pages = {131--146},
+ shorttitle = {Fifth-Grade Boys' Decisions},
+ annote = {An Article that is part of a special issue of a
+ journal. Title of the issue goes in issuetitle,
+ editor of the issue in editor, and the sort of issue
+ in note, with lowercase initial letter.
+ Cf. good:wholeissue for how to refer to the special
+ issue as a whole, rather than to one article in it,
+ using a Periodical entry.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{contrib:contrib,
+ author = {Contributor, Anna},
+ title = {Contribution},
+ booktitle = {Edited Volume},
+ publisher = {Publisher},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
+ editor = {Editor, Ellen},
+ location = {Place},
+ annote = {A fabricated \textsf{InCollection} entry, showing
+ how to present a \texttt{forthcoming} essay using
+ the \textsf{pubstate} field.}
+}
+
+@Book{cook:sotweed,
+ title = {Sotweed Redivivus, or The Planter's Looking-Glass},
+ year = 1730,
+ author = {Cook, Ebenezer},
+ shortauthor = {{Ebenezer Cook}},
+ authortype = {anon?},
+ shorttitle = {Sotweed Redivivus},
+ note = {\bibstring{by} \mkbibquote{E.~C. Gent}},
+ location = {Annapolis},
+ annote = {A complicated Book entry. First, the author is
+ unknown, but guessed at, hence the "anon?" in the
+ authortype field. Because he's unknown, it may be
+ best in this case to put extra curly brackets in
+ shortauthor, so that in the short note form it's
+ clearer who's at stake, though this is optional. The
+ note field gives the author as printed in the book,
+ presented as a citation inside quotation marks. If
+ you remember to use \mkbibquote here, then
+ appropriate punctuation will automatically be
+ provided, so there's no more need for \custpunct or
+ "plain" in the type field.}
+}
+
+@Online{coolidge:speech,
+ author = {Coolidge, Calvin},
+ title = {Equal Rights},
+ titleaddon = {(speech)},
+ related = {loc:leaders},
+ note = {copy of an undated 78 rpm disc},
+ options = {related=true,ptitleaddon=space,ctitleaddon=space},
+ year = {ca.\,1920},
+ annote = {This is a recording from an online archive, using an
+ \textsf{Online} entry. The two \texttt{titleaddon}
+ options allow the parenthesized \textsf{titleaddon}
+ to appear with only a space intervening, both in
+ notes and bibliography. The \textsf{related} field
+ cites the archive itself, another \textsf{Online}
+ entry, and the \texttt{related=true} option causes
+ the archive reference to be printed both in notes
+ and bibliography. Cp.\ \texttt{weed:flatiron} and
+ \texttt{loc:city}, which cite a film from an online
+ archive, both using a \textsf{Video} entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{cotton:manufacture,
+ title = {An Inquiry into the Causes of the Present
+ Long-Continued Depression in the Cotton Trade, with
+ Suggestions for Its Improvement},
+ year = 1869,
+ author = {{Cotton Manufacturer}},
+ location = {Bury, UK},
+ shorttitle = {Inquiry into the Causes},
+ annote = {A Book with a corporate author. In the 15th
+ edition, a sortkey field helped alphabetize the
+ entry in the bibliography, as the author started
+ with the indefinite article, which you want ignored
+ in this context. For the 16th edition, you can
+ eliminate the indefinite article, and therefore also
+ the sortkey.}
+}
+
+@Book{cotton:manufacture:15,
+ title = {An Inquiry into the Causes of the Present
+ Long-Continued Depression in the Cotton Trade, with
+ Suggestions for Its Improvement},
+ year = 1869,
+ author = {{A Cotton Manufacturer}},
+ publisher = {Bury, UK},
+ sortkey = {Cott},
+ shorttitle = {Inquiry into the Causes},
+ annote = {15th-edition version of the previous entry, with the
+ article in the author field and the required
+ sortkey.}
+}
+
+@Book{creasey:ashe:blast,
+ title = {A Blast of Trumpets},
+ year = 1976,
+ author = {Creasey, John},
+ nameaddon = {Gordon Ashe, \bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ userc = {ashe:creasey},
+ publisher = {Holt, Rinehart \& Winston},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {The first of 3 Books written by the same author
+ under three different pseudonyms. You have
+ considerable latitude in how to present these, but
+ the method chosen here allows all three to be
+ grouped together in the bibliography. Note the
+ pseudonym in nameaddon, identified with the
+ bibstring pseudonym. Also note ampersand in
+ publisher, which prevents the two parts of the
+ publisher's name from being taken as two different
+ publishers. The 16th edition makes it a requirement
+ in such entries that you also include a cross
+ reference from the different pseudonyms back to the
+ author's name, something accomplished using a
+ CustomC entry and the userc field which
+ automatically makes sure the cross-reference
+ prints.}
+}
+
+@Book{creasey:morton:hide,
+ title = {Hide the Baron},
+ year = 1978,
+ author = {Creasey, John},
+ userc = {morton:creasey},
+ nameaddon = {Anthony Morton, \bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ publisher = {Walker},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {Second of three Book entries by same author under
+ different pseudonyms.}
+}
+
+@Book{creasey:york:death,
+ title = {Death to My Killer},
+ year = 1966,
+ author = {Creasey, John},
+ userc = {york:creasey},
+ nameaddon = {Jeremy York, \bibstring{pseudonym}},
+ publisher = {Macmillan},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {Third of three Book entries by same author under
+ different pseudonyms.}
+}
+
+@Misc{creel:house,
+ author = {Creel, George},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ title = {George Creel to Colonel House},
+ origdate = {1918-09-25},
+ note = {Edward~M. House Papers},
+ organization = {Yale University Library},
+ annote = {An unpublished letter from an archive, presented in
+ a \textsf{Misc} entry with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
+ You can avoid the awkward repetition of the author's
+ name in notes by using \cmd{headlessfullcite} or
+ \cmd{headlesscite} instead of the usual citation
+ commands. The manuscript collection
+ \vadjust{\eject}is found in the \textsf{note} and
+ \textsf{organization} fields --- depending on the
+ entry, you can use \textsf{note},
+ \textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and/or
+ \textsf{location}, in ascending order of generality,
+ though you should consistently put the most specific
+ collection name in the \textsf{note} field. As in
+ \textsf{Letter} entries the date of the letter goes
+ in \textsf{origdate}, and in the short note form you
+ can use the macro \cmd{letterdatelong} in the
+ \textsf{postnote} field to identify the letter by
+ this date, if it helps disambiguate. (In other
+ non-letter-like \textsf{Misc} entries, you would use
+ the \textsf{date} field instead of
+ \textsf{origdate}.)}
+}
+
+@Book{davenport:attention,
+ title = {The Attention Economy},
+ subtitle = {Understanding the New Currency of Business},
+ year = 2001,
+ author = {Davenport, Thomas~H. and Beck, John~C.},
+ publisher = {Harvard Business School Press},
+ addendum = {TK3 Reader e-book},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA},
+ annote = {Example of the use of addendum in a Book entry, in
+ this case to identify that the work is an e-book.}
+}
+
+@Misc{dinkel:agassiz,
+ author = {Dinkel, Joseph},
+ title = {description of Louis Agassiz written at the request
+ of Elizabeth Cary Agassiz},
+ entrysubtype = {defined},
+ shorttitle = {description of Louis Agassiz},
+ note = {Agassiz Papers},
+ location = {Harvard University},
+ organization = {Houghton Library},
+ annote = {A manuscript presented in a Misc entry with a
+ randomly-selected entrysubtype to distinguish it
+ from a traditional Misc entry. The title and
+ shorttitle begin with a generic term, hence the
+ initial lowercase letters. This entry uses three
+ fields to locate the manuscript, starting with note
+ and ascending in generality through organization to
+ location.}
+}
+
+@Book{donne:var,
+ author = {Donne, John},
+ editor = {Stringer, Gary~A.},
+ title = {The \mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and the
+ \mkbibquote{Epicedes and Obsequies}},
+ namea = {Stringer, Gary~A. and Pebworth, Ted-Larry},
+ publisher = {Indiana University Press},
+ maintitle = {The Variorum Edition of the Poetry of John Donne},
+ year = 1995,
+ volume = 6,
+ location = {Bloomington},
+ shorttitle = {\mkbibquote{Anniversaries} and \mkbibquote{Epicedes and
+ Obsequies}},
+ annote = {A Book entry with a maintitle editor (editor field)
+ and a title editor (namea field). Also, inside an
+ italicized title, all other titles are put in
+ quotation marks, and using \mkbibquote will
+ automatically move appropriate punctuation inside
+ the closing quotation mark.}
+}
+
+@Book{dunn:revolutions,
+ title = {Sister Revolutions},
+ subtitle = {French Lightning, American Light},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Dunn, Susan},
+ publisher = {Faber \& Faber and Farrar, Straus \& Giroux},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {Book with two publishers, showing ampersands to
+ prevent them being treated as four.}
+}
+
+@Manual{dyna:browser,
+ title = {Dynatext, Electronic Book Indexer/Browser},
+ organization = {Electronic Book Technology Inc.},
+ address = {Providence, RI},
+ year = 1991,
+ shorttitle = {Dynatext},
+ annote = {A technical manual presented in a \textsf{Manual}
+ entry. In the absence of a named author the
+ \textsf{organization} is printed twice, as
+ \textsf{author} and as \textsf{publisher}. If you
+ are using \textsf{Biber}, you don't need a
+ \textsf{sortkey} to help with alphabetization,
+ though with \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ it would still be
+ necessary.}
+}
+
+@Book{eliot:pound,
+ title = {Literary Essays},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ year = 1953,
+ author = {Pound, Ezra},
+ editor = {Eliot, T.~S.},
+ publisher = {New Directions},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {A Book listed by its (famous) editor rather than by
+ its (equally-famous) author. The options field
+ makes it happen. This is a simple example, but
+ remember that if you have a namea defined then
+ biblatex-chicago-notes will use that, and then
+ you'll need to provide a shorteditor for the short
+ note form and, if you're not using Biber, a sortkey
+ to help with alphabetization.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{ellet:galena,
+ author = {Ellet, Elizabeth~F.~L.},
+ title = {By Rail and Stage to Galena},
+ crossref = {prairie:state},
+ pages = {271--279},
+ annote = {First of two \textsf{InCollection} entries
+ cross-referencing the same \textsf{Collection}.
+ Since it is cited first in this file, its long note
+ reference contains the full bibliographical data for
+ the \textsf{Collection} entry, whereas the
+ subsequent long note --- \cmslink{keating:dearborn}
+ --- contains an abbreviated reference to the
+ \textsf{Collection}. Both parts have an abbreviated
+ reference in the bibliography. If you don't want
+ this space-saving measure, then you can, for
+ example, set \texttt{longcrossref=true} in the
+ \textsf{options} field. With \textsf{Biber}, an
+ empty \textsf{subtitle} field is no longer necessary
+ to prevent inheritance from the parent entry, and
+ the \textsf{title} of a \textsf{Collection} will
+ become a \textsf{booktitle} in its children.}
+}
+
+@Article{ellis:blog,
+ author = {Ellis, Rhian},
+ title = {Squatters' Rights},
+ journaltitle = {Ward Six},
+ location = {blog},
+ date = {2008-06-30},
+ url = {http://wardsix.blogspot.com/2008/06/squatters-rights.html},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ annote = {The 16th edition of the \emph{CMS} specifies an
+ \textsf{Article}-like presentation for blogs, the
+ main peculiarity being the identification of the
+ material as a blog using the \textsf{location}
+ field, which is usually reserved for identifying the
+ place of publication of obscure journals. See
+ ac:comment, a \textsf{Review} entry, for how to
+ reference comments on such online material.}
+}
+
+@Book{emerson:nature,
+ title = {Nature},
+ year = 1985,
+ origdate = 1836,
+ author = {Emerson, Ralph Waldo},
+ publisher = {Beacon},
+ note = {a facsimile of the first edition with an
+ introduction by Jaroslav Pelikan},
+ location = {Boston},
+ annote = {A reprinted Book, in this case a facsimile, with the
+ note field giving the relevant information. The
+ origdate field gives date of original publication.
+ Note use of lowercase letter to start note field.}
+}
+
+@InReference{ency:britannica,
+ title = {Encyclopaedia Britannica},
+ keywords = {original},
+ edition = 15,
+ lista = {Salvation},
+ annote = {A simple InReference entry, citing a well-known
+ reference work, and therefore not to appear in the
+ bibliography. The lista field gives the name of the
+ (alphabetically-arranged) article from which the
+ citation is taken.}
+}
+
+@Video{episode:tv,
+ title = {Episode Title},
+ booktitleaddon = {series 5, episode 2},
+ entrysubtype = {tv},
+ date = {2000/2007},
+ origdate = 2004,
+ booktitle = {Series Title},
+ publisher = {Production Company},
+ type = {DVD},
+ annote = {The 15th edition of the Manual doesn't, that I can
+ find, provide guidance for citing television
+ programs, so I have guessed, using the analogy of
+ films, at how to present one using the Video entry
+ type. The title of the episode will be presented
+ within quotation marks, as there is a booktitle
+ presenting the name of the TV series. The
+ booktitleaddon gives details about the episode, and
+ the type gives the medium, as usual. The origdate
+ is the year of original transmission, while the date
+ provides the year range for the whole series, though
+ it would perhaps make more sense in this situation
+ to provide the date the DVD was released, instead.
+ The entrysubtype isn't necessary, but may be of some
+ use in the author-date style.}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{euripides:orestes,
+ title = {Orestes},
+ year = 1958,
+ booktitle = {Euripides},
+ maintitle = {The Complete Greek Tragedies},
+ nameb = {Arrowsmith, William},
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Euripides},
+ editor = {Grene, David and Lattimore, Richmond},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ pages = {185--288},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A work from antiquity, cited by pages in a modern
+ edition, hence not needing \texttt{classical} in the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} field. Since the titles of
+ such works are uniformly italicized, we need to use
+ a \textsf{BookInBook} entry with a \textsf{title}
+ and a \textsf{booktitle} (\enquote{book within a
+ book}) and in this case also a \textsf{maintitle}, a
+ multi-volume collection of \textsf{booktitles}.
+ Note also the editors of the \textsf{maintitle}
+ (\textsf{editor} field), and the translator of the
+ \textsf{title} (\textsf{nameb} field).}
+}
+
+@Online{evanston:library,
+ author = {{Evanston Public Library Board of Trustees}},
+ shortauthor = {{Evanston Public Library}},
+ title = {Evanston Public Library Strategic Plan, 2000--2010},
+ subtitle = {A Decade of Outreach},
+ organization = {Evanston Public Library},
+ url = {http://www.epl.org/library/strategic-plan-00.html},
+ urldate = {2002-07-18},
+ shorttitle = {Strategic Plan},
+ annote = {An Online entry, with a corporate author, hence
+ extra curly braces in author and shortauthor. The
+ title field holds the title of the specific web
+ page, while the organization field holds the title
+ or owner of the site as a whole.}
+}
+
+@Book{feydeau:farces,
+ title = {Four Farces by Georges Feydeau},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1970,
+ translator = {Shapiro, Norman R.},
+ author = {Feydeau, Georges},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ shorttitle = {Four Farces},
+ annote = {A standard Book entry, but one which may prompt you
+ to use the \headlessfullcite citation command for
+ your first reference to it, as the title contains
+ the author's name which needn't be repeated, though
+ there's no harm in doing so.}
+}
+
+@Music{floyd:atom,
+ title = {Atom Heart Mother},
+ date = 1990,
+ origdate = 1970,
+ author = {{Pink Floyd}},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ number = {CDP 7 46381 2},
+ publisher = {Capitol},
+ type = {compact disc},
+ annote = {16th edition only. An example of a re-released
+ album, using the pubstate field to print a notice at
+ the end of the entry clarifying that it is indeed a
+ re-release. If you don't use the pubstate field in
+ this way, biblatex-chicago will assume that the
+ origdate is a recording date rather than a release
+ date. You could also use a userd field to identify
+ what sort of date the origdate is, though this would
+ print the information in the middle of the entry
+ rather than at the end. As far as I can tell from
+ the Manual, this is a matter of taste.}
+}
+
+@inproceedings{frede:inproc,
+ keywords={secondary},
+ author = {Dorothea Frede},
+ title = {\mkbibemph{Nicomachean Ethics} VII. 11--12},
+ subtitle = {Pleasure},
+ booktitle = {Aristotle},
+ booksubtitle = {\mkbibquote{Nicomachean Ethics,} Book VII},
+ series = {Symposium Aristotelicum},
+ editor = {Carlo Natali},
+ publisher = {Oxford University Press},
+ address = {Oxford},
+ year = {2009},
+ pages = {183--207},
+ annote = {A fairly standard \textsf{InProceedings} entry,
+ showing some of the complications of formatting
+ titles within titles in both the \textsf{title} and
+ the \textsf{booksubtitle} fields.}
+}
+
+@Article{friedman:learning,
+ author = {Friedman, James~W. and Mezzetti, Claudio},
+ title = {Learning in Games by Random Sampling},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of Economic Theory},
+ date = {2001-05},
+ volume = 98,
+ number = 1,
+ doi = {10.1006/jeth.2000.2694},
+ url = {http://www.idealibrary.com/links/doi/10.1006/jeth.2000.2694},
+ shorttitle = {Learning in Games},
+ annote = {Standard Article entry with a doi and a url
+ provided. The 16th edition prefers a DOI if one is
+ available.}
+}
+
+@Video{friends:leia,
+ title = {The One with the Princess Leia Fantasy},
+ date = 2003,
+ booktitle = {Friends},
+ booktitleaddon = {season~3, episode~1},
+ author = {Curtis, Michael and Malins, Gregory~S.},
+ eventdate = {1996-09-19},
+ editor = {Mancuso, Gail},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Warner Home Video},
+ type = {DVD},
+ address = {Burbank, CA},
+ annote = {This is a template for citing an episode of a
+ television series using a \textsf{Video} entry. The
+ name of the episode goes in the \textsf{title} field
+ while the name of the series goes in
+ \textsf{booktitle}. (Were you to cite an entire
+ series rather than a single episode, you wouldn't
+ need the \textsf{booktitle} for it, but only a
+ \textsf{title}.) The writers of the episode go in
+ \textsf{author}, while the director goes in
+ \textsf{editor}, using an \textsf{editortype} field
+ to specify her role, something of frequent
+ occurrence in the audio-visual types. The
+ \textsf{eventdate} is the original broadcast date,
+ while the \textsf{date} applies to the medium you
+ are citing. That medium itself goes in the
+ \textsf{type} field. Note that information about
+ the season and episode numbers goes in
+ \textsf{booktitleaddon}.}
+}
+
+@Book{furet:passing:eng,
+ title = {The Passing of an Illusion},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Furet, François},
+ userf = {furet:passing:fr},
+ translator = {Furet, Deborah},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A translation, serving as the target of the
+ \textsf{related} field of \cmslink{furet:related}.
+ If it isn't cited independently, it will appear only
+ after that entry in the bibliography, connected to
+ it using the format defined by the
+ \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{bytranslator}. You
+ could also give this entry a \textsf{userf} field
+ referring to the original text,
+ \texttt{furet:passing:fr}, or indeed a
+ \textsf{related} field referring to the same .bib
+ entry, along with a \textsf{relatedtype}
+ \texttt{origpubas}. In notes, by default, neither
+ of these mechanisms would have any effect, but in
+ the bibliography the translation and the original
+ would be presented in the same entry, connected (in
+ the absence of an \textsf{origlanguage} or
+ \textsf{relatedstring} field, respectively) by the
+ string \enquote{Originally published as.}}
+}
+
+@Book{furet:passing:fr,
+ title = {Le passé d'une illusion},
+ year = 1995,
+ keywords = {original},
+ author = {Furet, François},
+ publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont},
+ location = {Paris},
+ annote = {The original of the previous entry. The keywords
+ field prevents it being printed separately in the
+ bibliography.}
+}
+
+@Book{furet:related,
+ title = {Le passé d'une illusion},
+ year = 1995,
+ related = {furet:passing:eng},
+ relatedtype = {bytranslator},
+ author = {Furet, François},
+ publisher = {Éditions Robert Laffont},
+ location = {Paris},
+ annote = {This entry presents the same \textsf{Book} as
+ \texttt{furet:passing:fr}, but does so using the
+ \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{bytranslator}
+ functionality. This is the alternate Chicago form
+ for presenting a text and its translation together
+ in a single bibliography entry. Cp.\
+ furet:passing:eng.}
+}
+
+@Article{garaud:gatine,
+ author = {Garaud, Marcel},
+ title = {Recherches sur les défrichements dans la Gâtine
+ poitevine aux XIe et XIIe siècles},
+ journaltitle = {Bulletin de la Société des antiquaires de l'Ouest},
+ year = 1967,
+ volume = 9,
+ series = 4,
+ pages = {11--27},
+ shorttitle = {Recherches sur les défrichements},
+ annote = {An \textsf{Article} entry with \textsf{author},
+ \textsf{title}, \textsf{journaltitle},
+ \textsf{year}, \textsf{volume}, \textsf{series}, and
+ \textsf{pages} fields. Note also the preservation
+ of French capitalization in the two titles.}
+}
+
+@Article{garrett,
+ author = {Garrett, Marvin~P.},
+ title = {Language and Design in \mkbibemph{Pippa Passes}},
+ journaltitle = {Victorian Poetry},
+ year = 1975,
+ volume = 13,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {47--60},
+ location = {West Virginia University},
+ annote = {An Article from a journaltitle that may not be
+ immediately recognizable to your readership, or
+ indeed that may be shared by a number of different
+ journals, so you add a location field to tell where
+ the journaltitle originates. Also note formatting
+ in the title field.}
+}
+
+@Article{gibbard,
+ author = {Gibbard, Allan},
+ title = {Morality in Living},
+ subtitle = {Korsgaard's Kantian Lectures},
+ journaltitle = {Ethics},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 110,
+ number = 1,
+ pages = {140--164},
+ titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Sources of
+ Normativity}, by Christine M. Korsgaard},
+ annote = {A book review as an Article, because it has a
+ specific title (title field) as well as a generic
+ one (titleaddon field). Note \bibstring macro and
+ formatting in the titleaddon.}
+}
+
+@Periodical{good:wholeissue,
+ issuetitle = {Non-subject-matter Outcomes of Schooling},
+ title = {Elementary School Journal},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 99,
+ number = 5,
+ editor = {Good, Thomas~L.},
+ note = {special issue},
+ annote = {A reference to an entire special issue of a journal,
+ using a Periodical entry. The issue's title here
+ goes in the issuetitle field, while the name of the
+ journal goes in title rather than journaltitle. The
+ nature of the issue once again goes in the note
+ field, with an initial lowercase letter.
+ Cf. conley:fifthgrade for an example of an Article
+ entry presenting one article from this special
+ issue.}
+}
+
+@Review{gourmet:052006,
+ journaltitle = {Gourmet},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-05},
+ title = {Kitchen Notebook},
+ sortkey = {Gourmet},
+ shorttitle = {Kitchen Notebook, May 2000},
+ annote = {A regular column in a magazine, presented in a
+ Review entry (with "magazine" entrysubtype) because
+ there is no specific title, only the generic one of
+ the name of the column, which is nonetheless
+ capitalized. Since there is no author, the
+ journaltitle will be used instead, in notes, short
+ notes, and bibliography. Also, if you use Biber and
+ the 16th edition style, you no longer need a sortkey
+ to alphabetize by the journaltitle rather than by
+ the title.}
+}
+
+@Audio{greek:filmstrip,
+ title = {The Greek and Roman World},
+ date = 1977,
+ publisher = {Society for Visual Education},
+ type = {filmstrip, 44 min\adddot},
+ address = {Chicago},
+ sortkey = {Greek and Roman},
+ annote = {A standard Audio entry presenting a filmstrip. The
+ type field explains what sort of content it is, and
+ the sortkey helps with alphabetization, preventing
+ biblatex from using "The" for that purpose.}
+}
+
+@InReference{grove:sibelius,
+ title = {The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians},
+ author = {Hepokoski, James},
+ lista = {Sibelius, Jean},
+ url = {http://www.grovemusic.com/},
+ urldate = {2002-01-03},
+ sortkey = {New Grove},
+ annote = {An example of an online InReference entry, which I
+ have allowed, as an example, to appear in the
+ bibliography. The author field refers to the author
+ of the specific entry in lista, and will be printed
+ after the name of that entry, parenthesized in the
+ 15th edition, merely set off by a comma in the 16th.
+ If you need to provide the author or editor of a
+ reference work as a whole, then you should probably
+ use a Book entry. (Cf. schellinger:novel.) Note
+ also the short citation, where you can now put an
+ alphabetized article title in the postnote field,
+ and it will be formatted for you automatically in
+ InReference entries.}
+}
+
+@Video{handel:messiah,
+ title = {Messiah},
+ date = 1988,
+ type = {videocassette (VHS), 141 min\adddot},
+ eventdate = {1987-12-19},
+ userd = {performed},
+ editor = {{Atlanta Symphony Orchestra and Chamber Chorus}},
+ editortype = {none},
+ editora = {Shaw, Robert},
+ editoratype = {none},
+ author = {Handel, George Frederic},
+ publisher = {Video Artists International},
+ address = {Ansonia Station, NY},
+ annote = {16th edition only. This is a videotape of an
+ oratorio, presented therefore as a Video entry
+ rather than as Music. The composer goes in author,
+ the performers and conductor in editor and editora.
+ Note the "none" in both editortypes, as the context
+ presumably makes it clear what role Shaw is playing.
+ The usual type field identifies the medium. The
+ eventdate identifies when the performance took
+ place, and the new userd field allows you to specify
+ just what sort of eventdate it is.}
+}
+
+@Collection{harley:ancient:cart,
+ title = {Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient, and Medieval
+ Europe and the Mediterranean},
+ crossref = {harley:hoc},
+ date = {1987},
+ volume = 1,
+ annote = {A \textsf{Collection} entry, with the
+ \textsf{maintitle} coming from the
+ \textsf{MVCollection} entry cited in the
+ \textsf{crossref} field. With the
+ \texttt{booklongxref} option set properly, and not
+ by default, this and \cmslink{harley:cartography}
+ will produce abbreviated references in the
+ bibliography and in long notes (after the first).}
+}
+
+@Collection{harley:cartography,
+ title = {Cartography in the Traditional East and Southeast
+ Asian Societies},
+ year = 1994,
+ crossref = {harley:hoc},
+ volume = {2},
+ part = {2},
+ shorttitle = {Cartography in East and Southeast Asia},
+ annote = {A second \textsf{Collection} entry cross-referencing
+ the same \textsf{MVCollection}. With the
+ \texttt{booklongxref} option set to \texttt{false}
+ in the preamble, this and the previous entry will
+ now produce abbreviated references in the
+ bibliography and in long notes (after the first).
+ Since its \textsf{maintitle's} logical volumes are
+ sometimes published in separate physical parts, it
+ has both a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part}
+ number.}
+}
+
+@MVCollection{harley:hoc,
+ title = {The History of Cartography},
+ date = {1987/},
+ editor = {Harley, J.~B. and Woodward, David},
+ volumes = {3},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {This entry shows the \textsf{MVCollection} type used
+ as the parent to two child \textsf{Collection}
+ entries --- \cmslink{harley:ancient:cart} and
+ \cmslink{harley:cartography}. It will be presented
+ in the bibliography when more than one of its
+ children are cited, even if it isn't itself
+ independently cited. Please note that this style of
+ cross-referencing, where the \textsf{title} of the
+ \textsf{MVCollection} automatically becomes the
+ \textsf{maintitle} of the \textsf{Collection}, is
+ only available with \textsf{Biber} as your backend.}
+}
+
+@Online{harwood:biden,
+ author = {Harwood, John},
+ title = {The Pros and Cons of Biden},
+ organization = {\mkbibemph{New York Times} video, 2:00},
+ date = {2008-08-23},
+ url = {http://video.on.nytimes.com/?fr_story=a425c9aca92f51bd19f2a621fd93b5e266507191},
+ annote = {An online video using an Online entry. Note the
+ formatting in the organization field.
+ Cf. horowitz:youtube.}
+}
+
+@TechReport{herwign:office,
+ options = {useprefix=true},
+ author = {{van} Herwijnen, Eric},
+ title = {Future Office Systems Requirements},
+ institution = {CERN DD internal note},
+ year = 1988,
+ month = 11,
+ annote = {A \textsf{Report} entry, with the \textsf{type}
+ field automatically set by using the
+ \textsf{TechReport} alias instead of
+ \textsf{Report}. The \textsf{institution} field
+ identifies the issuer of the report.}
+}
+
+@Video{hitchcock:nbynw,
+ title = {Crop Duster Attack},
+ booktitle = {North by Northwest},
+ date = 2000,
+ origdate = 1959,
+ editor = {Hitchcock, Alfred},
+ editortype = {director},
+ publisher = {Warner Home Video},
+ type = {DVD},
+ address = {Burbank, CA},
+ options = {useauthor=false,useeditor=false},
+ annote = {This Video entry cites one scene (title) from a film
+ (booktitle). Here, the entry in the bibliography
+ will be alphabetized by the name of the scene, as
+ the useeditor=false option turns off the printing of
+ the editor at the head of the entry. The editortype
+ field identifies the editor's role, while the
+ origdate and date give the original year of release
+ and the year of DVD release, respectively.}
+}
+
+@Article{hlatky:hrt,
+ author = {Hlatky, Mark~A. and Boothroyd, Derek and
+ Vittinghoff, Eric and Sharp, Penny and Whooley,
+ Mary~A.},
+ title = {Quality-of-Life and Depressive Symptoms in
+ Postmenopausal Women after Receiving Hormone
+ Therapy},
+ subtitle = {Results from the Heart and Estrogen/Progestin
+ Replacement Study (HERS) Trial},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of the American Medical Association},
+ date = {2002-02-06},
+ volume = 287,
+ number = 5,
+ url = {http://jama.ama-assn.org/issues/v287n5/rfull/joc10108.html#aainfo},
+ urldate = {2002-01-07},
+ shorttitle = {Quality of Life and Depressive Symptoms},
+ annote = {Standard Article entry with url provided. 5 authors
+ provokes use of "et al." in notes, though not in
+ bibliography, because the settings for maxbibnames
+ and minbibnames have been set in
+ biblatex-chicago.sty.}
+}
+
+@Music{holiday:fool,
+ title = {I'm a Fool to Want You},
+ eventdate = {1958-02-20},
+ date = {1960},
+ booktitle = {Lady in Satin},
+ author = {Herron, Joel and Sinatra, Frank and Wolf, Jack},
+ editor = {Holiday, Billie},
+ editortype = {none},
+ number = {CL 1157},
+ publisher = {Columbia},
+ type = {33\onethird\ rpm},
+ note = {with Ray Ellis},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ annote = {This entry illustrates some of the peculiarities of
+ \textsf{Music} entries. It cites a song
+ (\textsf{title}) from an album (\textsf{booktitle}).
+ (Were you to cite a whole album, then you wouldn't
+ need the \textsf{booktitle}, only the album title in
+ \textsf{title}.) The writers of the song go in
+ \textsf{author}, while the \textsf{options} field
+ prevents these writers from appearing at the head of
+ notes or of the entry in the bibliography. The
+ performer goes in \textsf{editor}, with the
+ \textsf{editortype} ensuring that no identifying
+ string appears. The \textsf{eventdate} gives the
+ recording date of a song --- you would use
+ \textsf{origdate} if the recording date applied to
+ the album as a whole. The \textsf{date} gives the
+ release date of the album, while the \textsf{type}
+ field gives the medium of the release.}
+}
+
+@Online{horowitz:youtube,
+ title = {HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL 2-Chopin Nocturne in Fm Op.55},
+ organization = {YouTube video, 5:53},
+ sortkey = {Horowitz},
+ url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDVBtuWkMS8},
+ urldate = {2009-01-09},
+ userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj},},
+ note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct},
+ date = {1968-09-22},
+ shorttitle = {HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL},
+ annote = {A YouTube video, presented in an Online entry. The
+ new userd field allows you to modify what is printed
+ before the urldate, while the note field here is
+ used for a similar purpose, to clarify the date
+ field. The shorttitle abbreviates what will appear
+ in citations of this author-less entry, and the
+ sortkey is required because, in this corner case,
+ the organization would otherwise be used for
+ alphabetization, an arrangement that works for many
+ entries, but not this one.}
+}
+
+@Book{horsley:prosodies,
+ title = {On the Prosodies of the Greek and Latin Languages},
+ year = 1796,
+ author = {Horsley, Samuel},
+ authortype = {anon},
+ shorttitle = {Prosodies},
+ annote = {An anonymous Book, with the author known, though not
+ named on the title page. The string "anon" goes in
+ the authortype field.}
+}
+
+@Misc{house:papers,
+ author = {House, Edward~M\adddot\addcomma},
+ title = {Papers},
+ note = {Yale University Library},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ annote = {An example of a Misc entry (with an entrysubtype)
+ specifically for a bibliography, assuming that more
+ than one item has been cited from this same
+ collection. The individual items cited would look
+ like creel:house, and in such a case would not
+ appear in the bibliography. This entry also
+ illustrates the use of a comma in a bibliography
+ entry to set off a middle initial from a following
+ plain-text title, only used when the period alone
+ might lead to ambiguity. Cf. Manual, 15th
+ ed. 17.231, 16th ed 14.241. The \adddot and
+ \addcomma commands you see here are the most
+ effective way of doing this.}
+}
+
+@Letter{jackson:paulina:letter,
+ author = {Jackson, Paulina},
+ title = {Paulina Jackson to John Pepys Junior},
+ booktitle = {The Letters of Samuel Pepys and His Family Circle},
+ origdate = {1676-10-03},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ year = 1955,
+ editor = {Heath, Helen Truesdell},
+ shorttitle = {to John Pepys Junior},
+ pages = {\bibstring{number} 42},
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annote = {An individual letter from a published collection,
+ hence the \textsf{Letter} entry, designed
+ specifically for this sort of reference. The
+ \textsf{title} field should always look like this,
+ and the \textsf{author} won't be printed in notes,
+ as this field already specifies it. The
+ \textsf{shorttitle's} form is specific to this entry
+ type, eventually printing the \textsf{author's}
+ surname followed by the contents of this field,
+ which again is specified for this type of reference.
+ The \textsf{origdate} field holds the date of the
+ original letter, while the \textsf{year} (or
+ \textsf{date}) holds the date of the publication of
+ the collection as a whole. The \textsf{pages} field
+ in this example holds not the page, but the number
+ in the collection -- notice the \cmd{bibstring} --
+ while the \textsf{booktitle} is the title of that
+ published collection. If you refer to more than one
+ letter from such a collection, then only the name of
+ the collection need appear in the bibliography.}
+}
+
+@Book{james:ambassadors,
+ title = {The Ambassadors},
+ year = 1996,
+ origdate = 1909,
+ author = {James, Henry},
+ publisher = {Project Gutenberg},
+ url = {ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext96/ambas10.txt},
+ annote = {This cites an online edition of a book which, not
+ being inherently an online text, uses a
+ \textsf{Book} entry. The \textsf{origdate} field is
+ the date of the print publication of the text that
+ is now online.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{keating:dearborn,
+ author = {Keating, William~H.},
+ title = {Fort Dearborn and Chicago},
+ crossref = {prairie:state},
+ pages = {84--87},
+ annote = {Second of the \textsf{InCollection} pieces from the
+ same \textsf{Collection}, the latter identified
+ using the \textsf{crossref} field. Even in the
+ first, long note, the data for the whole collection
+ will be presented in abbreviated form, since
+ \cmslink{ellet:galena} (which see) has already been
+ cited.}
+}
+
+@Article{kern,
+ author = {Kern, W.},
+ title = {Waar verzamelde Pigafetta zijn Maleise woorden?},
+ usere = {Where did Pigafetta collect his Malaysian words?},
+ journaltitle = {Tijdschrift voor Indische taal-, land- en volkenkunde},
+ year = 1938,
+ volume = 78,
+ pages = {271--273},
+ shorttitle = {Pigafetta},
+ annote = {An Article with a Dutch title that may need
+ translating for a significant portion of your
+ readership. You give the translation in the usere
+ field, using sentence-style capitalization. }
+}
+
+@Article{kimluu:diethyl,
+ author = {Kim Luu, Diane-Dinh},
+ title = {Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the
+ \mkbibquote{Morning After} Pill},
+ journaltitle = {Lost in Thought: Undergraduate Research Journal},
+ year = 1999,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = {65--70},
+ location = {Indiana University South Bend},
+ annote = {Another Article from a journaltitle that may need
+ further specification for your readership, hence the
+ use of the location field. Note also the quoted
+ phrase inside the title.}
+}
+
+@Review{kozinn:review,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ date = {2000-04-21},
+ author = {Kozinn, Allan},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} concert performance
+ \bibstring{by} Timothy Fain (violin) \bibstring{and}
+ Steven Beck (piano), 92nd Street Y, New York},
+ pages = {Weekend section},
+ shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} Fain \bibstring{and} Beck
+ concert},
+ annote = {A typical Review entry from a newspaper, with
+ "magazine" in entrysubtype. Note the use of the
+ bibstrings in title and shorttitle, which help but
+ do not complete the internationalization of the
+ entry. Beginning the fields without bibstrings and
+ with lower-case letters in a chosen language
+ (e.g. "review of") is possibly a better
+ alternative. Note also the pages field, which gives
+ a more general reference than page number, as
+ sometimes the latter might change between editions.}
+}
+
+@Book{lach:asia,
+ title = {The Scholarly Disciplines},
+ maintitle = {Asia in the Making of Europe},
+ year = 1977,
+ volume = {2},
+ part = {3},
+ author = {Lach, Donald},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A Book with a maintitle, its logical volumes
+ published in several physical parts, hence both a
+ volume and part number. Cf. harley:cartography.}
+}
+
+@Article{lakeforester:pushcarts,
+ journaltitle = {Lake Forester},
+ date = {2000-03-23},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ title = {Pushcarts Evolve to Trendy Kiosks},
+ location = {Lake Forest, IL},
+ shorttitle = {Pushcarts Evolve},
+ annote = {An \textsf{Article} entry from a newspaper. As the
+ source isn't a traditional scholarly one, the entry
+ requires \texttt{magazine} in the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} field. The article doesn't
+ have an \textsf{author}, so the \textsf{title} will
+ be used at the head of the entry in notes and short
+ notes, while the \textsf{journaltitle} appears there
+ in the bibliography. (The \emph{CMS} suggests
+ that such sources needn't appear in the bibliography
+ at all, assuming that the note contains a full
+ enough reference.) The newspaper might not be well
+ known, so the \textsf{location} field helps your
+ readers out in this case. If you are using
+ \textsf{Biber}, a \textsf{sortkey} field isn't
+ necessary to alphabetize by \textsf{journaltitle}
+ rather than by \textsf{title}.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{lecarre:cornwell,
+ author = {Cornwell, David John Moore},
+ title = {Le Carr{\'e}, John},
+ annote = {A CustomC entry providing an alphabetized cross
+ reference to a separate entry in the bibliography.
+ (See next entry.)}
+}
+
+@Book{lecarre:quest,
+ title = {The Quest for Karla},
+ publisher = {Knopf},
+ year = 1982,
+ author = {Le Carr{\'e}, John},
+ userc = {lecarre:cornwell},
+ nameaddon = {David John Moore Cornwell},
+ location = {New York},
+ options = {useprefix=true},
+ annote = {A fairly standard Book entry, with, however, the
+ pseudonym in the author field and the real name in
+ nameaddon. This isn't strictly necessary in this
+ case, as one normally refers to this author by the
+ pseudonym, but if it is of particular interest this
+ is how you would present such information. The
+ userc field points to a CustomC entry providing a
+ cross-reference from the author's real name to his
+ pseudonym, and ensures that this cross-reference
+ will be printed if this parent entry is cited.}
+}
+
+@Artwork{leo:madonna,
+ author = {{Leonardo da Vinci}},
+ shortauthor = {Leonardo},
+ title = {Madonna of the Rocks},
+ type = {oil on canvas},
+ institution = {Louvre},
+ year = {1480s},
+ note = {78 x 48.5 in\adddot},
+ location = {Paris},
+ annote = {This is a typical \textsf{Artwork} entry, with the
+ artist presented in the \textsf{author} field. Note
+ the \textsf{type} field for the medium of the work,
+ and also the fact that it begins with a lowercase
+ letter, allowing \textsf{biblatex} to capitalize it
+ contextually when needed.}
+}
+
+@Book{levistrauss:savage,
+ title = {The Savage Mind},
+ year = 1962,
+ author = {Lévi-Strauss, Claude},
+ publisher = {Weidenfeld \& Nicolson},
+ location = {Chicago: University of Chicago Press; London},
+ annote = {A standard Book entry, showing a kludge in the
+ location field for including two publishers in two
+ different countries. The simplest thing to do in
+ such a situation is to pick the one nearest to you
+ and just use it, but this may be necessary
+ sometimes.}
+}
+
+@Article{lewis,
+ author = {Lewis, Judith},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a Misfortune to Be a Great Ladie}},
+ subtitle = {Maternal Mortality in the British Aristocracy,
+ 1558--1959},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of British Studies},
+ year = 1998,
+ volume = 37,
+ pages = {26--53},
+ shorttitle = {\mkbibquote{'Tis a Misfortune to Be a Great Ladie}},
+ annote = {An Article entry showing a quotation inside a title
+ that will itself take quotation marks in
+ bibliography and notes. (You may need to experiment
+ with some kernings if the cluster of quotation marks
+ at the start is unreadable.) Using \mkbibquote will
+ ensure that all the punctuation comes out right.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{lippincott:chicago,
+ author = {Lippincott, Sarah Clarke},
+ title = {Chicago},
+ crossref = {prairie:state},
+ pages = {362--370},
+ annote = {Third and last of the InCollection entries referring
+ to the same Collection. The first, long note will
+ have abbreviated data for the collection, because
+ other citations of entries in that collection have
+ already occurred. The bibliography entries of all
+ three are also abbreviated. Cf. ellet:galena and
+ keating:dearborn.}
+}
+
+@Video{loc:city,
+ title = {The Life of a City},
+ subtitle = {Early Films of New York, 1898--1906},
+ author = {{Library of Congress}},
+ type = {MPEG},
+ url = {http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ammem/papr/nychome.html},
+ urldate = {2001-08-14},
+ annote = {This Video entry provides the online location of the
+ weed:flatiron film, providing it as an MPEG file for
+ download. It is referenced in the other entry by a
+ related field, so you don't need a skipbib option
+ here, as entries referenced only in such fields are
+ by default never presented separately.}
+}
+
+@Online{loc:leaders,
+ author = {Library of Congress},
+ title = {American Leaders Speak},
+ subtitle = {Recordings from World War I and the 1920 Election,
+ 1918--1920},
+ url = {http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/nfhtml/nforSpeakers01.html},
+ note = {RealAudio and WAV formats},
+ annote = {This Online entry provides the online archive
+ location of the coolidge:speech entry, which
+ references it using a related field. You no longer
+ need skipbib in the options field, as by default
+ entries cited only by the related system won't
+ appear on their own. Cp. loc:city and
+ weed:flatiron.},
+ annote = {It's worth noting that the annotations to this
+ \textsf{related} entry appear \emph{before} those of
+ the parent entry. Here, an \textsf{Online} entry
+ provides the online archive location of the
+ \cmslink{coolidge:speech} entry, which references it
+ using a \textsf{related} field. You no longer need
+ \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field, as
+ by default entries cited only by the
+ \textsf{related} system won't appear on their own.
+ Cp.\ \texttt{loc:city} and \texttt{weed:flatiron}.}
+}
+
+@Article{loften:hamlet,
+ author = {Loften, Peter},
+ title = {Reverberations between Wordplay and Swordplay in
+ \mkbibemph{Hamlet}},
+ journaltitle = {Aeolian Studies},
+ year = 1989,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = {12--29},
+ shorttitle = {Reverberations},
+ annote = {An Article entry with a formatted title within its
+ title.}
+}
+
+@Book{maisonneuve:relations,
+ title = {Les relations publiques},
+ subtitle = {Dans une société en mouvance},
+ year = 1998,
+ author = {Maisonneuve, Danielle and Lamarche, Jean-François and
+ St-Amand, Yves},
+ publisher = {Presses de l'Université de Québec},
+ location = {Sainte-Foy, QC},
+ annote = {Standard Book entry, maintaining French
+ capitalization.}
+}
+
+@Book{mchugh:wake,
+ title = {Annotations to \mkbibquote{Finnegans Wake}},
+ year = 1980,
+ author = {McHugh, Roland},
+ publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press},
+ location = {Baltimore},
+ annote = {A \textsf{Book} with a quoted \textsf{title} inside
+ an italicized one. If you use \cmd{mkbibquote} the
+ package will automatically do the right thing,
+ moving punctuation inside the quotation marks.}
+}
+
+@Article{mcmillen:antebellum,
+ author = {McMillen, Sally~G.},
+ title = {Antebellum Southern Fathers and the Health Care of
+ Children},
+ journaltitle = {Journal of Southern History},
+ year = 1994,
+ volume = 60,
+ number = 3,
+ pages = {513--532},
+ shorttitle = {Antebellum Southern Fathers},
+ annote = {Standard Article entry, with a number as well as a
+ volume.}
+}
+
+@Book{meredith:letters,
+ title = {The Letters of George Meredith},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ year = 1970,
+ author = {Meredith, George},
+ shorttitle = {Letters},
+ editor = {Cline, C.~L.},
+ volumes = 3,
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annote = {A published collection of letters referred to by
+ page rather than by individual letter, hence using a
+ Book entry rather than Letter. You may wish to use
+ the \headlessfullcite command for the first
+ reference, avoiding the repetition of the author's
+ name. Also, you should be aware that, because there
+ are three volumes of letters, the postnote field of
+ any cite command should contain both volume and page
+ references, as in "2:234". The postnote will follow
+ the shorttitle without intervening punctuation, as
+ per the specification.}
+}
+
+@Reference{mla:style,
+ title = {MLA Style Manual and Guide to Scholarly Publishing},
+ options = {useeditor=false},
+ editor = {Gibaldi, Joseph},
+ year = 1998,
+ publisher = {Modern Language Association of America},
+ edition = 2,
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {A Reference entry, which I use here instead of
+ InReference because this work will be cited by
+ section number, rather than by alphabetized entry.
+ Once again, I have allowed this to appear in the
+ bibliography, hence the options field, which
+ prevents biblatex from alphabetizing the entry under
+ Gibaldi instead of MLA.}
+}
+
+@Article{morgenson:market,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ pages = {sec. 3},
+ date = {2000-04-23},
+ author = {Morgenson, Gretchen},
+ title = {Applying a Discount to Good Earnings News},
+ titleaddon = {Market Watch},
+ shorttitle = {Applying a Discount},
+ annote = {An Article entry (entrysubtype "magazine")
+ presenting a regular column in a newspaper, which
+ column also has an individual, specific title. The
+ latter goes in the title field and the former in the
+ titleaddon field. Note also the reference to the
+ section in the pages field.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{morton:creasey,
+ author = {Morton, Anthony},
+ title = {Creasey, John},
+ annote = {This CustomC entry provides a cross-reference from
+ the pseudonym in the author field to the real name
+ in the title field, allowing your readers to find
+ the cited work under the author's real name. The
+ entry for that work, creasey:morton:hide, contains a
+ userc field which refers to this entry, ensuring
+ that this cross-reference will be printed if the
+ main entry itself is cited.}
+}
+
+@Music{mozart:figaro,
+ title = {Le nozze di Figaro},
+ howpublished = {\texttt{\small\textcircledP}},
+ date = {1987},
+ author = {Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus},
+ editor = {{Vienna Philharmonic}},
+ editortype = {none},
+ editora = {Muti, Riccardo},
+ editoratype = {conductor},
+ number = {CDS~7~47978~8},
+ publisher = {EMI Records Ltd.},
+ type = {3 compact discs},
+ note = {with Thomas Allen, Margaret Price, Jorma Hynninen,
+ Ann Murray, Kurt Rydl, and the Konzertvereinigung
+ Wiener Staatsopernchor},
+ annote = {This Music entry shows how a single such entry can
+ work in both the 15th and 16th editions of the notes
+ and bibliography style. Because the 16th edition
+ ignores the howpublished field, if you use it to
+ provide copyright details for the 15th edition it
+ won't get in the way of the 16th. The other fields
+ are the same for both specifications.}
+}
+
+@PhdThesis{murphy:silent,
+ author = {Murphy, Priscilla Coit},
+ title = {What a Book Can Do},
+ subtitle = {\mkbibemph{Silent Spring} and Media-Borne Public Debate},
+ school = {University of North Carolina},
+ year = 2000,
+ annote = {A Thesis entry, using the PhdThesis alias to define
+ the type field. The school field is an alias for
+ biblatex's institution. Note also the formatting of
+ a title within a quoted title.}
+}
+
+@Misc{nasa:db,
+ author = {{NASA/IPAC Extragalactic Database}},
+ title = {object name IRAS F00400+4059},
+ entrysubtype = {defined},
+ url = {http://nedwww.ipac.caltech.edu},
+ urldate = {2009-10-06},
+ annote = {The 16th edition of the Manual provides examples for
+ citing scientific databases (14.272). Its
+ suggestions there don't fit any of the
+ biblatex-chicago (or biblatex) entry types well, but
+ this simple Misc entry at least gives all the
+ relevant information, if not in the appropriate
+ format.}
+}
+
+@Unpublished{nass:address,
+ author = {Nass, Clifford},
+ title = {Why Researchers Treat On-Line Journals Like Real People},
+ note = {keynote address, annual meeting of the Council of
+ Science Editors},
+ location = {San Antonio, TX},
+ date = {2000-05-06/2000-05-09},
+ annote = {An \textsf{Unpublished} entry, presenting an
+ unpublished piece that isn't part of a formal
+ archive. The \textsf{note} field provides the
+ details of what sort of piece it is, and whence it
+ came, and it begins with a lowercase letter, so that
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} can automatically
+ capitalize it when the context demands.}
+}
+
+@Book{natrecoff:camera,
+ title = {The KH-4B Camera System},
+ year = 1967,
+ author = {{National Reconnaissance Office}},
+ publisher = {National Photographic Interpretation Center},
+ addendum = {now declassified and also available online},
+ location = {Washington, DC},
+ url =
+ {http://www.fas.org/spp/military/program/imint/kh-4%20camera%20system.htm},
+ annote = {A technical manual presented in a Book entry. The
+ addendum gives extra details, and there's a url for
+ easier access. Note initial lowercase letter in
+ addendum, and corporate author with extra curly
+ braces.}
+}
+
+@Review{nyt:obittrevor,
+ author = {defined},
+ title = {obituary of Claire Trevor},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ pages = {national edition},
+ date = {2000-04-10},
+ sortkey = {Obituary},
+ annote = {First of two alternative ways to present an obituary
+ in a newspaper, both using the Review entry type
+ (entrysubtype "magazine"), because there is no
+ specific title, only the generic "obituary of"... In
+ this first one, the title heads the entry throughout
+ notes and bibliography, so the author needs to be
+ defined in some way to prevent the journaltitle from
+ appearing there. Then, useauthor=false in the
+ options field means that however you've defined the
+ author it won't appear in the output, leaving the
+ title at the head of the entry. The title begins
+ with a lowercase letter, allowing biblatex to
+ capitalize when needed. Note the pages field, with
+ the edition specified. If you are using Biber in
+ the 16th edition, you'll need a sortkey to
+ alphabetize by title rather than journaltitle.
+ Cf. next entry.}
+}
+
+@Review{nyt:trevorobit,
+ journaltitle = {New York Times},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-04-10},
+ title = {obituary of Claire Trevor},
+ pages = {national edition},
+ sortkey = {New York Times},
+ annote = {The second, standard 16th-edition way to present an
+ obituary in a Review entry (entrysubtype
+ "magazine"). Here, without an author, the
+ journaltitle will head the entry in short notes and
+ bibliography, while the title will head the long
+ note. Once again, the title begins with a lowercase
+ letter. When using Biber with the 16th-edition
+ style the sortkey field is no longer needed to
+ alphabetize by journaltitle.}
+}
+
+@Music{nytrumpet:art,
+ title = {Art of the Trumpet},
+ date = 1982,
+ origdate = {1981-06-01/1981-06-02},
+ author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll
+ (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}},
+ shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}},
+ number = {PVT 7183},
+ series = {Vox/Turnabout},
+ userd = {recorded at the Madeira Festival,},
+ sortkey = {New York Trumpet},
+ type = {compact disc},
+ annote = {16th edition only This entry is a good example of
+ the changes between the 15th and 16th editions of
+ the Manual in Music entries. The title, date,
+ author, shortauthor, number, series, sortkey, and
+ type fields haven't changed. You can, thankfully,
+ eliminate the howpublished field with its copyright
+ specifications, and you can now specify the
+ recording date of the album, which goes in the
+ origdate field. The new userd field acts as a sort
+ of date type field. In this example, the origdate
+ would by default be preceded by the bibstring
+ "recorded," but the userd field allows you to
+ provide your own here.}
+}
+
+@Music{nytrumpet:art:15,
+ title = {Art of the Trumpet},
+ date = 1982,
+ author = {{The New York Trumpet Ensemble, with Edward Carroll
+ (trumpet) and Edward Brewer (organ)}},
+ shortauthor = {{New York Trumpet Ensemble}},
+ number = {PVT 7183},
+ series = {Vox/Turnabout},
+ publisher = {The Moss Music Group},
+ howpublished = {\texttt{\small\textcircledP}\ and
+ \texttt{\small\textcopyright}},
+ sortkey = {New York Trumpet},
+ type = {compact disc},
+ annote = {This can be considered an example of a satisfyingly
+ full Music entry for the 15th edition only,
+ providing nearly all pertinent information, although
+ the composers are missing on what is presumably a
+ compilation CD. The performers take the composers'
+ place in the author field, the series and number
+ field give the label information, and the type field
+ gives the medium. The publisher of the label is
+ also present, along with the date and the
+ howpublished field, presenting, as the Manual
+ suggests, the nature of the copyrights asserted by
+ the publisher. (The pubstate field, only in this
+ entry type, could serve as a synonym for
+ howpublished.)}
+}
+
+@InReference{oed:cdrom,
+ title = {Oxford English Dictionary},
+ publisher = oup,
+ edition = 2,
+ note = {CD-ROM, version 2.0},
+ annote = {An example of a reference work on CD-ROM, presented
+ in an InReference entry.}
+}
+
+@Article{osborne:poison,
+ journaltitle = {Salon},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-03-29},
+ author = {Osborne, Lawrence},
+ title = {Poison Pen},
+ titleaddon = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Collaborator:
+ The Trial and Execution of Robert Brasillach},
+ \bibstring{by} Alice Kaplan},
+ url = {http://www.salon.com/books/it/2000/03/29/kaplan/index.html},
+ urldate = {2001-07-10},
+ annote = {A review from a magazine, but with both specific
+ (title field) and generic (titleaddon field) titles,
+ hence presented in an Article entry, entrysubtype
+ "magazine." Note bibstrings and formatting in the
+ titleaddon. The entry also gives a url to the online
+ version.}
+}
+
+@Book{palmatary:pottery,
+ title = {The Pottery of Marajó Island, Brazil},
+ year = 1950,
+ author = {Palmatary, Helen~C.},
+ series = {Transactions of the American Philosophical Society},
+ number = {\bibstring{newseries}, 39, pt. 3},
+ location = {Philadelphia},
+ annote = {A Book entry, with series and number fields. The
+ name of the series alone goes in that field, with
+ any other information (like the bibstring
+ newseries) going in the number field.}
+}
+
+@Book{pelikan:christian,
+ title = {The Emergence of the Catholic Tradition},
+ year = 1971,
+ maintitle = {The Christian Tradition},
+ mainsubtitle = {A History of the Development of Doctrine},
+ volume = 1,
+ author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A Book entry showing one volume of a multi-volume
+ maintitle.}
+}
+
+@Patent{petroff:impurity,
+ title = {Blocked impurity band detectors},
+ date = {1986-02-04},
+ origdate = {1980-10-23},
+ author = {Petroff, M.~D. and Stapelbroek, M.~G.},
+ number = {4,586,960},
+ type = {patentus},
+ annote = {A Patent entry, with the patent number in the number
+ field, a \bibstring in the type field, the filing
+ date in origdate, and the issue date in date. Note
+ that the \bibstring in the type field is not
+ identified as such -- the formatting macros, in this
+ instance, detect that it is a \bibstring and treat
+ it accordingly. This functionality isn't widespread,
+ so you shouldn't always count on it being present
+ elsewhere. Note also the sentence-style
+ capitalization in the title, which is newly
+ recommended in the 16th edition.}
+}
+
+@InBook{phibbs:diary,
+ author = {Phibbs, Brendan},
+ title = {Herrlisheim},
+ subtitle = {Diary of a Battle},
+ booktitle = {The Other Side of Time},
+ booksubtitle = {A Combat Surgeon in World War II\@},
+ pages = {117--163},
+ publisher = {Little, Brown},
+ year = 1987,
+ address = {Boston},
+ annote = {A named part of a larger book, hence we use the
+ InBook entry type. You can provide either a page
+ range in a pages field or a chapter number in a
+ chapter field.}
+}
+
+@Book{pirumova,
+ author = {Pirumova, N.~M.},
+ title = {The Zemstvo Liberal Movement},
+ subtitle = {Its Social Roots and Evolution to the Beginning of
+ the Twentieth Century},
+ publisher = {Izdatel'stvo \mkbibquote{Nauka}},
+ year = 1977,
+ language = {russian},
+ location = {Moscow},
+ annote = {A Book entry presenting a Russian work, but giving
+ the English translation of the title rather than the
+ original, making it easier for a readership assumed
+ to be without Russian to parse. In such a case, the
+ language of the original goes in the language
+ field. Also note the quotation marks around part of
+ the publisher's name, with biblatex providing the
+ punctuation.}
+}
+
+@BookInBook{plato:republic:gr,
+ title = {Republic},
+ entrysubtype = {classical},
+ year = 1902,
+ volume = 4,
+ author = {Plato},
+ editor = {Burnet, J.},
+ booktitle = {Clitophon, Republic, Timaeus, Critias},
+ maintitle = {Opera},
+ publisher = {Clarendon Press},
+ series = {Oxford Classical Texts},
+ pages = {327--621},
+ location = {Oxford},
+ annote = {A work from antiquity, which will be cited by the
+ traditional divisions of Stephanus' edition, and
+ which therefore requires the \texttt{classical}
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}. The \textsf{title} of such a
+ work being italicized, it needs a
+ \textsf{BookInBook} entry, and it has all three
+ sorts of title, plus a \textsf{series} to boot.}
+}
+
+@SuppBook{polakow:afterw,
+ author = {Polakow, Valerie},
+ title = {Lives on the Edge},
+ subtitle = {Single Mothers and Their Children in the Other
+ America},
+ pages = {175--184},
+ afterword = {yes},
+ year = 1993,
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {The \textsf{SuppBook} entry type is rather like the
+ \textsf{Review} type, in that it covers texts with
+ generic titles instead of specific ones, only the
+ text, as here, is contained not in a journal but in
+ a \textsf{Book}. In its current state, the
+ \textsf{SuppBook} type in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+ is a little anomolous with respect to general
+ \textsf{biblatex} usage. This will evolve in future
+ releases, but for now, in order to cite, for
+ example, an afterword written by the main author of
+ the book, you need only put something in the
+ \textsf{afterword} field (and not define a
+ \textsf{foreword} or \textsf{introduction} field) to
+ make the otherwise \textsf{Book}-like reference
+ work. The 16th edition of the \emph{CMS}
+ requires, for the entry in the bibliography, a
+ \textsf{pages} range for the part being cited.}
+}
+
+@Online{pollan:plant,
+ author = {Pollan, Michael},
+ title = {Michael Pollan Gives a Plant's-Eye View},
+ organization = {TED video, 17:31},
+ titleaddon = {filmed March 2007},
+ url = {http://www.ted.com/index.php/talks/michael_pollan_gives_a_plant_s_eye_view.html},
+ urldate = {2008-02},
+ userd = {posted},
+ annote = {An online video, presented in an \textsf{Online}
+ entry. Note the \textsf{userd} field to modify the
+ string printed before the \textsf{urldate}, and also
+ the \textsf{titleaddon} in place of a \textsf{date}
+ field, in case you want that information in closer
+ association with the \textsf{title}.
+ Cf. \texttt{harwood:biden},
+ \texttt{horowitz:youtube}.}
+}
+
+@Online{powell:email,
+ author = {Powell, John},
+ date = {1998-04-23},
+ titleaddon = {e-mail to Grapevine mailing list},
+ url = {http://www.electriceditors.net/grapevine/issues/83.txt},
+ shorttitle = {\autocap{e}-mail to Grapevine mailing list},
+ annote = {An \textsf{Online} entry without a specific title,
+ hence with no \textsf{title} field, only a
+ \textsf{titleaddon}. Note the initial lowercase
+ letter in the \textsf{titleaddon}, and the
+ \cmd{autocap} macro in the \textsf{shorttitle},
+ because the \textsf{Online} type doesn't automate
+ capitalization in \textsf{title} or
+ \textsf{shorttitle}, while it does in
+ \textsf{titleaddon}. Note also the absence of any
+ \textsf{organization} or owner of the site as
+ whole.}
+}
+
+@Collection{prairie:state,
+ booktitle = {Prairie State},
+ title = {Prairie State},
+ booksubtitle = {Impressions of Illinois, 1673--1967, by Travelers
+ and Other Observers},
+ subtitle = {Impressions of Illinois, 1673--1967, by Travelers
+ and Other Observers},
+ year = 1968,
+ editor = {Angle, Paul~M.},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A \textsf{Collection} entry, the one that has been
+ cross-referenced by two other entries in this
+ bibliography. Note the \textsf{editor} instead of
+ an \textsf{author} in this entry type. If more than
+ one child cross-references the parent, the parent
+ will be printed in the bibliography even if not
+ independently cited, though I have cited it here to
+ illustrate that, as far as \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+ is concerned, this work has already been cited (by
+ the two previous notes), thus producing a short
+ note.}
+}
+
+@SuppBook{prose:intro,
+ author = {Prose, Francine},
+ bookauthor = {Wallraff, Barbara},
+ title = {Word Court},
+ subtitle = {Wherein Verbal Virtue is Rewarded, Crimes against
+ the Language Are Punished, and Poetic Justice Is
+ Done},
+ year = 2000,
+ pages = {xvii--xxxviii},
+ type = {introduction to},
+ location = {New York},
+ publisher = {Harcourt},
+ annote = {A SuppBook entry where an author provides an
+ introduction to someone else's book. That someone
+ else goes in bookauthor. Instead of the mechanism
+ using a defined introduction field, here I use the
+ alternative of putting the type of supplemental
+ material in the type field, with the appropriate
+ preposition, and starting with a lowercase
+ letter. Note that this method isn't portable across
+ languages, but it may help you to identify the less
+ common types of supplements. The 16th edition
+ requires, for the entry in the list of references, a
+ page range for the part being cited.}
+}
+
+@Review{ratliff:review,
+ author = {Ratliff, Ben},
+ title = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of
+ Samba: Popular Music and National Identity in
+ Brazil}, \bibstring{by} Hermano Vianna,
+ \parteditandtrans John Charles Chasteen},
+ journaltitle = {Lingua Franca},
+ date = {1999-04},
+ volume = 9,
+ pages = {B13--B14},
+ shorttitle = {\bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{The Mystery of
+ Samba}},
+ annote = {The \textsf{Review} entry type functions much like
+ the \textsf{Article} type, but is designed to
+ present articles which have only a generic title
+ rather than a specific one, like the book review
+ cited by this entry. Note, first, the
+ \cmd{bibstrings} in the \textsf{title} and
+ \textsf{shorttitle} --- using them isn't strictly
+ necessary, and you could also just write them out,
+ taking care to start each field with a lowercase
+ letter to allow for contextual capitalization. (The
+ \cmd{bibstrings} make the entry portable
+ \vadjust{\eject}across languages.) Note, second,
+ the formatting in both fields of the title of the
+ book reviewed. Most especially note the use of
+ \cmd{parteditandtrans}, which is necessary here to
+ allow the editor and translator of the reviewed book
+ to be identified by the correct (different) strings
+ in notes and bibliography.}
+}
+
+@Article{reaves:rosen,
+ journaltitle = {Time},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ author = {Reaves, Jessica},
+ date = {2001-03-14},
+ title = {A Weighty Issue},
+ subtitle = {Ever-Fatter Kids},
+ titleaddon = {interview with James Rosen},
+ url = {http://www.time.com/time/nation/article/0,8599,102443,00.html},
+ annote = {A magazine interview with its own, specific title,
+ therefore requiring an Article entry with "magazine"
+ entrysubtype. The generic title goes in titleaddon,
+ with a lowercase letter at the start. The author of
+ this article is different from the interviewee,
+ which suggests a certain flexibility in the Manual's
+ requirements for such things. The url field gives
+ the online location.}
+}
+
+@Book{rodman:walk,
+ title = {Walk on the Wild Side},
+ publisher = {Delacorte Press},
+ year = 1997,
+ author = {Rodman, Dennis},
+ note = {with Michael Silver},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {A Book entry with a named ghostwriter, given in the
+ note field.}
+}
+
+@Misc{roosevelt:speech,
+ author = {Roosevelt, Eleanor},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{Is America Facing World Leadership?}},
+ entrysubtype = {speech},
+ note = {radio broadcast, Windows Media Audio, 47:46},
+ titleaddon = {convocation speech, Ball State Teacher's College},
+ url = {http://libx.bsu.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/ElRoos&CISOPTR=0&CISOBOX=1&REC=2},
+ date = {1959-05-06},
+ annote = {Another speech from an online archive, presented in
+ a Misc entry with an entrysubtype, as it's somewhat
+ like an unpublished letter. Note the formatting of
+ the title. Cp. coolidge:speech, which uses the
+ Online entry type -- it's primarily a question of
+ the placement of the date, either before or after
+ the note field.}
+}
+
+@MastersThesis{ross:thesis,
+ author = {Ross, Dorothy},
+ title = {The Irish-Catholic Immigrant, 1880--1900},
+ subtitle = {A Study in Social Mobility},
+ school = {Columbia University},
+ year = {\bibstring{nodate}},
+ annote = {A \textsf{Thesis} entry with its type automatically
+ set by using the alias \textsf{MastersThesis}. The
+ \texttt{nodate} \cmd{bibstring} (which gives
+ \enquote{n.d.} in English) may be used in almost any
+ entry type if you can't find a date.}
+}
+
+@Article{rozner:liberation,
+ journaltitle = {Voprosy istorii},
+ year = 1979,
+ author = {Rozner, I.~G.},
+ title = {The War of Liberation of the Ukrainian People in
+ 1648--1654 and Russia},
+ number = 4,
+ language = {russian},
+ pages = {51--64},
+ shorttitle = {War of Liberation},
+ annote = {This is a Russian journal and while its journaltitle
+ is in transliterated Russian, its title is
+ translated into English, hence the original language
+ provided in the language field.}
+}
+
+@Music{rubinstein:chopin,
+ title = {The Chopin Collection},
+ date = 1991,
+ author = {Rubinstein, Artur},
+ publisher = {RCA Victor/BMG},
+ number = {60822-2-RG},
+ type = {11 compact discs},
+ origdate = {1946/1967},
+ annote = {16th edition only. A Music entry giving the
+ original recording dates of a later compilation.
+ Cf. floyd:atom.}
+}
+
+@Article{saberhagen:beluga,
+ author = {Saberhagen, Kelvin},
+ title = {Lake Superior Beluga?},
+ journaltitle = {Sturgeon Review},
+ date = 1928,
+ issue = {Winter},
+ pages = {21--45},
+ annote = {This is an Article entry with no volume or number,
+ so the date becomes the indispensable identifying
+ detail. When printed, it will look rather like an
+ Article with "magazine" entrysubtype, but the
+ package provides this formatting with no manual
+ intervention from the user.}
+}
+
+@Book{schellinger:novel,
+ title = {Encyclopedia of the Novel},
+ publisher = {Fitzroy Dearborn},
+ year = 1998,
+ editor = {Schellinger, Paul and Hudson, Christopher and
+ Rijsberman, Marijk},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {As this isn't one of the universally-known reference
+ works, its entry will have (in the absence of an
+ author) the editors at its head, hence the choice of
+ Book rather than Reference.}
+}
+
+@Audio{schubert:muellerin,
+ title = {Das Wandern (Wandering)},
+ date = 1895,
+ shorttitle = {Das Wandern},
+ booktitle = {Die sch\"one M\"ullerin (The Maid of the Mill)},
+ maintitle = {First Vocal Album},
+ maintitleaddon = {(for high voice)},
+ options = {ctitleaddon=space},
+ author = {Schubert, Franz},
+ publisher = {G.~Schirmer},
+ address = {New York},
+ annote = {An Audio entry presenting a published musical score.
+ Note the presence of all three sorts of title, and
+ the "reverse italics" in the maintitle.},
+ annote = {The \textsf{Audio} entry type is the most
+ \enquote{book-like} of the three audio-visual entry
+ types, but does differ in several ways from an
+ ordinary \textsf{book}, and therefore requires a
+ separate type. This is a citation of a published
+ musical score, with the composer in the
+ \textsf{author} field. It cites one song
+ (\textsf{title}) from a cycle (\textsf{booktitle}),
+ while the \textsf{maintitle} in this instance refers
+ to the \textsf{publisher's} collection of the
+ composer's works. The \textsf{options} field
+ changes the punctuation to \cmd{addspace} before the
+ parenthesized \textsf{maintitleaddon}.}
+}
+
+@Book{schweitzer:bach,
+ title = {J. S. Bach},
+ year = 1966,
+ origdate = 1911,
+ author = {Schweitzer, Albert},
+ volumes = {2},
+ origlocation = {London},
+ origpublisher = {Breitkopf \&\ Härtel},
+ translator = {Newman, Ernest},
+ publisher = {Dover},
+ pubstate = {reprint},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {A reprinted Book, hence the string "reprint" in the
+ pubstate field, and the original date of publication
+ in the origdate field. In the 16th edition, the new
+ origlocation and origpublisher fields allow you to
+ present further information about the original
+ edition, if you should so wish.}
+}
+
+@Book{sechzer:women,
+ title = {Women and Mental Health},
+ publisher = {Johns Hopkins University Press},
+ year = 1996,
+ editor = {Sechzer, Jeri A. and Pfaffilin, S.~M. and Denmark,
+ F.~L. and Griffin, A. and Blumenthal, S.~J.},
+ location = {Baltimore},
+ annote = {A Book without an author, but with more than 3
+ editors, hence the "et al." mechanism comes into
+ play in notes, though not in the bibliography.}
+}
+
+@Book{sereny:cries,
+ title = {Cries Unheard},
+ subtitle = {Why Children Kill; The Story of Mary Bell},
+ year = 1999,
+ author = {Sereny, Gitta},
+ publisher = {Metropolitan Books and Henry Holt},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {A Book with two subtitles, the second separated by a
+ semicolon, according to the spec.}
+}
+
+@Article{sewall:letter,
+ author = {Sewall, Jonathan},
+ title = {Letter of Jonathan Sewall},
+ journaltitle = {Proceedings of the Massachusetts Historical Society},
+ date = {1896-01},
+ volume = 10,
+ pages = {412--415},
+ series = 2,
+ annote = {A letter presented as an article in a scholarly
+ journal, hence the Article entry. You can use the
+ \headlessfullcite and/or \headlesscite commands to
+ avoid the awkward repetition of the author's name in
+ notes. Note plain number in series field of an
+ Article entry.}
+}
+
+@Misc{shapey:partita,
+ author = {Shapey, Ralph},
+ title = {\mkbibquote{Partita for Violin and Thirteen Players}},
+ titleaddon = {score},
+ entrysubtype = {music},
+ date = 1966,
+ note = {Special Collections},
+ organization = {Joseph Regenstein Library},
+ institution = {University of Chicago},
+ annote = {An example of an unpublished musical score,
+ presented in a Misc (with entrysubtype) rather than
+ an Audio entry. The title, being more specific than
+ many archival documents, is manually given quotation
+ marks, as may at times be necessary in such
+ entries.}
+}
+
+@Book{silver:gawain,
+ title = {Sir Gawain and the Green Knight},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1974,
+ translator = {Silverstein, Theodore},
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {Here, neither author nor editor are available, so
+ the Book entry will start with the translator.}
+}
+
+@InCollection{sirosh:visualcortex,
+ author = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Bednar, J.~A.},
+ title = {Self-Organization of Orientation Maps, Lateral
+ Connections, and Dynamic Receptive Fields in the
+ Primary Visual Cortex},
+ booktitle = {Lateral Interactions in the Cortex},
+ booksubtitle = {Structure and Function},
+ publisher = {UTCS Neural Networks Research Group},
+ year = 1996,
+ editor = {Sirosh, J. and Miikkulainen, R. and Choe, Y.},
+ url = {http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/nn/web-pubs/htmlbook96/},
+ urldate = {2001-08-27},
+ location = {Austin, TX},
+ shorttitle = {Self-Organization},
+ annote = {Part of a collection with its own title, hence
+ requiring an InCollection entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{soltes:georgia,
+ title = {Georgia},
+ subtitle = {Art and Civilization through the Ages},
+ publisher = {Philip Wilson},
+ year = 1999,
+ editor = {Soltes, Ori Z.},
+ location = {London},
+ annote = {A Book entry without an author, hence with the
+ editor at the head of citations.}
+}
+
+@Misc{spock:interview,
+ author = {Spock, Benjamin},
+ entrysubtype = {letter},
+ title = {interview by Milton J. E. Senn},
+ date = {1974-11-20},
+ note = {interview 67A, transcript},
+ organization = {Senn Oral History Collection},
+ institution = {National Library of Medicine},
+ location = {Bethesda, MD},
+ shorttitle = {interview},
+ annote = {An unpublished interview from an archive, hence
+ requiring the Misc entry type with an
+ entrysubtype. The interview is dated, but is not
+ letter-like, so you put the date in the date field.
+ The interviewee is the author, and the title, with
+ its initial lowercase letter, names the interviewer.
+ This Misc entry has all 4 locating fields in
+ increasing generality: note, organization,
+ institution, and location. The first of these also
+ starts with a lowercase letter, as does the
+ shorttitle.}
+}
+
+@Article{stenger:privacy,
+ journaltitle = {CNN.com},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1999-12-20},
+ author = {Stenger, Richard},
+ title = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device Sparks Privacy Fears},
+ url = {http://www.cnn.com/1999/TECH/ptech/12/20/implant.device/},
+ shorttitle = {Tiny Human-Borne Monitoring Device},
+ annote = {This is an intrinsically-online source, but is
+ structured like a newspaper, so we use the
+ \textsf{Article} entry type and \texttt{magazine}
+ \textsf{entrysubtype}. The \emph{CMS} is specific
+ about this, limiting the range of things you might
+ put into an \textsf{Online} entry.}
+}
+
+@Book{tillich:system,
+ title = {Systematic Theology},
+ year = {1951--63},
+ author = {Tillich, Paul},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ volumes = 3,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A Book entry with 3 volumes published over time.
+ Any postnote fields in citation commands should
+ provide volume and page, like so: "2:157".}
+}
+
+@InReference{times:guide,
+ title = {The Times Guide to English Style and Usage},
+ edition = {\bibstring{revisededition}},
+ lista = {police ranks and postal addresses},
+ keywords = {original},
+ namec = {Austin, Tim},
+ year = 1999,
+ publisher = {Times Books},
+ location = {London},
+ annote = {An InReference entry, citing (lista) two different
+ alphabetized articles in a standard style guide, the
+ names of the two separated by "and." The keywords
+ field prevents the entry appearing in the
+ bibliography, though do note that here quite a bit
+ more information is presented than in the
+ ency:britannica entry above. The edition field
+ contains a bibstring, or you could simply start it
+ with a lowercase letter and give the abbreviation
+ (rev. ed. in English) yourself. The subsequent short
+ note uses a plain postnote field to refer to one of
+ the articles.}
+}
+
+@Audio{twain:audio,
+ title = {The Humor of Mark Twain},
+ author = {Twain, Mark},
+ series = {Commuters' Library},
+ publisher = {Entertainment Software},
+ type = {6 cassettes},
+ address = {Arlington, TX},
+ annote = {An Audio entry presenting an audiobook, which means
+ the publishing information will be presented as it
+ would be in the standard book-like entries. The
+ Manual sometimes presents this sort of material
+ somewhat differently, requiring a Music entry --
+ cf. auden:reading. Here, the type field gives the
+ medium.}
+}
+
+@Review{unsigned:ranke,
+ journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {1828-02},
+ title = {unsigned review of \mkbibemph{Geschichten der
+ romanischen und germanischen Völker}, by {Leopold von
+ Ranke}},
+ shorttitle = {unsigned review of von Ranke},
+ number = {23--24},
+ annote = {A rather unusual Review entry (entrysubtype
+ "magazine"), without an author. In the 16th edition
+ specification we allow the journaltitle to come
+ first in the bibliography (and in short notes),
+ while the title comes first in long notes. When
+ using Biber with the 16th edition, you don't need a
+ sortkey here. Note the formatting of the reviewed
+ title in the title field. The number field provides
+ the consecutive numbers of the magazine in which the
+ review appeared, and the style automatically
+ provides the correct (plural) bibstring.}
+}
+
+@Review{unsigned:ranke:15,
+ journaltitle = {Ergänzungsblätter zur Allgemeinen Literatur-Zeitung},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ sortkey = {Unsigned review},
+ date = {1828-02},
+ author = {defined},
+ title = {unsigned \bibstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{Geschichten
+ der romanischen und germanischen Völker},
+ \bibstring{by} Leopold von Ranke},
+ options = {useauthor=false},
+ number = {23--24},
+ shorttitle = {unsigned \bibstring{reviewof} von Ranke},
+ annote = {A rather unusual Review entry (entrysubtype
+ "magazine"), without an author. For the 15th
+ edition specification, defining the author keeps the
+ journaltitle from appearing first, and the options
+ field prevents this placeholder appearing in the
+ output, leaving the title at the head of the
+ entry. Note the lowercase letters beginning both
+ title and shorttitle. The number field refers to the
+ consecutive numbers of the magazine in which the
+ review appeared, and the style automatically
+ provides the correct (plural) bibstring.}
+}
+
+@Audio{verdi:corsaro,
+ title = {Il corsaro (melodramma tragico \mkbibemph{in three acts})},
+ titleaddon = {libretto by Francesco Maria Piave},
+ date = 1998,
+ author = {Verdi, Giuseppe},
+ shorttitle = {Il corsaro},
+ editor = {Hudson, Elizabeth},
+ number = {\bibstring{jourser} 1, Operas},
+ series = {The Works of Giuseppe Verdi},
+ publisher = {University of Chicago Press; Milan: G.\ Ricordi},
+ volumes = 2,
+ address = {Chicago},
+ annote = {An Audio entry presenting a published operatic
+ score. Note the "reverse italics" in the title, and
+ also the titleaddon, which identifies the
+ librettist. Note also the two publishers, and two
+ places of publication.}
+}
+
+@Book{virginia:plantation,
+ title = {A True and Sincere Declaration of the Purpose and
+ Ends of the Plantation Begun in Virginia, of the
+ Degrees Which It Hath Received, and Means by Which
+ It Hath Been Advanced},
+ shorttitle = {True and Sincere Declaration},
+ year = 1610,
+ sortkey = {True and Sincere},
+ annote = {A Book entry showing how few fields are really
+ necessary for a complete entry. You need the
+ sortkey because of the indefinite article at the
+ start of the title, as it seems preferable to
+ alphabetize it under True rather than A.}
+}
+
+@Review{wallraff:word,
+ journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly},
+ entrysubtype = {magazine},
+ date = {2000-04},
+ author = {Wallraff, Barbara},
+ title = {Word Court},
+ shorttitle = {Word Court, April 2000},
+ annote = {A regular column in a magazine, without an
+ individual title, hence the use of the Review entry
+ type, entrysubtype "magazine." The shorttitle is
+ rather complete here, just in case you refer to
+ another "Word Court" column from another date. An
+ alternative would be to use \printdate in the
+ postnote field of a citation.}
+}
+
+@Article{warr:ellison,
+ author = {Warr, Mark and Ellison, Christopher~G.},
+ title = {Rethinking Social Reactions to Crime},
+ subtitle = {Personal and Altruistic Fear in Family Households},
+ journaltitle = {American Journal of Sociology},
+ date = {2000-11},
+ volume = 106,
+ number = 3,
+ pages = {551--578},
+ url = {http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AJS/journal/issues/v106n3/050125/050125.html},
+ annote = {An Article with an online version.}
+}
+
+@Book{wauchope:ceramics,
+ title = {A Tentative Sequence of Pre-Classic Ceramics in
+ Middle America},
+ year = 1950,
+ author = {Wauchope, Robert},
+ publisher = {Tulane University},
+ series = {Middle American Research Records},
+ number = {\bibstring{volume} 1, \bibstring{number} 14},
+ location = {New Orleans, LA},
+ shorttitle = {Tentative Sequence of Pre-Classic Ceramics},
+ annote = {A Book with a series and number. The name of the
+ series alone goes in series, the rest in number.}
+}
+
+@Video{weed:flatiron,
+ title = {At the Foot of the Flatiron},
+ date = 1903,
+ related = {loc:city},
+ relatedstring = {from},
+ options = {related=true},
+ author = {Weed, A.~E.},
+ publisher = {American Mutoscope {and} Biograph Company},
+ type = {35~mm; 2 min., 19 sec.},
+ annote = {This film from an online archive takes a Video
+ entry. Note the creator of the film in the author
+ field, and the medium w/ running length in the type
+ field. The related field references another (Video)
+ entry, containing information about the online
+ location of the MPEG version of the original 35mm
+ film. The related=true option means that these two
+ entries will be presented together in both notes and
+ bibliography, as suggested by the Manual, 14.280.
+ The relatedstring links the two entries.}
+}
+
+@Book{weresz,
+ author = {Wereszycki, Henryk},
+ title = {Koniec sojuszu trzech cesarzy},
+ usere = {The end of the Three Emperors' League},
+ publisher = {PWN},
+ year = 1977,
+ location = {Warsaw},
+ shorttitle = {The End of the Three Emperors' League},
+ annote = {A Book in Polish, with the title given in Polish
+ (though lacking diacritics) and with a translation
+ provided for us. The translation, in the usere
+ field, is capitalized sentence style.}
+}
+
+@Article{white:callimachus,
+ author = {White, Stephen~A.},
+ title = {Callimachus Battiades (\mkbibemph{Epigr.} 35)},
+ journaltitle = {Classical Philology},
+ volume = 94,
+ date = {1999-04},
+ pages = {168--181},
+ annote = {A standard Article entry with a formatted title
+ quoted in the title field.}
+}
+
+@Letter{white:ross:memo,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ title = {EBW to Harold Ross},
+ titleaddon = {memorandum},
+ keywords = {original},
+ crossref = {white:total},
+ pages = 273,
+ origdate = {1946-05-02},
+ shorthand = {EBWMemo},
+ shorttitle = {to Ross},
+ annote = {This and the next two entries demonstrate how to use
+ cross-references in Letter entries. When more than
+ one letter is cited, the published collection of
+ letters alone will be printed in the bibliography,
+ so we use the keywords field to stop this entry from
+ appearing there. Since Chicago's mechanism for
+ shortened cross-references is by default operative
+ in Letter entries using crossref or xref (as in
+ InBook, InCollection, and InProceedings entries),
+ the first long citation to any letter in the
+ collection will present the parent's full data,
+ whereas subsequent long citations will abbreviate
+ it. Due to changes in the code implementing this,
+ the current entry needs a crossref field rather than
+ an xref. Note the usual Letter form of the title
+ and shorttitle, the letter's date in origdate, and
+ the descriptive term "memorandum" in the titleaddon,
+ with its initial lowercase letter. I've also
+ provided a shorthand field just to give a glimpse of
+ how it looks.}
+}
+
+@Letter{white:russ,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ title = {EBW to B.~Russell},
+ keywords = {original},
+ xref = {white:total},
+ pages = 283,
+ origdate = {1947-07-02},
+ shorttitle = {to Russell},
+ annote = {This is a spurious entry I've just made up to show
+ the cross-referencing mechanism at work in Letter
+ entries. The long note form of this comes after
+ that citing white:ross:memo, so it will be
+ abbreviated by comparison. The usual Letter title,
+ shorttitle, and origdate are present, and the
+ keywords field will keep it from being printed in
+ the bibliography.}
+}
+
+@Book{white:total,
+ title = {Letters of E.~B. White},
+ year = 1976,
+ author = {White, E.~B.},
+ editor = {Guth, Dorothy Lobrano},
+ publisher = {Harper \&\ Row},
+ location = {New York},
+ annote = {The parent entry of the two preceding child entries.
+ Note that it is a Book entry, and will appear in the
+ bibliography if more than one child references it,
+ even though it isn't cited itself. You no longer
+ need the \isdot macro in the shortauthor field to
+ avoid awkward repetition of the author's name in the
+ shortened form of the cross-reference in the second
+ child's long note. If you were to cite this book
+ separately, however, then the \headlesscite commands
+ would be necessary to avoid this repetition.}
+}
+
+@InReference{wikiped:bibtex,
+ title = {Wikipedia},
+ lista = {BibTeX},
+ keywords = {original},
+ url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX},
+ urldate = {2011-09-03},
+ userd = {last modified},
+ annote = {\textsf{InReference} entries are designed to allow
+ you to cite particular articles in an
+ alphabetically-arranged reference work. The
+ \textsf{lista} field holds the name of the article,
+ and for printed works you can use the standard
+ \textsf{postnote} field to make a single .bib entry
+ work for references to several different articles.
+ For an online work, you must have a \textsf{urldate}
+ field, as such sources change rather rapidly, while
+ the \textsf{userd} field allows you to identify
+ which sort of date is at stake. Ordinarily, such an
+ entry need not be printed in the bibliography, only
+ in notes, but here it will appear in both for the
+ sake of example.}
+}
+
+@InBook{will:cohere,
+ author = {Williams, Joseph~M. and Colomb, Gregory~C.},
+ title = {Coherence II\@},
+ booktitle = {Style},
+ booksubtitle = {Toward Clarity and Grace},
+ bookauthor = {Williams, Joseph~M.},
+ pages = {81--95},
+ publisher = uchp,
+ year = 1990,
+ location = {Chicago},
+ annote = {A chapter in a book that has a different authorship
+ from the book as a whole. In such a case, you can
+ use an InBook entry, with the author(s) of the
+ chapter in the author field, and the author(s) of
+ the whole book in the bookauthor field.}
+}
+
+@CustomC{york:creasey,
+ author = {York, Jeremy},
+ title = {Creasey, John}
+}
+
+@Collection{zukowsky:chicago,
+ title = {Chicago Architecture, 1872--1922},
+ subtitle = {Birth of a Metropolis},
+ year = 1987,
+ editor = {Zukowsky, John},
+ publisher = {Prestel-Verlag in association with the Art Institute
+ of Chicago},
+ location = {Munich},
+ annote = {A standard Collection entry, with an editor instead
+ of an author. Note extra information in publisher
+ field.}
+}
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate-trad.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate-trad.bbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8e33676f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate-trad.bbx
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate-trad.bbx}
+
+\RequireBibliographyStyle{chicago-authordate}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate.bbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7032fd8b01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-authordate.bbx
@@ -0,0 +1,4179 @@
+% $Id: chicago-authordate.bbx,v 0.9.1.13 2018/01/11 09:25:52 dfussner Exp $
+
+% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's
+% standard.bbx and from chicago-notes.bbx. It provides the
+% reference list formatting for the Chicago author-date style.
+
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.bbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
+bibliography style]
+
+%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%%
+
+\providetoggle{cms@citejtabb}% Here for Sourcemap declaration
+\providetoggle{cms@bibjtabb}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournalwidth}{\mkbibemph{\textbf{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\newlength{\lositemsep}
+
+\defbibenvironment{bibliography}% New for 0.9a
+ {\list
+ {}
+ {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{shorthands}% biblatex < 2.9
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{shorthand}
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{losnotes}
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\footnotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{losendnotes}
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\enotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}}% Kludges for endnotes
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{shortjournal}%
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}%
+ {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.7\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{sjnotes}%
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}%
+ {\footnotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{sjendnotes}%
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}%
+ {\enotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Only one list
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\skipentry}%
+ {\ifcsdef{\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}}%
+ {\skipentry}%
+ {\savefieldcs{shortjournal}%
+ {\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}}}}}%
+
+% \defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Multiple lists
+% \ifcsdef{cms@shjour}%
+% {\iffieldequals{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}%
+% {\skipentry}%
+% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}}%
+% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}}
+
+\AtBeginBibliography{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@headlessnote}}%
+
+\AtEveryBibitem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}}%
+
+\AtEveryLositem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}}%
+
+\AtEveryBiblistitem{shortjournal}{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\clearlist{location}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\InitializeBibliographyStyle{%
+ \let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}%
+
+%%%% Bibliography-specific bibstrings %%%%
+
+%% Now in *.lbx %%
+
+%%%% Author, Editor, Translator, and Compiler Macros %%%%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%
+ \ifuseprefix
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
+ \ifblank{#3}{}{%
+ \ifcapital
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}%
+ \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
+ \ifblank{#2}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%
+ \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot%
+ \ifblank{#2#3#4}{}{\addcomma}%
+ \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:first-last}[4]{%
+ \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}%
+ \ifblank{#2}{}{\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot\addlowpenspace}%
+ \ifblank{#3}{}{%
+ \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot
+ \ifpunctmark{'}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifuseprefix{\addhighpenspace}{\addlowpenspace}}}%
+ \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
+ \ifblank{#4}{}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}%
+ {\ifnumeral{#4}%
+ {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%
+ {\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}%
+ and
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}%
+ }%
+ {\addcomma}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}%
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/03/01}% For biblatex 3.3
+{\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{%
+ \ifuseprefix
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{%
+ \ifcapital
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}%
+ \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+ \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%
+ \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifdefvoid{#2}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifdefvoid{#3}}%
+ }%
+ {}{\revsdnamepunct}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:given-family}[4]{%
+ \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot\bibnamedelimd}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{%
+ \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot
+ \ifprefchar
+ {}%
+ {\ifuseprefix{\bibnamedelimc}{\bibnamedelimd}}}%
+ \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+ \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}%
+ {\ifnumeral{#4}%
+ {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}%
+ {\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot%
+ \ifboolexpr{% Test needed?
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}%
+ and
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}%
+ }%
+ {\revsdnamepunct}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}}{}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifuseauthor}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@headlessnote}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{author}}%
+ {\ifusenamea%
+ {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}%
+ {\ifuseeditor%
+ {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
+ {\ifusenameb%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifusetranslator%
+ {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
+ {\ifusenamec%
+ {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
+ {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}}}}}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}%
+ {\usebibmacro{justauthor}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{moreauthor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{justauthor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}%
+ {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addspace}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\printnames{author}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{moreauthor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}%
+ {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addspace}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames{author}\bibcloseparen}%
+ {\printnames{author}}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{pickeditor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}%
+ {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{moreeditor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames{editor}%
+ \bibcloseparen\editordelim}%
+ {\printnames{editor}\editordelim}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{editor}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames{editor}%
+ \bibcloseparen\editordelim}%
+ {\printnames{editor}\editordelim}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{namea}%
+ \bibcloseparen\nameadelim}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{parteditor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{namea}%
+ \bibcloseparen\nameadelim}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{picktranslator}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}%
+ {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{moretranslator}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{translator}\OR\NOT\ifusetranslator}%
+ {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{translator}%
+ \bibcloseparen\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{transstrg}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{parttranslator}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}%
+ {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{nameb}%
+ \bibcloseparen\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{nameb}\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{compiler}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namec}\OR\NOT\ifusenamec}%
+ {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printnames[sortname]{namec}%
+ \bibcloseparen\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}
+
+\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% Needed in 0.9
+\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}
+\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}
+
+%%%% Drivers for Bibliography entries and Shorthands %%%%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthand}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@los}%
+ {\ifnameundef{labelname}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:label}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
+ \finentry}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}%
+ {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \finentry}%
+ {\ifnameundef{labelname}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
+ \newcunit}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+ \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
+ \finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{% biblatex < 2.9
+ \iftoggle{cms@los}%
+ {\ifnameundef{labelname}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:label}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
+ \finentry}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}%
+ {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \finentry}%
+ {\ifnameundef{labelname}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
+ \newcunit}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
+ \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
+ \finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shortjournal}{%
+ \iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
+ {\printtext[journaltitle]{%
+ \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
+ \finentry}%
+
+\DeclareStyleSourcemap{
+ \maps[datatype=bibtex]{
+ \map{
+ \pertype{periodical}
+ \step[fieldsource=shorttitle, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \step[fieldsource=pubstate, match={forthcoming}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=year, origfieldval, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=year, match=\regexp{(forthcoming)},
+ replace=\regexp{\\bibstring\{$1\}}]%$
+ \step[fieldset=pubstate, null]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{article}
+ \pertype{periodical}
+ \pertype{review}
+ \pertype{suppperiodical}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match={newspaper},
+ replace={magazine}]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \pertype{legal}
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \step[fieldsource=shortjournal, match=\regexp{[^\\adddot][a-z]}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, fieldvalue=\addnbspace, append]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{Const}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=entrysubtype, fieldvalue=constitution]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{canada}, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=bookpagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ \step[fieldsource=pagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=subtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=title,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=title, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=booksubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=booktitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=booktitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=issuesubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=issuetitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=issuetitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=journalsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=mainsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=maintitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=maintitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ }
+}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}{\usebibmacro{mag+news+title}\newunit}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}{}{\usebibmacro{mag+news+title}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
+ \usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{artwork}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{audio}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{title}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{title}}%
+ }%
+ {}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newunit% unit, not cunit?
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}% Reversed with bibreprint 16th ed. (?)
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%\printorigdate%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isan}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{ismn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@bookpages}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{pages}}%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{bookinbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{customc}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{image}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% 16th ed. added * (?)
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% Moved here.
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{reference+title}%{italtitle+stitle}
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
+ \newcunit\newblock% \setunit{\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{% 16th ed.
+ \bibstring{by}%
+ \addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{square}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{round}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origpublisher}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origlocation}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{legal}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[hansardser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}% FIXME?
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{usera}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{usera}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{letter+date}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock%\bibsentence
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@crossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author+org}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{edition}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\newcunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{music}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{title}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{title}}%
+ }%
+ {}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}%\printeventdate
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\newunit}% Fix customc?
+ {\newcunit}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newunit% unit, not cunit?
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+origdate}%\printtext[eventdate]{\printeventdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}% 16th ed -- origdate instead, as above?
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{iswc}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvbook}{book}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{collection}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{proceedings}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{reference}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printlist{organization}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{urlyear}\AND\iffieldundef{urlmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\printfield{doi}}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{eprint}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author+holder}% + holder?
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \iflistundef{location}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\bibstring{patentfiled}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printdate%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{and}%
+ \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace%
+ \printorigdate}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printdate}}%
+ {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printorigdate%\usebibmacro{date}%
+ \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
+ \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@origpublished}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[title]{% magazine subtype
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \clearlist{location}%
+ \clearfield{title}%
+ \clearfield{subtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@origpublished}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[title]{% magazine subtype
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \clearlist{location}%
+ \clearfield{title}%
+ \clearfield{subtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
+ \usebibmacro{periodical+issue+year+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibprexref}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{reference}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{reference+title}%{italtitle+stitle}
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \newunit
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{inst+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isrn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{review}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+news+author}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
+ \newunit}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}% 16th ed.
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{suppbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{%
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \clearname{bookauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{%
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppcollection}{suppbook}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppperiodical}{review}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \usebibmacro{type+inst+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit%usebibmacro{byauthorpunct}% Why does this work? No idea.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}% Same in thesis type, as well. 16th ed.
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% Fix bug ???
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\ctitleaddonpunct}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{venue}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iffieldundef{eventmonth}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\printeventdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{video}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{%
+ \usebibmacro{video+title}% Simplifies trad style
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes
+ {\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}}%\setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%\usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifundef\bbx@lasthash{}{%
+ \usebibmacro{video+title}% Simplifies trad style
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes
+ {\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}}%\setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%\usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newunit% unit, not cunit?
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isan}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+
+%%%% Other Formatting Macros %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bib+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ not togl {cms@url}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ \iffieldundef{addendum}%
+ {\newunit\newblock}%
+ {\newcunit\newblock}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@doi}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@eprint}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{eprint}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}%
+ {}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{url}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{url}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{shorthand:author}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@los}%
+ }%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@authorparens}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@authorparens}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@authorparens}%
+ \printfield{shorthand}\addspace}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{shorthand:label}{% Test this
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}}% Simplifies .bib creation
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ )
+ and
+ togl {cms@avdate}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{av+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}%
+ {\usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{standard+labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}% or new declaration ???
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{misc}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{reference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@nodates}}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{nodate}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{urlyear}{urlendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}\clearfield{urlendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{origendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{eventyear}{eventendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}\clearfield{eventendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
+ {\clearfield{year}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{year}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{month}%
+ {\clearfield{year}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}%
+ {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{endyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{misc}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{reference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@nodates}}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{nodate}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{urlyear}{urlendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}\clearfield{urlendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{eventyear}{eventendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}\clearfield{eventendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{endyear}%
+ {\clearfield{year}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{year}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{month}%
+ {\clearfield{year}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}%
+ {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{endyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
+ {\clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{av+labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{misc}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{reference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@nodates}}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{nodate}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{urlyear}{urlendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{urlyear}\clearfield{urlendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{endyear}%
+ {\clearfield{year}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{year}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{month}%
+ {\clearfield{year}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}%
+ {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{endyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{origendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% DATE FIX
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
+ \clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventmonth}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{eventyear}{eventendyear}%
+ {\clearfield{eventyear}\clearfield{eventendyear}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{origyear+endyear}{%
+ \printfield{origyear}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origendyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}}% Same fix as in .lbx
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash\csuse{mkbibdatelong}{origendyear}{}{}}}}% ???
+
+% \printfield{origendyear}}}} Peculiar bug with this after \bibnamedash
+
+\newbibmacro*{year+endyear}{%
+ \printfield{year}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{endyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}}% Same fix as in .lbx
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash\printfield{endyear}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{% Attempt to solve date-related problems
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}%
+ {\iffieldint{year}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for date ranges - video type, esp.
+ test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsbibyear}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@origlabel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{origyear+labelyear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelnew}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bothyear+oldstyle}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelold}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bothyear+oldstyle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}}}%
+ \ifcsdef{@cms@tempdate}%
+ {\toggletrue{\@cms@tempdate}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{origyear+labelyear}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ )
+ and
+ togl {cms@avdate}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{av+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% ???
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
+ \usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}%
+ {\usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}%
+ \clearfield{origyear}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bothyear+oldstyle}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ )
+ and
+ togl {cms@avdate}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{av+labelyear+extrayear}}% \clearfield local to \printtext
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \bibopenparen%
+ \usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}%
+ \bibcloseparen%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}}%
+ \clearfield{year}%
+ \clearfield{origyear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
+ \usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% ???
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \bibopenparen%
+ \usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}%
+ \bibcloseparen%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{year+endyear}}}}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \bibopenparen%
+ \usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}%
+ \bibcloseparen%
+ \clearfield{extradate}\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}%
+ \clearfield{origyear}%
+ \clearfield{year}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{pubstate}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}% Fix for consistency???
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}%
+ \printdate}}}% Need \addperiod & \nopunct ??
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}%
+ \printorigdate}}}}% Need \addperiod & \nopunct ??
+ {\printfield{pubstate}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{choosepubstring}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{video}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{music}}%
+ {\bibstring{origreleaseyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{origpubyear}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bibreprint}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\bibstring{reprint}\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\bibstring{reprint}\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ {}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+pages}{% Volume fix (modified)
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@vol}%
+ }%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\printfield{pages}%
+ \newunit%
+ \printfield{volumes}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\printfield{volume}}% Still print this w/o part or pages???
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}%
+ \AND\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}%
+ {\printfield[default]{volume}%
+ \postvolpunct%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@hidevolumes}%
+ and
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\printfield{pages}%
+ \newunit%
+ \printfield{volumes}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bibprexref}{% For back references
+ \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\savelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bibpostxref}{% Volume fix
+ \iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{part}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalcs{volume}{cbx@incollvol}}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{part}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalcs{volume}{cbx@incollvol}}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ }%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}%
+ \AND\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}%
+ \postvolpunct%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{chapter}}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@xrefurl}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpgref}% Here we print and clear the child's
+ {\restorelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}% backrefs
+ \newunit%
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpgref\undefined}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+or+volumes}{% Volume fix (modified)
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\printfield{volumes}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@hidevolumes}%
+ and
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{volumes}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}% Test ???
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% Volume-less treatment?
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{btitle+bstitle}{% InIn fix from N&B
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{video}}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{booktitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[booksubtitle]{booksubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{booktitleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}\)\OR%
+ \(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND\NOT\ifentrytype{bookinbook}\)}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% Volume-less treatment?
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@vol}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cjournal+ser+vol+num}{% Moved to bbx
+ \usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{series}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit
+ \printfield[jourser]{series}%
+ \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}?
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield[journum]{number}%
+ \clearfield{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}}%
+ {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[journum]{number}%
+ \clearfield{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% need * here?
+ \printfield{eid}%
+ \newunit}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{journal+issue+year+pages}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ not togl {cms@numbermonth}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{blx@dateformat@date}{year}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearfield{month}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}%
+ \AND\iffieldundef{number}\AND\iffieldundef{year}}% Test year for
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\NOT% related entries??
+ \iffieldundef{volume}}% Removed kludge for French colon spacing?
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}% This may not be universally correct.
+ {\printtext[parens]{% Perhaps if it's wrong use magazine subtype?
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}%
+ \printfield{number}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
+ \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{periodical+issue+year+pages}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ not togl {cms@numbermonth}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{blx@dateformat@date}{year}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearfield{month}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}%
+ \AND\iffieldundef{number}\AND\iffieldundef{year}}% See prev. macro
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}}% Removed kludge for French ???
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}%
+ \printfield{number}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
+ \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bycompiler}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{bycompiler}\addspace
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editor}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditorx}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editora}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditora]{editora}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorb}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorc}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditor+others}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND
+ \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR
+ \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}%
+ {\def\@tempa{byeditor}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \clearname{editor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{byeditor}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{translator}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{bytranslator}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\space
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bycompiler+others}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bycompiler+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{bycompiler}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\space
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}%
+ \clearname{namec}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \usebibmacro{byothers}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{byothers}{% Changed for 0.9
+ \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{bycompiler}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+% \usebibmacro{byredactor}%
+% \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withcommentator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withannotator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withintroduction}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withforeword}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withafterword}}%
+
+%%%% Related functionality from standard.bbx %%%%
+
+\newcounter{bbx:relatedcount}
+\newcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}
+
+\newbibmacro*{related:init}{%
+ \csundef{bbx:relatedloop}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{begrelated}{\ifcsdef{bbx@lasthash}%
+ {\let\cms@related@hash\bbx@lasthash}{}}%
+\newbibmacro*{endrelated}{\ifcsdef{cms@related@hash}%
+ {\global\let\bbx@lasthash\cms@related@hash%
+ \let\cms@related@hash\undefined}{}}%
+\newbibmacro*{begrelatedloop}{}
+\newbibmacro*{endrelatedloop}{}
+
+\def\ifrelatedloop{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{entrykey}}{bbx:relatedloop}}%
+ or test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}{bbx:relatedloop}} }}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{related}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ test {\iffieldundef{related}} or test {\ifrelatedloop} }%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
+ \def\bbx@tempa{}%
+ \setcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}{0}%
+ \def\do##1{%
+ \entrydata{##1}{%
+ \ifrelatedloop
+ {}%
+ {\stepcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}%
+ \gappto{\bbx@tempa}{##1,}}}}%
+ \docsvfield{related}%
+ \restorefield{related}{\bbx@tempa}%
+ \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{0}%
+ {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{entrykey}}%
+ \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}%
+ {}%
+ {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}}%
+ \setcounter{bbx:relatedcount}{0}%
+ \def\do{%
+ \stepcounter{bbx:relatedcount}%
+ \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedcount}}{1}%
+ {\printtext{\relateddelim}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifbibmacroundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
+ {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro{related:default}}}%
+ {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro*{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}}%
+ \iffieldformatundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempa{related}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempa{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}%
+ \iffieldformatundef{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:default}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}}%
+ \printtext[\bbx@tempa]{%
+ \usebibmacro{begrelatedloop}%
+ \iffieldundef{relatedstring}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{1}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{%
+ \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}}%
+ {\iffieldbibstring{relatedtype}%
+ {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{%
+ \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}}}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}%
+ {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{%
+ \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedstring}}}}%
+ {\printfield[\bbx@tempb]{relatedstring}}}%
+ \docsvfield{related}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelatedloop}}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}}}%
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-notes.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-notes.bbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b132de4700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/bbx/chicago-notes.bbx
@@ -0,0 +1,2932 @@
+% $Id: chicago-notes.bbx,v 0.10.1.14 2018/01/11 09:17:35 dfussner Exp $
+% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's standard.bbx
+% It provides the bibliography formatting for the Chicago notes +
+% bibliography style.
+
+
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.bbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex bibliography style]
+
+%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%%
+
+\providetoggle{cms@citejtabb}% Here for Sourcemap declaration
+\providetoggle{cms@bibjtabb}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournalwidth}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\textbf{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\textbf{#1}}\isdot}}%
+
+\newlength{\lositemsep}
+
+\defbibenvironment{bibliography}% New for 0.9a
+ {\list
+ {}
+ {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{shorthand}%
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{shorthands}% For biblatex < 2.9
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{losnotes}
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\footnotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{losendnotes}
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
+ {\enotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}}% Kludges for endnotes
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{shortjournal}%
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}%
+ {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.7\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{sjnotes}%
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}%
+ {\footnotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibenvironment{sjendnotes}%
+ {\list
+ {\printfield[shortjournalwidth]{shortjournal}}%
+ {\enotesize%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}%
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
+ \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
+ \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
+ {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}}
+ {\item}
+
+\defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Only one list
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{shortjournal}\OR%
+ \iffieldsequal{journaltitle}{shortjournal}\OR%
+ \(\iffieldundef{journaltitle}\AND\(\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\)\)}%
+ {\skipentry}%
+ {\ifcsdef{\strfield{shortjournal}}%
+ {\skipentry}%
+ {\savefieldcs{shortjournal}%
+ {\strfield{shortjournal}}}}}%
+
+% \defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Multiple lists
+% \ifcsdef{cms@shjour}%
+% {\iffieldequals{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}%
+% {\skipentry}%
+% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}}%
+% {\savefield{shortjournal}{\cms@shjour}}}
+
+\AtBeginBibliography{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@allshort}%
+ }%
+
+\AtEveryBibitem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges
+ test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+\AtEveryLositem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges
+ test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+\AtEveryBiblistitem{shortjournal}{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\clearlist{location}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\InitializeBibliographyStyle{%
+ \let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}
+
+%%%% Bibliography-specific bibstrings %%%%
+
+%% Now in *.lbx %%
+
+%%%% Author, Editor, Translator, and Compiler Macros %%%%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%
+ \ifuseprefix
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
+ \ifblank{#3}{}{%
+ \ifcapital
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}%
+ \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
+ \ifblank{#2}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%
+ \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot%
+ \ifblank{#2#3#4}{}{\addcomma}%
+ \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:first-last}[4]{%
+ \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}%
+ \ifblank{#2}{}{\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot\addlowpenspace}%
+ \ifblank{#3}{}{%
+ \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot
+ \ifpunctmark{'}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifuseprefix{\addhighpenspace}{\addlowpenspace}}}%
+ \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
+ \ifblank{#4}{}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}%
+ {\ifnumeral{#4}%
+ {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%
+ {\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}%
+ and
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}%
+ }%
+ {\addcomma}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/03/01}% For biblatex 3.3
+{\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{%
+ \ifuseprefix
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{%
+ \ifcapital
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}%
+ \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+ \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%
+ \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifdefvoid{#2}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifdefvoid{#3}}%
+ }%
+ {}{\revsdnamepunct}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{name:given-family}[4]{%
+ \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}%
+ \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot\bibnamedelimd}%
+ \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{%
+ \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot
+ \ifprefchar
+ {}%
+ {\ifuseprefix{\bibnamedelimc}{\bibnamedelimd}}}%
+ \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot
+ \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@jrcomma}%
+ {\ifnumeral{#4}%
+ {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}%
+ {\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot%
+ \ifboolexpr{% Test needed in notes
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}%
+ and
+ test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}%
+ }%
+ {\revsdnamepunct}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}}}{}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifuseauthor}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@headlessnote}
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{author}}%
+ {\ifusenamea%
+ {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}%
+ {\ifuseeditor%
+ {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
+ {\ifusenameb%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifusetranslator%
+ {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
+ {\ifusenamec%
+ {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
+ {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}}}}}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}%
+ {\usebibmacro{justauthor}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{moreauthor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{justauthor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@origcite}{}{\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addspace}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\printnames{author}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{moreauthor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{author}\OR\NOT\ifuseauthor}%
+ {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addspace}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\printnames{author}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{pickeditor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}%
+ {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{moreeditor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%
+ {\printnames{editor}\editordelim%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{editor}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@headlessnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{editor}\OR\NOT\ifuseeditor}%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%
+ {\printnames{editor}\editordelim%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{parteditor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namea}\OR\NOT\ifusenamea}%
+ {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\nameadelim}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\nameadelim%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{picktranslator}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}%
+ {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{moretranslator}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{translator}\OR\NOT\ifusetranslator}%
+ {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\addspace%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{transstrg}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{parttranslator}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{nameb}\OR\NOT\ifusenameb}%
+ {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{nameb}\addcomma\addspace%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{compiler}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{namec}\OR\NOT\ifusenamec}%
+ {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\addspace%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}
+
+\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% Needed in 0.9
+\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}
+\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}
+
+%%%% Drivers for Bibliography entries and Shorthands %%%%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthand}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}%
+ {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \finentry}%
+ {\ifnameundef{labelname}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
+ \newcunit}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
+ \finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shortjournal}{%
+ \iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
+ {\printtext[journaltitle]{%
+ \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
+ \finentry}%
+
+\DeclareStyleSourcemap{
+ \maps[datatype=bibtex]{
+ \map{
+ \pertype{periodical}
+ \step[fieldsource=shorttitle, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \pertype{legal}
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \step[fieldsource=shortjournal, match=\regexp{[^\\adddot][a-z]}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, fieldvalue=\addnbspace, append]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{Const}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=entrysubtype, fieldvalue=constitution]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{canada}, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=bookpagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ \step[fieldsource=pagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \step[fieldsource=pubstate, match={forthcoming}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=year, origfieldval, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=year, match=\regexp{(forthcoming)},
+ replace=\regexp{\\bibstring\{$1\}}]%$
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{article}
+ \pertype{periodical}
+ \pertype{review}
+ \pertype{suppperiodical}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match={newspaper},
+ replace={magazine}]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=subtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=title,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=title, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=booksubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=booktitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=booktitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=issuesubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=issuetitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=issuetitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=journalsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=mainsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=maintitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=maintitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ }
+}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{% For biblatex < 2.9
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullshhand}%
+ {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \finentry}%
+ {\ifnameundef{labelname}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
+ \newcunit}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
+ \finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
+ \usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{artwork}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{audio}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newunit% unit, not cunit?
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isan}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{ismn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@bookpages}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{pages}}%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%cmsorigdate%\printorigdate
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{bookinbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{customc}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{image}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%setunit{\addspace}% 16th ed
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{% 16th ed
+ \bibstring{by}%
+ \addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{jurisdiction}{cite:jurisdiction}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{legal}{cite:legal}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{legislation}{cite:legislation}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{letter+date}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock%\bibsentence
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bibcrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibauthor+org}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{edition}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{music}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\newunit}% Fix customc?
+ {\newcunit}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newunit% unit, not cunit?
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{music+origdate}%\printtext[eventdate]{\printeventdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{iswc}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvbook}{book}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{collection}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{proceedings}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{reference}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printlist{organization}% Rearranged for 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\printfield{doi}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{eprint}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author+holder}% + holder?
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \iflistundef{location}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% Issued -> filed
+ \printdate}}%
+ {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
+ \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
+ \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
+ \usebibmacro{periodical+issue+year+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{bib:xref+date}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+{\ifboolexpr{% Changed for 16th ed.
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ or
+ test {\ifpunctmark{*}}%
+ }%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{reference}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\usebibmacro{title+stitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \newunit
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{inst+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isrn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{review}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+news+author}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printeventdate% 16th ed.
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{suppbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \newunit
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppcollection}{suppbook}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppperiodical}{review}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{type+inst+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit%usebibmacro{byauthorpunct}% Why does this work? No idea.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}% Same in thesis type, as well. 16th ed.
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit\newblock%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\ctitleaddonpunct}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{venue}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\printeventdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{video}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes
+ {\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}}%\setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%\usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newunit% unit, not cunit?
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+pages}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}% 16th ed.
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isan}}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+
+%%%% Other Formatting Macros %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{bib+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ {}%
+ \iffieldundef{addendum}% Punctuation fixes in 0.9.9c
+ {\newunit\newblock}%
+ {\newcunit\newblock}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@doi}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@eprint}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{eprint}%
+ \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock}%
+ {}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{url}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{url}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro{bib:xref+date}{% Experiment for xrefs
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@omitxrefdate}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}%
+ or
+ ((
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ )
+ and
+ (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@omitxrefdate}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookbibxref}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}%
+ or
+ ((
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ )
+ and
+ (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+pages}{% Volume fix (modified)
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@vol}%
+ }%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\printfield{pages}%
+ \newunit%
+ \printfield{volumes}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\printfield{volume}}% Still print this w/o part or pages???
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}%
+ {\printfield[default]{volume}%
+ \postvolpunct%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@hidevolumes}%
+ and
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\printfield{pages}%
+ \newunit%
+ \printfield{volumes}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% 16th ed (Also 15th?)
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}\)\OR%
+ \(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND\NOT\ifentrytype{bookinbook}\)}% ???
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% 16th ed (also 15th?)
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@vol}}% InIn fix
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{journal+issue+year+pages}{%
+ \usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}%
+ \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed.
+ test {\iffieldundef{issue}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed.
+ {\newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}%
+ \newcunit\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
+ \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{periodical+issue+year+pages}{%
+ \usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}%
+ \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed.
+ test {\iffieldundef{issue}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed.
+ {\newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}%
+ \newcunit\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
+ \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bycompiler}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{bycompiler}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editor}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editor}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditorx}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editora}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editora}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditora]{editora}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorb}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorc}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byeditor+others}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND
+ \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR
+ \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}%
+ {\def\@tempa{byeditor}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \clearname{editor}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{byeditor}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{translator}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{bytranslator}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \usebibmacro{bycompiler+others}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bycompiler+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{bycompiler}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}%
+ \clearname{namec}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
+ \usebibmacro{byothers}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{byothers}{% Changed for 0.9
+ \usebibmacro{bytranslator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{bycompiler}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+% \usebibmacro{byredactor}%
+% \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withcommentator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withannotator}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withintroduction}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withforeword}%
+ \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{withafterword}}
+
+%%%% Related functionality from standard.bbx %%%%
+
+\newcounter{bbx:relatedcount}
+\newcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}
+
+\newbibmacro*{related:init}{%
+ \csundef{bbx:relatedloop}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{begrelated}{\ifcsdef{bbx@lasthash}%
+ {\let\cms@related@hash\bbx@lasthash}{}}%
+\newbibmacro*{endrelated}{\ifcsdef{cms@related@hash}%
+ {\global\let\bbx@lasthash\cms@related@hash%
+ \let\cms@related@hash\undefined}{}}%
+\newbibmacro*{begrelatedloop}{}
+\newbibmacro*{endrelatedloop}{}
+
+\def\ifrelatedloop{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{entrykey}}{bbx:relatedloop}}%
+ or test {\xifinlistcs{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}{bbx:relatedloop}} }}
+
+\newbibmacro*{related}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ test {\iffieldundef{related}} or test {\ifrelatedloop} }%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
+ \def\bbx@tempa{}%
+ \setcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}{0}%
+ \def\do##1{%
+ \entrydata{##1}{%
+ \ifrelatedloop%
+ {}%
+ {\stepcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}%
+ \gappto{\bbx@tempa}{##1,}}}}%
+ \docsvfield{related}%
+ \restorefield{related}{\bbx@tempa}%
+ \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{0}%
+ {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{entrykey}}%
+ \iffieldundef{clonesourcekey}%
+ {}%
+ {\listcsxadd{bbx:relatedloop}{\strfield{clonesourcekey}}}%
+ \setcounter{bbx:relatedcount}{0}%
+ \def\do{%
+ \stepcounter{bbx:relatedcount}%
+ \ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedcount}}{1}%
+ {\printtext{\relateddelim}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifbibmacroundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
+ {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro{related:default}}}%
+ {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro*{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}}%
+ \iffieldformatundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempa{related}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempa{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}%
+ \iffieldformatundef{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:default}}%
+ {\def\bbx@tempb{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}}%
+ \printtext[\bbx@tempa]{%
+ \usebibmacro{begrelatedloop}%
+ \iffieldundef{relatedstring}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumgreater{\value{bbx:relatedtotal}}{1}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{%
+ \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}s}}}%
+ {\iffieldbibstring{relatedtype}%
+ {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{%
+ \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedtype}}}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}%
+ {\printtext[\bbx@tempb]{%
+ \bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{\thefield{relatedstring}}}}%
+ {\printfield[\bbx@tempb]{relatedstring}}}%
+ \docsvfield{related}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelatedloop}}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}}}%
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/biblatex-chicago.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/biblatex-chicago.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bb142ce52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/biblatex-chicago.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+% $Id: biblatex-chicago.sty,v 0.1.1.63 2018/01/10 17:37:15 dfussner Exp $
+
+% Copyright (c) 2009-2018 David Fussner. This package is
+% author-maintained.
+%
+% This work may be copied, distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of
+% this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest
+% version of this license is in http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+% 2005/12/01 or later. This software is provided as is,
+% without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including,
+% but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
+% fitness for a particular purpose.
+
+\ProvidesPackage{biblatex-chicago}[2018/01/10 v 3.10 biblatex style]
+
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+
+\DeclareOption{authordate}{\def\cms@style{authordate}}
+\DeclareOption{notes}{\def\cms@style{notes}}
+\DeclareOption{authordate-trad}{\def\cms@style{authordatetrad}}
+\DeclareOption{authordate15}{\def\cms@style{authordateold}}
+\DeclareOption{notes15}{\def\cms@style{notesold}}
+\DeclareOption*{\eappto\cms@options{\CurrentOption,}}
+\let\cms@options\empty
+\ExecuteOptions{notes}%
+
+\newtoggle{cms@nomark}
+
+\DeclareOption{footmarkoff}{\global\toggletrue{cms@nomark}}
+
+\DeclareOption{natbib}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{natbib}{biblatex}}
+
+\DeclareOption{backend=biber}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}}%
+
+\DeclareOption{backend=bibtex}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}%
+ \def\blx@sorting@cms{1}}%
+
+\DeclareOption{backend=bibtex8}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}%
+ \def\blx@sorting@cms{1}}%
+
+\DeclareOption{backend=bibtexu}{%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{biblatex}%
+ \def\blx@sorting@cms{1}}%
+
+\ProcessOptions*
+
+\def\cms@authordate{%
+ \RequirePackage[style=chicago-authordate]{biblatex}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
+ pagetracker=true,autocite=inline,alldates=comp,
+ uniquename=minfull,useeditor=true,usetranslator=true,usenamec=true,
+ ibidtracker=constrict,sorting=cms,punctfont,cmslos=true,nodates,
+ uniquelist=minyear,maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sortcase=false,
+ abbreviate=false,dateabbrev=false,avdate=true}}
+
+\def\cms@notes{%
+ \RequirePackage[style=chicago-notes]{biblatex}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
+ pagetracker=true,autocite=footnote,abbreviate=false,alldates=comp,
+ citetracker=true,ibidtracker=constrict,usetranslator=true,
+ usenamec=true,loccittracker=constrict,dateabbrev=false,
+ maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sorting=cms,sortcase=false,
+ uniquework=true}}
+
+\def\cms@authordatetrad{%
+ \RequirePackage[style=chicago-authordate-trad]{biblatex}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
+ pagetracker=true,autocite=inline,alldates=comp,
+ uniquename=minfull,useeditor=true,usetranslator=true,usenamec=true,
+ ibidtracker=constrict,sorting=cms,punctfont,cmslos=true,nodates,
+ uniquelist=minyear,maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sortcase=false,
+ abbreviate=false,dateabbrev=false,avdate=true}}
+
+\def\cms@authordateold{%
+ \RequirePackage[style=chicago-authordate15]{biblatex}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
+ pagetracker=true,autocite=inline,alldates=comp,
+ uniquename=minfull,useeditor=true,usetranslator=true,usecompiler=true,
+ ibidtracker=constrict,sorting=cms,punctfont,cmslos=true,nodates,
+ uniquelist=minyear,maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sortcase=false}}
+
+\def\cms@notesold{%
+ \RequirePackage[style=chicago-notes15]{biblatex}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{%
+ pagetracker=true,autocite=footnote,abbreviate=false,alldates=comp,
+ citetracker=true,ibidtracker=constrict,usetranslator=true,
+ usecompiler=true,loccittracker=constrict,dateabbrev=false,
+ maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7}}
+
+\csuse{cms@\cms@style}
+\undef\cms@authordate
+\undef\cms@notes
+\undef\cms@authordatetrad
+\undef\cms@authordateold
+\undef\cms@notesold
+\expandafter\ExecuteBibliographyOptions\expandafter{\cms@options}
+
+\setlength{\bibitemsep}{0.5\baselineskip plus 0.5\baselineskip}
+\setlength{\bibhang}{2em}
+\setlength{\lositemsep}{0.25\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip}
+
+\setcounter{biburllcpenalty}{5000}
+\setcounter{biburlucpenalty}{9000}
+\setcounter{biburlnumpenalty}{9000}
+
+\renewcommand*{\bibnamedash}{\rule[.4ex]{3em}{.6pt}}
+
+\iftoggle{cms@nomark}
+{}
+{\@ifclassloaded{memoir}%
+ {\blx@warning@noline{%
+ Since you are using the 'memoir' class,\MessageBreak
+ I'm leaving the formatting of the foot- and/or\MessageBreak
+ end-note mark and text to you.}}%
+ {\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{% Provides in-line footnote marks
+ \setlength\parindent{1em}%
+ \noindent
+ \makebox[2.3em][r]{\@thefnmark.\,\,}#1}
+ \@ifpackageloaded{endnotes}% Provides in-line endnote marks
+ {\def\enotesize{\small}% This size recommended by the Manual
+ \renewcommand{\enoteformat}{%
+ \renewcommand{\makeenmark}{%
+ \hbox{\theenmark.\,\,}}
+ \rightskip\z@ \leftskip\z@ \parindent=2.3em
+ \leavevmode\llap{\makeenmark}}}
+ {}}}
+
+\@ifpackageloaded{babel}
+{\ifthenelse{\equal{\languagename}{american}}
+ {\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{cms-american}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\equal{\languagename}{english}}%
+ {\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{cms-american}}%
+ {\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{cms-american}}}}%
+{\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{cms-american}}
+
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{brazilian}{cms-brazilian}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{british}{cms-british}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{german}{cms-german}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{french}{cms-french}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{finnish}{cms-finnish}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{ngerman}{cms-ngerman}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{icelandic}{cms-icelandic}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{norsk}{cms-norsk}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{nynorsk}{cms-nynorsk}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{swedish}{cms-swedish}
+
+\ifundef\bbl@loaded{\let\bbl@loaded\@empty}{}% For old versions of babel
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d48dec31cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+% $Id: chicago-authordate-trad.cbx,v 0.9.1.4 2018/01/11 09:55:09 dfussner Exp $
+
+% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
+% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention of
+% providing inline citations (and a reference list) for the
+% author-date (trad) style of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition.
+
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
+citation style]
+
+\RequireCitationStyle{chicago-dates-common}
+
+%%%% Trad-only Option %%%%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{headline}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand{\MakeSentenceCase}{\@ifstar\relax\relax}}
+
+%%%% Field Formats -- Title, Citetitle, Lostitle %%%%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{subtitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished]
+{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished]
+{citetitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished]
+{lostitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,patent,thesis,unpublished]
+{subtitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{subtitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{subtitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{citetitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{lostitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{subtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{citetitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{lostitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{title}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{subtitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{title}{%
+ \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppbook]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{lostitle}{%
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \addspace%
+ \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{subtitle}{%
+ \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{citetitle}[misc]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{lostitle}[misc]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{subtitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase{#1}}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{lostitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{citetitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{citetitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{lostitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{subtitle}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{booktitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{maintitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{booksubtitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{mainsubtitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{citetitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{lostitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{citetitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{lostitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{citetitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{lostitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{subtitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{issuesubtitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1\isdot}}
+
+%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{video+title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
+ }%\newcunit\newblock
+
+\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{issuetitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{article}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{review}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% This test is for
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% periodical entries
+ {}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \printfield{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[issuesubtitle]{issuesubtitle}}}}
+
+%%%% Related macros that can't reside in common.cbx %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \let\newunit\newcunit% FIXME??
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{ititle:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jtitle:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \mkbibemph{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{chapter:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \bibstring{chapter}~#1\addspace\bibstring{in}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{avchapter:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \bibstring{chapter}~#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sjtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{stnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jtsnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{tnoformat}{#1}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms:titlehook}{% Needed for the full drivers in reprintfrom
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{chapter}\OR\NOT\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inbook}\OR\ifentrytype{incollection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{letter}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{music}\OR\ifentrytype{video}\)}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issuetitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{jtnoformat}{jtitle:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{sjtnoformat}{title}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{journaltitle}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{shortjournal}{series}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{jtsnoformat}{jtitle:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitle}{title:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitle}{title:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{jtitle:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{title}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{shorttitle}{series}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{ititle:hook}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{video}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{avchapter:hook}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{title:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{chapter:hook}}}}%
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate.cbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0abe6ed18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-authordate.cbx
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+% $Id: chicago-authordate.cbx,v 0.9.1.4 2018/01/11 09:29:25 dfussner Exp $
+
+% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
+% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention of
+% providing inline citations (and a reference list) for the
+% author-date style of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition.
+
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
+citation style]
+
+\RequireCitationStyle{chicago-dates-common}
+
+%%%% Field Formats -- Title, Citetitle, Lostitle %%%%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished]
+{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished]
+{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished]
+{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{citetitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{lostitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{citetitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{lostitle}[artwork]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{title}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppbook]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{lostitle}{%
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \addspace%
+ \mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{citetitle}[misc]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{lostitle}[misc]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{lostitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{citetitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{citetitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{lostitle}[review]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{booktitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{maintitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{booksubtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{mainsubtitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{citetitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{lostitle}[video]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{citetitle}[music]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{lostitle}[music]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{citetitle}[audio]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{lostitle}[audio]{title}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}
+
+%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{video+title}{% Simplifies trad style.
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{%
+ \printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{%
+ \printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
+ }%\newcunit\newblock
+
+\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{issuetitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{article}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{review}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% This test is for
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% periodical entries
+ {}%
+ \printtext[issuetitle]{%
+ \printfield[itnoformat]{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[sitnoformat]{issuesubtitle}}}}
+
+%%%% Related macros that can't reside in common.cbx %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \let\newunit\newcunit% FIXME??
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \mkbibemph{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{ititle:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \mkbibquote{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{chapter:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \bibstring{chapter}~#1\addspace\bibstring{in}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{avchapter:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \bibstring{chapter}~#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sitnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sjtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{stnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{itnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jtsnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{tnoformat}{#1}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms:titlehook}{% Needed for the full drivers in reprintfrom
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{chapter}\OR\NOT\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inbook}\OR\ifentrytype{incollection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{letter}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{music}\OR\ifentrytype{video}\)}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issuetitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{jtnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{sjtnoformat}{title}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{journaltitle}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{shortjournal}{series}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{jtsnoformat}{title:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitle}{title:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitle}{title:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{shorttitle}{series}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issuesubtitle}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{itnoformat}{ititle:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{default}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{ititle:hook}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{video}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{avchapter:hook}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{chapter:hook}}}}%
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-dates-common.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-dates-common.cbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b8e1a4173
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-dates-common.cbx
@@ -0,0 +1,3815 @@
+% $Id: chicago-dates-common.cbx,v 0.10.1.15 2018/01/11 09:49:53 dfussner Exp $
+
+% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
+% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, and contains the
+% common code for providing inline citations (and a reference list)
+% for the two author-date styles of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th
+% edition.
+
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-dates-common.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
+citation style]
+
+%%%% Biblatex initialization + Chicago options + Toggles %%%%
+
+\newbool{cbx:parens}
+
+\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1}
+
+\providetoggle{cms@inlineibid}
+\providetoggle{cms@origlabel}
+\providetoggle{cms@bothlabelold}
+\providetoggle{cms@bothlabelnew}
+\providetoggle{cms@fulldate}
+\providetoggle{cms@reprint}
+\providetoggle{cms@switchdates}
+\providetoggle{cms@los}
+%\providetoggle{cms@oneyear}
+\providetoggle{cms@avdate}
+\providetoggle{cms@ordate}
+\providetoggle{cms@nodates}
+\providetoggle{cms@authorparens}
+\providetoggle{cms@datedash}
+\providetoggle{cms@modpostnote}
+\providetoggle{cms@ukord}
+\providetoggle{cms@fullnote}% For the legal entry types
+\providetoggle{cms@shortnote}% Ditto
+
+\providetoggle{cms@url}% These are for the field-exclusion options
+\providetoggle{cms@doi}
+\providetoggle{cms@doionly}
+\providetoggle{cms@eprint}
+\providetoggle{cms@isbn}
+\providetoggle{cms@numbermonth}
+\providetoggle{cms@bookpages}
+\providetoggle{cms@addendum}
+\providetoggle{cms@hidevolumes}% Modify Volume fix
+\providetoggle{cms@comprange}
+
+\providetoggle{cms@jrcomma}% Comma after Jr./Sr.
+
+\providetoggle{cms@headlessnote}% Keep
+\providetoggle{cms@noibid}% Keep
+\providetoggle{cms@usecompiler}% Keep
+\providetoggle{cms@origpublished}% Keep
+\providetoggle{cms@annotation}% Keep
+\providetoggle{cms@postposit}% Keep
+\providetoggle{cms@fullshhand}%
+\providetoggle{cms@allshort}% For legal types
+\providetoggle{cms@noneshort}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms@legalnotes}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms@supranotes}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms@vol}%
+\providetoggle{cms@crossref}%
+\providetoggle{cms@bookcrossref}
+\providetoggle{cms@gencite}
+\providetoggle{cms@genallnames}
+\providetoggle{cms@xrefurl}
+\providetoggle{cms@related}
+\providetoggle{cms@linkit}
+
+\AtEveryCitekey{%
+ \iffieldundef{userc}%
+ {}%
+ {\nocite{\thefield{userc}}}%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}}%
+
+\protected\def\cms@warning@noline#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \blx@safe@actives
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}{#1}%
+ \endgroup}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{avdate}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@avdate@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@avdate@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{avdate=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@avdate@true{%
+ \@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4/2.5
+ {\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2013/03/30}% for biblatex 2.6 ff.
+ {\DeclareLabeldate[music,review,suppperiodical,video]{\field{eventdate}%
+ \field{origdate} \field{date} \field{year} \field{urldate}}}%
+ {\DeclareLabelyear[music,review,suppperiodical,video]{\field{eventyear}%
+ \field{origyear} \field{year} \field{urlyear}}}}%
+ {\DeclareLabelyear[music,review,suppperiodical,video]%
+ {eventyear,origyear,year,urlyear}}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@avdate}}%
+\def\cms@opt@avdate@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@avdate}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmsdate}[off]{% Trying to implement origyear as
+ \ifcsdef{cms@global@cmsdate@#1}% labelyear. Sorting will be an issue.
+ {\csuse{cms@global@cmsdate@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{cmsdate=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@global@cmsdate@on{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@origlabel}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}%
+\def\cms@global@cmsdate@new{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelnew}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}%
+\def\cms@global@cmsdate@old{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}%
+\def\cms@global@cmsdate@both{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}%
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{cmsorigdate=true}}%
+\def\cms@global@cmsdate@full{}%
+\def\cms@global@cmsdate@off{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmsorigdate}[true]{% ??? Also need new macros
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@origdate@#1}% for printing dates. Worth it ???
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@origdate@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{cmsorigdate=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@origdate@true{%
+ \@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4/2.5
+ {\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2013/03/30}% for biblatex 2.6 ff.
+ {\DeclareLabeldate{\field{origdate} \field{date} \field{year}%
+ \field{eventdate} \field{urldate}}%
+ \DeclareLabeldate[patent]{\field{date} \field{year}%
+ \field{eventdate} \field{origdate} \field{urldate}}}%
+ {\DeclareLabelyear{\field{origyear} \field{year}%
+ \field{eventyear} \field{urlyear}}%
+ \DeclareLabelyear[patent]{\field{year} \field{eventyear}%
+ \field{origyear} \field{urlyear}}}}%
+ {\DeclareLabelyear{origyear,year,eventyear,urlyear}%
+ \DeclareLabelyear[patent]{year,eventyear,origyear,urlyear}}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@ordate}}%
+\def\cms@opt@origdate@false{\togglefalse{cms@ordate}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{cmsdate}[off]{% Trying to implement origyear as
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@cmsdate@#1}% labelyear. Sorting will be an issue.
+ {\iftoggle{cms@origlabel}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@origlabel}%
+ \def\@cms@tempdate{cms@origlabel}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelnew}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@bothlabelnew}%
+ \def\@cms@tempdate{cms@bothlabelnew}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelold}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@bothlabelold}%
+ \def\@cms@tempdate{cms@bothlabelold}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \csuse{cms@opt@cmsdate@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{cmsdate=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@on{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@origlabel}}%
+\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@new{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelnew}}%
+\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@old{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}}%
+\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@both{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bothlabelold}}%
+\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@full{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fulldate}}%
+\def\cms@opt@cmsdate@off{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{hypertitle}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@linkit}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{hypertitle}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@linkit}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{annotation}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@annotation}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{short}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@allshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{legalnotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@legalnotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{cmslos}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@los}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noibid}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@noibid}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{compresspages}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@crange@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@crange@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{compresspages=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@crange@true{%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@comprange}%
+ \setcounter{mincomprange}{100}%
+ \setcounter{mincompwidth}{10}%
+}%
+\def\cms@opt@crange@false{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{postnotepunct}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{postnotepunct=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ppunct@true{%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@modpostnote}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ppunct@false{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{usecompiler}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@usecompiler}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{nodates}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@nodates}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{usecompiler}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@usecompiler}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{juniorcomma}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{juniorcomma}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandfull}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@fullshhand}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{longcrossref}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@none{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@crossref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookcrossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@crossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@crossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@notes{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@crossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@bib{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@crossref}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{longcrossref}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{booklongxref}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bookcrossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookcrossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@notes{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookcrossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@bib{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bookcrossref}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{booklongxref}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@notes{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@bib{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{related}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@related}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{related}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@related}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{ordinalgb}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@ukord}{#1}}%
+
+% Controlling punctuation before titleaddon fields %
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@none{%
+ \let\ptitleaddonpunct\@empty}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@comma{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@colon{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@space{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@semicolon{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@period{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@none{%
+ \let\ctitleaddonpunct\@empty}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@comma{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@colon{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@space{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@semicolon{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@period{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+% The field-exclusion options %
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{isbn}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{url}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{doi}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@doi@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@doi}}%
+\def\cms@opt@doi@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@doi}}%
+\def\cms@opt@doi@only{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@doionly}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{eprint}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{numbermonth}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{bookpages}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{includeall}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@doi}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{hidevolumes}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{isbn}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{doi}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@doi}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@doi}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@doionly}}% !!
+ {}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@doi}}% !!
+ \csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{url}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{eprint}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{numbermonth}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{bookpages}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{hidevolumes}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}%
+
+\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{includeall,hidevolumes,booklongxref,related,%
+ ctitleaddon,ptitleaddon,journalabbrev=notes,legalnotes,supranotes}%
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/09/01}% For biblatex 2.6 ff.
+{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labeldateparts=true}}%
+{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2013/03/30}
+ {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labeldate=true}}
+ {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear=true}}}%
+
+\iftoggle{cms@legalnotes}%
+{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{skipbib}}%
+{}%
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/09/01}% For biblatex 3.5 ff.
+{\global\togglefalse{cms@datedash}}
+{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2014/02/20}% For biblatex 2.9 ff.
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@datedash}}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@datedash}}}%
+
+\DeclareLabeltitle[legislation]{%
+ \field{shorttitle}%
+ \field{titleaddon}%
+ \field{title}}%
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{collection}{suppcollection}{%
+ \inherit{title}{title}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{subtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{titleaddon}}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook}{incollection}{%
+ \inherit{title}{maintitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{book}{incollection}{%
+ \inherit{title}{booktitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{book,collection}{letter}{%
+ \inherit{title}{booktitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection}{letter}{%
+ \inherit{title}{maintitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{*}{*}{%
+ \noinherit{namea}
+ \noinherit{nameb}
+ \noinherit{sortyear}
+ \noinherit{sortname}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{urlyear}
+ \noinherit{urlmonth}
+ \noinherit{urlday}
+ \noinherit{doi}
+ \noinherit{eprint}
+ \noinherit{eprinttype}
+ \noinherit{url}}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection,mvproceedings,mvreference}%
+{*}{% ???
+ \noinherit{year}
+ \noinherit{month}
+ \noinherit{day}
+ \noinherit{endyear}
+ \noinherit{endmonth}
+ \noinherit{endday}
+ \noinherit{origyear}
+ \noinherit{origmonth}
+ \noinherit{origday}
+ \noinherit{origendyear}
+ \noinherit{origendmonth}
+ \noinherit{origendday}}
+
+% More authordate options %
+
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{cms}{% Updated to >3.7 format
+ \sort{
+ \field{presort}
+ }
+ \sort[final]{
+ \field{sortkey}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field{sortname}
+ \field{author}
+ \field{namea}
+ \field{editor}
+ \field{nameb}
+ \field{translator}
+ \field{namec}
+ \field{sorttitle}
+ \field{journaltitle}
+ \field{organization}
+ \field{title}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field{sortyear}
+ \field{labelyear}
+ \field{year}
+ \field{origyear}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field{sorttitle}
+ \field{title}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field[padside=left,padwidth=4,padchar=0]{volume}
+ \literal{0000}
+ }
+}
+
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{shortjournal}{%
+ \sort{
+ \field{shortjournal}
+ }
+}
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4
+{\DeclareLabelname{\field{shortauthor} \field{author}%
+ \field{shorteditor} \field{namea} \field{editor}%
+ \field{nameb} \field{translator} \field{namec}}}%
+{\DeclareLabelname{shortauthor,author,shorteditor,namea,%
+ editor,nameb,translator,namec}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{switchdates}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@switchdates}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{%
+ \let\splitfootnoterule\footnoterule
+ \renewcommand\footnoterule{}%
+ \advance\skip\footins 4\p@\@plus2\p@\relax
+ \gdef\split@prev{0}%
+ \let\pagefootnoterule\footnoterule
+ % \def\splitfootnoterule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule \kern2.6\p@}
+ \def\footnoterule{\relax
+ \ifnum\split@prev=\z@
+ \pagefootnoterule
+ \else
+ \splitfootnoterule
+ \fi
+ \xdef\split@prev{\the\insertpenalties}%
+ }}%
+
+\protected\def\blx@newcunit{%
+ \global\let\blx@unitpunct\newcunitpunct
+ \global\toggletrue{blx@unit}}%
+
+\appto\blx@blxinit{%
+ \let\newcunit\blx@newcunit}%
+
+\newcommand*{\newcunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}
+
+\def\mkbibcurdinal#1{%
+ \@tempcnta0#1 \the\@tempcnta}%
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/01/04}%
+{}%
+{\PackageError{biblatex}%
+ {Outdated 'biblatex' package}%
+ {The Chicago style requires biblatex v1.1 or later.\MessageBreak
+ You are using: '\csuse{ver@biblatex.sty}'.\MessageBreak
+ This is a fatal error. I'm aborting now.}%
+ \endinput}%
+
+% American-specific punctuation change for 16th edition %
+
+\DefineBibliographyExtras{american}{%
+ \DeclarePunctuationPairs{comma}{*!?}}
+
+%%%% Macros from authoryear-comp.cbx, revised for CMS %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{%
+ \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2}%
+ {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lasthash%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{prenote}%
+ {}%
+ {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lasthash%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{backref+check}{%
+ \ifbibliography%
+ {\backtrackerfalse}%
+ {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% Similar to notes+bib
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{reference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% Simplified for CMS
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
+ \setunit{\cms@testspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsbracketname}% For names in []
+ \ifentrytype{customc}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\setunit{\cms@testspace}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:label}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand+title}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{reference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}}% Simplified for CMS
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
+ \setunit{\cms@testspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}% Is this right?
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsbracketname}%
+ \setunit{\nameyeardelim}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}%
+ \setunit{\multicitedelim}}% ???
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsbracketname}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}%
+ \bibrightbracket}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?%
+ \bibrightbracket}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{citeyear}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@los}%
+ {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand+title}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@los}%
+ {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}%
+ \setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{citeyear:noshort}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% Altered for CMS
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{textcite}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@los}%
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:authshort}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:citeshort}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{textcite:authshort}{%
+ \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
+ {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{reference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\setunit{%
+ \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+ \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@gencite}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffinalcitedelim}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@genallnames}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\thegen}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit{%
+ \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+ \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@gencite}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffinalcitedelim}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@genallnames}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\thegen}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit{%
+ \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+ \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+ {}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}%
+ {\printfield{shorthand}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@gencite}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffinalcitedelim}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@genallnames}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\thegen}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit{%
+ \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+ \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+ {}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ \stepcounter{textcitecount}}% Added ???
+ \setunit{%
+ \ifbool{cbx:parens}%
+ {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}%
+ {}%
+ \textcitedelim}}% Not \multicitedelim ???
+
+\newbibmacro*{textcite:citeshort}{%
+ \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
+ {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}%
+ \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}%
+ {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
+ \printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{reference}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\setunit{%
+ \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+ \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@gencite}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffinalcitedelim}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@genallnames}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\thegen}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit{%
+ \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+ \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@gencite}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffinalcitedelim}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@genallnames}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\thegen}%
+ {}%
+ \setunit{%
+ \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
+ \cms@testspace\bibopenparen}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
+ {}%
+ \iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ \stepcounter{textcitecount}}% Added ???
+ \setunit{%
+ \ifbool{cbx:parens}%
+ {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}%
+ {}%
+ \textcitedelim}}% Not \multicitedelim ???
+
+\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lastyear}%
+ \setunit{\postnotewrapper}%delim}%
+ \printfield{postnote}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}}%
+ {\setunit{}%
+ \printtext{%
+ \ifbool{cbx:parens}%
+ {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\setunit{%
+ \ifbool{cbx:parens}%
+ {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}%
+ {}%
+ \textcitedelim}}}% Not \multicitedelim ???
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@los}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{%
+ \setunit{\compcitedelim}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
+ {\printfield{shorthand}%
+ \printtext[cmshyper]{%
+ \setunit{\nameyeardelim}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand+title}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@los}%
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{%
+ \setunit{\multicitedelim}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:label}}}%
+ {\printfield{shorthand}%
+ \printtext[cmshyper]{%
+ \setunit{\cms@testspace}% FIXME
+ \usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:label}{% Test this
+ \iffieldundef{label}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}}% Simplifies .bib creation
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printlist{organization}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield{label}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ )
+ and
+ togl {cms@avdate}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{misc}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{reference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@nodates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring{nodate}}}}% For CMS?
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{origendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{misc}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{reference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@nodates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring{nodate}}}}% For CMS?
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{misc}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inreference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{reference}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@nodates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring{nodate}}}}% For CMS?
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{origendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}%
+ {\printfield{labelyear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventendyear}% DATE FIX
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@datedash}%
+ }%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms@test@labelend}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms@test@labelend}{% For printing year ranges in 3.5 ff.
+ \iffieldundef{labelendyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{labelendyear}{}\OR%
+ \iffieldsequal{labelyear}{labelendyear}}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash\printfield{labelendyear}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmscitesortdate}{% Attempt to solve date-related problems
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}%
+ {\iffieldint{year}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for date ranges
+ test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsciteyear}{%
+ \ifentrytype{patent}% Fix for double year w/cmsdate
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}
+ {\iftoggle{cms@origlabel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:origyear+labelyear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelnew}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bothlabelold}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@fulldate}%
+ {\newcunit\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printdate}}% Consistency(?)
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}}}}}%
+ \ifcsdef{@cms@tempdate}%
+ {\toggletrue{\@cms@tempdate}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:origyear+labelyear}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ )
+ and
+ togl {cms@avdate}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% ???
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ )
+ and
+ togl {cms@avdate}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:av+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \bibopenparen%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}%
+ \bibcloseparen%
+ \addspace\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}% ???
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ordate}% Added test for year field ???
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \bibopenparen%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}%
+ \bibcloseparen%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%\addspace% ???
+ \usebibmacro{year+endyear}}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \bibopenparen%
+ \usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}%
+ \bibcloseparen%
+ \clearfield{extradate}\addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{%
+ \savefield{entrykey}{\cbx@lastkey}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@noibid}%
+ {\blx@ibidreset%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{prenote}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}}%
+ {\blx@ibidreset%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}%
+ \PackageWarning{biblatex-chicago}%
+ {Empty Ibidem citation}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@inlineibid}}}}%
+
+%%%% Citation Commands, internal and external %%%%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {}%\multicitedelim
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{citeyear}}
+ {}%\multicitedelim
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {}%\setunit{\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{citeyear}}
+ {}%\setunit{\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {}%\multicitedelim
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext]
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+%%% Commands, macros and formats for the Legal entry types %%%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footfullcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\parenfullcite}[\mkbibparens]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@noneshort}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@noibid}%
+ }%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{legal:ibid}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:driver}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ }%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@noibid}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{legal:ibid}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:driver}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:driver}{%
+ \printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{%
+ \iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:jurisdiction}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legal}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legal}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legislation}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legislation}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite}}}}}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:legal}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legal}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legalser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{constitution}%
+ {\usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labeltitlesource}{shorttitle}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldint{volume}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iflistundef{location}}
+ }%
+ {\printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legislationser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ }}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:legal}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@allshort}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}%
+ \newcunit}}% ??
+ {\newcunit}% ??
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{semel:postnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms:shorthandintro}{% For changing the citedas phrase
+ \iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthandintro}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \bibstring{hereinafter}\addspace%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \bibstring{citedas}\addspace%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}}%
+ {%\addspace%\setunit{\addspace}% Ditto
+ \printfield{shorthandintro}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\csxdef{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}%
+ \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{legal:ibid}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@noibid}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}% Needed for inheritshorthand option
+ }%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:short}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+ \bibsstring[\mkbibemph]{ibidem}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifloccit}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalcs{postnote}{cms@pnsaved}}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifdefvoid{\blx@loccittracker}}% Package option=false
+ )
+ }%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@loccit}}%
+ {}}\usebibmacro{postnote}}% FIXME?
+
+\newbibmacro*{clegis+news+title}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{titleaddon}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ }}%\newcunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cpart+editor+translator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namea}%
+ {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace% Need this \space here?
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{namea}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{juridpostnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% See below for alternate test here
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{semel:postnote}{% Fix to print postnote only once
+ \printfield{postnote}% Old form broke \ifloccit
+ \global\let\cms@pnsaved\abx@field@postnote%
+ \global\let\abx@field@postnote\undefined%
+ \AtNextCitekey{\ifciteibid{}{\global\let\cms@pnsaved\undefined}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@doi}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{doi}}%
+ {}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@eprint}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{eprint}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{url}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{url}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{location}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}%
+ #1\isdot%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origlocation}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {#1\isdot\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origpublisher}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\mkjuridprefix}[1]{%
+ \ifboolexpr{% FIXME: Is this always right?
+ test {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}% FIXME: Make it a bibstring?
+ {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange[\mkjuridprefix]{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkjuridprefix{#1}}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{title}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{journaltitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{shortjournal}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jurisdictionser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkjuridordinal{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legislationser}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}%
+ {\ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}%
+ {\addspace #1\isdot}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace #1\isdot}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legalser}{\addspace #1\isdot}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{hansardser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}{\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{juridnum}{\bibcpstring{number}\addspace #1}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jourvol}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{addendum}{%
+ \ifcapital{\mkbibparens{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}}{\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{part}{%
+ \ifnumerals{#1}%
+ {\bibsstring{part}~#1}%
+ {#1\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{chapter}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}}%
+ {c\adddotspace #1}%
+ {\bibsstring{chapter}~#1}}%
+
+%%% Textcite commands taken verbatim from authoryear-comp.cbx %%%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cbx@textcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{textcite}}
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cbx@textcite]
+ {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}%
+ \citetrackerfalse%
+ \pagetrackerfalse%
+ \DeferNextCitekeyHook%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:init}}
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{()(\thefield{multipostnote})}%
+ \global\clearfield{multipostnote}}%
+ {}%
+ \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}%
+ \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {}%
+ {\stepcounter{textcitetotal}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}
+ {}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{%
+ [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}}
+
+\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite@init}[2]{%
+ \setcounter{textcitetotal}{0}%
+ \setcounter{textcitecount}{0}%
+ \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites\empty}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cbx@textcites}{\cbx@textcite}{}
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcites]{\textcite}{}
+
+\let\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcite@init
+\pretocmd{\cbx@textcites@init}{\UseNextMultiCiteHook}{}{}
+
+%%% The \gentextcite commands - \textcite in the genitive case %%%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@i}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@gencite}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{textcite}}
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@gencite}}%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cms@gentextcite@i]
+ {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}%
+ \citetrackerfalse%
+ \pagetrackerfalse%
+ \DeferNextCitekeyHook%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:init}}
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{()(\thefield{multipostnote})}%
+ \global\clearfield{multipostnote}}%
+ {}%
+ \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}%
+ \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {}%
+ {\stepcounter{textcitetotal}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}
+ {}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{%
+ [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@is}{\cms@gentextcite@i}{}
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcites}[\cbx@textcites@init\cms@gentextcite@is]{\cms@gentextcite}{}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcite}[1][]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencite@i[#1]}%
+ {\gencite@i[][#1]}}%
+
+\def\gencite@i[#1][#2]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencite@ii[#1][#2]}%
+ {\gencite@ii[][#1][#2]}}%
+
+\def\gencite@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{%
+ \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}%
+ \gencite@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}%
+
+\def\gencite@iii#1{\cms@gentextcite#1}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcites}[1][]{%
+ \@ifnextchar(%)
+ {\gencites@iv[#1]}%
+ {\@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencites@i[#1]}%
+ {\gencites@i[][#1]}}}%
+
+\def\gencites@i[#1][#2]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencites@ii[#1][#2]}%
+ {\gencites@ii[][#1][#2]}}%
+
+\def\gencites@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{%
+ \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}%
+ \gencites@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}%
+
+\def\gencites@iii#1{\cms@gentextcites#1}%
+
+\def\gencites@iv[#1]#2{%
+ \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}%
+ \cms@gentextcites#2}%
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcite}{\bibsentence\gentextcite}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcites}{\bibsentence\gentextcites}
+
+%%% End code for \gentextcite %%%
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]{\parencite}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]{\footcite}%
+ {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}[\mkbibfootnotetext]%
+ {\footcitetext}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\bibxrefcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{backref+check}}%\usebibmacro{clearalmostall}} (?)
+ {\usebibmacro{xref-in:}%
+ \blx@ibidreset% For authordate style
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {}%
+ {}%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\origfullcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{backref+check}%
+ \nopunct\unspace%
+ \savebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}%
+ {\usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \clearname{author}\clearfield{userf}%\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}%
+ {\multicitedelim}%
+ {\restorebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\origpublcite}% Similar to above, w/o title.
+ {\usebibmacro{backref+check}%
+ \nopunct%\unspace%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\addspace}{\unspace}%
+ \savebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}%
+ {\usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@origpublished}\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}%
+ {\multicitedelim}%
+ {\restorebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}}
+
+%%%% List Formats %%%%
+
+\DeclareListFormat{language}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\bibstring{inlang}%\addspace - for inflected langs.
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\bibstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=1}%
+ {\bibrightbracket}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\multilangdelim%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\bibstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \bibrightbracket}%
+ {\multilangdelim%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\bibstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{langlist:andothers}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat{publisher}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\multipubsdelim #1\isdot}}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat{periodplace}{\mkbibparens{#1}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{lista}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbis}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}}}
+
+%%%% Field Formats -- Mostly non-title %%%%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{prenote}{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}\isdot}
+
+\iftoggle{cms@comprange}% Audrey Boruvka's code from StackExchange
+{\patchcmd{\blx@comprange@check}%
+ {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\blx@tempcnta=#1%
+ \divide\blx@tempcnta100%
+ \multiply\blx@tempcnta100%
+ \ifnumequal{\blx@tempcnta}{#1}%
+ {\blx@range@out@value{#1\bibrangedash#2}}%
+ {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}}%
+ {}{}}{}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{% Changed for page compression option
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{bibnote}{\MakeCapital{#1}}
+
+% \DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{%
+% \ifbibstring{#1}%
+% {\bibstring{#1}}%
+% {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+% {\bibstring{ed#1}}%
+% {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{edlang}{% Required for feminine forms in some
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% languages
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{ed#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+ {\bibstring{ed#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ #1}%
+ {#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{citetitle}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ #1}%
+ {\printfield{nameaddon}\addspace #1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournal}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{shorttitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+%%%% Other Field Formats %%%%
+
+\DeclareNumChars*{:}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{letterday}{\mkbibcurdinal{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{note}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[audio,manual,music,patent,report,suppbook,suppcollection,thesis,video]
+{type}{%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
+ {#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{type}{%
+ \ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
+ {#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{%
+ \textrm{doi}\addcolon
+ \ifhyperref
+ {\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}%
+ {\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{date}{% Generalize userd ???
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlmonth}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventmonth}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{date}{% Generalize userd ???
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlmonth}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventmonth}}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{date}{% Generalize userd ???
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iffieldundef{userd}%
+ {\bibstring{urlseen}\space #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{urldate}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{urlseen}\space #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{urldate}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{urlseen}\space #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{origdate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% Date fix
+ {#1}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{discrecorded}\space #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iffieldundef{userd}%
+ {\bibstring{songrecorded}\space #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iffieldundef{userd}%
+ {\bibstring{broadcast}\space #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias{userd}{titleaddon}% 16th ed.
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{nameaddon}{\mkbibbrackets{#1\bibsentence}}% ?!
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{nameaddon}{#1\bibsentence}% 16th ed.
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{nameaddon}{% For cross-refs
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{#1}}}%
+ {#1}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% New in 0.8
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}%
+ {\ifcapital
+ {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
+ {#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{usere}{[#1]} % Better than mkbibbrackets?
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{titleaddon}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}%\custpunctc?
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitleaddon}{titleaddon}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitleaddon}{titleaddon}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jourser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkbibordseries{#1}%
+ \addnbspace%
+ \bibstring{jourser}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{journum}{% Revised for 0.9.5
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumerals{#1}}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifnumeral{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{numbers}\addspace #1}%
+ {\bibstring{number}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sernum}{%
+ \ifnumeral{#1}%
+ {\addnbspace #1}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{addendum}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
+
+% This works better here than in the entrytail macro -- userf use is
+% no longer a problem, though the page breaking still isn't ideal.
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\par\nobreak \vskip \bibitemsep #1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{part}{%
+ \ifnumerals{#1}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{volume}[article]{volume}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{volume}[article]{volume}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{cmshyper}{% Control the number of elements hyperlinked.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}}%
+ or
+ togl {blx@skipbib}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@linkit}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ {\bibhyperref{#1}}}%
+
+%%%% Related field formats from biblatex.def %%%%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubas}{#1}% This and next remove parens
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubin}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:default}{% For notes + bib
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ {\ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\printunit{\relatedpunct}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprintfrom}{% For notes + bib
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ {\ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \addspace}%
+
+%%%% Commands, for users and internal %%%%
+
+\newcommand*{\cbytypeeditor}{% Needed?
+ \iffieldundef{editortype}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytypeeditor}}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytype\thefield{editortype}}}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addsemicolon\space}
+
+\newcommand*{\cms@testspace}{% FIXME
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumequal{\spacefactor}{\blx@sf@dot}}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\addnbspace}%
+ {\addspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\iffinalcitedelim}{%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{textcitecount}}{\value{textcitetotal}-1}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\nameyeardelim}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}% Is this test correct?
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\cms@testspace}% FIXME -- automatic n.d. ??? labeldate test?
+ {\NumCheckSetup{\renewcommand{\mkbibbrackets}{\expandonce}%
+ \DeclareNumChars*{[?]s}}% For bracketed dates, and decades.
+ \iffieldnums{year}% This one works.
+ {\cms@testspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}}% 16th ed. wants comma before n.d. (!)
+ {\cms@testspace}}}
+
+\newcommand{\classicpunct}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{letter}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{% Follows CMS16 spec.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifcsdef{@cmsst}}%
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\addcolon\addspace%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}}%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\postvolpunct}{\addcolon}%
+
+\newcommand{\parttrans}{%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslator}\space}}%
+
+% \newcommand{\partedit}{%
+% \iftoggle{cms@postposit}% Kludge to make it work in French.
+% {\bibstring{byeditoralt}\addspace}%
+% {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}}%
+
+\protected\def\partedit#1{%
+ \ifcat\noexpand~\noexpand#1%
+ \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\addnbspace#1%
+ \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\addspace#1%
+ \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \if#1H%
+ \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \if#1h%
+ \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\part@edit@i\lbx@initnamehook{#1}%
+ \csuse{cms@tempb}#1\csundef{cms@tempb}}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \cms@tempa%
+}%
+
+\newcommand{\part@edit@i}{\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}%
+
+\newcommand{\partcomp}{%
+ {\bibstring{bycompiler}\space}}%
+
+\newcommand{\parteditandcomp}{%
+ {\bibstring{byeditorcp}\space}}%
+
+\newcommand{\parttransandcomp}{%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslatorcp}\space}}%
+
+\newcommand{\partedittransandcomp}{%
+ {\bibstring{byeditortrcp}\space}}%
+
+\newcommand{\parteditandtrans}{%
+ {\bibstring{byeditortr}\space}}%
+
+\newcommand{\reprint}{\bibstring{reprint}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\multipubsdelim}{\addnbspace/\addspace}
+
+\newcommand*{\multilocsdelim}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\numexpr\value{listcount}+1<\value{liststop}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{liststop}>2}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}%
+ {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\multilangdelim}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<3}%
+ {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{% Cf. N&B style
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@inlineibid}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@inlineibid}%
+ \iffieldundef{prenote}% Bug fix
+ {}%
+ {\cms@testspace}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% For Notes+Bib, too?
+ {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}%
+ \iffieldpages{postnote}%
+ {\cms@testspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}}}
+
+\newcommand*{\postnotewrapper}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@modpostnote}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{,}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{\bibrangessep}}%
+ }%
+ {\addcomma}% w/ or w/o \addspace?
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{;}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{:}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{.}}%
+ }%
+ {}{\postnotedelim}}}%
+ {\postnotedelim}}%
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\iffieldstart}[2]{% Philipp Lehman's code, from
+ \begingroup% comp.text.tex
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \long\def\noexpand\iffieldstart@i####1\detokenize{#2}####2}%
+ \@tempa\@nil{\endgroup\ifblank{##1}}%
+ \savefield*{#1}{\@tempa}%
+ \expandafter\iffieldstart@i\detokenize
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\detokenize{#2}}\@nil}
+
+\newcommand*{\editordelim}{% Otherwise you get an inaccurate comma.
+ \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{none}%
+ {\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}
+
+\newcommand*{\nameadelim}{% Otherwise you get an inaccurate comma.
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{none}%
+ {\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{cfromoriglanguage}{% Needed for notes, to provide
+ \begingroup% final {by}.
+ \blx@bibstringnormal%
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{%
+ \ifbibstring{from#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{cfrom#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{clang#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}}%
+ \ifbibstring{cfrom#1}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ or
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{from#1}}%
+ {\bibstring{cfrom#1}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\biblstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andotherlangs}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newbibmacro*{list:andotherlangs}{% Final {by} after {andmore}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ and
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
+ {\finalandcomma}%
+ {}%
+ \printdelim{andmoredelim}\bibstring{andmore}\addspace\bibstring{by}}%
+ {}}
+
+\newcommand*{\lbx@cfromlang}{% Because the cbytranslator string can't
+ \iffieldundef{userf}% have {by} in it unless there's an origlanguage.
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[cfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@fromlang}{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@lfromlang}{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@sfromlang}{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{finentry}{%{\finentry} To make annotated bibliography
+ \ifbibliography
+ {\usebibmacro{entrytail}}%
+ {}%
+ \finentry}
+
+\newbibmacro*{entrytail}{% From reading.bbx, for annotated bibliography
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@annotation}%
+ {\usebibmacro{annotation}%
+ \newunit\newblock}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{author+holder}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{holder}\OR
+ \ifnamesequal{author}{holder}}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{\printnames{holder}}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byauthor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR
+ \ifnameundef{author}}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{byauthorpunct}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ {\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\newcunit}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{bookauthor}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace\printnames[default]{bookauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{editorpunct}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{issuetitle}\)%
+ \OR\iffieldsequal{booktitle}{title}% Changed these for crossrefed
+ \OR\iffieldsequal{maintitle}{title}}% entries. Create problems?
+ {\ifentrytype{video}%
+ {\newcunit\newblock}%
+ {\newunit\newblock}}%
+ {\newcunit\newblock}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{edition}{%
+ \printfield{edition}%
+ \clearfield{edition}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{inforaft}{%
+ \ifnameundef{introduction}%
+ {\ifnameundef{afterword}%
+ {\ifnameundef{foreword}%
+ {\printfield{type}}%
+ {\bibstring{forewordto}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}}%
+ {\bibstring{afterwordto}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}}%
+ {\bibstring{introductionto}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{langlist:andothers}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{liststop}\AND
+ \ifmoreitems}%
+ {\ifnum\value{liststop}>1 \finalandcomma\fi
+ \andmoredelim\bibstring{andmore}\bibrightbracket}%
+ {}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{reference+title}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{title}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \savefield{title}{\bbx@lasthash}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+news+author}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ test {\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifuseauthor}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@origpublished}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \savefield{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+author}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{type+inst+year}{%
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printlist{institution}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+ \printfield{year}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{institution+organization}{%
+ \iflistundef{organization}%
+ {\iflistundef{institution}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{institution}}}%
+ {\printlist{organization}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printlist{institution}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{author+org}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\ifnameundef{editor}%
+ {\iflistundef{organization}%
+ {\let\bbx@lasthash\undefined}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iflistequals{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ }%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@authorparens}%
+ {\bibopenparen\printlist{organization}\bibcloseparen}%
+ {\printlist{organization}}%
+ \savelist{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{editor}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbytypestrg}[2]{%
+ \iffieldundef{#1type}%
+ {\bibstring{by#2}}%
+ {\bibstring{by\thefield{#1type}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editor}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyeditorx}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editora}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditora]{editora}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorb}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorc}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}%
+ \newcunit}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{translator}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslator}%
+ \addspace
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyredactor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{redactor}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyredactor}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byredactor]{redactor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithcommentator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{commentator}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withcommentator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withcommentator]{commentator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithannotator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{annotator}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withannotator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withannotator]{annotator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithintroduction}{%
+ \ifnameundef{introduction}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withintroduction}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withintroduction]{introduction}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithforeword}{%
+ \ifnameundef{foreword}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withforeword}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withforeword]{foreword}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithafterword}{%
+ \ifnameundef{afterword}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withafterword}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withafterword]{afterword}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor+others}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND
+ \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR
+ \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}%
+ {\def\@tempa{cbyeditor}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\space%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \clearname{editor}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbytranslator+others}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{translator}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{cbytranslator}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\space%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbycompiler+others}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{cbycompiler}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\space%
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}%
+ \clearname{namec}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyothers}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyothers}{%
+ \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbycompiler}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyredactor}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithcommentator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithannotator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithintroduction}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithforeword}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithafterword}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms-in:}{% Fix for 0.9a compat.
+ \iftoggle{cms@origpublished}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{in}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{xref-in:}{%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}{}{\savefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}}%
+ \iffieldundef{part}{}{\savefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}%
+ \bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% Changed for related:reprintfrom
+
+\newbibmacro*{chapincoll}{%
+ \iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{chapter}\addspace%
+ \clearfield{chapter}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{chapinscore}{%
+ \iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@origpublished}%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{on}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\printfield{chapter}\clearfield{chapter}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\addspace\bibstring{of}\setunit{\addspace}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{music+ser+num}{%
+ \iffieldundef{series}%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{number}}}%
+ {\printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{number}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{music+publisher}{%
+ \iffieldundef{howpublished}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pubstate}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{pubstate}}}%
+ {\printfield{howpublished}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{music+origdate}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% 16th ed.
+ {}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% Date fix
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{music+eventdate}{% Date fix
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{eventyear}\AND\iffieldundef{eventmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printeventdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{ser+num}{%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \printfield[sernum]{number}%
+ \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{language+transtitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{usere}%
+ {\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{language}}%
+ {\printfield{usere}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{publ+loc+year}{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{publisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}% For the author-date style. Tricky.
+}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{origpubl+loc+year}{% 16th ed.
+ \printlist{origlocation}%
+ \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{origpublisher}%
+% \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+% \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
+}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{howpubl+loc+year}{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iffieldundef{howpublished}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{inst+loc+year}{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{institution}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}%
+ \printlist{institution}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{originally+published+as}{% Punctuation fix now in
+ \iffieldundef{userf}% \origfullcite for 0.8e.
+ {\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
+ \bibstring{reprintfrom}% ?
+ \origpublcite{\thefield{reprinttitle}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
+ \iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\bibstring{origpub}%
+ \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@postposit}%
+ {\bibstring{origedition}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ \addcolon%
+ \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {\printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{origedition}%
+ \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{org+publ+loc+year}{% What was wrong with \ifthenelse here?
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{organization}%
+ {\iflistundef{publisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{year+in+parens}{%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {noformat}%
+ {parens}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{letter+date}{% New for 0.9
+ \iflistundef{origlocation}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{origlocation}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\cms@datelongalt}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\cms@datelong}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{unpubl+letter+date}{% For the Misc type.
+ \iflistundef{origlocation}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{origlocation}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\cms@datelongalt}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
+ {\printdate}% For interviews and other dated non-letters
+ {\cms@datelong}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsbookdate}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ {\newcunit\printorigdate}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {\newunit}%
+ {\newcunit\printdate}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{date}{% Adding the test solved some issues in 0.9 with
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ \AND\iffieldundef{origday}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printorigdate}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}%
+ \AND\iffieldundef{day}}% punctuation in some entry types (Misc). The
+ {}% whole \printdate thing may need further work.
+ {\printdate}}}
+
+\newcommand*{\cms@datelong}{% Modified for 0.9
+ \iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ {\printfield{origyear}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{origyear}}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\cms@datelongalt}{% Modified for 0.9
+ \iffieldundef{month}%
+ {\printfield{year}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{year}}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\letterdatelong}{% Modified for 0.9
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% This one for users
+ {\iffieldundef{year}% Previous two for internal use
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{month}%
+ {\printfield{year}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{year}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ {\printfield{origyear}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{origyear}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{journal+sub}{%
+ \iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ {\printtext[journaltitle]{%
+ \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{chap+pag}{%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
+ \printfield{pages}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+news+date}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ test {\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifuseauthor}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@origpublished}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{date+issue}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+date+issue}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{date+issue}{%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@numbermonth}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsyear}}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% Starred version for when the
+ \printfield[journum]{number}}}% month isn't printed because of
+ {\printfield{issue}% the toggle.
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+date+issue}{%
+ \usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper.
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date+issue}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsyear}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\printfield{origyear}}%
+ {\printfield{year}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsorigdate}{% New for 0.9
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\printdate}%
+ {\printorigdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}{% For periodical entries,
+ \ifboolexpr{% article subtype
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ and
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ and
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{series}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit
+ \printfield[jourser]{series}%
+ \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}?
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
+ {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% need * here?
+ \printfield[journum]{number}%
+ \clearfield{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \printfield{eid}%
+ \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{periodical+date+issue}{% For periodical type &
+ \ifboolexpr{% magazine subtype
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ and
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ and
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper.
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date+issue}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{postnote}{%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\postnotewrapper}%delim}%
+ \printfield{postnote}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{part+editor+translator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namea}%
+ {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslator}\space%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditortr}\space%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditor}\space%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newunit
+ \bibstring{bytranslator}\space%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{namea}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{compilestrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{namec}>1\OR\ifandothers{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{compilers}}%
+ {\bibstring{compiler}}%
+ \clearname{namec}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{transstrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{translator}>1\OR\ifandothers{translator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translators}}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translator}}}%
+ \clearname{translator}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{parttransstrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{nameb}>1\OR\ifandothers{nameb}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translators}}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translator}}}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{editstrg}{% Test added for 0.9
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR
+ \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslators}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {\bibstring{editors}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslator}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}s}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}}}}%
+ \clearname{editor}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{parteditstrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND
+ \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}%
+ \clearname{nameb}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslators}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}%
+ {\bibstring{editors}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND
+ \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}%
+ \clearname{nameb}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslator}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}%
+ {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}s}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}}}}%
+ \clearname{namea}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{clearpublin}{%
+ \clearname{author}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearname{namea}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}%
+ \clearfield{nameaddon}%
+ \ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{periodical}\OR\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{reference}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{suppbook}\OR\ifentrytype{suppcollection}\)\OR%
+ \(\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{video}\)\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}\)}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{title}%
+ \clearfield{subtitle}%
+ \clearfield{titleaddon}%
+ \clearfield{usere}%
+ \clearlist{language}}%
+ \ifentrytype{letter}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{month}}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origmonth}}%
+ \clearfield{origlocation}}%
+ {}%
+ \clearfield{reprinttitle}%
+}
+
+%%%% Related macros from biblatex.def %%%%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubas}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:reprintfrom}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \nopunct% ???
+ \usebibmacro{cite:origpubl}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubin}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iflistsequal{publisher}{savedpublisher}}%
+ or
+ test {\iflistundef{publisher}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{bypublisher}\space}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+ \iflistsequal{location}{savedlocation}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{location}}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:bytranslator}[1]{%
+ \entrydata{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{name:hook}[1]{%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}%
+ {\begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \lbx@initnamehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup}%
+ {}}%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{astitle}\space}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\ifnameundef{savedauthor}%
+ {\ifnameundef{savededitor}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}%
+ {\clearname{editor}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}%
+ {\clearname{author}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{related:init}{}%
+ \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{pageref}{}}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:multivolume}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}}%
+ \setunit{\addcolon\space}}%
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{author}{author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{namea}{savednamea}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{namea}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{editor}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{savednameb}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{nameb}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}\newcunit}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}}%
+
+\providetoggle{cms@otherlang}
+
+\apptocmd\blx@opt@autolang@other%
+{\toggletrue{cms@otherlang}}%
+{\blx@info@noline{Patching 'autolang=other' option}}%
+{\PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}%
+ {Upgrading biblatex to >v2.7a recommended,\MessageBreak
+ especially if you are using the "related"\MessageBreak
+ functionality}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:origfull}{%
+ \printtext[cmshypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \clearname{author}\clearfield{userf}\clearfield{shorthand}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}\frenchspacing%
+ \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:origpubl}{%
+ \printtext[cmshypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\clearfield{shorthand}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}\toggletrue{cms@origpublished}%
+ \frenchspacing\renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{at+every+item}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{% AD requires this here because cmsbibsortdate=null
+ test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{year}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges
+ test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-notes.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-notes.cbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2839e02015
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/cbx/chicago-notes.cbx
@@ -0,0 +1,7119 @@
+% $Id: chicago-notes.cbx,v 0.11.1.33 2018/01/10 16:41:54 dfussner Exp $
+
+% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
+% authortitle-cverb.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention
+% of providing footnote citations and a bibliography formatted
+% according to the specifications of the Chicago Manual of Style.
+
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.cbx}[2018/01/10 v 3.10 biblatex citation style]
+
+%%%% Biblatex initialization + Chicago options + Toggles %%%%
+
+\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1}
+
+\providetoggle{cms@oneyear}% Needed for author-date
+\providetoggle{cms@reprint}% ditto
+\providetoggle{cms@switchdates}% ditto
+
+\providetoggle{cms@jrcomma}% For comma before Jr./Sr.
+
+\providetoggle{cms@url}% These are for the field-exclusion options
+\providetoggle{cms@doi}
+\providetoggle{cms@doionly}
+\providetoggle{cms@eprint}
+\providetoggle{cms@isbn}
+\providetoggle{cms@numbermonth}
+\providetoggle{cms@bookpages}
+\providetoggle{cms@hidevolumes}% Modify volume fix
+\providetoggle{cms@bookseries}
+\providetoggle{cms@notefield}
+\providetoggle{cms@addendum}
+\providetoggle{cms@comprange}
+\providetoggle{cms@modpostnote}
+\providetoggle{cms@url@innotes}
+\providetoggle{cms@ukord}
+
+\providetoggle{cms@headlessnote}
+\providetoggle{cms@origcite}
+\providetoggle{cms@fullnote}
+\providetoggle{cms@shortnote}
+\providetoggle{cms@allshort}
+\providetoggle{cms@noibid}
+\providetoggle{cms@noidem}
+\providetoggle{cms@usecompiler}
+\providetoggle{cms@shorthandibid}
+\providetoggle{cms@printshhand}
+\providetoggle{cms@fullshhand}
+\providetoggle{cms@inheritshhand}
+\providetoggle{cms@firstshort}
+\providetoggle{cms@origpublished}
+\providetoggle{cms@loccit}
+\providetoggle{cms@annotation}
+\providetoggle{cms@postposit}
+\providetoggle{cms@legalnotes}% For legal types
+\providetoggle{cms@supranotes}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms@noneshort}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms@vol}
+\providetoggle{cms@postvol}
+\providetoggle{cms@usedvol}
+\providetoggle{cms@citecrossref}
+\providetoggle{cms@bibcrossref}
+\providetoggle{cms@bookcitexref}
+\providetoggle{cms@bookbibxref}
+\providetoggle{cms@xrefvol}
+\providetoggle{cms@xrefpart}
+\providetoggle{cms@omitxrefdate}
+\providetoggle{cms@xrefurl}
+\providetoggle{cms@related}
+\providetoggle{cms@citerel}
+\providetoggle{cms@gencite}
+\providetoggle{cms@genallnames}
+
+\AtEveryCitekey{%
+ \iffieldundef{userc}%
+ {}%
+ {\nocite{\thefield{userc}}}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@loccit}%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges
+ test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+\protected\def\cms@warning@noline#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \blx@safe@actives
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}{#1}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@genallnames}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@annotation}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{noibid}[true]{%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noibid}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{short}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@allshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{legalnotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@legalnotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@supranotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandibid}[true]{%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@shorthandibid}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandfull}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@fullshhand}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{inheritshorthand}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@inheritshhand}{#1}
+ \iftoggle{cms@inheritshhand}%
+ {\DeclareDataInheritance{*}{*}{%
+ \inherit{shorthand}{shorthand}
+ \inherit{shorthandintro}{shorthandintro}
+ }}%
+ {}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{shorthandfirst}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@firstshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{shorthandfirst}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@firstshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{compresspages}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@crange@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@crange@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{compresspages=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@crange@true{%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@comprange}%
+ \setcounter{mincomprange}{100}%
+ \setcounter{mincompwidth}{10}%
+}%
+\def\cms@opt@crange@false{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{postnotepunct}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ppunct@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{postnotepunct=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ppunct@true{%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@modpostnote}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ppunct@false{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{usecompiler}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{blx@usenamec}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{usecompiler}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{blx@usenamec}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{juniorcomma}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{juniorcomma}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@jrcomma}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{delayvolume}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@postvol}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{delayvolume}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@postvol}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{longcrossref}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@none{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@citecrossref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bibcrossref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookcitexref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookbibxref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@citecrossref}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bibcrossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@citecrossref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bibcrossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@notes{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@citecrossref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bibcrossref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@lxref@bib{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@citecrossref}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bibcrossref}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{longcrossref}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@lxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@lxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{longcrossref=#1}{}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{booklongxref}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bookcitexref}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bookbibxref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookcitexref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookbibxref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@notes{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bookcitexref}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookbibxref}}%
+\def\cms@opt@bklxref@bib{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bookcitexref}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bookbibxref}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{booklongxref}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@bklxref@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{booklongxref=#1}{}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{omitxrefdate}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@omitxrefdate}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{omitxrefdate}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@omitxrefdate}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{xrefurl}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@xrefurl}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@notes{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+\def\cms@opt@jtabb@bib{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@citejtabb}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@bibjtabb}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{journalabbrev}[false]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@jtabb@false}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'journalabbrev=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'false' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{ordinalgb}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@ukord}{#1}}%
+
+% The field-exclusion options %
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{urlnotes}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@url@innotes}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{urlnotes}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@url@innotes}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{isbn}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{url}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{doi}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@doi@true{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@doi}}%
+\def\cms@opt@doi@false{%
+ \togglefalse{cms@doi}}%
+\def\cms@opt@doi@only{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@doionly}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{eprint}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{numbermonth}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{bookpages}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{includeall}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@doi}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{hidevolumes}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{addendum}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@addendum}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{bookseries}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookseries}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{notefield}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@notefield}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{completenotes}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@addendum}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookseries}{#1}%
+ \settoggle{cms@notefield}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{isbn}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@isbn}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{url}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@url}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{doi}[true]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@doi@#1}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@doi}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@doi}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@doionly}}% !!
+ {}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@doi}}% !!
+ \csuse{cms@opt@doi@#1}}%
+ {\blx@err@invopt{doi=#1}{}}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{eprint}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@eprint}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{numbermonth}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@numbermonth}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{bookpages}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookpages}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{hidevolumes}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@hidevolumes}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{addendum}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@addendum}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{bookseries}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@bookseries}{#1}}%
+\DeclareEntryOption{notefield}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@notefield}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{related}[bib]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@rel@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@bib}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'related=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'bib' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@rel@true{%
+ \settoggle{cms@citerel}{true}%
+ \settoggle{cms@related}{true}}%
+\def\cms@opt@rel@false{%
+ \settoggle{cms@citerel}{false}%
+ \settoggle{cms@related}{false}}%
+\def\cms@opt@rel@bib{%
+ \settoggle{cms@citerel}{false}%
+ \settoggle{cms@related}{true}}%
+\def\cms@opt@rel@notes{%
+ \settoggle{cms@citerel}{true}%
+ \settoggle{cms@related}{false}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{related}[bib]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@rel@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@rel@bib}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'related=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'bib' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+% Adding a disambiguating field to short notes otherwise identical %
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextrafield}{%
+ \def\cms@xfield{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextrafield}{%
+ \def\cms@xfield{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextrafield}{%
+ \def\cms@xfield{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextraformat}{%
+ \def\cms@xformat{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextraformat}{%
+ \def\cms@xformat{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextraformat}{%
+ \def\cms@xformat{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shxp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@period}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shxp@none{%
+ \let\shortextrapunct\@empty}%
+\def\cms@opt@shxp@comma{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shxp@colon{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shxp@space{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shxp@semicolon{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shxp@period{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shxp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@period}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shxp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shxp@period}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+% Controlling punctuation before titleaddon fields %
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@none{%
+ \let\ptitleaddonpunct\@empty}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@comma{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@colon{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@space{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@semicolon{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ptao@period{%
+ \def\ptitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ptao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ptao@period}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ptitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'period' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@none{%
+ \let\ctitleaddonpunct\@empty}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@comma{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@colon{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@space{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@semicolon{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@ctao@period{%
+ \def\ctitleaddonpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{ctitleaddon}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@ctao@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@ctao@comma}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'ctitleaddon=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+% Controlling punctuation before shorthand in notes %
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shorthandpunct}[space]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@space}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'shorthandpunct=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'space' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@none{%
+ \let\shorthandpunct\@empty}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@comma{%
+ \def\shorthandpunct{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@colon{%
+ \def\shorthandpunct{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@space{%
+ \def\shorthandpunct{\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@semicolon{%
+ \def\shorthandpunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@period{%
+ \def\shorthandpunct{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@emdash{%
+ \def\shorthandpunct{\addthinspace\textemdash\addthinspace}}%
+\def\cms@opt@shp@endash{%
+ \def\shorthandpunct{\addspace\textendash\addspace}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shorthandpunct}[space]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms@opt@shp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms@opt@shp@space}\cms@warning@noline%
+ {'shorthandpunct=#1' isn't a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'space' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{includeall,completenotes,hidevolumes,%
+ related,booklongxref,ptitleaddon,ctitleaddon,shorthandpunct,urlnotes,%
+ legalnotes,supranotes,shortextrapunct}
+
+\iftoggle{cms@legalnotes}%
+{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{skipbib}}%
+{}%
+
+% For author-date compatibility %
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{switchdates}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms@switchdates}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption{cmsdate}{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmsdate}{}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{%
+ \let\splitfootnoterule\footnoterule
+ \renewcommand\footnoterule{}%
+ \advance\skip\footins 4\p@\@plus2\p@\relax
+ \gdef\split@prev{0}
+ \let\pagefootnoterule\footnoterule
+ % \def\splitfootnoterule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule \kern2.6\p@}
+ \def\footnoterule{\relax
+ \ifnum\split@prev=\z@
+ \pagefootnoterule
+ \else
+ \splitfootnoterule
+ \fi
+ \xdef\split@prev{\the\insertpenalties}%
+ }}
+
+
+\protected\def\blx@newcunit{%
+ \global\let\blx@unitpunct\newcunitpunct
+ \global\toggletrue{blx@unit}}%
+
+\appto\blx@blxinit{%
+ \let\newcunit\blx@newcunit}
+
+\newcommand*{\newcunitpunct}{\addcomma\addspace}
+
+\def\mkbibcurdinal#1{%
+ \@tempcnta0#1 \the\@tempcnta}%
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2010/08/28}
+{}%
+{\PackageError{biblatex}
+ {Outdated 'biblatex' package}
+ {The Chicago style requires biblatex v0.9 or later.\MessageBreak
+ You are using: '\csuse{ver@biblatex.sty}'.\MessageBreak
+ This is a fatal error. I'm aborting now.}%
+ \endinput}
+
+% American-specific punctuation change for 16th edition %
+
+\DefineBibliographyExtras{american}{%
+ \DeclarePunctuationPairs{comma}{*!?}}
+
+%%%% Initialize and define bibstrings %%%%
+
+\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{%
+ citedas = {hereafter cited as},}
+
+%%%% This one needed for 16th edition. Others in cms-*.lbx %%%%
+
+%%%% Cite macros for use by the citation commands %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{%
+ \global\let\cbx@lastkey\undefined}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{%
+ \savefield{entrykey}{\cbx@lastkey}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{inreference}\OR\ifentrytype{reference}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@noidem}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ and
+ (
+ not togl {cms@noneshort}% Intended for Bluebook citations
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@noibid}%
+ )
+ )
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}%
+ or
+ (
+ togl {blx@skipbiblist}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@inheritshhand}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:short}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@shorthandibid}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl{cms@firstshort}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@allshort}%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@printshhand}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:short}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% FIXME!!
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{%
+ \printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}%
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{%
+ \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:jurisdiction}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legal}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legal}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legislation}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legislation}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:cms}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:cms}{% was cite:short
+ \usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inreference}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{reference}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}}% Simplify .bib creation
+ {\ifuseauthor%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}\newcunit}%
+ {\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}\newcunit}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{manual}%
+ {\printlist{organization}\isdot\newcunit}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteidem}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@noidem}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@headlessnote}%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}%
+ \classicpunct}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}%
+ \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?%
+ \bibrightbracket\classicpunct}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}%\usebibmacro{choose+labelname}%
+ \isdot\classicpunct}}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ )
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citerel}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifuniquework}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsundef{cms@xfield}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\shortextrapunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{shortnote+extrafield}}}}%:\thefield{entrytype}?
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortnote+extrafield}{% Disambiguate otherwise identical
+ \iffieldundef{\csuse{cms@xfield}}% short notes
+ {\iflistundef{\csuse{cms@xfield}}%
+ {\ifnameundef{\csuse{cms@xfield}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{date}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printdate}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{origdate}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printorigdate}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{eventdate}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printeventdate}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{urldate}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\printurldate}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{\cms@xfield}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{%
+ \printnames[default]{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{%
+ \printlist{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{month}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{origmonth}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{eventmonth}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{urlmonth}}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{day}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{origday}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{eventday}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms@xfield}{urlday}}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{%
+ \printfield[letterday]{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms@xformat}]{%
+ \printfield{\csuse{cms@xfield}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\csxdef{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}%
+ \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ % \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legal}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legalser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ % \newcunit%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{constitution}%
+ {\usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labeltitlesource}{shorttitle}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldint{volume}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iflistundef{location}}
+ }%
+ {\printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legislationser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ }}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:legal}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:cms}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:cms}{%
+ \usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@allshort}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:legal}{%
+ \usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@allshort}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}%
+ \newcunit}}% ??
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms:shorthandintro}{% For changing the citedas phrase
+ \iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthandintro}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \bibstring{hereinafter}\addspace%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \bibstring{citedas}\addspace%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}}%
+ {%\addspace%\setunit{\addspace}% Ditto
+ \printfield{shorthandintro}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{choose:ibidstring}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\bibsstring[\mkbibemph]{ibidem}}%
+ {\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@noibid}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}% Needed for inheritshorthand option
+ }%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:short}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@allshort}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \usebibmacro{choose:ibidstring}}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \usebibmacro{choose:ibidstring}}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifloccit}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalcs{postnote}{cms@pnsaved}}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifdefvoid{\blx@loccittracker}}% Package option=false
+ )
+ }%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms@loccit}}%
+ {}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:journal}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}%
+ {\iffieldundef{prenote}%
+ {\bibsentence\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteidem}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@noidem}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{prenote}%
+ {\bibsentence\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}%
+ \newcunit}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}%
+ \bibrightbracket\newcunit}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?%
+ \bibrightbracket\newcunit}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}%
+ \isdot\newcunit}}}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@allshort}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield[journum]{number}}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}%
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}}}}%
+
+%% Macros from verbose.cbx %%
+
+\newbibmacro*{textcite}{%
+ \ifnameundef{labelname}%
+ {\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@gencite}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iflastcitekey}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@genallnames}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\thegen}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{textcite:init}{%
+ \citetrackerfalse%
+ \pagetrackerfalse%
+ \iffirstcitekey
+ {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{textcite:count}{%
+ \stepcounter{textcitetotal}%
+ \ifnumgreater{\value{uniquelist}}{\value{maxnames}}%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{uniquelist}}{\value{textcitemaxnames}}%
+ {\setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{\value{uniquelist}}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifnumless{\value{labelname}}{\value{maxnames}}%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{labelname}}{\value{textcitemaxnames}}%
+ {\setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{\value{labelname}}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{maxnames}}{\value{textcitemaxnames}}%
+ {\setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{\value{maxnames}}}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+%%%% Citation Commands, internal and external %%%%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cmsnoopcite}%
+{}{}{}{}%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\bibxrefcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{backref+check}}% So cites in biblio don't turn up
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% in backref list
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT%
+ \(\ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\)}%
+ {\clearname{author}%
+ \clearname{shortauthor}%
+ \clearname{labelname}}%
+ {}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@inheritshhand}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}}% Would {cite} be better?
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{crossref:volume+postnote}}% Volume fix
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\bookbibxrefcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{backref+check}}% So cites in biblio don't turn up
+ {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}% in backref list
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{collection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}}%
+ {\clearname{editor}%
+ \clearname{shorteditor}%
+ \clearname{labelname}}%
+ {\clearname{author}%
+ \clearname{shortauthor}%
+ \clearname{labelname}}}%
+ {}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{bibxref-in:}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@inheritshhand}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{crossref:volume+postnote}}% Volume fix
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \blx@ibidreset
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}
+ [\iffootnote{}{\mkbibfootnote}]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote{}{\mkbibfootnote}]%
+{\smartcite}{\multicitedelim}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footfullcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\origfullcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{backref+check}%
+ \ifhyperref%
+ {\hypertarget{cite.\the\c@refsection @\abx@field@entrykey}{}}%
+ {}%
+ \nopunct\unspace}% Put \nopunct and \unspace here for 0.8e.
+ {\usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clearorigin}\clearfield{userf}\clearfield{shorthand}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \frenchspacing}%
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}%
+ {\multicitedelim}%
+ {\finentry}% Helps with annotated bibliographies (?)
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\origpublcite}% Similar to above, w/o title.
+ {\usebibmacro{backref+check}%
+ \ifhyperref%
+ {\hypertarget{cite.\the\c@refsection @\abx@field@entrykey}{}}%
+ {}%
+ \nopunct%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\addspace}{\unspace}}%\unspace Put \nopunct and \unspace here for 0.8e.
+ {\usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\clearfield{shorthand}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@origpublished}\frenchspacing}%
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}%
+ \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\newunit\usebibmacro{pageref}}}%
+ {\multicitedelim}%
+ {\finentry}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlessfullcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{hlprenote}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\usebibmacro{cite:save}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clear+labelname}\global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}%
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
+ {\multicitedelim}%
+ {}%\usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlesscite}
+ {\usebibmacro{hlcprenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clear+labelname}%
+ \clearname{labelname}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlessparencite}[\mkbibparens]
+ {\usebibmacro{hlcprenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clear+labelname}%
+ \clearname{labelname}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\headlessparenshortcite}[\mkbibparens]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl{cms@firstshort}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \clearname{labelname}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:short}}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\surnamecite}
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\usebibmacro{hlcprenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@noneshort}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}
+ {\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{\usebibmacro{choose+surname}}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{editor}{\usebibmacro{choose+surname}}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{author}{\usebibmacro{choose+surname}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite}}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\surnamecites}{surnamecite}{\multicitedelim}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\shortcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:short}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\shorthandcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@shorthandibid}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}%
+ \global\toggletrue{cms@noidem}}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citejournal}% Name?
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \clearfield{pages}%
+ \usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:journal}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\iftoggle{cms@loccit}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeauthor}
+ {\boolfalse{citetracker}%
+ \boolfalse{pagetracker}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\toggletrue{cms@shortnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \ifciteindex
+ {\indexnames{labelname}}
+ {}%
+ \printnames{labelname}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\citetitles}{citetitle}{\multicitedelim}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\headlesscites}{headlesscite}{\multicitedelim}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\headlessparencites}[\mkbibparens]%
+{headlessparencite}{\multicitedelim}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\headlessparenshortcites}[\mkbibparens]%
+{headlessparenshortcite}{\multicitedelim}
+
+%% Textcite commands adapted from verbose.cbx %%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cbx@textcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}}
+ {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}
+ {}%
+ {\iffirstcitekey
+ {}%
+ {\textcitedelim}%
+ \stepcounter{textcitecount}%
+ \usebibmacro{textcite}%
+ \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}
+ {}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cbx@textcite\cms@textcite@i]
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}%
+ \gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}%
+ \DeferNextCitekeyHook}
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{%
+ (\thefield{multiprenote})(\thefield{multipostnote})}}%
+ {}%
+ \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}%
+ \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:count}%
+ \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{{\cbx@savedkeys}}%
+ \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{%
+ [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}%
+ \iflastcitekey
+ {\iffootnote
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\nopunct}%
+ \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}% Switch
+ \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\nopunct}}}% these two?
+ {}}
+ {}}
+ {}
+ {}
+
+\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite@init}[3]{%
+ \setcounter{textcitetotal}{0}%
+ \setcounter{textcitecount}{0}%
+ \setcounter{textcitemaxnames}{0}%
+ \def\cbx@textcite@args{#1}\def\cbx@footcite@args{#2}#3%
+ \cbx@textcite@args\empty\cbx@footcite@args\empty}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cbx@textcites}{\cbx@textcite}{}
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}
+ [\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcites\cms@textcites@i]{\textcite}{}
+
+\let\cbx@textcites@init\cbx@textcite@init
+\pretocmd{\cbx@textcites@init}{%
+ \UseNextMultiCiteHook%
+ \AtNextMultiCite{%
+ \renewbibmacro{multiprenote}{}%
+ \renewbibmacro{multipostnote}{}}}{}{}
+
+\renewcommand*{\textcitedelim}{%
+ \iffinalcitedelim%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{textcitetotal}}{2}%
+ {\addcomma}%
+ {}%
+ \addspace\bibstring{and}}%
+ {\addcomma}%
+ \addspace}%
+
+\newrobustcmd{\cms@textcite@i}{%
+ \iffootnote{\foottextcite}{\footcite}}
+
+\newrobustcmd{\cms@textcites@i}{%
+ \iffootnote{\foottextcites}{\footcites}}
+
+\newcommand{\foottextcite}{\addspace\headlessparenshortcite}
+
+\newcommand{\foottextcites}{\addspace\headlessparenshortcites}
+
+%%% The \gentextcite commands - \textcite in the genitive case %%%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@i}
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@gencite}}%
+ {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffirstcitekey
+ {}%
+ {\textcitedelim}%
+ \stepcounter{textcitecount}%
+ \usebibmacro{textcite}%
+ \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}
+ {}
+ {\togglefalse{cms@gencite}}%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite}[\cbx@textcite@init\cms@gentextcite@i\cms@textcite@i]
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:init}%
+ \gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}%
+ \DeferNextCitekeyHook}
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffirstcitekey\AND\value{multicitetotal}>0}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{%
+ (\thefield{multiprenote})(\thefield{multipostnote})}}%
+ {}%
+ \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}%
+ \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{textcite:count}%
+ \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{{\cbx@savedkeys}}%
+ \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{%
+ [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}%
+ \iflastcitekey
+ {\iffootnote
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\nopunct}%
+ \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}}%
+ {\protected@xappto\cbx@textcite@args{\thefield{postpunct}}% Switch
+ \protected@xappto\cbx@footcite@args{\nopunct}}}% these two?
+ {}}
+ {}}
+ {}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcite@is}{\cms@gentextcite@i}{}
+\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cms@gentextcites}
+ [\cbx@textcites@init\cms@gentextcite@is\cms@textcites@i]{\cms@gentextcite}{}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcite}[1][]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencite@i[#1]}%
+ {\gencite@i[][#1]}}%
+
+\def\gencite@i[#1][#2]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencite@ii[#1][#2]}%
+ {\gencite@ii[][#1][#2]}}%
+
+\def\gencite@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{%
+ \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}%
+ \gencite@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}%
+
+\def\gencite@iii#1{\cms@gentextcite#1}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\gentextcites}[1][]{%
+ \@ifnextchar(%)
+ {\gencites@iv[#1]}%
+ {\@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencites@i[#1]}%
+ {\gencites@i[][#1]}}}%
+
+\def\gencites@i[#1][#2]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\gencites@ii[#1][#2]}%
+ {\gencites@ii[][#1][#2]}}%
+
+\def\gencites@ii[#1][#2][#3]#4{%
+ \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}%
+ \gencites@iii[#2][#3]{#4}}%
+
+\def\gencites@iii#1{\cms@gentextcites#1}%
+
+\def\gencites@iv[#1]#2{%
+ \ifblank{#1}{\def\thegen{'s}}{\def\thegen{#1}}%
+ \cms@gentextcites#2}%
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcite}{\bibsentence\gentextcite}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Gentextcites}{\bibsentence\gentextcites}
+
+%%% End code for \gentextcite %%%
+
+%%%% Drivers for the Long Note Format %%%%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:article}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmag+news+author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cmag+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@citerel}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cmag+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cjournal+issue+year+pages}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@citerel}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:artwork}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:audio}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
+ {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}%
+ \printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isan}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{ismn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:book}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@bookpages}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{pages}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work.
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work.
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:bookinbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work.
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work.
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:booklet}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:collection}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work.
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work. Only with Vol?
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:customc}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:image}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}%
+{\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:incollection}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inproceedings}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inreference}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{inreffullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%setunit{\addspace}% 16th ed
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{% 16th ed
+ \bibstring{by}%
+ \addspace%
+ \printnames{author}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{square}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{round}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origpublisher}% Extra reporters, same pagination
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origlocation}% Extra reporters, different pagination
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:legal}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}% Needed here?
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}% Needed here?
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[hansardser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}% FIXME?
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}% Needed here?
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{usera}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{usera}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx@bibmonth\blx@imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:letter}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{letter+date}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubletter+loc+year}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+finentry}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\newcunit}% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \usebibmacro{xrefchapincoll}%
+ \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:manual}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author+org}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{edition}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:misc}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:music}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{addspace}}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
+ {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}%
+ \printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+origdate}%\printtext[eventdate]{\printeventdate}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pubstate}% 16th ed.
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{iswc}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvbook}{cite:book}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvcollection}{cite:collection}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvproceedings}{cite:proceedings}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvreference}{cite:reference}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:online}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{organization}% Rearranged for 16th ed.
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\printfield{doi}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{eprint}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:patent}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author+holder}% +holder?
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \iflistundef{location}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{version}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% Changed to filed
+ \printdate}}%
+ {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
+ \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
+ \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:periodical}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cperiodical+issue+year+pages}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:proceedings}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \usebibmacro{cite:xref+date}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}%
+ \usebibmacro{book:xref+finentry}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work.
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}% Removed \addspace from each.
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{.}% This seems to work.
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\setunit{\bibsentence}}{\addspace\bibsentence}}%
+ {\ifbibliography{\unspace}{\addcomma\addspace}}% ?!?
+ \usebibmacro{xrefprenote}% Volume fix
+ \bookbibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ \usebibmacro{xrefpostnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:reference}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:report}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \printfield{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \usebibmacro{inst+loc+year}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isrn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:review}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmag+news+author}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printeventdate% 16th ed.
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}% 16th ed.
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citerel}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+news+date}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cjournal+issue+year+pages}}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@citerel}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:suppbook}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \clearfield{pages}% ?? For 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isbn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:suppcollection}{cite:suppbook}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:suppperiodical}{cite:review}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:thesis}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \usebibmacro{type+inst+year}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:unpublished}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{eventtitle}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{eventtitleaddon}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{venue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\printeventdate}}%
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:video}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \newcunit
+ \iffieldundef{edition}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{edition}}%
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
+ {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}%
+ \printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
+ \newcunit
+ \usebibmacro{volume+or+volumes}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cser+num}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{music+eventdate}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cpubl+loc+year}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{type}% Order of this and next?
+ \usebibmacro{volfullpostnote}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{caddendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@isbn}%
+ {\printfield{isan}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+%%%% List Formats %%%%
+
+\DeclareListFormat{language}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
+ {\bibleftbracket\bibstring{inlang}%\addspace - for inflected langs.
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\bibstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=1}%
+ {\bibrightbracket}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\multilangdelim%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\bibstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \bibrightbracket}%
+ {\multilangdelim%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\bibstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{langlist:andothers}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{publisher}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\multipubsdelim #1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{location}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}%
+ #1\isdot%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origlocation}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {#1\isdot\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origpublisher}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{periodplace}{\mkbibparens{#1}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{lista}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbis}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}}}
+
+%%%% Field Formats -- Title, Citetitle, Lostitle %%%%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished]
+{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished]
+{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,online,thesis,unpublished]
+{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{title}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[letter,patent]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{prenote}{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}\isdot}
+
+\iftoggle{cms@comprange}% Audrey Boruvka's code from StackExchange
+{\patchcmd{\blx@comprange@check}%
+ {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\blx@tempcnta=#1%
+ \divide\blx@tempcnta100%
+ \multiply\blx@tempcnta100%
+ \ifnumequal{\blx@tempcnta}{#1}%
+ {\blx@range@out@value{#1\bibrangedash#2}}%
+ {\blx@comprange@comp{#1}{#2}}}%
+ {}{}}{}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{% Changed for page compression option
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\mkjuridprefix}[1]{%
+ \ifboolexpr{% FIXME: Is this always right?
+ test {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}% FIXME: Make it a bibstring?
+ {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange[\mkjuridprefix]{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkjuridprefix{#1}}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+% \DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{%
+% \ifbibstring{#1}%
+% {\bibstring{#1}}%
+% {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+% {\bibstring{ed#1}}%
+% {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{edlang}{% Required for feminine forms in some
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% languages
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{ed#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+ {\bibstring{ed#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{citetitle}{%
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \addspace%
+ \mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{lostitle}{%
+ \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
+ \addspace%
+ \mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ #1}%
+ {#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
+ \addspace%
+ #1}%
+ {\printfield{nameaddon}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{citetitle}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{lostitle}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{title}{%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{title}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+%%%% Other Field Formats %%%%
+
+\DeclareNumChars*{:}% For proper ibidem with multi-volume works.
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{letterday}{\mkbibcurdinal{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{note}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat
+[audio,manual,music,patent,report,suppbook,suppcollection,thesis,video]
+{type}{%
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
+ {#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork,image]{type}{%
+ \ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
+ {#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{%
+ \textrm{doi}\addcolon
+ \ifhyperref
+ {\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+ {\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{date}{% Generalize userd ???
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{date}{% Generalize userd ???
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{date}{% Generalize userd ???
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iffieldundef{userd}%
+ {\bibstring{urlseen}\addspace #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{urldate}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{urlseen}\addspace #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{urldate}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ \OR\NOT\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{urlseen}\addspace #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{origdate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% Date fix
+ {#1}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{discrecorded}\addspace #1}% Can now match gender
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iffieldundef{userd}%
+ {\bibstring{songrecorded}\addspace #1}% Can now match gender
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
+ \iffieldundef{userd}%
+ {\bibstring{broadcast}\addspace #1}%
+ {\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias{userd}{titleaddon}% 16th ed.
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{nameaddon}{\mkbibbrackets{#1\bibsentence}}% ?!
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{nameaddon}{#1\bibsentence}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{nameaddon}{% For cross-refs
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{#1}}}%
+ {#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% New in 0.8
+ \ifinteger{#1}
+ {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}%
+ {\ifcapital
+ {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
+ {#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{year}{% To cope with abbreviation n.d.
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {#1\bibsentence}%
+ {#1\isdot}}% (?)
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{year}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{year}{% To cope with abbreviation n.d.
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
+ {#1\isdot}
+ {#1\bibsentence}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{year}[article]{year}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{year}[article]{year}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{year}[article]{year}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{usere}{[#1]} % Better than mkbibbrackets?
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{titleaddon}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}%\custpunctc?
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitleaddon}{titleaddon}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitleaddon}{titleaddon}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{journaltitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{shortjournal}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{journaltitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournal}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{shorttitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jourser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkbibordseries{#1}%
+ \addnbspace%
+ \bibstring{jourser}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jurisdictionser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkjuridordinal{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legislationser}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}%
+ {\ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}%
+ {\addspace #1\isdot}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace #1\isdot}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legalser}{\addspace #1\isdot}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{hansardser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}{\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{journum}{% Revised for 0.9.5
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumerals{#1}}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifnumeral{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{numbers}\addspace #1}%
+ {\bibstring{number}\addspace #1}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{juridnum}{\bibcpstring{number}\addspace #1}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jourvol}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sernum}{%
+ \ifnumeral{#1}%
+ {\addnbspace #1}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace #1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{series}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{addendum}{%
+ \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{addendum}{%
+ \ifcapital{\mkbibparens{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}}{\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
+% This works better here than in the entrytail macro -- userf use is
+% no longer a problem, though the page breaking still isn't ideal.
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\par\nobreak \vskip \bibitemsep #1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{part}{% xref revision ???
+ \ifnumerals{#1}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{xrefpart}{% xref revision ???
+ \ifnumerals{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{part}{%
+ \ifnumerals{#1}%
+ {\bibsstring{part}~#1}%
+ {#1\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{chapter}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}}%
+ {c\adddotspace #1}%
+ {\bibsstring{chapter}~#1}}%
+
+%% This tries to get hyperlinks from shortened cross-ref'd notes to %%
+%% long notes working properly. Used in short and shorthand cites. %%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{cmshyperlink}{%
+ \iffieldundef{crossref}%
+ {\iffieldundef{xref}%
+ {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{((
+ test {\ifentrytype{book}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{bookinbook}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{collection}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{proceedings}}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ )
+ or
+ ((
+ test {\ifentrytype{inbook}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{letter}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{incollection}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inproceedings}}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{xref}}{#1}}%
+ {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{((
+ test {\ifentrytype{book}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{bookinbook}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{collection}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{proceedings}}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ )
+ or
+ ((
+ test {\ifentrytype{inbook}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{letter}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{incollection}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{inproceedings}}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{crossref}}{#1}}%
+ {\bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{volume}[article]{volume}
+
+\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{volume}[article]{volume}
+
+%%%% Related field formats from biblatex.def %%%%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubas}{#1}% This and next remove parens
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubin}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:default}{% For notes + bib
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ {\ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\printunit{\relatedpunct}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprintfrom}{% For notes + bib
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{relatedstring}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldbibstring{relatedstring}}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ {\ifcapital%
+ {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \addspace}%
+
+%%%% Commands, for users and internal %%%%
+
+\newcommand*{\cbytypeeditor}{%
+ \iffieldundef{editortype}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytypeeditor}}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytype\thefield{editortype}}}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addsemicolon\addspace}
+
+\renewcommand*{\iffinalcitedelim}{%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{textcitecount}}{\value{textcitetotal}-1}}
+
+\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{% Follows CMS16 spec.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifcsdef{@cmsst}}%
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\addcolon\addspace%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}}%
+}
+
+\newcommand{\custpunct}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{type}{plain}%
+ {}%
+ {\addcomma}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@shortnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}%
+ {}%
+ {\addperiod}}%
+ {\addcomma}}%
+ {\addperiod}}}
+
+\newcommand{\custpunctb}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{userb}{plain}%
+ {}%
+ {\addcomma}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@shortnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}%
+ {}%
+ {\addperiod}}%
+ {\addcomma}}%
+ {\addperiod}}}
+
+\newcommand{\classicpunct}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifthenelse{\(\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}\)\OR
+ \ifentrytype{letter}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}}
+
+\newcommand{\reprintpunct}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\setunit*{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}}}
+
+\newcommand{\encypunct}{% for named entries in an encyclopedia
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\ifentrytype{book}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{addendum}\AND\iffieldundef{doi}\AND
+ \iffieldundef{isbn}\AND\iffieldundef{url}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}%
+ {}%
+ {\addperiod}}%
+ {\addcomma}}%
+ {\ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{addendum}\AND\iffieldundef{doi}\AND
+ \iffieldundef{isbn}\AND\iffieldundef{url}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount} < \value{multicitetotal}}%
+ {}%
+ {\addperiod}}%
+ {\addcomma}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{book}%
+ {\addperiod}%
+ {\ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\addperiod}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+\newcommand{\postvolpunct}{\addcolon}% For vol:page customization
+
+\newcommand{\parttrans}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace}%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace}}%
+
+% \newcommand{\partedit}{%
+% \iftoggle{cms@postposit}% Kludge to make it work in French.
+% {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+% {\bibstring{cbyeditoralt}\addspace}%
+% {\bibstring{byeditoralt}\addspace}}%
+% {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+% {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace}%
+% {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}}}%
+
+\protected\def\partedit#1{%
+ \ifcat\noexpand~\noexpand#1%
+ \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\addnbspace#1%
+ \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\addspace#1%
+ \ifundef{\cms@tempb}{}{\appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \if#1H%
+ \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \if#1h%
+ \appto{\cms@tempb}{#1}%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\futurelet\cms@tempa\partedit}%
+ \else%
+ \def\cms@tempa{\part@edit@i\lbx@initnamehook{#1}%
+ \csuse{cms@tempb}#1\csundef{cms@tempb}}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \cms@tempa%
+}%
+
+\newcommand{\part@edit@i}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace}}%
+
+\newcommand{\partcomp}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace}%
+ {\bibstring{bycompiler}\addspace}}%
+
+\newcommand{\parteditandcomp}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditorcp}\addspace}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditorcp}\addspace}}%
+
+\newcommand{\parttransandcomp}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytranslatorcp}\addspace}%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslatorcp}\addspace}}%
+
+\newcommand{\partedittransandcomp}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditortrcp}\addspace}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditortrcp}\addspace}}%
+
+\newcommand{\parteditandtrans}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\addspace}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditortr}\addspace}}%
+
+\newcommand{\reprint}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\bibsstring{reprint}}%
+ {\bibstring{reprint}}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\multipubsdelim}{\addnbspace/\addspace}
+
+\newcommand*{\multilocsdelim}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\numexpr\value{listcount}+1<\value{liststop}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{liststop}>2}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}%
+ {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\multilangdelim}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<3}%
+ {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@shortnote}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}% Makes classical
+ \iffieldpages{postnote}% test more accurate. See 17.253.
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}% 16th ed -- no more volumes test.
+ {\iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{article}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{review}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}\)\AND\NOT
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}}%
+ {\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\postnotewrapper}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@modpostnote}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{,}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{\bibrangessep}}%
+ }%
+ {\addcomma}% w/ or w/o \addspace?
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{;}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{:}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldstart{postnote}{.}}%
+ }%
+ {}{\postnotedelim}}}%
+ {\postnotedelim}}%
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\iffieldstart}[2]{% Philipp Lehman's code, from
+ \begingroup% comp.text.tex
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \long\def\noexpand\iffieldstart@i####1\detokenize{#2}####2}%
+ \@tempa\@nil{\endgroup\ifblank{##1}}%
+ \savefield*{#1}{\@tempa}%
+ \expandafter\iffieldstart@i\detokenize
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\detokenize{#2}}\@nil}
+
+\newcommand*{\editordelim}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{editortype}{none}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@fullnote}%
+ }%
+ {\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}
+
+\newcommand*{\nameadelim}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{none}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@fullnote}%
+ }%
+ {\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{cfromoriglanguage}{% Needed for notes, to provide
+ \begingroup% final {by}.
+ \blx@bibstringnormal%
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{%
+ \ifbibstring{from#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{cfrom#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{clang#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}}%
+ \ifbibstring{cfrom#1}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ or
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{from#1}}%
+ {\bibstring{cfrom#1}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\biblstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andotherlangs}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newbibmacro*{list:andotherlangs}{% Final {by} after {andmore}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ and
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
+ {\finalandcomma}%
+ {}%
+ \printdelim{andmoredelim}\bibstring{andmore}\addspace\bibstring{by}}%
+ {}}
+
+\newcommand*{\lbx@cfromlang}{% Because the cbytranslator string can't
+ \iffieldundef{userf}% have {by} in it unless there's an origlanguage.
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[cfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@fromlang}{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@lfromlang}{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx@sfromlang}{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{finentry}{%{\finentry} To make annotated bibliography
+ \togglefalse{cms@switchdates}%
+ \ifbibliography
+ {\usebibmacro{entrytail}}%
+ {}%
+ \finentry}
+
+\newbibmacro*{book:xref+finentry}{% FIXME
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{crossref}\OR\ifbibliography}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{xref}\OR\ifbibliography}%
+ {}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bookcitexref}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@xref}%
+ {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{xref}}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@xref}}}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@bookcitexref}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@crossref}%
+ {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@crossref}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:xref+finentry}{% FIXME
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{crossref}\OR\ifbibliography}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{xref}\OR\ifbibliography}%
+ {}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@citecrossref}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@xref}%
+ {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{xref}}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@xref}}}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@citecrossref}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@crossref}%
+ {\bibhypertarget{\thefield{crossref}}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@crossref}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{allshort+firstcite+xref}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ togl {cms@citecrossref}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ )
+ or
+ not togl {cms@allshort}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\ifciteseen%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{crossref}%
+ {\iffieldundef{xref}%
+ {}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@xref}}%
+ {\cms@citetracker@crossref}}}}%
+
+
+\def\cms@citetracker@crossref{% cf. \blx@citetracker@global
+ \ifbool{citetracker}%
+ {\xifinlistcs\abx@field@crossref{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}%
+ {}%
+ {\listcsxadd{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}\abx@field@crossref}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\def\cms@citetracker@xref{% cf. \blx@citetracker@global
+ \ifbool{citetracker}%
+ {\xifinlistcs\abx@field@xref{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}%
+ {}%
+ {\listcsxadd{blx@bsee@\the\c@refsection}\abx@field@xref}}%
+ {}}%
+
+
+\newbibmacro*{entrytail}{% From reading.bbx, for annotated bibliography
+ \newunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@annotation}%
+ {\usebibmacro{annotation}%
+ \newunit\newblock}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{author+holder}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {}%
+ {\printnames{author}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{holder}\OR%
+ \ifnamesequal{author}{holder}}%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{\printnames{holder}}}}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{byauthor}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR%
+ \ifnameundef{author}}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{byauthorpunct}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ {\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\newcunit}}
+
+\renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{bookauthor}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace\printnames[default]{bookauthor}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{editorpunct}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{issuetitle}\)%
+ \OR\iffieldsequal{booktitle}{title}% Changed these for crossrefed
+ \OR\iffieldsequal{maintitle}{title}}% entries. Create problems?
+ {\ifentrytype{video}% Change for Video type? Appears
+ {\newcunit\newblock}% to treat italicized title as booktitle in
+ {\newunit\newblock}}% available examples. Added issuetitle 0.9.9c.
+ {\newcunit\newblock}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{edition}{%
+ \printfield{edition}%
+ \clearfield{edition}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{inforaft}{%
+ \ifnameundef{introduction}%
+ {\ifnameundef{afterword}%
+ {\ifnameundef{foreword}%
+ {\printfield{type}}%
+ {\bibstring{forewordto}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}}% 16th ed.
+ {\bibstring{afterwordto}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}}%
+ {\bibstring{introductionto}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{langlist:andothers}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{liststop}\AND%
+ \ifmoreitems}%
+ {\ifnum\value{liststop}>1 \finalandcomma\fi%
+ \andmoredelim\bibstring{andmore}\bibrightbracket}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+news+author}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}\AND\NOT
+ \iffirstonpage}%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \savefield{journaltitle}{\bbx@lasthash}}}%
+ {\ifuseauthor%
+ {\usebibmacro{author}}%
+ {}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+author}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {}% 16th ed.
+ {\ifuseauthor%
+ {\usebibmacro{author}}%
+ {}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{type+inst+year}{%
+ \printfield{type}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printlist{institution}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{institution+organization}{%
+ \iflistundef{organization}%
+ {\iflistundef{institution}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{institution}}}%
+ {\printlist{organization}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printlist{institution}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bibauthor+org}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\ifnameundef{editor}%
+ {\iflistundef{organization}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iflistequals{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ }%
+ {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
+ {\printlist{organization}%
+ \savelist{organization}{\bbx@lasthash}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{editor}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{author+org}{%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\ifnameundef{editor}%
+ {\iflistundef{organization}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{organization}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{editor}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbytypestrg}[2]{%
+ \iffieldundef{#1type}%
+ {\bibstring{cby#2}}%
+ {\bibstring{cby\thefield{#1type}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editor}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyeditorx}{%
+ \ifnameundef{editora}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditora]{editora}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorb}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \ifnameundef{editorc}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}%
+ \newcunit}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{translator}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytranslator}%
+ \addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyredactor}{%
+ \ifnameundef{redactor}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyredactor}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byredactor]{redactor}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithcommentator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{commentator}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibsstring{withcommentator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withcommentator]{commentator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithannotator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{annotator}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibsstring{withannotator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withannotator]{annotator}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithintroduction}{%
+ \ifnameundef{introduction}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withintroduction}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withintroduction]{introduction}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithforeword}{%
+ \ifnameundef{foreword}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withforeword}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withforeword]{foreword}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cwithafterword}{%
+ \ifnameundef{afterword}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{withafterword}\addspace%
+ \printnames[withafterword]{afterword}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor+others}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND%
+ \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}%
+ {\def\@tempa{cbyeditor}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
+ \clearname{editor}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor}}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbytranslator+others}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{translator}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{cbytranslator}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbycompiler+others}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler+others}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namec}%
+ {}%
+ {\def\@tempa{cbycompiler}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
+ \clearname{commentator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
+ \clearname{annotator}}%
+ {}}%
+ \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
+ \clearname{introduction}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
+ \clearname{foreword}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
+ \clearname{afterword}}%
+ {}}}%
+ \bibstring{\@tempa}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}%
+ \clearname{namec}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyothers}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cbyothers}{%
+ \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbycompiler}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyredactor}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithcommentator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithannotator}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithintroduction}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithforeword}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cwithafterword}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{part+editor+translator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namea}%
+ {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditortr}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}%
+ {\bibstring{byeditor}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{namea}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \bibstring{bytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cpart+editor+translator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namea}%
+ {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace% Need this \space here?
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{namea}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms-in:}{% Fix for 0.9a compat.
+ \iftoggle{cms@origpublished}%
+ {}% Removed the cms@crspace test -- fixed a bug I had introduced
+ {\bibstring{in}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bibxref-in:}{%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}%
+ {\restorefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}\toggletrue{cms@xrefvol}%
+ \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}%
+ {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \clearfield{volume}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollvol\undefined% Volume fix
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \clearfield{part}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined% Volume fix
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}%
+ {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}\toggletrue{cms@xrefpart}}%
+ {}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\printfield[xrefpart]{part}%
+ \clearfield{part}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined% Volume fix
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}%
+ {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}\toggletrue{cms@xrefpart}}%
+ {}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR\ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{mvreference}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \clearfield{volume}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollvol\undefined% Volume fix
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \clearfield{part}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined% Volume fix
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{chapincoll}{%
+ \iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{chapter}\addspace%
+ \clearfield{chapter}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{xrefchapincoll}{%
+ \iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {\printtext{\relax}}%
+ {\printfield{chapter}\addspace%
+ \clearfield{chapter}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{chapinscore}{%
+ \iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifentrytype{music}}% 16th ed.
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@origpublished}%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{on}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\printfield{chapter}\clearfield{chapter}%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\addspace\bibstring{of}\setunit{\addspace}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{caddendum}{% New macros for 16th ed. field exclusion
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@addendum}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{addendum}}%
+ }%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{addendum}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cnotefield}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@notefield}%
+ {\printfield{note}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cser+num}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@bookseries}%
+ {\printfield{series}%
+ \printfield[sernum]{number}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{ser+num}{%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \printfield[sernum]{number}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{music+origdate}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% 16th ed.
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}}}}% Date fix
+
+\newbibmacro*{music+eventdate}{%
+ \iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\printeventdate}}% Date fix
+
+\newbibmacro*{ctitle+stitle}{% New test here for related entries.
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}%
+% \setunit{\addspace}}%
+% \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+% \setunit*{\addcomma}\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{citaltitle+stitle}{% New test, as above.
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{title+stitle}{%
+ \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}%
+% \setunit{\addspace}}%
+% \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+% \newunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{%
+ \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \newunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{%
+ \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@related}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
+ }%\newcunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+title}{%
+ \printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citerel}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
+ }%\newcunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{clegis+news+title}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{titleaddon}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ }}%\newcunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{language+transtitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{usere}%
+ {\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{language}}%
+ {\printfield{usere}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{issuetitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{article}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{review}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}% This test is for
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% periodical entries
+ {}%
+ \printtext[issuetitle]{%
+ \printfield[itnoformat]{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[sitnoformat]{issuesubtitle}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{btitle+bstitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{video}}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ \printtext[booktitle]{%
+ \printfield[btnoformat]{booktitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[sbtnoformat]{booksubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{booktitleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{publ+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@reprint}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{reprint}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{publisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+}
+
+\newbibmacro*{origpubl+loc+year}{% 16th ed.
+ \printlist{origlocation}%
+ \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{origpublisher}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
+}
+
+\newbibmacro*{howpubl+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint
+ \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
+ \reprintpunct%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}%
+ {\reprint\newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iffieldundef{howpublished}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printfield{howpublished}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+}
+
+\newbibmacro*{inst+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}% 16th ed.
+ \reprintpunct%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}%
+ {\reprint\newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{institution}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{institution}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}%
+}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cpubl+loc+year}{% Revised for reprint
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{publisher}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@reprint}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}%\printfield{origyear}%
+ \setunit*{\addsemicolon\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@reprint}%
+ and
+ not test{\ifentrytype{video}}%
+ }%
+ {\bibsstring{reprint}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{publisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cpubletter+loc+year}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{publisher}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{publisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}}}% Changed for 0.9
+
+\newbibmacro*{originally+published+as}{% Punctuation fix now in
+ \iffieldundef{userf}% \origfullcite for 0.8e.
+ {\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
+ \bibstring{reprintfrom}% ?
+ \origpublcite{\thefield{reprinttitle}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
+ \iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\bibstring{origpub}%
+ \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@postposit}%
+ {\bibstring{origedition}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ \addcolon%
+ \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}%
+ {\printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{origedition}%
+ \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}%
+ \newunit}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{org+publ+loc+year}{% What was wrong with \ifthenelse here?
+ \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}%{cmsorigdate}% 16th ed.
+ \reprintpunct%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}% Revised for reprint
+ {\reprint\newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \iflistundef{organization}%
+ {\iflistundef{publisher}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \printlist{organization}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{year+in+parens}{%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}%
+ {noformat}%
+ {parens}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cjournal+issue+year+pages}{%
+ \usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}%
+ \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed.
+ test {\iffieldundef{issue}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}%
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed.
+ {\newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}%
+ \addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{% parens is the default here
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cperiodical+issue+year+pages}{% For periodicals,
+ \usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}% subtype article
+ \ifboolexpr{% 16th ed.
+ test {\iffieldundef{issue}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{pagination}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}}%
+ {\setunit{\postvolpunct}}%
+ {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{number}}% 16th ed.
+ {\newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}%
+ \addcomma\addspace}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[parens]{% parens is the default here
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\usebibmacro{number+or+month}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{letter+date}{% New for 0.9
+ \iflistundef{origlocation}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{origlocation}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\cms@datelongalt}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\cms@datelong}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{unpubl+letter+date}{% For Misc entries
+ \iflistundef{origlocation}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{origlocation}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}%
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\cms@datelongalt}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
+ {\printdate}% For interviews and other dated non-letters.
+ {\cms@datelong}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{pubstate}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@reprint}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}%
+ \printdate}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{% 16th ed.
+ \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}%
+ \printorigdate}}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{choosepubstring}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{video}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{music}}%
+ {\bibstring{origreleaseyear}}%
+ {\bibstring{origpubyearalt}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{date}{% New for 0.9
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\printorigdate}%
+ {\printdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro{cite:xref+date}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@omitxrefdate}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{crossref}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}%
+ or
+ ((
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ )
+ and
+ (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ ))
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{crossref}}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@omitxrefdate}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@bookcitexref}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{xref}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}%
+ or
+ ((
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ )
+ and
+ (test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ not togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ ))
+ or
+ not test {\ifentryseen{\thefield{xref}}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{date}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsorigdate}{% New for 0.9
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\printdate}%
+ {\printorigdate}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmsyear}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\printfield{origyear}}%
+ {\printfield{year}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{number+or+month}{%
+ \iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@numbermonth}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}}
+
+\newcommand*{\cms@datelong}{% Modified for 0.9
+ \iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ {\printfield{origyear}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}% Bug fix
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{origyear}}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\cms@datelongalt}{% Modified for 0.9
+ \iffieldundef{month}%
+ {\printfield{year}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{year}}}%
+
+\newcommand*{\letterdatelong}{% Modified for 0.9
+ \iftoggle{cms@switchdates}% This one for users
+ {\iffieldundef{year}% Previous two for internal use
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{month}%
+ {\printfield{year}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{year}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
+ {\printfield{origyear}}%
+ {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit*{\nobreakspace}%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
+ \printfield{origyear}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cjournal+ser+vol+num}{%
+ \usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{series}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourser]{series}%
+ \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}?
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% need * here?
+ \printfield[journum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{eid}%
+ \newunit}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}{% For periodical entries,
+ \ifboolexpr{% article subtype
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{series}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourser]{series}%
+ \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}?
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% need * here?
+ \printfield[journum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{eid}%
+ \newunit}
+
+\newbibmacro*{journal+sub}{%
+ \iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ {\printtext[journaltitle]{%
+ \printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
+ \iftoggle{cms@url@innotes}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Fix printing of urldate when url=false
+ togl {cms@url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms@doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@doi}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{doi}}%
+ {}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@eprint}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{eprint}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{url}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{url}}%
+ {}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{chap+pag}{%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{pages}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+news+date}{% 16th ed.
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+date+issue}}%
+ {\ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date+issue}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{mag+date+issue}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{date+issue}{%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{number}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@numbermonth}% For exclusion of month
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cmsyear}}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[journum]{number}}}%
+ {\printfield{issue}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{mag+date+issue}{%
+ \usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper.
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date+issue}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{periodical+date+issue}{% For periodical type &
+ \ifboolexpr{% magazine subtype
+ not test {\iffieldundef{shorttitle}}%
+ and
+ ((
+ test {\ifcitation}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@citejtabb}%
+ )
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ and
+ togl {cms@bibjtabb}%
+ ))
+ }%
+ {\clearlist{location}\printtext[shorttitle]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper.
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{date+issue}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}%
+ \printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{%
+ \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}\)\OR%
+ \(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND\NOT\ifentrytype{bookinbook}\)}%
+ {\iffieldundef{booktitle}% Fix for origpublin ???
+ {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
+ {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@vol}}% InIn fix
+ {\toggletrue{cms@usedvol}%
+ \printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \bibstring{ofseries}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printtext[maintitle]{%
+ \printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{backref+check}{%
+ \ifbibliography%
+ {\backtrackerfalse}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@loccit}%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{semel:postnote}{% Fix to print postnote only once
+ \printfield{postnote}% Old form broke \ifloccit
+ \global\let\cms@pnsaved\abx@field@postnote%
+ \global\let\abx@field@postnote\undefined%
+ \AtNextCitekey{\ifciteibid{}{\global\let\cms@pnsaved\undefined}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@printshhand}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}%
+ {\setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\postnotewrapper%delim%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}%
+ {\postnotewrapper%delim%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@printshhand}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}%
+ {\postnotewrapper%delim%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{fullpostnote}{%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\postnotedelim%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\postnotedelim%
+ \printfield{chapter}}}%
+ {\postnotewrapper%delim% Don't need \ifbibliography test w/ following
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{juridpostnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@fullnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% See below for alternate test here
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{volfullpostnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@postvol}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{(
+ test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ )
+ or
+ togl {cms@usedvol}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}%
+ \postvolpunct%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \printfield{pages}}}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit
+ \printfield{chapter}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{postnote}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{pagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}%
+ \postvolpunct%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@usedvol}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{volume+or+volumes}{% Volume fix (modified)
+ \ifboolexpr{ (
+ test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@vol}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms@postvol}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@usedvol}%
+ }%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {\printfield{volumes}}%
+ {\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@hidevolumes}%
+ and
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@usedvol}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms@vol}%
+ \printfield{volumes}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{crossref:volume+postnote}{%
+ \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpgn}%
+ {\restorefield{pagination}{\cbx@incollpgn}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifcsdef{cbx@incollbkpgn}%
+ {\restorefield{bookpagination}{\cbx@incollbkpgn}}%
+ {}%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}% Volume fix (unfinished)
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}%
+ {\restorefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}%
+ \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}{\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}{}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}%
+ {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}%
+ {\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}%
+ {}}%
+ {}%
+ \iffieldundef{maintitle}% More elaborate test ???
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollvol}}%
+ and
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldequalcs{volume}{cbx@incollvol}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@xrefvol}% Necessary ???
+ )
+ }%
+ {\restorefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}%
+ \iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}{\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}{}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ and
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@xrefpart}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\clearfield{part}\restorefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}%
+ {\clearfield{part}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}\printfield{part}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{pages+cref+print}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote+cref+print}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ and
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldequalcs{part}{cbx@incollpart}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@xrefpart}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\printfield{part}}%
+ {\printfield{part}\newcunit\printfield{pages}}}}%
+ {\printfield{part}\newcunit\usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ {\ifcsdef{cbx@incollpages}%
+ {\restorefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}%
+ \usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{pages+cref+print}{% Reusable chunk for above
+ \iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{pages}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}%
+ \postvolpunct%
+ \printfield{pages}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \printfield{pages}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{postnote+cref+print}{% Reusable chunk for above
+ \iffieldundef{part}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldnums{postnote}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{pagination}\AND\iffieldnums{volume}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield[default]{volume}%
+ \postvolpunct%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ {\newcunit\printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \addcomma\addspace%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{inreffullpostnote}{%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@usedvol}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{chapter}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {\newcunit%\addcomma\addspace% Change to axe spurious comma
+ \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}}%
+ {\postnotedelim%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\postnotedelim%
+ \printfield{chapter}}}%
+ {\postnotewrapper%delim%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{xrefprenote}{%
+ \iffieldundef{volume}{}{\savefield{volume}{\cbx@incollvol}}%
+ \iffieldundef{pages}{}{\savefield{pages}{\cbx@incollpages}}%
+ \iffieldundef{part}{}{\savefield{part}{\cbx@incollpart}}%
+ \iffieldundef{pagination}{}{\savefield{pagination}{\cbx@incollpgn}}%
+ \iffieldundef{bookpagination}{}{\savefield{bookpagination}%
+ {\cbx@incollbkpgn}}% The next line saves the child's backrefs
+ \iflistundef{pageref}{}{\savelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{xrefpostnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@xrefurl}%
+ {\ifbibliography%
+ {\usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifcsdef{cbx@incollpgref}% Here we print and clear the child's
+ {\restorelist{pageref}{\cbx@incollpgref}% backrefs
+ \newunit%
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpgref\undefined}%
+ {}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@xrefvol}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@xrefpart}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms@usedvol}%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollvol\undefined% Volume fix
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpages\undefined%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpart\undefined%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollpgn\undefined%
+ \global\let\cbx@incollbkpgn\undefined}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{hlprenote}{% Removes spurious comma after prenote in
+ \iffieldundef{prenote}% \headlessfullnote citations.
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{prenote}%
+ \nopunct}}% Do we need \unspace here?
+
+\newbibmacro*{hlcprenote}{% As previous, but for generalized \headlesscite
+ \iffieldundef{prenote}% command, rather than \headlessfullcite.
+ {\bibsentence}% Needed for Ibid to be capitalized.
+ {\printfield{prenote}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\nopunct}}}% Do we need \unspace here?
+
+\newbibmacro*{journalprenote}{%
+ \iffieldundef{prenote}%
+ {\bibsentence}%
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{choose+surname}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms@noneshort}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printnames{labelname}\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shortauthor}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{author}}%
+ {\clearname{author}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shorteditor}%
+ {\ifnameundef{namea}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{editstrg}}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}%%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{editor}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{editstrg}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{translator}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{transstrg}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{namea}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{nameb}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{namec}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{compilestrg}}%
+ {}}}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{clear+labelname}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shortauthor}%
+ {\clearname{author}\clearname{shortauthor}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shorteditor}%
+ {\ifnameundef{namea}%
+ {\clearname{editor}\clearname{shorteditor}}%
+ {\clearname{namea}\clearname{shorteditor}}}%
+ {\clearname{\thefield{labelnamesource}}}}}
+
+\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4
+{\DeclareLabelname{\field{shortauthor} \field{author}%
+ \field{shorteditor} \field{namea} \field{editor}%
+ \field{nameb} \field{translator} \field{namec}}}%
+{\DeclareLabelname{shortauthor,author,shorteditor,namea,%
+ editor,nameb,translator,namec}}
+
+\DeclareLabeltitle[legislation]{%
+ \field{shorttitle}%
+ \field{titleaddon}%
+ \field{title}}%
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{collection}{suppcollection}{%
+ \inherit{title}{title}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{subtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{titleaddon}}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook}{incollection}{%
+ \inherit{title}{maintitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{book,collection}{letter}{%
+ \inherit{title}{booktitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{book}{incollection}{%
+ \inherit{title}{booktitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection}{letter}{%
+ \inherit{title}{maintitle}
+ \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle}
+ \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon}
+ \noinherit{shorttitle}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{indextitle}
+ \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
+}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{*}{*}{%
+ \noinherit{namea}
+ \noinherit{nameb}
+ \noinherit{nameatype}
+ \noinherit{sortyear}
+ \noinherit{sortname}
+ \noinherit{sorttitle}
+ \noinherit{urlyear}
+ \noinherit{urlmonth}
+ \noinherit{urlday}
+ \noinherit{doi}
+ \noinherit{eprint}
+ \noinherit{eprinttype}
+ \noinherit{url}}
+
+\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection,mvproceedings,mvreference}%
+{*}{% ???
+ \noinherit{year}
+ \noinherit{month}
+ \noinherit{day}
+ \noinherit{endyear}
+ \noinherit{endmonth}
+ \noinherit{endday}
+ \noinherit{origyear}
+ \noinherit{origmonth}
+ \noinherit{origday}
+ \noinherit{origendyear}
+ \noinherit{origendmonth}
+ \noinherit{origendday}}
+
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{cms}{% Updated for biblatex > 3.7
+ \sort{
+ \field{presort}
+ }
+ \sort[final]{
+ \field{sortkey}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field{sortname}
+ \field{author}
+ \field{namea}
+ \field{editor}
+ \field{nameb}
+ \field{translator}
+ \field{namec}
+ \field{sorttitle}
+ \field{journaltitle}
+ \field{organization}
+ \field{title}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field{sorttitle}
+ \field{title}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field{sortyear}
+ \field{year}
+ }
+ \sort{
+ \field[padside=left,padwidth=4,padchar=0]{volume}
+ \literal{0000}
+ }
+}
+
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{shortjournal}{%
+ \sort{
+ \field{shortjournal}
+ }
+}
+
+\newbibmacro*{compilestrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{namec}>1\OR\ifandothers{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{compilers}}%
+ {\bibstring{compiler}}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{transstrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{translator}>1\OR\ifandothers{translator}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translators}}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translator}}}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{parttransstrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{nameb}>1\OR\ifandothers{nameb}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translators}}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{transcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{translator}}}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{editstrg}{% Test added for 0.9
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslators}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {\bibstring{editors}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND%
+ \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslator}%
+ \clearname{translator}}%
+ {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}s}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}}}}%
+ \clearname{editor}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{parteditstrg}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND%
+ \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}%
+ \clearname{nameb}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompilers}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslators}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}%
+ {\bibstring{editors}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND%
+ \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}%
+ \clearname{nameb}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}%
+ {\bibstring{editorcompiler}%
+ \clearname{namec}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{editortranslator}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}%
+ {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}s}}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{nameatype}}}}%
+ \clearname{namea}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{clearorigin}{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@origcite}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ {\ifnameundef{bookauthor}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \clearname{author}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}%
+ {\clearname{bookauthor}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \clearname{author}}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \clearname{author}}}}%
+ {\clearname{author}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{clearpublin}{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@origcite}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ {\ifnameundef{bookauthor}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \clearname{author}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}%
+ {\clearname{bookauthor}%
+ \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \clearname{author}}%
+ {\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}%
+ \clearname{author}}}}%
+ {\clearname{author}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{collection}\OR\ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearname{namea}%
+ \clearname{nameb}}%
+ \clearfield{nameaddon}%
+ \ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{periodical}\OR\ifentrytype{mvbook}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvcollection}\OR\ifentrytype{mvproceedings}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{mvreference}\OR\ifentrytype{collection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{proceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{reference}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{suppbook}\OR\ifentrytype{suppcollection}\)\OR%
+ \(\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{video}\)\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}\)}%
+ {}%
+ {\clearfield{title}%
+ \clearfield{subtitle}%
+ \clearfield{titleaddon}%
+ \clearfield{usere}%
+ \clearlist{language}}%
+ \ifentrytype{letter}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@switchdates}%
+ {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{month}}%
+ {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origmonth}}%
+ \clearfield{origlocation}}%
+ {}%
+ \clearfield{reprinttitle}%
+}
+
+%%%% Related macros from biblatex.def %%%%
+
+\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{%
+ \iftoggle{cms@shortnote}%
+ {\entrydata{#1}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
+ {\entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \let\newunit\newcunit%
+ % \bibstring{reviewof}%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \ifbibliography%
+ {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}}}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \ifbibliography%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubas}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:reprintfrom}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \nopunct% ???
+ \usebibmacro{cite:origpubl}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:bytranslator}[1]{%
+ \entrydata{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{name:hook}[1]{%
+ \ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{1}%
+ {\begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \lbx@initnamehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup}
+ {}}%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{astitle}\addspace}%
+ \clearname{translator}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:origfull}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usedriver%
+ {\ifnameundef{savedauthor}%
+ {\ifnameundef{savededitor}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}%
+ {\clearname{editor}}%
+ {}}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}%
+ {\clearname{author}}%
+ {}}%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{related:init}{}%
+ \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}%
+ \renewbibmacro*{pageref}{}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms@shortnote}}%
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:multivolume}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{volume}\AND\iffieldundef{part}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \printfield{volume}%
+ \printfield{part}}%
+ \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{author}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{author}{author}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \newcunit\newblock}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{namea}{savednamea}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{namea}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{editor}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{savednameb}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifnameundef{nameb}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}\newcunit}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \newcunit}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ \usebibmacro{date}}}%
+
+\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubin}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
+ \usebibmacro{cmsyear}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iflistsequal{publisher}{savedpublisher}}%
+ or
+ test {\iflistundef{publisher}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\midsentence% Why is this kludge necessary?
+ \setunit{\addspace\bibstring[\mkrelatedstring]{bypublisher}\space}%
+ \printlist{publisher}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\space}%
+ \iflistsequal{location}{savedlocation}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist{location}}}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \mkbibemph{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{ititle:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ \mkbibquote{#1}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{chapter:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \bibstring{chapter}~#1\addspace\bibstring{in}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{avchapter:hook}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \mkrelatedstring%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms@otherlang}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{langid}}%
+ }%
+ {\unspace}{}%
+ \lbx@inittitlehook{\bibstring{chapter}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \bibstring{chapter}~#1}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sitnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sjtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{stnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{sbtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{smtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{itnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jtnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jtsnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{tnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{btnoformat}{#1}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{mtnoformat}{#1}
+
+\providetoggle{cms@otherlang}
+
+\apptocmd\blx@opt@autolang@other%
+{\toggletrue{cms@otherlang}}%
+{\blx@info@noline{Patching 'autolang=other' option}}
+{\PackageWarningNoLine{biblatex-chicago}%
+ {Upgrading biblatex to >v2.7a recommended,\MessageBreak
+ especially if you are using the "related"\MessageBreak
+ functionality}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms:titlehook}{% Needed for full drivers in reprintfrom
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{chapter}\OR\NOT\(\ifentrytype{audio}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inbook}\OR\ifentrytype{incollection}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{inproceedings}\OR\ifentrytype{letter}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{music}\OR\ifentrytype{video}\)}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issuetitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\iffieldundef{booktitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{maintitle}%
+ {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{jtnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{sjtnoformat}{title}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{journaltitle}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{shortjournal}{series}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{jtsnoformat}{title:hook}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{mtnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{smtnoformat}{title}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{maintitle}{default}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{btnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{sbtnoformat}{title}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{booktitle}{default}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[periodical]{shorttitle}{series}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issuesubtitle}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{itnoformat}{ititle:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{default}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{issuetitle}{ititle:hook}}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{audio}\OR\ifentrytype{music}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{video}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{title}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{avchapter:hook}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{tnoformat}{title:hook}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias{stnoformat}{citetitle}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[video]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}{default}%
+ \DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}{default}}}%
+ {\DeclareFieldAlias{chapter}{chapter:hook}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:origfull}{%
+ \printtext[cmshypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \clearname{author}\clearfield{userf}\clearfield{shorthand}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \frenchspacing}%
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:origpubl}{%
+ \printtext[cmshypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{clearpublin}\clearfield{shorthand}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@fullnote}\toggletrue{cms@headlessnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@origpublished}\frenchspacing%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:titlehook}}%
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{at+every+item}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@reprint}}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms@reprint}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldint{year}}%
+ or
+ togl {cms@switchdates}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for open-ended ranges
+ test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
+ or
+ not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
+ {\toggletrue{cms@switchdates}}%
+ {}}}}%
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-american.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-american.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c135816831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-american.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
+% $Id: cms-american.lbx,v 0.10.2.8 2018/01/09 18:58:58 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-american.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{american}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta>20
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\@tempcnta th\or st\or d\or d\else th\fi
+ \endgroup}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@long{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@short{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@long{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@short{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+}
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}%
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {english},
+ afterwordto = {{afterword to}{afterw\adddot\space to}},
+ forewordto = {{foreword to}{forew\adddot\space to}},
+ introductionto = {{introduction to}{intro\adddot\space to}},
+ partvolume = {{bk\adddot}{bk\adddot}},
+ by = {{by}{by}},
+ of = {{of}{of}},
+ on = {{on}{on}},
+ compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ compilers = {{comps\adddot}{comps\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}%
+ {eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}%
+ {eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}%
+ {eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}},
+ director = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ directors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{prods\adddot}{prods\adddot}},
+ editor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ editors = {{eds\adddot}{eds\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{id\adddot}},% Shorter for legal
+ origpub = {{originally published as\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\ as\addspace}},
+ origpublin = {{originally published in\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace in\addspace}},
+ origpubyear = {{originally published in\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{first published\addspace}%
+ {first pub\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{originally released in\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ released\addspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{originally shown in\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ shown\addspace}},
+ origedition ={{edition\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {ed\adddot\addcolon\addspace}},
+ revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace ed\adddot}%
+ {rev\adddot\addspace ed\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{aired}{aired}},
+ songrecorded = {{recorded}{recorded}},
+ discrecorded = {{recorded}{recorded}},
+ numbers = {{nos\adddot}{nos\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{{}n\adddot d\adddot}{{}n\adddot d\adddot}},
+ pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{filed}{filed}},
+ patentissued = {{issued}{issued}},
+ inlang = {{in\addspace}{in\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{American}{American}},
+ edbrazilian = {{Brazilian}{Brazilian}},
+ edbulgarian = {{Bulgarian}{Bulgarian}},
+ edcatalan = {{Catalan}{Catalan}},
+ edcroatian = {{Croatian}{Croatian}},
+ edczech = {{Czech}{Czech}},
+ eddanish = {{Danish}{Danish}},
+ eddutch = {{Dutch}{Dutch}},
+ edenglish = {{English}{English}},
+ edestonian = {{Estonian}{Estonian}},
+ edfinnish = {{Finnish}{Finnish}},
+ edfrench = {{French}{French}},
+ edgalician = {{Galician}{Galician}},
+ edgerman = {{German}{German}},
+ edgreek = {{Greek}{Greek}},
+ editalian = {{Italian}{Italian}},
+ edjapanese = {{Japanese}{Japanese}},
+ edlatin = {{Latin}{Latin}},
+ ednorwegian = {{Norwegian}{Norwegian}},
+ edportuguese = {{Portuguese}{Portuguese}},
+ edrussian = {{Russian}{Russian}},
+ edslovak = {{Slovak}{Slovak}},
+ edslovene = {{Slovene}{Slovene}},
+ edspanish = {{Spanish}{Spanish}},
+ edswedish = {{Swedish}{Swedish}},
+ edukrainian = {{Ukrainian}{Ukrainian}},
+ translator = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}},
+ translators = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{reds\adddot}{reds\adddot}},
+ founder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}},
+ founders = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ?
+ continuators = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ?
+ collaborator = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ?
+ collaborators = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ?
+ annotator = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}},
+ review = {{review}{review}},
+ reviewof = {{review of}{review of}},
+ reprint = {{reprint}{repr\adddot}},
+ shorthands = {{Abbreviations}{Abbreviations}},
+ newseries = {{n\adddot s\adddot}{n\adddot s\adddot}},
+ urlseen = {{accessed}{accessed}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{by}{by}},
+ cbyeditor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{comm\adddot}{comm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{annot\addot}{annot\addot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{in collab\adddotspace with}%
+ {in collab\adddotspace with}},
+ cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{ed\adddot\space and
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ comp\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and
+ comm\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and
+ annot\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ an introduction by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ a foreword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ an afterword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction
+ by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an
+ introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a
+ foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an
+ afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an
+ introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a
+ foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an
+ afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and comm\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and annot\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ comp., with an introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp.,
+ with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ comp., with a foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp.,
+ with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ comp., with an afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp.,
+ with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and comm., with an introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and comm., with a foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and comm., with an afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and annot., with an introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and annot., with a foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ comp., and annot., with an afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ an introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ a foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ an afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ an afterword by}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ an introduction by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ an introduction by}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ a foreword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ a foreword by}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ an afterword by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ an afterword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an
+ introduction by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an introduction by}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a
+ foreword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a foreword by}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an
+ afterword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an afterword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm.,
+ with an introduction by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm.,
+ with a foreword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm.,
+ with an afterword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot.,
+ with an introduction by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot.,
+ with a foreword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot.,
+ with an afterword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ comm\adddot}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ annot\adddot}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp.,
+ with an introduction by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp.,
+ with a foreword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp.,
+ with an afterword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ comm., with an introduction by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ with an introduction by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ comm., with a foreword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ with a foreword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ comm., with an afterword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ with an afterword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ annot., with an introduction by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ with an introduction by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ annot., with a foreword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ with a foreword by}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ annot., with an afterword by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ with an afterword by}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}%
+ {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}%
+ {comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}%
+ {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an
+ introduction by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an
+ introduction by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ volume = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{vols\adddot}{vols\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{o\adddot s\adddot}{o\adddot s\adddot}},
+ edition = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}},
+ pages = {{pp\adddot}{pp\adddot}},
+ column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}},
+ columns = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}},
+ line = {{line}{line}},
+ lines = {{lines}{lines}},
+ paragraph = {{\P}{\P}},
+ paragraphs = {{\P\P}{\P\P}},
+ section = {{\S}{\S}},
+ sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{hereinafter}{hereinafter}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ verses = {{vv\adddot}{vv\adddot}},
+ number = {{no\adddot}{no\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{chap\adddot}{ch\adddot}},% for legal citations
+ part = {{part}{pt\adddot}},% ditto
+ mathesis = {{master's thesis}{master's thesis}},
+ phdthesis = {{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}},
+ techreport = {{technical report}{technical report}},
+ cfromamerican = {{from the American by}{from the American by}},
+ cfrombrazilian = {{from the Brazilian by}{from the Brazilian
+ by}},
+ cfrombulgarian = {{from the Bulgarian by}{from the Bulgarian by}},
+ cfromcatalan = {{from the Catalan by}{from the Catalan by}},
+ cfromcroatian = {{from the Croatian by}{from the Croatian by}},
+ cfromczech = {{from the Czech by}{from the Czech by}},
+ cfromdanish = {{from the Danish by}{from the Danish by}},
+ cfromdutch = {{from the Dutch by}{from the Dutch by}},
+ cfromenglish = {{from the English by}{from the English by}},
+ cfromestonian = {{from the Estonian by}{from the Estonian by}},
+ cfromfinnish = {{from the Finnish by}{from the Finnish by}},
+ cfromfrench = {{from the French by}{from the French by}},
+ cfromgalician = {{from the Galician by}{from the Galician by}},
+ cfromgerman = {{from the German by}{from the German by}},
+ cfromgreek = {{from the Greek by}{from the Greek by}},
+ cfromitalian = {{from the Italian by}{from the Italian by}},
+ cfromjapanese = {{from the Japanese by}{from the Japanese by}},
+ cfromlatin = {{from the Latin by}{from the Latin by}},
+ cfromnorwegian = {{from the Norwegian by}{from the Norwegian
+ by}},
+ cfrompolish = {{from the Polish by}{from the Polish by}},
+ cfromportuguese = {{from the Portuguese by}{from the Portuguese
+ by}},
+ cfromrussian = {{from the Russian by}{from the Russian by}},
+ cfromslovak = {{from the Slovak by}{from the Slovak by}},
+ cfromslovene = {{from the Slovene by}{from the Slovene by}},
+ cfromspanish = {{from the Spanish by}{from the Spanish by}},
+ cfromswedish = {{from the Swedish by}{from the Swedish by}},
+ cfromukrainian = {{from the Ukrainian by}{from the Ukrainian by}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ bycompiler = {{compiled by}{comp\adddot}},
+ byconductor = {{directed by}{dir\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{directed by}{dir\adddot}},
+ byproducer = {{produced by}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{edited and compiled by}{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ commented by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ annotated by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with
+ an introduction, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot,
+ with an introduction, by}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with a
+ foreword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot,
+ with a foreword, by}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with
+ an afterword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot,
+ with an afterword, by}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ commented, with an introduction, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ commented, with a foreword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ commented, with an afterword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ annotated, with an introduction, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ annotated, with a foreword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ annotated, with an afterword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{edited, compiled, and commented by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{edited, compiled, and annotated by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{edited and compiled, with an introduction, by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction, by}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{edited and compiled, with a foreword, by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword, by}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{edited and compiled, with an afterword, by}%
+ {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword, by}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an
+ introduction, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction, by}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with a foreword,
+ by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword, by}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an
+ afterword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword, by}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an
+ introduction, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction, by}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with a foreword,
+ by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword, by}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an
+ afterword, by}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword, by}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ commented by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ annotated by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an
+ introduction, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with a
+ foreword, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an
+ afterword, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented,
+ with an introduction, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an
+ introduction, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented,
+ with a foreword, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ with a foreword, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented,
+ with an afterword, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an
+ afterword, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated,
+ with an introduction, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., with an
+ introduction, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated,
+ with a foreword, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ with a foreword, by}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated,
+ with an afterword, by}%
+ {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ with an afterword, by}},
+ bycompilerco = {{compiled and commented by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{compiled and annotated by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{compiled, with an introduction, by}%
+ {comp\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{compiled, with a foreword, by}%
+ {comp\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ bycompileraf = {{compiled, with an afterword, by}%
+ {comp\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{compiled and commented, with an introduction, by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{compiled and commented, with a foreword, by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{compiled and commented, with an afterword, by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ bycompileranin = {{compiled and annotated, with an introduction, by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{compiled and annotated, with a foreword, by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{compiled and annotated, with an afterword, by}%
+ {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@long#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2endday}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{}{#2endday}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc@short#1#2{% Modify ???
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-brazilian.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-brazilian.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abe484542d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-brazilian.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
+% $Id: cms-brazilian.lbx,v 0.10.1.36 2016/06/01 11:02:59 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-brazilian.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Strings provided by native speaker Gustavo Barros.
+
+
+\DeclareRedundantLanguages{brazilian}{brazil,portuges}
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{brazilian}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \toggletrue{cms@postposit}%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \togglefalse{cms@postposit}%
+}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{organizer}
+\NewBibliographyString{organizers}
+\NewBibliographyString{byorganizer}
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyorganizer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}%
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {brazilian},
+ afterwordto = {{posf\'acio a}{posf\adddot\addspace a}},
+ forewordto = {{pref\'acio a}{pref\adddot\addspace a}},
+ introductionto = {{introdu\c{c}\~ao a}{introd\adddot\addspace a}},
+ partvolume = {{tomo}{tomo}},
+ by = {{por}{por}},
+ of = {{de}{de}},
+ on = {{em}{em}},
+ compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ compilers = {{comps\adddot}{comps\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}%
+ {trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace trad\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}%
+ {eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace trads\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{eds\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}%
+ {eds\adddot\addspace e comps\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{eds\adddot\addspace e trads\adddot}%
+ {eds\adddot\addspace e trads\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{reg\adddot}{reg\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{regs\adddot}{regs\adddot}},
+ director = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ directors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{prods\adddot}{prods\adddot}},
+ editor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ editors = {{eds\adddot}{eds\adddot}},
+ organizer = {{org\adddot}{org\adddot}},
+ organizers = {{orgs\adddot}{orgs\adddot}},
+ byorganizer = {{organizado por}{org\adddot\addspace por}},
+ ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{originalmente publicado como\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\ como\addspace}},
+ origpublin = {{originalmente publicado em\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace em\addspace}},
+ origpubyear = {{originalmente publicado em\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{originalmente publicado em\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{originalmente lan\c{c}ado em\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ lan\c{c}ado\addspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{originalmente apresentado em\addspace}%
+ {orig\adddot\ apresentado\addspace}},
+ origedition ={{edi\c{c}\~ao}%
+ {ed\adddot\addcolon\addspace}},
+ revisededition = {{ed\adddot\addspace rev\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace rev\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{transmitido}{transmitido}},
+ songrecorded = {{gravada}{gravada}},
+ discrecorded = {{gravado}{gravado}},
+ numbers = {{n\textsuperscript{os}}{n\textsuperscript{os}}},
+ nodate = {{{}s\adddot d\adddot}{{}s\adddot d\adddot}},
+ pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{pedida}{pedida}},
+ patentissued = {{concedida}{concedida}},
+ inlang = {{em\addspace}{em\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{americana}{americana}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasileira}{brasileira}},
+ edbulgarian = {{b\'ulgara}{b\'ulgara}},
+ edcatalan = {{catal\~a}{catal\~a}},
+ edcroatian = {{croata}{croata}},
+ edczech = {{tcheca}{tcheca}},
+ eddanish = {{dinamarquesa}{dinamarquesa}},
+ eddutch = {{holandesa}{holandesa}},
+ edenglish = {{inglesa}{inglesa}},
+ edfinnish = {{finland\^esa}{finland\^esa}},
+ edestonian = {{estoniana}{estoniana}},
+ edfrench = {{francesa}{francesa}},
+ edgalician = {{galega}{galega}},
+ edgerman = {{alem\~a}{alem\~a}},
+ edgreek = {{grega}{grega}},
+ editalian = {{italiana}{italiana}},
+ edjapanese = {{japon\^esa}{japon\^esa}},
+ edlatin = {{latina}{latina}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norueguesa}{norueguesa}},
+ edpolish = {{polon\^esa}{polon\^esa}},
+ edportuguese = {{portuguesa}{portuguesa}},
+ edrussian = {{russa}{russa}},
+ edslovak = {{eslovaca}{eslovaca}},
+ edslovene = {{eslovena}{eslovena}},
+ edspanish = {{espanhola}{espanhola}},
+ edswedish = {{sueca}{sueca}},
+ translator = {{trad\adddot}{trad\adddot}},
+ translators = {{trads\adddot}{trads\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{reds\adddot}{reds\adddot}},
+ founder = {{fund\adddot}{fund\adddot}},
+ founders = {{funds\adddot}{funds\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}},
+ continuators = {{conts\adddot}{conts\adddot}},
+ collaborator = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}},
+ collaborators = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}},
+ annotator = {{anot\adddot}{anot\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{anots\adddot}{anots\adddot}},
+ review = {{resenha}{resenha}},
+ reviewof = {{resenha de}{resenha de}},
+ reprint = {{reimpress\~ao}{reimpr\adddot}},
+ shorthands = {{Abreviaturas}{Abreviaturas}},
+ newseries = {{n\adddot s\adddot}{n\adddot s\adddot}},
+ urlseen = {{acesso}{acesso}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{por}{por}},
+ cbyeditor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ cbyorganizer = {{org\adddot}{org\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{coment\adddot}{coment\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{anot\addot}{anot\addot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{fund\adddot}{fund\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{em col\adddot\addspace com}%
+ {em col\adddot\addspace com}},
+ cbyconductor = {{reg\adddot}{reg\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{ed\adddot\addspace e coment\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e coment\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{ed\adddot\addspace e anot\adddot}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e anot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{ed\adddot\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{ed\adddot\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{ed\adddot\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed\adddot\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e comp\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e coment\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e coment\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e anot\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e anot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad.\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e coment\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e coment\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e anot\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e anot\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\addspace e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}%
+ {comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ volume = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{vols\adddot}{vols\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{s\'er\adddot}{s\'er\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{s\adddot a\adddot}{s\adddot a\adddot}},
+ edition = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}},
+ pages = {{pp\adddot}{pp\adddot}},
+ column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}},
+ columns = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}},
+ line = {{line}{line}},
+ lines = {{lines}{lines}},
+ paragraph = {{par\adddot}{par\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{pars\adddot}{pars\adddot}},
+ section = {{\S}{\S}},
+ sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace nota\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace nota\addnbspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{doravante}{doravante}},
+ subverbo = {{verbete}{verb\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{verbetes}{verbs\adddot}},
+ verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ verses = {{vv\adddot}{vv\adddot}},
+ number = {{n\textordmasculine}{n\textordmasculine}},
+ chapter = {{cap\adddot}{cap\adddot}},
+ mathesis = {{diss\adddot\ de mestrado}{diss\adddot\ de mestrado}},
+ phdthesis = {{tese de doutorado}{tese de doutorado}},
+ techreport = {{relat\'orio t\'ecnico}{relat\'orio t\'ecnico}},
+ cfromamerican = {{do ingl\^es por}{do ingl\^es por}},
+ cfrombrazilian = {{do portugu\^es por}{do portugu\^es por}},
+ cfrombulgarian = {{do b\'ulgaro por}{do b\'ulgaro por}},
+ cfromcatalan = {{do catal\~ao por}{do catal\~ao por}},
+ cfromcroatian = {{do croata por}{do croata por}},
+ cfromczech = {{do tcheco por}{do tcheco por}},
+ cfromdanish = {{do dinamarqu\^es por}{do dinamarqu\^es por}},
+ cfromdutch = {{do holand\^es por}{do holand\^es por}},
+ cfromenglish = {{do ingl\^es por}{do ingl\^es por}},
+ cfromestonian = {{do estoniano por}{do estoniano pr}},
+ cfromfinnish = {{do finland\^es por}{do finland\^es por}},
+ cfromfrench = {{do franc\^es por}{do franc\^es por}},
+ cfromgalician = {{do galego por}{do galego por}},
+ cfromgerman = {{do alem\~ao por}{do alem\~ao por}},
+ cfromgreek = {{do grego por}{do grego por}},
+ cfromitalian = {{do italiano por}{do italiano por}},
+ cfromlatin = {{do latim por}{do latim por}},
+ cfromnorwegian = {{do noruegu\^es por}{do noruegu\^es por}},
+ cfrompolish = {{do polon\^es por}{do polon\^es por}},
+ cfromportuguese = {{do portugu\^es por}{do portugu\^es por}},
+ cfromrussian = {{do russo por}{do russo por}},
+ cfromslovak = {{do eslovaco por}{do eslovaco por}},
+ cfromslovene = {{do esloveno por}{do esloveno por}},
+ cfromspanish = {{do espanhol por}{do espanhol por}},
+ cfromswedish = {{do sueco por}{do sueco por}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ bycompiler = {{compilado por}{comp\adddot}},
+ byconductor = {{regida por}{reg\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{dirigido por}{dir\adddot}},
+ byproducer = {{produzido por}{prod\adddot}},
+ byproducer = {{produzido por}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{editado e compilado por}{ed\adddot\addspace e comp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang\ e compilado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e comentado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e anotado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e introduzido por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e prefaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e posfaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e introduzido por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e introduzido por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{editado, compilado e comentado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{editado, compilado e anotado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{editado, compilado e introduzido por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{editado, compilado e prefaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{editado, compilado e posfaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{editado, compilado, comentado e introduzido por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{editado, compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{editado, compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{editado, compilado, anotado e introduzido por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{editado, compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{editado, compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}%
+ {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang\ e compilado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ e comp\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e comentado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e anotado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e introduzido por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e prefaciado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado e posfaciado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e introduzido por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e introduzido por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{traduzido \lbx@fromlang, compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompilerco = {{compilado e comentado por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e coment\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{compilado e anotado por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e anot\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{compilado e introduzido por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{compilado e prefaciado por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompileraf = {{compilado e posfaciado por}%
+ {comp\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{compilado, comentado e introduzido por}%
+ {comp., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{compilado, comentado e prefaciado por}%
+ {comp., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{compilado, comentado e posfaciado por}%
+ {comp., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompileranin = {{compilado, anotado e introduzido por}%
+ {comp., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{compilado, anotado e prefaciado por}%
+ {comp., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{compilado, anotado e posfaciado por}%
+ {comp., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-british.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-british.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95695f1697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-british.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+% $Id: cms-british.lbx,v 0.13 2018/01/09 19:00:27 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-british.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{british}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta>20
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\@tempcnta th\or st\or d\or d\else th\fi
+ \endgroup}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{%
+ \iffieldundef{#3}%
+ {}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms@ukord}%
+ {\mkbibordinal{\thefield{#3}}}%
+ {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2}%
+ {}%
+ {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}%
+ \iffieldbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibstring{\thefield{#1}}}%
+ {\stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}}% FIXME: dateeraprintpre{#1}
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}%
+
+\InheritBibliographyStrings{cms-american}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-finnish.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-finnish.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb8be1c19e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-finnish.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,904 @@
+% $Id: cms-finnish.lbx,v 0.13 2018/01/09 19:01:03 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-finnish.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated by a native speaker (Antti-Juhani Kaijanaho).
+% - Depends on finnish.lbx from the biblatex project
+% - Many bibstrings remain untranslated, or commented out -- all
+% contributions gratefully received.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{finnish}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \savecommand\lbx@fromlang%
+ \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang%
+ \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \def\lbx@fromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}% Removed \unspace here, following german.lbx
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}% Removed \unspace here, as above.
+ \def\lbx@lfromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ \def\lbx@sfromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% DATE FIX
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% DATE FIX
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\lbx@fromlang%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp% DATE FIX
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% DATE FIX
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+% \NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+% \NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+% \NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+% \NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+% \NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+% \NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+% \NewBibliographyString{langrussian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{fromrussian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+% \NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+% \NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+% \NewBibliographyString{section}
+% \NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+% \NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+% \NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+% \NewBibliographyString{director}
+% \NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+% \NewBibliographyString{producer}
+% \NewBibliographyString{producers}
+% \NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+% \NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+% \NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+% \NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+% \NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+% \NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+% \NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+% \NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {finnish},
+ afterwordto = {{j\"alkipuhe teokselle}{j\"alkipuhe teokselle}},
+ % forewordto = {{foreword to}{forew\adddot\space to}},
+ introductionto = {{johdanto teoksessa}{johdanto\adddot\space teoksessa}},
+ partvolume = {{osa}{osa}},
+ by = {{kirjoittanut}{kirjoittanut}},
+ % of = {{of}{of}},
+ on = {{levyll\"a}{levyll\"a}},
+ % compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ % compilers = {{comps\adddot}{comps\adddot}},
+ % transcompiler = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}},
+ % transcompilers = {{trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}},
+ % editortranscompiler = {{ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}%
+ % {ed\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comp\adddot}},
+ % editorcompiler = {{ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}%
+ % {ed\adddot\addspace and comp\adddot}},
+ % editortranslator = {{ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}%
+ % {ed\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}},
+ % editortranscompilers = {{eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}%
+ % {eds\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ % trans\adddot\addcomma\addspace and comps\adddot}},
+ % editorcompilers = {{eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}%
+ % {eds\adddot\addspace and comps\adddot}},
+ % editortranslators = {{eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}%
+ % {eds\adddot\addspace and trans\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{joht\adddot}{joht\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{johtt\adddot}{johtt\adddot}},
+ % director = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ % directors = {{dirs\adddot}{dirs\adddot}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ % producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ % producers = {{prods\adddot}{prods\adddot}},
+ % editor = {{toim\adddot}{toim\adddot}},
+ % editors = {{toimm\adddot}{toimm\adddot}},
+ % ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{alkuper\"ainen julkaisu\addspace}%
+ {alkup\adddot\ julk\adddot\ as\addspace}},
+ % origpublin = {{originally published in\addspace}%
+ % {orig\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace in\addspace}},
+ origpubyear = {{alun perin julkaistu vuonna\addspace}%
+ {alkup\addot\ julk\addot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{ensipainos vuodelta\addspace}%
+ {ensip\adddot\addspace}},
+ % origreleaseyear = {{originally released in\addspace}%
+ % {orig\adddot\ released\addspace}},
+ % origshownyear = {{originally shown in\addspace}%
+ % {orig\adddot\ shown\addspace}},
+ origedition ={{laitos\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {laitos\addcolon\addspace}},
+ revisededition = {{uud\adddot\addspace p\adddot}%
+ {uud\adddot\addspace p\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{l\"ahetetty}{l\"ahetetty}},
+ songrecorded = {{taltioitu}{taltioitu}},
+ discrecorded = {{taltioitu}{taltioitu}},
+ numbers = {{not\adddot}{not\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{{}n\adddot d\adddot}{{}n\adddot d\adddot}},
+ pseudonym = {{salanimi}{salan\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{haettu}{haettu}},
+ patentissued = {{my\"onnetty}{my\"onnetty}},
+ inlang = {{kielell\"a\addspace}{kielell\"a\addspace}},
+ % langrussian = {{Russian}{Russian}},
+ % fromrussian = {{from the Russian}{from the Russian}}
+ % edamerican = {{American}{American}},
+ % edbrazilian = {{Brazilian}{Brazilian}},
+ % eddanish = {{Danish}{Danish}},
+ % eddutch = {{Dutch}{Dutch}},
+ % edenglish = {{English}{English}},
+ % edfrench = {{French}{French}},
+ % edgerman = {{German}{German}},
+ edgreek = {{kreikankielinen}{kreikankielinen}},
+ % editalian = {{Italian}{Italian}},
+ % edlatin = {{Latin}{Latin}},
+ % ednorwegian = {{Norwegian}{Norwegian}},
+ % edportuguese = {{Portuguese}{Portuguese}},
+ % edrussian = {{Russian}{Russian}}
+ % edspanish = {{Spanish}{Spanish}},
+ % edswedish = {{Swedish}{Swedish}},
+ % translator = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}},
+ % translators = {{trans\adddot}{trans\adddot}},
+ % redactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ % redactors = {{reds\adddot}{reds\adddot}},
+ % founder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}},
+ % founders = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}},
+ % continuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ?
+ % continuators = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}}, % ?
+ % collaborator = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ?
+ % collaborators = {{collab\adddot}{collab\adddot}}, % ?
+ % annotator = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}},
+ % annotators = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}},
+ % review = {{review}{review}},
+ reviewof = {{arvio teoksesta}{arvio teoksesta}},
+ % reprint = {{reprint}{repr\adddot}},
+ % shorthands = {{Abbreviations}{Abbreviations}},
+ % newseries = {{n\adddot s\adddot}{n\adddot s\adddot}},
+ % urlseen = {{accessed}{accessed}},
+ % cbynone = {{}{}},
+ % cbyauthor = {{by}{by}},
+ % cbyeditor = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ % cbytranslator = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ % cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ % cbyredactor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ % cbycommentator = {{comm\adddot}{comm\adddot}},
+ % cbyannotator = {{annot\addot}{annot\addot}},
+ % cbyfounder = {{found\adddot}{found\adddot}},
+ % cbycontinuator = {{cont\adddot}{cont\adddot}},
+ % cbycollaborator = {{in collab\adddotspace with}%
+ % {in collab\adddotspace with}},
+ % cbyconductor = {{johtaa}{joht\adddot}},
+ % cbydirector = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ % cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditortr = {{ed\adddot\space and
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ % cbyeditorcp = {{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditorco = {{ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comm\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditoran = {{ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and annot\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditorin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditorfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditoraf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcp = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ % comp\adddot}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditortrco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and
+ % comm\adddot}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditortran = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and
+ % annot\adddot}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditortrin = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ % an introduction by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ % an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditortrfo = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ % a foreword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ % a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditortraf = {{ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ % an afterword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with
+ % an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditorcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditorcpin = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction
+ % by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpfo = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an
+ % introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a
+ % foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an
+ % afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an
+ % introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a
+ % foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an
+ % afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpco = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and comm\adddot}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpan = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and annot\adddot}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot\adddot}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ % comp., with an introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp.,
+ % with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ % comp., with a foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp.,
+ % with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and
+ % comp., with an afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp.,
+ % with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and comm., with an introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and comm., with a foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and comm., with an afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpanin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and annot., with an introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and annot., with a foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ % comp., and annot., with an afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcoin = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditorcofo = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditorcoaf = {{ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditoranin = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditoranfo = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditoranaf = {{ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcoin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ % an introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ % an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcofo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ % a foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ % a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditortrcoaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ % an afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and comm., with
+ % an afterword by}},
+ % cbyeditortranin = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ % an introduction by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ % an introduction by}},
+ % cbyeditortranfo = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ % a foreword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ % a foreword by}},
+ % cbyeditortranaf = {{ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ % an afterword by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace
+ % trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\finalandcomma\space and annot., with
+ % an afterword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcp = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}},
+ % cbytranslatorco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm\adddot}},
+ % cbytranslatoran = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot\adddot}},
+ % cbytranslatorin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an
+ % introduction by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an introduction by}},
+ % cbytranslatorfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a
+ % foreword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with a foreword by}},
+ % cbytranslatoraf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an
+ % afterword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, with an afterword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm.,
+ % with an introduction by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm.,
+ % with a foreword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm.,
+ % with an afterword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbytranslatoranin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot.,
+ % with an introduction by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbytranslatoranfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot.,
+ % with a foreword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbytranslatoranaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot.,
+ % with an afterword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpco = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % comm\adddot}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpan = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % annot\adddot}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp.,
+ % with an introduction by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp.,
+ % with a foreword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp.,
+ % with an afterword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % comm., with an introduction by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ % with an introduction by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % comm., with a foreword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ % with a foreword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % comm., with an afterword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ % with an afterword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % annot., with an introduction by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ % with an introduction by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % annot., with a foreword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ % with a foreword by}},
+ % cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and
+ % annot., with an afterword by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ % with an afterword by}},
+ % cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}},
+ % cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}},
+ % cbycompilerin = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}%
+ % {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an introduction by}},
+ % cbycompilerfo = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}%
+ % {comp.,\addabbrvspace with a foreword by}},
+ % cbycompileraf = {{comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}%
+ % {comp.,\addabbrvspace with an afterword by}},
+ % cbycompilercoin = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an
+ % introduction by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbycompilercofo = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbycompilercoaf = {{comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm., with an afterword by}},
+ % cbycompileranin = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an
+ % introduction by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an introduction by}},
+ % cbycompileranfo = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot., with a foreword by}},
+ % cbycompileranaf = {{comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot., with an afterword by}},
+ volume = {{nide}{nid.\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{nidett\"a}{nidd.\adddot}},
+ % jourvol = {{vol\adddot}{vol\adddot}},
+ % jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}},
+ % oldseries = {{o\adddot s\adddot}{o\adddot s\adddot}},
+ % edition = {{ed\adddot}{ed\adddot}},
+ % page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}},
+ % pages = {{pp\adddot}{pp\adddot}},
+ % column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}},
+ % columns = {{cols\adddot}{cols\adddot}},
+ % line = {{line}{line}},
+ % lines = {{lines}{lines}},
+ % paragraph = {{\P}{\P}},
+ % paragraphs = {{\P\P}{\P\P}},
+ % section = {{\S}{\S}},
+ % sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace viite\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace viite\addnbspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{jatkossa}{jatkossa}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ % verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ % verses = {{vv\adddot}{vv\adddot}},
+ % number = {{no\adddot}{no\adddot}},
+ % chapter = {{chap\adddot}{chap\adddot}},
+ % mathesis = {{master's thesis}{master's thesis}},
+ % phdthesis = {{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}{PhD\addabbrvspace diss\adddot}},
+ % techreport = {{technical report}{technical report}},
+ % cfromamerican = {{from the American by}{from the American by}},
+ % cfrombrazilian = {{from the Brazilian by}{from the Brazilian
+ % by}},
+ % cfromdanish = {{from the Danish by}{from the Danish by}},
+ % cfromdutch = {{from the Dutch by}{from the Dutch by}},
+ % cfromenglish = {{from the English by}{from the English by}},
+ % cfromfrench = {{from the French by}{from the French by}},
+ % cfromgerman = {{from the German by}{from the German by}},
+ % cfromgreek = {{from the Greek by}{from the Greek by}},
+ % cfromitalian = {{from the Italian by}{from the Italian by}},
+ % cfromlatin = {{from the Latin by}{from the Latin by}},
+ % cfromnorwegian = {{from the Norwegian by}{from the Norwegian
+ % by}},
+ % cfromportuguese = {{from the Portuguese by}{from the Portuguese
+ % by}},
+ % cfromrussian = {{from the Russian by}{from the Russian by}},
+ % cfromspanish = {{from the Spanish by}{from the Spanish by}},
+ % cfromswedish = {{from the Swedish by}{from the Swedish by}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ % bycompiler = {{compiled by}{comp\adddot}},
+ byconductor = {{johtaa}{joht.\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{ohjannut}{ohj\adddot}},
+ % byproducer = {{produced by}{prod\adddot}},
+ % byeditorcp = {{edited and compiled by}{ed\adddot\space and comp\adddot}},
+ % byeditortrcp = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot}},
+ % byeditortrcpco = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % commented by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm\adddot}},
+ % byeditortrcpan = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % annotated by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot\adddot}},
+ % byeditortrcpin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with
+ % an introduction, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot,
+ % with an introduction, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with a
+ % foreword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot,
+ % with a foreword, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, and compiled, with
+ % an afterword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, and comp\adddot,
+ % with an afterword, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpcoin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % commented, with an introduction, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpcofo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % commented, with a foreword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpcoaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % commented, with an afterword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpanin = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % annotated, with an introduction, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpanfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % annotated, with a foreword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ % byeditortrcpanaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % annotated, with an afterword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp.,
+ % and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ % byeditorcpco = {{edited, compiled, and commented by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ % byeditorcpan = {{edited, compiled, and annotated by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ % byeditorcpin = {{edited and compiled, with an introduction, by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an introduction, by}},
+ % byeditorcpfo = {{edited and compiled, with a foreword, by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with a foreword, by}},
+ % byeditorcpaf = {{edited and compiled, with an afterword, by}%
+ % {ed\adddot\space and comp., with an afterword, by}},
+ % byeditorcpcoin = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an
+ % introduction, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an introduction, by}},
+ % byeditorcpcofo = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with a foreword,
+ % by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with a foreword, by}},
+ % byeditorcpcoaf = {{edited, compiled, and commented, with an
+ % afterword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and comm., with an afterword, by}},
+ % byeditorcpanin = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an
+ % introduction, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an introduction, by}},
+ % byeditorcpanfo = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with a foreword,
+ % by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with a foreword, by}},
+ % byeditorcpanaf = {{edited, compiled, and annotated, with an
+ % afterword, by}%
+ % {ed.,\addabbrvspace comp., and annot., with an afterword, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcp = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp\adddot}},
+ % bytranslatorcpco = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % commented by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm\adddot}},
+ % bytranslatorcpan = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and
+ % annotated by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot\adddot}},
+ % bytranslatorcpin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an
+ % introduction, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an introduction, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with a
+ % foreword, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with a foreword, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang\ and compiled, with an
+ % afterword, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ and comp., with an afterword, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpcoin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented,
+ % with an introduction, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an
+ % introduction, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpcofo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented,
+ % with a foreword, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm.,
+ % with a foreword, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and commented,
+ % with an afterword, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and comm., with an
+ % afterword, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpanin = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated,
+ % with an introduction, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot., with an
+ % introduction, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpanfo = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated,
+ % with a foreword, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ % with a foreword, by}},
+ % bytranslatorcpanaf = {{translated \lbx@fromlang, compiled, and annotated,
+ % with an afterword, by}%
+ % {trans\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, comp., and annot.,
+ % with an afterword, by}},
+ % bycompilerco = {{compiled and commented by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot}},
+ % bycompileran = {{compiled and annotated by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot}},
+ % bycompilerin = {{compiled, with an introduction, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ % bycompilerfo = {{compiled, with a foreword, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ % bycompileraf = {{compiled, with an afterword, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ % bycompilercoin = {{compiled and commented, with an introduction, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ % bycompilercofo = {{compiled and commented, with a foreword, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ % bycompilercoaf = {{compiled and commented, with an afterword, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and comm\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+ % bycompileranin = {{compiled and annotated, with an introduction, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an introduction, by}},
+ % bycompileranfo = {{compiled and annotated, with a foreword, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with a foreword, by}},
+ % bycompileranaf = {{compiled and annotated, with an afterword, by}%
+ % {comp\adddot\space and annot\adddot, with an afterword, by}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-french.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-french.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aae7f702bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-french.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,909 @@
+% $Id: cms-french.lbx,v 0.9.5.39 2018/01/10 16:38:12 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-french.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Some strings still missing
+% - Translated strings and formatting decisions need review by native
+% speakers.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{french}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\postvolpunct%
+ \renewcommand{\postvolpunct}{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \toggletrue{cms@postposit}%
+ \savecommand\mkbibnamefamily%
+ \protected\def\mkbibnamefamily#1{\textnohyphenation{#1}}%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\postvolpunct%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibnamefamily%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \togglefalse{cms@postposit}%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoralt} % To cope with \smartof issues
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditoralt} % in \partedit command.
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}% 2 strings to allow matching gender
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}%
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {french},
+ afterwordto = {{postface \`a}{postf\adddot\ \`a}},
+ forewordto = {{pr\'eface \`a}{pr\'ef\adddot\ \`a}},
+ introductionto = {{introduction \`a}{introd\adddot\ \`a}},
+ partvolume = {{\unspace}{\unspace}},
+ by = {{par}{par}},
+ of = {{de}{de}},
+ on = {{sur}{sur}},
+ compiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ compilers = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}{trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{\'ed\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{\'ed\adddot\ et comp\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddot\ et comp\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{\'ed\adddot\ et trad\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddot\ et trad\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{\'eds\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}%
+ {\'eds\adddot, trad\adddot\ et comp\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{\'eds\adddot\ et comp\adddot}%
+ {\'eds\adddot\ et comp\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{\'eds\adddot\ et trad\adddot}%
+ {\'eds\adddot\ et trad\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ director = {{r\'eal\adddot}{r\'eal\adddot}},
+ directors = {{r\'eal\adddot}{r\'eal\adddot}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ editor = {{\'ed\adddot}{\'ed\adddot}},
+ editors = {{\'eds\adddot}{\'eds\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{originellement publi\'e comme}%
+ {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\ comme}},
+ origpublin = {{originellement publi\'e dans}%
+ {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\ dans}},
+ origpubyear = {{originellement publi\'e en\addspace}%
+ {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{originellement publi\'e en\addspace}%
+ {origin\adddot\ publ\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{originellement sorti en\addspace}%
+ {origin\adddot\ sorti\addspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{originellement diffus\'ee en\addspace}%
+ {origin\adddot\ diffus\'ee\addspace}},
+ origedition = {{\'edition}{\'edition}},
+ revisededition = {{\'ed\adddot\ r\'ev\adddot}{\'ed\adddot\
+ r\'ev\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{diffus\'ee}{diffus\'ee}},
+ songrecorded = {{enregistr\'ee}{enregistr\'ee}},
+ discrecorded = {{enregistr\'e}{enregistr\'e}},
+ numbers = {{n\textsuperscript{os}}{n\textsuperscript{os}}},% ?
+ nodate = {{{}s\adddot d\adddot}{{}s\adddot d\adddot}},% ?
+ pseudonym = {{pseudonym}{pseudonym}},% ?
+ patentfiled = {{d\'epos\'e}{d\'epos\'e}},
+ patentissued = {{d\'elivr\'e}{d\'elivr\'e}},
+ inlang = {{en\addspace}{en\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{am\'ericaine}{am\'ericaine}},
+ edbrazilian = {{br\'esilienne}{br\'esilienne}},
+ edbulgarian = {{bulgare}{bulgare}},
+ edcatalan = {{catalane}{catalane}},
+ edcroatian = {{croate}{croate}},
+ edczech = {{tch\`eque}{tch\`eque}},
+ eddanish = {{danoise}{danoise}},
+ eddutch = {{n\'eerlandaise}{n\'eerlandaise}},
+ edenglish = {{anglaise}{anglaise}},
+ edestonian = {{estonienne}{estonienne}},
+ edfinnish = {{finnoise}{finnoise}},
+ edfrench = {{fran\c{c}aise}{fran\c{c}aise}},
+ edgalician = {{galicienne}{galicienne}},
+ edgerman = {{allemande}{allemande}},
+ edgreek = {{grecque}{grecque}},
+ editalian = {{italienne}{italienne}},
+ edjapanese = {{japonaise}{japonaise}},
+ edlatin = {{latine}{latine}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norv\'egienne}{norv\'egienne}},
+ edpolish = {{polonaise}{polonaise}},
+ edportuguese = {{portugaise}{portugaise}},
+ edrussian = {{russe}{russe}},
+ edslovak = {{slovaque}{slovaque}},
+ edslovene = {{slov\`ene}{slov\`ene}},
+ edspanish = {{espagnole}{espagnole}},
+ edswedish = {{su\'edoise}{su\'edoise}},
+ edukrainian = {{ukrainienne}{ukrainienne}},
+ translator = {{trad\adddot}{trad\adddot}},
+ translators = {{trad\adddot}{trad\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{r\'ed\adddot}{r\'ed\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{r\'ed\adddot}{r\'ed\adddot}},
+ % founder = {{}{}}, % FiXME: missing
+ % founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing
+ % continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing
+ % continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing
+ % collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing
+ % collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing
+ annotator = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{annot\adddot}{annot\adddot}},
+ review = {{critique}{critique}},
+ reviewof = {{critique de}{critique de}},
+ reprint = {{r\'eimpression}{r\'eimpr\adddot}},
+ shorthands = {{Sigles}{Sigles}},
+ newseries = {{nouv\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}{nouv\adddot\
+ s\'er\adddot}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{par}{par}},
+ cbyeditor = {{sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}%
+ {sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}},
+ cbyeditoralt = {{sous la dir\adddot}{sous la dir\adddot}},
+ byeditoralt = {{sous la direction}{sous la dir\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {trad\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbycompiler = {{comp\adddot}{comp\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{r\'ed\adddot}{r\'ed\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{comm\adddot}{comm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{avec des annot\adddot\ par}{avec des annot\adddot\ par}},
+ % cbyfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME
+ % cbycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME
+ % cbycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME
+ cbyconductor = {{sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}%
+ {sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}},
+ cbydirector = {{r\'eal\adddot}{r\'eal\adddot}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@cfromlang}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comp\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comm\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et annot\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et introd\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et postf\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ comm\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ annot\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang,
+ annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang,
+ annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang,
+ annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et annot\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comm\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, annot\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ comm\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ comm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ annot\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ annot\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot }},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}%
+ {comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ volume = {{t\adddot}{t\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{vols\adddot}{vols\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{t\adddot}{t\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{s\'er\adddot}{s\'er\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{anc\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}{anc\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}},
+ edition = {{\'ed\adddot}{\'ed\adddot}},
+ page = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}},
+ pages = {{p\adddot}{p\adddot}},
+ column = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}},
+ columns = {{col\adddot}{col\adddot}},
+ line = {{ligne}{ligne}},
+ lines = {{lignes}{lignes}},
+ paragraph = {{par\adddot}{par\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{par\adddot}{par\adddot}},
+ section = {{\S}{\S}},
+ sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{ci-apr\`es}{ci-apr\`es}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ number = {{n\textsuperscript{o}}{n\textsuperscript{o}}},
+ chapter = {{chap\adddot}{chap\adddot}},
+ mathesis = {{m\'emoire de ma\^{\i}trise}{m\'emoire de ma\^{\i}trise}},
+ phdthesis = {{th\`ese de doct\adddot}{th\`ese de doct\adddot}},
+ techreport = {{rapport technique}{rapport technique}},
+ cfromamerican = {{de l'am\'ericain par}{de l'am\'ericain par}},
+ cfrombrazilian = {{du br\'esilien par}{du br\'esilien par}},
+ cfrombulgarian = {{du bulgare par}{du bulgare par}},
+ cfromcatalan = {{du catalan par}{du catalan par}},
+ cfromcroatian = {{du croate par}{du croate par}},
+ cfromczech = {{du tch\`eque par}{du tch\`eque par}},
+ cfromdanish = {{du danois par}{du danois par}},
+ cfromdutch = {{du n\'eerlandais par}{du n\'eerlandais par}},
+ cfromenglish = {{de l'anglais par}{de l'anglais par}},
+ cfromestonian = {{de l'estonien par}{de l'estonien par}},
+ cfromfinnish = {{du finnois par}{du finnois par}},
+ cfromfrench = {{du fran\c{c}ais par}{du fran\c{c}ais par}},
+ cfromgalician = {{du galicien par}{du galicien par}},
+ cfromgerman = {{de l'allemand par}{de l'allemand par}},
+ cfromgreek = {{du grec par}{du grec par}},
+ cfromitalian = {{de l'italien par}{de l'italien par}},
+ cfromjapanese = {{du japonais par}{du japonais par}},
+ cfromlatin = {{du latin par}{du latin par}},
+ cfromnorwegian = {{du norv\'egien par}{du norv\'egien par}},
+ cfrompolish = {{du polonais par}{du polonais par}},
+ cfromportuguese = {{du portugais par}{du portugais par}},
+ cfromrussian = {{du russe par}{du russe par}},
+ cfromslovak = {{du slovaque par}{du slovaque par}},
+ cfromslovene = {{du slov\`ene par}{du slov\`ene par}},
+ cfromspanish = {{de l'espagnol par}{de l'espagnol par}},
+ cfromswedish = {{du su\'edois par}{du su\'edois par}},
+ cfromukrainian = {{de l'ukrainien par}{de l'ukrainien par}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ bycompiler = {{compil\'e par}{comp\adddot}},
+ byconductor = {{sous la direction \smartof}%
+ {sous la dir\adddotspace\smartof}},
+ bydirector = {{r\'ealis\'e par}{r\'eal\adddot}},
+ byproducer = {{produit par}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{\'edition \'etablie et compil\'ee par}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang\ et
+ compil\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\
+ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ compil\'ee et comment\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ compil\'ee et annot\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ compil\'ee et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ compil\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ compil\'ee et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ compil\'ee, comment\'ee et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ comment\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\
+ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ comment\'ee et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, comm\adddot\
+ et postf\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ compil\'ee, annot\'ee et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace
+ \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ annot\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@fromlang,
+ annot\'ee et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie,
+ trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et comment\'ee
+ par}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et annot\'ee par}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et introduite par}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee et postfac\'ee
+ par}%
+ {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, comment\'ee
+ et introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, comment\'ee
+ et pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, comment\'ee
+ et postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, annot\'ee et
+ introduite par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, annot\'ee et
+ pr\'efac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, compil\'ee, annot\'ee et
+ postfac\'ee par}{\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang\ et compil\'e par}%
+ {trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang\ et comp\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et
+ comment\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ comm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et
+ annot\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ annot\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et
+ introduit par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ introd\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et
+ pr\'efac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e et
+ postfac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot\ et
+ postf\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, comment\'e
+ et introduit par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, comment\'e
+ et pr\'efac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, comment\'e
+ et postfac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, annot\'e et
+ introduit par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, annot\'e et
+ pr\'efac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{traduit \lbx@fromlang, compil\'e, annot\'e et
+ postfac\'e par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@fromlang, comp\adddot,
+ annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ bycompilerco = {{compil\'e et comment\'e par}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et comm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{compil\'e et annot\'e par}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et annot\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{compil\'e et introduit par}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{compil\'e et pr\'efac\'e par}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ bycompileraf = {{compil\'e et postfac\'e par}%
+ {comp\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{compil\'e, comment\'e et introduit par}{comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{compil\'e, comment\'e et pr\'efac\'e par}{comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{compil\'e, comment\'e et postfac\'e par}{comp\adddot,
+ comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+ bycompileranin = {{compil\'e, annot\'e et introduit
+ par}{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{compil\'e, annot\'e et pr\'efac\'e
+ par}{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{compil\'e, annot\'e et postfac\'e
+ par}{comp\adddot, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-german.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-german.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73ac2cd225
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-german.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@
+% $Id: cms-german.lbx,v 0.9.5.36 2018/01/09 19:01:32 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-german.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated strings and formatting decisions need review by native
+% speakers.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{german}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \savecommand\lbx@fromlang%
+ \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang%
+ \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \def\lbx@fromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}% Removed \unspace here, following german.lbx
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}% Removed \unspace here, as above.
+ \def\lbx@lfromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ \def\lbx@sfromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% DATE FIX
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% DATE FIX
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\lbx@fromlang%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% DATE FIX
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {german},
+ afterwordto = {{Nachwort zu}{Nachw\adddot\ zu}},
+ forewordto = {{Vorwort zu}{Vorw\adddot\ zu}},
+ introductionto = {{Einleitung in}{Einl\adddot\ in}},
+ partvolume = {{T\adddot}{T\adddot}},
+ by = {{von}{von}},
+ of = {{von}{von}},
+ on = {{auf}{auf}},
+ compiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% Same as editor, following
+ compilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% german.lbx
+ transcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}},
+ director = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}},
+ directors = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}},
+ editor = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ editors = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{ebd\adddot}{ebd\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}},
+ origpublin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht in}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ in}},
+ origpubyear = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{urspr\"unglich freigegeben\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ freigegeben\addspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{urspr\"unglich gezeigt\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ gezeigt\addspace}},
+ origedition = {{Auf\noligature lage\addcolon}%
+ {Aufl\adddot\addcolon}},
+ revisededition = {{\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}%
+ {\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{\"ubertragen}{\"ubertragen}},
+ songrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}},
+ discrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}},
+ reprintfrom = {{neu gedruckt nach}{neu gedruckt nach}},% FIXME
+% translationof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% translationas = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% translationfrom = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% reviewof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ origpubas = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}},% FIXME
+ origpubin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},% FIXME
+ astitle = {{als}{als}},% FIXME
+ bypublisher = {{von}{von}},% FIXME
+ numbers = {{Nrn\adddot}{Nrn\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}},% ?
+ pseudonym = {{Pseud\adddot}{Pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{eingereicht}{eingereicht}},% Are these 2 correct?
+ patentissued = {{erteilt}{erteilt}},% ?
+ inlang = {{auf\addspace}{auf\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{amerikanische}{amerikanische}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasilianische}{brasilianische}},
+ edbulgarian = {{bulgarische}{bulgarische}},
+ edcatalan = {{katalanische}{katalanische}},
+ edcroatian = {{kroatische}{kroatische}},
+ edczech = {{tschechische}{tschechische}},
+ eddanish = {{d\"anische}{d\"anische}},
+ eddutch = {{niederl\"andische}{niederl\"andische}},
+ edenglish = {{englische}{englische}},
+ edestonian = {{estnische}{estnische}},
+ edfinnish = {{finnische}{finnische}},
+ edfrench = {{franz\"osische}{franz\"osische}},
+ edgalician = {{galicische}{galicische}},
+ edgerman = {{deutsche}{deutsche}},
+ edgreek = {{griechische}{griechische}},
+ editalian = {{italienische}{italienische}},
+ edjapanese = {{japanische}{japanische}},
+ edlatin = {{lateinische}{lateinische}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norwegische}{norwegische}},
+ edpolish = {{polnische}{polnische}},
+ edportuguese = {{portugiesische}{portugiesische}},
+ edrussian = {{russische}{russische}},
+ edslovak = {{slowakische}{slowakische}},
+ edslovene = {{slowenische}{slowenische}},
+ edspanish = {{spanische}{spanische}},
+ edswedish = {{schwedische}{schwedische}},
+ edukrainian = {{ukrainische}{ukrainische}},
+ translator = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}},
+ translators = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}},
+ founder = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}},
+ founders = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}},
+ continuators = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}},
+ collaborator = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}},
+ collaborators = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}},
+ annotator = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ review = {{Rezension}{Rezension}},
+ reviewof = {{Rezension des}{Rezension des}},
+ reprint = {{Nachdruck}{Nachdr\adddot}},
+ shorthands = {{Sigel}{Sigel}},
+ newseries = {{n.\,F\adddot}{n.\,F\adddot}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{von}{von}},
+ cbyeditor = {{hrsg\adddot}{hrsg\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}},
+ cbycompiler = {{zusammengest\adddot}{zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{\bearb\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{erl\"aut\adddot}{erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{begr\adddot}{begr\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{fortgef\adddot}{fortgef\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}%
+ {unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}},
+ cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ zusammengest\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot
+ und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ zusammengest\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\
+ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\
+ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\
+ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ volume = {{Bd\adddot}{Bd\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{Bde\adddot}{Bde\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{Jg\adddot}{Jg\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{Ser\adddot}{Ser\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{a.\,F\adddot}{a.\,F\adddot}},
+ edition = {{Aufl\adddot}{Aufl\adddot}},
+ page = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}},
+ pages = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}},
+ column = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}},
+ columns = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}},
+ line = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}},
+ lines = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}},
+ paragraph = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}},
+ section = {{\S}{\S}},
+ sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anmerkung\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anm\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{im folgenden}{im folgenden}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}},
+ verses = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}},
+ number = {{Nr\adddot}{Nr\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{Kap\adddot}{Kap\adddot}},
+ mathesis = {{Magisterarbeit}{Magisterarbeit}},
+ phdthesis = {{Diss\adddot}{Diss\adddot}},
+ techreport = {{Technischer Bericht}{Technischer Bericht}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ bycompiler = {{zusammengestellt von}{zusammengest\adddot}},
+ byconductor = {{dirigiert von}{dir\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{unter der Regie von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}},
+ byproducer = {{produziert von}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{herausgegeben und zusammengestellt von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und
+ zusammengestellt von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ zusammengest\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und
+ kommentiert von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot und komm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und erl\"autert
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einer
+ Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem
+ Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem
+ Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert
+ und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert
+ und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert
+ und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert
+ und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert
+ und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert
+ und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und
+ zusammengestellt von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ kommentiert von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ erl\"autert von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilerco = {{zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen
+ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileraf = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer
+ Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem
+ Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem
+ Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileranin = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer
+ Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem
+ Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem
+ Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-icelandic.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-icelandic.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fbc5d3781d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-icelandic.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+% $Id: cms-icelandic.lbx,v 0.16 2018/01/09 19:01:57 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-icelandic.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated by a native speaker (Baldur Kristinsson).
+% - Depends on icelandic.lbx from the biblatex project
+% - Many bibstrings remain untranslated.
+% - Needs fine tuning, since declension of Icelandic nouns (names + titles)
+% makes straight translations difficult in some cases.
+% - Last worked on: 2012-06-15
+% - Date handling altered by dfussner, along with a few other small
+% fixes. I have added placeholders for 9 audio-visual strings, but
+% need help from a native speaker to provide the actual strings.
+% See "bydirector," "cbydirector," "byconductor," "cbyconductor,"
+% "byproducer," "cbyproducer," "broadcast," "songrecorded,"
+% "discrecorded," and "on."
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{icelandic}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+% \NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {icelandic},
+ afterwordto = {{eftirm\'ali vi}{eftirm\'ali vi}},
+ forewordto = {{form\'ali vi}{form\'ali vi}},
+ introductionto = {{inngangur a}{inngangur a}},
+ partvolume = {{hl\adddot}{hl\adddot}},
+ by = {{eftir}{eftir}},
+ of = {{af}{af}},
+% on = {{}{}},
+ compiler = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},% Same as editor
+ compilers = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}%
+ {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}%
+ {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}%
+ {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}%
+ {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}%
+ {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}%
+ {ritstj\adddot\addabbrvspace og \'y\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{stj\'ornandi}{stj\'ornandi}},
+ conductors = {{stj\'ornenduur}{stj\'ornendur}},
+ director = {{leikstj\adddot}{leikstj\adddot}},
+ directors = {{leikstj\adddot}{leikstj\adddot}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{framleiandi}{framl\adddot}},
+ producers = {{framleiendur}{framl\adddot}},
+ editor = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},
+ editors = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{sama heimild}{s\adddot h\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{upphaflega birt sem}%
+ {upph\adddot\ birt sem}},
+ origpublin = {{birtist upphaflega \'{\i}}%
+ {birtist upph\adddot \'{\i}}},
+ origpubyear = {{birtist upphaflega \'ari}%
+ {birtist upph\adddot\ \'ari}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{upphaflegt \'ut\'ar\addspace}%
+ {upph\adddot \'utg\'afu\'ar\addspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{upphaflega s\'ynt \'ari}%
+ {upph\adddot\ s\'ynt \'ari}},
+ origedition = {{\'utg\'afa\addcolon}%
+ {\'utg\adddot\addcolon}},
+ revisededition = {{endurskou \'utg\'afa}%
+ {endursk\adddot \'utg\adddot}},
+% broadcast = {{}{}},
+% songrecorded = {{}{}},
+% discrecorded = {{}{}},
+ numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{\'an \'ars}{\'an \'ars}},
+ pseudonym = {{dulnefni}{dulnefni}},
+ patentfiled = {{lagt fram til skr\'aningar}{lagt fram til skr\'aningar}},%
+ patentissued = {{veitt}{veitt}},% ?
+ inlang = {{}{}}, % if this is translated "\'a",%
+% it would lead to "\'a r\'ussneska", etc.
+ edamerican = {{bandar\'{\i}sk}{bandar\'{\i}sk}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasil\'{\i}sk}{brasil\'{\i}sk}},
+ eddanish = {{d\"onsk}{d\"onsk}},
+ eddutch = {{hollensk}{hollensk}},
+ edenglish = {{bresk}{bresk}},
+ edfrench = {{fr\"onsk}{fr\"onsk}},
+ edgalician = {{galis\'isk}{galis\'isk}},
+ edgerman = {{\'ysk}{\'ysk}},
+ edgreek = {{gr\'{\i}sk}{gr\'{\i}sk}},
+ editalian = {{\'{\i}t\"olsk}{\'{\i}t\"olsk}},
+ edlatin = {{latnesk}{latnesk}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}},
+ edpolish = {{p\'olsk}{p\'olsk}},
+ edportuguese = {{port\'ug\"olsk}{port\'ug\"olsk}},
+ edrussian = {{r\'ussnesk}{r\'ussnesk}},
+ edspanish = {{sp\ae{}nsk}{sp\ae{}nsk}},
+ edswedish = {{s\ae{}nsk}{s\ae{}nsk}},
+ translator = {{\'y\adddot}{\'y\adddot}},
+ translators = {{\'y\adddot}{\'y\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}}, % same as editor
+ redactors = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},
+ founder = {{stofnandi}{stofnandi}},
+ founders = {{stofnendur}{stofnendur}},
+ continuator = {{haldi \'afram af}{haldi \'afram af}},
+ continuators = {{haldi \'afram af}{haldi \'afram af}},
+ collaborator = {{samstarfsmaur}{samstarfsmaur}},
+ collaborators = {{samstarfsmenn}{samstarfsmenn}},
+ annotator = {{me sk\'yringum eftir}{me sk\'yringum eftir}},
+ annotators = {{me sk\'yringum eftir}{me sk\'yringum eftir}},
+ review = {{ritd\'omur}{ritd\'omur}},
+ reviewof = {{ritd\'omur um}{ritd\'omur um}},
+ reprint = {{endurprentun}{endurpr\adddot}},
+ shorthands = {{skammstafanir}{skammstafanir}},
+ newseries = {{n\'y ritr\"o}{n\adddot rr\adddot}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{eftir}{eftir}},
+ cbyeditor = {{ritstj\adddot}{ritstj\adddot}},
+ cbycompiler = {{teki saman af}{teki saman af}},
+ cbyredactor = {{endurskoa af}{endurskoa af}},
+% The following translations have been taken directly from my version of
+% icelandic.lbx for biblatex (without the "c" in front).
+ cbytranslator = {{\'y\adddot\addspace\lbx@lfromlang}%
+ {\'y\adddot\addspace\lbx@sfromlang}},%
+ cbycommentator = {{sk\'yringar:}{sk\'yringar:}},
+ cbyannotator = {{sk\'yringar:}{sk\'yringar:}},
+% cbyconductor = {{}{}},
+% cbydirector = {{}{}},
+% cbyproducer = {{}{}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{\'utg.~og \'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang}%
+ {\'utg.~og \'y\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{\'utg.~og sk\'yringar:}%
+ {\'utg.~og sk\'yringar:}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{\'utg.~og sk\'yringar:}%
+ {\'utg. og sk\'yringar:}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{\'utg. og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'utg. og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{\'utg. og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg. og form\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{\'utg. og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg. og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og form\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'utg., sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'utg., \'y\adddot \lbx@sfromlang\ og sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og sk\'yringar:}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og form\'ali:}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang\ og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og inng\adddot:}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og form\'ali:}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}%
+ {\'y\adddot \lbx@lfromlang, sk\'yringar og eftirm\'ali:}},
+ % Missing: cbycompilerco, cbycompileran, cbycompilerin, cbycompilerfo, cbycompileraf,
+ % cbycompilercoin, cbycompilercofo, cbycompilercoaf, cbycompileranin,
+ % cbycompileranfo, cbycompileranaf
+ volume = {{bindi}{bindi}},
+ volumes = {{bindi}{bindi}},
+ jourvol = {{\'arg\adddot}{\'arg\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{ritr\"o}{rr\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{g\"omul ritr\"o}{g\adddot rr\adddot}},
+ edition = {{\'utg\adddot}{\'utg\adddot}},
+ page = {{bls\adddot}{bls\adddot}},
+ pages = {{bls\adddot}{bls\adddot}},
+ column = {{d\'alkur}{dlk\adddot}},
+ columns = {{d\'alkar}{dlk\adddot}},
+ line = {{l\'{\i}na}{l\adddot}},
+ lines = {{l\'{\i}nur}{l\adddot}},
+ paragraph = {{mgr\adddot}{mgr\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{mgr\adddot}{mgr\adddot}},
+ section = {{\S}{\S}},
+ sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace athugasemd\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace aths\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{h\'er eftir}{h\'er eftir}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{erindi}{er\adddot}},
+ verses = {{erindi}{er\adddot}},
+ number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{kafli}{k\adddot}},
+% byconductor = {{}{}},
+% bydirector = {{}{}},
+% byproducer = {{}{}},
+ % A lot of keys already present in in icelandic.lbx omitted here
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-ngerman.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-ngerman.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9f7691e0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-ngerman.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@
+% $Id: cms-ngerman.lbx,v 0.9.5.36 2018/01/09 19:01:32 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-ngerman.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated strings and formatting decisions need review by native
+% speakers.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{ngerman}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \savecommand\lbx@fromlang%
+ \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang%
+ \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \def\lbx@fromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}% Removed \unspace here, following german.lbx
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}% Removed \unspace here, as above.
+ \def\lbx@lfromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ \def\lbx@sfromlang{%
+ \iffieldundef{userf}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {}%
+ {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}\addspace}}%
+ {}}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{% DATE FIX
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% DATE FIX
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\lbx@fromlang%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp% DATE FIX
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {ngerman},
+ afterwordto = {{Nachwort zu}{Nachw\adddot\ zu}},
+ forewordto = {{Vorwort zu}{Vorw\adddot\ zu}},
+ introductionto = {{Einleitung in}{Einl\adddot\ in}},
+ partvolume = {{T\adddot}{T\adddot}},
+ by = {{von}{von}},
+ of = {{von}{von}},
+ on = {{auf}{auf}},
+ compiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% Same as editor, following
+ compilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},% german.lbx
+ transcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ \"Ubers\adddot}%
+ {Hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \"Ubers\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{Dir\adddot}{Dir\adddot}},
+ director = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}},
+ directors = {{Reg\adddot}{Reg\adddot}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{Prod\adddot}{Prod\adddot}},
+ editor = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ editors = {{Hrsg\adddot}{Hrsg\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{ebd\adddot}{ebd\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}},
+ origpublin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht in}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ in}},
+ origpubyear = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{urspr\"unglich freigegeben\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ freigegeben\addspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{urspr\"unglich gezeigt\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ gezeigt\addspace}},
+ origedition = {{Auf\noligature lage\addcolon}%
+ {Aufl\adddot\addcolon}},
+ revisededition = {{\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}%
+ {\"uberarb\adddot\space Aufl\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{\"ubertragen}{\"ubertragen}},
+ songrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}},
+ discrecorded = {{aufgenommen}{aufgenommen}},
+ reprintfrom = {{neu gedruckt nach}{neu gedruckt nach}},% FIXME
+% translationof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% translationas = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% translationfrom = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% reviewof = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ origpubas = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht als}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\ als}},% FIXME
+ origpubin = {{urspr\"unglich ver\"offentlicht im Jahr\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ ver\"offtl\adddot\addspace}},% FIXME
+ astitle = {{als}{als}},% FIXME
+ bypublisher = {{von}{von}},% FIXME
+ numbers = {{Nrn\adddot}{Nrn\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}{{}o\adddot Dat\adddot}},% ?
+ pseudonym = {{Pseud\adddot}{Pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{eingereicht}{eingereicht}},% Are these 2 correct?
+ patentissued = {{erteilt}{erteilt}},% ?
+ inlang = {{auf\addspace}{auf\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{amerikanische}{amerikanische}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasilianische}{brasilianische}},
+ edbulgarian = {{bulgarische}{bulgarische}},
+ edcatalan = {{katalanische}{katalanische}},
+ edcroatian = {{kroatische}{kroatische}},
+ edczech = {{tschechische}{tschechische}},
+ eddanish = {{d\"anische}{d\"anische}},
+ eddutch = {{niederl\"andische}{niederl\"andische}},
+ edenglish = {{englische}{englische}},
+ edestonian = {{estnische}{estnische}},
+ edfinnish = {{finnische}{finnische}},
+ edfrench = {{franz\"osische}{franz\"osische}},
+ edgalician = {{galicische}{galicische}},
+ edgerman = {{deutsche}{deutsche}},
+ edgreek = {{griechische}{griechische}},
+ editalian = {{italienische}{italienische}},
+ edjapanese = {{japanische}{japanische}},
+ edlatin = {{lateinische}{lateinische}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norwegische}{norwegische}},
+ edpolish = {{polnische}{polnische}},
+ edportuguese = {{portugiesische}{portugiesische}},
+ edrussian = {{russische}{russische}},
+ edslovak = {{slowakische}{slowakische}},
+ edslovene = {{slowenische}{slowenische}},
+ edspanish = {{spanische}{spanische}},
+ edswedish = {{schwedische}{schwedische}},
+ edukrainian = {{ukrainische}{ukrainische}},
+ translator = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}},
+ translators = {{\"Ubers\adddot}{\"Ubers\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{Bearb\adddot}{Bearb\adddot}},
+ founder = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}},
+ founders = {{Begr\adddot}{Begr\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}},
+ continuators = {{Fortf\adddot}{Fortf\adddot}},
+ collaborator = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}},
+ collaborators = {{Mitarb\adddot}{Mitarb\adddot}},
+ annotator = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{Erl\"aut\adddot}{Erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ review = {{Rezension}{Rezension}},
+ reviewof = {{Rezension des}{Rezension des}},
+ reprint = {{Nachdruck}{Nachdr\adddot}},
+ shorthands = {{Sigel}{Sigel}},
+ newseries = {{n.\,F\adddot}{n.\,F\adddot}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{von}{von}},
+ cbyeditor = {{hrsg\adddot}{hrsg\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}},
+ cbycompiler = {{zusammengest\adddot}{zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{\bearb\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{erl\"aut\adddot}{erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{begr\adddot}{begr\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{fortgef\adddot}{fortgef\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}%
+ {unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}},
+ cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und \lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und
+ zusammengest\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot
+ und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang
+ \"ubers\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ zusammengest\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und
+ mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\
+ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\
+ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\
+ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit
+ einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ volume = {{Bd\adddot}{Bd\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{Bde\adddot}{Bde\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{Jg\adddot}{Jg\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{Ser\adddot}{Ser\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{a.\,F\adddot}{a.\,F\adddot}},
+ edition = {{Aufl\adddot}{Aufl\adddot}},
+ page = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}},
+ pages = {{S\adddot}{S\adddot}},
+ column = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}},
+ columns = {{Sp\adddot}{Sp\adddot}},
+ line = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}},
+ lines = {{Z\adddot}{Z\adddot}},
+ paragraph = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{Abs\adddot}{Abs\adddot}},
+ section = {{\S}{\S}},
+ sections = {{\S\S}{\S\S}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anmerkung\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace Anm\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{im folgenden}{im folgenden}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}},
+ verses = {{V\adddot}{V\adddot}},
+ number = {{Nr\adddot}{Nr\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{Kap\adddot}{Kap\adddot}},
+ mathesis = {{Magisterarbeit}{Magisterarbeit}},
+ phdthesis = {{Diss\adddot}{Diss\adddot}},
+ techreport = {{Technischer Bericht}{Technischer Bericht}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ bycompiler = {{zusammengestellt von}{zusammengest\adddot}},
+ byconductor = {{dirigiert von}{dir\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{unter der Regie von}{unter der Reg\adddot\ von}},
+ byproducer = {{produziert von}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{herausgegeben und zusammengestellt von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot\addabbrvspace und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und
+ zusammengestellt von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und
+ zusammengest\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt,
+ zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot,
+ zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und
+ kommentiert von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot und komm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und erl\"autert
+ von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einer
+ Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot von}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem
+ Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt und mit einem
+ Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert
+ und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert
+ und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, kommentiert
+ und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert
+ und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert
+ und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{herausgegeben, zusammengestellt, erl\"autert
+ und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {hrsg\adddot,\addabbrvspace zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt und
+ zusammengestellt von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und zusammengest\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ kommentiert von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ erl\"autert von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer
+ Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt und
+ mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem
+ Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\
+ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{\lbx@fromlang \"ubersetzt, zusammengestellt,
+ erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {\lbx@fromlang \"ubers\adddot, zusammengest\adddot,
+ erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilerco = {{zusammengestellt und kommentiert von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und komm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{zusammengestellt und erl\"autert von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{zusammengestellt und mit einer Einleitung versehen
+ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Vorwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileraf = {{zusammengestellt und mit einem Nachwort versehen
+ von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einer
+ Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem
+ Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{zusammengestellt, kommentiert und mit einem
+ Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileranin = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einer
+ Einleitung versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem
+ Vorwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{zusammengestellt, erl\"autert und mit einem
+ Nachwort versehen von}%
+ {zusammengest\adddot, erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\
+ vers\adddot\ von}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norsk.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norsk.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63f6d319a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norsk.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
+% $Id: cms-norsk.lbx,v 1.11 2018/01/09 19:02:41 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-norsk.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated by a native speaker (H{\aa}kon Malmedal).
+% - Date handling modified by dfussner.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{norsk}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}%
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {norsk},
+ afterwordto = {{etterord til}{etterord til}},
+ forewordto = {{forord til}{forord til}},
+ introductionto = {{innledning til}{innl\adddot\space til}},
+ partvolume = {{del}{del}},
+ by = {{av}{av}},
+ of = {{av}{av}},
+ on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}},
+ compiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ compilers = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ director = {{regi}{regi}},
+ directors = {{regi}{regi}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{sst\adddot}{sst\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{opprinnelig utgitt som}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\ som}},
+ origpublin = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace i\addspace}},
+ origpubyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{f{\o}rst utgitt\addspace}%
+ {f{\o}rst utg\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddotspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{opprinnelig vist i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ vist\addspace}},
+ origedition ={{utgave\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}},
+ revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}%
+ {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{kringkastet}{kringkastet}},
+ songrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}},
+ discrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}},
+ numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}},
+ pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}},
+ patentissued = {{meddelt}{meddelt}},
+ inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasiliansk}{brasiliansk}},
+ edbulgarian = {{bulgarsk}{bulgarsk}},
+ edcatalan = {{katalansk}{katalansk}},
+ edcroatian = {{kroatisk}{kroatisk}},
+ edczech = {{tsjekkisk}{tsjekkisk}},
+ eddanish = {{dansk}{dansk}},
+ eddutch = {{nederlandsk}{nederlandsk}},
+ edenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}},
+ edestonian = {{estisk}{estisk}},
+ edfinnish = {{finsk}{finsk}},
+ edfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}},
+ edgalician = {{galisisk}{galisisk}},
+ edgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}},
+ edgreek = {{gresk}{gresk}},
+ editalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}},
+ edjapanese = {{japansk}{japansk}},
+ edlatin = {{latin}{latin}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}},
+ edpolish = {{polsk}{polsk}},
+ edportuguese = {{portugisisk}{portugisisk}},
+ edrussian = {{russisk}{russisk}},
+ edslovak = {{slovakisk}{slovakisk}},
+ edslovene = {{slovensk}{slovensk}},
+ edspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}},
+ edswedish = {{svensk}{svensk}},
+ edukrainian = {{ukrainsk}{ukrainsk}},
+ translator = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}},
+ translators = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ continuators = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ review = {{omtale}{omtale}},
+ reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{av}{av}},
+ cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbycompiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}%
+ {i samarb\adddotspace med}},
+ cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space og
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {red\adddot\space og overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og
+ komp\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og
+ komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og
+ forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}},
+ edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}},
+ page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{heretter}{heretter}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}},
+ cfromamerican = {{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}},
+ cfrombrazilian = {{fra brasiliansk-portugisisk av}{fra
+ brasiliansk-portugisisk av}},
+ cfrombulgarian = {{fra bulgarsk av}{fra bulgarsk av}},
+ cfromcatalan = {{fra katalansk av}{fra katalansk av}},
+ cfromcroatian = {{fra kroatisk av}{fra kroatisk av}},
+ cfromczech = {{fra tsjekkisk av}{fra tsjekkisk av}},
+ cfromdanish = {{fra dansk av}{fra dansk av}},
+ cfromdutch = {{fra nederlandsk av}{fra nederlandsk av}},
+ cfromenglish = {{fra engelsk av}{fra engelsk av}},
+ cfromestonian = {{fra estisk av}{fra estisk av}},
+ cfromfinnish = {{fra finsk av}{fra finsk av}},
+ cfromfrench = {{fra fransk av}{fra fransk av}},
+ cfromgalician = {{fra galisisk av}{fra galisisk av}},
+ cfromgerman = {{fra tysk av}{fra tysk av}},
+ cfromgreek = {{fra gresk av}{fra gresk av}},
+ cfromitalian = {{fra italiensk av}{fra italiensk av}},
+ cfromjapanese = {{fra japansk av}{fra japansk av}},
+ cfromlatin = {{fra latin av}{fra latin av}},
+ cfromnorwegian = {{fra norsk av}{fra norsk av}},
+ cfrompolish = {{fra polsk av}{fra polsk av}},
+ cfromportuguese = {{fra portugisisk av}{fra portugisisk av}},
+ cfromrussian = {{fra russisk av}{fra russisk av}},
+ cfromslovak = {{fra slovakisk av}{fra slovakisk av}},
+ cfromslovene = {{fra slovensk av}{fra slovensk av}},
+ cfromspanish = {{fra spansk av}{fra spansk av}},
+ cfromswedish = {{fra svensk av}{fra svensk av}},
+ cfromukrainian = {{fra ukrainsk av}{fra ukrainsk av}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ byconductor = {{dirigert av}{dir\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{regissert av}{regi}},
+ byproducer = {{produsert av}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{redigert og kompilert av}{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med innledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med forord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{redigert og kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med innledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{redigert og kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{redigert og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med forord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med forord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med innledning, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med innledning, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ bycompilerco = {{kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ bycompileraf = {{kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ bycompileranin = {{kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norwegian.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norwegian.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..caa5ce959c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-norwegian.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
+% $Id: cms-norwegian.lbx,v 1.11 2018/01/09 19:03:01 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-norwegian.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated by a native speaker (H{\aa}kon Malmedal).
+% - Date handling modified by dfussner.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{norwegian}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}%
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {norwegian},
+ afterwordto = {{etterord til}{etterord til}},
+ forewordto = {{forord til}{forord til}},
+ introductionto = {{innledning til}{innl\adddot\space til}},
+ partvolume = {{del}{del}},
+ by = {{av}{av}},
+ of = {{av}{av}},
+ on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}},
+ compiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ compilers = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ overs\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og overs\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ director = {{regi}{regi}},
+ directors = {{regi}{regi}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{sst\adddot}{sst\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{opprinnelig utgitt som}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\ som}},
+ origpublin = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace i\addspace}},
+ origpubyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{f{\o}rst utgitt\addspace}%
+ {f{\o}rst utg\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{opprinnelig utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ utg\adddotspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{opprinnelig vist i\addspace}%
+ {oppr\adddot\ vist\addspace}},
+ origedition ={{utgave\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}},
+ revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}%
+ {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{kringkastet}{kringkastet}},
+ songrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}},
+ discrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}},
+ numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}},
+ pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}},
+ patentissued = {{meddelt}{meddelt}},
+ inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasiliansk}{brasiliansk}},
+ edbulgarian = {{bulgarsk}{bulgarsk}},
+ edcatalan = {{katalansk}{katalansk}},
+ edcroatian = {{kroatisk}{kroatisk}},
+ edczech = {{tsjekkisk}{tsjekkisk}},
+ eddanish = {{dansk}{dansk}},
+ eddutch = {{nederlandsk}{nederlandsk}},
+ edenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}},
+ edestonian = {{estisk}{estisk}},
+ edfinnish = {{finsk}{finsk}},
+ edfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}},
+ edgalician = {{galisisk}{galisisk}},
+ edgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}},
+ edgreek = {{gresk}{gresk}},
+ editalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}},
+ edjapanese = {{japansk}{japansk}},
+ edlatin = {{latin}{latin}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}},
+ edpolish = {{polsk}{polsk}},
+ edportuguese = {{portugisisk}{portugisisk}},
+ edrussian = {{russisk}{russisk}},
+ edslovak = {{slovakisk}{slovakisk}},
+ edslovene = {{slovensk}{slovensk}},
+ edspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}},
+ edswedish = {{svensk}{svensk}},
+ edukrainian = {{ukrainsk}{ukrainsk}},
+ translator = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}},
+ translators = {{overs\adddot}{overs\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ continuators = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ review = {{omtale}{omtale}},
+ reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{av}{av}},
+ cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbycompiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}%
+ {i samarb\adddotspace med}},
+ cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space og
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {red\adddot\space og overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og
+ komp\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og
+ komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og
+ forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med forord, av}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med forord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}},
+ edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}},
+ page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{heretter}{heretter}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}},
+ cfromamerican = {{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}{fra amerikansk-engelsk av}},
+ cfrombrazilian = {{fra brasiliansk-portugisisk av}{fra
+ brasiliansk-portugisisk av}},
+ cfrombulgarian = {{fra bulgarsk av}{fra bulgarsk av}},
+ cfromcatalan = {{fra katalansk av}{fra katalansk av}},
+ cfromcroatian = {{fra kroatisk av}{fra kroatisk av}},
+ cfromczech = {{fra tsjekkisk av}{fra tsjekkisk av}},
+ cfromdanish = {{fra dansk av}{fra dansk av}},
+ cfromdutch = {{fra nederlandsk av}{fra nederlandsk av}},
+ cfromenglish = {{fra engelsk av}{fra engelsk av}},
+ cfromestonian = {{fra estisk av}{fra estisk av}},
+ cfromfinnish = {{fra finsk av}{fra finsk av}},
+ cfromfrench = {{fra fransk av}{fra fransk av}},
+ cfromgalician = {{fra galisisk av}{fra galisisk av}},
+ cfromgerman = {{fra tysk av}{fra tysk av}},
+ cfromgreek = {{fra gresk av}{fra gresk av}},
+ cfromitalian = {{fra italiensk av}{fra italiensk av}},
+ cfromjapanese = {{fra japansk av}{fra japansk av}},
+ cfromlatin = {{fra latin av}{fra latin av}},
+ cfromnorwegian = {{fra norsk av}{fra norsk av}},
+ cfrompolish = {{fra polsk av}{fra polsk av}},
+ cfromportuguese = {{fra portugisisk av}{fra portugisisk av}},
+ cfromrussian = {{fra russisk av}{fra russisk av}},
+ cfromslovak = {{fra slovakisk av}{fra slovakisk av}},
+ cfromslovene = {{fra slovensk av}{fra slovensk av}},
+ cfromspanish = {{fra spansk av}{fra spansk av}},
+ cfromswedish = {{fra svensk av}{fra svensk av}},
+ cfromukrainian = {{fra ukrainsk av}{fra ukrainsk av}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ byconductor = {{dirigert av}{dir\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{regissert av}{regi}},
+ byproducer = {{produsert av}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{redigert og kompilert av}{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med innledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med forord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigert, oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace overs.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{redigert og kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med innledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{redigert og kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med forord, av}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{redigert og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med forord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med forord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med forord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med forord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med forord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med innledning, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med innledning, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med forord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med forord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{oversatt \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {overs\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ bycompilerco = {{kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{kompilert, med innledning, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{kompilert, med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ bycompileraf = {{kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{kompilert og kommentert, med innledning, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{kompilert og kommentert, med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ bycompileranin = {{kompilert og forklart, med innledning, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med innledning, av}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{kompilert og forklart, med forord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med forord, av}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-nynorsk.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-nynorsk.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a529b84cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-nynorsk.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,838 @@
+% $Id: cms-nynorsk.lbx,v 1.11 2018/01/09 19:03:19 dfussner Exp $
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-nynorsk.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated by a native speaker (H{\aa}kon Malmedal).
+% - Date handling modified by dfussner.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{nynorsk}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}%
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {nynorsk},
+ afterwordto = {{etterord til}{etterord til}},
+ forewordto = {{f{\o}reord til}{f{\o}reord til}},
+ introductionto = {{innleiing til}{innl\adddot\space til}},
+ partvolume = {{del}{del}},
+ by = {{av}{av}},
+ of = {{av}{av}},
+ on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}},
+ compiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ compilers = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ oms\adddot\addcomma\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og komp\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace og oms\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ director = {{regi}{regi}},
+ directors = {{regi}{regi}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{sst\adddot}{sst\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{opphavleg utgitt som}%
+ {opph\adddot\ utg\adddot\ som}},
+ origpublin = {{opphavleg utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {opph\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace i\addspace}},
+ origpubyear = {{opphavleg utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {opph\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{fyrst utgitt\addspace}%
+ {fyrst utg\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{opphavleg utgitt i\addspace}%
+ {opph\adddot\ utg\adddotspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{opphavleg synt fram i\addspace}%
+ {opph\adddot\ synt fram\addspace}},
+ origedition ={{utg{\aa}ve\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}},
+ revisededition = {{rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}%
+ {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{kringkasta}{kringkasta}},
+ songrecorded = {{spelt inn}{spelt inn}},
+ discrecorded = {{spelt inn}{spelt inn}},
+ numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}},
+ pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}},
+ patentissued = {{meldt}{meldt}},
+ inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasiliansk}{brasiliansk}},
+ edbulgarian = {{bulgarsk}{bulgarsk}},
+ edcatalan = {{katalansk}{katalansk}},
+ edcroatian = {{kroatisk}{kroatisk}},
+ edczech = {{tsjekkisk}{tsjekkisk}},
+ eddanish = {{dansk}{dansk}},
+ eddutch = {{nederlandsk}{nederlandsk}},
+ edenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}},
+ edestonian = {{estisk}{estisk}},
+ edfinnish = {{finsk}{finsk}},
+ edfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}},
+ edgalician = {{galisisk}{galisisk}},
+ edgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}},
+ edgreek = {{gresk}{gresk}},
+ editalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}},
+ edjapanese = {{japansk}{japansk}},
+ edlatin = {{latin}{latin}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}},
+ edpolish = {{polsk}{polsk}},
+ edportuguese = {{portugisisk}{portugisisk}},
+ edrussian = {{russisk}{russisk}},
+ edslovak = {{slovakisk}{slovakisk}},
+ edslovene = {{slovensk}{slovensk}},
+ edspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}},
+ edswedish = {{svensk}{svensk}},
+ edukrainian = {{ukrainsk}{ukrainsk}},
+ translator = {{oms\adddot}{oms\adddot}},
+ translators = {{oms\adddot}{oms\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{omarb\adddot}{omarb\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{omarb\adddot}{omarb\adddot}},
+ founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{vidaref\adddot}{vidaref\adddot}},
+ continuators = {{vidaref\adddot}{vidaref\adddot}},
+ collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ review = {{omtale}{omtale}},
+ reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{av}{av}},
+ cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbycompiler = {{komp\adddot}{komp\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{omarb\adddot}{omarb\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{vidaref\adddot}{vidaref\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}%
+ {i samarb\adddotspace med}},
+ cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space og
+ oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {red\adddot\space og oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og
+ komp\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og
+ komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og
+ forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace og oms\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med innl., av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp.,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med innl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med innl., av}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}%
+ {komp.,\addabbrvspace med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med innl., av}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med innl., av}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}},
+ edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}},
+ page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace note\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace n\adddotspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{heretter}{heretter}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}},
+ cfromamerican = {{fr{\aa} amerikansk-engelsk av}{fr{\aa}
+ amerikansk-engelsk av}},
+ cfrombrazilian = {{fr{\aa} brasiliansk-portugisisk av}{fr{\aa}
+ brasiliansk-portugisisk av}},
+ cfrombulgarian = {{fr{\aa} bulgarsk av}{fr{\aa} bulgarsk av}},
+ cfromcatalan = {{fr{\aa} katalansk av}{fr{\aa} katalansk av}},
+ cfromcroatian = {{fr{\aa} kroatisk av}{fr{\aa} kroatisk av}},
+ cfromczech = {{fr{\aa} tsjekkisk av}{fr{\aa} tsjekkisk av}},
+ cfromdanish = {{fr{\aa} dansk av}{fr{\aa} dansk av}},
+ cfromdutch = {{fr{\aa} nederlandsk av}{fr{\aa} nederlandsk av}},
+ cfromenglish = {{fr{\aa} engelsk av}{fr{\aa} engelsk av}},
+ cfromestonian = {{fr{\aa} estisk av}{fr{\aa} estisk av}},
+ cfromfinnish = {{fr{\aa} finsk av}{fr{\aa} finsk av}},
+ cfromfrench = {{fr{\aa} fransk av}{fr{\aa} fransk av}},
+ cfromgalician = {{fr{\aa} galisisk av}{fr{\aa} galisisk av}},
+ cfromgerman = {{fr{\aa} tysk av}{fr{\aa} tysk av}},
+ cfromgreek = {{fr{\aa} gresk av}{fr{\aa} gresk av}},
+ cfromitalian = {{fr{\aa} italiensk av}{fr{\aa} italiensk av}},
+ cfromjapanese = {{fr{\aa} japansk av}{fr{\aa} japansk av}},
+ cfromlatin = {{fr{\aa} latin av}{fr{\aa} latin av}},
+ cfromnorwegian = {{fr{\aa} norsk av}{fr{\aa} norsk av}},
+ cfrompolish = {{fr{\aa} polsk av}{fr{\aa} polsk av}},
+ cfromportuguese = {{fr{\aa} portugisisk av}{fr{\aa} portugisisk av}},
+ cfromrussian = {{fr{\aa} russisk av}{fr{\aa} russisk av}},
+ cfromslovene = {{fr{\aa} slovakisk av}{fr{\aa} slovakisk av}},
+ cfromslovak = {{fr{\aa} slovensk av}{fr{\aa} slovensk av}},
+ cfromspanish = {{fr{\aa} spansk av}{fr{\aa} spansk av}},
+ cfromswedish = {{fr{\aa} svensk av}{fr{\aa} svensk av}},
+ cfromukrainian = {{fr{\aa} ukrainsk av}{fr{\aa} ukrainsk av}},
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ byconductor = {{dirigert av}{dir\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{regissert av}{regi}},
+ byproducer = {{produsert av}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{redigert og kompilert av}{red\adddot\space og komp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med innleiing, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med innleiing, av}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang og komp\adddot,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med innleiing, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med innleiing, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med innleiing, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med innleiing, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigert, omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace oms.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{redigert og kompilert, med innleiing, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med innleiing, av}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{redigert og kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{redigert og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med innleiing, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med innleiing, av}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med f{\o}reord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigert, kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med innleiing, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med innleiing, av}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med f{\o}reord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{redigert, kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace komp. og forkl., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med innleiing, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med innleiing, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang\ og kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ og komp., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med innleiing, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med innleiing, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og kommentert,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og komm., med etterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med innleiing, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl., med innleiing, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{omsett \lbx@fromlang, kompilert og forklart,
+ med etterord, av}%
+ {oms\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, komp. og forkl.,
+ med etterord, av}},
+ bycompilerco = {{kompilert og kommentert av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{kompilert og forklart av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{kompilert, med innleiing, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med innleiing, av}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{kompilert, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ bycompileraf = {{kompilert, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{kompilert og kommentert, med innleiing, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med innleiing, av}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{kompilert og kommentert, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{kompilert og kommentert, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og komm\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+ bycompileranin = {{kompilert og forklart, med innleiing, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med innleiing, av}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{kompilert og forklart, med f{\o}reord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med f{\o}reord, av}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{kompilert og forklart, med etterord, av}%
+ {komp\adddot\space og forkl\adddot, med etterord, av}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-swedish.lbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-swedish.lbx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4927caf5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/latex/lbx/cms-swedish.lbx
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+% $Id$
+
+\ProvidesFile{cms-swedish.lbx}[2018/01/09 v 3.10 biblatex localization]
+
+% STATUS OF THIS FILE
+% - Translated by a native speaker (Stefan Bj\"{o}rk).
+% - Date handling modified by dfussner.
+
+\InheritBibliographyExtras{swedish}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \savecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse%
+ \savecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \protected\def\mkjuridordinal{\mkbibordinal}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkdaterangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{long}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc{short}}%
+ \protected\def\mkbibrangefull{%
+ \lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull}%
+ \def\cms@datelong{\printorigdate}%
+ \def\cms@datelongalt{\printdate}}%
+
+\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelong%
+ \restorecommand\cms@datelongalt%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkdaterangeterse%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangefull%
+ \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse}%
+
+\NewBibliographyString{bynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{byconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{bydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{byproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{byeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{bycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbynone}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyauthor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyredactor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycommentator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyannotator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyfounder}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycontinuator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycollaborator}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyconductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbydirector}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyproducer}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortr}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditortrcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbyeditorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcp}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatoranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpcoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbytranslatorcpanaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerco}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileran}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilerfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileraf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercofo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompilercoaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranfo}
+\NewBibliographyString{cbycompileranaf}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrombulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromdutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromitalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromnorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfrompolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{cfromukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{partvolume}
+\NewBibliographyString{by}
+\NewBibliographyString{of}
+\NewBibliographyString{on}
+\NewBibliographyString{afterwordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{forewordto}
+\NewBibliographyString{introductionto}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpub}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpublin}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origpubyearalt}
+\NewBibliographyString{origreleaseyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origshownyear}
+\NewBibliographyString{origedition}
+\NewBibliographyString{revisededition}
+\NewBibliographyString{broadcast}
+\NewBibliographyString{songrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{discrecorded}
+\NewBibliographyString{numbers}
+\NewBibliographyString{nodate}
+\NewBibliographyString{pseudonym}
+\NewBibliographyString{patentfiled}% Needed for CMS style patent entries
+\NewBibliographyString{patentissued}%
+\NewBibliographyString{inlang}
+\NewBibliographyString{edamerican}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbrazilian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edbulgarian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcatalan}
+\NewBibliographyString{edcroatian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edczech}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{eddutch}
+\NewBibliographyString{edenglish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edestonian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfinnish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edfrench}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgalician}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgerman}
+\NewBibliographyString{edgreek}
+\NewBibliographyString{editalian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edjapanese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edlatin}
+\NewBibliographyString{ednorwegian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edpolish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edportuguese}
+\NewBibliographyString{edrussian}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovak}
+\NewBibliographyString{edslovene}
+\NewBibliographyString{edspanish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edswedish}
+\NewBibliographyString{edukrainian}
+\NewBibliographyString{review}
+\NewBibliographyString{reviewof}
+\NewBibliographyString{section}
+\NewBibliographyString{sections}
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasection}% For legal citations
+\NewBibliographyString{canadasections}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{supranote}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{hereinafter}% Ditto
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbo}
+\NewBibliographyString{subverbis}
+\NewBibliographyString{compiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{compilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductor}
+\NewBibliographyString{conductors}
+\NewBibliographyString{director}
+\NewBibliographyString{directors}
+\NewBibliographyString{none}
+\NewBibliographyString{nones}
+\NewBibliographyString{producer}
+\NewBibliographyString{producers}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{transcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompiler}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslator}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranscompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editorcompilers}
+\NewBibliographyString{editortranslators}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyStrings{%
+ inherit = {swedish},
+ afterwordto = {{efterord till}{efterord till}},
+ forewordto = {{f\"{o}rord till}{f\"{o}rord till}},
+ introductionto = {{inledning till}{inl\adddot\space till}},
+ partvolume = {{del}{del}},
+ by = {{av}{av}},
+ of = {{av}{av}},
+ on = {{p{\aa}}{p{\aa}}},
+ compiler = {{sammanst\adddot}{sammanst\adddot}},
+ compilers = {{sammanst\adddot}{sammanst\adddot}},
+ transcompiler = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}},
+ transcompilers = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}},
+ editortranscompiler = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}},
+ editorcompiler = {{red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}},
+ editortranslator = {{red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}},
+ editortranscompilers = {{red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addcomma\addspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addcomma\addspace och sammanst\adddot}},
+ editorcompilers = {{red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace och sammanst\adddot}},
+ editortranslators = {{red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\addspace och \"{o}vers\adddot}},
+ conductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ conductors = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ director = {{regi}{regi}},
+ directors = {{regi}{regi}},
+ none = {{}{}},
+ nones = {{}{}},
+ producer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ producers = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ editor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ editors = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ ibidem = {{ibid\adddot}{ibid\adddot}},
+ origpub = {{ursprungligen publicerad som}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ pub\adddot\ som}},
+ origpublin = {{ursprungligen publicerad i\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ pub\adddot\addspace i\addspace}},
+ origpubyear = {{ursprungligen publicerad i\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ utg\adddot\addspace}},
+ origpubyearalt = {{f{\o}rst publicerad\addspace}%
+ {f{\o}rst pub\adddot\addspace}},
+ origreleaseyear = {{ursprungligen publicerad i\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ pub\adddotspace}},
+ origshownyear = {{ursprungligen visad i\addspace}%
+ {urspr\adddot\ visad\addspace}},
+ origedition ={{utg{\aa}va\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {utg\adddot\addcolon\addspace}},
+ revisededition = {{reviderad utg{\aa}va\addspace}%
+ {rev\adddot\addspace utg\adddot}},
+ broadcast = {{kringkastet}{kringkastet}},
+ songrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}},
+ discrecorded = {{spilt inn}{spilt inn}},
+ numbers = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ nodate = {{udatert}{udatert}},
+ pseudonym = {{pseud\adddot}{pseud\adddot}},
+ patentfiled = {{s{\o}kt}{s{\o}kt}},
+ patentissued = {{meddelt}{meddelt}},
+ inlang = {{p{\aa}\addspace}{p{\aa}\addspace}},
+ edamerican = {{amerikanska}{amerikanska}},
+ edbrazilian = {{brasilianska}{brasilianska}},
+% edbulgarian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ edcatalan = {{katalanska}{katalanska}},
+ edcroatian = {{kroatiska}{kroatiska}},
+ edczech = {{tjeckiska}{tjeckiska}},
+ eddanish = {{danska}{danska}},
+ eddutch = {{nederl\"andska}{nederl\"andska}},
+ edenglish = {{engelska}{engelska}},
+% edestonian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ edfinnish = {{finska}{finska}},
+ edfrench = {{franska}{franska}},
+ edgalician = {{galiciska}{galiciska}},
+ edgerman = {{tyska}{tyska}},
+ edgreek = {{grekiska}{grekiska}},
+ editalian = {{italienska}{italienska}},
+% edjapanese = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ edlatin = {{latin}{latin}},
+ ednorwegian = {{norska}{norska}},
+ edpolish = {{polska}{polska}},
+ edportuguese = {{portugisiska}{portugisiska}},
+ edrussian = {{ryska}{ryska}},
+% edslovak = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% edslovene = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ edspanish = {{spanska}{spanska}},
+ edswedish = {{svenska}{svenska}},
+% edukrainian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ translator = {{\"{o}vers\adddot}{\"{o}vers\adddot}},
+ translators = {{\"{o}vers\adddot}{\"{o}vers\adddot}},
+ redactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ redactors = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ founder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ founders = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ continuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ continuators = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ collaborator = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ collaborators = {{samarb\adddot}{samarb\adddot}},
+ annotator = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ annotators = {{forkl\adddot}{forkl\adddot}},
+ review = {{omtale}{omtale}},
+ reviewof = {{omtale av}{omtale av}},
+ cbynone = {{}{}},
+ cbyauthor = {{av}{av}},
+ cbyeditor = {{red\adddot}{red\adddot}},
+ cbytranslator = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbycompiler = {{sammanst\adddot}{sammanst\adddot}},
+ cbyredactor = {{bearb\adddot}{bearb\adddot}},
+ cbycommentator = {{komm\adddot}{komm\adddot}},
+ cbyannotator = {{forkl\addot}{forkl\addot}},
+ cbyfounder = {{grunnl\adddot}{grunnl\adddot}},
+ cbycontinuator = {{videref\adddot}{videref\adddot}},
+ cbycollaborator = {{i samarb\adddotspace med}%
+ {i samarb\adddotspace med}},
+ cbyconductor = {{dir\adddot}{dir\adddot}},
+ cbydirector = {{regi}{regi}},
+ cbyproducer = {{prod\adddot}{prod\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortr = {{red\adddot\space och
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}%
+ {red\adddot\space och \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@cfromlang}},
+ cbyeditorcp = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space och sammanst\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorco = {{red\adddot\space och komm\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space och komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditoran = {{red\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}%
+ {red\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorin = {{red\adddot,\addabbrvspace med inl\adddot, av}%
+ {red\adddot,\addabbrvspace med inl\adddot, av}},
+ cbyeditorfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditoraf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcp = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och
+ sammanst\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och
+ komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortran = {{red.,\addabbrvspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och
+ forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace
+ \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrin = {{red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med inl., av}%
+ {red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrfo = {{red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditortraf = {{red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med efterord, av}%
+ {red\adddotspace och \"{o}vers\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditorcpin = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst., med inl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpfo = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpaf = {{red\adddot\space och sammanst., med efterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpco = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och komm\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpan = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och forkl\adddot}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}},
+ cbyeditortrcpin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., med inl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst.,
+ med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst., med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst.,
+ med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcpanaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang,
+ sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoin = {{red\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditorcofo = {{red\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditorcoaf = {{red\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranin = {{red\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditoranfo = {{red\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditoranaf = {{red\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med inl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditortrcofo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditortrcoaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranin = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med inl., av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med inl., av}},
+ cbyeditortranfo = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbyeditortranaf = {{red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\space och forkl., med efterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcp = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\adddot}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorco = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm\adddot}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatoran = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl\adddot}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med inl., av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med inl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoraf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, med efterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm.,
+ med inl., av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., med inl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcofo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcoaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm.,
+ med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl.,
+ med inl., av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., med inl., av}},
+ cbytranslatoranfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbytranslatoranaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl.,
+ med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och forkl., med efterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpco = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpan = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}},
+ cbytranslatorcpin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst.,
+ med inl., av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med inl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst.,
+ med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med efterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med inl., av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm.,
+ med inl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcofo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm.,
+ med efterord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanin = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med inl., av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl.,
+ med inl., av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanfo = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbytranslatorcpanaf = {{\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl.,
+ med efterord, av}},
+ cbycompilerco = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot}},
+ cbycompileran = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}},
+ cbycompilerin = {{sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med inl., av}%
+ {sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med inl., av}},
+ cbycompilerfo = {{sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbycompileraf = {{sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}%
+ {sammanst.,\addabbrvspace med efterord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoin = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med inl., av}},
+ cbycompilercofo = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbycompilercoaf = {{sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ cbycompileranin = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med inl., av}},
+ cbycompileranfo = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ cbycompileranaf = {{sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl., med efterord, av}},
+ volume = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ volumes = {{bd\adddot}{bd\adddot}},
+ jourvol = {{{\aa}rg\adddot}{{\aa}rg\adddot}},
+ jourser = {{ser\adddot}{ser\adddot}},
+ oldseries = {{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}{gl\adddotspace ser\adddot}},
+ edition = {{utg\adddot}{utg\adddot}},
+ page = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ pages = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},
+ column = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ columns = {{sp\adddot}{sp\adddot}},
+ line = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ lines = {{l\adddot}{l\adddot}},
+ paragraph = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ paragraphs = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ section = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ sections = {{avsn\adddot}{avsn\adddot}},
+ canadasection = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% For legal citations
+ canadasections = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}},% ditto
+ supranote = {{\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace not\addnbspace}% ditto
+ {\mkbibemph{supra}\addspace not\addnbspace}},
+ hereinafter = {{h\"adanefter}{h\"adanefter}},
+ subverbo = {{s\adddot v\adddot}{s\adddot v\adddot}},
+ subverbis = {{s\adddot vv\adddot}{s\adddot vv\adddot}},
+ verse = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ verses = {{v\adddot}{v\adddot}},
+ number = {{nr\adddot}{nr\adddot}},
+ chapter = {{kap\adddot}{kap\adddot}},
+ cfromamerican = {{fr{\aa}n engelska av}{fr{\aa}n engelska av}},
+ cfrombrazilian = {{fr{\aa}n portugisiska av}{fr{\aa}n
+ portugisiska av}},
+% cfrombulgarian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ cfromcatalan = {{fr{\aa}n katalanska av}{fr{\aa}n katalanska av}},
+ cfromcroatian = {{fr{\aa}n kroatiska av}{fr{\aa}n kroatiska av}},
+ cfromczech = {{fr{\aa}n tjeckiska av}{fr{\aa}n tjeckiska av}},
+ cfromdanish = {{fr{\aa}n danska av}{fr{\aa}n danska av}},
+ cfromdutch = {{fr{\aa}n nederl\"andska av}{fr{\aa}n
+ nederl\"andska av}},
+ cfromenglish = {{fr{\aa}n engelska av}{fr{\aa}n engelska av}},
+% cfromestonian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ cfromfinnish = {{fr{\aa}n finska av}{fr{\aa}n finska av}},
+ cfromfrench = {{fr{\aa}n franska av}{fr{\aa}n franska av}},
+ cfromgalician = {{fr{\aa}n galiciska av}{fr{\aa}n galiciska av}},
+ cfromgerman = {{fr{\aa}n tyska av}{fr{\aa}n tyska av}},
+ cfromgreek = {{fr{\aa}n grekiska av}{fr{\aa}n grekiska av}},
+ cfromitalian = {{fr{\aa}n italienska av}{fr{\aa}n italienska
+ av}},
+% cfromjapanese = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ cfromlatin = {{fr{\aa}n latin av}{fr{\aa}n latin av}},
+ cfromnorwegian = {{fr{\aa}n norska av}{fr{\aa}n norska av}},
+ cfrompolish = {{fr{\aa}n polska av}{fr{\aa}n polska av}},
+ cfromportuguese = {{fr{\aa}n portugisiska av}{fr{\aa}n portugisiska av}},
+ cfromrussian = {{fr{\aa}n ryska av}{fr{\aa}n ryska av}},
+% cfromslovak = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+% cfromslovene = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ cfromspanish = {{fr{\aa}n spanska av}{fr{\aa}n spanska av}},
+ cfromswedish = {{fr{\aa}n svenska av}{fr{\aa}n svenska av}},
+% cfromukrainian = {{}{}},% FIXME: missing
+ bynone = {{}{}},
+ byconductor = {{dirigerad av}{dir\adddot}},
+ bydirector = {{regisserad av}{regi}},
+ byproducer = {{producerad av}{prod\adddot}},
+ byeditorcp = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld av}{red\adddot\space och sam\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcp = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpco = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpan = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditortrcpin = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot,
+ med inledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpfo = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpaf = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang och sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang och sammanst\adddot,
+ med efterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoin = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med inledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot, med inledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcofo = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpcoaf = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot, med efterord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanin = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med inledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot, med inledning, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanfo = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ byeditortrcpanaf = {{redigerad, \"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace \"{o}vers.\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot, med efterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpco = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpan = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl\adddot}},
+ byeditorcpin = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med inledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpfo = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ byeditorcpaf = {{redigerad och sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}%
+ {red\adddot\space och sammanst., med efterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoin = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med inledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med inledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpcofo = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med f\"{o}rord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ byeditorcpcoaf = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanin = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med inledning, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med inledning, av}},
+ byeditorcpanfo = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med f\"{o}rord,
+ av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ byeditorcpanaf = {{redigerad, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med efterord, av}%
+ {red.,\addabbrvspace sammanst. och forkl., med efterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcp = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpco = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpan = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl\adddot}},
+ bytranslatorcpin = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med inledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpfo = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpaf = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang\ och sammanst., med efterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoin = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad,
+ med inledning, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med inledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcofo = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpcoaf = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad,
+ med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och komm., med efterord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanin = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad,
+ med inledning, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl., med inledning, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanfo = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl.,
+ med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ bytranslatorcpanaf = {{\"{o}versatt \lbx@fromlang, sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad,
+ med efterord, av}%
+ {\"{o}vers\adddot\addspace\lbx@fromlang, sammanst. och forkl.,
+ med efterord, av}},
+ bycompilerco = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot}},
+ bycompileran = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot}},
+ bycompilerin = {{sammanst\"{a}lld, med inledning, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot, med inledning, av}},
+ bycompilerfo = {{sammanst\"{a}lld, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ bycompileraf = {{sammanst\"{a}lld, med efterord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot, med efterord, av}},
+ bycompilercoin = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med inledning, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot, med inledning, av}},
+ bycompilercofo = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ bycompilercoaf = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och kommenterad, med efterord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och komm\adddot, med efterord, av}},
+ bycompileranin = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med inledning, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot, med inledning, av}},
+ bycompileranfo = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med f\"{o}rord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot, med f\"{o}rord, av}},
+ bycompileranaf = {{sammanst\"{a}lld och f\"{o}rklarad, med efterord, av}%
+ {sammanst\adddot\space och forkl\adddot, med efterord, av}},
+}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangetrunc#1#2{% DATE FIX
+ \iffieldundef{#2year}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2month}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[#2date]{%
+ \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}%
+ {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{}{#2day}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{}{}%
+ \clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}}}}%
+ {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}%
+ \iffieldundef{#2endyear}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\protected\gdef\lbx@cms@mkbibrangefull#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2year}\AND\iffieldundef{#2month}}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{#2month}\AND\iffieldundef{#2day}}%
+ {\clearfield{#2endyear}}% Clear up inheritance problem ???
+ {}%
+ \printtext[#2date]{%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{#2endyear}\AND\iffieldundef{#2endmonth}}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{}%
+ {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
+ {\bibdatedash%
+ \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}
+
+\endinput